^"^?^. -#^^^ ^,:^^fi^ CORNELL! ]C>0^ UNIVERSITY 14 5r5 LIBRARY Date Due 1)0114^11 ;\, iv Li IS :U Cornell University Library Z1009 .H33 V.1, no.1 ^ ^.cy Index-catalqaue of books and memoirs on olin 3 1924 029 549 577 m Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924029549577 Library of f artard ajntbemt^ Bibliographical Contributions. Numbers I. to XX. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. VOL. I. CONTENTS : '^i. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. > f' - ^ "" 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal bpoks relating to the Life and Works of lilichelangelo, \^ith Notes. Y A- Justin Winsor. Piet.js et Gratulalio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. ■ 5, List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United Staties, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements.^ '^" f' ~''-2 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, be- queatbed to Harvard College Library, by the Honor- able Charles Sumner, ^^'.i^'•'.'■'■. ■<>* 7 -*= / 2. - ^-^ '•' , 7. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public Libraries. ^ 8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. Q. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. ■ ■»■ '- '^>^' '''- "* . -^- 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwclliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. "11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. V12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1SS0. ■, 13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. ^ 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the Bahamas. 15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology. (^-^.^-■^ < '.'<'t j 1'. J 'A"^ /., 16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mittlieilungen. 1S55- 18S1. ?/*Ji* ■' ^^-J. 17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's Publications. 1S30- T^3. ^18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography. V19. Justin Winsok. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps. />3.^ William C. Lane. Lists, 1SS4-1S85. Index to Recent Reference CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: THK COLLB G-El F R B S S . 1887. Itbrart ot i^artard aniijerjsit^ Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. :n"o. 1. index-catalogue BOOKS AND MEMOIRS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY. BY EDWARD S. HOLDEN, NAVAL OBSERVATORY, WASHINGTON. Republished from the Bulletin of the Library of Harvard University, October, 1878. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON. 1878. Ki'^ f" A si^ si i 'i L. t_S-. -. LIBRARY INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS AND MEMOIRS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY. By Edward S. Holden, United States Naval Observatoryt Washington. *^it* Having lately had occasion to consult the principal books and memoirs relating to the Transits of Mercury, with special reference to the physical phenomena which had been observed at such transits, I have thought that the list of works which I prepared to aid me in this search might perhaps be of future use to others if put upon record. It is not complete, as the publications of Observatories are not indexed. This is, however, not necessary, as such observations and memoirs can at once be found by turning to tlie volumes containing the observations of transit years. The transits which have been observed are : — 163.. 1723- Nov. 9 165 1. 1736. Nov. II I66I. 1740. May 2 1677. 1743. Nov. 5 ■, 1753. May 6 1690. Nov. II 1756. Nov. 6 1697. Nov. 3 1769. Nov. 10 1707. May 6 1782. Nov. 12 1786. May 1789. Nov. 1799. May 1802. Nov. 1832. May 1845. May 1848. Nov. 1861. Nov. 1868. Nov. 4 1878. May 6 The transits to occur are : — 1881. Nov. 7 iSgi. May 9 1S94. Nov, 10 1901. Nov. 4 In my notes I have added an indication of the purport of the paper. These notes require only the explanation that for shortness I have used the word " observations " followed by a date, to indicate contact observations. The principal abbreviations are as follows : — A. N. Astronomische Nachrichten. Berlin. Abhand. d. Berliner Akademie. Boston. \ Amer. Acad, of Arts and Sciences. Memoirs. Boston Proc. \ „ ,, ,, ,, Proceedings. C. R. Comptes Rendus, Paris. Acad, des Sciences. Effem. Milano. EfEemeridi di Milano. Montpellier. Hist, de la Soc. des Sciences, etc. Mem. R, A. .S". 1 R. Astronomical Soc. London. Memoirs. M. N. ] „ ,, Notices. Paris. Hist, de I'Acad. R. des Sci. Paris. P. T. Philosophical Transactions R. Soc. London. p. t. ,, ,, abridged to 1800. Philadeipkia. Trans. Amer. Philosophical Soc'y. Stockholm. K. Svenska Vetens. Akad. Handlmgar. Zach, Monatliche Correspondent. Abbott. M. N. xxii. 235. Observations, 1861. Ale^cander and Loomis. A.N. xxviii. 151. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Mercury surrounded with a dusky ring; but this phenomenon seen (only?) when sky was hazy. A faint spot in the centre of disc. Princeton, U. S. Anonymous. Historische Anzeige von dem Durchgang des Mercurs, 1753, May 6. Printed 1753- Anonymous. De Mercuric sub sole conspicuo. Leipzig. 17 1 9. Barros de. P. T. 1753. 361. Remarks on certain phenomena observed at Paris 1753, May 6. Beauchamp. Journal des Savans. 1787. 361. Observations, 1786, May 4, in Bagdad. Beitler. Berlin. 1786. Observations, 1786. Bessel. A. N. x. 186. Observations, 1832, May %. (Heliometer.) Diameter of Mercury, 6" .6974. Bianchi. A. N. x. 293. Observations, 1832, May 5. BUle. A. N. X. 223. Observations, 1832, May s. Danzig. Blaesing. De Mercurii per Solem transitu. 1690. Nov 10. Boguslavrski. A. N. xvi. 287. Observations, 1832, May 4. Breslau and Lima. Bond, W. C. Boston. Proc. I. ■ Observations, 1845. Borgen. A. N. Ixxiii. 96. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Diameter, 6^.644. Coph- LAND with heliometer ; 6^.48, Borgen. Bosoovioh. De Mercurii novissimo infra solem transitu. Romae, 1737- 4°. Bose, G. M. Memoires de I'acad^mie de SuMe. 1757- Observations, 1756, Nov. 7. Bose, G. M. Observation du passage de Mercure, 1743. Printed 1743. Bose, G. M. Observationes ultimi transitus Mer- curii ante discum solis (1743). 1745. 4°. Bruhns. A. N. Ixxii. 365. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Bulard. M. N. xxii. 154. Observations, 1861, Nov. 11. Cassini ««£!? Maraldi. Paris. 1707. 175. Observations, 1707. Cassini flK(^ Delisle. Paris. 1723. p. 259 (Cas- sini) ; pp. 105, 306 (Delisle). Passage de Mercure, 1723, Nov. g. Cassini and Maraldi. Paris. 1736. p. 342 (Ma- raldi) ; iv. p. 404 (Cassini). Observations, 1736, Nov. 11. INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY. Caaaini anii o//iers. Pan's. 1743. 131,136. Observations, 1743, Nov. 5. Luminous ring around planet in both transits, 1736 and 1743. Cassini and others. Paris. 1753. pp. 59, 313 (Cassini) ; p. 134 (Lemonnier) ; p. 193 (Bou- guer, — iiQ black drop); p. 243 (Delisle, — no annulus) ; p. 420 (Pingre). Observations, 1753, May 5. Cassini. Paris. 1782. Observations, 1782. Cesaris. Effem. Milano. 1788. p. 155. Observatlones Mercurii sub Sole habitas. 17S6, May 3. Chimlnello. Meviorie delta Societa Italiana. vol.8, vol. II. Transits of 1799 and 1802, calculated. TiKwes and others. RI.N. ix. 2, 3, 5 ; 21, 22, 23 ; 39. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. pp. 2, 3, 5. Dawes, pp. 2 1-22, diameters, polar and equatorial, measured; Compression i -^ 29. Dell, p. 23, gray spot on centre of planet by various observers. David. A. N. x. 216, 374. Observations,. 1832, May 5. De Lambre. Effem. Mitano. 1789. p. 233. Observations, 1786, May 4. De I'Isle. Paris. 1758. Theory of transits of Mercury. De I'Isle. Avertissement aux Astronomes sur le passage de Mercure. etc. 1753, May 6. Paris. 1 7 S3- 4°. A catalogue of all previous observations of transits is given. Dun^r. A. N. Ixxii. 377. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4, diameter 8" .81. EUery. M. JV. xxii. 88. Observations, 1861, Nov. 12, Australia. Encke. A. JV. xxiii. 190. Observations, 1845, May 8. Feariiley. A. JV. Ixii. 345. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Ferner a?2(/ Prosperin. JVeue schwedische Abhand- lungen (translation by Kastner). Vol 7. 1786. pp. 102, 109. Luminous ring round the planet. 1786. riaugergues. Connaissance des Temps, an XI. Bright ring round the planet ; seen in i786,May; 1789, Nov j and 1799, Nov. Fonteuay. Paris, x. Observations in China, 1693-93. Fouchy, G. de. Paris, 'i'lyj. Observations, 1736. Fritsche. Zach's JHonat. Corresp. Vol. 6. p. 657, et seq. Observations, 1802, Nov. 8. p. 57r. In 1799 Fritsche saw a halo round the planet; in 1802 no halo was seen, or only traces of one ; a white spot on the disc was seen in 1802. p. 574. Schroeter saw a halo round planet. Gabry and Lulofs. JHemoirs Soc. Hollandais des Sciences (Haarlem.) 1754. Observations, 1753, May 6. Gambart. A. N.yi. 257. Observations, 1832, May 5. Gassendus. Mercurius in Soli visus, etc. 1656. Gassendi and Kepler. Admonitio ad Astronomos, etc. Leipzig. 1629. First observed (and predicted) transit. Gassendi. Opera omnia, vol. ii. p. 537. Gerling. A. N. -x.. 199. Observations, 1832, May 5. Traces of an atmosphere, £/c. not observed. Black drop seen. Halley. Mercurii transitus sub Solis disco 1677, 1679. Appendix to Catalogus stell. australium, etc, 1679. 40. Halley. P. T. 1725. p. 228. Observations, 1723. Hamilton. P. T. 1783. Observations, 1782. Hansen. A. N. x. 221. Observations, 1832, May 5. (Heliometer.) Hacker. Mercurius in Sole, etc. Gedani. 1672. Heinsius. Mercurius in Sole visus, etc. St. Peters- burg. 1753. Henderson. A. JV. x. 382. Observations, 1832, May 5. Cape of Good Hope. Herschel, W. P. T. 1803. p. 214. Observations, 1802. Noting about the planet; no ellipticity ; circumstances very good. The structure of the sun seen up to the very edge of the planet. Heveliua. Mercurius in Sole visus i66i. Gedani. 1662. Hevelius. Zach's J^onat. Corresp. Vol. 8, p. 35. 1 661, May 3 (Hevelius); p. 116, observations, 1799, May 7 (Wurm); p. 335, observations, 1802, Nov. 9 (Ljungberg; halo round Mercury.) Observed in Copenhagen. Hiddinga. Die Erscheinung des Mercurius in der Sonne 1743. Printed in 1743. Hind. A. JV. xxviii. 109. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8 ; diameter 9". 254 (probably not reduced to distance i). Hodgson. Jiletn. P. A. S. iii. 109. Observations, 1822, Nov. 4. Calcutta. Honaldo. Dissertatio astronomica de transitu Mercurii sub Sole die 9 nov., 1723. Hortensius. De Mercuric in Sole visa, etc. Pub- lished 1633. Huggins. Jif. JV. xxix. 25. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Atmosphere brighter than sun J of Mercury's diameter in ex tent ; point of light in centre of planet ; both visible throughout the transit. lunes. A. JV. x. 211. Observations, 1832, May 5, Aberdeen. Juni, V. Mercurius in Sole videndus 1697, etc. Kaiser. A. JV. Ixxiii. 213. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Kaiser. Leyden Observations, iii. 2H. Measures of diameters and history of preceding work. (Double-image micrometer.) Leyden result 6".6o6,±o.o2o (25). Kampf. A. JV. Ixxiv. 43. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Karsten and Hackel. A. JV. xxiii. 150. Observations, 1848, May 8 ; in Rostock by Karsten ; in Senftenberg by Hackel. Kepler. Admonitio ad Astronomos de raris miris- (jue, anni 1631, phsenomenonis, . . . Mercurii in Solem in cursu. 1629. King. M. JV. vii. 10. Observations, 1845, May 8. Port Stephen. INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON THE TRANSITS OF MEHCURY. Elirch. Mercurius in Sole visus, 1690 ; (in Kirch's Ephemerides). Kirch. Berlin. 1710. Mercurius in Sole. 1707. Kirch, C. Transitus Mercurii per Solem, etc. 1720, May 8. Berlin. 1719. Kohler. P. T. 1787. Obsei'vations, 1786. Dresden. Kreil. Effem. Milano. 1833. p. 105. Observations, 1832, May 4-5. Kruger. A. N. Ixxiii. 191. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Lalande. Paris. 1782. Observations, 1782. Lalande. Paris. 1804. Observations, 1802, Nov. 9. Iiang, Andrew. A. N. xi. 263. Observations, 1S32, May 5. St. Croix, West Indies. Lassell. M. N. vi. 255, 256. Observations, 184s, May 8. Iiiais. ^. A'. Ixxiii. 2og. Observations, 1S68. Nov. 4. No atmosphere or luminous point. Careful observations with three telescopes. Iiidtgren. Stockholm. 1789. Observations 1789 at Lund. Littrovsr, Paugger, and others. A. N. Ixxiii. 174. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Iiorek. A. N. Ixxiv. 104. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Koenigsberg. Maclear and Barneby. M. JV. xxix. pp. 194-96; 209. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Barneby, p. 194. No bright spot on planet ; no p'lreola. Maclear, p. 209. Diameter 8".376i£:o".ii. Madler (THi/ Beer. ^4. A^. x. 141. Observations, 1832, May 4-5. Mercury round. No atmo- sphere. Diameter 5''. 8165 io" 0177. Madler. A. N. xxiii. 145, 147. Observations of diameter in S, 6". 5423. Poor observations, as the planet was low. 1845, May 8. Main. Mem. R. A. S. xxv. p. 43. Diameter at dist. 1=6". 89. Main. Greenwich observations : 1841, March 11 ; 1842, Feb. 14 ; 1844, April 20, May i. May 8 ; 1845, April 21, April 22, Aprir 23, April 24; 1858, April 19. Observations of diameter by various observers. In the mean (omitting 1844, April 20), these give diam. at dist. i=6".g6. See Kaiser. Manfredus. Mercurii ac solis congressus. (1723). M^chain. Paris. 1782. Observations, 1782. M^chain. ZacKs Monat. Corresp. Vol. 7. p. 81. Observations, 1S02, at Paris, etc. p. 171. No halo about the planet. p. 368. Observations, 1802. Mentzeri. Nachricht von dera (1723) observirten Conjunction des Mercurii und der Sonnen. 1723. 4°. Messier. Paris. 1786. Observations, 1786. Messier. Paris. 1790. Observations, 1789. Mitchel. A. N. xxiii. 314. Observations, 1845, May 8, at Cincinnati. [These observations are worthless. — E. 3. H.] Mohr. Mimoires Acad, de Harlem. Observations (1769), at Batavia, Java. Moll. ^. A'; X. 209. History of transits of 1631, 166/, 1677, x6go, and others, with references. Observations, 1832, May 4. Mercury round and sharp. White spot seen on planet. Plantade, Flaugergues and Prosperin speak of a ring rouvid planet. Moll and others. Mem. R. A. S. vi. p. III. Brief history of former transits; observations, 1832, f)lanet round; grey spot on the disc; darker ring round the Imb ; several 'observers ; by Moll, p. 194. Observations, 1832, May 5, by various observers. Mossotti M. N. iii. 131. Account of computations of the transit of 1S32. Mossotti Mem. R. A. S. viii. p. 268. Observations, 1832. Nicolai s«^ G-auss. ^. A'', x. 143, 144. Observations, 1832, May 5. Mannheim and Gbttingen. Nicolai. A. N. xxiii. 170. Observations, 1845, May 8. Nobert. A. N. xiv. 60. Observations, 1S32, May 5. Olbers. A. N. x. 143. Observations, 1832, May 5. In 1799, Olbers saw the same halo about the planet that was remarked by Schumacher and Petersen, but regarded it as an optical illusion. Oppolzer. A. N. Ixxii. 347. Observations, iS68, Nov. 4. Greyish atmosphere 3" broad round planet, — possibly a de- ception. Oudemanns. A. N. xxxvii. 67. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Leiden. Palagi. A. N. Ixxiii. 75. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Bologna. Papken. Eclipsis Lunse . . . cui accedit calculus Mercurii cum Sole congressus. 1707. Pastorff, V. A. N. x. 198. Observations, 1832, May 4. Peters, C. A. F. A. N. Ixxii. 327. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Pigott. P. T. 1786. Observations, 1786. Plantade. Montpellier. i, 2. Observations, 1723, 1736. Flantamour. A. N. xxiii. 161. Observations, 1845, May 8. Plantamour. ^. A'", xxviii. 121. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Pohl. A. N. Ixxiii. 77. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Atmosphere (?) i of Mercury's diameter, Quetelet. ^. A'', xxiii. 254. Observations, 1845, May 8. Quetelet. A. M. xxix. 154. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8, INDEX-CATALOGUE OF BOOKS ON THE TRANSITS OF MERCURY. Reggio. Effem. Milano. 1788. p. 148. Observations, 17S6, Mays- Riddle. M. N. ii. 103, 104, iii, 125, 187. Observations, 1832, May 5, at Greenwich ; diameter =11". 38 {at epoch). Mercury surrounded by a halo (Simms); same (Riddle). Rittenhouse. Philadelphia. 1793. Observations, 1789, Nov. 2. Rowr. M. N. xxix. 278. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Atmosphere (?) In India. Rurnkei. A. N'. ii. 209. Observations, 1822, at Paramatta and Sydney. Measures of diameter were made. Ruiuker. A. N. v. 87. Observations. Coutacts and Aa and A5 of Sun and JMercury. 1S22. Rumker. A. N. xxiii. 147. Observations, 1845, May 8. Rumovski. P. T. 1787. Observations, 17S6, at St. Petersburg. Scbenck. A. N. x. 195. See x. 19S, and xi. 32. Observations, 1832, May 5. Atmosphere; satellite §ds of a diameter distant (?) Schenmark. Dissertatio astronomica de Mercuric in sole observato (1753, May 6). Observations at Lund by several persons. Schickardus. Pars responsi ad epistolas P. Gas- sendi de Mercuric sub sole viso, etc. Tubingen. 1632. Schim. Memaires Acad, de Harlem. 1756. Observations, 1756, Nov. 7. Schmidt. A. N. Ixv. 97. Polar diameter, 6". 454 at dist. =1 ; 14 observations. Schroeter and Harding, Hermographische Frag- mente, p. 24. . Darker nebulous ring approaching to violet color, around planet. 1799. Schumacher. A. N. x. 131. Observations, 7832, May s- Altona, Hamburg. Protuber- ance remarked on Mercury while on the disc, which afterwards disappeared. Bluish atmosphere (?) about the planet. A bright point and a dark point seen near centre of planet. Schumacher. A. N. xxiii. 146. Observations, 1848, May 8. No ring about the planet as in 1S32. The same observers. Schumacher. A. J\f. xxviii. 105-107. Observations, 1848, Nov. 8. Altona, Hamburg. Secchi. A. N. Ixxii. 367. Observations, i368, Nov. 4. Rome- Secchi ijw^Lassell. M. N. xxii. 37, 39, 42. Observations, 1861, Nov. ii. Secchi, p 37, diameter g'''. 077^0". 189. A former observa- tion gave him 8". 91 (not at transit). Lassell, p. 39, possibly elliptical (at Malta). Other observations at Liverpool by Lassell. Shakerley. Colloquium seu Disceptatio de Mer- curic in Sole vivendo. Shakerley's work on the transit of 1651, Nov. 3 (the second transit observed). See ZacK s Monat. Corresp. 8, p. 38. Sharp, Abraham. M. N. iii. 105. Observations, 1707. Simms and Riddle. Mem. R. A. S. v. 381. Observations, 1832, May 5. Simms, p. 382, dusky ring. Riddle, p. 382, atmosphere. Soter. Historiola Mercurii Soli conjunctim ob- versi, etc. 1690. Stone, Plummer and Buckingham. M. N. xxix. 11-15, 18-24. Observations, 1868, -Nov. 4. Stone, p. 12, ring round planet ; contrast (?) ; no central spot ; no satellite. Plummer, p. 19, diameter 9''. 001, double image micrometer. Buckingham, p. 22, no atmosphere; diameter 7".65i (lo), 7".6i8(5). Stone. M. N. xxix. 15. Remarks on methods of observing transits. Todd. M. N. xxii. 267. Observations, 1861, Nov. 11. Talmage andTtodA. M, N. xxix. 57, 58, 89. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Verrier, Le. Comptes Rendus. 1845, i. ; 1845, u. ; 1848, ii. Elements of Mercury, and comparison with observations. Verrier, Le. A. N. xxiii. 33. Elements of transit of 1848, May 5. Verrier, Le. A. N. xxiii. 181, 299. Comparison of observations with theory. 1845, May 8. "Wahn. Die Erscheinung des Mercurii in de:r Sonnen. 1723, Nov. 9. ■Wallot. P. T. 1784. Observations, 1782. "Wargentin. Stockholm. 1753- Observations, 1753. Weidler. Narratio de Mercurio de 1 1 novembris (1736) in sole viso. 1737. 4°- "Weidler. Commentatio de via curva Mercurii sub sole in rectam convertenda, etc. 1748. 4*^. Observations, 1743. Willard. Boston. 1793. Observations, 1789. "Williams. Philadelphia. 2. Observations, 1769. "Williams. Journal des Savans. Paris. 1783. 4°. p. 243. Observations, 1782. "Wing, V. Astronomica Brittanica, p. 312. Transit of 1631, Nov. 3, observed by J. Shakerley of England, who went to India for the purpose. "Winthrop. Boston. 1785, Observations, 1782. "Wolff. A. N, Ixxii. 355. Observations, 1868, Nov. 4. Madrid, diameter 9".o6 (10) by Aguilar. Bonn, diameter, 6" .229 at distance i. "Wiirm. A. N. vi. 93. Observations, 1789, Nov. 5. "Wiirm. A. N. vi. 330. Observations, Paramatta, 1822, Nov. 5. "Wiirm. A. N. vii. 31. Observations, Calcutta, 1822, Nov. 5. "Wiirm. Bode's Jahrbuch. 1797, p. 142 ; 1803, p. 162 ; 1807, p. 161. Also second Supplement Band, p. 4. See Monatliche Corn xiv. p. 283. Diameter of Mercury from over 200 observations, — some of micrometric diameters, some of times between contacts ; diameter at dist. 1=6" .01. JLibrart of l^arbard anitemt^ Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. 3sro. 4. PIETAS ET GRATULATIO. AN INQUIRY INTO THE AUTHORSHIP OF THE SEVERAL PIECES. By JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN OF THE UNIVERSITY. Republished from the Bulletin of the Library of Harvard University, March, 1879. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON. 1879. Already issued: 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel Angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. PIETAS ET GRATULATIO. AN INQUIRY INTO THE AUTHORSHIP OF THE SEVERAL PIECES. By Justin Winsor, Librarian of the University. In 1760, while Holyoke was President of Harvard College, George the Second died, and George the Third succeeded to the throne. A few months later, at the instigation of Francis Bernard, the newly ar- rived royal Governor of the Province of Massachu- setts Bay, who was desirous of having its principal institution of learning follow the example of the Eng- lish Universities, the succeeding notice was posted in the College Chapel, Saturday, March 14, 1761 : — " Proposal, for a celebration of the Death of the late King, and the accession of his present Majesty, by members of Harvard College : — " Six guineas are given for a prize, of a guinea each, to the author of the best composition of the following several kinds : — " I. A Latin Oration. "2. A Latin poem in hexameters. " 3. A Latin Llegy in hexameters and pentameters. "4. A Latin ode. " 5. An English poem in long verse. "6. An English ode. " Other Compositions, beside those that obtain the prizes, that are most deserving, will be taken particular notice of. "The Candidates are to be all gentlemen, who are now members of said College, or have taken a degree within seven years. "Any Candidate may^^eliver two or more Com- positions of different kinds ; but not more than one of the same kind. " That gentlemen may be more encouraged to try their talents upon this occasion, it is proposed that the names of the Candidates shall be kept secret, except those who shall be adjudged to deserve the prizes, or to have particular notice taken of their Compositions, and even these shall be kept secret if desired. " For this purpose, such Candidate is desired to send his Composition to the President, on, or be- fore, the first day of July next, subscribed at the bottom with a feigned name or motto, and, in a dis- tinct paper, to write his own name and seal it up, writing the feigned name or motto on the outside. None of the sealed papers containing the real names will be opened except those that are adjudged to obtain the prizes or to deserve particular notice ; the rest will be burned sealed." It does not appear how far all the conditions of this call were met ; but from the offerings was gleaned at least a part of the contributions to a volume which was in typography the handsomest specimen of the art as yet produced in the Colo- nies. It was in quarto, 116 pages, and the title read : — PlETAS £T GrATULATIO CoLLEGII CaNTABRIGIEN- SIS APUD NOVANGLOS. BoSTONI-MaSSACHU- SETTENSIUM TyPIS T. GrEEN & J. RuSSELL. MDCCLXI. The date of publication seems to have been put back a year, since it was published under a vote of the Corporation, Jan. 5, 1762, which directed " that the Collection in Prose and Verse in several Languages compos'd by some of the Members of the College, at the Motion of his Excy, our Governr, Francis Bernard, Esqe, On Occasion of the Death of his late Majesty, & the accession of his present Majesty, King George the Third, be printed ; and that his Excy be desired to send, if he shall judge it proper, a copy of the same to Gr. Britain, to be presented to his Majesty, in the Name of the Cor- poration." Bernard, as Governor, had a seat at the board of Overseers, and it is uncertain whether he or Lieu- tenant-Governor Hutchinson composed the dedi- cation to the King, which, notwithstanding the terms of the vote above quoted, is the only prose contribution in the volume. President Quincy, speaking of this address, says : " Its style and turn of thought indicate the politician rather than the student, and savor of the senate chamber more than of the Academy." In May, 1763, Jasper Mauduit, the Agent of the Province in London, mentions "the presentation to his Majesty of the book of verses from the College j " but nothing is known of any expression of acknowledgment on the part of the King. A copy, for which the claim was made that it was the one sent to the King, was No. 926 in the Odell Sale Catalogue, New York, 1878, Part I.; it had G. Rex surmounted with a crown, stamped on the back in six places. An ornament of some kind had been cut out on both sides of the cover. There were no marks of authorship attached to any of the pieces. A copy mentioned. No. 1767, in The Catalogs of the American Library of the late Mr. George Brinley, First Part, 1879, i^ described as bound in "old red morocco, sides with broad gilt borders, and the royal arms in the centre." Mr. Brinley had written in it : "This is one of the very few copies on thick paper, intended for presentation to the Royal Family." Another copy with a similar claim is marked N in the following list. PIETAS ET GRATULATIO. It is said that copies on thicker paper were sent to England for the members of the Royal Family, and very likely entrusted to the care of Thomas Hollis, to be suitably bound, since the copy now in the "King's Collection" in the British Museum — the library of George III., transferred by George IV. to that repository — bears in the ornament re- presenting Britannia, an impression from a die which Hollis seems to have had cut for his own use, and a number of books presented by Hollis to the College Library bear this same device on their covers. Of this copy, Mr. G. W. Porter, the Assist- ant Keeper of the Printed Books in the Museum library, writes to me as follows, — mentioning other copies at the same time ; " We have three copies of the book in the Museum, — one in George the Third's library; one presented in 1763 by Thomas Hollis, Esq. ; and one purchased in a collection of tracts. None of them, however, have any inscription or any mark whatever. The King's copy is a fine, tall one, handsomely bound in red morocco, having the royal arms on the sides, and the figure of Britannia, sur- mounted by a star, in each of the panels at the back. The arms and ornaments differ from those usually employed in the King's library, and in all probability the book was presented bound. It may very likely have been the one voted by the Corpora- tion of the College." President Holyoke also sent a copy to this same Thomas Hollis, in London, the well-known friend and benefactor of the College, and his letter and HoUis's reply are preserved in the Memoirs of Hollis, p. loi, under date Sept. 25, 1762. Holy- oke calls it " an attempt of several young gen- tlemen here with us, and educated in this College, to show their pious sorrow on account of the death of our late glorious King, their attachment to his royal house, the joy they have in the accession of his present majesty to the British throne, and in the prospect they have of the happiness of Britain from the Royal Progeny which they hope for from his alliance with the illustrious house of Mechlenburg." The Greek type used in Nos. 15, 16, and 18, was, according to Thomas, History of Printing, 1874, vol. i., p. 63, the gift of Hollis to the College about 1718. This was the only time it was used, and the font was destroyed on January 24th, 1764, when Har- vard Hall and the Library were burned. The Monthly Review for July, 1763, p. 22, in an extended and considerate notice of the book, says that the collection had not been advertised for sale in London, but that the Review had been fa- vored with a copy of it ; and closes its article as follows: "It must be acknowledged, after all, that this New England Collection, like other public of- ferings of the same kind, contains many indifferent performances ; but these, though they cannot so well be excused when they come from ancient and estab- lished seats of learning, may, at least, be connived at here ; and what we could not endure from an il- lustrious University, we can easily pardon in an infant Seminary." The Critical Review, for October, 1763, p. 289, speaks of the contributions as "not distmguished by the writers' names, like the verses from our own Universities." Referring to the prophecy of Amer- ica's future rank in letters, embodied in Governor Bernard's Epilogus, the reviewer closes : " We wish this prophecy may, and have great reason to expect that it will, be fulfilled in due time, as the verses from Harvard College seem already to bid fair for a rivalship with the productions of Cam and Isis." The closing contribution of Governor Bernard deserves remembrance for its merits as well as for the prophecy : — Isis et Camus placide iluentes, Qua novem fastos celebrant sorores Deferunt Vatum pretiosa Regi Dona Britanno. Audit haec Flumen, prope Bostonenses Quod NuvANGLORUM studiis dicatas Abluit sedes, eademque sperat Munera ferre. Obstat huic Phoebus, chorus omnis obstat Virginum ; frustra officiosa pensum Tentat insuetum indocilis ferire Plectra juventus. Attamen, si quid studium placendi. Si valent quidquam Pietas Fidesque Civica, omnino rudis baud peribit Gratia Musae. Quin erit tempus, cupidi augurantur Vana ni Vates, sua cum Novanglis Grandius quoddam meliusqiie carmen Chorda sonabit : Dum regit mundum occiduum Britannus, Et suas artes, sua jura terris Dat novis, nullis cohibenda metis Regna capessens ; Dum Deus, pendens agitationes Gentium, fluxo moderatur orbi, Fassus humanum genus hie perire, Hie renovari. In some of the copies, a slip of paper, inserted at the end, mentions three verbal or literal errors on pp. 10, 24, and 43, and adds : " The last stanza of p. 72 [No. xxi.], in some copies, to be corrected thus : — " Lucidos currus per aperta coeli Phoebus impellens, nee Avo videbat Clariorem ; nee, nisi per Nepotem, Viderit unquam.'* In all three of the College library copies this stanza reads in this corrected way ; but in the Bel- knap copy (Boston Public Library), it reads : — " Lucidos currus per aperta coeli Phoebus impellens, videt hand Georgo Clariorem ; nee, nisi per Nepotes, Viderit unqi&m." In the following list of the contributions to the volume, the names of the supposed authors are given, and after them certain letters, which indicate the authorities, according'to this key: — AJ Monthly Anthology, Boston, June 1809, P- 422. An article written by Alexander H. Everett, who says the names "are mostly taken" from the Sewall copy, "and as he [Sewall] was, at the time when they were written, a member of College, and wrote several of them himself, are probably correct." A? Monthly Anthology, July, 1809, p. 67. In which the Rev. Dr. Samuel Deane of Portland, the only contributor then surviving, amends the list in the June number. A? This same number, p. 67, also contains an anonymous note, dated July 13, 1809, on the sub- ject with a partial list. B. Dr. Jeremy Belknap's copy, bearing his auto- graph and the date 1762, given in 1859 by his daugh- ter, Elizabeth Belknap, to the Boston Public Library, where it now is. It has marginal notes by Belknap,' and names appended to most of the pieces. E. A copy formerly owned by Prof. McKean, bought at the sale of his library by the Rev. Mr! Greenwood, and after his death purchased by the late George Ticknor, and given by him to Mr, Dowse (according to a memorandum, made by Prof. PIETAS ET GRATULATIO. C. E. Norton, from Mr. Ticknor's information, about 1844); but such a copy is not now in the Dowse Col- lection of the Mass. Historical Society. The assign- ment of names is made on the authority of the Rev. Dr. John Eliot, as appears from a note by Prof. McKean, in the copy : " The writers, as I have been informed by one well conversant with our civil and literary history, and as a scholar ranking first in the very first class (Dr. Eliot), were as follows : " A copy in Harvard College library, bound with others, given in 1853 by Epes S. Dixwell, Esq., seemingly once the property of Dr. Eliot, for it has his autograph on the fly-leaf, has no annotations whatever. E? A copy in a volume of Tracts, given to the Harvard College Library by Samuel A. Eliot in 1845, this particular copy bearing the name on the title, " Samuel Eliot, 1762." The names at the end of the several pieces, and other notes seem to be in the same hand, and the names correspond in such way to those given in the Belknap copy that it is evident the information came from the same source. One of the notes, common to both copies, is curious. In No. xi., p. 35, is this coup- let, — " Here he restrain'd the Indian's thirst of gore, And bid the murd'rous tomax drink no more." Against tomax is written, " Compounded of toma- hawk and ax." The connection of the Belknap and Eliot fam- ilies was near. Belknap a few years later (1767) married Ruth, the sister of this Samuel Eliot, who was the founder of the Eliot professorship, and who became a prominent merchant in Boston. He was cousin of the Rev. John Eliot, named under E. Samuel Eliot was the grandfather of President Eliot. H. A copy in Harvard College Library, which seems to have been specially bound as a memorial. In it has been inserted by the late Librarian, T. W. Harris, 1836, a transcript of the " Proposal," and an " Index " of the writers, made out by the Rev. Dr. T. M. Harris, " as I was told," says Prof. Norton's memo- randum, " by his son, Dr. T. W. Harris." In a few instances, the writing is in pencil, perhaps later, and these are iadicated by an asterisk, H*. Harris owned the Sewall copy. L. A copy in the possession of the Rev. Robert Lowell of Schenectady, grandson of the writer of no. vii., who says the assignments of authorship in it are " apparently in the handwriting of my great-grand- father. Rev. John Lowell, of Newbury, Class of 1721." This graduate died in 1767, and was the father of the contributor of no. vii. M. The Massachusetts Historical Society's copy, with names in pencil in a late hand, apparently fol- lowing some earlier authority, and corresponding in some respects with the copy H. The early pro- ceedings of the Society show that this copy was given to it by Dr. Belknap in 1791. N. A copy in the New York Historical Society, which being bound in morocco, gilt leaves, with the Royal arms stamped on the cover, and the book- plate of Carlton House Library within, is held to be the one presented to the King. It contains only two assignments of authorship, nos. xi. and xvi. S. A copy marked by Prof. Stephen Sewall, one of the contributors, and given by him to the late Dr. T. M. Harris, who, in a letter to Mr. Ticknor, calls Sewall " the most accomplished Classical Scholar of the day, which our College or Country could boast." . P. A copy bearing on the fly-leaf, ra President Holyoke's hand, " Edvardi Holyoke Liber;" be- neath which a further inscription points out the present owner, — " Illius, Universitatis Harvardi- anae Praesidis clarissimi, nepos, Fredericus Henricus Hedge, Amico suo, antiquitaturn Nov-Angl)a2 cul- tori perdocto, Georgio E. Ellis, S.T.D." The au- thors' names are given in the President's hand at the end of some of the pieces. TV. A copy which belonged to Prof. John Win- throp, and was subsequently owned by the late George Ticknor ; but those marked W*. are writ- ten, in that copy, in another hand than Winthrop's. *#* If a point of interrogation (?) follows a letter, it signifies that the authority thus given expresses a doubt on the point. List of Pieces. To THE King. Lieut.- Gov. Hutchinson, S. VST. Gm. Francis Bernard, E. H*. L. It is said, erro- neously in A?- that the Sewall copy gives it to Ber- nard. Eliot, in his Biog. Dictionary, gives it to Hutchinson, who had graduated at Harvard in 1727, and was now about fifty years old. Bernard, who took his degree at Oxford in 1736, had arrived in the Province in August, 1760, and was about three years the junior of the lieutenant-governor. I. Adhortatio PRyESIDIS. Gov. Francis Bernard, E. W. President Edward Holyoke, AJ A? B. E? H*.'. L. M?. S. The Monthly Review ascribes it to " The President." A. H. Everett adds, " Presi- dent Holyoke was then very old, and his Adhor- tatio is said to have been corrected by master Lovell." Holyoke was now seventy-two years old, and died in ofiice seven years later. He had graduated in 1705. II. Ad pr^cellentissimum provinci^ prefec- TUM. Master John Lovell, A^ A? E. H. M .'. S. W. y. Taylor, B. B? L. The Monthly Review says it "seems to have been written" by Holyoke. Lovell was at this time the head-master of the Latin School in Boston, and was now fifty-one years old, having graduated in 1728. The other claimant was probably the Joseph Taylor of the Class of 1765 (died 1816) ; in which case he was a freshman at the time, aged fifteen years. The Lowell copy gives the name in full, " Mr. Jos. Taylor." III. Cum roseis quondam Dea, etc. Stephen Sew- all, Ai A? E. H. L. M. P. S. -W. Sewall had just graduated at the age of thirty, having fitted himself for college at the joiner's bench. He became tutor in Hebrew in 1762. IV. Are Monarchs then such unimportant things, etc. Dr. Benjamin Church, H. M. Church had graduated in 1754 at the age of twenty, and was now acquiring reputation in Boston as a surgeon. V Of Cypress deign. Celestial Muse, to sing. Stephen Sewall, A.\ A? B. E. E? H. L. M. P. W. VI. Cum Britonum Regem, etc. Go^'. Francis Ber- nard, E. H. M. W. VII While thro' the British world, etc. John Lowell of Newbury, A.\ A? B. E. E? H. M. p. s. V7. A. H. Everett adds, " afterwards LL.D. and A.A.S., member of Congress, and judge suc- cessively of the Court of Appeals, District Court, and Circuit Court of the United States." The Monthly Review held that these verses, "though said to be written by a youthful son of Harvard, are allowed to be nervous, and we cannot but congratulate the College on so promising a pupil." 6 PIETAS ET GRATULATIO. Lowell had graduated in 1760. He was the grand- father of Prof. James Russell Lowell, and of the Rev. Robert Lowell. The late Rev. Dr. Charles Lowell added to the Lowell copy, against his ances- tor's name in the list, " Mt. 17." Vin. Cum Rex sciret Avum, etc. James Bo-w- doin. A? B. H. W. Francis Bernard, B. (giving it "F. B. esq."). Bowdoin was at this time sixteen years out of col- lege, and had graduated at eighteen in 1745. His prominence as an opponent of ministerial measures, subsequently incurred the displeasure of Bernard, who a few years after they were thus associated to- gether, negatived him as a Councillor, in 1769. IX. Proximus a primo, etc. James Bowdoin, E. H. W. Francis Bernard, B. (giving it " F. B., esq."). X. Hark ! — to what melancholy sound. Rev. Samuel Deane, Portland, &>. A? B. B. E2 H. L. M. P. S. W. Cf. Willis's Portland, p. 655. XL Where thick-embow'ring shades. Dr. Ben- jamin Church, Al A? B. E. E? H. L. M. N. S. Peter Oliver, esq., W. The Critical Review calls this much the best of the English poems. Judge Oliver, at this time on the Supreme Bench, had graduated in 1730, and was now forty-eight years old. XII. Quid srei vult, etc. Stephen Sewall, A} E. H. L. M. P. S. "W. XIII. As, ON HER WHITE-CLIFT, SEA-GIRT SHORE. Rev. Samuel Cooper, A?- B. H. M. S. W. Peter Oliver, B. B? A. H. Everett adds, " a species of measure generally unsuccessful in English poetry, lyric verse without rhyme." Cooper was at this time thirty-six years old, and had graduated eighteen years before (1743). He was now settled over the Brattle Street Church in Bos- ton, and got his doctorate, which gave him the title he is usually known by, in 1767, from the University of Edinburgh. XIV. Deeili tentura viam volata. Stephen Sezvall, Al E. H. M. S. "W*. XV. "EAErEION. Stephen Sewall, A^ B. E. E? H. L. M. P. S. W. XVI. 'O^H. Stephen Sewall. A^ B. E. E? H. L. M. N. P. S. W. XVII. Hail kindred spirit ! James Bowdoin, A". A? says "J. B., esq." B. E. E? H. L. M. P. says "Tho't to be Mr. Bowdoin." S. W. XVIII. "EniTA^ION. Gov. Bernard, A>. B. E.E? H. L. M. P. S. "W. XIX. Epitaphium. Gov. Bernard, A} A? B. B. E^. H. L. M. P. S. "W. XX. Epitaph. Gm. Bernard, &>. ? B. E. E? H. M. S. W. XXI. In Regis Inaugurationem. H*. M. Each with a pencil note, which reads, " By Dr. Deane of Portland, then Butler in College, on authority of Dr. Weed, class of 1800 and Rev. Dr. Nichols." The Odell Catalogue assigns it to Gov. Francis Bernard. Cf. Historical Magazine, ii. 281 ; and Willis's Memoir of Samuel Deane, prefixed to his Diary, p. 290. See also no. x. Deane had graduated in 1760 at eighteen, and was at this time the Librarian of the College. XXII. DuM VARIAS gratis, etc. This is not assigned in any of the lists. XXIII. QuEM viRUM MAVULT, etc. Stephen Sewall. Al A? B. E. E? H. L. M. P. S. "W. XXIV. Epithalamiom. This is not assigned in any of the lists. XXV. George gave the word. Master J. Lovell, Al E. H. M. S. W*. XXVI. Dum servat STELLAS. Master John Lovell, A? A? B. E? L. "W. Prof. John Winthrop, A!- E.'h. M. S. a. H. Everett adds "It has more to recommend it, than mere elegance and purity of expression, — the usual acme of modern Latin poetry ; the thoughts are ingenious and happy." Winthrop was the Hollis professor of mathemat- ics and natural philosophy in the College. He was born in 17 14, and had graduated nearly thirty years before this. XXVII. While Halley views the heavens. Master John Lovell, A? A? B. E? L. W. Prof. John Winthrop, Al E. H. M. S. A. H. Everett says " The English translation," of No. xxvi., " is not much inferior to the Latin." XXVIII. Some Seraph touch the sacred lyre ! Rev. Samuel Cooper, E. H. M. W*. A. H. Ever- ett gives it to Dr. C. from "internal evidence." XXIX. Tho' from thy happy shores. Stephen Sewall, A? B. E? L. P. W. Peter Oliver, E. H. M?. (In the H. record Peter is in pencil.) Thomas Oliver, Al M ?. S. Thomas, of a different family from Peter Oliver, was born 1734, graduated 1753, and became subse- quently the last of the line of royal lieutenant gov- ernors. XXX. Tho' wealth and power. James Bowdoin. A? says " J. B., esq." B. E? H*. L. M. XXXI. Epilogus. Gov. Francis Bernard, Al E. H. M. S. W. JLibtavv of l^arbartj miUv&it^. Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. ler Domenico Manzani. 1595. 16°. Vigns.&ai ornamental initials.- {a. ') "Edizione reputatissima, dovuta aUe cure di vari aoca- demici [della Crusca], i quali si attennero all' Aldina del 1502, consultando nel tempo istesso pii di 100 codici di grande reputazione, di cui 62 se ne citano nell' Avviso al lettore . . . . Caduta disgraziatamente in mano di stampatore negligentis- suno, riusci zeppa d' errori " — ColomT) de Batines, 1. 99. DANTE COLLECTION. 24. — La divina commedia ridotta a miglior le- zione dagli Accade.mici della Crusca, seconda impressione accresciuta degli argomenti, alle- gorie, e spiega de' vocaboU oscuri. Dedicata al dottor Tommaso Earina [by Cellenio Zac- clori, i. e. Lorenzo Ciccarelli]. 1 vol. in 2. Napoli, Francesco Laino. 1716. 16°. Dn. 27.16 " Comuneraente giudieata pid corretta di quella del 1595. Gli argomenti e le allegorie sono copiati dall' edizione del Giolito, 1555." — Colomb de Batines, 1. 103. as. — La divina commedia, gia ridotta a miglior lezione dagli Accademici della Crusca ; ed era accresciuta di un doppio rimario [da Carlo Noci], e di tre indici per opere del eig. G. A. VoLPi. 3 vol. Padova, Giuseppe Comino. 1727, '26-27. sm. 8°. Port, and plate. (T. BPL. 4790.48) Contents : — Vol. i. contains (besides the text of the Divina commedia) the following: — Le Titc di Dante e del Petrarca, da Lionardo Aretino. ^- Prinoipio d' un capitolo del abate A. M. Salvini al sig. F. Eedi. ^Catalogo di molte delle principali edizioni che sono state ■fatte della Div. com. — Sonetto del conte G. N. A. Montanari al Volpi, e Sonetto del Volpi in risposta.— [Lettera di B. de' Kossi a -L. Torrigiani.] — Opiuione intomo al tempo del via^gio di Dante. — Autoritk de' testi. li. Kimario di tutte le desinenze de' versi della Divina commedia, operagi^ pubblicata in 1602 da C. Noci, ed ora migUorata [da Volpi]. — Indice delle sole desinenze de' versi della Divina commedia. iii. Argomenti e le allegorie sopra ogni canto del poema di Dante, e tre indici composti dal Volpi. This edition, at the time of its publication, was generally thought to excel all previous editions, and has been fre- quently republished. It follows the 1595 edition [no. 23], ■tile text of which it reproduces in a corrected form. See Colomb de Batines, i. 104. Portrait: — "Disegnato da M. A. Comali e inciso dall' Heylbrouck, copia di quelle di Bernardo India, celehre pittor Veronese, che si conservava nel museo di Bernardino Lisca.'' — See no. 233. Della commedia traspor- tata in verso latino da Carlo d' Aquino. Ital- and Lat. 1728. 26. — Dante con una breve e suflBciente dichi- arazione del senso letterale diversa in piu luoghi da quella degli antichi comentatori. "By Pom- peg Venturi. Edited by G. B. Placidi.] 8 vol. Lucca, per S. D. Gappuri, a spese della societa Idi Gesul. 1732. 8°. Dn. 27.32 "Prima edizione col comento del padre Venturi. ^ di- venuta assai rara." — Colomb de Batines, i. 106. Vol. ii. and iii. have only a half-title. 27. — La divina commedia, con gll argomenti, allegorie e dichiarazioni di Lodotico Dolce. Aggiuntovi la vita del poeta, il Kimario e due indici utilissimi. Bergamo, Pietro Lancellotti. 1752. 12°. (T.) Edited by the abate, P. A. Serassi. The text follows that of the editions of 1595 and 1727 [no. 23 and 35], revised from a MS. in the possession of Mgr. Albani of Bergamo. 28. — ' La divina comedia dell' inferno, poe- metto morale, e filosofico; coUe annotazioni distinte, ch' esplicano chiaramente 11 testo. Da NicoLO Ciangulo. Lipsia, apresso Giovanni Samuel Reinsio heredi. 1755. sm. 8°. Dn. 27.55 "fela prima edizione statnpata in Germania." — Scartaz- zini, Dante in Germania^ ii. 184. 29. — La divina commedia con varie annota- zioni, e copiosi rami adomata. Dedicata alia sagra imperial maesta di Elisabetta Petrowna, dal conte Ckistoforo Zapata di Cisnehos. Tom. i.-iii. ; — Prose, e rime liriche, con copiose ed erudite aggiunte. Tom. iv. in 2 pt. 4 torn, in 5. Venezia, Antonio Zatta. 1757-58. 4°. 112plates. Dn. 17.57 (T. BPL.4801.50) "i; questa edizione fatta con lusso, ma con poco buon fusto nella scelta degli omamenti, vignette, fi-egi e figure, n fine d' ogni canto porta le Amiotpzioni del Venturi e del Volpi." — Gamba, Serie dei testi di lingua, p. 128. " Memorie per servu-c aJla vita di Dante.''' iv. (2), 1-140. " Lettera di Gius. Valeriano cav. Vannetti intomo ad »1 cune circostanze della vita di Dante, ed all' aver egli di morato nella Val Lagarina, e quici composta una sua can- zone." iv. (2), 141-168. The text is, with few exceptions, that of the edition of Padova, 1727. Portrait : — " Ti-atto da un anfico ori^nale, che trovasi nella Toscana.'' Name of engraver not given. Paur thinks it to be possibly the foundation of Morghen's famous portrait so often reproduced. Another plate gives a number of medals bearing Dante's profile. — See no. 188. La divine com^die, I'enfer. Par MouTONNBT DE Clairfons. Ital. and French. 1776. 30. — [La divina commedia, pubblicata da An- drea RuBEi.] 3 vol. Venezia, presso Antonio Zatta e figli. 1784. 16°. Port, and mgns. (Parnaso italiano, iii.-v.) (BPL.'''276g.2) Volpi's Indici from the edition of 1726-27 are printed at the end of each volume. In vol. iii. are "Notizie storiche e critiche," and " Paragone di Dante col Buonarroti," pp. 218- 223. At the head of each canto is a vignette engraved by C. del- I'Acqua and others. Portrait : — A vignette on the title-page of each volume. — See no. 193. L'enf er [par ANioiifE Riva- ROLi, dit COMTE DE Rivarol]. Ital. and French. 1785. 31. — Inferno, poema. Parigi, C. A. J. Jacob. 1787. 24°. Dn. 27.87 32. — Purgatorio, poema. Parigi, C A. J. Jacob. 1787. 24°. Dn. 27.87.2 33. — Paradise, poema. Parigi, C. A. J. Jacob. 1787. 24°. > Dn. 27.87.3 34. — La divina commedia novamente corretta spiegata e difesa da E. B. L. M. C. [Er. Bal- DASSARE Lomeardi minor conventuale.] 3 vol. Roma, presso Antonio Fvlgoni. 1791. 4°. 3 plates, and vigns. Dn. 17.91 " Vita scritta dall' abate P. A. Serassi." 1. xvii.-xxiii. "Dello stile di Dante. Elogio di P. K. Morando." 1. xxiv.-xxv. "Delia cagione per cui abbia Dante voluto a questo suo poema dare il titolo di Commedia." F. R, Morando. 1. xxvi.-xxvii. Lombardi spent many years of his life in preparing tliis edition of the Divina commedia. He consulted all the best editions and many valuable manuscripts unknown to the Accademia della Crusca whose edition was published in 1595 The latter had been generally accepted as of the greatest accuracy, but Lombardi introduced many new readinEs and his text has been adopted as the basis of most modem editions. This copy belonged to Lombardi himself and contains nu- nierous and important additions m Ms. as he meditated a new edition. Theywere but partially used in the edition pi-mted at Rome by De Eomanis in 1815-16 [no. 44]. A aompli- TtSstvoLmr ''''''^' ^""^'^ '^ ^°^''"'" -P'^-'i 35- — _ La divina commedia. [With an intro- duction and "aggiunta critica" at the end, of each vol. by G. J. de' M. Dionisi.] 3 torn. 7!?A?^*'«^' ^^^"^ Palazzo co' tipi bodoniani. 1795. f°. Port. Dn. 7.95 ,,?,f ,^°'°™'' ^^ Batines, i. 121; also Foscolo's DUcorso ml testo (p. 426) , in regard to Dionisi's new readings. Portrait: — '^Jitetmo Tofanelh dehneo: ElifaeUo Mor- ghen mcise m Firenze." '^.>-'i--.'^>^ mor- 3^- — La divina commedia. 3 vol. Penig, a spese di F. Dienemann e camp. 1804. 4°. (N.) A Ji' ^^^l^ edizione giudieata correttissima, pubblicata per cura del professore Femow. L' editore ha seguito la lezioif degli DIVINA COMMEDIA, Italian, 1716-1822. Accademici suU* edizione datane dallo Zatta nel 1757, confo- rendola con quella del Lombardi." — Colomb de Batines, i. 127. Scartazzini says that Femow had no part in tlie ^ork. The unsold, copios of this edition passed through various hands and appeared at several later dates. Such a case the edi- tion Catalogued beyond with the imprint " Breslavia, 1843 " [no. 78] seems to' be. Some bibhograpliics mention a 4th volume, but it is doubt- ful if more than the three were ever published. Tliirty-nine folio plates by Hummel from Flaxmau's designs, illustratmg the Inferno, were published with the wort, but are wantmg in tliis copy. 37. — La divina commedia. Illustrata di note da LuiGi PoKTiRELLi. 3 vol. Milano, dalla soeieta tipog. de' classici Ataliani. 1804-05. 8°. Port. anAZ plates. Dn.28.4(BPL.*48oi.i) " Vita " by G. Tiraboschi. 1. xxvii-lxvii. The notes are drawn mostly from Lombardi and Jacopo della Lana. — See Colomb de Batines, i. 125. Portrait: — "G. Benaglia dis. ed inc." Wanting in the HCIi. copy. 38. — La divina commedia. Con illustrazioni [by GiOTANNi RosiNi]. 4 torn, in 2. Pisa, dalla tipog. della soeieta letteraria. 1804-09. f°. 2portrs. anAS plates. Dn. 8.4.Z (BPL. **G. 10.50) 260 copies. The BPL. copy is one of 20 on vellum paper. Vol. iv. contains "Vita di Dante e gP Indici del Volpi, listretti e riformati." See Colomb de Batines, i. 126. Portraits: — Dante, " Stefano TofaneUi deline6; Baffaello Morghen incise in Krenze " ; — Card. Despuig (to whom theworliis dedicated), "TofaneUi del.; Petr.Bettelml sculp. Bomae." Plates : — Two by Bettclini, one by Lapi, " Raff. Morghen diresse." These are not found in all copies and did not originally belong to the HCL. copy. They were presented to the library by Baron Ferd. Botta. — The same. Vol. i.-iii. 1804. {". 2 pdrtrs. Dn. 8.4 39. — La divina commedia copiata dalla edi- zione romana del P. Lombardi. S' aggiungono le varie lezioni, le dichiarazioni necessarie, e la vita deir autore nuovamente compendiata da C. L. Ferkow. 3 torn. Jena, presso Fed. Frommann. 1807. 12°. (Raccolta di autori classici italiani. Poeti, 1-3.) Dn. 28.7 Considered the best of the eai-Iier German editions. See Colomb de Batines, i. 130. 40. — La divina commedia, gia ridotta a miglior lezione dagli Accademici della Crusca, ed ora accuratamente efuendata, ed accresciuta di va- rie lezioni, tratte da un antichissimo codice. [Edited by Gabtano Poggiali.] 4 tom. in 2. Livomo, presso Tommaso Masi e eomp". co' tipi bodoniani. 1807-13. 8°. Fort. smA plate. Dn. 28.7.2 (BPL. *28oo.2o) Contents : — i., ii. Divina eommedia. — iii., iv. Vita di Dante scritta da Leonardo Aretino. Annotazioni. Portrait : — " Stefeno TofaneUi deUn. — RaffaeUo Mor- ghen inc." 41. — La divina commedia. 3 vol. Milano, Mussi. 1808-09. 32°. (T.) 42. — La divina commedia, edizione formata sopra quella di Comino del 1727, con indici ricchissimi composti da G. A. Volpi. 2 vol. Venezia, Vitta/relli. 1811. 16°. (CoUeziorie d' alcuni classici italiani.) (T.) VoL 1. contains the text, vol. ii. the indices. 43. — La divina commedia, col comento del P. PoMPEO Venttjri, edizione conforme al testo cpminiano del 1727. 3 vol. Pirenze, NicooVo Carli. 1813. 12°. (T.) Vol. i. contains Venturi's preface to the first edition which contained his comment, Lucca, 1732, and Aretmo's Life of Dante. 44. — La divina commedia corretta, spiegata e dif eaa dal P. Baldassarre Lombardi nel 1791. Riscontrata ora sopra preziosi codioi, nuova- mente emendata di molte altre vaghe annota- zioni [by Filippo de Romanis]. Tom. i.-iii. ; — Le princlpali cose appartenenti alia Divina commedia, cioe il Rimario, la Visione di Al- berico, la vita del poeta, etc. [iv.] 4 tom. Roma, nella stamperia de Bomanis. 1815-17. 4°. Port, axidii plates. Dn. 18.15 (T. BPL.*28oI.i) For the sources which De Komanis consulted and the con- tents of vol. iv., see Colomb de Batines, i. 137. Portrait* — "Raf. Sanzio dip. L. Durantini dis. Aug. .Testa inc.*' " II ritratto 6 copia fedele di quello che ^ am- mira nello stupendo afiresco del Vaticano conosciuto sotto il nome di Disputa del Sacramento." 45. — La divina commedia con tavole in rame. [Edited by A. Renzi, G. Mariki, , and G. Muzzi.] 4 tom. Firenze, nella tipog. aXV in- segna delV Ancora. 1817-19. f°. Portrs. and 125 plates. Dn. 8.17 Vol. iv. contains: — Vita di Dante Alighieri scritta da Lionardo Aretino. ^ Breve trattato sopra la forma, posizione, e misura delP inferno. [G. del Rosso.J^ — Discorso intomo al canto iv. dell' Inferno di Dante. G. F. G. Napione di Coc- conato., — AUegoria deUa Divina commedia [del Marchetti]. — Annotazioni [drawn from many ancient commentators]. Portrait: — MedalUon vignette on the title-pages of tom. i.-iii. Plates : —Those of the Inferno (44) and of the Purgatorio (40) were designed by Luigi AdemoUo, those of the Paradiso (41) by Nenci. ' See Artaud de Montor, Histoire de Dante, p. 599, note, for a discussion of their merit. 46. — La divina commedia col comento di G. BiAGiOLi. 3 tom. Parigi, Dondey-Diipre. 1818-19. 8". Dn. 28.18 ** Bella e nitida e correttissima edizione." Has been often reprinted. Colomb de Batines (i. 143) mentions a portrait of Dante, but none appears. 47. -r- La divina commedia, col comento di G. iSiAGiOLi. 3 vol. Milano, Silvestri. 1819. 8°. (T.) A reprint of the edition with BiagioU's comment of the preceding year. — See no. 234. L' inferno tradotto in versi eroici latini dal dottore Antonio Catellacci. rtal. and Lat. 1819. 48. — La divina commedia di mano del Boc- caccio. [Published by Luigi Fantoni.] Ro- veta, negli Occhi Santi di Bice. 1820. 1. 8°. Front, and fac-sim. Dn. 28.20 (BPL. 2802.1) "i; copia del codice della Vaticana, no. 3199." Portrait : — "11 ritratto fu inciso sopr' un disegno originale ed inedito di Gius. Bossi, che si conserva dal marchese Tri- vulzio." — Colomb de Batines, i. 148. The frontispiece has , also portraits of Boccaccio and Petrarch. 49. — Another copy of the same edition. In- ferno only, printed in yellow ink on dark pur- ple paper. Dn. 28.20.2 50. — - La divina commedia. Nuova ed. 3 vol. Parigi, G. P. Aillaud. 1822. 32°. Port. Dn. 28.22 Portrait : — "C. Knight sculpt." gi. — La divina commedia col comento del P. Baldassarre Lombardi, ora nuovamente arricchito di molte illustrazioni edite ed in- edite. Vol. i.-iii. ; — II rimario della Divina commedia, 1' indice delle voci, e quello de' nomi proprj e delle cose notabili. Vol. iv. ; — La biografia di Dante. Varie illustrazioni della Divina commedia, ed il catalogo delle edizioni* 8 DANTE COLLECTION. Vol. V. [Edited by G. Campi, F. Tedekici andG. Maffei.] 5 vol. F adova, dallatipog. della Minerva. 1822. 8°. Port, and 3 plates. Dn. 28.22.2 (BPL. *48oo.5) "Edizione con note di vari, la migliora di tutte le moderne edlzioni della Divina commedia." — Colomb de Batincs, i. 153. Portrait (in vol. v.) : — No indication given of engraver or 'designer. It is apparently founded on the deatli-mask, and is reproduced in Foscolo's edition, 1842-43, where it is signed " I-I. Robinson," jilso somewhat smaller iu Borghi's edition, 1844. The lithograph in Martini's edition of lii40 is evidently founded on it, as well as the head in Biittura's Quattro poeii italiani, 1845, and the portrait in Kok's Dutch translation, 1863-64, which is much reduced, of inferior execution, and signed " D. J.'Sluyter." Paur says of it *'Das ganze bietet raehr den anblick eines mnjiteren, etwa-s weibischen monches, ais des strengen weltverachters Dante." 52. — La divina commedia. 2 vol. Londra, presso O. Corrall, a spese^ di G. Pickering. 1823, '22. 48°. Port. (N.) Minute edition in microscopic type. Portrait : — " R. Morghen dt. R. Grave sc." 53. — Opere poetiche con note di diversi per diligenza e studio di Antonio Buttuka. 2 torn. Parigi, presso Lefevre. 1823. 8". PoH. (I quattro poeti italiani.) (N. T./ BPL. *42o8.6) i. Poesie liriche. — Inferno, ii. Purgatoiio. — Paradiso, " Vita, scritta dal cav. G. Tiraboschi." i. 1-37. Portrait: — " H. C. Miiller sc." 54. — La divina commedia, giusta la lezione del cojiice bartoliniano. [Edited by the abate QniRico ViviANi.] 3 vol. in 4. Udine,^ei/ra- telli Mattiuzzi. 1823-28. 8°. Plate and fac- sim. (N. BPL. 2802.13) Contents (partial) : — i. Tavola de* testi colisultati per la presente edizioue. Dell' inferno. — ii. Del purgatorio. Del paradiso. — iii. 1. Ragionamento sopra Dante, di F. Tovti. 11 secolo di Dante ; comento storico, di P. Arrivabene. — iii. 2. Diziohario etimologico della Divina commedia. In- dici. Suplimento alia tavola nel i. vol. Plate: — "Dante alia grot.ta di Tolmino. G. Derif dis. Aliprandi inc. Miliara diresse." — See no. 195. L'enfer, par J. C. Taktek. Ital. and French. 1824. 55.' — Bellezze della Commedia di Dante Ali- ghierl. Dialoghi d'AsTONio Cesari [including the complete text]. 3 vol. Verona, tip. di Paolo Libanti. 1824-26. 8°. See Cesari, A. Bellezze, etc. ' 38.187 (BPL. aSoi.S) 56. — La commedia illustrata da UgoEoscolo. Tom. i. Londra, Gugl. Pickering. 1825. 8°. Dn. 130.1 \ Contents: — Discorso suI testo e su le opinioni diverse prevalenti intoi-no alia storia e alia emendazione critica della Commedia di Dante. !No more published. Foseolo died in 1827, and the work was taken up a^in some years later by Mazzini, and com- pleted. See his edition of 1842-43 [no. 76] . 57. — La divina commedia. 3 vol. Milano, per Nicolo Bettoni. 1825. 8°. Fronts. Dn. 28.25 " Le note in pife di pagina son compendiate dai piii celebri comenti, meno alcune inedite del Monti, del conte Perticari e della contessa moglie di lui." — Colomb de Batines, i. 161. The portrait of Dante by Bossi is wanting. 58. — La divina commedia, con brevi e chiare note [by Paolo Costa. With illustrations by G. G. Machiavelli.] 8 vol. Bologna, Gam- herini e Parmpggiani. 1826. 4°. (T.) Contents : — Vol. i. contains (beside the text of the Inferno and notes by Costa and others) "Vita di Dante di Paolo Costa ; Discorso del conte Gio. Marchetti intomo alia prima e principale allegoria del poema di Dante; Descrizione del Inferno." Vol, ii. contains the Purgatorio and notes preceded by a "Descrizione del Purgatorio," and followed by a "Dis- corso di Paolo Costa nel quale si dichiarano due Inoghi contro- versi della Div. com." Vol. iii. contains the Pai-adiso and notes, and a " Descrizione del paradiso." Gozzi's Argomenti are printed at the head of each canto. Machiavelli's illustrations were designed in Rome in 1806 and 1807, and first published in the Bologna edition of 1819-21, of which the present edition is a reprint with some few additions. 59. — La divina commedia con comento ana- litico di Gabkielb Rossetti. Vol. i., ii. Lon- dra, JbA™ i/wrray. 1826-27. 8°. Diagrs. (N.) Contents : — i., ii. L' inferno. No more was published. • "Vita di Dante." i. xix-xl. "Disamina del sistema allegorico della Divina commedia." i. 331-406, ii. 349-656. " Nozioni storiche intorno all' imperadore Arrigo di Lus- semburgo." ii. xvii-xlvii. 60. — La divina commedia con nuovi argomenti e note [del canonicoBoKGHi]. 3 vol. Firenze, P. Borghi e comp. 1827. 32°. Port. (Col- lezione portatile di classici italiani, xix.-xxi.) Dn. 28.27 Portrait: — " E. Cateni dis. Lasinio figlio inc." Is evi- dently founded on Morgheu's portrait, very much reduced, and inferior. 6i. — L' ottimo commento della Divina com- media; testo inedito d' un contemporaneo di Dante citato dagli Accademici della Crusca. [Edited with the text by Alessandro Toeki.] 3 torn. Fisa, Mc. Capurro. 1827-29. 8°. Port, and plates. Dn. 28.27.2 (T. BPL. 2802.21) Portrait : — " Stefano Tofanelli delin. RafTaello Morghen inc." Reduced from the large plate in the editions of 1795 and 1804. Also an outline engraving of the Florentine fresco wrongly attributed to Orgagna, representing Dante standing. 62. — La diyina commedia : publicata da A. BuTTURA. 3 torn. Parigi, presso Aime-Andre. 1829. 32°. Port, and 3 plates. (Biblioteca poetica italiana, i.-iii.) Dn. 28.29 (BPL. 67793.15) " Ristampa dell' edizione parigina del 1820." — Colomb de Batines, i. 171. Portrait : — " Pamela Dautel sc." A copy of Morghen's engraving reversed. 63. . — La divina commedia, postillata da ToR- QUATO Tasso. 3 torn. Pisa, [Cdpurro'] co' car ratteridiF.Didot. 1830. 4°. Portrs. Dn.28.3tf " Postille cavate dai margin! di tre edlzioni, per cnra del- I'ab. Rezzi, e pubblicate coll' intero testo di Dante dal prov. Gio. Rosini." — Lord Vernon, Serie cronologica, no. 226. Portrait : — (Dante) A very close copy of the Tofanelli- Morghen portrait as it appeared in the editions of 1795 and 1804. 64. — La divina commedia con note di Paolo CosTA, da lui per questa edizione nuovamente riviste ed emendate. Firenze, tipog. all' in- - segna di Dante. 1830. 24°. Front, and vign. Dn. 2S.30.2 ■With an engraved title-page. " Con questa edizione, fatta intieramente su quella intrapresa nel 1827 in Milano da A. Bonfanti si pubblicarono nuove note del Costa, del Blonde e del Betti." — Colomb de Batines, i. 173. 65. — La divina commedia col comento del P. Baldassarre Lombakdi. Vol. i.-iii. ; — Prose, rimario, indice. Vol. iv. ; — Rime di Dante, precedute dalla sua biografia. Vol. v. ; — Le egloghe latine, i trattati del Volgar eloquio e della Monarchia e le epistole. Vol. vi. 6 vol. Firenze, Leonardo Giardetti. 1830-41. 8°. Port, and 3 plates. (i.-iii.) Dn. 28.30.3; (iv.-vi.) Dn. 28.30.4 (T. BPL. *28oi.6; *4ig5.6) DIVINA COMMEDIA, Itaeian, 1822-1842. — The same. Vol. vi. Krenze. 1841. 8°. Dn. 28.30.5 Vol. iv.-Ti. have also the half-title *' Opere minori di Dante, etc." This edition w^ also published with 112 illus- trations from designs by I laxman. " II testo fe copiato dalli-euizione padovana del *22 [ao. 51]. SI aggiunsero per altro alcune viu-iantc tratto dalP edizioue d' Udine, 1823 fno. 54]." — Colomb de Batines, i. 176. Portrait: — with no indication of engraver; a poor copy of Morghen's portrait, reversed. 66. — La divina commedia, con note di Paolo Costa. 3 vol. 'S^poli, dellatipog. del Petrarca. - 1836, '35. 24°. Dn. 28.36 "Vita." i. Yii.-xxxviii. 67. — La divina commedia, con note di Paolo Costa, edizione eseguita sull' ultima fiorentina, dal commentatore medesimo rivista ed emen- data. [With an appendix.] Monza, iipog. Corbeita. 1837. 1.8°. Port. 38.46 ** Vita di Dante Alighieri." pp. v.-xvi. 68. — La divina commedia ridotta a miglior lezione coll' aiuto di vari testi a penna da G. B. NicooLiNi, GiNo Capponi, G. Bokghi, e PR0TTCOSO Beochi. 2 vol. Krenze, Felice Le Monnier e comp. 1837. 1. 8°. Pari. (N. T. BPL. 2801.3) Vol. ii. Prefazione e avvertimenti di Fruttuoso Beochi. — Awertimenti sul testo deUa Divina commedia. J'ortrait: — "Del Bene dis. P. Vivianiiuc." 6g. — La commedia col comento di N. Tom- MASEO. [Pubblicata da G. Bernardini.] 3 vol. Venezia, co' tipi del gondoUere. 1837. 8°. Tign. (BPL. 2800.1) " Nitidissima edizione. Ha ricchezza di citazioni che mos- trano i fonti a' quali ebbe ricorso il poeta, e che sono spezial- mente la Bibbia, Aristotile, Virgilio, S. Tommaso." — Gamba, $erie dei testi di lingua^ p. 133. 70. — La divina commedia col comento del P. BoNAVEH'TUKA [Baldassare] Lombardi, con le illustrazioni aggiuntevi dagli editori di Pa- dova uel 1822 e con un' appendice novella- mente compilata per questa ristampa. [With "Le rime di Francesco Petrarca," etc. 1839. pp. 741-927.] iFirenze, David Passigli. 1838. 1.8°. i plates. Dn. 28.38 Also with an engraved title-page to each division — Dante, and Petrarch. 71. — Lo inferno della commedia col comento di GuiKiFORTO DELLi Bargigi tratto da due manoscritti inediti del secolo decimo quinto con introduzione e note dell' avv. G. Zache- roni. -Marsilia, etc., Mossy. 1838. 1.8°. Front., plates, and vign. (N.) But few copies were printed. This copy does not contain the Dedication and Introduction spoken of in Colomb de Batines, i. 187. 72. — La divina commedia col comento del P. PoMPEO Venturi ; nuova ed. a miglior lezione ridotta ed arricchita d' inedite postille del dottor Giovanni Lami e di P. J. Praticelli. 3 torn. Pirenze, G. Molini. 1839. 24°. Port, and plates. Dn. 28.39 •' Della prima e prinoipale aUegoria del poema. Discorso di P. Fraticelli." i. x.-xl. " Prefazione del P. P. Venturi all' edizione di Lucca del 1732." i. 1-5. ^ „ „, "Vita di Dante scritta da L. Aretino." 1. 7-24. This edition is not mentioned by Colomb de Batines or by Lord Vernon. It is a reprint, with shght changes, of that published by Formigli in 1837. It reproduces Venturi's Comment, first published in 1732, freed from the many inac- curacies which had disfigured it in earlier editions. See Colomb de Batines, i. 181. Portrait: — The engraver's name and the source of the engraving arc not given, hut it is an unmistakable copy of the profile on a modal Dy Ant. Fabris produced in 1829, and en. graved in Missirini's Belle memorie di Dante in Jf'irensne [Dn. 535.3]. 73. — La divina commedia dichiarata secondo i principii della filosofla per Lorenzo Martini. 3 vol. in 1. Torino, CHacinio Marietii. 1840. 8°. Port. Dn. 28.40 Portrait : — A lithograph, apparently copied fi'om the anonymous portrait in the Paduan edition of 1822. 74. — La divina commedia con le note di Paolo Costa, e gli argomenti dell' ab, G. Borghi ; ed una vita appositamente scritta dal prof. Me!- chior Missirini. 1" ed. originale italiana ese- guita sotto la direzione dei sign. G. B. Nicco- LiNi [Nicolini] e G. Bbzzuoli. [Eiveduto e ricorretto da P. J. Praticelli.]. 3 vol. Firenze, Fabris. 1840-42. 1. 8°. Port, and 500 vigns. (BPL. 2801.5) Contents : — i. Della prima e principale aUegoria del poema di Dante, discorso di P. Praticelli. L' inferno. — ii. II pur- gatorio. — iii. II paradiso. Cronologia di avvenimenti con- nessi alia vita e alia commedia di Dante, etc., scritta da Ugo Foscolo. The life by Missirini, regarded by Colomb de Batines (i. 190) 'as vol. i. was pubUslied separately without volume number (BPL. 2800.11!). The text follows Lombardi's edition of 1791. The illustra- tions, which were partly copied from the works of Flaxman, PinelLli, Ademollo, etc., were designed and engraved by Fabris, Balestrieri, Elisa Mariani and others. 75. — La divina commedia, col comento del P. PoMPEO Venturi, con postille d'altri e la vita dell' autore scritta da L. Aretino. Edizione arricchita per opera di A. Ronna. Parigi, Truchy. 1841. 12°. (T.) — See 'no. 215. Die gottliche komodie. Von August Kopisch. Ital. and Germ. 1842. 76. — La commedia illustrata da Ugo Foscolo. [Edited by " Un Italiano," i. e. Giuseppe Maz- zini.] 4 tom. Jjondra, Pietro Eolandi. 1842- 43. 8°. S porirs., 6 plates, and fac-sim. Dn. 28.42 Contents : — i. Discorso sul testo e su le opinioni diver.se prevalenti intorno alia storia e alia emendazione critica della Commedia. 1842. ii. Inferno. 1842. iii. Purgatorio. Paradiso. 1843. iv. Cronologia di avvenimenti connessi alia vita, e alia Commedia di Dante. Notizie e pareri diversi intorno a iprse duecento codici e alia serie delle edizioni della Commedia. Indice de' vocaboli, n^mi, avvenimenti storici e aUusioni riferiti con dichiaraziom a' versi del testo. Vol. i. was published in 1826 by Pickering in London, but the edition was not continued, and Foscolo died in 1827. This is pubhshed according to his intentions and from mate- rial collected lay him. Portraits: — Dante. "Ritratto all eta di 25 anni, di- pinto da Giotto verso il 1290 nella cappeUa del Podestk a Fi- renze, scoperto il 21 luglio 1840. Seymour Kirkup disscgnfi." — Dante. " H. Robinson." " In etk onnai avanzata, copi- ato su que' che si riguardano come i piii autenticl, ed inciso in acciaio." It seems to be a copy of the anonymous portrait in tlie Paduan edition of 1822. — Foscolo. " H. Robinson sculp." See Colomb de Batines, i. 162, 193. — Another copy. Dn. 28.42.2 Margins narrower and plates wanting. 77. — L' inferno secondo il testo del P. Bal- dassarre Lombardi disposto in ordine grammati- cale e corredato di brevi dichiarazioni per uso degli stranieri da Lord Vernon. [Cant, i.-vii.] Firenze, Piatti. 1842. 8°. Port., diagr., and geneal. table. Dn. 28.42.3 "Opinione del Balbo rispetto ai lavori sopra Dante." x._xiii. "Vita di Dante estratto dal Boccaccio." xxvii.- lO DANTE COLLECTION. Ixxn. — " Ong-ine del guelfi e ghibellini in Firenze dal lib. ii. delle storie del Machiavelli." ' Ixvii.-lxxxi. — " Origine delle fazioni biauca e nera in Toscana.*' Ixxxii.-xci. — " Al- bero della famiglla di Dante." 2 sheets. — *' Cronologia della vita di Dante." xciii.-xcvi — *' Avveniraenti precedent! e contemporanei." xcvii.-civ — "Imperatori re di Ger- mania ere de' romani." cv.-cvii. — "Papi." cviii.-cix, — **_Descrizione dell' inferno socondo Dante, cavata dall* edi- zione del Zotti." cxi.-cxx. — " Misura dell' inferno se- condo Alessandro Vellutello." cxxi. Portrait : — Ritratto dipinto da Giotto, scoperto il 21. Inglio 1840. Seymour Kirkup disegnu. Cav. Paolo Lasinio inc." 78. — La divina commedia. Breslavia, a spese di S. Schletter. 1843. 8°. - Dn. 28.43 Each contica has a separate pagination. Cant. ii. has a title-page with the imprint " Penig, 1804." The whole is probably identical with the 8° edition of 1804, with a simple change of title-page. 79. — La dirina commedia con nuovi argo- menti e note di G. Borghi. Parigi, Baudry. 1844. 12°. Port. a.ni plate. Dn. 28.44 •* Vita, scritta daU' abate P. A. Serassi." pp. i.-iv. Portrait : — A copy of the anouymons portrait in the Paduan edition of 1822. 80. — La divina commedia col comento di Paolo Costa notabilmente accresciuto. Premessovi alcuni cenni intorno alia vita e alle opere del poeta tratti dalla Storia letteraria del prof. Giu- seppe Maffei. [Edited by B. Bianclii.] Fi- renze, Felice Le Monnier. 1844. 12°. Front. Dn. 28.44.2 81. — I quattro poeti Italian! con prefazioni e commenti da Paolo Emiliani-Giddici. Wi- lejize, societd editrice fiorentina. 1845. 18°. (BPL. 2791. 11) " La divina commedia." pp. 71-305. 82. — I quattro poeti italiani, Dante, Petrarca, Ariosto, Tasso. Edizione fatta su quella di A. BuTTURA [pubblicata da Antonio Konna]. Parigi, Baudry. 1845. 12°. Portrs. (Par- naso italiano.) (BPL. 4779.64) " La divina commedia." pp. 1-138. Portraits : — A group of the four poets. Dante's head seems to be taken from the anonymous portrait in the Paduan edition of 1822. 83. — Inferno in versi e in prosa. [Edited, with Gozzi's Argomenti, by Carpanetti.] Pirenze, Felice Le Monnier. 1847. 12°. Dn. 28.47 The prose is given at the foot of the page. — See no. 138. Divine comedy : the In- ferno. By J. A. Cakltle. Ital. and Eng. 1849. 84. — La divina commedia. Venezia, G*. Tasso. 1852. 24°. (BPL. Bioga.sy) 85. — ' La commedia novamente riveduta nel testo, e dichiarata da Beunone Bianchi. 4" ed. , corredata del Eimario. Ed. stereotipa. Fi- renze, Felice Le Monnier. 1854. sm. 8°. Dn. 28.54 " Vita di Dante " by L. Bruni Aretino. 86. — Commedia con ragionamenti e note di NiocoLO ToMMASEO. Milano, per Giuseppe Rejna. 1854. 1.8°. (N.) Biographical and historical introductory essays, pp. 13-60. — See no. 137. La divine comedie. Par J. A. Meskakd. Ital. and French. 1854-57. 87. — La divina commedia col comento di G. BiAGion. 4' ed. con rami e coll' indice de' nomi e delle cose notabiii per cura del sac. B. G. 3 vol. Napoli, A. Festa, etc. 1855. 12°. 2Q plates. (BPL. 2809.8) The 1st ed. was published in 1818. The plates are taken from Flaxman's designs. — See no. 185. La divine comfidie. Par H. F. E. DE Lamennais. Ital. and French. 1855. 88. — Commento latino [of Benvenuto da Imola, translated into Italian, with the text of the Divina commedia]. Imola, tipog. Oaleati. 1855-56. 8°. See Rambaldi, da Imola, B. Commento latuio, He. (N. BPL. 3802.14) 89. — La commedia, interpretata da Fkancesco Gregoketti. Venezia, Pietro Naratovich. 1856. sm. 8°. (BPL. 4800.20) — See nos. 190-192. [La divine com6die.] Par Lows Ratisbonne. Ital. and French. 1856-60. go. — La divina commedia, illustrata dal oonte Francesco Trissino col testo originale a ris- contro ad utilita e comodo degli studiosi della , sublime poesia. 3 vol. Viccnza, tipog. Pa- roni. 1857-58. 8°. Dn. 28.57 •' Eseguita precisamente sopra quella fiorentina di David Passigli delP auno 1838." The text is given on the left and a running paraphrase and comment on the right. " tl il miglior lavoro di questo genere, condotto con chia- rezza e vaghezza di lingua." — Carpellini, p. 5. "Idea del poema di Dante." iii. 635-640. "Idea possi- bilmente precisa del luogo nel quale in ciascuua delle tre cantiche s' incomincia e si compie partitamente tutta r azionc " [from Gahleo and Lombardi] iii. 641-655. "Indice di tutti i luoghi visitati da Teodoro Hell nel suo viaggio." iii. 656-657. " Indice dei nomi proprj e delle cose notabiii contenute nelle tre cantiche." iii. 658-699. gi. — Le prime quattro edizioni della Divina commedia letteralmente ristampate per cura di G. G. Warken, Lord Veknon. Londra, Tom- maso e Guglielmo Boone. 1858. f°. Fac- sims. (N. BPL. *28oo.4) The four editions are 'those of Foligno, 1472, Jesi, 1472, Mantua, 1472, and Naples, 1474. The lour texts arc printed in the four quarters of each page. The work was edited, with a preface, by Sir Anthony Panizzi. 92. — L', inferno disposto in ordine grammati- cale e corredato di brevi dichiarazioni da G. G. Warren, Lord Vernon. 3 vol. Londra, Tom- maso e Guglielmo Boone. 1858-65. f°. Maps, plates, fac-sim., wdcts., etc. Dn. 8.58 Vol. i. "contains the text of the 'Inferno' with a gram- matical ordo, brief explanations of words, persons, and places, and a series of extremely useful analytical tables, of the allegory as expounded by commentators ancient and modem." Also, a "serie cronologica delle edizioni della Div. com. fino al 1850." Vol. ii. Documenti. 1862. "In the second volume will be found brought together not a few writings, documents, audltracts, which illusti'ate the biography and circumstances of the Poet, the liistory of hix time, and of the personages mentioned in the cantica. The gi-eatcr part of these writings are the productions of various Italian letterati, who, from the friendship they profess for me, and at my request, have kindly furnished me with these works for the embellishment of ray own." v Vol. iii. Album. 1865. 112 plates. Engravuigs repre- senting " portraits, paintings, plans, and above all, historical monuments; they illustrate the history of the 14th cent.,J;he biogi'aphy of Dante, and the particulars of his poem." Portraits : — Frontispiece, (photog.) " Drawn from the original (by Giotto) by Seymour Kirkup, the first promoter of the discovery, and traced on the £i:esco in the palace of the Podesti in Florence before the painting was retouched." — Plate ii. The same, engraved Dy Lasmio. — Plate iii. DIVINA gOMMEDIA, Italian, 1843-1865. II The same, head only. — Plate vi. " Maschera di Dante," front and profile, drawn by Kirkup, engruved by Lashiio. — Plate ix. '' Basso rilievo sul .sepolcro ,ai Dante a Eavemm." Drawn by Kirkup, engraved by Ijasinio. See Barlow's On the Vernon Dante. 93. — Commento di Francesco da Buti [with the text of the Uivina commedia] . Pisa, fra- tell-i Mstri. 1858-62. 8°. See Buti, 7. Bi B. da. Commento, etc. Dn. 28.58 (BPL. *4795.i) 94. — La divina commedia su' comenti di Bru- NONE BiANOHi nuo,vamente illustrata ed esposta e renduta in facile prosa per Giovanni Castro- GiovANNi. Palermo, officio tipog. lo Bianco. 1858 [1861]. 1. 8°. Dn. 28.58.2 " Cenui intorno alia vita ed alle opere di Dante Alighieri estratti dal Mafi'ei e da altri scrittori." pp. vii.-x. " L' edizione fe poco corretta." — Carpellini, p. 8. 95. — La divina commedia col comento di PiETBO Fraticelli. Nuova ed. con giunte e correzioni, arricchita de' cenni storici intorno al poeta, del rimario [e] d' un indice. 1 vol. in 3. Pirenze, O. BarUra. 1860. 8°. Port, and Z plates. (Raccolta dantesca. 1.) (N.) "Cenni storici intorno la vita di Dante Alighieri." ix.- xxiv. *' Delia prima e principale aUegona del poema di Dante." xxv.-xliii. " Rimario della Divina commedia." pp. 112. Portrait: — " Ritratto dall' amico siio Giotto nella cap- pella del Potesta in Firenze, discoperto 1' anno 1841." — See nos. 175-180. [La divine come- die] avec les dessins de Gustave Dore. Tra- duction de P. A. FioRENTiNO^ Hal. and French. 1861-1872. — See no. 189. Le purgatoire. Par A. F. OzAXAM. Ital. and French. 1862. gg. — La divina commedia ricorretta^ sopra quattro dei piu autorevoli testi a penna da Caelo Witte. Berlino, Ridolfo Decker. 1862. 4°. Photograph. Dn. 28.62 (BPL. *4790.39) The various readings of the manuscripts and editions con. suited are printed on the margins of each page. The In- troduction is a thorough critical essay of the text of the D. C; Its history, the authority of Mss. and printed texts &c. &c. "Witle's wide and exact scholarship, and his excellent taste and judgment are apparent throughout. IDs work caimot be superseded. — C.E.N. Pasted on the first flyleaf is a photograph of a bust of Dante taken from the death-mask. gy. — La diviria commedia. Edizione niinore fatta sul testo dell' edizione critica di Carlo WiTTE. Berlino, Ridolfo Decker. 1862. 8°. Dn. 28.62.2 g8. — La divina commedia, all' intelligenza di tutti. Studio d' un solitario [P. I. Lameri DI LoNGiANo]. 2'>ed. 2 vol. (paged contin.) Firenze, tipog. Fioretti. 1862. sm. 8°. Port. Dn. 2S.62.3 " Ha una stampa in legno incisa dal Gozzini. fi il ritratto di Dante preao da quello che il Bronzino [Alessandro AUori] dipinse nella Cappella dei Montauto alia SS. Nmiziata, ricavato da esso dalla maschera di Daaite." — Cai-pellini, p. 9. With introductory discourses, and a " Eepertorio alfabetico ohe somministra le cognizioni d' ogni maniera opportune all' intelligenza della D. C," pp. 731-890. gg. — La divina commedia esposta in prosa dal conte Francesco Tkissino col testo a riscon- tro. 2° ed. dall' espositore riveduta e corre- data di note sue e d' altri. 3 vol. Milano, Gaetano Schiepatii. 1864. 8°. Port. (BPL; 2800.5) Vol. i. has also a chroino-lithogi-aphed tftle-page. Vol. i. contains "Vita di Dante soritta da Paolo Costa," and '• Idea del poema di Dante." Portrait (colored) ; — PuU-length, seated; a wretched pro- duction. 100. — Commento su la Divina commedia pel prof. A. G. DE Marzo [with the text] . Firenze, Grazzini, Giannini e c. 1864-82. 4°. See Marzo, A. G. de. Commento, etc. Dn. 18.64 loi. — La divina commedia secondo la lezione di Carlo Witte. Prima ed. italiana adorna di cento incisioni antiche. 3 vol. in 1. Milano, G. Daelli e c. 1864-66, '64. 16°. Fronts, and wdcts. (BiBLiOTECA rara, xli.-xliii.) Dn. 28.64 (BPL. 2799.53; vol. 41-43 of '*476oa.5o ,^ The title-page of each vol. is illnstri^ted, and the woodcuts are copied froin the edition of 1491 [no. 6] . --' 102. — La divina comedia col commento cat- tolico di LuiGi Bennassoti. 3 vol. Verona, stabilimento Cii>elli. 1864-68. 8°;' and atlas of 2?) plates. (BPL. 4792.1) 'HCL. has Vol. i. Inferno. Dn. 28.64.2 The text was edited by Bartolorameo Sorio. , The plates in the BPL. copy have been collated and found to agree with the list given in Ferrazzi's Manuale danteacOt vol. 4, pp. 154, 165 ; see also vol. 2, pp. 490-492, 763. 103. — II codice cassinese della Divina com- media, ^er la prima volta letteralmente messo a stampa per cura dei monaci benedettini d[ella badia di Monte Cassino. Monte Cassino. 1865. f°. 6 plates of fac-sims. and port. , (N. BPL. *48oo.i4) Prolegomena on the history of the manuscript, its palaeog- raphy, and the manner in which it has been edited, pp. iii.-lv. The various readings of nineteen other editions or manu- scripts are given at the foot of each page. The manuscript here published is described by Colomb de Batines (ii. 221) ; see also a letter from the abate Costanzo, origmally published ui 1801, and reprinted in the editions of the Divina commedia published in Home, 1815 (iv. 17-107) . and Padova, 1822 (v. 157-268) . Portrait : — A photograph of : painting by Scipione Pul- zone da Gaeta preserved at Monte Cassino. — See no. 145. The divine comedy. By John Dayman. Ital. and Fng. 1865. — See no. 148. The Inferno. By James Ford. Ital. and Eng. 1865. 104. — La divina commedia, ridotta a miglior lezione dagli Accademici della Crusca con le , chiose di Vincenzo Gioberti. [Ed. da Bruto Fabricatore. Inferno c. i.-iv. 102.] Napoli, dalla stamperia del Vaglio. 1865. 8°. pp. (4), 24-I-. Dn. 28.65.2 105. — Comedia di Dante degli Allagherii col commento di Jacopo di Giovanni dalla Lana, bolognese. In onore della citta di Bologna dopo studii e raffronti su codici molti nel DC. anno dalla nascita del divino ^oeta Luciano Scarabelli. Milano, Carlo Moretti. [1865.] f°. (N.) Preface on Jacopo dalla Lana and his comment, and on the proper form of Lana's name, and Dante's name, pp. v.-xlvi. " Intorno al disegno della Comedia; lettera eontroversa di Dante a Cane della Scala," pp. xly.-xlviii. — " Al commento fatto da Jacopo de Zone di Fra Filippo dalla Lana alia Divina comedia; proemio dal codice laurenziano PI. xc. 115," pp. xlix.-l. Indexes to Lana's comment, pp. 505-616. The text is printed in blue ink down the middle of the page, with the comment on either side, above and below, in smaller type. 12 DANTE COLLECTION. 106. — Commedia con ragionamenti e note di N1CCOL6 ToMMASEO. 3 vol. Milano, /"rara- cesco Pagnoni. 1865. f". Port. imA 5i plates. Dn. 8.65 The engravings are by Carlo Barbieri, Felice do Maarizio, and Federico Fai-uilini. Portrait: — "Eseguito sopra Giotto, NeDo Fiorentino, e Pietro Lombardo dal distinto pittore Faruiliui Federico." 107. — La divina commedia, chiarita con note ad uso della gioventu italiana ed illustrata da cento tavole dl composlzione di Giovanni Flax- man. Vol. 1, fasc. i. ii. 2 fasc. Milano, an- tica ditta Pietro e Giuseppe Vallardi. 1865. f°. Front, and i plates. Dn. 28.65 Contents: — Inferno. Cantos i.-iv. 108. — Commento alia Divina Commedia d'ano- nimo fiorentino del secolo xiv. ora per la prima volta stampato a cura di Pietko Fanfaki. [With the text.] 3 tom. Bologna, G. Eo- magnoli. 1866-74. 8°. (Collezione di opere inedite o rare del primi tre secoli della lingua, etc.) Dn. 28.66 (BPL. 4762a.11) 109. — ComediacolcommentodijAoopo DELLA Lana. Nuovissima ed. [da] Luciano Scaea- EELLi. 3 vol. Bologna, G. Romagnoli. 1866. 8°, (Collezione di opere inedite o rare del primi tre secoli della lingua, etc.) Dn. 28.66.2 — See no. 139. Divine comedy : the In- ferno. By J. A. Carlyle. 2d ed. Ital. and Eng. 1867. no. — La divina commedia. Testo comune colle variazione dei codici publicati da Carlo WiTTE. 1" ed. americana. Boston, De Vries, Ibarra ec. 1867. 8°. Port. (BPL. 48ooa.24) Portrait : — By Gustave Dor^. 111. — Commedia con note di Gregorio di Siena. Inferno. Napoli, stabil. tipogr. Per- rotti. 1807-70. 8°. Diagrs. Dn. 28.67 112. — Codiceframmentario della Divina come- dia, di pertinenza della biblioteca dell' univer- sita di Bologna, edito secondo la sua ortografia per opera e cura di Luciano Scarabelli. Bo- logna, tipogr. regia Merlani. 1869. sm. f°. Fac-sim. Dn. 28.69 " Edizione non venale di 300 esemplari." 113. — La divina commedia. Arricchita cqn annotazioni e spiegata da Carlo di Reinhakdt- stcettner. 2 fasc. in 1 vol. Lipsia, M. Flei- scher. 1869-70. 16°. (Collezione di scrittori italiani, i., ii.) Dn.;j8.69.2 Contents : — L' inferno. No more published. 114. — Esemplare della Divina comedia donato da papa (Benedetto XIV.) Lambertini alio studio di ISologna, edito secondo la sua orto- grafia, illustrato dai confronti di altri xix. co- dici danteschiinediti, e fornito di note critiche da Luciano Scarabelli. 3 vol. Bologna, G. Bomagnoli. 1870-73. 8°. (Collezione di opere inedite o rare dei primi tre secoli della liigua, etc.) Dn. 28.70 (BPL. 47623.21) 1 15. — La divina commedia col comento di Raf- faele Andreoli. Ed. stereotipa. Firenze, G. Barbera. 1870. 8°. (N.) 116. — La divina commedia. Riveduta nel testo e commentata da G. A. Scartazzini. 3 vol. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus. 1874-82. sm. 8°. Dn. 28.74 117. — La divina commedia. Milano, U. Hoepli. 1878. 128°. Port. (BPL. **279ga.5o) This book is 5\ cm. high, 3i cm. wide, and 2 cm. thick, and is said to be the smallest printed book in the world. 1000 copies printed. — See no. 18G. L' enfer mis en vieux Ian- gage franijais par E. Littre. Ital. and Old French. 1879. 118. — La divina commedia, illustrata da Gus- tavo Dor6 e dichiarata con note fratte dai nii- gliori comment! per cura di Eugenic Came- RiNi. Ed. econoniica. Milano, Edoardo Son- zogno. 1880. f°. Port. andlSoplates. Dn. 8.80 Portrait : — By Gustave Dor6. It dacs not seem to be drawn from any one preceding portrait. — See no. 137. The purgatory, by A. J. Butler. Ital. and Eng. 1880. iig. — La divina commedia. Con note dei piu celebri eommentatori raccolte dal prof. G. B. Francesia. 5» ed. 3 vol. Torino, tipog. e libreria salesicma. 1880-81. 16°. Dn. 28.80 (BPL. 47703.79) 120. — Commedia, preceduta dalla vita e da studi preparatori illustrativi, esposta e com- mentata da Antonio Lubin. Padova, L. Pe- nada. 1881. 1.8°. Port. a,ni4: plates. Dn. 28.81 *'-Vita e opere di Dante Allighieri." pp. 7-140. — " Studi preparatori illustrativi." pp. 141-496. — *' Tavole sinottiche." pp. 497-520. 121. — La divina commedia [edited by Guido Biagi]. Firenze, G. C. Sansoni. 1883. 64°. (Piccola biblioteca italiana.) Dn. 28.83 — ■ See no. 146. Divine comedy : the Pur- gatorio. By W. S. Dugdale. Ital. and Eng. 1883. — See no. 131. De goddelijke komedie door Joan Bohl. Ital. and Dutch. [1884.] Selections. — See 235. Polyanthea [including ex- tracts from Dante in Italian and Latin]. 1517. f°. 122. — [Quotations from the Divina, commedia and translations from the version of H. Boyd to accompany Flaxman's compositions.] Lon- don, Longman, Hurst, Sees, and Orme. 1807. 8°. See Flaxman, Jolm, Compositions, etc. (BPL. *48oo.2) 123. — [Parallel passages from the Divina com- media in Italian, German , English, and French, accompanying Flaxman's illustrations.] 8 vol. in 1. Carlsruhe, Creuzbauer. [1833-35.1 obi. 8°. -^ See Flaxman, John. Composizioni, etc. (BPL. *423oa.ii) 124. — Etudes sur la langue italienne par Hip- POLYTE TopiN. [With text, and translation in Alexandrine verse, of Purg. i., x., xii. ; Parad. i. , ii. , vi. , xxxiii. ] Florence, typog. galileienne de M. Cellini et c, etc. J.855. 8°. See Topin, H. i;tudes, etc. Dn. 79.2 DIVINA COMMEDIA, Italian, 1865-1884. Catalan — English. 13 125. — Liriche e parte del Paradiso come sono nel codice palatlno CLXxx. autograf o di Fkan- CESCO Betrarca. [Pubblicati con uno dis- corso da Francesco Palermo.] (/»i Palermo, Francesco, editor. I manoscritti palatini di Firenze. Firenze, 1860, ii., 597-880.) Port., fac-sim. , 2 plates, and diagrs. (BPL. *2200.I3.2) The portions of the Paradiso eiven are canto x. v. 31 to end, canto xi.-xxx., xxxi. the first 15 verses, xxxii. from > V. 91 to end, xxxiii. I'ortrait : — *' Ritratto maraviglioso, a penna e acqnarello eseguito nel secolo xiv., e chc si ritrova nel codice 312 della Bibuoteca Palatina " ; supposed to be the work ,of Giotto, representing the poet at a more advanced age than in the pamting of the Fodestk. 126. — Selections from the Inferno with intro- duction and notes by H. B. Cotterill. Ox- iovi. Clarendon press. 1874. 16°. Dn. 34.1 Contents : — Table of dates. — Historical sketch. — Dante's life. — Origins of the Italian language. — Rise of Italian poetry. — Metre and versiiication. — The poem: its sources and meaning. — Dates of the cantiche. — Dell' Inferno. — Notes. — Topography of the Inferno. — The days and hours of the descent. — Unusual forms of certain verbs. — Index. 127. — Pensieri, massime, e gludizi estratti dalla Divina commedia e ordinati per comodo degli studiosi da Lorenzo BARTOLncci. Citta di Castello, S. Lapi. 1884. 16°. Dn. 34.2 Translations."" (Alphabetically by language and translator.) Catalan. 128. — Fragments in^dits de la traduction [cata- lane] de la Divine comedie d' Andb:^u Febker. [1429.] (/ra CAMBonLiu, F. R. Essai sur I'histoire de la litterature catalane. Paris, 1858, 8°, pp. 181-187.) (BPL. 3093.16) Contents ; — Enfer. ch. i. [1. 1.-60] ; fipisode d' UgolLn. 129. — La comedia, traslatada de rims vulgars toscans en rims vulgars cathalans per N' An- deeu Ferrer. (Siglo xv.) Dala a luz, acom- panada de ilustraciones critico-literarias, D. Cayetano Vidal y Valenciano. Tom. i. Bar- celona, Alvaro Verdaguer. 1878. 16°. Dn. 120.1 (BPL. **D. 242.21) Contents : — i. El poema. Danish. 130. — Guddommelige komedie, oversat af C. K. F. Molbech. 2*™ udgave. 4 deel. in 2 vol. Kjobenhavn, Thieles bogtrykkeri. 1865- 66. 12°. Port. . - Dn. iio.i i. Inledning. 1865. — ii. Helvede. 1865. — iii. SkEersil- den. 1866. —iv. Paradiset. 1866. Portrait: — "Efter en raaske tagen over bans lig i Ra- venna, 1321. Phot, af J. Wultr." This is apparently a copy of the medaUion formerly in the possession of the Marquis Torrigiani, and supposed to have been copied directly from the mask. * The following editions contain also the Italian text: — nos. 131, 137, 138, 139, 146, 146, 148, 176.-180, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190-192, 193, 195, 216, 233, 234. The following editions contain parts only of the Divina commedia;— /ra/erao, EngUsh, 136, 138, 139, 144, 147, 148, J55,158, 162, 163, 164,165,166; French, 184, 186, 188, 193,195; German, 199, 201, 203, 207, 208, 222; Italian dialects, 228, 230; Latin, 234. Pu/rgatorio, English, 187, 146; French, 189; German, 200. / Paradiso, Dutch, 131 ; Italian dialects, 231. Smaller portions and Selections, Catalan, 128; English, 335, 153, 154, 156, 167, 159; French, 196, 197,198; German, 204, 218, 225; ItaUan dialects, 232; Latin, 236, 237, 238. Dutch. 131. — De goddelijke komedie in nederlandsche terzinen vertaald met verklaringen en geschied- ^ kundige aanteekeningen nopens den dichter door Joan BoirL. Dutch and Ital. 3° lied. Amsterdam, Brinhman ^ Van der Meulen. [1884.] 8°. Pront. Dn. iii.i Contents: — Het paradijs. 132. — Divina commedia. Metrische vertaling, voorzien van ophelderingen en afbeeldingen. Door A. S. KoK. 3 deel. in 2. Haarlem, A. C. Kruseman. 1863-64. 12°. Port, and plans. Dn. ni.2 i. Dehel. 1863. — ii. De louteringsberg. 1864. — iii. Het paradijs. — Dante Alighieri, zijn tijd en zijn werken. 1864. Portrait : — " D. J. Sluyter sculps." Apparently founded on the anonymous portrait of the Paduan edition of 1822, with which it corresponds in the somewhat peculiar character of ' the expression. 133. — De goddelijke comedie. Met schets van den inhoud, verklariug en aanteekeningen, door U. W. Thoden v. Velzen. Naar het origineel bewerkt. 3 vol. Leeuwarden, A. Jonglloed. 1874. 12°. Dn. 111.3 EngUsh. 134. — The Divina commedia. Translated into English verse, with preliminary essays, notes, and illustrations, by Rev. Henry Boyd. 3 vol. London, Cadell and Davies. 1802. 8°. Port. Dn. 36.1 (BPL. '►*G. 16.59) Essays: — A comparative view of the Inferno with some other poems. — Historical essay on the state of affairs in the 13th and 14th centuries. — Life of Dante from Leonardo Bmni. — Preliminary essay on the Purgatorio. — Preliminary essay on the Paradiso. Portrait . — " T. Stothard, R. A. del. R. H. Cromek sc." 135. — [Quotations from the version of Henry Boyd to accompany Flaxman's compositions.] London, Longman, Hwrst, Sees and Orme. 1807. obi. 8". See Flaxman, Jolm. Compositions, etc. (BPL. ^4800.2} 136. — Divine comedy. The first part. Hell, translated in the metre of the original, with notes, by Thomas Brookseank. London, J. W. Parker. 1854. 16°. Dn. 36.2 137. — The Purgatory; edited -with [prose] translation and notes by A. J. Butler. Ital. and Png. London, Macmillan and co. 1880. 8°. (N. BPL. 2798.55) " It is at the production of a * crib ' pure and simple that I have aimed." — Preface. "Appendix A. (Note to canto xxvii.) The dreams of cantos ix., xix., and xxvii." pp. 422-426. "App.B. On the allegory of cantos xxix.-xxxiii." pp. 427- 432. "Glossary." pp. 433-468. 138. — Divine comedy : the Inferno. A literal prose translation, with the text of the original collated from the best editions, and explana- tory notes. By J. A. Caklyle. London, Chapman and Hall. 1849. 12°. Port. (N. BPL. 2800.21; 6098.51) igg. — The same. 2d ed. London, Chapman and Hall. 1867. 8°. Port. Dn. 37.1 " Manuscripts and editions. — Comments and translations,'' pp. xiii.-xxxviii. Portrait : — " Engraved by R. Young." A dehcately en- graved, reduced copy of Morgheu's portrMt. 14 DANTE COLLECTION. I40' — The vision; or, Hell, Purgatory, and Paradise. Translated by H. F. Gary. 2d ed. corrected. "With the life of Dante, additional notes and an index. 3 vol. London, Taylor and Hessey. 1819. 8°. Dn. 37.2 141. — The same. 3d ed. 3 vol. London, John Taylor. 1831. 16°. Dn. 37.2.2 In this 3d edition the notes are collected at the end of each Tolume instead of being placed at the foot of each page as in earlier editions. 142. — The same. lUus. with 12 engravings, from designs by John Flaxman. From the last corrected London ed. New York, Apple- ton. 1815. 16°. Port, and plates. (BPL. 6099.59) Portrait : — By Giotto. 143. — Divine comedy. Translated in the original ternary rhyme by C. B. Catley. 4 vol. London, Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. 1851-55. 16°. Dn. 37.3 (BPL. 4800.23) i. The vision of hell. 1851. — ii. The purgatory. 1853. — iii. The paradise. 1854. — It. Notes. 1855. 144. — The Inferno, translated in the terza » rima of the original, with notes and appendix, by John Dayman. London, W. E. Painter. 1843. 12°. Dn. 38.1 145. — The divine comedy. Translated in terza rima by John Dayman. Ital. and Eng. Lon- don, Longmans. 1865. 8°. (BPL. 4790.38) 146. — Divine cOmedy: the Purgatorio. A prose translation by the late W. S. Dugdale, with the text as edited by Brunone Bianchi, and with explanatory notes. London, George Bell ^ sons. 1883. sm. 8°. (Bohn's collegiate series.) Dn. 38.2 (BPL. 2798.59) " Undertaken in the hope that it mig^it serve as a compan- ion volume. to the translation of the Inferno by Dr. John Carlyle," 147. — The Inferno. Translated into English verse, with notes, by E. Ii. Ellaby. Cantos i.-x. London, Bickers and son. 1874. 8°. pp. (4), viii., 75. Dn. 39.1 148. — The Inferno translated in the metre of the original by James Ford. Ital. and Eng. London, Smith, Elder and co. 1865. sm. 8°. Port. Dn. 40.1 (BPL. 4790.57; 2798.50) Portrait: — "An exact fac-simile of the engraving pre- fixed to the rare and beautiful Giolito edition of the Corn- media (Venice, 1555). The resemblance it bears to Giotto's famous fresco is very striking." — Preface, p. xvi. 149. — The divine comedy. Translated by H. W. Longfellow. [With notes and illus- trations.] 3 vol. 'Boston, Ticknor and Fields. 1867. 4°. Dn. 46.1; 38.32 (BPL. *4790.3) Illustrations, being extracts from the writings of Voltaire, Kivarol, A. de Lamartine, Edgar Quinet, Ozanam, Lamen- nais, Labitte, Stehelin. iii. 387'-424. 150. — The same. 3 vol. London, G. Rout- ledge. 1867. 8°. (BPL. 4800.15) 151. — The same. Boston, J. R. Osgood ^ co. 1871. 8°. Dn.46.1.3 (BPL. 4796.3; 4794.3) *** Also a paraphrase ofpart of canto xxi. of the Paradise, signed L„ from the Boston daily advertiser; and a transla- tion of cantos xxui., xxiv., and XXV. from the ^^^an^ic monthly of Jan., 1884. Dn. 46.1.4 152. — The divine comedy ; translated verse for verse from the original into terza rima, by J. I. MiNCHiN. [With introduction and notes.] London, Longmans, Green, and co. 1885. 8°. ■ Dn. 47.1 (BPL. 2798.60) " The obligations of Dante to Virgil." pp. Ivii.-lxxvi. 153. — The first ten cantos of the Inferno. Newly translated into English verse [by T. W. Parsons]. Boston, WUliam, D. Ticknor. 1843. 8°. Port. pp. 83. 38.49:38.128; Dn. 50.1.3 (BPL. 2802.17) Portrait : — Profile in outline of a bust. " D. C. John- son sc." 154. — Seventeen cantos of the Inferno. [Trans- lated by T. W. Paksons.] Boston, John Wilson and son. 1865. 4°. Dn. 50.1.6 (BPL. 4795.18) 155. — The first canticle, Inferno, of the Di- vine comedy. Translated by T. W. Parsons. Boston, De Vries, Ibarra, and co. 1867. 4°. Port, and 75 plates. 38.48; Dn. 50.1.2 (BPL. *47go.49; 4790.50) The portrait and illustrations are reduced copies of Dor^*s designs. They are wanting in one copy [38.48] . 155. — The antepurgatorio [cantos i.-ix.]. Translated by T. W. Parsons. London, Hatchards. 1876. 4°. Dn. 50.1.7 *** Also, parts of canto xxvi. of the Inferno, giving the story of Ulysses, from the Galaxi/ of Aug., 1866, with cor- rections in the translator's hand [Dn. 50.1.9] ; canto xxi. of the Purgatorio, from the Oathotic world of Dec, 1881 [Dn. 50.1.8] ; and proof-sheets of cantos xx. and xxx. of the Purgatorio, accompanied by autograph letters of the trans- lator [Dn. 50.1.8]. 157. — Hell. Cantos i. to x. A literal metri- cal translation; with notes. By J. C. Pea- body. Boston, Ticknor and Fields. 1857. 12°. pp. xci. [87]. Dn. 50.4 A Imc-for-ljne, literal translation in blank verse. 158. — The divine comedy. Inferno. Trans- lated [in ' ' terza-rima "] by Wakburton Pike. London, C. Kegan Pawl J- co. 1881. 8°. Dn. 50.2 (BPL. 2798.56) 159. — The Divina commedia. Samples of a new translation by E. H. Plumptre. Lon- don, etc., Gassell, Petter, Galpin ^ co. 1883. 12°. pp. 24. Dn. 50.3 Canto i.-iv.; v. (Francesca di Rimini); xxxiii. (Ugolino). 160. — The divine comedy; or, The Inferno, Purgatory, and Paradise. Rendered into En^g- lish by Frederick Pollock. London, Chap- ■ man and Hall. 1854. 8°. Front. , i:ign. and wdcls. (N.) " Notice of Dante from Giovanni VUlani, riorentine chrorfi- cles, book ix. chap. 136," pp. xi.-xiv. 161. — Divina commedia. Tra,nslated into English, in the metre and triple rhyme of the original. With notes. By Mrs. [C. H.] Ram- say. 3 vol. London, Tinsley brothers. 1862- 63- 16°. Dn. 52_, 162. — The comedy. Parti. The Hell. Trans- lated into blank verse by W. M. Rossetti, with introductions and notes. London, etc., Macmillan and co. 1865. 16°. Dn. 52.2 (BPL. 4790.55) "The aim of this translatTon may be summed up in one word— hterahty." — p^«/aoe. DIVINA COMMEDIA, English — French. ^5 163. — The divine comedy. A translation by J. R. SiBBALD. [Vol. i. The Inferno.] Edinburgh, David Douglas. 1884. 8°. Port. Dn. 53.1 (BPL. 2792.54) With SI special title-page. " Florence and Danto." pp. xvii.-cix. *' Giotto's portrait of Dante." pp. cx.-cxix. Portrait : — Giotto's portrait, from the photograph of Sey- mdur Ku-kup's sketch given in the third volume of Lord Vernon's edition of the Inferno. 164. — The trilogy, or Dante's three visions, — Inferno, or The vision of hell : translated into English, in the metre and triple rhyme of the original; with' notes and illustrations. By J. W. Thomas. London, H. O. Bohn. 1859. 8°. Front, and vign. Dn. 54.1 "A sketch of the life and times of Dante." pp. xxiv.-xl. "On the religious opinions of Daute." pp. xU.-xlvii. " The time of Dante's vision." pp. xlvhi.-l, 165. — A free translation, in verse, of the "In- ferno," with a preliminary discourse and notes. By Bruce Whtte. London, Wright and co., etc. 1859. 8°. Dn. 57.1 166. — Divina commedia. The Inferno, trans- lated [in blank verse] by W. P. Wilkie. Ed- inburgh, Edmonston and Douglas. 1862. 16°. Dn. 57.2 (BPL. 4800.22; 167. ^ Dante, translated into English verse by J. C. Wright. 3ded. 'LonAaa, Bohn. 1855. sm. 8°. Port, and 34 engrs. (BPL. **G. 2o6.g) 168. — The same. 4th ed. London, Bohn. 1861. sm. 8°. Port, and 34 engrs. (BPL. 2800.2a) The engravings are after designs by Flaxman. Each vol. has also an engraved title-page bearing the date, 1854. Portrait : — A copy of Morghen's, reduced. French. 169. — La comedie de Dante, traduite en vers selon la lettre, et commentee selon I'esprit, suivie de la Clef du langage symbolique des fideles d'amour par fi. Aroux. 2 torn, (paged contin.). Paris, heritiers Jules Eenouard. 1856. 8°. Dn. 60.1 " L'herdsie de Dante d^montr^e par Francesca de Rimini. Preuves suppl^mentaires." ii. 1259-1300. " Arr§t<5 de.compte avec la critique." ii. 1301-1327. "Appendice." ii. 1329-1341. " Clef de la Comedie de Dante." pp.33. 170. — La divine comedie, traduite en fran^ais par Artaud de Montor. 3' 6d. Paris, F. Didot freres. 1849. 12°. Dn. 60.2 A prose translation, first published in 1811-13. 171., — CEuvres. — La divine comedie, traduc- tion de A. Brizeux. — La vie nouvelle, tra- duction de E. J. Deleoluze ; nouvelles edi- tions revues, corrigees et annotees par les traducteurs. Accompagn^es de notes et com- roentaires et d'une fitude sur la Divine come- die par C. Labitte. Fa-ris, Oharpentier. 1853. 12°. Dn. 61. 1 (BPL. 2809.50) Prose translations. 172. — CEuvres. La divine comedie — I'enfer, le purgatoire, le paradis — traduction nouvelle, pr6cedee d'une introduction contenant la vie de Dante et une clef gen^rale du poeme par Sebastien Rheal [Gayet de Cesena] . Avec des notes d'apr^s les meilleurs coniraentaires par Louis Barre. Illustrations de Antoine liltex. Furia, J. Bry aine. 1854. 1.8°. Dn. 62.1 *' Dante, sa vie, son dpoque et ses ouvrages," pp. 5-19. 173. — La divine comSdie, contenant la de- scription de I'enfer, du purgatoire et du para- dis. [Translated into prose by Colbert COMTE d'Estouteville.] 3 torn, in 1. Paris, chez Sallior, successeur de Didot jeune. 1796. 8°. Dn. 64.1 " £ teduta inesatissima." — Colomb de Batines, i. 253. 174. — La divine comedie, traduction nouvelle [prose] accompagnee de notes par P. A. Eio- rentino. 6" Id. Paris, L. Hachette et cie. 1858. 18°. Dn. 65.1 175. — L'enfer; avec les dessins de Gustavo Dore. Traduction francjaise de Pier-Angelo ' EioRBNTiNO, accompagnee du texte italien. [With notes.] Paris, Hachette et cie. 1861. f°. Port, and 75 plates. (BPL. '^2800.3) 176. — The same. Paris, Hachette et cie. 1862. f°. Port, and 75 plates. 38 Case Portmii .■ — " G. Dor(S, 1860. Pannemakersc." 12x94 in. 177. — Le purgatoire ; avec les dessins de Gus- tave Dore. Traduction fran9aise de Pier- Angelo Fiorentino, accompagnee du texte italien. [With notes.] Fa,ris, Hachette et cie. 1868. f°. i2 plates. (BPL. i'*'*4790.i5) 178. — The same. Paris, Hachette et cie. 1872. f°. 42 plates. 38 Case 179. — Le paradis ; avec les dessins de Gustavo Dore. Traduction franpaise de Pier-Angelo Eiobentino, accompagnee du texte italien. [With notes.] Paris, Hachette et cie. 1868. f°. \& plates. (BPL. *,*47go.i5) 180. — The same. Paris, Sckchette et cie. 1872. f°. 18 plates. 38 Case 181. — Dante traduit en vers, par stances cor- respondantes aux tercets textuels, sur un texte nouveau quant au choix des variantes et au mode de ponctuation ; dedi6 au roi par J. A. de Gourbillon. L'enfer. Paris, Auguste Auffray. 1831. 8°. Dn. 66.2 No more was published. 182. — La comedie de Dante, de l'enfer, du purgatoire & paradis, mise en ryme franfoise et commetee par M. B. Grangieb. 3 tom. A Paris, pour L. Drobet. 1596. 24°. Port, of Henry IV. Dn. 66.1 183. — The same. [Tom. i.] A Paris, chez Jehan Gesselin. 1597. 24°. Dn. 66.1.2 Contents: — L'enfer, ov premier canticive de la Comedie de Dante. "Prima traduzione fraucese a stampa, dedicata al re Enrico IV., poco stimata, ma ricercata moltissimo." — Co- lomb de Batines, i. 250. The title-page is engraved by Thomas de Leu and contains a medallion of Dante. Identical, except as to the imprint of the title-page, with the last. Colomb de Batines describes this edition only and doubts the existence of the other. The portrait of Henry IV. is wanting. 184. — L'enfer. Traduit en vers fran^ais [par] Amedee Jubert. Paris, Berger-Levrault ^ cie. 1874. 16°. Dn. 69.1 i6 DANTE COLLECTION. 185. — La divine comedie. [A prose transla- tion.] Pr6cedee d'une introduction sur la vie, les doctrines et les oeuvres du Dante. Ital. and Fr. 3 vol. Port, and 3 plates. {In Lamennais, (H.) F. (B. de), I'abbe. CEuvres posthuines. Paris, Paulin et LeChevalier. 1855. 8».) Dn./i.i (BPL. 2676.3) Portrait : — A woodcut, artist's name not given, but copied from Morghen's engraving. 186. — L' enfer mis en vieux langage fran9ois et en vers, accompagn6 du texte italien et contenant des notes et un glossaire par E. LiiTRE. Paris, Hachette et de. 1879. 16°. (BPL. 2798.52) 187. — La divine com6dle. Traduction nou- velle [prose] par [J. A.] Mesnard. Ital. and Fr. 3 vol. Paris, Amyot. 1851-57. 8°. Dn. 72.2 Italian text on the left, French prose translation on the right. With notes by Leonce Mesnard. 188. — - La divine comedie, I'enfer; traduction fran9oi8e [prose], accompagn6e du texte, de notes historiques, critiques, & de la vie du poete. Par Moutonnet de Clairfons. Florence, etc. , Le Glerc, Le Boucher. 1776. 8°. I Dn. 72.1 i8g. — Le purgatoire : traduction [prose] et commeritaire, avec texte en regard par A. F. OzANAM. {In OzAWAM, A. F. CEuvres com- pletes, 2»ed., 1862, 8°, ix.) 10562.11; Dn.74.1 190. — L'enfer, traduit en vers, texte len regard, par Louis Ratisbonne. 2= ed. 2 tom. Paris, Michel Levy freres. 1859. 18°. Dn. 77.1 191. — Le purgatoire, traduit en vers par L. Ratisbonne. Ital. and Fr. 2 tom. Paris, Michel Levy freres. 1856. 18°. Dn. 77.1.2 192. — Le paradis, traduit en vers par L. Ra- tisbonne. Ital. and Fr. 2 tom. Paris, Michel Levy freres. 1860. 18°. Dn. 77.1.3 193. — L'enfer, traduction nouvelle [par An- TOINB RiVAROLI, dit COMTE DE RiVAROl]. Ital. and Fr. 2 pt. Londres, etc., P. Fr. Didot le jeune, etc. 1785. 8°. Dn. 77.2 A prose translation. 194. — La divine comedie. Traduction nou- velle [prose] accompagn^e de notes et pre- c6d6e d'un risume historique et litteraire sur les temps anterieurs au poeme et d'une notice sur Dante et sur ses Icrits par Victor de Saint-Mauris. 2 tom. Paris, Amyot. 1853. 8°. Dn. 78.1 i. K^sum^ historique et litt^raii-e. Dante et ses Merits. L'enfer. — ii. Le purgatoire. Le paradis. 195. — L'enfer, traduit en fran9ai8 [prose], aceompagne de notes explicatives, raisonnees, et historiques, snivies de remarques g^n^rales sur la vie de Dante, et sur les factions des Guelfes et des Gibelins. Par J. C. Tarver. Ital. and Fr. 2 tom. Londres, C. Knight, etc. 1824. sm. 8°. Dn. 79.1 i. Text and translation. ii. Notes, etc. 196. — fitudes sur la langue italienne par Hip- POLTIE TopiN. [With text, and translation in Alexandrine verse, of Purg. i., x., xii. ; -Farad i., ii., vi., xxxiii.] Florence, typog. gailileienne de M. Cellini et c, etc. 1855. 8°. See Topin, H. Etudes, etc. Dn. 79.2 197. — La divine comedie. i" chant de I'En- fer • 3°, 10°, 24-26° du I'aradis, traduits en vers fran9ais avec notes par Hippolvte 'Topin. Catane, typog. de I'hospice royal de bienfai- sance. 1857. 8°. pp. 36. Dn. 79.2.2 198. — La divine com6die. 11«, 12°, 23= chants du Paradis, traduits en vers fran9ais, faisant suite aux chants pr^cedemment publics par Hippolyte Topin. Florence, typog. gali- iHenne de M. Cellini et c, etc. 1857. 8°. pp. 28. Dn. 79.2.2 German. 199. — Von der hoUe : aus dem italianischen iibersetzt und mit anmerkungen begleitet von L. Baohenschwanz. 2° auti. Leipzig, auf kosten des uebersetzers. 1767. 8°. Port. Dn. 86.1 200. — Von dem fegfeuer. Aus dem italiani- schen iibersetzt und mit anmerkungen beglei- tet von L. Baohenschwanz. Leipzig, auf kosten des uebersetzers. 1768. 8°. Dn. 86.1 " Prima traduzione tedesca di tutta intiera la Divina com- media. La traduzione h in prosa_, poco fedele e senza gusto." — Scartazzini, Dante in Germania, ii. 194. Portrait: — "Ex pinacotlieca comitis Danielis Lisca, pa^ tricii veronensis, pictus quondam a Bernardino India celeori pictore. J. M. Stoclt fecit." , 201. — Gottliche comodie; i° abth. Neu me- trisch iibertragen mit erlauterungen von R. Baron. Oppeln, A. Eeiseviitz. 1870. 8°. Dn. 86.2 Conlents ; — Die holler No more published. 202. — Die gottliche komodie. Uebersetzt und erlautert von L. G. Blanc. Halle, buchh. d. waisenhauses. 1864. 8°. Port. Dn. 86.3 In blanlc iambic verse. Portrait : — '• .Julius Thaeter sculp." This shows a strik- ing resemblance to his engraving of tlie portrait attributed to Masaocio, published in the Jahrbuch d. Dante geseUschaft, vol.2. ' , 203. — Die gottliche komodie. Fiir das deutsche volk bearbeitet von Julius Brahn. i" bd. Berlin, Th. Chr. Fr. Fnslin (Adolph Enslin). 1863. 8°. ' Dn. 86.4 Contents : — Der dichter und seine zeit — Die holle. A metrical rhymed translation. No more published. 204. — Aug Dante. Probe einer neuen ueber- setzung von Adolf Doerr. [Inferno, vi. 100-130; xxxiii. 1-88. Leipzig;. 1865.] L8°. PP- (3). Dn. 88.1 Beutachea museum, 25. mai, 1865, pp. 747-749. 205. — Gottliche komodie. In iamben iiber- tragen von Karl Eitner. 3 theile in 1 vol. Hildburghausen, verlag des bibliogr. instituts. 1865. sm. 8°. (Bibliothekauslandischerklassi- ker, 8-10.) Dn. 89.1 *' Dante's leben und werke." pp. v.-xxxii, ' 206. — Gottliche komodie. In deutsche prosa ubertragen, mit inhaltsangabe und erlaute- rungen versehen, von K. von Enk. 2= ver- besserte aufl. 3 theil. in 1 vol. Wien, Wil- helm Braumuller. 1877. 16°. Dn. 89.2 DIVINA COMMEDIA, Frenxii — German. 17 207. — Dante Alighieri's HoUe. Genau nach dem versmasse des originals in deutsche reime iibertragen und mit anmerkungen versehen von JuLitJS Francke. Leipzig, Breitkopf u. Hdrtel. 1883. 8°. ZHagrs. ■ Dn. 90.1 208. — Gottliche komodie in's deutsche iiber- tragen und historiscli, iisthetiscli und vor- nehmlich tlieologisch erliiutert von Karl Graul. i" theil. Die hoUe. Leipzig, C. F. Ddrffling. 1843. 8°. Dn. 91. i No more published. 209. — Die gottliche komodie oder "Wallfahrt durcli die drei geister-reiolie, liolle, fegf euer und paradies, frei iibersetzt und mit anmer- kungen versehen von J. F. Heigelin. 3 theile. Blaubeuren, F. M. Mangold, etc. 1836-37. 8°. Port, and 6 ^Za^es. Dn. 92.1 The plates are copies of Flaxinan*s outlines. Portrait : — " Nach dem leben gemahlt von Bernardino India. A. Zschokke sculps." 210. — Gottliche comodie. Zur jubelfeier des dichters raetriseh iibersetzt von Jos[epha] VON HoFFiNGER. Bd. i., ii. 2 bde. Wien, W. Braumuller. 1865. sm. 8°. Dn. 92.2 i. Die hoUe. — ii. Das purgatorium. 211. — Goettliche coraoedie. Metrisch uber- tragen und mit kritischen und historischen erlauterungen versehen von Philalethes [John, king of Saxony]. 3 vol. Dresden, etc., Arnold. 1849. 4°. Fronts., maps, plates SiuA plans. (N.) Each vol. has a separate, engraved title-page. Vol. i. and ii. are " 2« vermelirte auflage. 2o ausgabe." 212. — The same. Neue, durchgesehene und berichtigte ausgabe. 3 vol. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner. 1865-66. 8°. Port., maps &M plans. (BPL. 4790.26) 213. The same. 2™ unveranderter abdruek der berichtigten ausg. von 1865-66. 3 vol. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner. 1871. 8°. Port., maps a.adi plans. Dn. 94.1 Fortrait : — " GemaXt von Giotto.^ Gest. v. Weger, Leip- zig." 214. — Die gottliche komodie ; iibersetzt und erkliirt von K. L. Kannegiesser. i^ sehr veriinderte aufl. 3 tlieile in 1 vol. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus. 1843. 12°. Port., map and 3 diagrs. (Bibliothek der classiker des auslands, 23-25.) Dn. 95.1 In ternary rhyme. , „ „ o- _i Portrait : — A profile from the mask. " Gez. von Siegert, gest. von Bosmasler." 2ig, Die gottliche komodie. Metrisehe ' uebersetzung nebst beigedrucktem original- texte, mit erlau^terungen, abhandlungen und register. "Von August Kopisoh. Berlin, - Enslin'sche buchh. 1842 [1837-42]. 1. 8°. Port, and 2 plans. Dn. 95.2 "Dante's leben." pp. 419-467. " Ueber die Gottliche komSdie." pp. 467^98. Portrait : — A copper-plate engravmg copied from Kaltael Morghen's portrait. 316. — Die gottliche komodie. Metrisehe iibersetznng mit erlauterungen, abhandlungen und register. Von August Kopisoh. 2'" verbesserte ausg. Berlin, J. Guttentag. 1862. 8°. Port, and plans. Dn(. 95.2.2 "Dante's leben." pp. 480-567. " Ueber die Gottliche komfldie." pp. 667-621. Portrait ; — Tlie same plate as in the last. 217. — Gottliche komodie. Uebersetzung, kom- mentar und abhandlungen iiber zeitalter, leben und schrif ten Dante's. Von August Kopisoh. S' aufl., durehaus revidirt, berichtigt und er- giinzt von Theodor Paur. Berlin, etc., verlag von J. Guttentag (i?. Collin). 1882. 8°. Portrs. Dn. 95.2.3 " Bibliographische einleitung." pp. 557-561. "Dante's leben." pp. 662-651. "Ueber die Gottliche komSdie." - pp. 652-713. Portraiis; — Heliotype of the bronze bust in the rauseo borbonico in Naples. — Heliot^pe of Giotto's fresco, and of a bronze medal of the latter half of the 16th century. 218. — Die zwei ersten gesange von Dante's HoUe. Uebersetzt und besproehen von Frie- DRiCH NoTTER. StuttgaTt, etc., August Scha- ber. 1869. 8°. Dn. 98.1 219. — Gottliche komodie. Uebersetzt und erlautert von Karl Streckfuss. 3° ausg. letzter hand. S" aufl. Braunschweig, C. A. Schwetschke und sohn. 1853. 1.8°. Dn. 103.1 In triple rhyme. 220. — The same. Mit berichtigter uebertra. > gung und vollig umgearbeiteter erkliirung neu herausg. von Dr. Rudolf Pfleiderer. Leipzig, P. Reclam jun. [1876.] 16°. (Universal- bibliothek. 796-800.) (BPL. no. 4 in 4907.50.84) 221. — The same. Neu bearbeitet und mit einer historisch-biographischen einleitung ver- sehen von Otto Roquette. 2 vol. Stuttgart, J. G. Cotta. [1882.] 16°. Portr. (BPL. 2798.58) Portrait: — "Nach dem freskobilde im palazzo del Bar- gello in Florenz." 222. — Die komodie. Uebersetzt und mit be- ' gleitendem commentar herausgegeben von Alexander Tanner, i", 2" lief. Munchen, E. A. Fleischmann's buchh. 1865. sm. 8°. Dn. 104.1 Contents :—l., ii. Die hiille. Translated in triplets. 223. Gottliche komodie ; uebersetzt von Karl Witte. Berlin, M. L. i)on Ifecker. 1865. 1, 8°. Port. (N. BPL. 4790-25) 224 — The same. BerUn, Jt. L. von Decker. 1865. 32°. Port. (BPL. 4800.34) In blank verse, with notes, and an introduction of 33 pages. Portrait:— A photograph from a very carefully made drawing " nach Eaphael." 22'! — DerfunftegesangderH611ein22ueber- setzungen seit 1763 bis 1865. Zusammen- gestellt von Reinhold Kohlbr. Weimar, Hermann Bohlau. 1865. 8°. (Dante's Gott- liche komodie und ihre deutschen ueberse- tzungen.) Cn. 109.1 (BPL. 4800.33) i8 DANTE COLLECTION. Greek. 226. — Inferno, translated into Greek Terse [with notes] by Musukus Pasha. London, etc., Williams and Norgate. 1882. 8°. Dn. 112.1 (BPL. 2792.51) Also with a title-page In Greek. 227. — Purgatorio, translated into Greek verse [with notes] by MusnRus Pasha. London, etc., Williams and Norgate. 1884. 8°. Dn. 112.1.2 Also with a title-page in Greek. " Italian Dialects. 228. — L' inferno esposto in dialetto milanese da F. CandIani. Milano, Crist. Candiani. I860. 8°. Dn. 113.2 229. — Saggio di traduzione in dialetto Veronese della Divina commedia. [Inf. i. — Purg. i. — Parad. i. B^ Antonio Gaspaki.] Verona, Antonio Rossi. 1865. 8°. pp. 68. Dn. 113.3 230. — II Dante popolare, o La divina comme- dia in dialetto napolitano per Domenico Jac- OARiNO. [Vol. i. 'Nfierno.] Napoli, tipogra- fia dell' unione. 1870 [1871]. 8°. Dn. 113.4 Appendiee : — Giudizi, esami critici, polemiche sulla tra- duzione del Dante per Dom. Jaccarino. 231. — II paradiso; versione in dialetto cala- brese e comento per Fkancesco Limakzi, 1^ ed. Castellammare, tipog. Stdbiana. 1874. 1.8°. Front. Dn. 113.1 23a. — II primo canto dell' Inferno tradotto in lingua pavana. Dolo, tipog. Longo. 1882. 8°. pp. 10. Dn. 149.7 Latin. 233. — Della commedia trasportata in verso latino eroico da Carlo d' Aquino della com- pagnia di Gesi. CoU' aggiunta del teste italiano e di breve annotazioni. Lat. and Ital. 3 vol. Napoli, Felice Mosca. 1728. 8°. Dn. 114.2 "L' opera era stata impressa in Roma e lo stampatore si chiamava Pietro Bemabo, ma poichfe fu giuocoforza con- tentarsi d' una permissione extra urbem (i. 15), si dovette porre sul frontispizio la falsa indicazione di Napoli. Qnesta traduzione e in grande stima, como molto fedele ch* ella h ed anche elegante h plena di bellissimi versi." — Colomb de Batines, i. 2M. 234. — L' inferno o sia La prima cantica della Divina commedia tradotto e schiarito a senso preciso di frase in versi eroici latini corri- spondenti dal dottore Antonio Catellacoi. Lat. and Ital. Pisa, presso Ranieri Prosperi. 1819. 8°. Dn. 114.3 (BPL. **E. 227.2) 235. — Polyanthea. Opus suauissimis floribus exornatum compositii per DoMiNictrM Nanum MiRABELLiuM. Addita nunc primum est latina interpretatlo versuum Dantis & PetrarchSe quos ipsi Italico idiomate coscripserunt. In Libera Argentina, apud Matthiam Schurerium. [1517.] f°. flf. ccxxui. (BPL.***493D.5i) In this .topical collection of quotations from a variety of authors brought together bj^ Domenico Nani, are included many extracts &om Dante in Italian followed by a Latin translation. 236. — Divina comoedia hexametris latinis red- dita ab abbate Dalla Piazza. Praefatus est et vitam Piazzae adiecit C. Witte. Lipsiae, loan. Amhros. Barth. 1848. 8°. Dn. X14.1 237. — La morte del conte TJgolino. [Inf. xxxiii.] Versione latina inedita di Matted RoNTO veneziano, monaco olivetano del secqlo XV. [Edited by E. A. Cicogna.] Venezia, tipog. Oaspari. 1865. f°. pp. 8. Dn. 114.4 An account of Ronto and of the manusbripts of Ms work is given in Colomb de Batines, i. 237-241. 238. — Ugolini comitis mors. (Inf. xxxiii.) — Francisca Ariminensis. (Inf.' v.) — Matelda. (Purg. xxviii.) [Translated into Latin by] L. DELLA Vecchia. (/jj OiitAGGio a Dante. 1865, 8°, pp. 517-527.) Dn. 561.4 Polish. 239. , — Boska komedja, przeklad . A. Stanis- LAwsKiEGO. Poznan. etc., J. K. ZupansTciego. 1870. 8°. Dn. 115.1 Spanish. 240. — La divina comedia eon notas de Paolo Costa, adicionadas, traducidas al castellano por Manuel Aranda y Sanjuan. Barcelona, empresa editorial La ilustracion. 1871. 8°. Port, and plates. (Orellana, F. J. Los grandes poemas. 1.) Dn. 118.1 A prose ti'anslation. Portrait : — Woodcut copy of Giotto's. . 241. — La traducio del dante | de lengua tos- cana en verso caste|llano : por el reueredo don po I FERNADEZ DE viLLEGAS arcediano | de burgos : y por el comentado | allende d' los otros glosadores. | {^Appended: — iBreue tra- tado ... I intitula|do. Auersion del | mudo y couerlsion a dios. — Querella dela fe come- 9ada por | diego de burgos y acabada anediedo entre sus ver|sos lo que conuenia y prosiguiedo la adelante por | do pero fernadez de villegas. — Satira dezena del juuenal. . . . | Traduzida por do ge|ronimo de villegas. | Colophon: — ] Burgos^ por Fadricp | aleman de Basilea . . . I del ano . . . de mill y I quinientos y quinze anos. [1515.] f>. (8) ff. 832. Plate. (BPL. **D. 24ob.46) Ends with the Inferno. The last leaf is supplied in MS. " As far as I have examined tliis commentary, it is taken from Landino's, first printed 1481. Juana de Aragon, to whom it IS dedicated at the beginning, was dead before the prmting was finished, 2 April, 1516. See opening of canto ^^'I-,,.-'^''™'"''^''^' therefore, is wrong, following G-iannone, m exhibiting her among the personages at the bnlliant court of Charles Y., at Jfaples, in the winter of 1635-6. Docu- mentos meditos de Salva y Baranda, tom. xvi., 1860, p. 69 " — I have neverseen it marked Jess than £20. Sometimes I have seen it £26." -ms. notes by Mr. licknor, to whom the book belonged. " A very rare book, and one of consid- erable nient." Ticknor. History of Spanish literature. onl ■*-^*"'™ ^el mundo, etc., U found in a few copies Swedish. *42- — , Gudomliga komedi. Ofversatt af Nils Jf.I"?; ^ ^^^- ^™'^' C"- W. K. Gleerup. 1856-57. m Dn. H91 set! ^sl?'^'' ^^^*" ~ "■ S'^*'=''l'l«°- 18". - iii. Paradi- A prose translation, with Introductions of some length and JLiljvar^ of ^^artarti dinHc^mitv* Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. i] Let- ter to the commissioners Disposal of Ameri- can goods and prizes. "July 16" added in Lee's(?) handwriting; the year is not given. Indorsed in later hand in pencil, "i777(? ' ff. (2). V , lll\ ) CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 11 59. Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. July I7i 1777- Copy of letter to Vergennes. An- swer to his complaint o£ violation o£ neutrality by American privateers (see pp. 56, 57). ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 314. 60. "Weedon, George, Cf«. ya/yiS, 1777. Letter from "Clove(?) Camp in New Jersies" to [R. H. Lee.'l. Capture of Gen. Prescott. £. (I). 61. Pincus d'Eisenstadt, Baruch. July 20, 1777. Letter from Vienna to Arthur Lee. Price of wool and cloth. f£. (2). Sollier, J. Aug. i, 1777. Account with the commissioners. In French. £E. (2). 62. Penet, P. & cie. Aug. 2, 1777. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Financial transactions of the commissioners ; complaints, ff. (2). Gerard, C. A. Aug. 4, 1777. Reply to Arthur Lee. ff. (2). 63. Lee, William. Aug. % i-jyj . Letter from Nantes to [F. L. Lee.']. Difficulties as commercial agent at Nantes. Indorsed, " F L L." ff. (2). Greive, . Aug. 11, 1777. Note to Arthur Lee. Appointment for breakfast. News from America, ff. {2). 64. Lee, William. Aug. 12, 1777. Copy of letter from Nantes to R. H. Lee. Difficulties as com- mercial agent at Nantes, ff. (2). 65. Comnussioners to Prance. Aug. 12, 1777. Copy of letter to Vergennes. Hodge. In- dorsed, "Sent to Count Vergennes by M' Franklin jun'." ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 317. Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. May t^Aug. 15, 1777. Copy of contracts with the firm of Holker fils, Sabatier fils & Desprez for furnishing cloth. In French. Copy certified by H. Ford, Sec'y. ff. (2). Translation of that of Ang. 15 printed, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 318. 66. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Aug. 21, 1777. Letter to Grand. Privateers ; prizes ; Chau- mont ; Hodge. In French, ff. (2). (Imperfect — hole worn.) See copy on p. S7' Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 95. [Bridgen, Edward]. Aug. 29, 1777. Letter from London to [Arthur Lee]. American politics ; character of American agents. Signed, E.- B. Superscribed, " Monsieur Johnstone." ff. (2). Printed, Lee^s Life of Arthur Lee, II, 86. 67. Jennings, Edmund]. Sept. i, 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. American affairs. Signed, "Robert Williams." f. (i). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 99. [ ]. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Trouble be- tween Franklin and Lee j Carmichael. Not dated. Signed, " G. Harrison." Superscribed, " Monsieur Dupr^." ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 100. 68 Wanson, , maitre tailleur. Sept. 2, 1777. Note in French. Lee's letters; Carmichael. f. (I). [Gardoqui, James]. Sept. 4, 1777. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Proffers of per- sonal friendship; disposition of Spain toward America, ff. (2). 69. [Commissioners to France]. Sept. 8, 1777, Copy of letter to "The Secret Committee." Disposition of European powers toward Amer- ica ; financial situation of the commissioners ; English trade. Not signed. Attested by W. T. Franklin, ff. (4). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 31S ; Sparks' Diplo- matic _ correspondence, I. 319, where it is addressed, " To the committee of foreign affairs ' ' (formerly the committee of secret correspondence, see Journals of congress, III. 142). 70. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Sept. 13, 1777. Letter from Bilboa to Benjamin Franklin. Prof- fers of friendship ; consignment of tobacco ; Logoanere & Co. ; Cuningham. ff. (2). (Im- perfect — torn.) 71. Dumas, Karl Wilhelm Friedrich. &//. 23, 1777. Letter to Arthur Lee. Lee's journey to Berlin; John Adams; Samuel Adams; Cushing; New- man ; Franklin ; Deane ; Carmichael. Inclos- ing extracts from two other letters of his of same date. ff. (3). 72. [Jennings, Edmund]. Sept. 2^{>), 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Trouble between Franklin and Lee. Signed, " George Harrison." Super- scribed, "Monsieur Letsom"(?) ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 90, -where the date is given Sept. 37M. The date is apparently 23 changed to 34. Carmichael, William. Sept. 26, 1777. Note to Arthur Lee. Request for an interview. Answer, on same page, from Lee, appointing one. f. (i). 73. 74. Thompson, Thomas, Capt. Sept. 28, 1777. Copy of letter to the commissioners. Account of the Raleigh's voyage and encounter with a British fleet off the Bermudas, ff. (4). 75. Oct 5, 1777. Copy of the journal of the Raleigh. Indorsed, "Sent to Congress." ff. (2). 76. Deane, Simeon. Oct. 7, 1777. Letter from Passy to " Capt. Joseph Hynson or Capt. John Folger." Packets to America. With two other communications to Folger, Oct. 7, 19, 1777, on the reverse, the second signed by Franklin and Deane. f. (i). 77. 78. Commissioners to Prance. Oct. 7, 1777. Copy of letter from Passy to "The Secret Committee." Money loans from Europe ; fail- ure of remittances ; commercial agents ; Ross ; Hodge ; Ceronio ; Gardoqui ; William Lee ; Izard. Attested, W. T. Franklin, ff. (4). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 319; Sparks' Diplo- matic correspondence, I. 332, where it is addressed To the committee of foreign affairs." This is probably correct, as the " Secret committee" was dissolved July 5, 1777, and the Com- mittee of secret correspondence," April 17, 1777. 79. Rosignan, Sigard, Marquis de, Sardinian eraioy to Berlin. Oct. 7, 1777. Letter from Berlin to Arthur Lee. Ticonderoga ; Burgoyne ; electro- phons; Sayre. In French, ff. (2). Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 363. [Gardoqui, James]. Oct. 16, 1777- Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies to America. Signed, J. G. ff. (2). go. [ ]. Oct. 27, 1777. Letter to the same. Conduct of American privateers toward French and Spanish property ; American army 12 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. at Saratoga ; supplies for America, signed. fE. (2). Not Sayre, Stephen. Oct. 27, 1777. Letter from Berlin to Franklin. Appeal for support, ff. (2). 81. [Jennings, Edmund]. Oct. 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Carmichael. Signed, "John Harris." Superscribed, "John Waters." ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, 11. 97. [ ]. Nov. 4, 1777. Letter to the same. Same subject. Signed, "John Bourgenville." f. (I). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, 11. 91. 82. Lee, William. Nov. 11, 1777. Letter from Paris to his brother, [F. L. Lee ?J. Commer- cial agency at Nantes ; mission to Prussia ; Carmichael ; Capts. Babson and Kendrick ; Hodge ; Cuningham ; complaints against commissioners at Paris, pp. 8. 83. Nov. 24, 1777. Letter from Paris to R. H. Lee. Commercial agency at Nantes ; ac- ceptance of appointment to Prussia ; com- plaints against Williams, Deane ; Thomas Morris ; Lloyd ; Montandouin ; Limozin ; use of public money, ff. (4). 84. [Gardoqui, James]. Nov. 24, 1777. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Orders of con- gress ; Ross's cargo of flour at Corunna (see p. 86) ; Burgo^ne. ff. (2). [Jennings, Edmund]. Nov. 25, 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Disposition of England; hiring Swiss troops. Signed, "John Towns- end." ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 92. 85. [Commissioners to Prance]. Nov. 25, 1777. Letter from Paris to Capt. Thomson. In- structions about prizes. Not signed. f£. (2). 86. Ross, John. Nov. 25, 1777. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Gardoqui's letter ; cargo of .flour at Corunna (see p. 84). ff. (2). 87. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Nov. 26, 1777. Letter from BiJboa to Arthur Lee. Remittances to America, ff. (2). 88. Grand, Ferdinand. Nov. 27, 1777. Memoran- dum of money remittances, f. (l). 89. Digges, Thomas, of Maryland. Dec. 1,1777. Note to W. Thornton. List of American prisoners in Fortton prison near Portsmouth, Eng. ; their treatment. flE. (2). 90. Ross, John. Dec. 2, 1777. Note from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment of letter, ff. (2). Rosignan, Sigard, Marquis de. Dec. 2, 1777. Letter from Berlin to [Arthur Lee]. Fordyce Bang ; Sayre ; Elliot ; electrophons. In French. Indorsed, N° 2. ff. (2). Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 365. gi. Ross, John. ZJ^c. 2. 1777. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Insurance of public property, ff. (2). [Jennings, Edmund]. Dec. 2, 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. News from America ; Wash- ington ; Howe ; Donop ; Burgoj^ne. Signed, "John Townsend." Superscribed, "Mon- sieur Waters." ff. (2). Piinted, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 95. 92. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Dec. 3, I777- Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America. Signed, J. G. ff. (2). ' 93. ContinentEil Congress, Second. Dec. 3, 1777. Resolutions on the issue of paper money ; di- rections to the commissioners ; borrowing money from France. Signed, Henry Laurens, President ; attest. Chas. Thomson Secy. In- dorsed, Duplicate, f. (l). The first two paragraphs were public, and printed in Journals of congress. III. 552 ; the rest of the paper is printed m Secret journals of congress, II. 55. 94. [Jennings, Edmund]. Dec. 5, 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Howe; Burgoyne ; Washing- ton. Signed, "C. (?) Townsend." Super- scribed, " Monsieur Dupre." ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 94, where the signa- ture is given as J. Townsend. Lee, Arthur. Dec. 10, 1777. Copy of letter from Paris to the earl of Shelburne. Treat- ment of prisoners; cruelty of Gen. Clinton. Indorsed, Lett. Book. I. p. 144. Copy com- pared by John Adams. • f. (i). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 104 ; Sparks' Diplo- matic correspondence, II. iig, where it is dated Dec. 14. 95. [Gardoqui, James]. Dec. 10, 1777. Lettej from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; Capt. Babson ; Capt. Hibbert. Not signed, ff. (2). Franklin, Benjamin. Z'^f. i:, 1777. Copy of letter from Paris to Sir Grey Cooper. Con- dition of American prisoners in England ; Major Thornton. With copy of instructions from the commissioners to Major Thornton. Attested, W. T. Franklin, ff. (2). 96. Mullett, Thomas. 2)^^.14,1777. Letter from Bristol to ?, introducing William Steven- son, ff. (2). Ross, John. Dec. 16, 1777. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. American vessels ; British cruisers ; Hodge, ff. (2). 97. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Dec. 17, 1777. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America, ff. (2). 98. Morris, Robert. Dec. 17, 1777. Copy of letter from Manheim to William Smith of the commercial committee at York, Eng. Conduct of Thomas Morris, ff. (2). [Gardoqui, James]. Dec. 18, 1777. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Washington; Howe ; supplies for America. Not signed, ff. (2). 99. 100. [Commissioners to France]. Dec. 18, 1777. Copy of letter from Paris to the com- mittee for foreign affairs (formerly committee of secret correspondence). Burgoyne's sur- render ; treaty of amity and commerce with France ; remittances of money ; favors from France ; Lord Stormont ; treatment of prison- ers. Directed to Robert Morris, ff. (4). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 355. loi. Schulenburg-Kehnert, F. W., Baron de. Dec. 18, 1777. Letter from Berlin to Arthur Lee. Burgoyne's surrender. In French, with translation by Lee. ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 120 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 98. CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 13 [Jennings, Edmund]. Dec. 22, 1777. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. London news; Stevenson. Signed, " C. Townsend," f. (i). 102. Grand, Ferdinand. Dec. 23, 1777. Receipt to Artliur Lee. f. (i). Ross, John. Dec. 24, 1777. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Shipments to America, ff. (2). 103. Boux, , Capt. Dec. 24, 1777. Letter from Paris to [the commissioners ? ] . Request for commission in American navy. In French, ff. (2). Sayre, Stephen. Dec. 25, 1777. Letter from Copenhagen to the commissioners. His plans about going to America ; disposition of Den- mark toward America, ff. (2). 104-107. Morris, Robert. Dec. 26, 1777. Copy of letter from Manheim to Henry Laurens. Con- duct of Thomas Morris, ff. (4). 108. Ross, John. Dec. 27, 1777- Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Fitting out cruisers, ff. (2). log. [Gardoqiii, Joseph & Sons]. Dec. 27, 1777. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; Capt. Hibbert ; Burgoyne ; Howe. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2). 110. 'Waller, John. Dec. 28, 1777 (?). letter from Plymouth, Eng., to David Hartley. Condition of American prisoners ; Condry, the agent ; Burgoyne. ff. (3). (Date partly illegible from stain.) 111. Cannichael, William. Dec. 30, 1777. Let- ter from Nantes to the commissioners. Ships to America; Williams, ff. (2). Morris, Thomas. Z>?f. 30 »?■ 31, 1777. Copy of letter from Nantes to Jonathan Williams. Appointment of Williams as assistant in the commercial agency at Nantes. Indorsed, N° 5. f. (i). (Imperfect — part of date torn off.) 112. Moylan, James. Dec. 31, 1777. Letter from L'Orient to Arthur Lee. British proposition to raise Catholic regiments in Ireland ; Macintosh, a Scotch spy. With copy of letter from the commissioners to him promising him the con- trol of the public business at L'Orient. In- dorsed, N". 5. ff. (3). X13. [Berkenhout, , Dr. 1777-1 Letter to Arthur Lee. Capture of the Fox ; Washing- ton ; Philadelphia ; paper money. Not signed, dated, or addressed, ff. (2). 82*. Lenoue, . AW. ii, 1777. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Colombo and Lauty. Indorsed, " Letters relative to the rob- bery of our Despatches by Folger." ff. (2). This paper was inadvertently omitted from its proper chrono- logic^ place. VOL. IV. 1, Stevenson, William. Jan. 1, 1778. Claim for ;^5oa on the French governor-general at Gua- dalupe. With note in pencil by Arthur Lee. ff. (2). 2. Carmichael, William. [About Jan. 3, 1778.] Note to Arthur Lee. Departure for America. Dated, " Saturday 6 oclock." ff. (2). For the circumstances of this and the three following papers, see Lee's Life o£ Arthur Lee, I. 373, 374 ; and Papers in relation to the case of Silas Deane, p. 54, published in 1855 by the Sev- enty-six society, Pliiladelphia. 3. Stevenson, William. \Jan. 4, 1778.] Letter to _ the commissioners. Despatches for America. ' ff. (2). 4. Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Jan. 4, 1778. Answer to Stevenson's note (p. 3) Despatches for America, f. (i). 5. Stevenson, William. Jan. 4, 1778. Reply to the letter of Franklin and Deane. Explanation of his position, ff. (2). Lee, William. Jan. 4, 1778. Letter to F. L. Lee. Stevenson ; Carmichael ; Hodge ; Deane ; Burgoyne's surrender; British plans for new campaign; prospect of European war. ff. (2). 6. Letter, dated " Alnewick," to [Arthur Lee]. Jan. 4, 1778. Burgoyne's expedition ; Harcourt ; sympathy with America. P. S. dated, Jan. 13. Not signed, perhaps imperfect ; addressed, '" Dear Friend " ; indorsed, N" 4. f. (i). Ross, John. Jan. 5, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Stevenson, ff. {2). 7. [Lovell, James]. Jan. 5, 1778. Portion of let- ter to R. H. Lee. Ticonderoga ; attorney-gen- eral Sergeant of Pennsylvania ; Patterson of New Jersey. Date and name indorsed on back, f. (I). -^ 8. Jan. 5, 1778. Letter from York [Pennsyl- vania] to [R. H. Lee ?]. Loss of public papers; sent by the commissioners through Capt. Fol- ger ; Gen. Howe ; Burgoyne. With an explan- atory indorsement and names filled out in an- other hand. ff. (2). Lee, Arthur. Jan. 5, 1778. Draft of letter from Paris to [the committee of foreign affairs]. Re- sult of his missions to Spain and Prussia ; effect of Burgoyne's surrender ; friendly attitude of Prussia. With a copy of a note in French from Schulenburg, dated, Dec. 23, 1777. Indorsed, " Committee " and " No 7 ." ff . ( 2 ) . Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. i6 ; and with verbal differences in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 123, on p. 122 of which is a translation of Schulenburg's note. g. Jan. S, 1778. Letter from Paris to [R. H. Lee]. Treaty of commerce with Portugal; Brit- ish defence of Canada, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 126. 10,11. [Thornton, John (?), >l/fl/'(!?-. Between Jan. 5 and Jan. 8, 1778.] Memorandum to the com- missioners. Prisoners confined by the British at Forton prison near Portsmouth, Eng. With list of those in prison Dec. 29, 1777. ff. (6). (Imperfect — each page worn.) Probably not the whole, as it is not signed or dated. Name indorsed on outside. 12. Copy of one sentence in the same. Dr. Bancroft " stock -jobbing " in London for com- missioners. Copy attested by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (I). Lee, Arthur. Jan. 10, 1778. Extract from a letter to Franklin and Deane. Williams's ac- counts. Indorsed in Lee's handwriting, " taken from 49th page Letterbook, Vol 2^ " ; also in 14 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. John Adams's, " Copy from a Letter Book of the Hon. A. Lee compared by John Adams." f. (I). 13. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. ya». 10, 1778. Let- ter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Capt. Cuning- ham's prize ; supplies for America. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2). 14, 15. Copy of examination, Jan. 12, 1778, of Capt. Folger. Opening of despatches to con- gress, (see p. 8). Signed, James Lovell. ff. (4). i6. Dumas, Karl Wilhelm Friedrich. Jan. 13, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to Arthur Lee. News from America ; effect of good news on money-lenders in Holland ; Van Berkel ; commissions in American army ; pub- lication of a new encyclopaadia. Signed, D. ff. (2). [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Jan. 14, 1778. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Shipment of supplies for America. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2). 17. [CommiBsiouers to Prance], yan. 16, 1778. Copy of orders to Capt. John Paul Jones of the Ranger. Disposal o{_prizes ; conduct toward neutral powers ; mention of Moylan, Gourlade [Goulard], Sam. Delap, T. H. Delap, Gardoqui, Leoganere. Signed by Franklin and Deane. — Note added, yan. 17, 1778, by Lee. Disap- proval of part of these orders. — Note added, yan. 17, 1778, by Franklin and Deane. Con- firmation of orders and reasons therefor, ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 361, -where the name Leoganere is spelled Leagonere. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. yan. 16, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to Arthur Lee. News from Hamburg, Leyden, Magdeburg ; William Lee; Franklin, Mansfield. Signed, D. ff. (2). 18. Schulenburg-Kehnert, Friedrich Wilhelm, Baron de. yan. 16, 1778. Letter from Berlin, in French, to Arthur Lee. Expressions of friendship ; arrangement about letters ; Gen. Howe ; promise of Prussia's acknowledgment, after France ; permission for the purchase of guns and ammunition in Prussia. Indorsed, No. 8. ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.) Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. r25, which differs from the one on p. 19. 19. Translation of the same by Arthur Lee. (Imperfect — edges much worn.) Printed, from this imperfect copy, in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 18. [Lovell, James], yan. 17, 1778. Copy of letter to [Arthur Lee ?] in Paris. Robbery of the despatches to congress, sent through Capt. Folger. ff. (2). This seems to be to one of the commissioners, yet not to Franklin or Deane ; but the doubt about its being to Lee comes toward the close, where Lovell asks his correspondent to " en- auire of R- H. Lee's worthy brothers " concernmg the nature of le inclosure sent to R. H. Lee. 20. Extracts, yan. 20-28, 1778, from news at Lon- don and Brest of American events. In French. Superscribed, Monsieur Franklin. In the same handwriting as the notes from Malesherbes on p. 23. ff. (2). Stevenson, William, yan. 21, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Capt. Nicholson ; Carmichael's opinion of Deane and Izard, ff. (2). 21. Lloyd, John. yan. 22, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's opinion of Deane and Izard, ff. (2). 22. [Gardoqui, James], yan. 22, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Return from Madrid to Bilboa. Not signed, ff. (2). Bancroft, Edward. Jan. 22, 1778. Letter from Passy to Arthur Lee. Resentment at Lee's suspicion of him. ff. (2). 23. [Dumas, K. W. F.T. yan. 23, 1778. Letter from the Hague in French to the commission- ers. Prussia's refusal of passage to British mer- cenaries ; assurances of friendship, ff. (2). Lamoignon de Malesherbes, Chretien Guil- laume de. Minister of State. Jan. 24, 1778. Note of invitation in French to Arthur Lee. William Lee ; Sarsfield. f. (i). Note to Arthur Lee. Sarsfield. Not dated, f. (i). 24. Lee, Arthur, yan. 27, 1778. Copy of letter to Carmichael. Demand for the despatches sent through him to Congress ; with copy of Car- michael's reply refusing them. Indorsed, " In- closed in Mr. Carmichael's information delivered in May 3, 1779." ff. (2). For original of Carmichael's, see p. 30. Cushiug, Thomas, yr. yan. 27, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Capt. Nicholson 5 departure for America ; charge of letters, ff. (2). 25. [GardoquijJoseph&Sons]. yan. 28, 1778. Let- ter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2). 26. Ross, John. yan.2g,iyy8. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Thomas Morris's condi- tion of health ; care of public papers, ff. (2). Lee, Arthur, yan. 30, 1778. Copy of letter to Franklin and Deane. Dangerous conse- quences of the 1 2th article of the treaty of [amity and] commerce with France. With copy of reply, Fei. i, 1778, agreeing to its omission, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 126 ; Sparks' Diplo- matic correspondence, II. 127. 27. Lee, Thomas, nephew of Arthur Lee. yan. 31, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's refusal to deliver the despatches asked for Jan. 27th, (see p. 24). ff. (2). 28. [Berkenhout, , Dr. Feb. 1778.] Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Howe; Washington; Corn- ■wallis ; English political parties ; America's in- dependence ; publication of a pamphlet against Franklin ; Israel Mauduit ; manufactories ; Edmund TuUy. Not dated, signed, or super- scribed ; addressed, "Amicocharissimo." ff. (2). FrankUn, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Feb. I, 1778. Original of the reply to Lee, (see p. 26). 1 2th article of the treaty, f. (i). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 128 ; Sparks' Diplo- matic correspondence, II. 129. 29. Stevenson, William. Feb.\,\']-]8. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's position toward Franklin, Deane, and Lee. ff. (2). Copies of portions of letters about Carmichael and Deane. yan. 22, 1778. John Lloyd from Nantes to Arthur Lee, (see p. 21). — yan. 24, 1778. The same to the same. — fan. 21, 1778. William Stevenson to Arthur Lee, (see p. 20I. CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 15 — Feb. I, 1778. The same to the same, (see p. 29, above). (Imperfect — unfinished.) 30. Franklin, Benjamin, awoTDeane, Silas. Feb. i, 1778. Copy of letter to Gerard. Omission of the nth and :2th articles from the treaty. At- tested by W. T. Franklin. With copy of Lee's letter on the same subject (see p. 26). ff. (2). Primed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 128; Sparks' Diplo- matic correspondence, II. 130. Carmichael, William. Feb. i, 1778. Original of the reply to Lee's letter to him, (see p. 24). Delivery of despatches, ff. (2). 31. Another copy of the same. Attested by Arthur Lee. f. (i). 32. Affidavit, Feb. 2, 1778, by Thomas Lee, Wm. Stevenson, and J. Thornton. Interview with Carmichael, (see pp. 24, 27, 30, 31, 32 below). In Thornton's handwriting, ff. (2). Iiee, Thomas. Feb. 5, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Interview of Ross with Car- michael ; despatches for congress, ff. (2). (Partly illegible from a stain.) 33-39. France and United States of America. Feb. 6, 1778. Copy in French of the treaty of amity and commerce. Not signed, dated, or filled out completely and with the two disputed articles, ff. (14). Printed, Martens' Recueil de trait^s, etc. 20 ^d. II. 587-602 ; and translation in Treaties, etc. between the U. S. and other powers, Washington, 1S71, p. 244, etc. 40. Feb. 6, 1778. Copy in French and English of the " Act separate and secret " of the treaty. Compared with the original by Arthur Lee. f. (I). English translation printed. Treaties, etc. between the U- S. and other powers, p. 254. 41. Commissioners to France. \Sept. i, 1778.] Declaration. Draft in French of the act rescind- ing the nth and 12th articles of the treaty, f. (I)- Printed, Martens' Recueil de trait^s, etc. 2« ^d. II. 602 ; and English translation in Treaties, etc. between the U. S- and other powers, p. 247. 42. Lee, Arthur. Feb. 9, 1778. Letter to F. L. Lee. Treaty with France ; conduct of Car- michael and Deane. Addressed, "D^ Loudon." ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 132. Copies of portions of letters about Carmichael and Deane. The same as those on p. 29. With the addition of one dated Feb. 10, 1778, from Lloyd to Lee. ff. (2). (Imperfect — unfinished.) 43. Goulard, J. C. F. & fils. Merchants at V Orient. Feb. 10, 1778. Letter in French from Frankfort to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letter ; American news [Burgoyne's surrender]; proffers of friend- ship, ff. (2), [■WTiarton, Joseph]. Feb. 11, 1778. Letter to [Major John ?] Thornton. Complaint about letters. Signed, " Tadyuscung " ; indorsed, N" 4- Certified to be Wharton's handwriting by M. Livingston, July 13, 1778, and by Mat- thew Mease, July 29, 1778. ff. (2). 44. Sarsfield, ,Comtede. Feb 14, [1778]. Note in French to Arthur Lee. Invitation to dinner with Malesherbes and Franklin. With seal. ff. (2). 45. Lee, Arthur. \Feb. 15, 1778.] Draft of letter to the committee of foreign correspondence, Beaumarchais ; Lauregais ; Wilkes; Deane, f. (I). Tliis is marked P. S. and is without date. Printed, with ver- bal differences, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 134^ where it stands not as a P. S. but bears the date Feb. 15, 1778, and is addressed, "Gentlemen" ; it also has there an additional sentence and tile testimonial of Lauregais. 46. Pasteur, William. {Feb. 16, 1778.] Letter from Williamsburg, Va., to William Le,e. Request for goods for the Williamsburg manufactory ; John King ; John Greenhow ; Saml. Gist. With invoice, ff. {3). 47. Pringle, John Julius. Feb. 17, 1778. Extrait d'un discours fait par Mons'. C. Fox & public dans le courier de I'Europe 24. Fev. 1778." Franklin's intelligence that the treaty was signed, f. (i). With a note added by Sparks, "Dr. Franklin's name is not mentioned by Mr. Fox. — See ' Parliamentary Register ' of the above date" [Feb. 17, 1778]. 48. Lee, Ludwell, nephew of Arthur Lee. The same extract copied from the Courier. With note, ^^ Feb. 18, 1779 Copy compared by John Ad- ams." f. (r). With a note by Sparks similar to that on the last paper. [Lee, William]. Feb. 17, 1778. Letter from Nantes to F. L. Lee. Thomas Morris ; John Ross ; Robert Morris ; Schweighauser ; John Eondfield ; treaty ; German embassy ; military situation of England ; Washington ; Samuel Adams ; Dr. Shippen. Not signed ; addressed, "My Dear Loudoun." ff. (2). 49. [Hartley, David, M.P:\. Feb. 18, 1778. Let- ter from London to John Thornton. Lord North; conciliation; treaty. Signed, "D H". f. (I). Lloyd, John. Feb. 18, 1778. Letter from Nantes to [Arthur Lee]. Carmichael ; Deane ; Frank- lin ; Williams. Addressed, "Dear Sir"; not superscribed, ff. (2). 50. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. Feb. 18, 1778. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Shipment of supplies for America. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2). Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Feb. 22, 1778. Copy of letter to [C. A. Gerard]. Rumor of treaty between Howe and Washing- ton ; Hartley's letter of Feb. 18, (see p. 51). ff. (2). See Sparks' Franklin, VIIT. 232, note, where a portion is printed as addressed to Vergennes with date Feb. 1. Franklin himself saysj in a letter to Lee on p. 241 of the .same volume, that he wrote this to Gerard. As the communications to Vergennes were usually through Gerard, this is probably the explanation of Vergennes' name in Sparks' note. 51. Copies of letters between Franklin, Deane, and Lee. Return of despatches by Simeon Deane ; acknowledgment of the commissioners by the French court. Feb. 26, 1778. Lee to Franklin and Deane. — Feb. 27, 1778. Franklin and Deane to Lee. — Feb. 27, 1778. Lee to Frank- lin and Deane. — Feb. 28, 1778. Franklin and Deane to Lee, (see p. 52). ff. (2). The first two are printed in Sparks' Diplomatic correspon- dence, II. 136, 137- 52. Ross, John. Feb. 26, 1778. Letter from Nantes tO'Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris ; Robert Mor- ris ; complaint about William Lee's interfer- ence, ff. (2). 16 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. Franklin, Benjamin, and Deane, Silas. Feb. 28, 1778. Letter to Artliur Lee. Copying of the treaties; sailing of a convoy, f. (i). This is the original of the last copy on p. 51. S3> S4- [Commissioners to Prance]. Feb. 28, 1778. Copy of letter to the committee for for- eign affairs. Return of despatches ; conclu- sion of the treaty of amity and commerce ; Lord North's conciliatory bills ; future prospects of America ; friendship of France ; Babson and Hendricks ; William Lee and Thomas Morris ; Bermudas ; Newfoundland. Attested by W. T. Franklin, ff. (4). _ Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 369 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 330. 55. Izard, Ralph. Feb. 28, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment, of the commissioners at the French court, f. (i). ■Williams, Jonathan. Feb. 28, 1778. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Sailing of fleet from Quiberon ; detention of the Duchesse de Grammont ; credit with Grand ; cost of fit- ting the Ranger ; agreement with Thomas Mor- ris ; escape of Capt. Johnson of the Lexington, ff. (2). 56. Chaumont, Le Ray de. March i, 1778. Letter, in French, from Passy to Arthur Lee. De- spatches, f. (i). 57. Franklin, Benjamin, andHeane, Silas. March I, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Despatches ; change of appointment. — Note added by W. T. Franklin. Lee's engagement to dinner with Messrs. Chalut. f. (i). Chaumont, Le Ray de. March i, 1778. Let- ter, in French, from Passy to M. De Kater at Bordeaux. Lee's despatches, ff. (2). 58. [Thornton, John, major} {?). March 3, 1778. Note from London to [the commissioners ?]. Troops to Canada, Newfoundland ; Lord George Germain ; Portsmouth ; rumor that France will declare the independency of America. Not signed or addressed. Indorsed, Thornton, ff. (2). Franklin, William Temple. March i, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Copying letter to con- gress. With seal. ff. (2). 59. Essay in French, March i, 1778. Concilia- tory propositions of Great Britain ; treaty with France. Not signed or addressed, ff. (2). (Imperfect — worn.) 60. Franklin, Benjamin, a«i/ Deane, Silas. March 3, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Appointment ; despatches by Austin, ff. (2). Commissioners to France. March 4, 1778. Copy of note to C. A. Gerard. Appointment, f. (I). Gerard, Conrad Alexander. March 4, 1778. Answer to the commissioners, f. (i). 61. Llano, , Marquis de. Ambassador from. Spain to Sweden. March 5, 1778. Note in French to Arthur Lee. Acceptance of an invitation to meet Franklin, f. (i). Franklin, Benjamin. March 5, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Acceptance of invitation, ff. (2). 62. Franklin, Benjamin. March 6, 1778. Copy of letter to William Lee. Appointment of com- mercial agents ; Williams ; Thomas Morris's papers. — March 12, 1778. Copy of William Lee's reply. Indorsed, "39 f." Attested by WiUiam Lee. ff. (2). Part of the former printed, Sparks* Diplomatic correspon- dence, n. 164, note. Thornton, John(.'), major. March 7, 1778. Receipt to Henry Grand for £21 (twenty-one pounds), f. (i). 63. Ross, John. March 12, 1778. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Thomas Mor- ris's papers ; William Lee ; departure of ves- sels from Nantes ; Arthur Lee ; the Revenge ; Hodge ; disputes about the commercial busi- ness. Indorsed by Arthur Lee, June 26, 1778, "This Letter was not shewn to me." ff. (2). 64. [Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons]. March I4(.'), 1778. Letter from Bilboa to Arthur Lee. Sup- plies for America, ff. (2). The day oJ the month is illegible from having been altered. 65. FranMin, Benjamin. March 17, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Departure of Beaurharin's pack- ets from Bordeaux ; presentation of bills drawn by Hancock and Lawrence ; request for an in- terview. With note added by Lee appointing an interview, ff. (2). Franklin's letter printed, Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 248. Gerard, C. A. March 17, 1778. Note in French to the commissioners. Appointment for their presentation at court, ff. (2). Translation printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 374- 66. Memorandum, March 17, 1778. Shipment of Izard's effects by " Benjamin et Calverley Ber- wicke " in the ship Nile, Capt. Goldsmith, for A. M. Mantinelli, Leghorn, to send to Abbe Niccoli. In French, ff. (2). This ship was taken by a French privateer, and her goods, including Izard's, confiscated to the captors. Several letters on the subject passed between the commissioners, Vergennes, Izard, and Sartine, in September and October, 1778. See Sparks' Dip- lomatic correspondence, I. 459-461, 467, 470-475, 478, 479. [Bridgen, Edward]. March 18, 1778. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Introduction of Garnier; re- spects to Franklin ; William Lee ; Sayre. In- dorsed, " M. Garnier never came near me." ff. (2). (imperfect — signature torn out.) Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 87. 67. [ ]. March 18, 1778., Letter to the same. Sending of newspapers; Gerard; Garnier; di- rection of letters. Not signed ; superscribed, " Mons. Alexander Johnstone." ff. (2). With a request, in the closing paragraph, that his signature to the preceding letter be cut out or the letter burned. Chaumont, Le Ray de. March 23, 1778. Note in French to Arthur Lee. Packages from Gar- nier. ff. (2). 68. Ross, John. March 23, i^yS. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris's papers ; Wil- liam Lee; Deane; recriminations, ff. (4). 69. Franklin, Benjamin. March 24, 1778. Copy of note to William Lee. Treaty to be kept se- cret, f. (i). Lloyd, John. March 24, 1778. Letter from Nantes to [Arthur Lee]. Presentation of com- missioner.s ; Ross. ff. (2). 70. [Lee, Arthur. Between March 24 and April I, 1778.] Letter to F. L. Lee. Recommendation of Mr. Archer ; Ross and Williams ; Robert Morris; Deane. Not signed, ff. (2). CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 17 71. Lacoiaqueta, Josef de. March 24, 1778. Let- ter from Cadiz, in Spanish, to Benjamin Frank- lin. Capture of the Fortuna, Capt. Bertrand Renguen; rights of neutrals, ff. (2). 72. Rosa, John. March 28, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Credit of Willing, Morris & Co. ; Schweighauser ; Gardoqui ; William Lee. ff. (2). 73. G-ardoqui, James. March 30, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Fleet at Havana ; Lord Grantham's brother, ff. (2). Mortimer, Charles. March 31, 1778. Letter from London to Arthur Lee. Misfortunes ; desire to return to Virginia ; request for pro- tection ; William Lee. ff. (2). 74. Franklin, Benjamin. March 31, 1778. Copy of letter to Henry Laurens, as president of congress. Testimony to Deane's character and services, ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 25s; Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 120. 75. Gerard, C. A. April i, 1778. Copy of note, in French, to Arthur Lee. Departure for America. With copy of answer, f. (i). Translation and answer printed. Sparks' Diplomatic corre- spondence, 11. 144. 76. Sarsfield, , Comte de. April 3, 1778. Let- ter, in French, to [Arthur Lee]. Invitation to dine with Duchess d'Enville j maps of Spain, ff. (2). 77. Emery, John. April 4, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Benjamin Franklin. Trouble about prizes : — Capt. Babson, Capt. Hibbert of the Hawke, Wood of the Britannia, Capt. John Allen ; firm of Lynch, Killikelly & Maroney ; Capt. Hodge ; Burgoyne. ff. (2). 78. Statement, [April, 1778], in Spanish. The same affair of Capts. Hibbert, Wood, and Allen ; John Emery ; Mmuel Gomez ; Patrick MacMahon. No date or signature, ff. (2). 79. Ross, John. April 6, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Willing, Morris & Co.; re- criminations, ff. (2). Gamba & Archdeacon. April 6, 1'jy?:. Let- ter, in French, from Dunkirk to [Benjamin Franklin ?]. Clearance of bottles of rum. Not superscribed, f. (i). 80. Lenoue, . April 7, 1778. Note from Paris to Arthur Lee. Passport for Letellier. Indorsed, N. 4- ff- (2)- [Jennings, Edmund. 4p"l 7 (?). 1778-1 Let- ter to [Arthur Lee]. "Rescript" of French ambassador; effect on England; Sardinian embassy; peace with America; Gov. John- stone ; Chatham ; Gen. Conway ; [Sir William Meredith] ; Lord North ; Burke ; pamphlet on the conciliatory bills. Not dated; signed, Duncan Donaldson; superscribed, Monsieur Johnstone, ff. (2). (Imperfect : — torn.) 81. Blake, William. April 8, 1778. Letter from Nantes to [Arthur Lee?]. Departure for America ; offer to take letters for Izard and Arthur Lee ; desire for convoy. Not super- scribed. £. (l). Dumas, K. W. F. April 10, 1778. Letter, in French, from the Hague to the commissioners. Relation between Holland and England ; Van Berckel ; Ostend, Dort, Haarlem, Amsterdam, Zealand ; Deane ; Arthur Lee. ff. (2). 82. Enumeration, April 10, 1778, of French fleet. In French, dated Brest. D'Estaing ; Keppel ; Howe. ff. (4). (Partly illegible from stains.) 83. Franklin, W. T. [April 10, 1778.] Note in behalf of Dr. Franklin to Arthur Lee, Pres- entation of John Adams ; Frangois, Gamier, Vergennes, Maurepas. Not dated, ff. (2). 84. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 11, 1778, Letter from Versailles to Franklin and Lee. Arrival of John Adams, ff. (2). Iiivingston, M., Capt. April 11, 1778. At- testation. Bancroft ; Wharton ; treaty with France known in England. Witness, Geo. Digges. Indorsed, N°.' 6. f. (i). See Papers in relation to the case of Silas Deane, p. 159, etc. 85. Bondiield, John, April n, ijyZ. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Departure of vessels ; supply of clothes for soldiers, ff. (2). Digges, George. April 14, 1778. Statement, dated Paris. Capt. Barnet; Euge; Capt. Mac- Farlin [MacFarland] ; Chaumont ; Capt. Tuck- er. Indorsed, "Digges v. Chaumont," and "Thornton." f. (i). 86. [Mauduit, Israel]. April 16, 1778. Copy of paper on British prospects in America ; peace, and acknowledgment of independence ; war with France. Copied by Arthur Lee at this date and indorsed, " Written by Mr. Mauduit by the direction of Ld. North & circulated under the Orders of Administration." ff. (2). Printed, Remembrancer, VI. 115, where it is stated that it was written about March 13, 1778, and "circulated at the doors of the two Houses of Parliament." Vergennes, C. G., Comte de.. April 17, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for news. Copy certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). 87. 'Williams, Jonathan. April 18, 1778. Letter from Nantes to [Benjamin Franklin?]. Con- flict of commercial powers ; Arthur Lee ; William Lee ; Schweighauser. ff. (2). 88. Limozin, Andrew. April i8, 1778. Letter from Havre de Grace to Arthur Lee. Capt, Hynson ; Deane ; Carmichael ; Folger ; Robert Morris ; William Lee ; John Adams, ff. (4). 8g. Dufourcq, . April 18, 1778. Memoire, from Bayonne. Claims upon the ship Sally from Salem; Capt. Thomas; Payez; Gardoqui; Bassecourt ; Boussignac ; Ossun ; Boyetet ; Florida Blanca; Hoze; Birmingham; Babing- ton; Lamy. In French, ff. (2). 90. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 19, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for English paper. Copy certified by' H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). [Morris, Robert] ? April 22, 1778. Copy of letter from Manheim to John Langdon. Settle- ment of secret committee's accounts. Copy compared by Wm. Duer, sec'y. Signature worn or torn off. f. (l). (Imperfect — bottom worn off.) 18 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 91. Lee, Arthur. April 24, 1778. Copy of letter to Count Vergennes. David Hartley. " Du- plicate copy fiom the Letter Book," certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 156 j Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 143. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 24, 1778. Copy of answer, in French, to the last paper. Same subject. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (I). Translation printed. Sparks' Biplomatic correspondence, XL IS7 ; Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 144. 92. . April 24, 1778. Original of the last paper. With translation by Lee. ft. (2). Bondfield, John. April 25, 1778. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Barnet; MacFar- land ; affairs in Virginia ; King. ff. (2). 93. [JenningB, Edmundl. April z6, lyy?,. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Condition of .England; books ; Gov. Johnstone ; Ferguson ; " Common Sense." Signed, Donald McGregor; super- scribed, John Pringle. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 91. 94. Sartine, Antoine Raymond Jean Gualbert Gabriel de, Minister of Marines. April 26, 1778. Letter, in French, from Versailles to the commissioners. Protection of American com- merce and ships of war. ff. (2). 95. [Gardoqiii, James]. April 27, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment of commissioners ; John Adams ; Silas Deane ; prizes; Spanish flotta. Not signed, ff. (2). . Note without date, address, or signa- ture. Manufactures ; Cunningham ; privateers. Marked, "Found enclosed in Letter to Arthur Lee of 27th April, 1778." f. (i). 96. Bondfield, John. April 28, iyy%. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Sailing of packets ; MacFarland ; Barnet ; Chaumont ; Livingston j Izard, ff. (2). 97. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. April 29, 1778. Letter from Versailles, in French, to the com- missioners. Protection of American commerce at Nantes and Bordeaux ; convoy ; reply of Sartine. f. (i). 98. . April 29, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Robbery of papers ; Cavillon. Indorsed, "On Folger's robbery.'' ff. (2). 99. Gannan, Bartholomew. April 29, 1778. Let- ter from Dunkirk to [Arthur LeeJ. Acquaint- ance with William Lee ; request for appoint- ment of his son, James Gannan, as agent at Dunkirk, ff. (2). [Bridgen, Edward]. April 29, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Books from Dr. Price . to Franklin; Gov. Johnstone; Israel Mauduit's pamphlet ; Cartwright's letter to Lord Abing- don; Garnier; George III. Not signed, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 89. Thornton, [John, Major\. April 30, 1778. Receipt for thirty Louis d'or from Arthur Lee. f. (I). Written on a portion of a copy of letter from the committee of Congress of which only the name Charles Thomson remains. 100. Lovell, James. May 3, 1778. Letter from York, [Penn.] to Arthur Lee. Imprisonment at Boston and Halifax ; William Powell ; Gage ; Howe ; feeling toward Great Britain, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 292. loi-iio. Continental Congress, Second. May 4, 1778. Ratification of the treaty of amity and commerce with France. With copy of the treaty and a form of passports and letters for ships, in English and French. Signed, Henry- Laurens ; attest : Chas. Thomson, sec'y. With seal. ff. (20). This was one of the six official copies sent by Congress to its commissioners in Europe ; see Journals of congress, IV 259, 260. 111. . May 4, 1778. Copy of resolution of thanks to France for the treaties. Signed, Chas. Thomson, sec'y. ff. (2). See Journals of congress, IV. 257. 112. [Gardoqui, James]. May 4, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America. Not signed, ff. (2). Continental Congress, Second. May 5, 1778. Copy of resolution desiring the abolition of the nth and 12th articles of the treaty of amity and commerce. Signed, Chas. Thomson, sec'y. ff. (2). (Stained.) See Journals of congress, IV. 258. 113. Adams, John. J/ay 5, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Invitation from Vergennes to the com- missioners, ff. (2). [Dumas, K. W. F.]. May 5, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to the commission- ers. Inclosure of French translations of Ger- man letters received by him, dated Hamburg, May I, 1778, and Berlin, April 2(1, 1778 (the latter on p. 114). Preparations of Prussia for war with Austria. Signed, D. ff. (4). 114. Dohnnan, Arn4» Enrico. May 5, 1778. Copy of news, in French, sgnt to K. W. F. Dumas. French and English prizes in Portuguese ports ; Deane frigate ; the Dauphin, Capt. Israel Turner ; the Alarm, Capt. Robert Mann ; the Cuningham. Copied by Dumas, ff. (2). 115. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. May 7-15, 1778. Let- ter from the Hague, in French, to the commis- sioners. Interviews with Van Berckel and others ; endeavors to obtain the friendship of Holland. Not signed, ff. (4). (Imperfect — unfinished.) 116. Continental Congress, Second. May 7-^, 1778. Copy of resolutions. Expenses of the commissioners ; captains in the navy. Signed, Chas. Thomson, sec'y. f. (i). See Journals of congress, 'IV. 266, 276. 117- • Another copy of the resolves of May 7, above (p. 116). Bondfield, John. May 8, 1778. Letter from Bordeaux to the commissioners. Arrival of ships from Savannah and Charleston ; disposal at Cadiz of Cuningham's prizes ; MacFarland, Barnet. ff. (2). n8. Continental Congress, Second. Another copy of the resolves of May 9, above (p. 116). 119. Chavimont, Le Ray de. May 11, 1778. Let- ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letter from Monthieu. f. (1). CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 19 120. Gardoqui, James. May ii, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Bills on Paris banks, ff. (2). Copies, May 12, 1778, of letters to and from Arthur Lee. i. Lee to Chaumont, in French. Answer to that on p. 119; Monthieu's letter. — 2. Lee to Lord -. Assurance of esteem ; Abb^ Raynal ; Barr^ ; Dunning ; Priestley ; Price. (Imperfect — first part torn off.)— '3. Chaumont to Lee. Copy of the above (p. 119). Indorsed, " True copies from the Letter Book, (duplicates) H. Ford, sec'y." Also in Adams's handwriting, "Compared by John Adams." f. (I). 121. [Jennings, Edmund]. May 12, 177?. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Chatham's death; Barre ; Rigby ; Dunning ; Pultney ; Townsend ; poli- cies ; insurance ; trade ; Howe ; Clinton ; the Ranger. Signed, Malcolm Derimple ; ad- dressed, Mons' Johnstone, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 104. Bondfield, John. May 12, 1778. Lfetter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Mr. Hewes of Edenton, Va. ; Barnet ; Chaumont ; Capt. Barry ; Thomas Morris ; Robert Morris ; Willing & Morris J privateering, ff. (2). 122. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. May 13, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America, ff. {2). 123. Continental Congress, Second — Committee for Foreign Affairs. May 14, 1778. Copy of letter to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letters ; de- spatches through Deane and Capt. Young; Prussia ; " Rodrique Hortalez & Co." ; com- merce of America ; Gardoqui ; treaties with France ; finance, depreciation of paper money. Signed, Rich"*. Henry Lee, James Lovell, Rob'. Morris, ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 159. 124. . May 14, 1778. Letter to the commis- sioners. Disposition of America ; concilia- tory bills ; Howe ; Washington ; despatches through Deane; treaties with France; nth and 1 2th articles of treaty of amity and com- merce ; misconduct of American armed vessels. Signed, Richard Henry Lee, James Lovell. Indorsed, "Duplicate" and"N<>7." ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic torrespondence, I. 388. 125. . May 15, 1778. Extract from letter to the commissioners, nth and 12th articles of the treaty. — With extract from the letter of May 14, (p. 124). Same subject. In R. H. Lee's handwriting, f. (i). 126. . May 15, 1778. Another extract from the same letter of this date. Payment of tobacco according to contract. With sum- mary of resolutions passed on May 16. " Hor- talez & Co." In R. H. Lee's handwriting, f. (I). For the full letter of May 13, 1778, see Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 393. 127. [Thornton, John, Major\ May 16, 1778. Letter from London to ]^Arthur Lee ?]. Ports- mouth ; English fleet ; arrival of Burgoyne ; Washington; [Bancroft, Wharton], Franklin, Deane ; Chatham, Camden ; privateers ; Jer- sey and Guernsey. Not signed or addressed ; indorsed, "Thornton about going to Jersey N04," ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.) 128. [Jennings, Edmund]. May I9, 1778. Let- ter to [Arthur Lee]. Advice; "stock-job- bing " ; Townsend ; " MacGregor " ; D'Estaing's squadron at Toulon ; Walpole ; Burgoyne ; Capt. Jones; Franklin; the Alfred and Ra- leigh; [Thornton|. Signed, Donald MacDon- ald ; not superscribed ; addressed, " My Dear Nephew," and worded throughout as if advice to a young man just startingin business, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 102. Franklin, Benjamin. May 19. 1778. Note of invitation to Arthur Lee. Berlin; Chalut. ff. (2). On the reverse is a copy of a note from Arthur Lee, June 7, 1779, to Count d'Aranda, transmitting memorial. There are besides parts of lines of another letter and the separate in- dorsements, " Invitations," " Spanish Papers," " Papers used in the No 3*^ of Appendix to the Memoir of A. L." The note from Lee to Count d'Aranda is printed in this appendix, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 277. 129. Thornton, John, Major. March 10, May 7, 16, 21, 1778. Copies of letters and intelligence to Arthur Lee, numbered 1-5. i. Account of forces in Great Britam, Marc/i 18, 1778. — 2. March 10. Letter in French. British com- missioners to America ; prisoners at [Ports- mouth or Plymouth] ; expenses; Lord Carlisle, Eaton, Jackson, Palliser, Wharton, Grand. — 3. May 7. Letter from London. Information about American secret negotiations "from R — 's lady." — 4. May 16. Copy of the letter on p. 127.^-5. May 21. Letter from Ports- mouth. Strength of British fleet, ff. (4). 130. Lenoue, . May 21, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Carmichael's servant, ff. (2). This is probably in reference to the investigations concerning the robbery of the despatches sent through Capt. Folger. [Ridley, ] ? May 22, 1778. Letter to [Arthur Lee?]. Warnings about treachery; Virginia goods ; Burgoyne ; Capt. Solomon Townsend ; the Randolph and Yarmouth. Not signed or superscribed ; indorsed, Ridley, ff. (2). 131. Coffyn, Frans. May 23, 1778. Letter from Paris to the [commissioners]. Inclosure of copy of a memoir made in 1777 at request of Carmichael on the advantages of the port of Dunkirk to the American trade. Not super- scribed, ff. (2). 132-135. — — . Memoire, referred to in the last paper (p. 131). In French. Not signed or dated, pp.8. (Imperfect — edges worn.) 136. Bondfield, John. May26,\Tj?>. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Fulfilment of com- missions ; D'Estaing ; fleet at Cadiz. Indorsed, "Advertisement abt. Byrons fleet. N°. 2." ff. (2). Lloyd, John. May 28, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Departure for America ; despatches and credentials ; William Lee. ff. (2). 137. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. May 29, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to the commis- sioners. Presentation of letter from the com- missioners to the grand pensionary announcing the treaty with France ; [Van Berckel] ; ambas- sadors from France, Spain, and England ; friendly disposition of the states general ; Wei- deren ; Howe ; death of Chatham ; arrival of Burgoyne in England, With French transla- 20 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. tion of a German letter to Bumas from Berlin, May id, 1778. Preparations for war. Signed, D. fi.(3). 138. ■Williams, Jonathan. May 29, 1778. Copy of account at Nantes with the commissioners. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. With copy of charges, Nov. 15, \t]-],xA S. & I. (?) H. Delap of Bordeaux and Jean Sabatier & fils of Mont- pelier on the same goods. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y; witness, William Lee. ff. (2). [Thornton, John, Major\. May 30, 1778. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Admiral Byron's fleet ; Admiral Keppel ; additional information in England about the secret negotiations of the commissioners in France ; repetition of par- ticulars given in letter of May 7 (see p. 129). Not signed or superscribed ; indorsed, " Thorn- ton." ff. (2). 139. ['Wharton, Samuel]. June i, 1778. Letter to [Dr. Edward Bancroft). Thornton's ex- posure of secrets of the commissioners. Not addressed; signed, "P — a C — o"; in- dorsed, N". I. Evidently in a disguised hand. — Another letter from the same to the same. Same subject. Not signed or dated ; super- scription crossed out ; indorsed, " No 2." ff. (2). [Chaumout, Le Ray de\ . Note about letters ; Cavillon. Not signed, dated, or superscribed; indorsed, " M. de Chaumont's note," and in pencil by a later hand, "June (?) 1778." f. (i). Part of the investigation concerning the robbery of the de- spatches sent by Folger ; see Vergennes' letter to Arthur Lee of April 29 (p. 9S). 140. [Ridley, ]. June 2, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Introduction of Rev. Hezekiah Ford (afterwards Lee's secretary) ; news from America ; reception of the conciliatory bills ; the Virginia, Nicholson ; parliament and minis- try; Keppel; Howe, Clinton; Ireland; em- bargo ; press. Not signed ; indorsed, Ridley, ff. (2). [Gardoqui, James]. June 4, 1778. Letter from Aranjuez to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; Cuningham. Signature probably cut out. ff. (2). 141. [Ridley, ]. June 5, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. [Hartley's] motion in the house of commons for recognizing the independence of America ; fleet at Toulon ; exchange of prisoners. Not signed ; indorsed, Ridley, ff. (2). Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. June 5, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Aid [for Virginia] from Prince de Montbarey. With translation. Indorsed, N°. i. ff. (2). Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 413. 142. Montbarey, Alexandre Marie Leonor de. Saint Mauris, Comte and Prince de, Minister of War. June 5, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to Vergennes. Supplies for Virginia, f. (I). 143. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. June 5, 1778. Copy of letter on p. 141. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i.). [Thornton, John, yl/a/ffr]. y««^8, 1778. Let- ter to (?). Change of ministry. North, Cower, Jenkinson, Stormont, Suffolk ; fear of French invasion, preparations ; Capt. Jones ; Keppel ; De Chartres ; Scotch and Irish ; British affairs in America ; Sir Wm. Howe. Not signed or superscribed ; indorsed, Thorn- ton, ff. (2). 144. [Ridley, ]. June 9, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Introduction of Ogden ; Percival ; Franklin ; Capt. Collis. Not signed ; indorsed, Ridley, ff. (2). Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. June 10, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for news from London. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). Jones, William, Capt. June 10, 1778. Two receipts to Arthur Lee for 453 livres. f. (l). (Imperfect — torn.) 145. Emery, John. June 10 or 11, lyj^. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Capt. John Allen ; Dr. Smith of the Revenge ; Cunning- ham, ff. (2). See also pp. 77, 78, on Allen's affair. [Gardoqui, James]. June ir, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances. Not signed, ff. (2). 146. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 12, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Detention of prisoners by Americans in French ports, ff. (2). 147. Montbarey, A. M. L. de S. M., Comte and Prince de. June 13, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Supplies for Virginia. In- dorsed, " N°. 4," and afterwards, " No 3." With translation, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.) Translation printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 413. [Gardoqui, James]. June 15, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances. Signed, J. G. ff. (2). 148. Lee, Arthur. \June 14, 1778.] Copy of let- ter to Vergennes. 12th article of the treaty. — With translation of Vergennes' reply, June .IS. 1778. f. (I). Both printed, with verbal differences, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, IL 171-173. 149. [Dumas, K. W. F]. Jime 15, 1778. Ex- tracts, in French, from French and Dutch papers and from despatches of ministers. Reception of William Lee at Vienna ; disposi- tion of the Dutch government. With a printed slip from newspaper containing what is quoted on the first sheet. One signed, D, and directed to the commissioners ; the others unsigned, ff. (4), and slip. 150. [Ridley, ]. June 16, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Introduction of William Moore ; Keppel. Not signed, ff. (2). [Gardoqui, James]. June 18, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances; supplies for America. Not signed, ff. (2). 151. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 20, 1778. Letter, m French, to Benjamin Franklin. Schweighauser ; prizes, ff. (2). 152. Contiuental Congress, Second— Committee for Foreign Affairs. June 21, 1778. Copy of letter from York, Penn., to the commissioners. Arrival of commissioners for peace ; Clinton's evacuation of Philadelphia ; Washington • CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 21 Holker. Signed, Richard Henry Lee, Thos. Heyvvard, Jun'., tames Lovell. Copy attested by Arthur Lee. Indorsed, No. I. ff. (2). Printed, Sparks* Diplomatic correspondence, I. 402. 153. [Qardoqui, James]. June 22, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances. Signed, J. G. ff. (2). [Thornton, John, Major\. June 24, 1778. Letter to [Arthur Lee .'|. Fears o£ French in- vasion ; Keppel; Washington; Clinton; Howe. Superscribed, "Alex"' Johnston"; not signed. ff. (3). This is supposed to be to Arthur Lee from the superscription being the same which is used as a cover by Bridgen and Jen- nings to conceal their communications. The tone of the letter, however, as well as of that of June 8 (on p. 143), is of a sym- pathizer with Great Britain. If this were for purposes of con- cealment, probably the letter of June 8 was to Lee also. But it would seem that Lee and Thornton had no communication with each other at that time ; as appears by Papers in relation to the case of Silas Deane, p. 163, and Ridley's letter of June 2 (see p. 140 of this volume). 154. Commissioners to France. June 25, 1778. Letter to tlie legislature of South Carolina. Absence of Miss Stevens from Carolina. In Arthur Lee's handwriting. £. (i). (Imperfect — much torn.) [Gardoqui, James]. June 25, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances. Signed, J. G. ff. (2). 155. Sartiue, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 26, 1778. Letter, in French, to the commissioners. Capt. William Castle, ff. (2). 156. [Dumas, K. W. F.]. June 19, 23, 26, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to the com- missioners. Reception of William Lee at Vienna; disposition of Holland. Signed, D. ff. (2). [Gardoqui, Joseph & Co.]. June 27, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Dejjarture of Capt. Hodge and Capt. West ; supplies for America; Capt. Cuningham. Signed, J. G. & Co. ff. (2). VOL. V. 1. [Bridgen, Edward]. July a (?), 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Thornton, Bancroft, Wharton ; ambassador from Spain ; Washington. Date nearly illegible; not signed; indorsed, "Brid- gen about Thornton." ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 84, where the date is given 1777. 2. Jones John Paul, Caft. July 3, 1778. Copy of paper presented to the commissioners. Com- munication from the minister of marine (Sar- tine). Copied by Arthur Lee. f. (i). Bondfield, John. July 4, 1778. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Admiral Byron ; Keppel; treachery; supplies for America, ff. (2). 3. Chaumont, Le Ray de. July 5, 1778. Letter, in French, to Benjamin Franklin. Inclosure of letter (see next paper). Indorsed, N°.i. f. (i). Letter, in French, directed to Franklin. Sue- gasse; accusation against Dobree. Signed I (?) ; indorsed, N°. 2 ; not dated. Maiked in pencil, "S July '78?" 4. Copy of same. With indorsement by H. Ford, sec'y, iV/^. 24, 1778. f. (i). 5. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. July 5, 1778. Let- ter, in French, to the commissioners. John Paul Jones, ff. (2). Order of confiscation. July 6, 1778. In French. Capt. Allen's affair; prize Britaimia; Capt. Wood. f. (i). (Imperfect — worn.) See also IV. pp. 77, 78, 145. 6. Statement, ya/y 7, 1778. ["Charles de Weis- senstein "] ; Vergennes ; Jennings. Indorsed, " Copie pour M. f. . . ." ; also by Mr. Sparks, "The above is doubtless a fabrication." f. (i). This seems on its face to be the report of the detective to the superintendent of police, sent by Vergennes to the commis- sioners. For particulars concerning tliis singular paper, see Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence. III. 45; Sparks Franklin, VIII. 278: Adams' Life and works of John Adams, III. 178. 7. Gardoqui, Joseph & Co. July 8, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Remittances ; supplies for America, ff. (2). 8. [Lee, Arthur]. Jtily 12, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to Chaumont. Schweighauser ; Dobree. Certified by Lee. Indorsed, N? 3. f.(i). 9. Chaumont, Le Ray de. July 13, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Answer to the pre- ceding. Indorsed, N°.4. f. (i). See also the papers on p. 3. [Wharton, Samuel]. Note to John Thornton. Loan of twenty guineas. Not dated or signed ; indorsed, N". 3. Certified to be Wharton's handwriting by M. Livingston. Julyi-i,, 1778.^(1). See also IV. p. 139. 10. Puchelberg & Co. July 13, 1778. Letter from L'Orient, in French, to Arthur Lee. Capt. Samuel Tucker ; Schweighauser. ff. (2). 11. Lloyd, John. July 14, 1778. Letter from Nantes to [Arthur Lee]. Receipt of letters; departure for America ; Blake, f. (i). Emery, John. July 14, 1778. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Confiscation of prize ; appeal from sentence, f. (l ). See also IV. pp. 77, 78, 14s. and V. 5. 12. Sarsfield, ,Comptede. July 14,17^8. Let- ter from Rennes, in French, to Arthur Lee. Receipt of news; Washington; Keppel; Shelburne. ff. (2). 13. Livingston, M., Capt. July 15, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Thornton ; Joseph Wharton ; Samuel Wharton ; Bancroft; Blake. Indorsed, N". 5. ff. (2). See also IV. p. 139. and 'V- 9- Puchelberg & Co. July 15, 1778. Letter from L'Orient, in French, to Arthur Lee. Prizes, ff. (2). 14. France. July 16, 1778. Ratification of the treaty of amity and commerce. Copy, m French, signed " Louis. Par le Roi Gravier de Vergennes." f. (i). Printed, Marten's Recueil de trait^s, etc. 2' id. II. 602. ic. Adams, John. July, 1778. Note to Arthur Lee. Ratifications of the treaty. Letters from Arthur Lee, William Lee, and Izard, f.. (D- 99 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. l6. Emery, John. July 22, 1778. Letter from San Sebastian to Arthur Lee. Confiscation of prize ; Capt. Allen ; Capt. Wood. ff. (2). See also IV. pp. 77, 78, 145, and V. 5, 11, [Lee, Arthur]. July 22, 1778. Draft of letter, in French, to Chaumont. [Schweighauser ; Dobree ; William LeeJ. Not signed; indorsed, N". 5. ff. (2). See also pp. 3, 9. 17-19. Franklin, Benjamin. July2z,i-jyZ. Letter to Jaraes Lovell. Deane; Capt. Young; Beau- marchais ; Francy, duties on exports ; objec- tions to nth and 12th articles of treaty; [Ar- thur Lee, William Lee, Izard] ; expenses of commissioners ; Stormont ; Spain ; relations between England and France ; war in Germany ; drafts of congress ; Bingham ; Dumas. In- dorsed, Copy. ff. 6. Printed, with verbal differences. Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 288 ; Sparks* Diplomatic correspondence, III. 52. 20. Gardoqui, James. July 23, 1778. Letter from Madrid to Arthur Lee. Remittances, ff. (2). Franklin, Benjamin, and AAams, John. July 23, 1778. Copy of letter to Henry Laurens. Ambassadors from England for peace ; Ver- gennes. ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 412. . Note to Lee. With an indorsement by Lee, July 24, 1778. Probably in reference to the preceding paper. 21, 22. Montbarey, A. M. L. de S. M., Comte and Prince de. July 26, 1778. Copy of letter, in French, to Vergennes. Supplies for Vir- ginia. With list of artillery to be furnished. f£.3- 23. Chaumont, Le Ray de. July 27, 1778. Let- ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Suspicions of William Lee. Indorsed, N. 6. f. (i). See also pp. 3, 9, 16. Girand, Ferdinand. July 28, 1778. Letter to Arthur Lee. Questions concerning accounts, ff. (2). ?4. Statement, in Spanish, July 28, 1778, dated San Sebastian. Cuningham; Allen; refusal of appeal from the judgment of the court [>). Signed, " De Basec'ourt ; Lizdo Arontegui." f. (i). (Imperfect — worn.) See also, IV. pp. 77, 78, 145, and V. 5, 11, 16. 25. Dumas, K. W. F. July 28, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to the commis- sioners. Extracts from despatches from Vienna and Ratisbon, July li, 16, 23; news from Germany; nth and 12th articles of treaty ; English ambassadors for peace ; Almo- dovar ; Van Berckel. ff. (2). 26. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. July 29, 1778. Letter, in French, to the commissioners. Pro- visions for the islands of St. Pierre and Mi- quelon ; privateers; prizes. ' ff. (2). Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 414. 27. Emery, John. July 29, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Capt. Allen ; request for commission. With note, added by Lee, to Franklin and Adams, Aug. 9, 1778. ff. (2). Bargum, F. Julji 30, 1778. Receipt, to Arthur Lee, for 48 livres. f. (i). 28, 29. Dunteguy, Garralde. July 31, 1778. Let- ter from San Sebastian, in French, to Arthur Lee. Cuningham ; Gardoqui ; Emery, Allen ; Count d'Aranda ; Deane ; privateers, ff. 4- 30. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Aug: 3, 1778. Note, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for letters and papers. With translation by Lee, f. (I). . Copy of the above, certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). 31. Dumas, K. W. F. Aug-. 4, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to the commissioners. Inclosure of letter from Van Berckel ; treaty with France ; favorable disposition of Holland ; Orvilliers, Keppel. With extracts from de- spatches, and postscript. Declaration of em- peror of Morocco ; Welderen ; reception of conciliatory bills in Pennsylvania, ff. (3). 32. Lee, William. Aug. 5, 1778. Two letters to Arthur Lee. Thomas Morris ; Ross ; Robert Morris ; Lewis ; Simeon Deane ; supplies for Virginia ; Lemaire ; British commissioners for peace ; Johnstone, Eden, Ferguson ; Byron, Keppel ; war in Germany ; Franklin, ff. (2). . . . ^«,f- 5. 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies 33. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons, Letter from Bilbao ' ' '' for America, ff. (2). 34. Bargum, F. Aug. 8, 1778. Receipt, to Ar- thur Lee, for 48 livres. f. (i). Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. Aug. 10, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Suit of Scott and Delon against Papillon and Lartois. ff. (2). 35. Schweighauser, Jean Daniel. -Aug. 11, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Accusa- tions against Dobree ; Franklin ; Granville ; Chaumont. ff. (2). 36. Dobree, Peter Frederick. Aug. 11, 1778. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Accusations ; Schweighauser ; Lee ; Chau- mont. ff. (3). 37. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Aug. 12, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Vessels to America, ff. (2). 38. Grubb, J. Aug.l■7,,l^^?,. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Bergon ; Capt. Taylor; Ford; Ross ; desire for employment, ff. {2). 39. Sartine, A. R. J. G. G. de. Aug. 16, 1778. Letter, in French, to the commissioners. Prizes, ff. (2). Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 418. 40. Ross, John. Aug. [8, 1778. Letter from Nantes to the commissioners. Ceronio ; Thomas Morris ; William Lee. ff. (2). Lloyd, John. Aug. 18, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Departure for America ; care of despatches. Williams ; Schweighauser. ff. (2). 41. Dobree, P. F. Aug. 20, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Chaumont's accusation ; inclosure of letter to the commissioners, ff. {2). . Copy of the same. f. (i). 4.2' • 4ug. 20, 1778. Copy of letter from Nantes to the commissioners (referred to in CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 23 the preceding letter) . Chaumont's accusation ; request for investigation. Copy certified by H. Ford, sec'y. f. (i). ' 43- Puchelberg & Co. Aug-. 26, 1778. Letter from L'Orient, in French, to Arthur Lee. Ar- rival of vessels ; Capt. Daniel MacNeil ; Moy- lan J prizes, ff. (2). Emery, John. Aug. 26, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Capt. Allen's commission as privateer ; Gardoqui ; departure and arrival of vessels, ff. (2). *4. Uoyd, John. Aug. 29, 177S. Letter from Nantes to [Arthur Lee ?]. Assurances of friendship ; departure for America ; Steven- son. Not superscribed, ff. (2.) Bondiield, John. Aug. 29, 1778. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Shipments to America ; Izard's goods ; Duke de Mouchi ; Marchioness de Lafayette, ff. (2). 45. Gardoqui, Joseph & Co. Aug. 29, 1778. Let- ter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Shipments to America ; Capt. Barzilla Smith of North Caro- lina; Howe, f. (i). (Imperfect — worn.) rJeunings, Edmund. Aug. or Sept. (?) 1778.] Letter to Arthur Lee. Recommendation of nephew ; probable meeting of [French and English] fleets j Eden. Not dated or signed ; superscription cut off ; marked in pencil, " about Sept. 26, '78?" ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. io6. 46. Boudfield, John. Sept. i, 1778. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Shipments to America J duties, ff. {2). Duer, William. Sept. 2, 1778. Copy of bill of exchange for;^5i sterling on Chaumont in , favor of Nicholas La Farque. With memo- randum of payments by Chaumont appended, ff. (2). 47. Chaumont, Le Ray de. Sept. 5, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Inclosure of note from Lessart(?); accusation against Dobree. With answer from Lee, in French. Indorsed, No. 8. ff. (2). 48. Boisbertrand, Gaiault de. Sept. 7, 1778. " Memoire," in French, to the commissioners. Inducements to go to America ; Dubourg ; Penet ; Deane ; imprisonment ; misfortunes ; petition for relief, ff. (2). (Imperfect — stained and worn.) 4.9. Cottnisses, . Sept. 7, 1778. Note from Paris, in French. Money loans. Not super- scribed, ff. (2). Gilbank, John, and Gale, John. Sept. 8, 1778. Letter from Paris. Cannon or Kennan, a spy ; Dobree ; Mallett. Not superscribed, ff- (2). 50. Emery, John. Sept. 9, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Privateers ; Capt. Allen ; Capt. Tuck ; D'Estaing. ff. (2). [Dumas, K. W. F.J. Sept. 9, 1778. Letter from the Hague, in French, to the commission- ers. Proceedings of the states-general ; Van Zeaberg; Boschart. Not signed, ff. (2). 51. Continental Congress, Second. Sept. 11, 14, 1778. Copy of resolutions appointing Franklin minister plenipotentiary to France. Signed, Chas. Thomson sec j copy attested by W. T. Franklin, i. (i). 52. Vergennes, C. G., Comie de. Sept. 13, 1778. Letter, in French, to the commissioners. / Stevenson; Sartine. ff. (2). ,' 53. Bancroft, Edward. Sept. 14, 1778. Letter to Benjamin Franklin. Request from Ellison and Samuel Wharton, ff. (2). Camyn, , Assistant Mayor of Calais. Sept. 15, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Longchamp; Madame Necker; proffers of service, ff. (2). 54. Gilbank, John. Sept. 17, 1778. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Delay about departure for America ; request for money, ff. (2). Ford, Hezekiah, Rev., Secretary to Arthur Lee. Sept. 17, 1778. Review of the contracts entered into by Franklin and Deane with Montieu, Holker, and Williams, compared with that en- tered into by Arthur Lee with Bondfield of Bordeaux, ff. (2). 55. Lloyd, John. Sept. 19, 1778. Letter from Nantes to William Lee. Thanks for intro- duction to F. L. Lee ; accusation against Dobree and Schweighauser. ff. (2). Lloyd, John, and Blake, Daniel. Sept. 19, 1778. Letter from Nantes. Testimony to Schweighauser's character. Not super- scribed, ff. (2). 56. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Sept. 19, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; Capt. Smith ; Capt. Ives ; D'Es- taing; Gen. Charles Lee. ff. (2). Lloyd, John. Copy of the letters from Lloyd on p. 55. Certified by H. Ford, sec'y. ff. (2). 57. Kosignan, Sigard, Marquis de. Sept. 20, 1778. Letter from Turin, in French, to Arthur Lee. Acknowledgment of letter ; travel, ff. (2). Bondfield, John. Sept. 22, iTj8. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Capt. Ayres ; ship- ments to America; commission, ff. (2). 58. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. Sept. 23, 1778. Letter, in French, to [Arthur Lee]. Holker; duties; Franklin; Adams, ff. (2). 59. Lee, Arthur. Sept. 25, 27, 1778. Observations on Montieu's accounts. Williams ; Deane ; Holker. ff. (2). Bondfield, John. 5?//. 26, 1778. Letter from Bordeauxto Arthur Lee. Remittances; Joseph Wharton, ff. (2). 60-64. Prance. Sept. 27, 1778. Dfaft of regula- tion concerning prizes in the ports of the United States and of France, pp. (12). Translation printed. Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, I. 4ig, etc where the 2d and 14th articles are given in a different form ; this MS. is probably the draft sent by Sartine to the com- missioners, Aug. 16, 1778 (see p. 39), and differs considerably in wording from that finally adopted, which is printed in Marteny Recueil de trait^s, etc^ III. 123, etc. 65. Grand, Hr. Sept. 27, 1778. Letter to [Arthur Lee]. Accounts, f. (i). 66. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Sept. 30, 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America, ff. (2). 67. [Norton, George F.]. Oct. 2, 1778. Letter from Dover to William Lee. Intelligence of British vessels. Signed, G. F. N. ff. (2). 24 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 68. [Mason, George]. Oct. 2, 1778. Copy(?) of letter from Gunston Hall, Virginia, to [Col. George Mercer], in England. Digges j family affairs ; declaration of rights ; independence, pp. 4. (Imperfect — last part gone.) Printed, except the portion on family affairs, Virginia historical register, II. 1, p. 28. * Vergennes, C. G., Comte de, Oct. 5, 1778. Letter, in French, to Arthur Lee. News from America ; D'Estaing. With translation. f£. (2). 69. Contmental Congress, Second. Oct. 6, 1778. Copy of resolution inviting Dr. Price to America. Signed, Chas. Thomson, sec'y. f. (i). Printed, Secret journals of congress, 11. loi. Gardoqui, Joseph & Sons. Oct. 7, 1778. Let- ter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; Emery's privateers. f£. (2). 70. . Oct. 7. 1778. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Supplies for America ; D'Estaing; Byron, ff. (2). 71. Sartine, A.R.J. G.G. (is., for Edward Bridgen. f. (I). Sarsfield, , Comte de. May 30, 1779. Note to Arthur Lee. Spain's declaration, ff. (2). 70. GriUon, A. Letter to Arthur Lee. Thanks for attention; Capt. Joiner, Luzerne. Dated "Wens- day 10 o'clock." ff. (2). Lee, Arthur, fune 6, 1779. Copy of letter to Count Florida Blanca. Inclosure of memorial to Spain. With copy of note in French to Count D'Aranda, dated June 7, 1779, and copy of the memorial, dated June 27, 1779. ff- (2). (Im- perfect — latter part gone.) See also IV. 128. — Printed, with translation of note to D'A- randa, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 246, 247 ; Lee's Life, of Arthur Lee, I. 277 ; memorial printed in Sparks' Dip- lomatic correspondence, II. 252 ; and with date of JuTie 6, in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 277. 71. Adams, John. June 9, 1779. Copy of letter from L'Orient to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letters ; Luzerne ; Ford ; Paine ; declaration of northern powers against England; accusations agaiiist Lee ; correspondence with Vergennes ; Lafayette ; situation in America, f. (i). Printed Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 159. Austin, Jonathan Loring. June 10, 1779. Letter from Boston to Arthur Lee. Arrival in Amer- ica ; introduction to Lee's brother at Philadel- phia ; papers sent by Capt. Thompson to Adams ; offer of service. — July 12, 1779. Another letter to the same. Gen. Moultrie's repulse of British at Charleston, S.C. ff. (2). 72. [LoveU, James]. June 13, 1779. Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Deane's charges against Lee ; Burke, Laurens, Gerry, S. Adams, Holton, EUery, Wm. Lee, Izard, R. H. Lee; change in committee of foreign affairs; J. Adams. Signed, J. L. ; indorsed " copy " though apparently in Lovell's handwriting; also in-, dorsed on outside, " Received thus from Mr Adams the ii"" Feby. 1780, i.e. with the wax fingered not open'd. M'. Adams had it from Dr. Franklin." £f. (2). 73. Bondfield, John. June 22, 1779. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. News of ships ; union of Spanish and French fleets ; Ford ; financial arrangements, ff. (2). 74. [Lee, Arthur]. June 25, 1799. Copy of note to Count Florida Blanca, with the memorial to Spain given on p. 70. Need of additional naval force to aid America. With copy of another letter dated ZJf^-. 16, 1779. D'Estaing. On the back is a copy of another letter to some lord, f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.) See also p. 70. — Printed, with additional sentence, in Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 251 ; the letter of Dec. 16 in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 278. 75. Bondfield, John. June 26, 1779. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. News through Capt. John Green, of Philadelphia; Carmichael; R. H. Lee ; R. Morris ; position of British and American armies ; Gerard, Chaumont, Holker. ff. (2). Ventades, . \June, 1779 ?]. Note to Count Sarsfield. Spanish declaration ; Almo- dovar. Not dated, ff. (2). The date is surmised from the date of the declaration, which was June 26, 1779. 76. France — King's Council. June 29, 1779. En- forcement of order of Sept. 23, 1778, about prizes; Izard, ff. (2). 77. Vaughan, . July 3, 1779. Extract from a letter to Arthur Lee. Inquiries concerning pro- perty of a minor, ff. (2). Franklin, Benjamin. July 5, 1779. Copy of letter to Com. Gillon. Aid for Carolina; squadron under Joyner ; " Alliance " ; loans. Certified as true copy by John Joyner. f. (i). 78. Pringle, John Julius. July 7, 1779. Letter from Amsterdam to Arthur Lee. Inclosure from Temple ; Grand ; J. Adams ; Vergennes, Wm. Stockton; Izard, f. (i). [Gardoqui, James]. July 7, 1779. Letter from Bilbao to Arthur Lee. Spain's declara- tion; Digges; Spanish seamen. Signed J. G. ff. (2). 79. Pringle, J. J. July 12, 1779. Letter from Am- sterdam to Arthur Lee. Views on the public situation ; public virtue ; La Motte-Picquet ; J. Adams; Temple; Beaumarchais; Stockton; Iz- ard, ff. 3. (Imperfect — slightly torn.) Other people are referred to by numbers. 80. Rosignan, Sigard, Marquis de. ' July 15, 1779. Letter, in. French, from St. Maurice to Arthur Lee. Illness ; views on public affairs, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 367. 81. Continental Congress, Second — Committee of Foreign Affairs. July 16, 1779. Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. News of British plans; Gen. Washington; Gov. Trumbull; de- struction of Fairfield ; want of news from Spain ; Gerard; Congress; Deane and Lee. Signed, " James LoveU, for the com'-SS " ; indorsed, "No I." ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, 11. 253. 82. . Another copy of the same. ff. (2). 83. . The same. Indorsed, " 3 plicate." f. (1). 84. Virginia Gazette. July ly, 1779. Extract of a letter from Philadelphia, dated June 24, 1779. " Junto " in congress ; Deane's narrative ; for- eign loan; Arthur Lee; France and Spain; terms of peace ; New England delegates ; com- missioners at Paris ; [Thornton ; Ford] ; Gov, Johnstone ; Lee's recall. Not signed, ff. (2.) 30 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 85. Bondfield, John. July 17, 1779. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. News from America j Green ; Henry Laurens ; Deane ; Gen. Arnold ; Gouverneur Morris ; [Carmichael] ; desire to be of service in Spain, ff. (2). Continental Congress, Second — Committee of Foreign Affairs. July 17, 1779. Letter from Philadelphia to William Lee. Recall of com- mission to Vienna and Berlin ; reference to papers in hands of Arthur Lee and Dr. Frank- lin. Signed, " James Lovell for the corae= " ; indorsed, " 3 plicate." ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, II. 350. 86, 87. [Lovell, James]. July 17, 1779, Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Failure in sending letters; Bingham; Franklin; John Adams ; journals of congress ; recall of William Lee and Izard ; R. H. Lee's resignation from congress ; attempts to injure Arthur Lee's repu- tation ; Deane ; Laurens ; S. Adams ; Whitlock ; uselessness of the committee ; F. L. Lee ; Lee's letters to Shelburne, Jennings; Boux. Signed, J. L. pp. (6). 88. Continental Congress, Second— Committee of Foreign Affairs. Another copy of the letter on p. 85. Indorsed, " 3 phcate," with P. S. added. f-(i)- This P. S. is not printed in Sparks' Diplomatic correspond- ence. 89. Moustler, E. F. £., Comte and Marquis de. July 19, 1779. Letter from Coblentz to [Arthur Lee]. Spanish declaration; Deane's attack on Lee. ff. (2). Printed with date July 29, and verbal differences in Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 375. 90. Franklin, Benjamin. July 21, 1779. Note to Arthur Lee. Inclosure of letter, if. (2). Pringle, J. J. July 22, ly-j^. Letter from Am- sterdam to Arthur Lee. Temple ; Sayre ; change in commissions ; Franklin ; news of victory in Carolina ; Stockton, ff. (2). 91. Harris, John. July 23, 1779. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Distress of Fortton prisoners arrived at France in the cartel, ff. (2). 92. B., J. July 24, 1779. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Debt; the Alliance; Capt. J. P. Jones; Chaumont; Gourlade; Moylan. ff. (2). 93. Champion, Richard. July 25, 1779. Copy of letter to Moses Livingstone. Wharton ; Digges ; Izard; Lloyd, f. (l). Izard, Ralph. July 26, 1779. Letter from St. Amand to Arthur Lee. Decision of court on restoring Izard's property ; Maurepas ; Prevost. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 78. 94. [Lovell, James] . Aug. 6, 1779. Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Receipt of com- munications ; " Henry, Francis and S. Adams"; Laurens ; Whitelock ; condition of committee for foreign affairs ; Deane ; Franklin ; commis- sioners in Europe ; Izard ; William Lee ; Wayne ; D'Estaing. Indorsed, " copy (private) ", also, No. 3; signed, J. L. ff. (2). [ ]. Another copy of the last sentences. Wayne; D'Estaing; Deane. f. (l). 95. [ ]. Aug. 6, 1779. Letterfrom Philadelphia to Benjamin Franklin. Receipt of letters ; Dumas ; Deane ; Lee. Signed, J. L. ; indorsed, " (copy) private." f. (i). 96. Continental Congress, Second. Aug. 6, 1779. Extracts from minutes. Directions to com- missioners and commercial agents about ac- counts ; appointment of Joshua Johnson as examiner. Signed, Chas. Thomson sec'y. f. (i). See Journals of congress, II. 308, 373. 97. . The same, with additional resolutions. Salaries of commissioners ; accounts. Signed, James Lovell. f. (i). Found inclosed in the letter of Oct. 14, from Lovell to A. Lee. (p. 123). — See Journals of congress, II. 308. 98. . Copy of the same. f. (i). 99. . Another copy of the same. f. (i). 100. Blanca, Florida, C- 28, 1780. Copy of letter to Charles Carroll. Abbe Mably's views ; introduction of Arthur Lee. ff. (2). Sartine, Antoine Raymond Jean Gualbert Ga- briel de, Minister of Marines. March I, 1780. Note of farewell, in French, to Arthur Lee. ff. (2). 10. Le Roy, Herman. March 2, 1780. Letter from Amsterdam to Arthur Lee. Thanks for Mr. Prmgle's introduction to Lee; Chabanel; Ad- miral Byland. ff. (2). Bondfield, John. March 3, 1780. Letter from Nantes to [Arthur Lee .?]. Arrival of ship from Plymouth, Mass. ; Bancroft; Lawrence; R H. Lee. Not superscribed, f. (i). 11. Breteiiil, Louis Auguste de Tonnelier, Baron de. March i„\-j%o. Letter of farewell to Arthur Lee. Luzerne, f. (i). Franklin, Benjamin. March 4, May 31, 1780. Copy of memorandum to Congress concernine supplies, f. (i). ° FrlnkirVl'lLTsr^'''"""'"^™'^'''"^' '"' "'' "*' ' ^^''^ 12. [LeS, William]. March 21, 1780. Letter from Brussels to F. L. Lee. Failure to receive let CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 33 IS' i6. ters ; Arthur Lee ; family matters. Not signed. ff. (2). I [Izard, Ralph]. Marci 21, ij8o. Letter from Paris to Arthur Lee. Gamier ; Grand ; arrival of the Tonaut j Gillon. Signed, R. I. f£. (2). 13. Stone, William, Smith, Thomas, and Bunnex, George, I'ilots from South Carolina. March 22, 1780. Memorial from Brest to Arthur Lee. Governor of South Carolina ; D'Estaing ; the Languedoc ; misfortunes, f. (1). (Imperfect — stained and torn.) 14. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. March 22, 1780. Portion of letter, in French, to [Arthur Lee .']. D'Aranda, D'Heredia ; Carmichael. ff. (2). (Imperfect — stained, and the lower part torn off.) Smith, Michael, and others. March 28, 1780. Memorial, dated L'Orient, to Arthur Lee. Trouble as exchanged prisoners ; Milford car- tel ; Capt. Cottineau ; non-payment of wages. Signed, Michael Smith, Thomas Cave, Patrick Reed, James MuUin, Moses Bigger, John Ray- worth, W™- Green, f. (i). Grinnell, William, and Wilson, Joseph. March 29, 1780. Letter from L'Orient to Arthur Lee. Sickness ; officers of the Alli- ance under J. P. Jones; expenses, ff. (2). Grand, [Ferdinand], banker. April 8, 1780, Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Opinion of Lee at French court ; Count d'Aranda. ff. (2). (Partly illegible from stain.) Bondfield, John. April ic,, lySo. Letter from Nantes to Arthur Lee. Chaumont ; delay of ships; Izard; Franklin; Will;ams; Jay; Car- michael ; Ross ; Bancroft ; flef.t from Brest des- tined for Quebec ; clothing ^.or Washington's army; intimacy of Mrs. Johnson and Mrs. Wil- liams; Peltier; Beaumarchais; De Montieu; Zacestas ( .') ; Virginia trade ; Samuel Wharton; illness of Franldin. ff. (2). 17. Wara, , Baron de. April 1% lySo. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Lee's departure ; Paradez ; declaration concerning neutral vessels by the empress of Russia, ff. (2). [Lee, Francis Lightfoot.']. April 2^, lySo. Part of letter to [Arthur Lee]. Introduction of George Mason, Jr. ; Deane ; advice to visit Gen. Whipple, Samuel Warren, EUery, Mer- chant, Trumbull ; George Wythe ; Ludwell Lee. Addressed in cipher ; no place of date ; last part gone. f. (i). (Imperfect.) The handwriting resembles R. H. Lee's, but is more exact; the writer also refers to Ludwell Lee as "your nephew." 18. Williams, Jonathan. April 24, 1780. Copy of letter from Nantes to Lieut. Digges. Answer of letter; Alliance; Hills; Nicholson; Parkes's prize money. Indorsed, " about the sale of Wicke's prizes." Memorandum on back, of " Snow Friendship," sloop Betsey, sloop Jason, brig Mattey, brig Jenney. On the same sheet as the following. Franklin, Benjamin. April 26, 1780. Copy of letter to Samuel Ross. Prize money of Capt. Wickes of the Reprisal ; Thomas Morris, Mor- ris & Lee; Bancroft, ff. (2). 19. Laurens, Henry, [Jr.?]. May 4, 1780. Note from Wilmington, N. C, to R. H. Lee. Death of Col. Parker; danger of Charlestown [ton], ff. (I). Lee, William. May 17, 1780. Letter from Brussels to [Arthur I^e]. Inclosure of copies of certificates concerning Thomas Morris's pa- pers ; Robert Morris ; Ross ; Alliance ; Capts. Wickes, Johnson, Nicholson; prizes; Frank- lin ; Williams ; Gpurlade & Co. ; Jones ; Green. The first copied certificate is signed, William Blake, John Lloyd ; the second, Ra. Izard, wit- ness J. J. Pringle; the last, B. Franklin, "in our presence S. Deane — Arthur Lee " ; all cer- tified to by Edm. Jenings. ff. (2). 20. Wara, , Baron de. May 29, 1780. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Confed- eration of the north ; letter of Clinton to Lord Germaine ; fleets of Toulon and Brest ; Paradez ff. (2). 21, 22. G-illon, Alexander, Commodore, yune, 1780. Letter from Paris to John J. Cripps & Mey, o£ Charleston, S. C. Opinion upon Franklin, Deane, Bancroft, Robert Morris ; commenda- tion of John Adams, Arthur Lee, William Lee, Izard; Chaumont; difficulty of getting supplies for states ; improvement of public service ; Hol- land; Prussia, ff. (4). 23. Shelburue, William Petty, Earl of. June 2, 1780. Note of personal friendship to Arthur Lee. Dunning; Barre. ff. (2). 24. Ssirtine, A. R. J. G. G. de. June 3, 1780. Let- ter, in French, to Arthur Lee. Arrangements for Lee's passage to America ; governor of Mar- tinique ; Alliance ; Paul Jones ; Franklin, ff. (2). 25. Franklin, Benjamin. June 7, 1780. Copy of letter to Capt. Peter Landais. Orders not to meddle with the Alliance. Certified on Aug. 26, 1780, by Ja'^ Warren and Fitch Pool as true copy of a copy sent from Capt. Jones to Capt. Parke. Indorsed, N°. i. f. (i). 26. . June 16, 1780. Copy of letter to Capt. Landais. Repetition of order. — Copy of letter to the officers and seamen of the Alliance to obey Capt. Jones. Indorsed N". 2, N°. 3. Cet- tified as the above (p. 25). f. (i). 27. . June 12, 1780. Extract of letter to Capt. Jones. Mutiny of 115 men of the Alliance; Capt. Landais ; prize money ; Ariel. Indorsed, N". 4. Certified as the above (pp. 25, 26). f. (I). Printed in part. Life of John Paul Jones, Phil., Liffincati, 185S, p. 162. 28. Brown, Joseph. June 18, 1780. Letter from L'Orient to Arthur Lee. Petition for the prize ship Serapis ; Franklin ; Bancroft ; Wharton ; Jones, ff. (2). (Imperfect — bottom torn off.) [Lee, Arthur]. June 25, 1780. Draft of letter to Capt. Landais. Advice to him to sail with the Alliance, ff. (2). 29. Jones, John Paul. Jme 27, 1780. Letter from L'Orient to Robert Morris. Orders to return with the Alliance to Philadelphia ; sale of the Serapis ; honors from the French court ; I-u- zerne ; Landais ; Ariel ; prevention of blood- shed; sailors of the Bon Homme Richard; conduct of Arthur Lee ; Deane ; Franklin ; zpal for America, ff. (2). 30. — — . June 27, 1780. Letter from L'Orient to the president and board of admiralty at Philadel- phia. Pleasure at the appointment of the board by Congress ; mutiny, Lee, Landais ; Robert Morris ; Capts. Bell, Montgomery, Smith ; Franklin; action of Flamborough Head. f. (i). Vergennes, Charles Gravier, Comte de. June 30, 1780. Copy of letter, in French, to John Adams. Resolution of congress of March 18, 1780; desires of French court; Luzerne. In- dorsed, No. I. ff. (2). Translation printed, Adams' Works, VII. 212. 31. . June [30, 1780]. Translation of letter to Benj. Franklin. Adams' representations, 34 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. Luzerne ; payments of paper money to the French. Incorrectly indorsed, jfuly 30. ff. (2). (Imperfect — stained and torn.) Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, III. 152: Sparks' Franklin, VIII. 477. 32. Adams, John. July i, 1780. Copy of letter from Paris to Count Vergennes. Luzerne; res- olutions of Congress ; loan office certificates. Indorsed, N°. 2. f. (i). Printed Adams' Works, VII. jrs ; Sparks' Diplomatic corre- spondence, V. 233. e, John. ya^4, 1780. Letter from Rosewell, Va., to R. H. Lee. Association for weaken- ing tory influence ; Arthur Lee : William Lee. ft. (2). 33. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. July 20, 1780. Copjr of letter, in French, to John Adams. Destination of Ternay and Rochambeau ; as- surances of the friendship of the French court. Indorsed, No. 4. f. (i). Translation printed, Adams' Works, VII. 232 ; Sparks' Diplo- matic correspondence, V. 278. Adams, John. July 21, 1780. Copy of letter to Count Vergennes. Ternay ; Rochambeau ; appreciation of the friendship of the French. Indorsed, N°. 5. f. (i). Printed, Adams' Works, VII. 233 ; Sparks' Diplomatic cor- respondence, V. 279. 34. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de, July 25, 1780. Copy of letter, in French, to John Adams. Ob- jections to U. S. commissioners treating with Lord Germaine ; treaty of commerce ; desire to communicate first with congress. With copy on the margin of portions of Adams' letter of July 17. Indorsed, N". 5 & 7. ff. (4). Translation printed, Adams' Works, VII. 235, etc. ; Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, V. 287, etc- Adams' letter printed, Adams' Works, VII. 228, etc. ; Sparks' Diplomatic correspon- dence, V. 266. 35. 36. Adams, John. July 26, 1780. Copy of letter to Count Vergennes. Same subject; duke of Richmond ; Hartley ; Lord North ; senti- ments of the people of England ; America ; ad- vantage to Europe. Indorsed, N°. 8. pp. (8). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, V. 294. 37. . July 27, 1780. Letter to Count Ver- gennes. Needs of Americans ; assistance of France; admiral Graves, Ternay, Rochambeau; Guichen ; reinforcements in the West Indies. Indorsed, N". 9. ff. (2). Printed, Adams* Works, VII. 241 ; Sparks' Diplomatic corre- spondence, V. 301. 38. Vergennes, C. G., Comte de. [July] 31, 1780. Translation of letter to [Benjamin Franklin]. Disagreement with John Adams ; list of letters between Vergennes and Adams during June and July. ff. {2). (Very imperfect — torn.) Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, V. 305. 39. Lee, Arthur, and others. Aug. 5, 1780. Copy of letter to Capt. Landais. Petition to sail ; danger of loitering. Signed, Arthur Lee, Pon- tigibaud, La Colombl, Poirey, Ludwell Lee, Thomas Lee, John Middleton, E. Brush, Joseph Wilkinson, Joseph Brown Junr, John G. Frazer, Henry Ash, M. Comyn, M. Livingston, f. (i). ( Imperfect — worn.) Buckley, John, flKfl' flMifrj. Aug. \o, \^f>o. Copy of petition from the oficers of the Alliance to Capt. Landais to enter port as soon as possible. Signed, John Buckley, James Lynd, M. Park, John Lauhar, James Warren, Thomas Ellwood, Benjamin Pierce, John Darling, James Bragg, Isaac Carr, N. Blodget, Thomas Hinsdale, George Thayer, Samuel Guild, Joseph Willson, George Raymond. — Copy of statement of offi- cers. Capt. Landais's refusal of the petition ; offer of command to ist Lieut. James Diggs. Signed as above, with the additional names, Fitch Pool, John Savin, ff. (2). (Imperfect — one corner torn.) 40. Gordon, William. iV/A 15, 1780. Letter from Jamaica Plain to Ezra Stiles. Introduction of Arthur Lee. f. (i). . A^/A 15, 1780. Letter from Jamaica Plain to Benjamin Lord, Norwich, Conn. Introduc- tion of Arthur Lee. f. (i). 41. [Lee, Arthur]. Sept. 19, 1780. Draft of letter from Boston to Baron Bretieul. Distress in America ; depreciation of money ; want of funds; need of loan of thirty or forty million livres ; advantages of British in north and south. Not signed, ff. (2). (Partly illegible from stains.) 42. Cooper, Samuel. Sept. 19, 1780. Letter from Boston to Ezra Stiles. Introduction of Arthur Lee. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 166. . Sept. 19, 1780. Letter from Boston to Enoch Huntington, Middletown, Conn. Intro- duction of Arthur Lee. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 166. 43. . Sept. ig, 1780. Letter from Boston to Andrew Eliot, Fairfax, Conn. Introduction of Arthur Lee. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 165. 44. Huntington, Samuel. Oct. 26, 1780. Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Inclosure of act of congress; desire for information on affairs in Europe, ff. (2). 45. Lee, Arthur. Oct. 27, 1780. Note to Messrs. Madison, Bee & Clark. Directions about furni- ture, ff. (2). 46. Bondfield, John. Nov. i, 1780. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee at. Philadelphia. Re- ceipt of letter through Mr. Brush ; Sartine ; Chaumont ; arrival of the Fier Rodrique ; Deane ; Franklin ; refusal of Bondfield's ships ; claims against Virginia ; Williams. Indorsed as forwarded by W"? Vernon, ff. (2). 47. . Duplicate of the last. 48. Sarsfield, , Comte de. Nov. 5, 1780. Letter from Valenciennes, in French, to Arthur Lee. Armed neutrality ; Gillon; John Adams; Izard, defeat of Gen. Ga;tes [at Camden] ; paper money of America; Bunker Hill; Gen. Warren, ff. (2). ( Imperfect — torn.) 49. Carmichael, William. Dec. 6, 1780. Letter from Brandywine, Penn., to Arthur Lee. Lee's defence; Deane, Williams, Franklin; exhorta- tions to perseverance, ff. (2). (Partly illegible from stains.) 50. Extracts from the trial of Capt. Landais. Dec. 20, 1780 ? Linn ; cctaduct of Lee on passage to America; Stephen Waters ; Blodget; Winship; reasons for taking command of the Alliance ; Gillon ; Franklin ; Montbarrey ; Ross ; Lafay- ette ; Diggs ; Jones. Not complete, ff. (z). The date is taken from the indorsement in pencil added bv a later hand. ' 51. TJ. S. — Treasury office. Dec. 28, 1780. Extracts from the minutes. Deposition of public prop- erty by Arthur Lee. Signed, Cornelius Comezys, Clk. f. (i). (Imperfect— worn.) CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 35 lo, 1781. Letter from Information ; Blodget ; of letters by British; [Sarsfield, ,Comtede\. Oct. 13, [17800?- '81]. Letter from Rennes, in French. References to letters and books r£ceived. No address or sig- nature, f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.) 52. Copy of questions to be asked in court. Will of William Bird ; Thomas Newman ; petition for writ of subpoena. Attest. Robert Graham. Marked in pencil "1780?" (f.) i. (Imper- fect — first part gone.) 53. TJ. S. — Auditor General. Jan. i, 1781. Copy of report on John Ross's accounts. With re- port from the commissioners of the chamber of accounts, dated Jan. 5. The commissioners' report signed, William Govett, John D. Mer- cier ; the auditor-general's, James Milligan. Copy compared by W™ Duer, Scy. ff. (2). 54. "Warren, James. Jan. boston to Arthur Lee. finances ; publication Cooper, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life o£ Arthur Lee, IL 273. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. Jan. 11, 1781. Let- ter from Valenciennes, in French, to Arthur Lee. Death of sister; Luzerne; declaration of war by England against Holland ; D'Estaing ; Izard ; success of Gates against Ferguson. Not signed. ff. (2). • 53. Blodget, Nathan, Purser of the Alliance. Jan. 25, 1781. Deposition, dated Boston. Arthur Lee's goods; Landais. ff. (2). Parke, M., Capt. of Marines. Jan. 29, 1781. Copy of deposition, dated Boston Harbor. Blodget's goods. Similar deposition, Jan. 31, T781, signed James Diggs, Lieut., Chipman Bangs, ship's Steward. Each certifie'd as true copy by N. Blodget. ff. (2). 56. [Bondfield, John], iv^. 24, 1781. Letter from Bordeau.K to Arthur Lee. Rupture between England and Holland; Russia's offer of media- tion ; Dutch navy ; Spanish fleet ; fleet from Brest for America ; John Laurens ; interception of mails ; Deane, Bancroft, Chaumont ; Vir- ginia's debts ; D'Acosta, Beaumarchais. March 20, 1781. Postscript. Mediation of Rus- sia and Austria ; Joseph Yorke ; Choiseul ; ar- rival of John Laurens. Signed, J. B. ff. (4). 57. [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. March S, 13, 1781. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Departure of Letompe; mediation of Russia; armed neutrality ; Jolin Adams; Searle; Dana; son of John Laurens ; Bondfield ; Joseph Yorke ; Lord North. Not signed, ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn. ) 58. [BroTvn, John, Secretary of the Admiralty]. March ID, 1781. Copy of letter to Samuel Whar- ton. Inquiry concerning purchase of stores for America ; Jones ; Lafayette; Chaumont; Wil- liams. Indorsed, " True Copy from the Original A.Lee." f. (i). 59. Jones, J. P. March 13, 1781. Extracts from answers to the board of admiralty. Schweig- hauser; William Lee ; Franklin; Bon Homme Richard ; Sartine ; Landais ; Ariel, Alliance ; Ross ; Chaumont ; Serapis ; Gourlade & Moy- lan ; Wharton ; Arthur Lee ; Livingston. Ad- dressed to Arthur Lee. f. (i). 60. Wharton, Samuel. March 23, 1781. Letter from Philadelphia to John Brown. Purchase of stores for America ; Chaumont ; Williams ; Gourlade & Moylan ; Jones. Indorsed, " True Copy from the Original A.Lee." f. (i). See p. 58 for the letter of questions. 61. [Bondfield, John]. April i, \j?>i. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Reduction of St. Eustatia ; fleets of France, Spain, England, Holland; Lawrence; De Castre ; Col. Palfrey; De Grasse, D'Estaing, De Touche. Signed, J. B. ff. (2). (Slightly imperfect.) Warren, James. April 29, 1781. Letter from Boston to Arthur Lee. Secretary for foreign affairs ; Franklin.; want of news ; elections ; Ward; Lovell ; Adams; [Blodget] ; navy board, f. (I). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 274. 62. Wara, , Baron de. May 4, 1781. Letter from. Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Laurent [John Laurens] ; mediation ; Virginia ; Palfrey, ff. (2). Izard, Ralph. May 12, 1781. Letter from Philadelphia to R. H. Lee. Arrival of vessel from L'Orient ; news of fleet having sailed frorti Brest with French troops for America ; loss of the Luzerne with mail ; Virginia ; movements of French troop^ ; Rutledge ; Laurens ; Jeffer- son, ff. (2). 63. [Lee, Arthur]. After June 15, 1781. Draft of resolutions to be presented to congress. Revo- cation of appointment of Franklin, Jay, Henry Laurens, and Jefferson as ministers plenipoten- tiary jointly with John Adams to treat for peace ; similar powers to John Adams alone. Indorsed with memoranda on other subjects. Incorrectly indorsed, " 1 March, 1781." t. (i). This appears from the Journals of congress, both public and secret, never to have been presented. 64. [Bondfield, John]. Jtme,2e,,i']&i. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Chaumont ; paper money ; John Adams ; Spain ; insurrection in Peru; Russia; armed neutrality; Holland; res- ignation of Necker ; Jolly ; England's loss in the East Indies ; French and Spanish fleets ; journey of French emperor ; German troops to aid British in America ; fate of the ship Marquis de Lafayette ; plan of sending supplies. Signed, LB. ff. (2). [Warren, James]. July 4, 1781. Letter from Boston to Arthur Lee. Receipt of letter ; atten- tion to Lee's grant of land ; Blodget ; political state of affairs ; Virginia. Signed, J. W. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 275. 65. Jackson, William. July 5, 1781. Copy of letter from Amsterdam to Benjamin Franklin. Necessity for a ship sailing with supplies ; re- peal of orders to Messrs. Fiseaux ; Laurens ; Gillon ; Necker ; delay, an increased expense, ff. (2). The letters of July 2, referred to in this letter, and Franklin's answers thereto, are printed in Sparks' Diplomatic correspon- dence, III. 221-225; also in Sparks' Franklin, IX. 49-54= but this letter is not printed. 66. [Lee, Arthur.] Aug. 13, 1781. Copy of letter to the president of congress. Reports of the board of admiralty ; Alliance ; Landais ; Frank- lin ; denial of charges ; Lafayette ; Williams ; Jones ; Ross ; Bondfield ; Ternay ; Bland ; Gil- lon; Diggs. Not signed, ff. (4)- 67. Continental Congress, A-trmrf. /4;(o-. 14, 1781. Copy of report on motion of Virginia delegates. Resolutions to grant passports to governors of Virginia and Maryland; importation of 50,000 bushels of salt. f. (i). (Imperfect — slightly torn.) Printed, Secret journals of congress, I. 225, 226. 68. Breteiiil, L. A. de T., Baron de. Oct. 2, 1781. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Thanks for copy of American constitutions, ff. (2). 36 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. [Sarsfieia, , Comte de\. 1 78 1 . Letter from Rennes, in French. American legislation, Guil- ford Court House ; Palfrey ; Malesherbes ; Mrs. Izard. Not signed or addressed, ff. {2). (Im- perfect — stained and torn.) Bowdoin, James. yrt«. 31, 1782. Letter from Boston to Arthur Lee. Election as fellow of the American academy of arts and sciences ; de- gree of LL.D. from Harvard university; defeat of Cornwallis. f. (i). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, I. 177. 69. [Lee, Williaml. Feb. 12, 1782. Letter from Bruxelles to F. L. Lee. No receipt of letters for five years ; private business ; estate in Vir- finia ; Philip Ludvpell Lee ; family matters, igned, W. L. ff. (2). 70. Gordon, William. March z, \-]%i. Letter from Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Election to Con- gress ; Deane ; Arnold ; Samuel Adams ; free- dom of the press in Boston ; Lovell ; Gates ; reduction of Canada j Burgoyne ; Gen. Greene, f. (I). 71. Franklin, Benjamin. March 4, 1782. Extract from a letter to the secretary for foreign affairs. Deane; Arnold; Johnson; Searle. ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence. III. 312 ; Sparks' Franklin, IX. 176. 72. [Lee, Arthur]. April \2-Jime intede. Aug. n, 1^82. Letter from Haerlem, in French, to Arthur Lee. Care of Lee's effects ; John Adams ; Lee's election to Virginia assembly ; Izard's election to congress ; prevalence of influenza ; Palfrey, ff. (2). (Im- perfect — torn.) Jay, John. Sept. 16, 1782. Extracts from letter to the secretary for foreign affairs. Inclosure of letter from Marbois to Vergennes ; French de- lays about the negotiation for peace ; Franklin ; fishery claims ; Samuel Adams ; extract from letter from John Adams ; alliances with Spain and Holland; extract from letter from Frank- lin ; Deane ; adventurers. In Arthur Lee's handwriting, f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.) See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, VIII. 12s, where the letter is dated Sept. 18. 88. Greives, George. Sept 23, 1782. Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Security for a bill ; Shippen. ff. (2). Luzerne, Cssar Anne de la. [About Sept. 24, CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 37 1782.] Notes in Arthur Lee's handwriting of proposal to congress. United States not con- tent with independence ; continuation of war until allies are satisfied, f. (i). See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, XI. 115. 89. Gordon, William. Oct. 2, 1782. Letter from Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Mail-robbing; John Temple ; Price J James Sullivan; John Adams ; Franklin ; accusation upon suspicion. Printed. Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 288. 90. Adams, John. Oct. 10, 1782. Letter from the Hague to Arthur Lee. Minister from Holland to congress ; Van der Capellan de Pol ; Van Berckel ; independence of action; Jay; Dana; Laurens ; ability of ministers ; secret commis- sions ; Franklin. Indorsed, " 3 plicate." ff. (2). (Almost illegible from stains and pale ink.) 91. . Another copy. Both this and the last (p. go) have autograph signatures. 92. [Dana, Francis]. Oct. 25, 1782. Letter to Arthur Lee. Correspondence; tories; [John Adams] ; Holland ; obscure references to per- sons and views mentioned in Lee's letter. Not signed ; marked in pencil, " Francis Dana " ; indorsed, No. 2. ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 284. Jay, John. Nov. 17, 1782. Copy of note. Re- lations with France ; Geneva ; .Corsica. In Arthur Lee's handwriting. With memorandum on back about clothing, f. (i). 93. Communications from foreign ministers about the negotiations for peace. Dana. Oct. 21. Commerce with Russia ; Nov, 7. Treaty with Russia. Jay. Dec. 12. Vergennes ; Franklin; treaty; Shelburne ; Carleton'; D'Aranda ; west- ern claims ; Oswald, Bainvall, Vaughan. Adams. Treaty with Great Britain and with Spain ; navi- gation of Mississippi ; evacuation of New York ; D'Estaing ; tories. Jay. Nov. 17. Same as above (p. 92). Lee. Concurrence in Jay's view. Proposed boundary to the United States, f. (i). These are items extracted from different letters at different times by Arthur Lee. 94. Adams, John. Nov. 18, 1782. Copy of letter from Paris to Robert R. Livingston, secretary for foreign affairs. Remonstrance against the ministers being subject to the advice of the French court. Certified as true copy by A. Lee. ff. (2). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, VI. 459 ; Ad- ams' Works, VIII. II. 95. [Sarsfield, ,Comtede\. Dec.ii,iy82. Let- ter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Fail- ure in receiving letters ; Mrs. Izard ; Lee's effects ; John Adams ; Laurens ; Gibraltar ; Biville; Androens. ff. (2). (Imperfect — torn.) Campbell, Arthur, Co/. Dec. 27, 1782. Letter from Richmond to Arthur Lee. Reservation of western lands ; introduction of European set- tlers ; negotiations for peace ; opponents ; pur- chase of books, ff. (2). 96. Bondfield, John. March 6, 1783. Letter from Bordeaux to [Arthur Lee.']. Spain; Carmi- chael ; Jay; Franklin; Laurens ; Adams;' liqui- dation of debts ; Lafayette ; western boundaries ; Mississippi river, f. (1). Warren, James. March 14, 1783. Letter from Milton, Mass., to Arthur Lee. Attested copy of paper desired ; Lee's lands ; peace ; arrival of packet for congress ; John Adams' resignation; fishery claims ; Gen. Lincoln, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 27S. 97. Morris, Robert. March 17, 1783. Copy of let- ter to the president of Congress. Explanation of resignation as financier; loss of credit in Europe ; impost law. Extract from a letter by Luzerne, March 15; Vergennes. f. (i). Printed, Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, XII. 341. 98. Gordon, William. April 2, 1783. Letter from Jamaica Plain to Arthur Lee. Congratulations on peace ; extract from London Courant of Jan. 10; Laurens; Deane; Franklin; boundaries of Nova Scotia ; John Adams ; Shirley,' Pownal, Bernard, Hutchinson, Sir William Alexander; fishery claims; British creditors and refugees; Jay ; Pennsylvania, 'Virginia, New York ; im- portance of the confederation ; state rights ; [Massachusetts], Rhode Island; satisfaction to military; choice of governor, f. (i). (Imper- fect — torn). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 289. 99. Adams, John. April 12, ijS^. Copy of letter from Paris to Arthur Lee. Peace ; negotia- tions ; Hartley ; Fox ; Shelburne ; Laurens ; tories ; dissatisfaction in England ; treaty of commerce ; Marbois ; French politics ; distinct interests of America, f. (i). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 248; also in Adams' Life of John Adams, IX. 517, with an additional opening para- graph referring to the difficult situation of the commissioners and to Franklin's part in the history of the treaty. 100. lor. Officers of the Virginia Line. May 12-16, 1783. Memorial to the senate and house of delegates of Virginia. Assignment of lands ; Muhlenberg, Weedon, Scott, Morgan ; Wood, Heth, Temple, Hopkins, Towles, Clark, Bur- well, Carrington. Signed, I. Muhlenberg, Pres- ident of the Board. Attested, John Becklev. ff. (4). 102. Laurens, Henry. June 17, 18, 1783. Extracts from letters. Negotiations for peace ; Hartley ; trifling; Fox; evacuation of New York; un- manufactured produce, ff. (2). See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, X. 173. [Sarsfield, ; Comte de]. June 19, 1783. Lee's effects ; Mrs. Izard ; Mad. L'Eucreuil (>] ; Barclay ; American debts ; French soldiers ; fu- ture commerce ; Russia, Turkey ; Shelburne. No signature, ff. (2). 103. Bondiield, John. June 20, 1783. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Lee's effects ; Mrs. Izard ; Richard Yates ; William Lee ; Barclay ; Dean.e ; Williams ; Jay ; Laurens ; Adams ; Spain ; Carmichael ; Russia, Turkey, England, France; public debts in America, ff. (2.). 104-107. Adams, John. June 23, July 14, 18, 1783. Extracts from letters to R. R. Livingston. New situation of Ireland, Canada, Nova Scotia; un- certainty of course of Great Britain; free trade; West Indies ; treaty of commerce with England ; jealousy of American trade in France and Eng- land ; proclamation ; belief of England in want of unity in America; necessity for a minister at London ; Shelburne ; Benjamm Vaughan ; Pitt ; negotiations necessary with the Dutch, Danes, ' Portuguese ; management of foreign affairs ; pub- lic credit, pp. 8. Printed, Adams' Life of John Adams, VIII. 74, 97, 107. 108. Bondfield, John. July i, 1783. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Shipping of Lee's effects, ff. (2). 38 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. Commissioners for Peace. July i8, 17S3. Extract from letter of John Adams, Frank;in, Jay. Disposition of France, f. (i). See Sparks' Diplomatic correspondence, X. 191. 109. . April 14, June 23, 24, 27, July 7, 8, 18, 22, 27, 1783. Extracts from letters of different dates. Negotiation for peace ; concealment of secret article ; Spain ; France ; definitive treaty ; payment of debts to JSritish ; negroes ; Hartley ; commercial regulations; Shelburne party pref- erable to the new mittistry ; disposition of French, ff. (2). For the letters of these dates, see Sparks' Diplomatic corre- spondence, X. no. Franklin, Benjamin. y«/j 22, 1783. Extract from letter. British aommercial proclamation ; remedies, f. (i). 111. . July 22, 1783. Extract from letter to Congress. [John Adams'J suspicions of French court. Attested as true copy, A. Lee. f. (i). Both these will be found printed. Sparks' Diplomatic corre- spondence, IV. 136, etc. 112. Milligan, James, Controller of the Treasury. July 25, 1783. Copy of letter to the board of treasury. John Swanwick's accounts ; receivers of taxes. Compared with the original by W™ Duer, Secy. ff. (2). [Continental Congress, Second\. Aug. 14, 1783. Copy of letter to Gov. Harrison, dated Princeton. Accounts with Virginia ; adjourn- ment to Philadelphia. Not signed, ff. (2). 113. Scott, John. Aug. 20, 1783. Letter from Dumfries, Va., to Arthur Lee. Political senti- ments in Virginia ; Lee's prospects ; Col. Gray- son ; Col. Blackburn ; Richard Graham ; Col. Alexander; removal of Congress from Phila- delphia ; Georgia speculation ; Col. Martial, ff. (2). 114. Eendorez (?), Francisco. Aug. 27, 1783. Let- ter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Breach of laws of nations against Spain ; request for investigation ; Church, Haydon ; Col. Bland, ff. (2). 115. Bondfield, John. J^/^. 20, 1783. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Congratulation on Virginia's condition in regard to debts ; Price & Hayward ; obligations received ; re-imbursement from Virginia notes, etc. ; John Dickinson ; Mon- tet & Henry, ff. (2). Lloyd, John. ' Oct. 14, 1783. Letter from Charleston to [Arthur Lee]. Removal of con- gress from Philadelphia ; danger of political corruption in America ; judgment against Deane ; delegate to congress, ff. (2). n6. Bondfield, John. Oc?. 20, 1783. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Price & Hayward; Nelson, Heron & Co. ; Carter Braxton's estate; Schweighauser & Dobree ; R. H. Lee; Digges; Waterman ; American commerce ; domestic improvements ; Carmichael ; American debts, ff. (2). [Continental Congress, Second. Nov.^ 25, 1783?] Drafts of letters to a foreign minister. Effects carried off .by French officer ; arrival of definitive treaty ; evacuation of New York city ; [Washington's] character. No signature, ad- dress, or date. Marked in pencil, " 25 Nov. 1783.'" f. (I). 117. Grillon, Alexander, Conmodore. Nov. 29, 1783. Letter from Charleston to Arthur Lee.- Re- moval of congress ; Robert Morris ; Lloyd, ff. (2). 118. Higginson, Stephen. Nov. 1783. Letter from Boston to Arthur Lee. Removal of congress ; impost duties ; public credit ; treasury depart- ment ; marine department ; Morris ; Russell, Parker; Hawkins, ff. (2). iig. Virginia — House of Delegates. Dec. 22, 1783. ■Copy of resolution. British trade ; impost du- ties ; claim to country north-west of the river Ohio. Signed, John Becldey, Clk. Agreement by senate signed, W. Drew. f. (i). [Sarsfield, , Comte de\. Jan. 29, 1784. Letter from Paris, in French, tp [Arthur Lee]. Lee's effects ; Mrs. Izard ; Izard ; Princeton ; Adams; Malesherbes; Luzerne; Marbois; Lon- don; Holland. Not signed, ff. (2). (Imper- fect — torn.) 120. Dana, P'rancis. Feb. 3, 1784. Letter from Cambridge to Arthur Lee. Minister to St. Pe- tersburg ; congress, ff. (2). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 287. 121. Lafayette, Marie Jean Paul Roch Yves Gil- bert DE MOTIER, Marquis de. 1784. Extract from an essay, in French, on the commerce of France with the United States, ff. {2). 122. [Sarsfield, , Comte de]. April 23, 1784. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Col. Harrison ; Lee's effects ; English parlia- ment i Fox ; North ; Izard. Not signed, ff. (2). 123. Continental Congress, Second. April 26, 1784. Appointment of G. R. Clarke, Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, Philip Schuyler, Ben- jamin Lincoln, and Arthur Lee as commission- ers to treat with Indians ; Six Nations ; Chero- kees.; Nathaniel Greene, Stephen Higginson. With seal. Signed, Tho? Mifiin, Chas Thom- son, Secy. f. (i), doubled. 124. Harrison (.'), Matts. Aiig.\(>,\-]%1,. Letter to Arthur Lee. News from Maryland, f. (l). Lafayette, M. J. P. R. Y. G. de M., Marquis de. Sept. 30, 1784. Letter from Fort Schuyler to the commissioners with the Indians. Ar- rangements about meeting, and about summon- ing the chiefs; Courtland ; Oneidas. — Oct. i. Draft of answer. Kirkland ; Oneidas ; Wol- cott ; Marbois; accommodations, ff. {2). Printed, without answer, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, IL 362. 125. Fonda, Jelles, and others, Judges of the Inferior Court of Montgomery County, New York. Oct. 15, 1784. Letter from Johnstown, N. Y., to the commissioners with the Indians. Sale of liquor to the Indians ; jurisdiction of the court. Signed, Jelles Fonda, Zephaniah Batche)ler, Christian Nelles, Peter Lambert, George H. Bell ; super- scribed, Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, Arthur Lee. ff. (2). 126. Extract from a letter, March 14, 1785, from Paris, in French. Prospects of war ; cession of Bavaria to Austria ; empress of Russia ; king of -Prussia. Not signed or addressed, ff. (2). 127. Continental Congress, 6>««rf. Jzot? 15,1785. Proclamation forbidding intrusion upon the un- appropriated lands north-west of the Ohio. Printed; signed, Richard Henry Lee, P., Charles Thomson, Sec'ry. New-York : printed by F. Childs. Broadside. See Journals of congress, X. 212. 128. — — . June 15, 1785. Copy of resolutions. Directions to the commissioners with the Indi- ans ; cession of lands ; Kaskaskia ; St. Vin- cent's; oath of allegiance; prohibition of intru- sion, «/<:.; proclamation as above; directions to the board of treasury ; appropriations ; purchase CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 39 of goods, provisions, etc. Signed, Clias. Thom- son, Secy. f. (i). Printed, Journals of congress, X. 211-213. 129. Butler, Richard. July 5, 1785. Letter from Philadelphia to Arthur Lee. Arrangements about treaty ; Campbell ; Clark ; Wolcott ; Montgomery, ff. {2). 130. Continental Congress, Second. July 9, 1785. Resolutions about the treaty with the Indians. Place of treaty; troops, f. (i). 131. Letter, Sept. 4, 1785, from the Hague. Open- ing of the Scheld ; internal politics of Holland ; parties of patriots and Orangemen; Van Berckel ; pensionary of Dort ; affection for America ; De Verac, Sir James Harris ; position of American ininister ; " Germanique Ligue " between Prus- sia, Saxony, and Brunswick, ff. (2). (Imper- fect — last part gone.) Virginia — Council. Oct. 15, 1785. Copy of advice to the governor. Payment of interest on loan-office certificates ; extract from act of con- gress relative thereto, April 28, 1784. Signed, A. Blair, C. C. f. (i). (Imperfect — torn.) 132. Henry, Patrick. Orf. 20, 1785. Copy of letter from the council-board. Loan-office certificates ; copy of resolution of the assembly, Dec. 8, 1785 ; directions to the treasurer of Virginia. Not superscribed, ff. (2). Virginia — Assembly. Dec. 8, 178$. Copy of the above resolution. With memorandum % J. Hopkins, C. L. officer, ff. (2). 133. Copy of letter, Dec. 29, 1785, from New York to Patrick Henry. Loan-office certificates ; debts of Virginia. Not signed, ff. (2). 134. Lee, Arthur. Jafi. 26, 1786. Copy of letter to the marquis of Lansdown. Employment of Indians by civilized nations ; Thomas Lee Ship- pen, ff. (2). (Imperfect — first part gone.) 135. Jefferson, Thomas. April 22, 1786. Letter from London to R. H. Lee. Lamps ; Thomson ; commercial treaty with England ; Lansdown ; Price ; Arthur Lee ; the king's obstinacy ; Gen. Clark, ff. (2j. Printed, Jefferson's Works, II. i. Continental Congress, Second. June 2, 1786. Copy of resolution. Settlement by board of treasury of accounts of secret committee of congress and commercial committee. Signed, Charles Thomson, Secretary, f. (i). Printed, Journals of congress, XI. 115. 136. Wormley, Ralph. Dec. 25, 1786. Letter from Rosegill, Va., to [Arthur Lee.']. Marriage; " the magician " ; Corbin ; chief magistrate of the United States ; disturbances in the east- ern states ; impeachment of Warren Hastings ; George Hardinge ; Fox ; Pitt. Not superscribed, ff. (2). 137. 138. Gardoqui, Joseph. 1786 »?• 1787. Repre- sentations touching the claim of Spain to the navigation of the Mississippi, ff. (4). 139-141. Shelburne, Wm. Petty, Earl of, Marquis of Lansdown. Feb. 4, 1787. Letter from London 142. 143- to Arthur Lee. T. L. Shippen ; parties in Eng- land ; Lord Rockingham ; future friendship with America ; Indians ; Mad. Pohgrave ( ? ) ; Lord Wycombe, ft. (6). Printed, Lee's Life of Arthur Lee, II. 357. ■Wormley, Ralph. Feb. 8, 1787. Letter from Rosegill, Va., to [R. H. Lee?]. Death of Mrs. Tayloe, and of Mrs. Page ; disturbances in the eastern states ; Lord Dorchester ; Randolph ; regulations of commerce ; federal government ; Burke ; subscriptions to loan ; " the magician." Not superscribed, ff. (2). Hopkins, John. May 20, 1787. Letter from Richmond to Arthur Lee. Interest on military debt of Virginia; Lee's land; Ambler; Hays, ff. (2). Corbin, Francis. Aug-. 8, 1787. Letter to Arthur Lee. Destruction of court-houses ; governor of Virginia ; petitions for paper money, etc. ; R. H. Lee ; money transaction, C. Lee, Morris, Hunter, ff. (2). 144. Turberville, George Lee. Oct. 26, 1787. Let- ter from Richmond to Arthur Lee. Submission of federal plan of government to people ; Madi- son; Carrington ; Lee; Brown; Cyrus Griffin; Randolph, ff. (2). . Oct. 28, 1787. Letter from Richmond to Arthur Lee. Plan of government ; Wilson ; character of newspapers ; Gen. Clark and Creek Indians in Georgia, ff. (2). Otto, , chargi d'affaires de France. N'cai. 16, 1787. Letter from New York, «n French, to Arthur Lee. Presentation of portrait of king of France. With translation and copy of answer, ff. (2). Virginia — House of Delegates. Dec. 16, 1787. Copy of resolutions. Inquiry about continental state money issued from the continental loan office. Signed Wm. Harwood, CI. H. D. ft. (2). [Sarsfield, , Comte de]. Jan. 12, 1788. Letter from Paris, in French, to [Arthur Lee]. Thanks for news ; visit to England ; Borwood ; Wycombe; Waller; "non-catholics" in France. Not signed, ff. (2). Livingston, Ann H. Oct. 5, 1788. Letter from Philadelphia to her uncle, Arthur Lee. Journey of brother ; Holland; Strasburg; Switz- erland; family matters, ff. (2). Sarsfield, , Comte de, April 24, 1789. Letter from Paris, in French, to Arthur Lee. Jefferson; desire to hear from Lee; danger of revolution in France, ff. (2). 151, [Lee, Arthur]. Aug. 29, 1789. Letter to [F. L. Lee] . Taylor ; abolition of board of treasury ; visit to Virginia; R. H. Lee; William Lee; judiciary bill ; seat of federal government ; crickets ; Campbell ; prospective war in Eu- rope ; France ; Turkey ; Russia • impost bill in congress. Not signed or superscribed, ff. (2). 152. Bondfield, John. Oct. 8, 1790. Letter from Bordeaux to Arthur Lee. Business trouble with Thomas Shore of Petersburg, Virginia ; price of grain ; H. L. Shore ; Fenwick, Mason & Co. ff. (2). 145- 146. 147 149. 150. 40 CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. APPENDIX. #*# The papers included in the eighth volume were not arranged by Mr. James Winthrop Harris, wlten he prepared volu7nes one to six /or binding in 1869. Vol. vii. luas arranged but not bound till 1877. Since Mr. Harris's death these addi- tiojtai vianuscripts have been found in a parcel marked *' Lee Papefs^'' but without any indication of the reasons for not including them in the series as arranged. Many of thefn are fragmentary, and without dates, and such arrangement has been tnade of ihe7n as seemed practicable. Vol. VIII. I.Pennsylvania — Assembly. Orf. 2i, 1741. Ex- tracts from votes granting money to the Crown, ff. (2). 2. Value of exports from 5 jfan. 1769 to Dec. 1770. Statement by Colonies, f. (i). 3. Sundry advertisements about rolling wagons. Mar. 15, 1773. A printed paper, 3 pp. MS. memoranda on reverse. 4. Continental Congress, First. Copy of address to the people of Great IJritain. ff. {5). This was drafted by R. H. Lee. C£. Lee's Life of R. H. Lee, i. 119; Pitkin's Utiited States,], app. 17; Jay's Life of John Jay, i. app. 5. [Lee, Arthur]. Memoranda relating to the pre- sentation of the petition of Congress to the King, including Arthur Lee's letter, Dec. 22, 1774, to R. H. Lee; with an addition, Dec. 24, covering a copy of Lord Chatham's note ; and another, Dec. 26. Copy of the letter, signed Henry Middleton, President, transmitting the petition to the colonial agents in London, ff. (4). 6. [Lee, Arthur]. Memorandum about interview with Lord Dartmouth regarding the petition to the King, with copy of letter, signed by Richard Penn and Arthur Lee, and dated London, Sept. 2, 1775, and addressed to the President of Con- gress, f. (i). See Lee's Life of Arthnr Lee, i. 45. 7. [Lee, Arthur, flKo'ort^rj]. Memoranda. Willing, Morris & Co. Financial matters in 1776. Profit and loss account. Drafts. Extract from a re- port to the Board of Treasury, signed James Millegan, dated, Aug. -14, 1786. Dissection of receipts and payments, 1781. Public goods from Europe, 1781-83. Morris's contract for supply- ■ ing rations, 1782, etc. ff. (10). 8. Langdon, John. Unfinished copy of letter, Apr. 4,1776. f. (i). 9. Deane, Silas. Copy of extracts of letter, dated Paris, Dec. 3, 1776. Financial matters. Certi- fication to the correctness of the copy, lodged in the Treasury of the United States, signed Samuel Osgood, and dated, July 5, 1788. ff. (4). 10. Carmichael, Wm., in acc't with The Honor- able Silas Deane, Esq., 1776 and 1777. A copy. ■ ff. (2). 11. Statement of war material shipped by the gov- ernment of France to the United States, Aug. 1776 to Mar. 1777. f. (i). 12. Comptes des sommes que J. Sollier de Paris a recues et paye ^ Messieurs Franldin, Deane, et Lee. 1777. f. (l). 13. Soldiers' clothes furnished by French houses, 1777. f. (i). 14. Invoice of sundry merchandise shipped on ship Theresa from Nantes to St. Domingo, Apr. 20, 1777. Attested copy. With memorandum of Jos. Pennell, 1782. f. (3). 15. Deane, Silas, in account with Wm. Hodge, 1777. ;^ 113,720. \2s. yd. ff. {2). 16. Account of sales of four hogsheads of peltry. 1777. ff. (2). 17. Lee, Arthur. Drafts of letters : a. Berlin, June 28, 1777, to commissioners at Paris, about army clothing, b. Berlin, July 7, 1777- To same. Robbed of his papers. Doings of English envoy. c. Paris, July 29, 1777. To chairman of secret committee. Mission to Berlin. Robbery of papers. Sale of German troops to England. d. Paris, Sept. 9, 1777. To the chairman of the secret committee. Opening of German ports, ff. (6). 18. Morris, Robert, and others. Jan. 14, 1777. Extracts from letter from Philadelphia to Leon- ard Jarvis. Marine and mercantile affairs. Ex- tract of affidavit by Morris, Aug. 2, 1785, con- cerning agreement with Blair McClenahan in Dec. 1776, for charter of ship. Extract of affi- davit by McClenahan, Apr. 19, 1786, regarding the same. Affidavit (copy) of Richard Carne, Feb. 14, 1778, concerning the capture of the ship ; and extract from Registry of Admiralty at Nantes on the same point, ff. (3). 19. Lee, Arthur, and others. Drafts of letters, 1777-78, concerning the Messrs. Delap's cus- tom of addressing their letters to only two of the commissioners, ff. (2). 20. Lee, Arthur, in account with the United States, 1777-79. 376,500 livres. ff. (2). 21. Compte courant des Etats Unis par Messieurs Franklin, Lee, and Adams, chez F. Grand. Paris, Nov. 22, 1778. ff. (4). 22. Aug. 8, 1778. ff. (2). 23. Morris, Feu Monsieur Thomas, de Nantes pr c'.s des fitats Unis. 1777-78. f. (i). 24. Compte courant des Etats Unis par Messieurs P'ranklin, Lee, and Adams chez F. Grand. June 30, 1778. ff. (2). 25. [Fragment of accounts, in French. 1777-78.] f. (I). 26. Nikal, Jno. M. Note without date to Mr. Hines, attorney, Gosport. ff. (2). 27. Messieurs Franklin, Deane, and Lee, etc. cou- rant chez Ferdinand Grand de Paris. Jan. 24, 1778, with copies of notes, signed by the com- missioners, 1777-78. ff. (5). 28. Lee, Arthur. Paris, 7a«^ 5, 1778. Memorandum ^f doings and talks. 29. Note in French, without signature, " Dimanche, 28," [1778 ?] to Arthur Lee, " a hotel d'Espagne." ff. (2). 30. De Breteuil, Baron. Paris, ce 26 Fev. Note of invitation to Arthur Lee. ff. (2). 31. De Chalut. Note in French to Arthur Lee. f. (i). 32. Livingston, M. Affidavits, Apr. 11, 1778, and 20 Feb. 1779, regarding alleged stock jobbing of Lee and Izard, f. (i). 33. Morris, Robert. Feb. 17, 1778. Copy of letter to commercial committee, ff. (2). (Imperfect.) CALENDAR OF THE LEE MANUSCRIPTS. 41 34. Harrison, Benjamin. y««. 9, 1778. Extract from letter at Williamsburg to Robert Morris. Pro- curing of boats and wagons, ff. (2). 35. Copy of address to the powers and people of Europe on the inhuman conduct of the war on the part of Great Britain, covering resolutions of Congress, Jan. 2, 1776 and Oct. 30, 1778. ff. (8). 36. The United States of America, ace. with John Ross, July I, 1779; duplicate copy. Audited by Samuel Wharton and Edward Bancroft, y«/)/ 10, 1779; under authority of Franklin. Attested by Wm. Duer. ff. (2). 37. [Lee, Arthur]. Copies of letters addressed by him to committee of correspondence, Nov. 20, 1778; to le Comte Florida Blanca, Dec. 17, 1778, re- specting cruelty in the conduct of the war on the part of the British ; to le Comte d'Aranda, Dec. 18, 1778, in French, forwarding a letter; to Comte Florida Blanca, Dec. 27, 1778, concerning the manifesto of Congress on the British bar- barities ; to le Comte d'Aranda, in French, for- warding a letter. Copies, attested at I'Orient, May, 1780, by N. Blodget of Boston, and A. Windship of Boston, ff. (6). 38. Compte des fitats Unis par Messieurs Franklin, Lee, and Adams, chez F. Grand. Feb. 11, 1779. ff. (4). 39. List of bills received from Coten the banker, 1779- ft-(i)- 40. Lee, Arthur. Paris, Apr. 27, 1779. Observa- tions on the contract made with the farmer- general for the delivery of 5000 hogsheads of tobacco by the Hon. B. Franklin and Silas Deane ; followed by memorandum on Mr. Deane's letter of accusation, etc. ff. (8). 41. [Lee, Arthur]. Memoranda, May 19, 20, June 4. A French officer. Beaumarchais. Deane's ad- dress to the citizens of America, ff. (2). 42. Return of military and ordnance stores, cloth- ing, etc., received and delivered by John Lang- don, Esq., Portsmouth, Mar. 8, 1779. ff. (2). 43. Jones, John Paul, and others. " Extrait d'une lettre de John Paul Jones a Benjamin Franklin, datee au bord du Serapis dans le Texel, le 3 Oct. 1779," respecting the fight with the Bon Homme Richard. Extract of a letter from Capt. Pearson, of his majesty's ship Serapis, to Mr. Stevenson, dated Texel, Oct. 6, 1779, concerning the same fight. Extract of a letter from Capt. Jones, dated Texel, Oct. 3, 1779, regarding the conduct of the Alliance frigate. Extrait d'une lettre du Capt. Cotteneau, of the Pallas, dated Texel, Oct. 4, 1779, concerning the same fight. 44. Franklin, Benjamin. Passy, ^;tiy copy) were never published by Rambur. 52. Rambur. Catalogue systematique des lepi- dopteres de I'Andalusie. Paris. 1858-66 2 livr., forming partie I. S.H.S. The second livraison does not appear to have been issued before 1S70, and contains four plates of a third part, never pub- lished. 53. Roberg. De libella insecto lacustri et alato. Upsaliae. 1732. 4". WI.Z. Very rare. 54. Roesel. Monatliche msecten-belustigung. Nurnberg. 1746-61. 4^.4°- M.Z._ H.C. P.L. I have also an imperfect copy, and copies are in Brown uni- versity, the Peabody institute, and Mr. C. V. Riley s library. The Dutch translation is also in the Public library of Boston. Dr. Hagen's copv is one in which the earlier parts were colored by Roesel himself before he was ennobled. These are now rather scarce. . . 55. Rondelet. Libri de piscibus marinis. Lug- duni. 1554-55. 2 V. fo. M.Z. Rare, especially the second volume. ^ 56. Savign'y. Description de I'Egypte (50 plates of insects). Paris. 1809-13. Elephant fo. H.C. S.H.S Also in Dr. Packard's library and that of the Peabody Insti- tute ; doubtless in others. 57. Say. American entomology. Philadelphia 1817. 80. WI.Z. This preliminary part, issued many years before the first vol- ume bearing the same tille, is exceedingly rare, — " never properly published," says Say himself. Only oneolher copy is known m this country, — in the library of Dr. Le Conte. 58. Say. Descriptions of new species of North American insects, and observations on some of the species already described. New Harmony. 1829-33 [1830-34]. 80. N.H. S.H.S. One of the rarest of Say's New Harmony pamphlets, since twice republished ; typographically, one of the most irregular pamphlets ever issued. 59. Schiffermiiller. Systematisch verzeichniss der schmetterlinge der wiener gegend. Wien. 1776. 40. M.Z. S.H.S. Probably the only copies of the author's edition in the country. I have also the edition of 1775, which is given as a separate work by Hagen, but which differs from the later only in the date on the two title-pages, a different frontispiece, and a preliminary title-page : Ankundigung eines systematischen werkes von den schmetterlingen der wiener gegend. 1775. {Cf. Hagen, Bibl. II. 122.) 60. Sepp. Surinaamische vlinders. Amsterdam. 1848-55. 3 v. 40. N.H. 61. Stroem. Physik och oeconomisk beskrivelse over fogderiet Sondmbr. Sorae. 1762. 40. M.Z. 62. Thunberg. Dissertationes. Upsaliae. 1781- 1828. A very nenrly complete set of his entomological papers, some of them very scarce, will be found in M.Z. S.H.S. 63. Uddman. Novae insectorum species. Aboae. 1753. 40. M.Z. Very rare. 64. Villiers et G-uen^e. Tableaux synoptiques des lepidopteres d'Europe. Paris. 1835. 40. 9.H.S. Rarely obtainable ; and not elsewhere in this country, unless in Philadelphia. 65. Walker. Diptera britannica. London. 1851- 56. 3v. 80. S.H.S. Scar(:e. Also in Mr. E. Burgess's library. 66. Wigand. Vera historia de succino borassico. Jenae. 1590. 80. M.Z. According 10. an inscription made in this copy a century ago, this was pveii then "liber perrarus." 67. Wotton. De differentiis animalium libri decern. Lutetiae Parisiorum. 1552. fo. M.Z. Rare, and the only copy known to exist in the c(»iintry 68. Zanghi (I'aolo). Delle cavallette e del modo di distrtiggerle, opera in circonstanza della in- vasione avvenuta nella provincia di Caltanisetta nel 1832. Palermo. 1835. 160. pp. (6), 171. S.H.S. Not mentioned in Hagen's Eibliogr 69. Zinnani. Delle uova e dei nidi degli uccelli libro primo ; osservazioni giornali sopra la cavallette. Venezia. 1737. 40. M.Z. S.H.S. Verv rare. NIVERSIT ssJUBRARY^ UNlVEPgY^,,^^^^ at i^artartj dxniut^itv. ^ Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. I nsTOw 12. list OF TILE PUBLICATIONS OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY AND ITS OFFICERS, 1870-1880. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON. 1881. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTRIBUTIONS Already issued or in preparation : A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready. 1. Edward S. Hold en. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Sliakespeare's Poems : a Bibliograpliy of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel- angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner. *7. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry. *8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. 9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. 11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880. *i3. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. *** The present list has been prepared from the responses to the following circular : — Cambmdge, Gore Hall, Jan. 24, 1881. Dear Sir, — It is proposed to print a list of the publications of the officers of instruction and government in the University (including librarians, curators, demonstrators, and assistants, together with instructors annually appointed), for the Academic years 1870-71 to 1879-80, both inclusive; that is, from Sept. 29, 1870, to Sept. 30, 1880. I am directed by the President to request your co-operation in making this list accurate and complete by furnishing me with the titles of the publications made by you during the term of your service, so far as it falls within the period named, and the titles of such other of your publications, if any, as may be said to have grown out of your work in the University, though published after your connection with it ceased. The classes of works intended are these : — 1. Independent works as author or editor. 2. Joint works as author or editor. 3. Contributions, bearing the author's name, to serial, periodical, or occasional publications, includ- ing transactions of learned societies. 4. Lectures delivered within or without the University, which have been subsequently printed. As it is intended to give a separate list of the contents of the Annals of the Observatory, the Memoirs and Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the Reports of the Peabody Museum, the Library Bulletin, and the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution, contributions to these pubHcations of the University need not be enumerated. Very truly yours, JUSTIN WINSOR, Librarian of the University. OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. *** These titles are those of publications issued by the different departments of the University, during the period 1870- 1880, with the addition of such volumes of the publications of the Astronomical Observatory and Museum of Com- parative Zoology as were printed before 1870. This departure from the strict limits of the period has been made because the volumes dated before 1870 are few in number, and there is manifest convenience m making such a Ust complete. Contributions by officers of the University in these official publications are not included in the lists given on later pages under their respective names. ARNOLD ARBORETUM. Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum to the President and Fellows of Harvard University. By C. S. Sargent. 8°. Salem. 1874. pp. 16. Dated Dec. 1874. Also printed in the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution. Annual Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum to the President and Fellows of Har- vard College for 1879-80. By C. S. Sargent. 8°. Cambridge. 1881. pp. 2, 7, map. The body of this report (pp. 1-3) is appended to the annual reports of the President and Treasurer of Harvard College. %* These are the only reports which have been separately printed ; but since 1875 they have appeared in the annual re- ports of the President, etc., sometimes in connection with the report on the Botanic Garden ; and that for 1875, with the addition of appendices, in the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATORY. Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College. Vol. 1-12. 1852-1880. 4'^. Cambridge and Leipzig. 1855-80. Contents. — i. Part i., 1856. pp. (6), 191. — (i.) History and description of the Observatory, pp. 1-55, figs. — (2.) Appendix, containing reports of the committee appointed by the overseers of the University at Cambridge to examine the Observatory, for the academic years 1845-55, including reports of the Director, W. C. Bond : 1845-46, pp. 67-112, fig. ; 1846-47, pp. 113-122; 1847-48, pp. 122-132; 1848-49, pp. 132-140; 1849-50, pp. 140-150; 1850-51, pp. 151-160; 1851-52, pp. 160-167; 1852-53, pp. 168-174; 1853-54, pp. 174-182; 1854-55, pp. 183-191. — Part 2, 1855. t.p.,pp. 97, 317, fig. Results of Astronomical observations made under the direction of W. C. Bond ; G. P. Bond, C. W. Tuttle, assistants. Zone catalogue of 5,500 stars situated between the equator and o°2o' north declination, observed during the years 1852-53. ii. Pait 1, 1857. pp. 6, 136, pi. (31). Observations on the planet Saturn, made with the twenty-three-foot equatorial at the Observatory of Harvard College, 1847-57. By W. C. Bond. — Part 2, 1867. pp. 6, 257. Results of astronomical observations made under the direction of W. C. Bond ; G. P. Bond, assistant. Zone catalogue of 4,484 stars situated between o°2o' and o°4o' north declination, observed during the years 1854-55. iii. 1862. pp. 20, 372, pi. 49, figs. Account of the great comet of 1858. By G. P. Bond. iv. Part 1, 1863. pp. (6), 32. A catalogue of standard polar and clock stars, for the reduction of observations in right ascension. By T. H. Safford. — Part 2, 1878. pp. 19, 143. Right ascensions of 505 stars determined with the east transit circle, 1862-65. By T. H. Safford. V. 1867. pp. 26, 189, pi. (3). Observations upon the great nebula of Orion. By G. P. Bond ; edited by T. H. Safford. vi. 1872. pp. (6) 303. Results of astronomical observations made under the direction of W. C. Bond ; G. P. Bond, assistant. Zone catalogue of 6,100 stars situated between o°4o' and i°o' north declination, observed during the years 1859-60. vii. 1871. pp. 22, portr., pi. 112. Observations of solar spots, 1847-49. By W. C. Bond. viii. Results of observations made or directed by W. C. Bond, G. P. Bond, and J. Winlock. Part 1, 1876. pp. 8, 65, pi. 10, 6. Historical account of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College from October, 1855, to October, 1S76 (including a paper on the Structure of the surface of the moon, by N. S. Shaler. pp. 50-53.) — Part 2, 1876. t. p., pp. 8, 7) pl- 35- — (') Astronomical engravings of the moon, planets, etc., prepared under the direction of J. Winlock. pp. 8, pi. 23. — (2) Astronomical engravings illustrating solar phenomena, prepared under the direction of J. Winlock. pp. 7. Pl- la- OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. ix. Leipzig. 1S78. pp. 6, 181, pi. (3). Observations made under tlie direction of J. Winlock. Photometric re- searclies, made in the years 1872-75. By C. S. Peirce. X. 1877. pp. 89, 239, pi. 6. — I. Observations made with the meridian circle during the years 1871 and 1S72, under the direction of J. Winlock. By W. A. Rogers, pp. 9-89, 1-227. — 2. Catalogue III. Catalogue of stars in right ascension observed during the years 1867 and 1868, with the transit circle. [By E. P. Austin], pp. 229-239. xi. 1S79. pp. 8, 318. Photometric observations made principally with the equatorial telescope of fifteen inches aperture during the years 1877-79. By E. C. Pickering, aided by A. Searle and W. Upton. xii. 1880. pp. 92, 271. Observations made with the meridian circle during the years 1874 and 1875, and prepared for publication under the direction of J. Winlock and E. C. Pickering. By W. A. Rogers. Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College appointed to visit the Observa- tory in the years 1859-64, together with the Report of the Director. 6nos. 8°. Boston. 1860-65. 1859, 24 pp. ; i860, 23 pp. ; 1861, 36 pp. ; 1862, 37 pp. ; 1863, 27 pp., — all by G. P. Bond; 1864, 28 pp., — by T. H. Safford. EarUer reports were published in the first volume of the Annuals. Annual Report of the Director of Harvard College Observatory, presented to the Visiting Committee, 1877-80. By E. C. Pickering. 4 nos. 8°. Cambridge. 1877-81. 1877, 36 pp. ; 1S78, 14 pp. ; 1879, 14 pp. ; 1880, 17 pp. Standard Public Time [by L. Waldo]. 12 pp. 8°. Cambridge, 1877. BUSSEY INSTITUTION. Bulletin of the Bussey Institution, Jamaica Plain, Boston. Vols. 1-3. 8°. Cambridge. 1874-78. Contents, i. pp. 4, 470, pi. 6. Part i, 1874, pp. 1-80; part 2, 1874, pp. 81-184; part 3, 1874, pp. 185-284; part 4, 1875, pp. 285-372; part 5, 1876, pp. 373-470, pi. 1-6. — History and description of the Bussey Institution, 1-7. — I. Report of results of examination of commercial fertilizers. By F. H. Storer. pp. 8-24. — 2. Record of results obtained on analyzing American shorts and middlings, with remarks on the composition of bran. By F. H. Storer. pp. 25-39.-3. The humane destruction of animals. By D. D. Slade. pp. 40-49, figs. — 4. Agricultural value of the ashes of anthracite. By F. H. Storer. pp. 50-79. — 5. Record of trials of fertilizers upon the plain- field of the Bussey Institution ; first report, results obtained in 1871. By F. H. Storer. pp. 80-102. — 6. The same; second report, results obtained in 1872. By F. H. Storer. pp. 103-115. — 7. The same; third report, results ob- tained in 1873, with a review of the three years' course of experiments. By F. H. Storer. pp. 1 16-170. — 8. Analyses of several foreign superphosphates of lime, with remarks on the cost of importing superphosphates from Europe. By F. H. Storer. pp. 170-184. — 9. On the valuation of soluble phosphoric acid in superphosphate of lime. By F. H. Storer. pp. 185-190. — 10. Average amounts of potash and phosphoric acid in wood ashes from house-fires, By F. H. Storer. pp. 191-251. — 11. On the importance as plant-food of the nitrogen in vegetable mould. By F. H. Storer. pp. 252-285. — 12. Applied zoology; the importance of its study to the practical agricultu- rist. By D. D. Slade. pp. 286-292. — 13. Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard University. By C. S. Sargent, pp. 293-299. — 14. Record of trials of fertilizers upon the plain- field of the Bussey Institution ; fourth report, results obtained in 1874. By F. H. Storer. pp. 300-318. — 15. The potato- rot. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 319-338, figs. — 16. Report on analyses of salt-marsh hay and bog hay. By F. H. Storer. pp. 339-361. — 17. On the fodder-value of apples. By F. H. Storer. pp. 362-372. — 18. Composition of date-stones and of the stones of peaches and prunes. By. F. H. Storer. pp. 373-377. — 19. Analyses of potassic fertiUzers. By F. H. Storer. pp. 378-397. — 20. On the occurrence of ammonia in anthracite. By F. H. Storer. pp. 398-403. — 21. Disease of olive and orange trees, occurring in California in 1875. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 404-414. — 22. American grape-vine mildew. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 415-429. 23. List of fungi found in the vicinity of Boston. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 430-439. — 24. The black knot. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 440-454, pi. 1-6 25. Report of the Director of the Arnold Arboretum, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard University. By C. S. Sargent, pp. 455-458. ii. pp. 252, pi. I. Part i, 1877, pp. 1-80 ; part 2, 1877, pp. 81-160, pi.; part 3, 1878, pp. 161-252. — i. The art of the farrier. By D. D. Slade. pp. 1-6. — 2. On the amounts of potash and of phosphoric acid in several kinds of rocks. By F. H. Storer. pp. 7-25. — 3. On the agricultural value of spent dye-woods and tan. By F. H. Storer. pp. 26-50. — 4. On the composition of buckwheat straw. By F. H. Storer. pp. 51-57. — 5. On the fertilizing power of roasted leather. By F. H. Storer. pp. 58-71. — 6. Notes of experiments in which buckwheat plants were watered with solutions of peat in alkalies. By F. H. Storer. pp. 72-74. — 7. Remarks on some algEe found in the water supplies of the city of Boston. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 75-80. — 8. On the composition of certain pumpkins and squashes. By F. H. Storer. pp. 81-93. — 9- A. record of results obtained on analyzing the seeds of broom-corn. By F. H. Storer. pp. 94-105. 10. Notes on some common diseases caused by fungi. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 106-114. pl. — II. A record of analyses of several weeds that are occasionally used as human food. By F. H. Storer. pp. 115-129. — 12. On the chemical composition of blue joint-grass (calamagrostis canadensis), as contrasted with that of reed canary grass (phalaris arundinacea). By F. H. Storer. pp. 130-136. — 13. Remarks on American fodder rations, with hints for OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. the improvement of some of them. By F. H. Storer. pp. 137-158.^14. Results obtained on growing buckwheat in equal weights of pit-sand and of coal ashes. By F. H. Storer. pp. 159-160.-15. The hybridization of lilies. By F. Parkman. pp. 161-165. — i^- On the chemical composition of the common field horse-tail or scouring-rush (equisetum arvense). By F. H. Storer. pp. 166-175. — 17. Results of a chemical examination of the shells of crabs and lobsters, and of those of oysters, clams, mussels, and other shell-fish. By F. H. Storer. pp. 176-194. — 18. On the prominence of carbonate of. lime as a constituent of solutions obtained by percolating di-y cultivable soils with water. By F. H. Storer. pp. 195-221. — 19. Supplementary note to an article on the composition of pumpkins. By F. H. Storer. pp. 221-223. — 20. List of fungi found in the vicinity of Boston ; part 2. By W. G. Farlow. pp. 224-252. LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY. Bulletin of more important accessions, with Bibliographical Contributions : — Vol. i. includes Nos. i to 13, 1875-79, pp. iv. 378. 8°. Nos. i to 5 consist of lists of accessions to the college library only. Those added to the departmental libraries are included in later numbers, which also contain bibliographical papers, of which the most extended are as follows : — H. C. Lodge on " American History," in Nos. 5 and 7. Justin VVinsor on " Puritans and Separatists," in no. 7 ; on the " Pilgrims at Plymouth " and " Thomas Jl Becket " in no. 8 ; on " The Great Council for New England and Massachusetts Bay," in nos. 9 and 10 ; on " Early Globes " in no. 10 ; on " The Cosmographical labors of Sebastian Miinster " and " The Antinomian Controversy in New England " in no. II ; on " Edmund Spenser and Early Editions of his Poems," in no. 12, Charles F. Dunbar on " Gold and Silver," in no. 7. Ezra Abbot on " Theological Books," in no. 7. Ephraim Emerton on " The History of the Empire and the Papacy, 1056-1122," in no. 7. Wolcott Gibbs on " Thermodynamics," in no. 9. Vol. ii. begins with no. 14, 1880, and with no. 18 the publication became " The Harvard University Bulletin." The first four numbers contain, beside the lists of accessories, etc., the following bibliographical papers : — Justin Winsor on " The Character of the Gracchi," in no. 14 ; on the " Character of Seneca," in no. 15. Ivan Panin on " Russian Nihilism," in nos. 16 and 18. Wolcott Gibbs and John Trowbridge on " Suggestions of Students' Work in Physics," in no. 17. *#* The Bulletin has also contained various papers, which, issued separately, constitute the series next named. Bibliographical Contributions, edited by Justin Winsor, Librarian. *#* These papers, after appearing in sections in the Bulletin of the Library, have been printed separately ; but those marked with a star, not being yet completed in the Bulletin, have not appeared separately. They are ; — 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal Books relating to the Life and Works of Michelangelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several Pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library by the Honorable Charles Sumner. *7. James M. Peirce. References In Analytic Geometry. *8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. 9. GeoRGE Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. 11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its OiBcers. 1870-1880. (Separate only.) *i3. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. Special Publications. I. Catalogue of Scientific Serials of all Countries, including the trans- actions of learned societies in the natural, physical and mathematical sciences, 1633-1876. By Samuel H. Scudder. 1879. 8°. pp. xii. 358. %* The annual reports of Mr. Sibley as Librarian are preserved in manuscript, but his twenty-second and final Annual Report (July 6, 1877) was printed. The present Librarian has made three annual reports, which have been appended to the Reports of the President, and have also been issued separately. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. Vols. 1-7. 4°. Cam- bridge. 1865-80. First published under the title of "Illustrated Catalogue," each paper separately paged. Nos. i, 2 of the Cata- logue form vol. I of Memoirs ; Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6 of Catalogue and No. 9 of Memoirs form vol. 2 ; No. 7 of Catalogue forms vol. 3 ; and No. 8 of Catalogue and No. 10 of Memoirs form vol. 4. After this, the continuous numbering of separate papers is discontinued. OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. Contents. — i. 1865. pp. 460, pi. 2, cuts in text. — i. Ophiurida: and astrophytidse. By T. Lyman, pp. 8,200, pi. 2, cuts. — 2. North American acalephae. By A. Agassiz. pp. 14, 234, cuts. ii. 1870-76. pp. 280, pi. 26. 1.1870. Monograph of the North Amei-ican AstacidjE. By H. A. Hagen. pp. 8, m, pi. II. — 2. 1871. Deep-sea corals. By L. F. de Pourtal&s. pp. (4), 93, map, pi. 8.-3. 1872. The immature state of the odonata; part i, subfamily gomphina. By L. Cabot, pp. (4), 19, pi. 3.-4. 1871. Supplement to the Ophiuridae and astrophytida;. By T. Lyman, pp. 18, pi. 2.-5. 1876. On some insect deformities. By H. A. Hagen. pp. 23, pi. I. iii. 1872-74. pp. 796, pi. 94. Revision of the echini. By A. Agassiz. — i. 1S72. Introduction, bibliography, nomenclature, chronological list, synonymy, geographical distribution, pp. 12, 244, pi. 7. — 2. 1872. Echini of the east- ern coast of the United States, together with a report on the deep-sea echini collected in the straits of Florida, by L. F. de Pourtalfes, in the years 1S67-69. pp. 245-378, pi. 42. — 3. 1S73. Description of the species of recent echini, pp. (2), 379-628, (2), pi. 28. — 4. 1874. Structure and embryology of the echini, pp. (2), 629-762, pi. 17, cuts. *#* The text and plates were issued separately ; the latter with title-pages and index making pp. (6), 4, and one or more pages of text corresponding to each plate. iv. 1874-76. pp. 348, pi. 28. — I. 1874. Zoological results of the Hassler expedition. L Echini, crinoids, and corals. By A. Agassiz and L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp 4, 54, pi. 10. — 2. 1875. T^hc same. \\. Ophiuridae and astrophytidjE, in- cluding those dredged by the late Dr. W. Stimpson. By T. Lyman, pp. 34, pi. 5, cuts. — 3. 1876. The American bisons, living and extinct. By J. A. Allen. T. p., pp. 10, 246, map, pi. 12. V. 1877. pp. 215, pi. 54. — I. North American starfishes. By A. Agassiz. pp. 6, 137, pi. 20. — 2. Report on the hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream by L. F. de Pourtal^s. By G. J. AUman. pp. 2, 66, pi. 34. vi. 1878-S0. pp. 637, pi. 33, maps 4. — i. 1879-80. The auriferous gravels of the Sierra Nevada of California. By J. D. Whitney, pp. 5-569, pi. 23, maps 4. — 2. 1878. Report on the fossil plants of the aurifei-ous gravel deposits of the Sierra Nevada, By L. Lesquereux. pp. 6, 62, pi. 10. vii. 1880. pp. 4, 61, pi. 23 (incomplete). — i. Report on the Florida reefs. By L. Agassiz, accompanied by illustra- tions of Florida corals, from drawings by Sonrel, Burkhardt, Agassiz, and Roetter, with an explanation of the plates by L. F. de Pourtal^s. *#* Two other parts, one already published, complete the volume. Illustrated Catalogue. See Memoirs. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, in Cambridge. Vols. 1-7. 8°. Cambridge. 1863-80. Contents. — i. 1863-1869. pp. 4, 386. 1. List of the fishes sent by the Museum todifferent institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By F. W. Putnam, pp. 1-16. — 2. List of the echinoderms sent by the Museum to different institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By A. Agassiz. pp. 17-28. — 3. List of the polyps and corals sent by the Museum to different institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By A. E. Verrill. pp. 29-60. — 4. List of the brachiopods from the island of Anticosti, sent by the Museum to different insti- tutions, in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. By N. S. Shaler. pp, 61-70. — 5. The fossil cephalopods of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. By A. Hyatt, pp. 71-102. — 6. Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream at gi-eat depths. By L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp. 103-120. — 7. Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream at great depths ; second series. By L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp. 121-142. — 8. Catalogue of the mammals of Massachusetts, with a critical revision of the species. By J. A, Allen, pp. 143-252. — 9. Preliminary report on the echini and starfishes, dredged in deep water between Cuba and the Florida reef, by L. F. de Pourtales. Prepared by A. Agassiz. pp. 253-308. — 10. Preliminary report on the ophiuridae and astrophytidse dredged in deep water between Cuba and the Florida reef, by L. F. de Pourtales. Prepared by T, Lyman, pp. 309-354. — 11. List of the crinoids, obtained on the coasts of Flor- ida and Cuba by the U. S. coast-survey Gulf-stream expeditions in 1867, 1868, 1869. By L. F. Pourtales. pp. 355-358. — 12. List of holothuridae from the deep-sea dredgings of the U.S. coast survey. By L. F. Pourtalfes. pp. 359-361. — 13. Report upon the deep-sea dredgings in the Gulf Stream during the third cruise of the U. S. steamer "Bibb," ad- dressed to Professor Benjamin Peirce, superintendent U. S. coast survey. By L. Agassiz. pp. 363-386. ii. 1870-71. pp. 4, 457; pi. 8. — I. On the eared seals (otariadae), with detailed descriptions of the North Pacific species. By J. A. Allen. Together with an account of the habits of the northern fur seal (callorhinus ursinus). By C. Bryant, pp. 1-108 ; pi. 1-3. — 2. Preliminary report on the Crustacea, dredged in the Gulf Stream in the Straits of Florida, by L. F. de Pourtalfes ; part I. Brachyura. Prepared by W. Stimpson. pp. 109-160. — 3. On the mammals and winter buds of East Florida, with an examination of certain assumed specific characters in birds, and a sketch of the bird faunae of eastern North America, By J, A, Allen, pp. 161-450 ; pi. 4-8. — 4. Directions for dredging. Drawn up by L. F. de Pourtales. pp. 451-454. — 5. Appendix to the Preliminary report (Bulletin, no. 9, vol. 1) on the echini col- lected by L. F. de Pourtalfes. By A, Agassiz. pp. 455-457. iii. 1871-76. pp, 4, 375 ; pi. 18.— I. Report on the brachiopoda, obtained by the U. S, coast-survey expedition in charge of L. F de Pourtales, with a revision of the craniidae and discinidse. By W. H. Dall. pp. 1-45; pi. 1-2. — 2. Application of photography to illustrations of natural history, with two figures printed by the Albert and Woodbury process. By A. Agassiz. pp. 47-48 ; pi. (2). — 3. A letter concerning deep-sea dredging, addressed to Professor Benja- min Peirce, superintendent U. S. coast survey. By L. Agassiz. pp. 49-53, — 4, Preliminary notice of a few species of echmi. By A, Agassiz. pp, 55-5S. — 5. Fossil cephalopods of the Museum of Comparative Zoology; embryology. By A, Hyatt, pp 59-111 ; pi. 1-4, cuts in text. —6. Notes of an ornithological reconnoissance of portions of Kansas, Col- OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. orado, Wyoming, and Utah. By J. A. Allen, pp. 1 13-183. — 7. Interim report on the hydroids collected by L. F. de Pour- tal^s, during the Gulf Stream exploration of the U. S. coast survey. By G. J. Allman. pp. 185-1S6. — 8. The echini collected on the Hassler expedition. By A. Agassiz. pp. 187-190. : — 9. Catalogue of the terrestrial air-breathing moUusks of North America, with notes on their geographical range. By W. G. Binney. pp. 191-220, map. — 10. OphiuridEB and astrophytidae, old and new. By T, Lyman, pp. 221-272, pi. 1-7, cuts in text. — 11. Exploration of Lake Titicaca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. I. Fishes and reptiles. By S. W. Garman. pp. 273-278, i pi. — 12. Exploration of Lake Titicaca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. II. Notice of the palaeozoic fossils. By O. A. Derby, with notes by A. Agassiz. pp. 279-286. — 13. Recent corals from Tilibiche, Peru. By A. Agassiz and L. F. de Pourtalfes. pp. 287-290, pi. I. — 14. The development of salpa. By W. K. Brooks, pp. 291-348, cuts in text. 15. Exploration of Lake Titi- caca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. III. List of mammals and birds. By J. A. Allen, with field notes by S. W. Garman. pp. 349-359. — 16. Exploration of Lake Titicaca, by A. Agassiz and S. W. Garman. IV. Crustacea. By W. Faxon, pp. 361-375, cuts in text. iv. 1878. pp. 6, 449, pi. 104, cuts in text. The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States and the adjacent territories of North America. Described and illustrated by W. G. Binney. V. 1878-79. pp. 4, 368, pi. 50. — I. (Letter No. i) to C. P. Patterson, superintendent coast survey, Washington, D.C., on the dredging operations of the U. S. coast-survey steamer "Blake," during parts of January and February, 1878. By A. Agassiz. pp. 1-9. — 2. On the presence of demodex folliculorum in the skin of the ox. By W. Faxon, pp. 11-16. pi. I. — 3. The Richmond boulder trains. By E. R. Benton, pp. 17-42, maps 2. — 4. Description of a new species of corbicula, with notes on other species of the corbiculadae family. By T. Prime, pp. 43-46, pi. 2, cuts in text. — 5. Notes on the anatomy of corbiculadjE (mollusca) and a translation from the Danish of an article on the anatomy of cyclas (sphaerium), by Jacobsen. By T. Prime, pp. 47-54, pi. 3. — 6. (Letter No. 2) to C. P. Patterson, superintendent coast survey, Washington, D.C., on the dredging operations of the U.S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," during parts of March and April, 1878, with the preliminary report on the mollusca of the expedition, by W. H. Dall. pp. 55-64, pi. 2. — 7. Ophiuridae and astrophytid;e of the exploring voyage of H. M. S. " Challenger," under Professor Sir W. Thomson. By T. Lyman. Part I. pp. 65-168, pi. 10. — 8. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Lt. Com. C. D. Sigsbee commanding. I. Description of the sounding-machine, water-bottle, and detacher used on board the " Blake" by C. D. Sigsbee. pp. 169-179, pi. 5. — 9. The same. II. Report on the echini, by A. Agassiz ; crinoids and corals, by L. F. de Pourtalfes ; and ophiurans by T. Lyman : preceded by a bibliographical notice of the publications relating to the deep-sea investigations carried on by the U. S. coast survey, pp. iSi-238, pi. 10, cuts in text. — 10. Report on the hydroidea collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream and Gulf of Mexico by A. Agassiz. By S. F. Clarke, pp. 239-252, pi. 1-5. — 11. On some young stages in the development of hippa, porcellana, and pinnixa. By W. Faxon, pp. 253-268, pi. 1-5. — 12. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Lt. Com. C. D. Sigsbee commanding. IV. Preliminary report on the worms. By. E. Ehlers. pp. 269-274. — 13. On the classification of rocks. By M. E. Wadsworth. pp. 275-287. — 14. (Letter No. 3) to C. P. Patterson, su- perintendent U. S. coast survey, Washington, D. C, on the dredging operations carried on from December, 1878, to March 10, 1879, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Com. J. R. Bartlett. By A. Agassiz. pp. 289-302, maps 2. — 15. On the development of palaemonetes vulgaris. By W. Faxon, pp. 303-330, pi. 1-4. — 16. On the jaw and lingual dentition of certain terrestrial mollusks. By W. G. Binney, pp. 331-368, pi. 2. vi. 1879-1880. pp. 158, pi. 16 (incomplete). — 1. List of dredging stations occupied by the U. S. coast-survey steamers " Corwin," " Bibb," " Hassler," and " Blake," from 1867-1S79, Benjamin Peirce and Carlile P. Patterson, superintend- ents of the coast survey, pp. 1-15. — 2. Ophiuridae and astrophytidae of the exploring voyage of H. M. S. " Challenger," under Professor Sir W. Thomson. Part II. By T. Lyman, pp. 17-83, pi. 9. — 3. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the gulf of Mexico, 1877-78, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Lt. Com. C. D. Sigsbee commanding. V. General conclusions from a preliminary examination of the mollusca. By W. H. Dall. pp. 85-93. — 4. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the Caribbean Sea, 1878-79, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake," Com. J. R. Bartlett commanding. VI. Report on the corals and antipatharia. By L. F. de Pourtales. pp. 95-120, pi. 1-3. — 5. The ethnoid bone in the bats. By H. Allen, pp. 121-122. — 6. On certain species of chelonioidae. By S. W. Garman. pp. 123-126. — 7. Contribution to a knowledge of the tubular jelly fishes. By J. W. Fewkes. pp. 127-146, pi. 1-3. — 8. (Letter No. 4) to C. P. Patterson, superintendent U. S. coast ■ and geodetic siurvey, Washington, D. C, on the dredging operations carried on during part of June and July, 1880, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer "Blake;" Com. J. R. Bartlett. By A. Agassiz. pp. 147-154.^9. Reports of the results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz, on the east coast of the United States, by the U. S. coast-survey steamer " Blake " ; Com. J. R. Bartlett. VII. Description of a gravitating trap for obtaining specimens of animal life from intermedial ocean depths. By C. D. Sigsbee. pp. 155-158, pi. i. The volume, when completed, will contain three more numbers, two of which have already been published. vii. 1880. pp. 4, 157 ; pi. 6 (incomplete), i. Notes on the geology of the iron and copper districts of Lake Superior. By M. E. Wadsworth. The volume will contain only geological papers, and bears also the title " Geological Series, i." Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College, appointed to visit the Lawrence scientific school during the year i860 ; together with the reports submitted by the professors. Submitted Feb. 21, 1861. 8°. Cambridge. 1873. pp. 86. 8 OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. Contents. — (i.) Report of the Board of Overseers of Harvard College, pp. 3-1 1. — (ii.) Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1861. Sep. t.p., pp. 16-67. [App. C. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year 1859, presented January, i860. By L. Agassiz. pp. 48-53. App. D. Report of the Committee on the Mu- seum, presented October, i860, pp. 54-58. App. E. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year i860, submitted January, 1861. By L. Agassiz. pp. 59-66.] — (iii.) Annual report of the Trustees of the Museum, together with the report of the Director. 1862. Sep. t. p., pp. 71-S6. [App. A. Third Annual Report of the Museum, presented October, 1861. By L. Agassiz. pp. 73-85.] This reprints as part of its contents the two following : — Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1861. 8°. Boston. 1861. pp. so. Contents. — (i.) App. C. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year 1859, presented January, i860. By L. Agassiz. pp. 33-37 (same as the precedmg (ii.)App. C.) — (ii.) App. D. Report of the Committee on the Museum, presented October, i860, pp. 38-42 (same as the preceding (ii.), App. D.) — (iii.) App. E. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year i860, submitted January, 1861. By L. Agassiz. pp. 43-49 (same as the preceding (ii.) App. E.). This and the following reports up to 1876 were issued by the Commonwealth, as Senate documents. This is Senate, No. 37. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the Report of the Director. 1862. By L. Agassiz. 8°. Boston. 1862. pp. 18. Senate, No. 53. Same as report of the committee of the overseers above, (iii.). Annual report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, together with the Report of the Director. 1862. By L. Agassiz. 8°. Boston. 1863. pp. 41. Senate No. 32. Contents. — App. A. Fourth Annual Report of the Museum, by L. Agassiz, presented October, 1862. pp. 5-40. Dis- tinct from the preceding. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (at Harvard College, in Cambridge), together with the Report of the Director. 1863-72. By L. Agassiz. 10 nos, 8°. Boston. 1864-73. The seventh report, 1865, and in part the eighth, 1866, were prepared by A. Agassiz, assistant in charge. 1S63. pp. 56. Senate, no. 22. — 1864, pp. 51, Senate, no. 96. — 1865, pp. 32, Senate, no. 67. — 1866, pp. 37, Senate, no. 52. — 1867, pp. 32, Senate, no. 218. — 1868, pp. 46, Senate, no. 60. — 1869, pp. 41, Senate, no. 170. — 1870, pp. 35, Senate, no. 327. — 1S71, pp. 35, Senate, no. 249. — 1872, pp. 36, Senate, no. 252. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, in Cambridge, together with the Report of the Committee on the Museum. 1873-74. 2 nos. 8°. Boston. 1874-75. The report for 1873 is by A. Agassiz; that for 1874 by A. Agassiz and T. Lyman. 1873, pp. 30, Senate, no. 200. — 1874, pp. 26, Senate, no. 75. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard College, in Cambridge, together with the Report of the Curator to the Committee on the Museum, for 1875-76. By A. Agassiz. 2 nos. 8°. Boston. 1876-77. 1875, pp. 58, portr., pi. 3, Senate, no. 10. — 1876, pp. 47, Senate, no. 5. Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard College to the President and Fellows of Harvard College for 1877-80. By A. Agassiz. 3 nos. 8°. Cam- bridge. 1878-80. 1S77-78, pp. 40, pi. 2. — 1878-79, pp. 28. — 1879-80, pp. 29, pi. 5. A. G. A. Maack, J. McCrady, C. R. Osten Backen, A. S. Packard. Jr., J. JB. Perry, L. 'F. de PourtalJs, F. W. Putnam, O. H. Sl. John S. H. Scudder, N. S. Shaler, F. R. Staehli, F. Steindachner, P. R. Uhler, A. E. Verrill, J. D. Whitney, Miscellaneous. — List of American fossils which can be furnished in exchange by the Museum. 16°. n.p., n. d., pp.8. List of European fossils which can be furnished in exchange by the Museum. 16° N. p., N. D., pp. 12. Directions for collecting objects of natural history. 8°. Cambridge. N. D. pp. 8. Articles of agreement between the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology and the President and Fellows of Harvard College. 8°. Boston. 1859. pp. 8. Charter of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, with a list of the Trustees, the by-laws, and other papers. 1859. 8°. Boston. 1859. pp. 32. An account of the organization and progress of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, in Cam- bridge, Mass. 80. Cambridge. 1871. pp. 32, pi. 5. The Organization and Progress of the Anderson School of Natural History at Penikese Island. Report of the Trustees for 1873. By A. Agassiz. 8°. Cambridge. 1874. pp. 30, pi. 5. OFFICIAL PUBLICATiONS. PEABODY MUSEUM OF AMERICAN ARCHEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY. First(-Seventh) Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archasology and Ethnology, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard College (by Jeffries Wyman), 1868-74. 7 nos. 8°. Cambridge. 1868-74. I. pp. 28. — 2. pp. 23. — 3. pp. 15. — 4. pp. 27. — 5. pp. 35. — 6. pp. 27. — 7. pp. 43. These Reports contain notices of explorations and collections by tl>e Curator, among which maybe specified: On the Shell Heaps of the St. John's River, Fla. (i. 11-18). — The Mortillet Collection (ii. 6-7). — The Rose Collection (ii. 8-11). — Observations on Crania and other Parts of the Skeleton (iv. 10-24). — The Clement Collection (v. 6-11). — Explorations in Tennessee (v. 11-22). — Explorations in Florida (v. 22-25). — The Nicolucci Collection (vi. 7-12). — Explorations on the St. Clair River, Michigan, by H. Gillman (vi. 13-19). —The Agassiz Collection (vii. 7-24). — Human Remains in the Shell Heaps of the St. John's River, East Florida; Cannibalism (vii. 26-37). Eighth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard College (by Asa Gray), 1875. 8°. Cambridge. 1875. pp. 61. The Report on the Additions to the .Museum (pp. 12-52) is by F. W. Putnam, and is mostly occupied with an account of the Swallow Collection of Missouri Pottery (pp. 16-46), and of explorations in Kentucky (pp. 47-52). Ninth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of American Archseology and Ethnology, presented to the President and Fellows of Harvard College (by F. W. Putnam), 1876. 8°. Cambridge. 1876. pp. 56- Contains (pp. 31-56) a General Index to Reports 1-9, which are thus made to form Vol. I., which also contains title- page (like the next) and preface (i p.) and portraits of Peabody and Wyman. Reports of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, in connection with Harvard University (by F. W. Putnam). Vol. II. 1876-79. 8°. Cambridge. 1880. pp. 7, 775, map, pi. and illustr. Contents. — lo. 1877, pp. 1-167. Appendices. — (i.) Report on the Discovery of supposed Paleolithic Implements from the Glacial Drift, in the Valley of the Delaware River, near Trenton, New Jersey, by C. C. Abbott, pp. 30-43. — (ii. ) Report on the age of the Delaware Gravel Beds containing Chipped Pebbles, by N. S. Shaler. pp. 44-47. — (iii.) Report on Explora- ' tion of Ash Cave in Benton Township, Hocking Co., Ohio, by E. B. Andrews, pp. 4S-50. — (iv.) Report of Explorations of Mounds in Southeastern Ohio, by E. B. Andrews, pp. 51-74. — (v.) Report on the Exploration of a Mound in Lee Co., Virginia, by L. Carr. pp. 75-94. — (vi.) On the Art of War and Mode of Warfare of the Ancient Mexicans, by A. F. Banddier. pp. 95-161. II. 1878, pp. 169-457. Appendices. — (i.) Second Report on the Paleolithic Implements from the Glacial Drift, in the Valley of the Delaware River, near Trenton, New Jersey, byC. C. Abbott, pp. 225-257. — (ii.) The Method of Manufacture of several Articles by the former Indians of Southern California, by P. Schumacher, pp. 258-268. — (iii.) Cave Dwellings in Utah by E. Palmer, pp. 269-272. — (iv.) The Manufacture of Soapstone Pots by the Indians of New England, by F. W. Putnam, pp. 273-276. — (v.) Notes on a Collection from the Ancient Cemetery at the Bay of Chacota, Peru, by J. H. Blake, pp. 277-304. — (vi.) Archaeological Explorations in Tennessee, by F. W. Putnam, pp. 305-360, map. — (vii.) Observations on the Crania from the Stone Graves in Tennessee, by L. Carr. pp. 361-384. — (viii.) On the Distribution and Tenure of Lands, and the Customs with respect to Inheritance, among the Ancient Mexicans, by A. F. BandeUer. pp. 385-448. 12-13. 1880, pp. 458-775. Appendices. — (i.) Measurements of Crania from California by L. Carr. pp. 497-505.— (ii.) Flint Chips, by C. C. Abbott, pp. 506-520. — (iii.) The Method of manufacturing Pottery and Baskets among the Indians of Southern California, by P.' Schumacher, pp. 521-525. — (iv.) Aboriginal Soapstone Quarries in the District of Columbia, by E. R. Reynolds, pp. 526-535. — (v.) On the Ruins of a Stone Pueblo on the Animas River in New Mexico ; with a Ground Plan, by L. H. Morgan, pp. 536-556. — (vi.) On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of the Ancient Mexicans, by A. F. Bandelier. pp. 557-699. UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS. Annual Reports of the President and Treasurer of Harvard College. 1869-70 to 1879-80. 10 vols. 8°. These reports contain also the departmental reports submitted to the Corporation. Cataloo-us Senatus Academici CoUegii Harvardiani, et eorum qui muneribus et officiis lO OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. prsefuerunt quique honoribus academicis donati sunt, in Universitate quae est Cantabrigite in Civitate Massachusettensium. MDCCCLXXIL, MDCCCLXXV., et MDCCCLXXX. These three volumes, the first two triennial, and the last quinquennial (as the issues will hereafter be), were edited by John Langdon Sibley, Librarian and Librarian Emeritus. The last was accompanied by a circular, " Harvard Quin- quennial Catalogue, 1880," drawing attention to graduates from 1642 to 1820, about whom information is wanted. The Harvard University Catalogue, 1869-70 to 1879-80. 10 volumes. .16°. The first volume had the imprint " Cambridge : Sever, Francis, & Co." ; the second and third volumes, " Cambridge : Riverside Press " ; and later volumes, " Cambridge : published for the "University, by Charles W. Sever." The first two years were edited by John Langdon Sibley, Librarian, and succeeding volumes by G. A. Hill (1872-74); W. H. Pettee (1874-76); C. L. Smith (1876-77) ; G. R. Briggs (1877-79); and H. R. Wheeler (1879-80). The following publication is not official, but is a convenient companion to the Catalogue as placing the names in one alphabetical list, and as presenting the Officers and Members of all the College Societies : The Harvard Index, 1873-74 to 1879-80. 7 Vols. 16". PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. Ezra Abbot. Assistant Librarian, 1856-1872. Bussey Professor of New Testament Criticistn and Interpretation, 1872- . 1. A Critical Greek and English Concordance of the New Testament. Prepared by Charles F. Hudson . . . revised and completed by Ezra Abbot. . . . Boston, 1870, 16° ; 3d edition with Supplement complete. 1875. ^6°- ^''"i 5°^- 2. Review of Trench's Synonyms of the New Testament. [With a special discussion of the distinction between aiTeoi and ^pioTow.] [North American Review, Jan. 1872 ; CXIV. 171-189.) 3. On the Comparative Antiquity of the Sinaitic and Vatican Manuscripts of the Greek Bible. (yournal of the American Oriental Society, X. part I (1872), 189-200, also 602.) 4. Reports on the Bucknell Library of Crozer The- ological Seminary, by Rev. Prof. C. P. Krauth, D.D., and Prof. Ezra Abbot. Philadelphia, 1874, 8°, pp. 15. 5. The late Prof. Tischendorf. (Unitarian Review, March, 1875; HI- 217-236; and reprinted in Dickinson's Theological Quarterly, London.) 6. On the Reading "An only-begotten God" or " God only-begotten," John i. 18. {Unitarian Review, June, 1875; m- 5^°-S7i-) 7. The late Dr. Tregelles. (Independent (N. Y.), July I, 1875, pp. 3, 4; and reprinted, Plymouth |Eng.], 1875, 240. PP- 20.) 8. On the Reading "'Church of God," Acts xx. 28. {Bihliotheca Sacra, April, 1876; XXXIII. 313- 352.) First privately printed for the American Bible Revision Committee. 9. American Oriental Society. [With some notice of Max Miiller's attack on Prof. W. D. Whit- ney.] (Bihliotheca Sacra, July, 1877 ; XXXIV. 557-562-) 10. Article "Septuagint" in Johnson's New Uni- versal Cyclopaedia, IV. New York, 1878. 11. On the Reading la-TniKev (supposed imperfect of o-T^Kio), John viii. 44. pp. 6. (Privately printed for the American Bible Revision Committee. 1878.) 12. The New Testament Text. — The Imperfection of the Greek Text from which our Common English Version was made, and our Present Resources for its Correction. (Sunday-School World (Phila.), Oct. 1878; reprinted, with some changes, in Anglo-American Bible Revision by members of the American Revision Com- mittee. New York, 1879, 120, pp. 86-98.) 13. Ancient Papyrus, and the Mode of making Paper from it. (Library Jotcrnal, Nov. 1878 ; III. 323. 324-) 14. Dr. Todd on Bible Revision. (Christian Intel- ligencer (N. Y.), Nov. 21, 1878.) 15. Reply of Prof. Abbot to the Letter of Dr. Todd. (Christian Intelligencer, April 17 and 24, 1879.) 16. I. John v. 7 and Luther's German Bible. (Chris-_ tian Intelligencer, May 15, 1879.) 17. The Authorship of the Fourth Gospel : Ex- ternal Evidences. Boston, 18S0, 8°, pp. 104. (First printed in the Unitarian Review, Feb., March, and June, 1880; also included in the volume of Institute Essays, Boston, 1880.) *«* Professor Abbot also served from 1872 to iSSo as a mem- ber o^the New Testament Company of the American bible Rsvision Committee. See also the Bulletin of the Library. Henry Adams. Assistant Professor of History, 1870-1877. 1. New York Gold Conspiracy. ( Westminster Re- view, Oct. 1870, XCIV. 411 ; reprinted in No. 2. 2. Chapters of Erie and other Essays, by C. F. Adams, Jr., and Henry Adams. Boston, 1871. 3. Essays in Anglo-Saxon Law. Boston, 1876. 4. Documents relating to New England Federalism, 1800-1815, edited by Henry Adams. Boston, 1877. 5. The Life of Albert Gallatin. Philadelphia, 1879. 6. The Writings of Albert Gallatin, edited by Henry Adams. 3 vols. Philadelphia, 1879. *#* Professor Adams was Editor of the North A Trierican. Review, Jan. 1871-JuIy 1872; April 1874-601. 1876. The fol- lowing are some of his articles and notices: The Session, CXI. 29; Harvard College, 1786-87, CXIV. no ; Freeman's Histori- cal Essays, CXIV. 193 ; Maine's Village Communities, CXIV. ig6 ; Freeman's History of the Norman Conquest, CXVIIl. 176; Coulanges's Ancient City, CXVIIl. 390; Solim's Proce- dure de la Lex Salica, CXVIIl. 416; Stubbs's Constitutional History of England, CXIX. 233, and CXXIH. 161 ; Kitchin's History of France, CXIX. 442; Parkman's Old Regime in Canada, CXX. 175; Von Hoist's Administration of Andrew Jack.son, CXX. 179 ; The Quincy Memoirs and Speeches, CXX. 235 ; Bancroft's History of the United States, CXX. 424 ; Maine's Early History of Institutions, CXX. 432 ; Palgrave's Poems, CXX. 438 ; Green's Short History of the English Peo- ple, CXXI. 216; Tennyson's Queen Mary, CXXI. 422; Pal- frey's History of New England, CXXI. 473 ; Von Hoist's History of the United States, CXXII I. 328 (with H.C.Lodge); The "Independents" in the Canvass, CXXIII. 426 (with C. F. Adams, Jr.). Alexander Agassiz. Assistant in the Mtiseum of Comparative Zoology, 1860-1874 ; Curator of the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, 1875- • 1. Note on Loven's Article on Leskia mirabilis Gray. (Ann. N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., 1870 ; IX. 242- 245.) 2. The development of Echini. (Monthl. Micr. Journ., 1870; III. 251-252.) 12 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 3. Sur le Commeiisalisme dans le Regne Animal. (Bull. Acad. Sc. Bdi;., 1S70; XXIX. 179-180.) 4. Marine Animals of Massachusetts Bay, by Alex- ander and Elizabeth C. Agassiz, 2d ed. 8°. Boston, 1871. 5. Notes on Beaver Dams. {Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1871; XIII. 101-104.) 6. On the habits of a few Echinoderms. [Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1871 ; XIII. 104-107.) 7. The history of Balanoglossus and Tornaria. (Mem.Amcr.Acacl.,iSy2; N.S., IX. 421-436. 3 pi.) 8. Notice of Dr. J. E. Holbrook. {Proc. Amer. Acad., 1872; VIII. 473-474-) g. Sur le Developpement des Tentacules des Arach- nactis et des Edwardsies. (Archiv. Zool. Exfir., 1873; 11.38-39.) 10. The Homologies of PedicellariEe. (Amer. Nat., 1873 ; VII. 398-406.) 11. Embryology of Ctenophorse. (Mem. Amer. Acad. 1874; N. s. X. 357-398, 5 pi., cuts.) 12. Note sur la Fertilisation Artificielle de deux Especes d'fitoiles de Mer. (Arch. Zool. Exper., 1874; III. 46.) 13. Critique de la Gastraea Theorie; traduction par M. A. Schneider. (Arch. Zool. Exper., 1875; I^- 9-I3-) 14. On Viviparous Echini from Kerguelen Island. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1S76; XI. 231-236, czits.) 15. Hydrographic Sketch of Lake Titicaca. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1876; XI. 283-295, map.) 16. Sur le Developpement des Pleuronectes. CJoiirn. Zool., 1S77 ; VI. 194-197.) 17. Notice of Karl Ernst von Baer. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1877; XIL 331-335.) iS. On the Young Stages of some Osseous Fishes. I. Development of the Tail. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1877 ; XIII. 117-126, 2 pi.) — The same. II. De- velopment of the Flounders. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1878; XIV. 1-25, 8 pi.) 19. The Development of Lepidosteus, Part I. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1878; XIV. 65-76, 5 pi.) 20. Preliminary Report on the Echini of the Explor- ing Expedition of H. M. S. Challenger, Sir C. Wyville Thomson Chief of Civilian Staff. (Proc. Amer. Acad., 1879; XIV. 190-212.) 21. Paleontological and Embryological Develop- ment. Address before the American Association for the Advancement of Science in August, 1880. 8°. Salem, i88o, pp. 26. 22. Notes on some Points in the History of the Nomenclature of Echini. (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1880, 33-38.) The following reviews and minor papers : 23. In the American Journal of Science, 3d series : ClaparMe on Marine Bryozoa, 1871, I. 387. Claparede's Annelides du Golfe de Naples, 187 1, II. 61-62. Metschnikoff on the Affinities of Corals, 1871, II. 220-221. Obituary of Clapa- rMe, 1871, II. 229-230. Allman's Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids, 1873, V. 145-148. Kowalewsky's Embryological Papers, 1874, VII. 470-471. Embryology of the Ctenophorae [criticising Haeckel's Gastraea Theory], 1874, VIII. 471-476. Instinct in Her- mit Crabs, 1875, X. 290-291. Haeckel's Ziele und Wege der heutigen Entwickelungsgeschichte, 1876, XI. 74. Haeckel's Allaeogenesis, 1876, XI. 420, 421. Thomson's Echini of the " Por- cupine " and " Challenger," 1877, XIII. 164. Leuckart and Nitzch's Zoological Diagrams, 1S77, XIV. 500-501. Habits of Young Li- mulus, 1878, XV. 75-76. The Zoologischer Anzeiger, 1878, XVI. 405. Former Extension northward of the South American Continent, 1879, XVIII. 230-232. Haeckel's S);stem der Mediisen, 1880, XIX. 245-248. Obituary of L.F. de Pourtales, 1880, XX. 253-255. "4 In the American Naturalist: Lankester on Limu- lus, i87i,V. 555-561. Systematic Zoology and Nomenclature, 1871, V. 353-356- The Zoolog- ical Station of Naples, 1872, VI. 686-687. Arachnactis the Young of Edwardsia, 1872, VI. 770-771. Delesse's Geology of the Sea Bottom, 1873, VII. 160-163. On Tornaria, 1874, VIII. 429. Haeckel's Gastraea Theory, 1S76, X. 73-75. Huxley and Martin's Biology, 1876, X. 228-229. The Development of Flounders, 1876, X. 705-708. 25. In Nature: Cotteau's Echinides de la Sarthe, 1871, IV. 220-221. Originators of Glacial The- ory, 1873, VIII. 25. Agassiz and Forbes, 1873, VIII. 222-223. Misti and its Cloud, 1875, XIII. 107-108. The Challenger Collections, 1877, XV. 256. Some Results of Deep-sea Dredging, 1877, XVI. 149. Antiquity of Ocean Basins, 1880, XXI. 587-588. Obituary of L. F. de Pourtales, 1880, XXII. 371-372- 26. In The Nation : Thomson's The Depths of the ' Sea, 1873, XVI. 336-337. Life and Letters of Principal Forbes, 1873, XVI. 369-371- Ilaeckel on the Evolution of Man, 1879, XXIX- 429- 430- ,*, See also the Reports, Bulletin, and Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Louis Agassiz. Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 1859- 1873- 1. Geological Sketches, First Series. 16°. Bos- ton, 1870 (cop. 1866). pp. V, 311, portr. and ilhistr. 2. Geological Sketches, Second Series. 16°. Boston, 1876, pp. 229. 3. Methods of Study in Natural History. 16°. Bos- ton, 1870, etc. (cop. 1863). pp. viii, 319, illustr. 4. A Journey in Brazil, by Professor and Mrs. Louis Agassiz. 80. Boston, 187 1 (cop. 1867). pp. xix, 540, illustr. 5. On the Former Existence of Local Glaciers in the White Mountains. (Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. 1870; XIX. 161-167; Amer. Nat. 1871 ; IV. 550-558-) 6. The Structure and Growth of Domesticated Ani- mals. A Lecture delivered before the State Board of Agriculture at Barre, Dec. 3, 1872. 8°. Boston, 1873, pp. 21 ; reprinted (Amer. Nat., 1873; VIL 641-657). 7. Notice of Dr. J. E. Holbrook. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat Hist., 187 1 ; XIV. 347-351 -) 8- Mode of Copulation among the Selachians. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 187 1 ; XIV. 339-341.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 13 9. Fish-nest in the Sea-weed of the Sargasso Sea. {Amer. Journ. Science, 1872, 3 ser. III. 154-156; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, 4 ser. IX. 243- 245 ; Can. Nat., 1872, N. s. VI. 354-356 ; Month!. Micros. Journ., 1872; VII. 129-130; Bull. Soc. Sc. Neuchdtel, 1873; IX. 165-169.) 10. Deep Sea Explorations; more about Trilobites. (Can. Nat., 1872, N. s. VI. 358-361.) 11. Glacial Action in Fuegia and Patagonia. {Amer. Journ. Sc, 1872; 3 ser. IV. 135-136.) 1 2. Sketch of a Voyage from Boston to San Francisco. (Report Smiths. Inst., 1872, 87-92 ; Revue Cours Scient., 1873 ; IV. 1077-1093.) 13. Evolution and Permanence of Type. (Atlantic Monthly, ]3.n. 1S74; XXXIII. 92-101. Sepa- rate, pp. 12.) 14. Three Different Modes of Teething among Sela- chians. (Amer. Nat., March, 1874; VIII. 129- I35-) »*« See also the Reports, Bulletin, and Memoirs o£ the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Joel Asaph Allen. Assistant in Ornithology, 187 1- 1. Notes on the Geological Character of the Country between Chique-Chique, on the Rio de Sao Francisco, and Bahia, Brazil. (In Geologj' and Physical Geography of Brazil. By Ch. Fred. Hartt. Boston, 1870. 309.) 2. Catalogue of the Birds of Iowa. (White's Geolog. Survey of Iowa, II. 1870, Appendix B. 419.) 3. Sexual Variation in the Genus Leucosticte. (Field and Forest, 1876, II. 76.) 4. The Extirpation of the larger Indigenous Mam- mals of the U. S. (Penn Monthly, 1876, VII. 794-) 5. On the Decrease of Birds in the U. S. (Id. 1876, VII. 931.) 6. Descriptionof some Remains of an Extinct Species of Wolf and an Extinct Species of Deer from the Lead Region of the Upper Mississippi. (Am. Journ, Sci. and Arts, 1876, 3d Ser., XI. 47.) 7. Description of a new Generic Type (Bassaricyon) of Procyonid^ from Costa Rica. (Proc. Acad. Nat . Sci. Phila. 1876, 20.) Bassaricyon gabbi. gen. et sp. n. 8. Additional Note on Bassaricyon gabbi. (Id. 1877. 267.) 9. The Influence of Physical Conditions in the Gene- sis of Species. (Radical Review, I'&Tl, I. lo8.) 10. History of the American Bison, Bison americanus. (Ninth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey for the Year 1875. 1877. 443: reprinted, with Additions and Revision, from Mem. Geol. Surv. Kentucky, 1876, I. pt. ii. and Memoirs of the Mus. Comp. Zool. IV., Pt. 10. 1876.) 11. Elliott Coues and J. A. Allen. Monographs of North American Rodentia. (Rep. of the U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories. XI. Washington, 1877 = 4°- i-x- 1-1091 ; pU. 1-v.) Monograph II. Leporidae, by J. A. Allen, 265 ; Mon. III. Hystricidae, do., 379 ; Mon. IV. Lagomyidse, do., 399 ; Mon. V. Castoroididse, do., 415; Mon. VI. Castorid^, do., 427 ; Mon. XL Sciuridse, do., 631 ; Appendix A. Synop- tical List of the Fossil Rodentia of North Amer- ica, do., 943. 12. History of North American Pinnipeds, a Mon- ograph of the Walruses, Sea-lions, Sea-bears and Seals of North America. Washington, 1880. ( U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Territories, Miscel. Publ. No. XII.) 80. i-xvi, 1-785. 13. Notes on the Mammals of Portions of Kansas, Colorado, Wyoming and Utah. (Bulletin Essex Institute, 1874, VI. 43.) 14. List of Birds collected by Mr. Charles Linden, near Santarem, Brazil. (Id. 1876, VIII. 78.) 15. A List of the Birds of Massachusetts, with An- notations. (Id. 1878, X. 3.) 16. In American Naturalist: A Spike-horned Moose, 1870, IV. 443. What is the " Washington Eagle?" 1870, IV. 524. The Distribution of the Moose in New England, 1870, IV. 535. Flora of the Prairies, 1870, IV. 577. The Fauna of the Prairies [of the United States], 1871, V. 4. The Classification of the Eared Seals, 187 1, V. 37. Ornithological Notes from the West, 1872, VI. 263. " Spike-horned Mule-Deer," 1872, VI. 692. Laws of Geographical Variation in North American Mammals and Birds, 1874, VIII. 227. Influence of Elevation and Latitude upon the Distribution of Species, 1875, IX. 181. The Availability of certain Bartramian Names in Ornithology, 1876, X. 21. The Extinction of the Great Auk [Alca impennis] at the Funk Islands, 1876, X. 48. Bartramian Names again : An Explanation, 1876, X. 176. Progress of Or- nithology in the United States during the last century, 1S76, X. 536. The Former Range of some New England Carnivorous Mammals, 1876, X. 708. 17. In Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural His- tory : Notes on Massachusetts Reptiles and Ba- trachians, 1870, XIII. 260. fOn Geographical Variation in Mammals and Birds], 1872, XV. 1 56. Geographical Variation in N orth American Birds, 1872, XV. 212. Metamorphism pro- duced by the burning of Lignite Beds in Dakota and Montana Territories, 1874, XVI. 246. On Geographical Variation in Color among North American Squirrels ; with a list of the Species and Varieties of the American Sciuridae occur- ring north of Mexico, 1874, XVI. 276. Notes on the Natural History of Portions of Dakota and Montana Territories, being the substance of a report to the Secretary of War on the collec- tions made by the North Pacific Railroad Ex- pedition of 1873, 1874, XVII. 33. (Also Sep. pamph. of 61 pp. 8°, Boston, 1874.) [Note on Ammodromus caudacutits var. Nelsoni, var. n. from Illinois.] 1874, XVII. 292. Synopsis of the American Leporidae, 1875, XVII. 430. 18. In Bulletin of U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories : Geographical Variation among North American Mammals, especially in respect to size, 1876, II. 309. Sexual, Individual and Geographical Variation in Leucosticte tephrocotis, 1876, II. 345. The Geographical Distribution of the Mammalia, considered in Relation to the principal Ontologic.al Regions of the Earth, and the Laws that govern the distribution of Animal Life, 1878, IV. 313. Description of a Fossil Pas- serine Bird from the Insect-bearing Shales of Colorado, 1878, IV. 443. Synonymatic List of the American Sciuri, or Arboreal Squirrels, 1878, IV. 877. On the Coatis (Genus Nasua, Storr). 1879, V. 153. On the Species of the Genus Bassaris, 1879, V. 331. 14 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. Mr. Allen edited the Bulletin of the Nttttall Orni- thological Club. I -V. 1876-80. The following articles are by him : 19. Decrease of Birds in Massachusetts, 1876, I. 53. Geographical Variation in the Number and Size of the Eggs of [certain North American] Birds, 1876, I. 74. An Inadequate "Theory of Birds' Nests," 187S, III. 23. The Lark-Bunting (Calamospiza bicolor) in Massachusetts, 1878, III. 48. Occurrence of three Species of Sea- Ducks [CEdemia americana, CE. fusca, CE. per- spicillata] at St. Louis, Missouri, 1878,111. 148. The Carolinian Fauna, 1878, III. 149. The Snow-Bird [jfunco hyemalis\ in Summer on Mount Wachusett, [Mass.] 1878, III. 192. Sabine's Gull \Xema Sabinei\ in Maine, 187S, III. 195. Nest and Eggs of the Cerulean Warbler {Dendrceca carulea], 1879, IV. 25. The Evening Grosbeak \Hesperiphona vespertind\ in New Mexico, 1879, IV. 237. Eastward Range of the Western Meadow Lark [Sturnella magna, var. neglectd], 1880, V. 53. On Recent Addi- tions to the Ornithological Fauna of North America, 1880, V. 85. Capture of Escaped Cage-birds having the Appearance of Wild Birds, 1880, V. 119. Note on the Little Brown Crane {Grus fratercuhis, Cassin), 1880, V. 123. Destruction of Birds by Light-houses, 1880, V. 131. Origin of the Instinct of Migration in Birds, 1880, V. 151. List of the Birds of the Island of Santa Lucia, West Indies, 1880, V. 163. First Capture of the Blue Grosbeak \Goni- aphea carulea] in Massachusetts, 1880, V. 184. *#* In addition to the above, Mr. Allen has written numerous reviews in periodicals. See also the Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Joseph Henry Allen. Lecturer on Ecclesiastical History, 1878- . 1. Hebrew Men and Times from the Patriarchs to the Messiah. 2d ed. with Introduction, xxxvi., 435. Boston, 1879. 2. Fragments of Christian History, to the Founda- tion of the Holy Roman Empire. [Consisting of Introductory Address and Lectures delivered in course in the department of Ecclesiastical History.] xx. 284. Boston, 1880. 3. Contributions chiefly to the Unitarian Review for 1878-80, the most important of which are in- cluded in the above. 4. Annual Address before the Alumni of the Divin- ity School, June 29, 1880, "The Gospel of Liberalism " ; included in a Pamphlet entitled 5. Three Phases of Modern Theology: Calvinism, Unitarianism, Liberalism. Boston, 1880. pp. 70. 6. Introduction to Latin Composition. Boston, 1880. (Prepared Part I. and edited the whole.) James Barr Ames. Tutor, 1871-1873; Assistant Professor of Law, 1873- 1877. Professor of Law, 1877— . 1. Cases on Torts. 1873-74. 2. Cases on Pleading at Common Law. 1874-75. pp. 300. 3. Article on "Harvard University " in Richardson and Clark's College Book. Boston, 1878. 4". 4. Cases on Bills and Notes. 2 vols. 1880. 5. Cases on Trusts. Pamphlet. 6. Cases on Partnership. Pamphlet. *»* Nos. I, 2, 4, 5 and 6 are printed, not published, being for use in the Law School. John Gould Anthony. Assistant in Conchology, 1870-1877. *«* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Edward Payson Austin. Assistant in the Observatory, 1869-1871. *#* See the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory. William Henry Baker. Instructor in Diseases of Women, 1875-77. 1. Cases of Amenorrhoea resulting from Undeveloped Uteri. (New York Medical Journal, June 1873; also printed separately. New York, 1873, PP- 7-) 2. Mechanical Appliances in Uterine Surgery. (Bos- ton Medical and Surgical Journal, Sept. 1875; XCIII. 275 and 296; also printed separately, Cambridge, 1875, pp. 12.) 3. Lacerations of the Cervix Uteri as a Cause of Uterine Disease. [Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, Sept. 1877 ; XCVII. 323.) 4. Malpositions of the Ureters. (New York Medical Journal, Dec. 1878.) 5. The Abuse of Caustic in Gynascology. (Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, Aug. 1878; XCIX. 208.) 6. Dermoid Cyst of the Ovary. (Id. Nov. 1879; CI. 686.) 7. Reports of Recent Progress in Gynaecology [with results of personal experience, made twice each year for the Journal since Jan. 1878]. (Id. 1878-1880. XCVIII. 40; XCIX. 78; C. 121 ; CL51; Cn.33; cm. 30.) Henry Harris Aubrey Beach. Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy, 1868-1878. Demonstrator of Anatomy, 1878- . 1. Editorials and Reviews published in the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal while Assistant Editor [from June, 1869, to i July, 1871]. 2. Review of a Case of Unique Tumor of the Bladder. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ. Dec. 1870 ; LXXXIII. 357.) 3. Hip-Joint Dislocation : Report of Cases treated at the Massachusetts General Hospital. (Id. Feb. 1871; LXXXIV. 121). 4. Description of a new [Mass. Gen. Hosp.] Sinus Dilatbr. (Id. March, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 163.) 5. Foreign Body in the Appendix Vermiformis ; Peritonitis; Death; Autopsy. (New York Med- ical Journal, Oct. iSj I ; 397; republished in the Med. Chir. Rundschau, Vienna.) 6. On Ligature of the Subclavian Artery. (London Medical Times and Gazette, 18 Nov. 187 1.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 15 7. Massachusetts General Hospital Reports pub- lished in the Journal during the year 1S74. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ. 1S74; XC. and XCI.) 8. Description of a new Ligament, with illustration. Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical Improvement. (Id. Feb. 1875; XCII. 202.) 9. .Surgical Operations at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Reports for 1875. (Id. 1875; XCII. and XCIH.) 10. Description and Dissection of a Monstrosity. (Id. 1875; xcn. 595.) 11. Series of Surgical Cases. (Id. 1876; XCIV. 231) i. Dislocation of the Tendon of the Peroneus Longus Muscle. ii. Fracture of the Tympanic Plate of the Temporal Bone, iii. Compound Crucial Fracture of the Con- dyles of the Femur, iv. Penetrating Gun-shot Wound of the Chest. 12. On Excision of the Elbow-Joint. With Cases and Results. Illustrated. (Id. Jan. 1877 ; XCVI. I.) 13. Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical Observation. Antiseptic Surgery. (Id. Jan. 1880; Cn. 35.) i. Complete Excision of the Elbow- Joint for gun-shot injury. Recovery with a useful arm. ii. Compound Comminuted Fracture into the Ankle-joint, railroad injury, and Simple Fracture of both Thighs in the same patient. Amputation of Leg. Recovery, with good Union of both Thighs, iii. Two Cases of Ovariotomy. 14. Laceration of the Anus, Rectum, and Posterior Wall of the Bladder by Impalement. Recovery. Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical Improvement. (Id. Jan. 1880.) 15. Proceedings of the Boston Society for Medical Observation (Id. March, 1880; CII. 249.). i. Innominate Aneurism. [Treatment by Tufnell's Method.] ii. Styrone, a New Antiseptic. A Description of its Properties. iii. Two Cases of Recovery from Severe In- juries : — (l.) Compound Comminuted Fracture of the Ulna, and Extensive Laceration of Soft Parts laying open the Elbow-Joint. Com- pound Fracture of the Tibia in close proximity to the Knee-joint, and two Scalp-Wounds. Excision of Elbow-Joint and Free Incision of Knee-joint. (2.) Compound Comminuted Fractures of the Bones and Lacerations of the Soft Parts of both Legs, Ankle-joints, and Feet. Double Amputation of Thighs. 16. Discussion on Hydrophobia. Proceedings of the Boston Soc. for Med. Improvement. (Id. May, 1880; CII. 489.) 17. Semi-Annual Reports on "Recent Progress in Surgery." (Id. June, 1880 ; CII. 535 : and Dec. 1880; CIII. 589.) Edmund Hatch Bennett. Lecturer on Criminal Law and the Law of IVills^ 1870-1871. Mr. Bennett edited : 1. Story's Commentaries on the Law of Bailments. 8th ed. Boston, 1870. 8". 2. W. W. Story's Treatise on the Law of Sales. 4th ed. Boston, 1871. 8°. 3. Story's Commentaries on the Conflict of Laws. 7th ed. Boston, 1872. 8°. Henry Jacob Bigelow. Professor of Surgery, 1849- • 1. Medical Education in America. Cambridge, 1871. pp. 83. (Also in Med. Communications of Mass. Med. Soc. XI. 181. Boston, 1874.) 2. Alleged Death from Ether. (British Medical Journal. Also Boston Med. and Surg, jfournal, Nov. 1873 ; LXXXIX. 497.) 3. The True Neck of the Femur ; its Structure and Pathology. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1875; XCII. I, 25.) 4. Turbinated Corpora Cavernosa. (Id. April, 1875; XCII. 489.) 5. A History of the Discovery of Modern Anaesthe- sia. (Am. Journal of the Medical Sciences, 1876; LXXI. 164.) 6. New Methods in the Treatment of Ex.strophy of the Bladder and of Erectile Tumors. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1876; XCIV. I.) 7. Lithotrity by a Single Operation. (Am. Journal of Med. Sciences; Jan. 1878; LXXV. 117. Also, with additions, in Boston Med. and Surg. Jour- nal, Feb. and March, 1878 ; XCVIIL 259, 291.) 8. Rapid Lithotrity with Evacuation. Boston and New York, 1878. 9. Litholopaxy. Letter to the London Lancet. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1879; C. 7S9-) 10. Two Lectures on the Modern Art of Promoting the Repair of Tissue. (Id. June, 1879 ; C. 769.) 11. Litholopaxy. (i^ew York Medical Record, 1879; XV. 593. Also Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, June, 1879; C. 866.) I-' Litholopaxy. (New York Medical Record, \?>^^•, XVI. 306.) 13. Litholopaxy. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Oct. 1879; CI. 539.) 14. Litholopaxy. An Improved Evacuator. (Id. Jan. 1880; CII. 30.) Clarence John Blake. Clinical Lecturer on Otology, 1870- . I. On the Etiology of Acquired Deaf-Mutism, hav- ing especial reference to the effects of Scarlet Fever. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec. 1870; LXXXIII. 405.) i6 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 2. Rudinger's Atlas of the Osseous Anatomy of the Human Ear. 9 photographic plates. Boston, 1870-74. 3. Parasitic Growths in the External Auditory Canal. [Boston Medical and Sttrgical yourital, Aug. 1871; LXXXV. 106.) 4. Report on Progress of Otology. Read before Am. Otological Society, 5th Ann. Meeting. Boston, 1872. pp. 46. 5. Summary of Experiments on the Perception of High Musical Tones. {Transactions American Otological Society, 5th Annual Meeting, 1872. Boston, 1874.) 6. Caries of the External Auditory Canal. (Id. 80.) 7. A Middle Ear Mirror. (Id. 83.) 8. Living Larvae in the Human Ear. {Archives of Ophthalmology and Otology, II. No. 2. 37. New York, 1872.) g. Reaction of the Auditory Nerve under the Influ- ence of the Galvanic Current. {Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 6th Ann. Meeting. 116.) 10. Diagnostic Value of High Musical Tones. (Id. 118.) 11. Statistical Report of 1652 Cases of Diseases of the Ear. {Arch, of Ophthalm. and Otol. III. No. I. 84.) 12. Clinical Lecture on Examination of the Ear. {Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, Sept. 1873 > LXXXIX. 252.) 13. Mechanical Value of the Distribution of Weight in the Oscicula [Auditus]. {Tratis. Am. Oto- logical Society, 7th Ann. Meeting. Boston, 1874. 543-) 14. Perforations of the Membrane of «Shrapnell in Purulent Inflammation of the Middle Ear. (Id. 546.) 15. Summary of Observations on the Effect of the Galvanic Current upon the Auditory Nerve. {Archives of Scientific and Practical Medicine, New York.) 16. 19. 23- 24. Intra-Tympanic Pressure during Phonation. ( Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 8th Annual Meeting. Boston, 1875. 75.) A New Use of the Membrana Tympani in Phys- ical Experiments. Illustrated Lecture before the Mass. Med. Soc. Ann. Meeting, 1875. The Use of the human Membrana Tympani as a Phonautograph and Logograph. {Archives of Ophthal. and Otology, New York.) The Application of Paper Dressings in the treat- ment of Perforations of the Membrana Tym- pani. ( Trans. International Otological Congress, New York.) On the Best Mode of Testing the Hearing of School Children. ( Trans. International Medical Congress of Philadelphia, 1876. Phila. 1877.992.) Deafness in School Children. {Social Science Congress, Saratoga.) Manometric Cicatrix of the Membrana Tympani. (Archives of Ophthal. and Otology, New York.) A Peculiar Form of Obstruction of the External Auditory Canal. {Archives of Clinical Surgery, New York.) ■ Sound in relation to the Telephone. {Journal of Soc. of Telegraph Engineers, London, 1878, VII. 247.) 25. The Ear and the Telephone. Illustrated Lecture, Harvard Nat. Hist. Soc. 26. Graphic and Photographic Illustration of Sound Waves. {American yournal of Otology, I.) 27. Logographic Value of Consonant Sounds in relation to their Transmission by Telephone. (Id.) 28. Later Experiments on the Audibility of High Musical Tones. (Id.) 29. A Physical Basis for the Use of "Bad Lan- guage," Logographic Experiments. {Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, Saratoga.) 30. Acupuncture and Drainage in the Treatment of Acute Inflammation of the Middle Ear. {Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1879.) 31. Children's Earache. (Boston Med. and Surg. journal, Feb. 1880 ; CII. 130.) 32. A Form of Middle Ear Syringe. (Am. yournal of Otology, II.) 33. On the Occurrence of Exostoses within the Ex- ternal Auditory Canal in Pre-Historic Man. (Id.) 34. The Membrana Tympani Telephone. (Id.) 35. Additional Cases of Manometric Cicatrix. (Id.) 36. Reports on the Progress of Otology. (Trans. Am. Otological Soc, 1872, 1874, 1875, 1^77. 1878- Trans. Internal. Otological Congress, 1876.) 37. Otological Reviews while Associate Editor of Archivesof Ophthalmology and Otology, 1874-78. Editorials and R'eviews as Editor of Atnerican yotirnal of Otology, 1879-80. 38. The Telephone and Microphone in Ausculta- tion. (Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, Nov. 1880; CHI. 486.) Edward Augustus Bogue. Lecturer on Dental Pathology and Therapeutics, 1870- 1875- 1. Bleaching Teeth. '{Dental Cosmos, Jan. 1872; XIV. No. I.) 2. The Physical Properties and Physiological Action of Dental Amalgams. (Trans, of New York Odontological Society, Dec. 1874; Phila. 1875. 43; and in Dental Cosmos, March, 1875; XVII. No. 3.) 3. Notes of Transplantation and Replantation of Teeth. (Dental Cosmos, July, 1877 ; XIX. No. 7, and Trans, of the New York Odontological Soci- ety, Jan. 1877.) 4. Cause and Treatment of Discoloration in Teeth. (Dental and Oral Science Magazine, May, 1S78 ; L No. 2.) John Nelson Borland. Instructor in Clinical Medicine, 1869-1875. 1. First Medical and Surgical Report of the Boston City Hospital. Edited by J. N. Borland and David W. Cheever. Boston, 1870. 1. 8°. 2. Two Cases of Fracture of the Sternum. (Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, April, 1875; XCII. 492.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 17 Henry Pickering Bowditch. Assistant Professor of Physiology, 1871-1876. Pro- fessor of Physiology, 1876 - . 1. Alcohol as a Nutritive Agent. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, June, 1872; LXXXVI. 413.) 2. Uber die Eigenthiimlichkeiten der Reizbarkeit welche die Muskelfasern des Herzens zeigen. (Arbeiten a. d. phys. Anstalt zu Leipzig, 6 Jahr- gang, 139. Leipzig, 1872.) 3. Uber die Interferenz des retardirenden und beschleunigenden Herznerven. {Arbeiten a. d. phys. Anstalt zu Leipzig, 7 Jahrgang, 259. Leip- zig. 1873.) 4. The Lymph Spaces in Fasciae with a new Method of Injection. {Proceedings of the Am. Academy of Arts and Sciences, Feb. II, 1873; VIII. 508.) 5. The Influence of Anaesthetics on the Vaso Motor Centres. (With Mr. C. S. Minot.) {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1874 ; XC. 493-) 6. A New Form of Inductive Apparatus. {Proceed- ings of the Am. Academy of Arts and Sciences, Oct. 12,1875; XL 181.) 7. Force of Ciliary Motion. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug., 1876; XCV. 159.) 8. The Growth of Children. {Eighth Ann. Report State Bd. of Health of Mass. Boston, 1877, 275.) 9. Does the Apex of the Heart contract auto- matically? {Journal of Physiology,yi.z.xc\v, 1878; I. 104.) 10. A New Form of Plethysmograph. {Proceedings of the Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, May 14, 1879; XV. 22.) 11. The Effect of the Respiratory Movements on Pulmonary Circulation. (With Dr. George M. Garland.) {Journal of Physiology, Aug. 1879; II. 91.) 12. Physiological Apparatus in use at the Harvard Medical School. {Journal of Physiology, Sept. 1879; II. 202.) 13. The Growth of Children (a supplementary In- vestigation), with suggestions in regard to methods of Research. (Tenth Ann. Report State Board of Health of Mass. Boston, 1879, 33.) 14. The Collection of Data at Autopsies. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug. 1880; CIII. 148.) 15. Reports on the Progress of Physiology. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, LXXXVIII-XCVIII. passim, Jan. and July of each year, from Jan. 1873 to July 1877 inclusive. Also May, 1878. Also Associate Editor of the Journal of Phy- siology, 1878- . Francis Bowen. Alford Professor of Natural Religion, Moral Philoso- phy and Civil Polity, 1853 - . 1. American Political Economy. New York, 1870. 8° 2. The Psychological Effects of Etherization. {The Spectator [London], Dec. 27, 1873; XLVL 1652.) 3. Modern Philosophy from Descartes to Schopen- hauer and Hartmann. New York, 1877. 8". 4. Minority Report on the Silver Question, April, - 1877. (Report of Silver Commission,!. 139.44th Cong. 2d Sess.) 5. Dualism, Materialism, or Idealism ? (Princeton Review, March, 1878.) 6. The Idea of Cause. (Id. May, 1879.) 7. Malthusianism, Darwinism, and Pessimism. (North American Review, Nov. 1879, CXXIX. 447 •) 8. The Human and the Brute Mind. (Princeton Review, May, 1880.) 9. Gleanings from a Literary Life, 1838-1880. New York, 1880. 80. Nos. 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 were reprinted in Gteanings /rom a. Literary Life. Charles Albert Brackett. Instructor in Dental Therapeutics, 1874- . 1. Tribute to the Memory of Prof. T. B. Hitchcock: an extract from initial lecture on Dental Thera- peutics, Oct. 7, 1874. (In Memoriam. Thomas B. Hitchcock [Boston, 1875?], 16.) 2. Report on Dental Therapeutics. Transmitted to Ann. Meeting at Philadelphia, Aug. 1876. (Trans, of American Dental Associatum at its Sixteenth Annual Session, 123.) 3. Good Judgment an Essential Qualification for the Dentist. Read before the American Academy of Dental Science at Annual Meeting in Boston, Sept. 25, 1876. (Johnstons'' Dental Miscellany, New York, Dec. 1876, 441.) 4. Is Irregular Dentition Hereditary ? Transmitted to Ann. Meeting of the Society at Springfield, Mass. Oct. 18, 1876. (Records of the Connecticut Valley Dental Society from Oct. 1876 to June, 1879, inclusive; 29.) 5. Report on Dental Therapeutics. Transmitted to Annual Meeting at Chicago, 111., Aug. 1877. ( Trans, of the Am. Dental Assoc, at its Seventeenth Ann. Session, 143.) 6. Remarks on Induction to the Presidency of the Connecticut Valley Dental Society, at Ann. Meeting at Springfield, Mass., Oct. 22, 1878. (Records of the Connecticut Valley Dental Soc. from Oct. 1876, to June, 1879, inclusive; 155. Also in Johiistons' Dental Miscellany, New York, Dec. 1878, 453.) 7. Relations of the Profession and the Public. Read before the Conn. Valley Dental Soc. at Ann. Meeting at Springfield, Mass., Oct. 22, 1878; and before the Rhode Island Dental Soc. at Regular Meeting in Newport, Feb. 4, 1879. (Records of the Conn. Valley Dental Soc. from Oct. 1876 to June, 1879, inclusive ; 166. Also in Johnstons' Dental Miscellany, New York, Feb. 1879, 41 ; reprinted in Dental Register, Cincin- nati, O., Sept. 1880, 381.) 8. Supplementary Report on Dental Therapeutics: Certain Therapeutic Agents. Read at Ann. Meeting of Am. Dental Assoc, in Boston, Aug. 1880. ( Trans, of Am. Dental Assoc, at Twentieth Ann. Session, 32.) 9. Improving the Condition of tha Cemeteries in Peterboro'. Letter to the Peterbord' (N. H.) Transcript, Sept. 23, 1880. i8 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. William Henry Brewer. University Lecturer on the Botany of the Pacific States, 1871-1872. I. Polypetalas [of California]. By W. H. Brewer and S. Watson. (Geol. Survey of California, Botany. I. Cambridge, 1876. 1. 8°.) George Russell Briggs. Tutor hi Mathematics, 1875- ■ *#* See the University Publications. How^ard Nicholson Brow^n. Instructor in Homiletics, 1876 -1877. Various sermons in periodical and pamphlet form. Edward Burgess. Instructor in Entomology, 1879- . 1. Recent studies in Insect Anatomy. [Presidential Address before the Cambridge Entomological Club.] (Psyche, March, 1880; III. 27.) 2. The Structure and Action of a Butterfly's Trunk. (American Naturalist, May, 1880; XIV. 313.) 3. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Milk-Weed Butterfly, Danais Archippus. (Anniversary Me- moirs of Boston Society of Nat. Hist., Boston, 1880; printed separately, Boston, 1880; 16,2 plates. 40,) William Elwood Byerly. Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1876- . I. Elements of the Differential Calculus, with Ex- amples and Applications. Boston, 1880. 8°. Arthur Tracy Cabot. Instructor in Oral Pathology and Surgery, 1878- . 1. Experiments upon the Strength of Antiseptics. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1879; CI. 755.) 2. Case of Postpharyngeal Tumor. (Archives of Laryngology, N. Y., I. No. i.) 3. Surgical Diagnosis of Tumors, by Prof. A. Liicke. Translated by Dr. Cabot. Boston. [1880.] 4. The Antiseptic Treatment of Empyema. ( Trans. of Mass. Med. Soc, June, 1880. Also N. Y. Med. Journal, Aug. 1880.) Lucien Carr. Assistant Curator of the Peabody Museum, 1877- . I. On the Prehistoric Remains of Kentucky. By Lucien Carr and N. S. Shaler. (Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Kentucky, L Pt. 4. Cam- bridge, 1876. 80.) 2. Observations on Crania from California. (Report upon United States Geographical Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian, VII. Archaeology. Washington, 1879. 4°-) *»* See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum. James Read Chadwick. Lecturer on the Diseases of Women, 1873-1876. 1. Neugebauer's Specula. (Boston Medical and Sur- gical Journal, Feb. 1874; XC. 137.) 2. Report on Obstetrics and Diseases of Women. (Id. Feb. 1874; XC. 184 and 211.) 3. Transfusion. Read at the Ann. Meeting of the Mass. Med. Soc. in 1874. (Id. July 1874; XCL 25.) 4. Temperance in Massachusetts. (Id. Aug. 1874; XCL 194.) 5. A Case of Immediate Transfusion. (Id. Jan. 1875; XCII. 33.) 6. [Cases of] Ovariotomy. (Id. April 1875; XCII. 397-) 7. Extirpation of the Uterus by Abdominal Section. (Id. Nov. 1875; XCIIL 522.) 8. Cases of Ecchinococci in the Female Pelvis. (Am. Journal of Obstetrics. New York, 1S75.) 9. The Climate and Diseases of America [during the Revolution]. By Dr. Johann David Schoepff. Translated by J. R. Chadwick. Boston, 1875. 80. pp. 31. 10. Injection of Fluid through the Abdominal Walls into the Large Intestine by means of the Trocar. (Am. Journal of Obstetrics, 1875.) 11. The Pathology and Treatment of Childbed. By Dr. F. Winckel. Translated from the German by J. R. Chadwick. Phila. 1876. 80. 484 pp. 12. The Medical Libraries of Boston, [ist Ann. Report of the Librarian of the Boston Medical Library Association.] Cambridge, 1876, pp. II. 40. 13. Clinical Lecture on the Diagnostic Value of Ab- dominal Palpitation in Pregnancy. (American Practitiotur. Indianapolis.) 14. Transactions of the American Gynaecological Society. I. Edited by the Secretary, J. R. Chadwick. Boston, 1877. 8°- 15. Labor Complicated with Uterine Fibroids and Placenta Previa. ( Trans. Am. Gyncecological Society, I; also printed separately, pp. 13.) 16. Rare Forms of Umbilical Hernia in the Fetus. (Id.; also printed separately, pp. 19.) Thomas Henderson Chandler. Adjunct Professor of Mechanical Dentistry, 1869-1871. Professor of Mechanical Dentistry, 187 1- . 1. Dental Caries and its Causes. An Investigation into the Influence of Fungi in the Destruction of the Teeth. By Drs. Leber and Rottenstein. Translated by Dr. Chandler. Phila. 1873. 2. " Under which king, Bezonian ? " (Johnstons' Dental Miscellany, 1876.) 3. Discoloration of Gold Fillings. (Id. 1878.) 4. The Poisons of the Intelligence. Translatedfrom the Revue des Deux Mondes. (Id. 1878.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 19 5. Original Caries. (Id. 1878.) 6. Magitot on Dental Caries. Translated by Dr. Chandler. Boston, 1878. 7. Dental Education. (Johnstons' Dental Miscellany, 1878.) 8. Recent Progress in Dentistry. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, June, 1878; XCVIII. 728.) 9. Thumb-sucking in Childhood as a Cause of Sub- sequent Irregularity of the Teeth. (Id. Aug. 1878; XCIX. 204.) David Williams Cheever. Assistant Professor of Clinical Surgery, 1868-1875. Professor of Clinical Surgery, 1875- . 1. First Medical and Surgical Report of the Boston City Hospital. Edited by J. N. Borland and D. W. Cheever. [Dr. Cheever was author of the Surgical portion.] Boston, 1870. 1. 8°. 2. How to Study Medicine ; An Introductory Lecture, 1871. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Oct. 187 1 ; LXXXV. 209.) 3. Spontaneous Fracture. Boston, 1871. pp- 8. 4. Three Cases of Ovariotomy, of which two were successful. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1873; LXXXVIIL 537; also printed separately, Boston, 1873. PP- ^-l 5. Medical and Surgical Reports of the Boston City Hospital. 2d Series. Boston, 1877. 8°. Dr. Cheever wrote the following : Unusual Opera- tions on the Genital Organs, 39. On Excision of the Elbow- Joint, 143. Surgical Abstract, 215. 6. Removal of Tumors of the Tonsil by External Incision. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug. 1878; XCIX. 133.) 7. Sixteen Clinical Lectures at the Boston City Hospital, 1878-9. Reported in Boston Med. and Surg. Jourtml, XCVIII. 33, 127, 223, 387, 587, 791. XCIX. 229, 325, 517, 645. C. 313, 381, 593. 737- CI. I, 291. 8. Deep Abscess of the Neck. 9. Reasons for DisplacingXht Jaw in removing Naso- pharyngeal Polypi. Edward Hammond Clarke. Professor of Materia Medica, 1855-1872. 1. The Physiological and Therapeutical Action of the Bromide of Potassium and Bromide of Am- monium. In Two Parts. By E. H. Clarke, M.D., and Robert Amory, M.D. Boston, 1872. 2. A new Rule for Doses. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Sept. 1872; LXXXVII. 209.) James Freeman Clarke. Professor of Natural Religion and Christian Doctrine, 1867-1871. Lecturer on Ethnic Religions, 1876- 1877. 1. Steps of Belief. Boston, 1870. 2. Ten Great Religions. An Essay in Comparative Theology. Boston, 1871. 3. Go Up Higher. Boston, 1877. John Thomas Codman. Instructor in Operative Dentistry, 1879- . I. On the Preservation of all the Natural Teeth. (Odontographic Jotirnal, Oct. 1880. Rochester, N. Y.) Josiah Parsons Cooke. Erving Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, 1850-. 1. First Principles of Chemical Philosophy. 2d ed. 1870. Several since. 2. The New Chemistry, ist ed. 1873. Several since. 3. The Nobility of Knowledge. An Address de- livered before the Free Institute at Worcester, July 28, 1874. (Popular Science Monthly, Sept. 1874; V. 610; printed separately, New York, 1874.) 4. Scientific Culture. [An Address delivered July 7, 1875, ^' ''"IS opening of the Summer Courses of Instruction in Chemistryat Harvard Univer- sity.] (Popular Science Monthly, Sept. 1875; VII. 511; also in book form, London, 1876.) 5. "Gas." (Johnson's New Universal Cyclopcsdia, New York, 1875.) , 6. " Molecules." (American Cyclopcedia, New York, 1875-) 7. The Radiometer : A Fresh Evidence of a Molec- ular Universe. (Popular Science Monthly, May, 1878; XIH. I.) 8. Absolute System of Electrical Measurements. Collected papers on this subject from Journal of Franklin Institute [1871]. 9. Religion and Chemistry. Newly Revised Edition. 1880. 10. Articles in Proceedings of American Academy of Arts and Sciences, of which Mr. Cooke was Editor from 1877: — (i.) The Vermiculites ; their Crystallographic and Chemical Relations to the Micas. Dec. 9, 1873 ; IX. 35. (2.) Melanosiderite : a New Mineral species, from Mineral Hill, Delaware Co., Pa. May II, 1875; X. 451. (3.) On Two New Varieties of Vermiculites with a Revision of the other Members of this Group. In Connection with F. A. Gooch. May II, 1875; X. 453. (4.) On a New. Mode of Manipulating Hydric Sulphide. May 30, 1876. (5.) On the Process of Reverse Filtering and its Application to Large Masses of Ma- teria). May 30, 1876. (6.) Revision of the Atomic Weight of Anti- mony. [June 12, 1877;] XIII. I. (7.) Re-examination of some of the Haloid Compounds of Antimony. [June 12, 1877;] XIH. 72. (8.) The Atomic Weight of Antimony, Prelim- inary Notice of Additional Experiments. March 10, 1880; XV. 251. 11. Articles in the American Journal of Science and Arts, of which Mr. Cooke was Associate Editor from July, 1877: — 20 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. (i.) Memoir of Thomas Graham. March, 187 1. (2.) The Radiometer. Sept. 1877; CXIV. 231. (3.) Chemical Philosophy. March, 1878 ; CXV. 211. (4.) Boiling Point of Iodide of Antimony [and a Modification of the Air Thermometer]. May, 1878; CXV. 391. (5.) Notice of Berthelot's Thermo-Chemistry. April, 1880; CXIX. 261. (6.) Argento-antimonious Tartrate (Silver Emetic). [Contributions from the Chemi- cal Laboratory of H. C.l May, 1880; CXIX. 393. (7.) The Oxidation of Hydrochloric Acid Solu- tions of Antimony in the Atmosphere. [Contributions from the Chemical Labo- ratory of H. C] June, l88o; CXIX. 464. (8.) Numerous short notices. Benjamin Robbins Curtis. Lecturer in the Law School, 1872-1873. Jurisdiction, Practice and Peculiar Jurisprudence of the Courts of the United States. [Lectures delivered at the Harvard Law School in 1872- 73.] Edited by George T. and Benjamin R. Curtis. Boston, 1880. Elbridge Gerry Cutler. Assistant in Pathological Anatomy, 1878- . 1. Action of Phosphorus, Alkalies, and of Quinia on the Globular Richness of the Blood. By E. G. Cutler and E. H. Bradford. [Am. yournal of Med. Sciences, Oct. 1878.) 2. A Case of Lumbar Colotomy performed for the relief of temporary obstruction of the Bowels caused by Pelvic Peritonitis. By E. G. Cutler and J. Homans. (Boston Med. and Surgical Journal, Oct. 1878; XCIX. 429.) 3. Changes of the Globular Richness of Human Blood. By E. G. Cutler and E. H. Bradford. (Journal of Physiology, London, Jan. 1879; I. 427.) 4. A -Guide to the Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of Urine. By Dr. C. Neubauer and Dr. J. Vogel. Translated and edited by E. G. Cutler. Revised by Prof. E. S. Wood. New York. 1879. pp. 550. 5. The Anatomical Changes caused by Septicaemia and Pyaemia. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, July, 1879; CL 145.) 6. Pathological Changes in Septicsemia and Pyaemia. (Id. March, 1880; CII. 302.) Dr. Cutler has been the preparer of the Reports on the " Progress in Pathology and Pathologi- cal Anatomy," which have appeared in the Boston Med. and Surg. Journal in May, 1880; CII. 463, 485. He was also Secretary of the Boston Society for Medical Improvement in 1878 and 1879, and edited the Proceedings printed in the Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, XCIX. 498; C. 512. William Morris Davis. Instructor in Geology, 1878- . I. Notice of Dr. B. A. Gould's " Uranometria Ar- gentina." (Harvard Register, June, 1880; I. 122.) Francis Winthrop Dean. Tutor in Surveying and Drawing, 1874- . 1. The Dumpy Level. (Engineering, London, Jan. 1879; XXVII.) 2. The Circular Valves of the Mogul Locomotive of the Great Eastern Railway of England. (Rail- road Gazette, New York, March, 1880; XII.) George Derby. Professor of Hygiene, 1870-1874. 1. Report of Secretary, (ist Ann. Rep. of State Bd. of Health of Mass. Boston, 1870; 7.) 2. Slaughtering for Boston Market. (Id. 20.) 3. Prevention of Disease. (Id. 42.) 4. Poisoning by Lead Pipes used for the Conveyance of Drinking Water. (2d Ann. Rep. Boston, 1871, 22.) 5. Trichina Disease in Massachusetts. (Id. 46.) 6. Health of Towns. (Id. 52^) 7. Causes of Typhoid Fever in Massachusetts. (Id. no.) 8. Examination of the Water of Mystic Pond and of its Sources of Supply. (Id. 386.) 9. Mill-dams and other Water Obstructions. (31/ Ann. Rep. Boston, 1872, 60.) 10. Slaughtering, Bone-boiling and Fat-melting. (Id. 224.) 11. Small-pox in Massachusetts. (Id. 298.) 12. Sewerage; Sewage; Pollution of Streams; The Water Supply of Towns, (i^h Ann. Rep. Boston, 1873,20.) 13. The Food of the People of Massachusetts. (Id. 237.) 14. Hospitals, (tfh Ann. Rep. Boston, 1874, 315.) Hasket Derby. Lecturer on Ophthalmology, 1870-1871. 1. A Case of Melano-Sarcoma of Choroid, simulat- ing Glaucoma. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, March, 1871; LXXXIV. 157.) 2. On the Importance of the Ophthalmoscope as an Aid to General Practice. (Id. March, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 205.) 3. A Lecture on the Prognosis of Cataract, and the Rules by which it is formed. (Id. April, 1871 : LXXXIV. 221.) 4. The Modern Operation for Cataract. (Id. June, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 357.) 5. An Analysis of Sixty-one Cases of Extraction of Cataract by the Method of Graefe. (Id. June, 1871; LXXXIV. 379.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 21 Frank Winthrop Draper. Lecturer on Hygiene^ 1875-1878; Lecturer on Fo- rensic Medicine, 1878- . 1. Assistant Editor of the Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, 1872-6. 2. Reports on Recent Progress in Hygiene and Foren- sic Medicine. {Boston Med. arid Surg. Jourtial, XCI. XCIII. XCV. XCVI. XCVIII. XCIX. C. and CII.) 3. Report on tlie Registry and Return of Births, Marriages and Deaths [in Massachusetts for the Years 1874, 1875, 'S7^> ^""^ 1877]. 4 vols. Boston. 4. Report on the Registration of Prevalent Diseases. {Seventh Ann. Report of Mass. State Board of Health, 475. Boston. 1876.) 5. Medical and Surgical Reports of Boston City Hospital. Second Series. Edited by D. W. Cheever and F. W. Draper. Boston, 1877. 6. Mortality Statistics [of the City of Boston] for 1876. {Fifth Ann. Rep. of Board of Health of Boston, 28. Boston, 1877.) 7. The Afflicted Classes [in Massachusetts : an An- alysis of the Census of 1875]. {Eighth Ann. Rep. of the Mass. Bureau of Statistics of Labor, 157. Boston, 1877.) 8. On the Work and Duties of the Medical Ex- aminer. ( Trans, of the Mass. Medico-Legal Sac. I. 35. 1878.) 9. The Post-mortem Diagnosis of Certain Forms of Asphyxia. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, April, 1879; C. 561.) Charles Franklin Dunbar. Professor of Political Economy, 1871- . 1. The International. {Old and New,yi3.r&i,l?i-]2; V. 311.) 2. Cairnes's Principles of Political Economy. {North American Review, Jan. 1875; CXX. 214.) 3. Economic Science in America, 1776-1876. (Id. Jan. 1876; CXXII. 124.) 4. The Harvard Examinations for Women. {Penn Monthly, April, 1878 ; IX. 284.) *,* See also the Bulletin of the Library. Thomas Dwight. Instructor in Comparative Anatomy, 1872-1873; Instructor in Histology, 1874- . 1. Description of the Whale {Balcenoptera musculus) [With Remarks on the Classification of Fin Whales]. (Proceedings of Boston Society of Nat. Hist., Feb. 1872 ; XV. 26. Also printed separately.) 2. Semi-annual Reports on the Progress of Anatomy in Boston Med. and Surg. Journal since Sept. 1872'. Some reports are printed separately. 3. Associate editorship with J. C. Warren of the Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, from Jan. 1873 to Jan. 1878; LXXXVIII.-XCVIII. 4. The Action of the Intercostal Muscles. {Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1873 > LXXXVIII. 435. Also printed separately.) 5. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Jugular Foramen. {Am. Journal of the Medical Sciences, Oct. 1873.) 6. The Structure and Action of Striated Muscular Fibre. {Proceedings of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. Nov. 1873; XVI. 119. Also printed separately.) 7. An Abnormal Ischio-Trochanteric Ligament. {Journal of Anatomy and Physiology [England], Nov. 1873; Vm. 134.) 8. Remarks on the Position of the Femur, and on its so-called " True Neck." {Journal of Anat. and Physiol. [England], May, 1875; I^- S^'-) 9. A Rare Form of Monstrosity. Two Cases of apparently true Hermaphroditism. [Written with Dr. W. L. Richardson.] {Boston Med.and Surg. Journal, Sept. 1875; XCIII. 377; also printed separately, Cambridge, 1875, pp. 10.) 10. The Anatomy of the Head. Boston, 1876. 11. Remarks on the Brain. Illustrated by the De- scription of the Brain of a Distinguished Man [Chauncey Wright]. (Read Dec. 12, 1877.) {Proceedings of the Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII. 210. Also printed separately.) 12. The Identification of the Human Skeleton. A Medico-Legal Study. To which was awarded the Prize of the Mass. Med. Soc. for 1878. {Medical Communications of the Mass. Med. Soc, Boston, 1878 ; XII. 165. Also printed separately.) 13. The Church and Medicine. {Catholic World, May, 1879; XXIX. 192.) 14. Skulls, Brains and Souls. {International Review, May, 1880; VIII. 493.) Robert Thaxter Edes. Assistant Professor of Materia Medica, 1870-1875 ; Professor of Materia Medica, 1875- • 1. Practical Medicine as a Science : Annual Address to Norfolk District Medical Society. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 289.) 2. Cases of Leucocythaemia. (Id. July, 1871 ; LXXXV. 49.) 3. Elimination of Alcohol by the Kidneys and Breath. (Id. May, 1872; LXXXVL 347.) 4. Reports on Therapeutics. (Id. LXXXVII.-XCIL 1872-75.) 5. Tumor affecting Nerves of Seventh Pair and Cerebellum upon Left Side. (Id. Jan. 1873; LXXXVIII. 97-) 6. Ecker's Cerebral Convolutions of Man. Trans- lated by Dr. Edes. New York, 1873. 7 Pepsin. (Boston Med. and Surg. J., Jan. 1874; XC. 3.) 8 Clinical Notes of Cases of Rheumatism. (Id. Feb. 1875; XCII. 191.) 9. Syphilitic Intracranial Disease. [With Dr. Chas. E. Stedman.] {Am. Journal of Med. Sciences, April, 1875.) 10. The Treatment of Typhoid Fever by Cold Baths. {Boston Med. and Surg. J., July, 1875 ; XCIII. 89, and in The Med. and Surgical Reports of the Boston City Hospital, 205. 2d Series.) 22 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 11. Articles on Materia Medica (in conjunction with Dr. E. H. Clarlie) in Appleton's Am. Encyclo- pedia. New York, 1873-76. 12. Clinical Lecture on a Case of Facial Paralysis. {Boston Med. and Surg. J., June, 1876; XCIV. 619.) 13. Medical Cases in Boston City Hospital. (Id. Aug. 1B76; XCV. 207.) 14. On Certain Diseases of the Nervous Centres. (Med. and Surg. Reports of Boston City Hospital, 2d Series. 46. Boston, 1877.) 15. Microscopic Sections of Rabbit's Kidney, show- ing the action of the secreting Epithelium. (Boston Med. and Surg. J., April, 1878; XCVIII. 474-) 16. What is the object of the Mass. Med. See. and how may it best be fulfilled .' (Id. Tune, 1878; XCVIII. 724.) 17. Case of General Cancer including the Supra- renal Capsules, with Symptoms of Addison's Disease. (Id. Dec. 1878 ; XCIX. 788.) 18. Case of Anterior Spinal Paralysis. (Id. July, 1879; CI. 105.) 19. Fatal Puerperal Disease of Doubtful Character and Origin. (Id. Oct. 1879; CI. 626.) 20. Sarcoma of Lumbar Vertebrae. (Id. Nov. 1879; CI. 661.) 21. Cheyne-Stokes Respiration. (Id. Nov. 1879; CI. 734) 22. Relation of Drug Manufacturers to Progress of Therapeutics. (Id. Jan. 1880; CII. 49.) 23. Abscess of Brain. (Id. May, 1880; CII. 447.) 24. Some of the Symptoms of Bright's Disease. Clinical Lectures. (Id. June, 1880; CII. 601 : July, 1S80; cm. 1,25.) 25. Mosler on Diseases of the Spleen. Translated by Dr. Edes. [Ziemssen's Cyclopcedia, VIII.) 26. Heubner on Syphilis of Nervous System.. Trans- lated by Dr. Edes. (Id. XIL) 27. Various Reviews in Boston Med. and Surg, yournal and Am. Journal of Medical Sciences. Charles William Eliot. President of Harvard College, 1869- . 1. "A National University": a report made to the National Education Association at Elmira, Aug. 5,1873. {Proceedings of National Rd. Assoc. Also printed separately, Cambridge, 1874, pp. 23.) 2. The Exemption from Taxation of Church Prop- erty, and the Property of Educational, Literary, and Charitable Institutions. [Dec. 12, 1874.] (Rep. Mass. Commissioners to Revise Laws on Tax- ation and Exemption therefrom. Appendix. 367. Boston, 1875. 8°; and printed separately [Boston, 1875], PP- 28.) 3. Congratulatory Address. {Addresses at the Inaugu- ration of Daniel C. Oilman as President of the Johns Hopkins University, Feb. 22, 1876. 5. Baltimore, 1876.) 4. English and American Universities Compared. (North American Rev. March-April, 1878; CXXVI. 217.) 5. Address before the American Academy of Dental Science at nth Ann. Meeting, Oct. 1878. Cambridge, 1879, pp. 30. 6. Address at the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Boston Society of Natural History. (An- niversary Memoirs of the Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Boston, 1880.) %* See also the University Publications. Calvin Ellis. Jackson Professor of Clinical Medicine, 1867- . 1. The Tendency of so-called Local Diseases to Generalization. [BostonMed. and Surg. Journal, Oct. 1870; LXXXIII. 229.) 2. Vomiting as the sole prominent sign of Disease of the Kidneys. (Id. June, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 425.) 3. Autopsy of the Double Monster (Ischiopagus Tripus), born in Ohio and lately exhibited in Boston. (Id. Oct. 1871; LXXXV. 218.) 4. The Curved Line of Dulness in cases of Pleuritic Effusion. (Id. Jan. 1874; XC. 12: Feb. 1874; XC. 173) 5. A Case of Echinococcus Cyst. (Id. May, 1874; XC. 553.) 6. Ovarian Cysts. (Id. Aug. 1874; XCI. 182, and Oct. 1874; XCL396.) 7. Capillary Bronchitis of Adults. A Series of American Clinical Lectures. New York, 1876. 8. General Softening of the Brain seldom seen as a Pathological Condition, never as a Clinical Disease. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Jan. 1876; XCIV. 29.) 9. The Curved Line of Pleuritic Effusion. (Id. Dec. 1876; XCV. 689.) 10. Constant Irrigation in Chronic Cystisis. (Id. April, 1S77 ; XCVI. 393.) 11. The Point of Origin of so-called Bronchial Res- piration. (Id. July, 1877; XCVII. I.) 12. Ulcerative Endocarditis; Embolism of the Ar- teries of the Left Leg. (Id.Nov. 1877 ; XCVIi. 549- ) 13. Osteomalacia in a Man. (Id. Jan. 1878 ; XCVIII. 5-) 14. Chest Expansion in Pleurisy. (Id. Feb. 1879; C. 196.) 15. Chronic Bronchitis with Dilatation of the Bronchi. (Id. July, 1879; CI. 162.) 16. Probable Acute Nephritis. (Id. Nov. 1879 ; CI. 696.) 17. A Large Effusion of Blood into the Left Hemis- phere and Lateral Ventricle ; immediate and continued unconsciousness without localized paralysis ; continued and marked rise of temper- ature. (Id. Dec. 1879; CL 876.) 18. The Significance of Albuminuria as a Symptom. (Id. April, 1880; CIL 361, 388, 414.) Ephraim Emerton. Instructor in History, 1876- . J. Sir William Temple und die Tripleallianz vom Jahre 1668. Berlin, 1877. 8°. pp. 93. *,* See also the Bulletin of the Library. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 23 Henry Lawrence Eustis. Professor of Engineering, 1849- . Professor Eustis has written the following boOK- notices : — 1. Strength and Determination of the Dimensions of Structures of Iron and Steel. By Dr. Ph. J. J. Weyrauch. (American Architect and Building NeT.as, 1877 ; II. 142.) 2. The Cambridge Boiler Explosion. An Examina- tion of the Attack in the columns of the Boston Daily Advertiser upon the Judicial Decision. By I. R. Robinson. (Id. 1878; IV. 162.) 3. Government Tests of Wrought-Iron and Chain- cables. Experiments on the Strength of Wrought-Iron and Chain-cables. Report by Commander L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N. Revised and abridged by William Kent, M. E. (Id. 1880; VII. 183.) 4. Trusses and Arches analyzed and discussed by Graphical Methods. By Charles E. Greene, Prof, of Civil Engineering, University of Michi- gan. (Harvard Register, yi3X&i,\^%o; 1.68.) *»* Professor Eustis printed in 1878, in the New Eng. Hist, and Genealogical Register, a Genealogy of the Eustis family, which was afterwards issued in pamphlet form. Charles Carroll Everett. Bussey Professor of Theology, 1869- . 1. Immortality. [Old and New, Sept. 1871 ; IV. 3'3-) 2. The Epistle to the Hebrews. (Mojithly Religious Magazine, Dec. 1871 ; XLVI. 485.) 3. " Joint Heirs with Christ." A Christmas Ser- mon preached in the First Parish Church in Cambridge, Dec. 24, 1871. Cambridge, 1872, pp. 18. 4. The Relation of Jesus to the Present Age. ( In Christianity and Modern Thought. [Published by Am. Unitarian Assoc] Boston, 1872. 129.) 5. "The City that hath Foundations." A Sermon preached before the National Conference of Unitarian and other Christian Churches in Bos- ton, 1872. (Proceedings of the Conference.) 6. A Sermon for Winter. (Monthly Religious Maga- zine, ]z.tl. 1874; LI. 19.) 7. Mysticism. (Unitarian Review,M.2Xc!a,\?>']\;\.'^.\ 8. The Gain of History. An Oration given before the Phi Beta Kappa Fraternity of Harvard College. (Id. Aug. 1874; II. 16.) 9. The Tragic Element in Literature and Life. ( Id. Jan. 1875; HL i.) 10. The Known and the Unknowable in Religion. (Id. May, 1875; IH. 445.) 11. The Scottish Philosophy. (Id. July, 1875; IV. 24.) 12. The Cosmic Philosophy. (Id. May, 1876; V. 482.) 13. The New Ethics. An Essay read before the National Conference of Unitarian and other Christian Churches at Saratoga, 1878. (Pro- ceedings of the Conference. Also in Unitarian Review, Oct. 1878; X. 408.) 14. " Leonard Woods." A Discourse before Bow- doin College and the Maine Historical Society, July 9, 1879, (Proceedings of Maine Hist. Soc. Also printed separately as a pamphlet.) 15. The Relation of Philosophy and Modern Liberal- ism. Read before the Ministers' Institute held at Providence, R. I. (Institute Essays, Boston, 1880. Also in Unitarian Review, Dec. 1879; XII. 602.) 16. The Data of Ethics. ( Unitarian Review, Jan. 1880; XIII. 43.) William Gilson Farlow. Assistant in Botany, 1870-1872; Assistant Professor of Botany, 1874-1879 ; Professor of Crypto- gamic Botany, 1879- . 1. Cuban Seaweeds. (Am. Naturalist, June, 1871 ; V. 201.) 2. List of the Seaweeds or Marine Algas of the South Coast of New England. (Report of U. S. Com- mission of Fish and Fisheries for 1871-2, 281. Washington, 1873.) 3. An Asexual Growth from the Prothallus of Pteris serrulata \P. cretica\. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences [Jan. 1874], IX. 68 ; and Quar- terly Journal of Microscopical Science, New Se- ries, XIV.) 4. Notes from the Journal of a Botanist in Europe. (Am. Naturalist, Jan. Feb. and May, 1874; VIII. I, 112, 295.) 5. Ueber ungeschlechtliche Keimpflanzen an Farn- prothallien. (Botanische Zeitung, 1874.) 6. List of the Marine Algas of the United States, with Notes of New and Imperfectly Known Species. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences [March 9, 1875]; '^■Z9-) 7. Algae [of Kerguelen Island]. (Bulletin U. S. National Museum, No. 3, Contributions to Nat. Hist, of Kerguelen Island; 30. Washington, 1876.) 8. Gustave Thuret. (London Journal of Botany, Jan. 1876.) 9. University Instruction in Botany. (Am. Natural- ist,U3.y, 1876; X. 287.) 10. List of the Marine Algse of the United States. (Report U. S. Fish. Comm.for 1875-76.) 11. Articles on Botany m. Johnson's Cyclopcedia ; and Record of Botany in Annual Record of Science and Industry, 1875-8. 12. Report on a Peculiar Condition of the Water supplied to the City of Boston. (With W. R. Nichols and E. Burgess.) Boston, 1876. (Also in Report of Cochituate Water Board, Boston, 1876.) 13. On some Algas New to the United States. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences. [May 9, 1877.] ) 14. Onion Smut. (242'^ Afin. Report of Secretary of Mass. Board of Agriculture for 1876. Part 2, 164. Boston, 1877.) 15. Diseases of Fruit-bearing Trees. (25//^ Ann. Report of Sec. of Mass. Bd. of Agriculture for 1877, 218, 231. Boston, 1878.) 16. The Seaweeds of Salt Lake. (Am. Nat., Nov. 1879; XIIL 701.) 17. On the Nature of the Peculiar Reddening of Salted Codfish during the Summer Season. (Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. 1880.) 24 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. l8. On some Impurities of Drinking Water caused by Vegetable Growths. [\st Ann. Report Mass. State Board of Healthy Lunacy and Charity, 1879. Supplement, 129. Boston, 1880.) *#* See also the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution. Walter Faxon. Assistant in Zoological Laboratory, 1873-1877 ; In- structor in Zoology, 1877- . I. Description of Lucifer typus, M. Edw. ? (Chesa- peake Zoological Laboratory \yohns Hopkins University\ Scientific Results of the Session of 1878. I plate. Feb. 1879.) *#* See also the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology. Jesse Walter Fewkes. Assistant in Zoological Laboratory, 1880- . *#* See the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Alfred Withington Field. Assistant in Chemical Laboratory, 1872-1880. Mr. Field has published the following in conjunc- tion with Prof. C. L. Jackson: — 1. Parachlorbenzyl Compounds. [Proc. Am. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, XIV. 54.) 2. The Action of Bromine on Toluol and some of its Derivatives. [June 12, 1878.] (Id. XV. 202.) 3. Reprint of (i) in Remsen's Am. Chem. Journal, II. 4. " " (2) " " " " " II. I. 5. Abstract of (i) in German. (Berickte des deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft. Berlin, 1878, 904.) 6. Abstract of (2) in German. (Id. 1880, 1215.) John Fiske. University Lecturer on the Positive Philosophy, 1869- 1871 ; Instriictor in History, 1870; Assistant Libra-rian, 1S72— 1879. 1. Myths and Myth Makers : Old Tales and Super- stitions interpreted by Comparative Mythology. Boston, 1872. 12°. 2. The Composition of Mind. (Journal of Psycho- logical Medicine, July, 1872; VI. No. 3.) 3. Taine's History of English Literature. Abridged and Edited with Chronological Table, Notes, and Index. New York, 1872. 12". 4. The Primaeval Ghost-World. (Atlantic Monthly, Nov. 1872; XXX. 584.) 5. Agassiz and Darwinism. (Popular Science Monthly, Oct. 1873; III- 693.) 6. Outlines of Cosmic Philosophy, based on the Doctrine of Evolution, with Criticisms on the Positive Philosophy. London, 1874 ; Boston, 1875. 2 vols. 8°. 7. Athenian and American Life. (^Atlantic Monthly, Nov. 1874; XXXIV. 551.) 8. The Unseen World and other Essays. Boston, 1876. 12°. 9. A Librarian's Work. (Atlantic Monthly, Oct. 1876; XXXVIII. 480.) 10. The Triumph of Darwinism. (North American Review, Jan. 1877 ; CXXIV. 90.) 11. The Races of the Danube. (Atlantic Monthly, April, 1877; XXXIX. 401.) 12. A Crumb for the " Modern Symposium." (North Am. Rev., Jan.-Feb. 1878 ; CXXVI. 27.) 13. Chauncey Wright. (Radical Review, Feb. 1878; I. 690.) 14. What is Inspiration ? (North Am. Rev., Sept.- Oct. 1878; CXXVII. 330.) 15. Recent Works on Ancient History and Philol- ogy. (Id. Aug. 1879; CXXIX. 197.) 16. Darwinism and other Essays. London, 1879. sm. 8°. Reginald Heber Fitz. Instructor in Pathological Anatomy, 1870 -1873; Assistant Professor of Path. Anatomy, 1873- 1878; Professor of Path. Anatomy, 1879- . 1. The Theory of Tuberculosis. ABrief Account of some of Its more important Features. (Publi- cations of Mass. Med. Soc. 187 1 ; HI. No. 3. Also printed separately, pp. 30.) 2. A Case of Double Monstrosity. H. O. Marcy and R. H. Fitz. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., July, 1871 ; LXXXV. 17.) 3. Spindle-celled Sarcoma of Choroid. Hasket Derby and R. H. Fitz. (Id. Feb. 1872; LXXXVI. 85.) 4. Tubo-Uterine or Interstitial Pregnancy. [Am. Jotirnal of Med. Sciences, Jan. 1875.) 5. Anatomy of the Fasciola Jacksoni. (Neiu York Medical Journal, Nov. 1876. Also printed separately, New York, 1876, pp. 8.) 6. Rupture of the CEsophagus. (Am. Journal of Med. Sciences, Jan. 1877.) 7. Sudden Death from Embolism. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Jan. 1877 ; XCVI. 95.) 8. A Compend of Diagnosis in Pathological An- atomy. By Dr. Johannes Orth. Translated by F. C. Shattuck and G. K. Sabine. Revised by R. H. Fitz. 1878. 9. The Value of Anatomical Appearances. ( Trans. of Mass. Medico-Legal Soc, 1878; I. No. i.) 10. Fatal Case of Hydrophobia. By G. B. Shattuck and R. H. Fitz. (Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., Aug. 1878; XCIX. 261.) 11. Semi-Annual Reports on Recent Progress in Pathology and Pathological Anatomy. (Id. 1872-9; LXXXVII.-CL) Charles Follen Folsom. Lecturer on Hygiene, 1877-1880 ; Lecturer on Mental Diseases, 1879- • 1. Dr. Folsom wrote the editorial portion of Re- ports of State Board of Health, 1876-80, and also in these reports 2. the following papers : — (a) Disposal of Sewage. (Seventh Ann. Report, 276.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 25 (b) Pollution of Streams ; Disposal of Sewage ; Drainage and Health. (Eig/ilh Ami. Rep. 21,80, 113.) (c) Registration of Deaths and of Diseases. (Id. 12, 231.) (d) Disease of the Mind. (Id. 13, 325.) (e) Drainage and Health ; Sewerage; Pollution of Streams. {Ninth Ann. Hep. 3.) (f) Diphtheria in Gloucester. (Id. 463.) 3. The Present Aspect of the Sewage Question as applied to Boston : a paper read before the American Statistical Association, Boston, April 20, 1877. Boston, 1877. 4. Disease of the Mind. [Reprinted from Mass. State Bd. of Health Reports.] Boston, 1877. 5. Editorial and introductory portion (summary) of Thirty-Seventh and Thirty-Eighth Ann. Reports of Registry and Return of Births, Marriages and Deaths in Mass. [for 1878 and 1879]. 6. [The Causes of] Typhoid Fever. (Boston Med. and Surg. J., March, 1880;, CII. 227.) 7. Cases of Insanity and of Fanaticism. [Pocasset Murder.] (Id. March, 1880 ; CII. 265.) 8. Editorial portion of Health Supplement of First Ann. Rep. of Mass. State Bd. of Health, Lunacy and Charity, for 1879. Boston, t88o. Also in this volume : The Pollution of Streams, Supple- ment. I . g. Contributions to the Bostoii Med. and Surg. Journal, Boston Daily Advertiser, and other papers. Henry Gannett. Assistant in Observatory, 1870-187 1. 1. Report on Astronomy and Hypsometry. (Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey of Territories for 1872, 793. Washington, 1873.) 2. Lists of Elevations principally West of the Mis- sissippi River. 2d ed. Washington, 1873 [3d ed. 1875; 4th ed. (with a hypsometric map of the U. S.) 1877]. (U. S. Geol. Survey of the Territories. Miscell. Pub. No. J.) 3. Meteorological Observations for 1872 in Utah, Idaho, and Montana. (Id. Misc. Pub. No. 2. Washington, 1873.) 4. Geographical Report. (Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey of Terr, for 1873, ^7°- Washington, 1874-) 5. Geographical Report. (Id. for i8y4, 413. Wash- ington, 1876.) 6. Topographical Report [for 1875 and 1876]. ('4«». Rep. U. S. Geol. Survey of Terr, for 1875, 335- Washington, 1877.) 7. Geographical Report. (Id./or 1877.) 8. The Atlas of Colorado [in which Mr. Gannett's topographical work, with that of his associates, is embodied]. 1877. George Minot Garland. Assistant in Physiology, 1877- . I. Pneumono-Dynamics. New York, 1878. 8°. 3. Pneumono-Dynamics. Lecture. (Proc. of Med. Soc. of County of Kings, June, 1878.) 3. Pharyngeal Respiration. {Journal of Physiology, May, 1879; H. 82.) 4. The Effect of the Respiratory Movements on the Pulmonary Circulation. (In connection with Prof. H. P. Bowditch.) [Journal of Physiology, Aug. 1879; n. 91.) 5. The Letter S. Curve. (New York Medical Jour- nal, Nov. 1879.) 6. Negative Pressure. (The Medical Record, Dec. 1879.) Samuel Garman. Assistant in Herpetology, 1874- . 1. Description of a New Species of North American Serpent. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, Tune, 1874; XVH. 92.) 2. On the Skates (Raja;) of the Eastern Coast of the United States. (Id. Nov. 1874; XVIL 170.) 3. Notes on some Fishes and Reptiles from the Western Coast of South America. (Id. Dec. 1875 ; XVIH. 202.) 4. Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Allen Lesley, Esq., on the Isthmus of Panama. (Id. June, 1876; XVIH. 402.) 5. On a Variation in the Color of Animals. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for the Advancement of Science, Aug. 1876, 187.) 6. On the Pelvis and External Sexual Organs of Selachians, with especial reference to the New Genera Potamotrygon and Disceus. (Proc. Bos- ton Soc. Nat Hist., May, 1877 ; XIX. 197.) 7. Pseudis, " The Paradoxical Frog." (American Naturalist, Oct. 1877 ; XL 587.) *#* See also the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology. "Wolcott Gibbs. Rumford Professor and Lecturer on the Application of Science to the Useful Arts, 1863- . 1. Contributions to Chemistry from the Laboratory of the Lawrence Scientific School. No. r2. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Sept. 1870; L. 240.) 2. Analytical Notices. (Id. Feb. 1873; 3d Series, V. no.) 3. Researches on the Hexatomic Compounds of Cobalt. Part I. (Proc. Am. Academy of Arts and Sciences, X. i .) 4. Optical Notices. (Id. X. 401.) 5. Researches on the Hexatomic Compounds of Cobalt. Part II. (Id. XI. i.) 6. Researches on the Complex Inorganic Acids. Part I. (Id. XV, I.) 7. The Same. Part L [Continued.] (Id. XVL109.) *,* See also the Bulletin of the Library. Frank Austin Gooch. Assistant in Chemical Laboratory, 1874-1875. I. [In connection with Prof. J. P. Cooke.] On Two New Varieties of Vermiculites, with a Revision of the other Members of this Group. [May 26 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. II, 1875.] (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sci- ences, X. 453.) 2. Ueber Vulkanische Gesteine der Galapagos In- seln. {Tschermak's Mineralogische Mitiheil- ungett for 1876. 133.) 3. Bemerkungen iiber die Pechsteine von Arran. (Id. for 1876. 185.) 4. On a New Method for the Separation and Sub- sequent Treatment of Precipitates in Chemical Analysis. [Feb. 13, 187S.] [Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII. 342. Reprinted in American Chemical Journal, I. 317. Copied into Chemical News, XXXVII. 181 ; and into New Remedies, VII. 290.) 5. On the Estimation of Phosphoric Acid as Mag- nesic Pyrophosphate [Oct. 8, 1879]. [Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 53. Reprinted in Am. Chemical Journal, I. 391.) 6. A New Form of Absorption-Apparatus for Use in estimating Ammonia. (Id. I. 450.) George Lincoln Goodale. Assistant Professor of Vegetable Physiology, 1873-187S; Professor of Botany, 1878- . 1. Hybrids and Hybridization in Plants. A Lecture. {^Twenty-fifth Ann. Rep. of Mass. Bd. of Agri- culture fcfr 1877, 155. Boston, 1878.) 2. Recent Researches in regard to Seeds and their Germination. A Lecture. [Ann. Rep. Mass. Board of Agriculture. ) 3. " Vegetable Histology." (Johnson^s New Univer- sal Cyclopcedia. New York, 1878.) 4. " Vegetable Physiology." (Id.) 5. Concerning a few Common Plants. Boston, 1879. 6. Wild Flowers of North America. Plates by Isaac Sprague. 40. [Now publishing.] *#* See also the Bulletin of the Library. William Watson Goodwin. Eliot Professor of Greek Literature, i860- . 1. An Elementary Greek Grammar, xx. 242. Boston, 1870. 2. Plutarch's Morals. Translated from the Greek by Several Hands [London, 1684-1694]. Revised by W. W. Goodwin; with introd. by R. W. Emerson. Boston, 1870. 5 vols. 3. Greek Reader, consisting of selections from Xen- ophon, Plato, Herodotus and Thucydides. Edited by W. W. Goodwin and J. H. Allen. Boston, 1871. 4. On the Aorist Subjunctive and Future Indicative with Siriur and oh /n^. {Trans. Am. Philol. Assoc. 1869-70. 46. Hartford, 187 1.) 5. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. Fifth ed. Revised and modified in parts. Boston, 1873. (Republished with special title by E. Johnson, Cambridge, England. Sixth and later editions have been republished by Macmil- lan & Co., London.) 6. On the Classification of Conditional Sentences in Greek Syntax. ( Trans, of Am. Philol. Assoc, 1873. Previously printed in Journal of Phil- ology, V. 186. London and Cambridge, 1873.) On " Shall " and " Should " in Protasis, and their Greek Equivalents. ( Trans. Am. Philol. Assoc, 1876. Reprinted in Journal of Philology, VIII. 18. London and Cambridge, 1879.) Mycenae. (Nation, No. 6oi (Jan. 4, 1877) ; XXIV. 6.) Greek Reader. Second ed. [Same as No. 3, with Anabasis I. and II. substituted for Anabasis III. and IV.] Boston, 1877. Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus. Ed- ited by W. W. Goodwin and John W. White. [Same as last, with Anabasis III. and IV. sub- stituted for extracts from Xenophon's Memo- rabilia, Plato, and Thucydides.] Boston, 1877. Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I.-IV. Edited by W. W. Goodwin and J. W. White. [Same as the Anabasis in last work.] Boston, 1877. On the Text and Interpretation of certain pas- sages in the Agamemnon of Aeschylus. ( Trans. Amer. Philol. Assoc, 1877.) Review of Schliemann's "Mycenae." (Nation, Nos. 658 and 659 (Feb. 7 and 14, 1878) ; XXVL 8, 116.) An Elementary Greek Grammar. Revised and enlarged edition. [Same as No. i, rewritten and greatly enlarged.] xxviii. 393. London, 1879. The Same. Boston, 1879. On ^inai anh av\t.fili\av, and S/koi a\ifi.^6Kaiai of Thuc. I. 77. (Am. Journal of Philology, Feb. 1880; L4.) Review of Stewart and Long's " Plutarch," Vol. L (Nation, No. 805 (Dec. 2, 1880) ; XXXI. 395') , Review of Schliemann's " Ilios." (Id. Nos. 815 and 816 (Feb. 10 and 17, 1881) ; XXXII. 96.) Asa Gray. Fisher Professor of Natural History, 1842- . 1. Botanical Contributions. June, 1870. (Proc. Amer- ican Academy of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 243.) i. Reconstruction of the Order Diapensiacese. ii. Revision of the North American Pole, moniaceae. iii. Miscellaneous Botanical Notes and Char- acters. 2. A New Species of Erythronium. (Canadian Naturalist, V. American Naturalist, Tulv, 187 1 : V. 298.) 3. BotanicS.1 Contributions. Feb. 1872. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 365.) i. Notes on Labiatae. ii. Determinations of a Collection of Plants made in Oregon by Elihu Hall, during the summer of 1871, with Characters of some New Species and various Notes. 4. Address before the American Association for the y Advancement of Science at Dubuque, Iowa, August, 1872. (Proc. A. A. A.S.I. Cambridge, 1873. Also, without the Appendix, American Journal of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IV. 282. And [under the title. Sequoia and its History] in American Naturalist, VI. 577. And in part [under the title. The Origin of the Flora of Atlantic North America] in Trimen's Journal of Botany, X. 309.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 27 5. Botany for Young People, Part II. How Plants Behave. New York and Chicago, 1873. pp. 46. sm. 40. 6. John Torrey : A Biographical Notice. June, 1873. {Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. V. 41 1. Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, IX. 262. Also printed separately.) 7. Botanical Contributions. May, 1873. ^^- "VIII. 620.) i. Characters of New Genera and Species of Plants, ii. Notes on Compositae, and Characters of certain Genera and Species, etc. [Part I.] 8. William B. Sullivant! A Biographical Notice. July, 1873. [Am. your^ of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. VI. I ; Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, IX. 271.) 9. Botanical Contributions. May, 1874. [Part II. of No. 7, ii.] (Id. IX. 187.) 10. Charles Robert Darwin. June, 1874. (Nature, X. 79. American Naturalist, Aug. 1874 ; VIII. 473-) 11. Phanerbgamia of the Pacific Coast of North America. By John Torrey. (Edited by Dr. Asa Gray.) July, 1874. (United States Exploring Expedition, during the Years 1838-1842, under the Command of Chayles Wilkes, tj. S. N. XVII. 205.) 12. Jeffries Wyman. Address at the Memorial Meet- ing of the Boston Society of Natural History. Oct. 7, 1874. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. XVII. 96. Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IX. 81, 171.) 13. Botanical Contributions. May and Oct. 1874. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts arid Sciences, X. 39.) i. A Synopsis of the North American Thistles. ii. Notes on Borraginaceae. iii. Synopsis of North American Species of Physalis. iv. Characters of various New Species. 14. Do Varieties wear out, or tend to wear out ? (New York Semi-Weekly Tribune, Dec. 8, 1874. Am. yourn. of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IX. 109.) 1.15; Botanical Contributions. A Conspectus of the North American Hydrophyllaceae. March, 1875. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, X. 312.) 16. Bentham on the recent Progress and present State of Systematic Botany. April, 1875. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. IX. 288, 346.) 17. Miscellaneous Botanical Contributions. Oct. ^^ 1875. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XI. 71.) 18. Aestivation and its Terminology. Nov. 1875. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. X. 339.) 10. Burs in the Borage Family. (American Natural- ist, Jan. 1876; X. I.) 20. Botany [of California]. Vol. I. Polypetals, by W. H. Brewer and Sereno Watson. Gamopetalse (also Astragalus and Saxifragaceae), by Asa Gray. Cambridge, 1876. (In a volume of the California Geological Survey.) 21. Our Wild Gooseberries. (American Naturalist, May, 1876; X. 270.) 22. Darwiniana : Essays and Reviews pertaining to Darwinism. New York, 1876. 8°. V23. 24. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30- 31- 32- 33- 34. Botanical Contributions. Dec. 1876. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 51.) i. Characters of Canbya (n. gen.) and Arcto- mecon. ii. Characters of New Species, etc. Notice of Darwin on the Effects of Cross- and Self-Fertilization in the Vegetable King- dom. Feb. 1877. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. XIII. 125.) Botanical (Contributions. Characters of some lit- tle-known or new Genera of Plants. May, 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 159.) Notes on the History of Helianthus tuberosus, the so-called Jerusalem Artichoke. By J. Ham- mond Trumbull and Asa Gray. May, 1877. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. XIII. 347-) The Germination of the Genus Megarrhiza, Torr. July, 1877. (Id. XIV. 21.) Botanical Contributions. Jan. 1878. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII. 361.) i. Elatines Americans, ii. Two New Genera of Acanthacese. iii. New Astragali, iv. Miscellaneae. Synoptical Flora of North America. Vol. II. Part I. Gamopetalae after Compositas. New York, 1878. 1. 80. Forest Geography and Archaeology. A Lecture delivered before the Harvard University Natu- ral History Society, 18 April, 1878. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, Aug. and Sept. 1878, 3d Ser. XVI. 85, 183.) Dr. Jacob Bigelow. April, 1879. (Id. XVII. 263.) The Botanical Text-Book. (Sixth Edition.) Part I. Structural Botany or Organography on the basis of Morphology. New York and Chi- cago, 1879. 80. Third Issue, with Addenda. 1880. The Pertinacity and Predominance of Weeds. Sept. 1879. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. XVIII. 161.) Botanical Contributions. Oct. 1879. (Proc. of Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 25.) i. Characters of some New Species of Com- positas in the Mexican Collection made by C. C. Parry and Edward Palmer ; chiefly in the Province of San Luis Potosi in 1878. ii. Some New North American Genera, Species, etc. De Candolle's Phytography. Aug. and Sept. 1880. (Am. your, of Science and Arts, 3d Ser. XX. 150, 241.) Botanical Contributions. Sept. 1880. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XVI. 78.) i. Notes on some Compositae. ii. Some Species of Asclepias. iii. A New Genus of GentianaceK. iv. Miscellaneaa of the North American Flora. Natural Science and Religion. Two Lectures delivered at the Theological School of Yale College. New York, 1880. 8°. , In addition to the above,numerous Notes, Notices, etc., have appeared in t\itAm your, of Science and -^ 28 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. Arts (see Index at end of 3d Ser. X. and XX.), and in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club and Coulter's Botanical Gazette, as well as various contributions (botanical and otherwise) in the American Agriculturist, Independent, Nation, etc. %* See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum. John Orne Green. Lecturer on Otology, 187 1- . 1. Progress of Otology. (Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1870.) 2. A Case of Epithelioma of Auricle and Meatus. (Id. 1870; 1.92.) 3. Five Cases of Fatal Otorrhcea. (Id. 1871 ; I. 195. Condensed in Boston Med. and Surg. J., Nov. 1871; LXXXV. 346.) 4. Cases of Injury to the Ear from External Violence. ( Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1872 ; I. 308.) 5. Chapters on External and Middle Ears and Eus- tachian Tube in Strieker's Manual of Histology. Translated by Dr. Green. New York, 1872. 6. Tenotomy of the Tensor Tympani Muscle. ( Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1873; I. 401.) 7. Ulceration of the Dermoid Layer of the Membrana Tympani. (Id. 1873; I. 431.) 8. Neuralgia in and about the Ear. (Id. 1874; I. 561.) 9. Cases illustrative of Mastoid Inflammation. (Bos- ton Med. and Surg. Jour. Jan. 1874 ; XC. 77.) 10. Perforations of the Membrana Flaccida. Trans. of Boston Soc. for Medical Improvement. (Id. March, 1874; XC. 310.) 11. An Unusual Source of Otorrhoea. Trans, of Boston Soc. for Medical Observation. (Id. May, 1874; XC. 478.) 12. Vegetable Parasitic Growths. (Trans, of Soc. of Medical Sciences, March 31, 1874.) Hyperostosis of the Mastoid. (Internatioiml Oto- logical Soc. 1876.) Disease of the Brain in its Relation to Inflam- mations of the Ear. (Med. and Surg. Reports of Boston City Hospital, 2d Ser. loi. Boston 1877.) Schwartze's Pathological Anatomy of the Ear. Translated by Dr. Green. Boston, 1878. Coagulated Fibrin simulating Polypus of the Tympanum. (Trans. Am. Otological Soc. 1878.) Objective and Subjective Systolic Murmurs in the Ears. (Id.) The Audiphone and Dentaphone. ( Trans, of Soc. of Medical Sciences, l3.\i. 20, 1880.) Cases of Caries of the Mastoid. Trans, of Bos- ton Soc. for Medical Improvement. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ. April, 1880; CII. 324.) The Importance of Early Recognition of Ear- Disease. ( Trans. Mass. Med. Soc. 1880.) Reports on the Progress of Otology. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journ. 1872-1880; LXXXVIL- CIII.) 23' Otitis Intermittens. (Am. Journal of Otology, I. No. 2.) Phlebitis of Venx Emissariae Mastoideje. (Id. I. No. 3.) 24. Phlebitis of the Mastoid Emissary Vein. (Id. II. No. 2.) Francis Boott Greenough. Lecturer on Syphilis, 1871-1875; Instructor in Syph- ilis, 1875- . 1. From 1871 to 1877, Dr. Greenough, as Secretary of the Boston Society for Medical Improve- ment, edited the Records of the Society in the Boston Med.andSurg. Journal, LXXXV.-XCV. 2. Lostorfer's Syphilitic Corpuscle. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec. 1872 ; LXXXVII. 405.) 3. Review of Lee on Syphilis. (Id. Dec. 1875; XCIII. 676.) 4. Concerning the Execution of Criminals. (Id. Dec. 1875; XCIIL 777.) 5. Extracts from the Records of the Boston Society for Medical Improvement. [With C. D. Ho- mans, M. D.] Vol. VI. Boston, 1876. 6. On the Treatment of the Chancroid. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1877 ; XC VI. 96.) 7. Notes on some of the most Frequent Forms of Skin Disease. (Id. Feb., March, April, June, 1877 ; XCVL 213, 273, 425, 733.) 8. Dr. Bumstead's New Departure on the Chancroid. (Id. Feb. 1880; CIL 163.) 9. Extracts from the Records of the Boston Society for Medical Improvement. [With E. G. Cutler, M. D.] Vol. VII. Boston, 1880. 10. Herpes Progenitalis. Read at the Ann. Meeting of the American Dermatological Association, Aug. 28, 1881. (Archives of Dermatology, June, 1881. Reprinted in pamphlet form.) James Bradstreet Greenough. Tutor in Latin, 1865-1873 ; Assistant Professor of Latin, 1873- . 1. Analysis of the Latin Subjunctive. Cambridge, 1870. pp. 36. 2. The Subjunctive and Optative ; read at the Oriental Society, and published in North Amer- ican Review, Oct. 187 1 ; CXIII. 41 5, as a review of Delbriick's " Conjunctiv und Optativ." 3. On Some Forms of Conditional Sentences in Latin, Greek, and Sanskrit. ( Trans. Am. Philol. Assoc. 1 87 1, 159.) 4. A Latin Grammar for Schools and Colleges, founded on Comparative Grammar. (With J. H. Allen.) Boston, 1872. 5. Select Orations of Cicero, chronologically ar- ranged, covering the whole period of his Public Life. Edited by J. H. and W. F. Allen and J. B. Greenough. Boston, 1873. S". [Fourth edition, Boston, 1878.] 6. New Latin Method. (With J. H. Allen.) [The first work to give directions and suggestions for reading at sight.] Boston, 1875. 7. A Latin Grammar. (With J. H.Allen.) Boston, 1877. [Another issue, Boston, 1878.] 8. Also a number of editions of Latin Text-Books for use in schools. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 29 Hermann August Hagen. Professor of Entomology, 1870- 1. Ueber die Microscope Nordamerikas. [Max Schuhe's Archiv f. microscop. Anatomic, VI. 205.) 2. Synopsis Pseudoscorpionidum Synonymica. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. March, 1870; XIII. 263.) 3. Entwickelung der Buchdruckerei und des Buch- handels in Nord Amerika. (Koenigsberger Hartungsche Zeittmg,\ZiC). No. 190.) 4. Ueber rationelle Benennung des Geaeders in den Fluegeln der Insecten. (Stettiner Entom. Zeitung, April and June, 1870 ; Jalirgang XXXI. 316.) 5. Necrologvon Benjamin D. Walsh. (Id. XXXI. 354-) 6. Die Public Library in Boston. (Koenigsberger Hartitngsche Zeitung, 1870.) 7. Die Schuhmanufactur in Neu England. (Id.) 8. List of the Neuroptera in Alaska. (Alaska and its Resources. By W. H. Dall. 588. Boston, 1870. 80.) 9. On a new dissecting Microscope. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1871 ; XIV. 387.) 10. Bedeutung des Getreide Handels und des Ge- treidebaues in Nord Amerika. (Koenigsberger Hartungsche Zeitung, 187 1.) 11. Die Baumwollen Industrie in Neu England. (Id.) 12. Der "Black Friday" der Neu Yorker Boerse. (Id.) 13. Notice on Dipterous Larvae in a Child (CEstrus ovis). {Proc. Boston S. N. H, March, 1872; XV. 155.) 14. Mimicry in the Colors of Insects. (Am. Natu- ralist, July, 1872 ; VI. 388 ; reprinted in Entomol. Monthly Mag., IX. 78.) 15. The Blind Crayfish. (Am. Naturalist, Aug. 1872 ; VI. 494-) 16. On the Larvje of the Hemerobina. (Proc. Bos- ton S. N. H, Oct. 1872 ; XV. 243.) 17. On the Eggs of Perthostoma. (Id. Nov. 1872; XV. 254.) 18. Schmetterlinge mit Raupenkopf und aehnlichen Missbildungen. (Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1872; XXXIII. 388.) 19. Ueber die Eisenbahnen in Nord Amerika, und ihren Einfluss auf den Arbeitspreis. (Koenigs- berger Hartungsche Zeitung, 1872.) 20. Report on the Pseudoneuroptera and Neuroptera of N. America in the Collection of the late Th. W. Harris. [Monograph of Pteronarcys.] (Proc. Boston S.N. H., Jan. 1873 ! XV. 263.) 21. Odonata from the Yellowstone. (Sixth Ann. Report U. S. Geol. Survey nf Territories. By F. V. Hayden. 727. Washington, 1873.) 22. Notes on Mr. S. H. Scudder's Odonata of the Isles of Pines and White Mts. (Proc. Boston S. N. H., March, 1873; XV. 373.) 23. On Prosopistoma. and Baetisca. (Id. 377.) Sub-family Phryganidee. (Id. April, 1873, 384.) 24. Die Larven von Ascalaphus. (Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1873; XXXIV. 33.) 25. Ueber die Entomologischen Arbeiten Plans Strom's. (Id. 225.) 26. Die Larven von Myrmeleon. (Id. 249, 377.) 27. Beitraege zur Kenntniss der Phryganiden. ( Ver- handlungZool.Bot. Gesell.Wien. 1873; XXXIIL 377-) 28. Notes on Ephemeridae. ( Trans. Entom, Soc. London, 1873, 381.) 29. The Origin of the " Tailed Man." (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1873; XVI. 192.) 30. On Amber in North America. (Id. Feb. 1874 ; XVI. 296.) 31. The Odonate Fauna of Georgia, from Original Drawings now in possession of Dr. John L. LeConte and in the British Museum. (Id. March, 1874; XVI. 349.) 32. The Linnean Signification of the generic term Papilio. (Canad. Entomol, 1874; VI. 163.) 33. Report on the Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera collected by Lieut. W. L. Carpenter in 1873 in Colorado. (Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey of Territories, 1875, 571 ■) 34. Development of Natural History Museums. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1875; XVII. 387-) 35. Synopsis of the Odonata of America. (Id. May, 1875; XVIIL 211.) 36. On Attacus (Samia) Columbia and its Parasites. (Btilletin of the Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sciences, II. 201. Buffalo, 1875.) 37. Doryphora decemlineata, Say. (Antml.Soc. Ent. Belgique, XVIII. xxx.) 38. Lettre sur les Collections d'Entomologie Bio- logiquedu Musee de Cambridge. (Id. XVIII. 42.) 39. Sur la Poche des Femelles chez le Genre Eury- alus. (Id. XVIIL 55.) 40. Capture of rare Pseudoneuroptera and Neurop- tera. (Psyche, July, 1875; I- 96-) 41. Report upon the Collection of Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera made in portions of Colo- rado, New Mexico, and Arizona during the years 1872, 1873, and 1874. (Rep. upon U. S. Geog. and Geol. Explorations and Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian. By Geo. L. Wheeler. Vol. V. Zoology. Chap. XIV. 909. Washing- ton, 1875.) 42. The History of the Origin and Development of Museums. [Read before the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Feb. 3, 1875.] (Am. Naturalist, Feb. and March, 1876; X. 80, 135.) 43. The Probable Danger from White Ants. (Id. July, 1876; X. 401.) 44. Pseudoneuroptera (of Kerguelen Island. Rhy- opsocus). (Contributions to the Nat. Hist, of Kerg. Island, S-2. By J . H. Kidder. Washing- ton, 1876. ) 45. On Genera. [Read before the Entom. Club of Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science at Buffalo, Aug. 22, 1876.] (Buffalo Courier, Aug. 23, 1876. Reprinted in Canadian Entomologist, Vill. 193, and in Rep. Entom. Soc. of Ontario for 1876.) 46. List of Neuroptera [coll. by Capt. Jones' Ex- pedition to NoTth-Western Wyoming m 1873]. (Proc. of Davenport Academy of Nat. Sciences, L 191. 1876.) 30 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 47. Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera collected in Utah in the Summer of 1875. (Id. I. 204. 1876.) 48. The Librarian's Work. (Naiio7t, Jan. 18, 1S77, No. 603; XXIV. 40.) 49. Note on Termes. (Proc. Boston Sac. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1877; XIX. 73.) 50. Extentof the N. American Famial Region South- wards. [Psyche, May and June, 1877 ; II. 42.) 51. Attachment o£ Pollinia to Insects. (Id. II. 42.) 52. Symphrasis; eine neue Mantispiden Gattung. (Stat. Entom. Zeit. XXXVIII. 208.) 53. Beitraege zur Kenntniss von Pteronarcys. (Id. 477-) 54. Lead-boring Insects. (Field and Forest, Oct. 1S77, 55. Washington.) 55. On Samia Gloveri. [Canad. Entomol. IX. 13.) 56. The Sparrows. [Written at the request of the late Thomas M. Brewer, who directed its pub- lication in different papers to the extent of 300, 000 copies.] {Bosto7i Evening Transcript, March 28, 1878. A?iierican Cultivator, April 6, 1878. Worcester Evening Gazette, April 30, T878. American Agricitlturist [English and German edit.], May, 1878. Repoi-t upon Cotton Insects, by J. H. Comstock, 1879, '5°-) 57. Rectifications concernant I'Epitheca yamaska- nensis,Provench. (Annales Soc. Entom. Belgique, XXI. 86.) 58. Insects imported from Europe. (Psyche, Sept.- Dec. 1878; 11.191.) 59. Additions et Corrections aux Neuropt^res de la Province de Quebec. (Le Naturciliste Canad. X. 124.) 60. Descriptions of New Species and Additions [Gomphidae]. (De Selys Longchamps: Qua- triime Addition au Synopsis des Gomphides. Bruxelles, 1878.) 6i. Description of New Species and Additions ICordulidae]. (De Selys Longchamps : Seconde Addition au Synopsis des Cordulides. Bruxelles, 1878.) 62. On the Natural History of Gall-Insects. (Canad. Entom. X. 85.) 63. On Mermis, a Parasite of the larva of Carpo- capsa pomonella. (Id. 155.) 64. On the new Carpet-Bug. (Id. 161.) 65. The Carpet-Pest. (Boston Daily Advertiser,]\i[y 6, 1878.) 66. The Carpet-Bug. (Boston Sunday Globe, July 7, 187S.) 67. Troublesome Insects. The Carpet-Beetle and other House and Domestic Pests. (Pulex.) [Read before Thursday Club.] (Boston Daily Advertiser, Dec. 19, 1878. Worcester Evening Gazette, Dec. 1878.) 68. Museum Pests observed in Cambridge. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1878 ; XX. 56. Reprinted in Journal of Scieiue, June, 1879; X. 90. Ab- stract in Nature, May, 1879; XX. 106.) 69. Larvae of Insects discharged through the Urethra [with the literature of similar cases in full]. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1878; XX. 107.) 70. Birds swarming after White Ants [in Cambridge]. (Id. 118.) 71. Remarks on White Ants. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XX. 121.) Flies from a Petroleum Lake. (Id. Jan. 1879; 1 34-) Attacks of Native Insects upon Imported Trees. (Psyche, Feb. 1879; II. 210.) Obnoxious Pests. [Destruction by Application of Yeast. Read before the Thursday Club, April 3.] (Boston Evening Transcript, April II, 1879. Reprinted in Worcester Evening Gazette, April; in Canad. Entom. XI. no; ab- stract in Nature, Dec. 1879; XXI. 188; m Nation, Dec. ii, 1879, No. 754; XXIX. 402; translation in Stett. Entovi. Zeit. XL. 369 ; XLI. Insect Pests in Libraries. [Read before Am. Library Assoc] (Boston Morning Journal, July 3, 1879.) The Yellow-Fever Fly. (Boston Daily Adver- tiser, July 21, 1879 ) Hoehlen-Chelifer in Nord Amerika. (Zoolog. Anzeiger, II. 399. Leipzig, 1879.) The Typical Collections of Diptera in the Mu- seum in Cambridge. (Canad. Entomol. XI. 132.) Gerhard's systematisches Verzeichniss der Ameri- kanischen Schmetterlinge. (Stett. Entom. Zeit. XL, 475-) Insect Pests in Libraries ; with the addition of the literature. (Library Journal, 1879; IV. 251. 373-) Jahresbericht ueber die Arbeiten ueber Pseudo- neuropteren und Neuropteren. (Zool. Jahres- bericht, 1879, 562. Leipzig, 1880.) A New Species of Simulium, with remarks about the Nympha Case. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1880; XX. 305.) Notes upon Parasites in the Flesh of a Mallard Duck. (Forest and Stream, March, 1880. N. Y. Weekly Tribune, April, 1879.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Tracheensystems der Libellen-Larven. (Zool. Anzeiger, April, 1880 ; in. 156.) Schaedliche Insecten durch den Hefenpilz zu toedten. (Id. Ap-ril, 1880; III. 185.) The Destruction of Insect Pests by Application of Yeast. (A'a/ar^, London, April, 1880; XXI. 611.) Kiemenueberreste bei einer Libelle ; glatte Mus- kelfasern bei Insecten. (Zool. Anzeiger, June, 1880; III. 304.) The Yellow-Fever Fly. (Psyche, Sept. 1880; III. III.) On an Aquatic Sphinx Larva. (Id. 113.) On the Destruction of Obnoxious Insects by Yeast. (Canad. Entomol. XII. 81.) Cordyceps Ravenelii on the larvae of Phyl- lophaga. (Id. 89.) The exceedingly numerous Appearance of a Phryganea. (Id. 108.) A New Enemy of the Black Spruce \Abies nigra]. (Id. 121.) A Mystery in reference to Pronuba Yucasella. (Id. 128 ) The Hessian Fly not imported from Europe. [Read before the entomological section of the Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science.] (Id. 197.) Destruction of Obnoxious Insects — Ph)'noxera, Potato-beetle, Cottonworm, Colorado Grass- PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 31 hopper, and Greenhouse Pests ^ by Applica- tion of Yeast Fungus. Cambridge, 1880. pp. ir. (Reprinted in full or in part in a large number of home and foreign papers, such as : Bayerische Industrie- und Gewerbehlatt, 1880, 212 ; St. Petersburger deutsche Zeit. Feb. 7 (19) ; New York Weekly Tribune, Feb. 4, 1880 ; Salt Lake Semi- Weekly Herald, Dec. 17, 1880 ; Compt. Rend. ' Paris, Feb. 9, 1880 ; Koenigsberger Hartiingsche Zeit., Jan. 1881 ; Schriften Oecon. Phys. Gesell. Koenigsberg, 1880; Bulletin Soc. JSntom. Ital., 1880.) 97. Ueber die Bestimmung dervon Linne beschrie- benen Arten der Gattung Phryganea. (Stett. Entomol. Zeit. XLI. 97.) 98. Neue Neuroptera in Die Insecten von Vitus Graber. (Id. 106.) 99. R. M'Lachlan's Monographic Revision and Syn- opsis of Trichoptera of Europe. (Id. 118.) 100. The probable Parthenogenesis of Ceridomyia destructor. (IVorth American Entomol. No. 9, I. 65.) loi. On Chthonius Packardi. (Am. Entomol. 1\.1.?>t,.) *«* See also the Memoirs and Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Charles Edward Hamlin. Instructor in Geography and Geology, 1875-1877 ; Assistant in Conchology and Palceontology, \'ill — . *** See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Nathaniel Ware Hawes. Assistant Professor of Operative Dentistry, 1870— 1879. 1. The Reflex Influence of the Abnormal Condition of the Female Pelvic Organs on the Teeth, and the Reflex Influence of Diseased Teeth on other organs and systems. (Gynacological yournal, 1870.) 2. The Six Year Old Molars. (Dental Cosmos, 1875.) 3. The Treatment of Exposed Pulps of Teeth. (Trans. New York Odontological Soc.) Frederic Henry Hedge. Professor of Ecclesiastical History, 1857-1876 ; Pro- fessor of German, 1872-1881. 1. German Prepositions. Cambridge, 1874. pp. 26. 2. Ways of the Spirit and other Essays. Boston, 1877. 80. 3. Various essays in periodicals. Adams Sherman Hill. Assistant Professor of Rhetoric, 1872-1876 ; Boylston Professor of Rhetoric and Oratory, 1876- . 1. Causes of the Commune. (North American Re- view, Jan. 1873; CXVI. go.) 2. General Rules for Punctuation and for the Use of Capital Letters. Cambridge, 1874. pp. 12. *#* Successive issues of this tract have been revised and en- larged; the eleventh thousand, bearing date 1880, consists of 44 pages. It is also included in the Appendix of No. 5. 3. Forster's Life of Jonathan Swift. (North Ameri- can Review, July, 1876; CXXIII. 170.) 4. Salter's Life of James W. Grimes. (Id. July, 1876; CXXIII. 186.) 5. The Principles of Rhetoric and their Application. New York, 1878. *#* This has appeared in several successive editions. 6. An Answer to the Cry for More English. (Good CwK/a^y [Springfield, Mass.], 1879; IV. No. 3, 233-) George Anthony Hill. Tutor in Physics, 1865-187 1 ; Assistant Professor of Physics, 1871-1876. I. Questions and Exercises on Stewart's Elemen- tary Physics. Boston, 1874. 12°. *#* See also the University Publications. Henry Barker Hill. Assistant in Chemistry, 1870-1874 ; Assistant Pro- fessor of CJiemistry, 1874— . 1. -Determinations of the Percentage of Carbonic Acid in Air. In "Air and Some of its Im- purities," by George Derby, M.D. (Second Ann. Rep. Mass. State Bd. of Health, 404. Bos- ton, 1871.) 2. The Adulterations and Impurities of Food. (Third Ann. Report Mass. State Bd. of Health, 132. Boston, 1872.) 3. The Adulterations and Iitipurities of Food. (Fourth Ann. Rep. Mass. State Bd. of Health, 380. Boston, 1873.) 4. Lecture Notes on Qualitative Analysis. [New York, 1874.1 5. Ueber die Aether der Harnsaure, I. (Berichteder deutschen chemischen Cesellschaft, March, 1876; IX. 370.) 6. Ueber die Aether der Harnsaure, II. (Id. July, 1876; IX. 1090.) 7. On the Ethers of Uric Acid. (Proc. Am. Acad. of Arts and Scie7ices, 1876; XII. 26.) 8. On the Ethers of Uric Acid. (Am . Journal of Science and Arts, Dec. 1876 ; 3d Ser. XII. 428.) 9. Ueber einige Produkte der Distillation des Holzes bei niedriger Temperatur. (Berichte der deutsch. chem. Gesellschaft, May, 1877; X. 936.) 10. Ueber die Mucobromsaure, I. With O. R. Jack- son. (Id. Feb. 1878; XI. 289.) 11. Ueber das Pyroxanthin. (Id. March, 1878; XL 456.) 12. Ueber die Dimethylharnsaure. With C. F. Mabery. (Id. July, 1878; XL 1329.) 13. Zur Harnsaureformel. (Id. Sept. 1878; XL 1670.) 14. Ueber die Mucobromsaure, II. With O. R. Jackson. (Id. Sept. 1878; XI. 1671.) 15. Ueber die Dichloracrylsaure aus Mucochlorsaure. With W. Z. Bennett. (Id. April, 1879; ^H- 6S5-) 16. Zur Geschichte der disubstituirten Acrylsauren. (Id. April, 1879; XII. 658.) 17. Ueber die Mucobromsaure, III. (Id. April, 1880 ; XIIL 734) 18. Ueber die Oxydationsprodukte der Dimethyl- harnsaure. With C. F. Mabery. (Id. XIIL 739.) 32 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 19. On the Ethers of Uric Acid, II. Dimethyluric Acid. With C. F. Mabery. {Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, April, 1880; XV. 256.) 20. On the Ethers of Uric Acid, Dimethyluric Acid, II. With C. F. Mabery. {Am. Cheviical ymirnal, II. 305.) 21. Contributions from the Chemical Laboratory of Harvard College : Furfurol, one of the Prod- ucts of the Dry Distillation of Wood ; Pyro- jcanthin; Mucobromic Acid ; Mucochloric Acid; Substituted Acrylic Acids from Brompvopio- lic Acid; Theoretical Considerations. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, 1880; XVI. 1 55-) William Barker Hills. Instructor in Chemistry, x'&i^- . I. Reports on "Recent Progress in Medical Chem- istry." (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, C. 293; CI. 267, 304; CII. 127; cm. io6.) Thomas Barnes Hitchcock. Professor of Dental Pathology and Therapeutics, 1868- 1874- 1. Pathology of the Teeth. By Dr. Carl Wedl. Edited and annotated by Dr. Hitchcock. Phil- adelphia, 1872. 2. Reports on Dental Histology and Microscopy. (Trans. Odontological Soc, 1073.) 3. Essay upon " Dental Education." 4. The Physical Properties of Dental Ainalgams. ( Trans. New York Odontological Soc, Dec. 1874. 26. Phila. 1875.) Harry Blake Hodges. Instructor in Chemistry and German, 1875- . I. A Course in Scientific German. Boston, 1877. 120. Nathaniel Dana Carlile Hodges. Assistant in Physics, 1877- . 1. A Method of determining the Dip. (Am.fournal of Science and Arts, Feb. 1879; y^ ^er. XVII. I45-) 2. On the Size of Molecules. (Philosophical Magazine, July, 1879; 5th Ser. VIII. 74. Also in Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Aug. 1879; 3d Ser. XVHI. 135.) 3. On the Mean Free Path of a Molecule. (Philo- sophical Magazine, March, 1880 ; 5th Ser. IX. 177. Also in Am. Journal of Science and Arts, March, 1880; 3d Ser. XIX. 222.) Nathaniel Holmes. Royall Professor of Law, 1868-1872. I. The Authorship of Shakespeare. 3d edition. With an Appendix of Additional Matters, in- cluding a Notice of the recently discovered Northumberland MSS. New York, 1875. 8». Oliver 'Wendell Holmes. Parkman Professor of Anatomy and Physiology, 1847 -. 1. Rip Van Winkle, M.D. ; an After-Dinner Pre- scription Taken by the Mass. Med. Soc, at their Meeting held May 25, 1870. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, June, 1870; LXXXII. 444.) 2. Mechanism in Thought and Morals. An Address delivered before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of Harvard University. Boston, 1871. 16°. 3. Valedictory Address to the Students of the Belle- vue Hospital College. New York, 1871. 4. The Poet at the Breakfast- Table. Boston, 1872. 5. The Claims of Dentistry ; an Address delivered ■ at the Commencement of the Dental School of Harvard University. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Feb. 1872; LXXXVI. 133. Also printed separately, Boston, 1872.) 6. Songs of Many Seasons. Boston, 1874. 7. Professor Jeffries Wyman. A Memorial Outline. (Atlantic Monthly, Nov. 1874; XXXIV. 6n.) 8. Physiology of Versification. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1875 ; XClI. 6.) 9. Tribute to the late Dr. Charles G. Putnam. (Id. Feb. 1875; XCII. 163.) 10. Crime and Automatism. With a Notice of M. Prosper Despine's Psychologic Naturelle. (At- lantic Monthly, April, 1875 ; XXXV. 466.) 11. Poetical Works. [With many new Poems.] Boston, 1877. 12. An Address delivered at the Annijal Meeting of the Boston Microscopical Society. (Boston Med. and Sitrg. Journal, May, 1877 ; XCVI. 601.) 13. Whereto Go in Summer. [Graveyard Statistics.] (Id. Nov. 1877; XCVIL 513.) 14. Correction of an Anatomical Error in Darwin's "Descent of Man." (Id. Jan. 1878; XCVIIL 59-) 15. Visions: A Study of False Sight. (Pseudopia.) By Edward H. Clarke. With an Introduc- tion and Memorial Sketch by Oliver Wendell Holmes. Boston, 1878. 8<>. 16. The School Boy. Poem read at the Centenary of Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass., June 10, 1878. Boston, 1878. 80. 17. John Lothrop Motley. A Memoir. Boston, [1878] 1879. 8». (Abstract of this in /'wf.il/a.r J. Hist. Soc, 1878; XVI. 404.) 18. Address at the Dedication of the Boston Medi- cal Library. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec. 1878; XCIX. 745.) 19. Tribute to the late Prof. John Barnard Swett Jackson. (Id. Jan. 1879; C. 63.) 20. Memoir of Dr. Jacob Bigelow. (Proc Am. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, May, 1879; XIV. 333.) 21. Jonathan Edwards. (International Review, \v\y, 1880; IX. I.) Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr. Instructor in the Constitution of the United States, 1870-1871 ; University Lecturer on Jurisprudence, 1871-1872. I. Articles, Book Notices, and Editorials while Editor of the American Law Review from 1870 to 1873: v., VI., VIL PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 33 2. Kent's Commentaries on American Law. 12th Ed. Edited and revised by O. W. Holmes, Jr. Boston, 1873. 4 vols. 8°. William Dean Howells. University Lecturer on Recent Italian Literature, 1869-J871. 1. Some Arcadian Shepherds. (Atlantic Monthly, Jan. 1872 ; XXIX. 84.) 2. The Florentine Satirist, Giusti. (North Ameri- can Review, July, 1872 ; CXV. 31.) 3. Niccolini's Anti-Papal Tragedy. (Id. Oct. 1872 ; CXV. 333.) Charles Loring Jackson. Assistant in Chemistry, 1868-1871 ; Assistant Pro- fessor of Chemistry, 187 1- . 1. Einige neue organische Selenverbindungen. (Be- richte der deutschen chemischen Gesellschaft, Sept. 1874; VII. 1277. Berlin.) 2. Methyl- und Benzylmonoselenid. (Id. Feb. 1875; VIII. 109.) 3. Ueber Benzylselencyanat. (Id. March, 1875; VIII. 32I-) 4. Ueber eine neue Base aus dem Nachlauf des Ani- lins. (Id. July, 1875 ; VIII. 968.) 5. (With A. Oppenheim.) Zwei Derivate des Queck- silbermercaptids. (Id. Sept. 1875; VIII. 1032.) 6. Ueber die Einwirkung wasserentziehender Mittel auf Acetanilid. (Id. 1170.) 7. Die Derivate des Tribrombenzols aus Tribrom- anllin. (Id. 1172.) 8. Einige Methyl- und Benzylselenverbindungen. (Annalen der Chemie, Nov. 1875 ; CLXXIX. i. Translated in Am. jfoumal of Science and Arts, Aug. 1875; 3d Ser. X. 139.) 9. (With W. Lowery.) Ueber substituirte Benzyl- verbindungen. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. GeselL, Jan. 1876; VIII. 1672.) 10. Vergleich der Ersetzbarkeit des Broms in den drei Brombenzylbromiden. (Id. June, 1876; IX. 931.) 11. Notiz ueber die Base CjgHjgN aus dem Nach- lauf des Anilins. (Id. May, 1877 ; X. 960.) 12. On a Base derived from a Waste-product in the Aniline Manufacture. (Am. Journal of Sci- ence and Arts, June, 1877 ; 3d Ser. XIII. 449. [Translation of Nos. 4 and 11.]) 13. Certain substituted Benzylbromides. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,'Kll. 209. Reprinted in American yournal of Chemistry, I. 93.) 14. (With W. Lovfery.) Parabrombenzyl Com- pounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 221. Abstract in Ber. der deiitsch. chem. Gesell. , ]u\y, 1877; X. 1209.) 15. (With C. F. Mabery.) On Paraiodbenzyl Com- pounds. May, 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII. 202. Reprinted [with ad- ditions] in American yournal of Chemistry, II. 250. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., Jan. 1878; XL 55.) 16. Review of Menschutkin's paper on Etherifica- tion. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, March, 1878; 3d Ser. XV. 213.) 17. (With J. Fleming White.) Substituirte Benzalde- hyde. (Ber. der detUsch. chevi. Gesell., May, 1878; XI. 1042.) 18. Review of Van 't Hoff's Chimie dans I'Espace. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, July, 1878; 3d Ser. XVI. 66.) 19. Lecture Notes in Chemistry I. [Two Editions.] 1878. 20. (With A. W. Field.) ParacMorbenzyl Com- pounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIV. 54. Reprinted in A^n. Journal of Chemis- try, II. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., May, 1878; XI. 904.) 21. (With J. F. White.) Parachlorbenzyl Compounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts a7td Sciences, XIV. 306. Reprinted in Am. Journal of Chemistry. II. 158. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem, Gesell., June, 1880; XIIL 1217.) 22. (With J. F. White.) Synthese des Anthracens, (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., Oct. 1879 ; XII. 1965-) 23. Ersetzbarkeit des Broms in den Monobrombenzyl- bromiden. (Id. Dec. 1879; XII. 2243.) 24. (With A. W. Field.) The Action of Bromine on Toluol and some of its Derivatives. June, 1878. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 202. Reprinted in Am. Journal of Chemistry, II. i. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., June, 1880; XIIL 1215.) 25. (With J. F. White.) Orthobrombenzyl Com- pounds. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 213. Abstract in Ber. der deutsch. chem. Gesell., ]me, 1880; XIIL 1218.) 26. (With J. F. White.) Substituted Benzaldehydes. April, 1880. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sci- ences, XV. 267.) John Barnard Swett Jackson, Shattuck Professor of Morbid Anatomy, 1847-1879, and Curator of the Anatomical Museum. 1. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Warren Anatom- ical Museum. Boston, 1870. 8°. 2. Discharge of Gall-Stones at the Umbilicus, with Dissection. (Boston Med. and Stirg. Journal, Dec. 1870; LXXXIII. 412.) 3. Typhoid Fever. (Id. Aug. 1872; LXXXVII. 93, 125.) 4. (With Henry Tuck.) Rare Form of Monstrosity ; Case of Acephalus. (Id. April, 1876; XCIV. 439-) 1;. Rhinencephalus and some Allied Forms of Mon- strosity. (Id. Jan. 1878; XCVIIL66.) 6. Fractured Patella. (Id. May, 1878 ; XCVIII. 572-) 7. Specimens in the Army Medical Museum. (Id. Oct. 1878; XCIX. 504.) William James. Instructor in Anatomy and Physiology, 1872-1876 ; Assistant Professor of Physiology, 1876- . I. Remarks on Spencer's Definition of Mind as Cor- respondence. (Journal of Speculative Philoso- phy, Jan. 187S ; XIL i.) 34 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 2. Quelques Considerations sur la Methode Subjec- tive. (La Critique Philosophique, 24 Janvier, 1878; Sixifeme Annee, II. 407.) 3. Brute and Human Intellect, (jfourn. of Spec. Philos., July, 1878; XII. 236.) 4. Are We Automata.? [Mind, Jan. 1879; IV. I.) 5. The Spatial Quale. [Journ. of Spec. Philos., Jan. 1879; XIII. 64.) 6. The Sentiment of Rationality. [Mind, July, 1879; IV. 317.) 7. The Association of Ideas. [Popular Science Monthly, March, 1880; XVI. 577.) 8. The Feeling of Effort. [Anniversary Memoirs of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Boston, 1880.) Benjamin Joy Jeffries. University Lecticrer on Optical Phenomena and the Eye, 1869-1871. 1. The Eye in Health and Disease. Boston, 1871. 2. Dangers from Color-Blindness in Railroad Em- ployes and Pilots. [Ninth Ann. Rep. Mass. State Bd. of Health, 97. Boston, 1878. Also printed separately, pp. 40, Boston, 1878.) 3. Color-Blindness, its Dangers and its Detection. Boston, 1879. Frederick Irving Knight. Lecturer on Laryngoscopy, 1870— 1871 ; Instructor in Auscidtation, Percussion, and Laryngoscopy, 1872- 1879; Instructor in Laryngoscopy , 1879— . 1. Reports on Diseases of the Throat. [Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, 1872-1880 ;- LXXXVII. 353, 374; LXXXVIII. 492, 518; LXXXIX. 505, 530; XCII. 380,410; XCIV. 387, 418; XCVII. 387, 416; XCIX. 183, 211 ; CI. 192,230; CHI. 131. '54) 2. Clinical Lecture on Diseases of the Throat. (Id. March and April, 1873 ; LXXXVIII. 238, 343.) 3. Methods of Removing Growths from the Larynx. (Id. Sept. 1873; LXXXIX. 301.) 4. A Case of Complete Paralysis of one recurrent Laryngeal Nerve, and Partial Paralysis of the other, with marked Diminution in Sensation in the Larynx. [Archives of E lee. and Neurol., I. 4. New York ) 5. Reports on Diseases of the Chest. (Boston Med and Surg. Journal, 1874-1880; XC. 499, 524; XCI. 323; XCIIL 417, 437; XCV. 409, 436; XCVIII. 205,237; C. 325, 359; CIL 152, 171.) 6. Action of the Soft Palate in Speaking and Swal- lowing. (Id. July, 1874; XCI. 80.) 7. A Remarkable Complication of so-called Catarrhal Pneumonia. (Id. May, 1875; XCII, 549.) 8. Laryngoscopic Clinic at the Mass. General Hos- pital. (Id. Sept. 1875; XCIH. 314.) 9. Case of Anosmiafollowing a Blow on the Occiput. (Id. Sept. 1877; XCVIL 293 ) 10. Foreign Body imbedded in the Base of the Tongue. (Id. Jan. 1878; XCVIII. 109.) 11. Aneurism of the Aorta. (Id. May, 1878; XCVIII. 605.) 12. Lymphosarcoma of the Neck involving the Lung. (Id. Oct. 1878; XCIX. 498.) 13. Retro-pharyngeal Sarcoma. [St. Louis Med. and Surg. Journal, XXXVII. 266.) 14. Abscess of the Liver, opening into the Lung, with Recovery. [Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1879; CI. 698.) 1 1: The Dangers of Thoracentesis and Injections into the Pleural Cavity. (Id. Aug. 1880; CIL 397-) , . , . 16. Chorea of the Hyo-Tliyroid Muscles. (Archives of Laryngology, I. 154. New York, 1880.) 17. Acute Idiopathic Inflammation of the Normal Thyroid Gland. (Id. I. 155.) »,* Dr. Knight has been Associate 'S,&\Xox oi ihi Archives of Laryngology from its foundation in 1880. Christopher Columbus Langdell. Dane Professor of Law, 1870- . 1. A Selection of Cases on the Law of Contracts, with References and Citations. Boston, 1871. 8°. 2. Sales of Personal Property, with References and Citations. Boston, 1872. 8°. 3. A Summary of Equity Pleading. Cambridge, 1877. 8°. 4. Cases in Equity Pleading, selected with special reference to the subject of Discovery. Cam- bridge, 1878. [Printed, not published.] 5. A Selection of Cases on the Law of Contracts, with a Summary of the topics covered by the cases. Second ed. Parts I. and II. Boston, 1877. 8". 6. A Summary of the Law of Contracts. Second ed. Boston, 1880. 12°. [This is the Summary mentioned in No. 5, published separately.] John Lathrop. Lectiirer on Shipping and Admiralty, 1871-1872; Lectiirer on Torts, 1873-1874. I. Massachusetts Reports. CXV. March-Sept. 1874. Boston, 1875. 8". James Laurence Laughlin. l7tstructor in Political Economy, 1878 — . 1. Roscher's Political Economy. [Literary World [Boston], March, 1879; X. 99.) 2. Jules Simon on the Government of M. Thiers. ( Id. May, 1879; X. 147.) 3. Adams' Life of Gallatin. (Id. Aug. 1879; X. 270.) 4. Protection and Socialism. [International Review, Oct. 1879; VIL 427.) 5. Seyd on Bi-Metallism. [Literary World, March, 1880; XI. 89.) 6. The New Edition of the Lex Salica. (Id. Aug. 1880; XL 271.) 7. Blanqui's History of Political Economy. (Id. Nov. 1880; XL 407.) *** Mr. LaughUn has also written other notices and reviews in various journals. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 35 Henry Cabot Lodge. Instructtn- in History, 1876-1879. 1. Alexander Hamilton. (Nortli American Review, July, 1876; CXXin. 113.) 2. (In conjunction with Prof. Henry Adams.). Von Hoist's History of the United States. Vol. I. (Id. Oct. 1876; CXXIII. 328.) 3. Life and Letters of George Cabot. Boston, 1877. 80. 4. Timothv Pickering. (Atlantic Monthly, June, 1878,- XLI. 739-) 5. The Last of the Puritans. [Sewall Diary, Vol. I.] (Magazine of American History, Nov. 1878; H. 641.) 6. Editorship of International Review, with J. T. Morse, Jr., since March, 1879. 7. Life of Caleb Strong. (Proc. Mass. Hist. Soc, 1791-1835 ; I. 290. Also printed separately, pp. 29. Cambridge, 1879.) 8. A Short History of the English Colonies in America. New York, 1881. 8°. *»* Mr. Lodge has also written a large number of critical notices and some political articles for the Nation, Ailatitic Monthly. Literary IVorld. North Aft^erican Review, Inter- ttational Review, Laiv Review, etc. *»* See also the Bulletin o£ the Library. Joseph Lovering. Hollis Professor of Mathematics and Natural Phil- osophy, 1838- . 1. Editorship of Proceedings of American Association for Advancement of Sciaice, Vols. XVIII. 1-31 1 (1870); XIX. 1-387 (1871); XX. 1-447 (1872); XXI. I-29S (1873). 2. On Methods of illustrating Optical Meteorology. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, XIX. 64. Cambridge, 1S71.) 3. Notice of John F. W. Herschel. Communicated June, 1872. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 461.) 4. On the Determination of Transatlantic Longitudes by Means of the Telegraphic Cables. Jan. 1873. (Mei}ioirs of Am . Acad, of Arts and Sciences. New Series, IX. 437.) 5. Editorship of Proceedings of American Academy of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 1-680 (1873). 6. Notice of Christopher Hansteen. May, 1873. (Id. IX. 282,) 7. Editorship of Memoirs of Amer. Acad, of Arts and Sciences ; New Series, IX. 1-436 (1873). 8. On Sympathetic Vibrations. (Proc. Am. Assoc. for Advancement of Science, XXI. 59. Cam- bridge, 1873.) 9. Notice of Auguste A. de la Rive. May, 1874. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, IX. 356.) 10. Addresses at the Portland Meeting. (Proc Am. Assoc, for Advancemejtt of Scieiue, XXII. 417. Salem, 1874.) 11. Address as Retiring President. (Id. XXIII. i. Salem, 1875. Reprinted in Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Oct. 1874; 3d Ser. VIII. 297. Also in Popular Science Monthly, Dec. 1874, Jan. 1875; VI. 197, 308. Also in Phil- osophical Magazine [London], Jan. 1S75; 4th Ser. XLVIII. 493.) 12. On a New Way of Illustrating the Vibrations of the Air in Organ Pipes. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, XXIIL 113. Salem, 1875.) 13. Notice of James Walker. May, 1875. (P'i'oc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, X. 485.) 14. Notice of Joseph Winlock. May, 1876. (Id. XI. 339-) 15. On a New Meth®d of measuring the Velocity of Electricity. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, XXIV. 35. Salem, 1876.) 16. Notice of Alexis Caswell. May, 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 307.) 17. Notice of John H. Temple. May, 1878. (Id. XIII. 449-) 18. Notice of Joseph Henry. May, 1879. (^d. XIV. 356-) 19. Notice of Heinrich W. Dove. May, 1880. (Id. XV. 383.) James Russell Lowell. Smith Professor of the French and Spanish Languages and Literatures, and Professor of Belles Lettres, 1855- ■ 1. Among My Books. Boston, 1870. 16". 2. The Cathedral. (Atlantic Monthly, Jan. 1870; XXV. I ; Poetical Works, 393. Boston, 1877. Also printed separately, Boston, 1870. 16°.) 3. A Virginian in New England Thirty-Five Years Ago. (Atlantic Monthly, Aug., Sept., Oct., D,ec. 1870, June, 1871 ; XXVI. i, 62, 333, 482, 739; XXVII.- 673.) 4. My Study Windows. Boston, 1871. 12°. 5. Pope. (North American RevieTti,']-ixv.l%'l\;Q,'%W. 178. Also in My Study Windows, 385.) 6. Goodwin's Plutarch's Morals. (Noi-th Am. Rev., April, 1871; CXII. 460.) 7. Masson's Life of Milton. (Id. Jan. 1872; CXIV. 204.) 8. The Shadow of Daiite. (Id. July, 1872 ; CXV. 139. Also, under title "Dante," in Among My Books, 2d Series.) 9. Agassiz. (Atlantic Afonthly,M3.y, 1874; XXXIII- 586.) 10. Spenser. (North Am. Rev., April, 1875 ; CXX. 334-) 11. SonnettoF.A. (Atlantic Monthly, \?,iy,X.XX^ . 560.) 12. Ode read at the Concord Centennial. (Id. 1875; XXXV. 730. Also printed in Proc. at Centennial Celebration of Concord Fight, April 19, 1875, 82. Also in Three Memorial Poems.) 13. Sonnets from Over Sea. (Atlantic Monthly, July, 1875; XXXVL37.) 14. Under the Great Elm. Poem read at Cambridge on the Hundredth Anniversary of Washing- ton's Taking Command of the American Army. (Atlantic Monthly, Aug. 1875; XXXVI. 221. Also in Cambridge in the Centennial, 27. Cam- bridge, 1875. Also in Three Memorial Poems.) 15. An Ode for the Fourth of July, 1876. (Atlantic Monthly, Dec. 1876; XXXVIII. 740. Also in Three Memorial Poems.) 36 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS i6. Among My Books. 2d Series. Boston, 1876. 12". 17. Poetical Worlds. Boston, 1S77. 8°. 18. Tliree Memorial Poems. Boston, 1877. [The three Centennial Poems.] *#*' Various minor articles in prose and verse. Theodore Lyman. Assistant in Zoology, 1860- 1. Papers relating to the Garrison Mob. 1870. 8". 2. Note sur les Ophiurides et Euryales dii Musee d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris. {Annates des Sciences Natitrelles : Zoologie, 5^ Ser. XVI, Paris, 1872. Also printed separately.) 3. Mode of Forking among Astrophytons. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. March, 1877 ; XIX. 102 ) 4. The Annual Reports of the Commissioners on Inland Fisheries of Massachusetts from 1865 to 1880 have been wholly or in part written by Mr. Lyman. *#* See also the Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. George Augustus Maack. Assistant in Palceontology, 1S69-1874. *#* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Charles Frederic Mabery. Assistant in Chemistry, 1876- . *#* See Henry E. Hill and Charles L. Jackson. John McCrady. Assistant in Zoology, 1872- 1874; Professor of Zoology, 1S74-1S77. *#* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Edward Laurens Mark. Instructor iji Zoology, 1877— . 1. The Nervous System of Phylloxera. [Psyche, Jan. 1879 ; II. 201.) 2. On Early Stages in the Embryology of Limax campestris. [Zoologischer Anzeiger, Sept. 1879 J II. 493. Leipzig, 1879.) Charles Sedg\vick Minot. Lecturer on Embryology, 1880- . 1. Human Growth. (Boston Med. and Sti,rg. Journal, July, 1880; cm. 79.) 2. On the Conditions to be filled by a Theory of Life. [Proc, Am. Assoc, for Advancevie^tt of Science, Aug. 1879; XXVIII. 411. Salem, 1880.) Francis Minot. Assistant Professor of the Theory and Practice of Med- icine, and Clinical Lecturer on the Diseases of Women and Children, 1871-1874; Hersey Pro- fessor of the Theory and Practice of Physic, 1874-. 1. Fatal Haematemesis from Cirrhosis of the Liver. [Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, April, 1872; LXXXVL 213.) 2. Does the Inhalation of Ether promote Post- partum Hiemorrhage ? (Id. April, 1876 ; XCIV. 469.) 3. Hints in Ethics and Hygiene. Annual Address before the Mass. Med. Society, June 12, 1878. [Med. Communications of Mass. Med. Soc. XII. 137. Abstract m Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, June, 1878; XCVIH. 755.) 4. Case of supposed Acute Tuberculosis resembling Typhoid Fever. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, April, 1879; C. 567.) 5. Rapid Pulse and High Temperature as Symptoms of Puerperal Inflammation. (Id. Feb. 1880; CII. 177.) 6. Cases of Acute Pneumonia. (Id. Sept. 1880; CIIL 228.) George Tufton Moffatt. Professor of Operative Dentistry, 1868-1879. 1. Dental Eclecticism. ( Trans. Nezu York Odonto- logical Soc, Dec. 1874, 153. Phila., 1875.) 2. A History of Dental and Oral Science in America. 1876. Charles Herbert Moore. Instructor in Drawing and Principles of Desigjt, 1871- . 1. Catalogue, with Notes, of Studies, and_Fac-Similes from Examples of the Works of Florence and Venice ; and of Fac-Similes and Original Studies to be used as Exercises in Drawing, belonging to the Fine Arts Department of Harvard Uni- versity. Cambridge, 1878. 2. Various newspaper and magazine articles. Edward Sylvester Morse. University Lecturer on Brachiopoda, 1872-1873. 1. On the Oviducts and Embryology of Terebratulina. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, OqX. 1872; 3d Ser. IV. 262.) 2. On the Systematic Position of the Brachiopoda. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., March, 1873 ; XV. Charles Edward Munroe. Assistant in Chemistry, 1871-1874. I. On the Estimation of Phosphoric Acid. [Am. Journal of Science and Arts, May, 1871 ; 3d Ser. I. I. Also printed separately.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. Z7 2. On the Use of Porous Cones in Filtration. (Id. 3. The Action of Vegetable Acids on Tin. (Report of Am. Public Health Assoc, 1879.) *#* In Prof. Cooke's paper in Proc. Am. Acad., IX. 40, Mr. Munroe prepared the analyses of Sterlingile and Hallite. In Mr. Hill's article on the Adulterations and Impurities of Food(Af«jj. State Bd. 0/ Health Reports for 1872 and 1873) he furnished the determinations of lead and sulphuric acid in vinegars, and that of lead in colored confectionery. In the Ojfficial Report o/the Mass. State Board 0/ Health, in the case of Tyler et at. vs. Squire et at., he furnished testimony as a chemist. Simon Newcomb. Lecturer on Political Economy, 1879-1880. The Standard of Value. [North American Revieiv, Sept. 1S79; CXXIX. 223.) Our Political Dangers. (Id. March, 1880; CXXX. 261.) The Organization of Labor. I. The Organizer as a Producer. [Princeton Review, May, 1880.) The Principles of Taxation. [North Am. Review, Aug. 1880; CXXXL 142.) The Organization of Labor. the Laborer in Production. Sept. 1880.) II. The Interest of [Princeton Review, Charles Eliot Norton. Professor of the History of Art, 1875- . 1. Philosophical Discussions. By Chauncey Wright. With a Biographical Sketch of the Author by C. E. Norton. New York, 1877. 80. 2. Historical Studies of .Church-Building in the Middle Ages : Venice, Siena, Florence. New York, 1880. 80. *#* See also tlie Bulletin of the Library. Joseph Pearson Oliver. Clinical Lecturer on the Diseases of Children, 1875 - • 1. On the Treatment of Chronic Diarrhoea in Young Children. [Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, July, 1875; XCin. 32.) 2. Clinical Lecture on Chronic Gastroduodenal Catarrh in Children. (Id. March, 1879; *--. 345- ) John Knowles Paine. Instriutor in Music, 1862-1873; Assistant Professor of Music, 1873-1875; Professor of Music, 1875-. 1. St. Peter; An Oratorio. Boston [1872]. 8°. 2. Centennial Hymn. For Chorus and Orchestra. 1876. 3. Symphonic r Im Friihling. (No. 2 in A.) Fiir Grosses Orchestec Boston, 1880. 4°. Four Characteristic Pieces. For Piano- Forte. In the Country : 12 Pieces for Piano-Forte. Four Songs. Concert Variations in the Austrian Hymn for the Organ. Andrew Preston Peabody. Preacher to the University and Plummer Professor of Christian Morals, i860- 1881. 1. The Sovereignty of Law. [Boston Lectures, 1870: Christianity and Scepticism, 181. Boston [1870].) 2. Manners. An Address delivered before the Abbot Academy, Andover, and' elsewhere. Boston and Cambridge, 1870. 3. Progress in Christ, not beyond Christ. A Sermon at the Installation of A. J. Rich, at Brookfield. Springfield, 1870. pp. 38. 4. The Bible in Public Schools. A Lecture before the American Institute of Instruction. 1871. \2°. 5. The Relations of Ethics and Theology. An Ad- dress before the Literary Society of Beloit College. 1871. h.\50 in. Christianity and Mod- ern Thought, [published by Am. Unit. Assoc] 207. Boston, 1872. 6. The Study of Words. A Lecture before the State Educational Convention, Madison, Wisconsin. 1871. 7. Memoir of Rev. Charles Burroughs, D.D. [Proc. New Hampshire Hist. Soc. Also printed sepa- rately, Cambridge, 1871. 16°. pp. 39.) 8. Memoir of Alvan Lamson. [Proc. Mass. Hist. Soc. for 1869-1870, 258. Boston, 1871.) 9. Memoir of Elbridge Jefferson Cutler. Cambridge, 1872. pp. 33. 10. The Rights and Dangers of Property. A Sermon delivered at the Annual Election, Jan. 3, 1872. Boston, 1872. 11. Union in Diversity. Sermon before the Conven- tion of Congregational Ministers, May 30, 1872. Boston, 1872. 12. TheTestimony of the Apostles. (Boston Lectures, 1872.) 13. Classical Culture and Phillips Exeter Academy. Address at the Dedication of the new Acad- emy Building. Cambridge, 1872. 14. Manual of Moral Philosophy. New York and Chicago. 1873. 160. 15. The Gospel in Bible Lands. (New Englander, April, 1873; XXXIL 243.) 16. The Scientific Education of Mechanics and Artizans. Address at the Commencement of the Worcester Free Institute of Industrial Science. Washington, 1873. 17. Christianity and Science. A Series of Lectures delivered in New York in 1874, on the Ely Foundation of the Union Theological Seminary. New York, 1874. 120. 18. Fires in American Cities. [International Review, Jan. 1874; I. 17.) ig. Lessons for Our Times from the Life of Wash- ington. Address before the Boston Young Men's Christian Union. Boston, 1874. 20. The Elective System in Colleges. A paper read before the National Educational Association, Detroit, Aug. 1874. Worcester, 1874. 21. Memoir of Mrs. Sarah Farrar. (Lee's Memoir of Timothy Farrar, 23. Boston, 1875.) 22. Christian Belief and Life. Boston, 1875. 120. 23. Judge Farrar's Manual of the Constitution of the United States. [New Englander, Julv, 1875; XXXIV. 498.) 38 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 24. Oration on the One Hundredth Anniversary of Washington's Taking Command of the Contin- ental Army. 1875. 25. A Century of the Common Schools of New England. An Address delivered at the Annual Convention of Teachers. Boston, 1876. 26. "Established in the Faith." Sermon at the Or- dination of Rev. Pitt Dillingham at Charles- town. 1876. 27. The Three Eras of the Positive Philosophy. Ora- tion before the Adelphic Union of Williams College, July 2, 1877. Boston, 1877. 28. Sermon in Commemoration of the Founders of Nahant Church. Cambridge, 1877. 29. The Relation of Morality to Religion. {.Interna- tional Review, March, 1878; V. 230.) 30. Science and Revelation. [Princeton Revieiv, May, 1878, 760.) 31. Memoir of Emory Washburn. (Proc. Mass. Hist. Sac. 1879-1880; XVII. 23. Boston, 1879.) 32. Memoir of Nathan Dane. (Id. 1835-1855, 6.) 33. Discourse on the Being and Attributes of God. One of Seven Discourses at the Unitarian Church in Washington. 1879. 34. The Unpardonable Sin. Tract of the American Unitarian Assoc. 1879. 35. The Divine Humanity of Christ. Sermon at the Installation of Rev. |C. A. Allen at Brunswick, Me. 1879. 36. The Voting of Women in School Elections. A Paper read before the Social Science Associa- tion. 1879. 37. The Religious Aspects of the Logic of Chance and Probability. [Princeton Review, March, 1880, 303.) 38. Christianity the Absolute Religion. A Sermon before the Convention of Congregational Min- isters. 1880. 39. Baccalaureate Sermons, one each year, 1871- 1880. *^* Many other articles, sermons, etc. Francis Parkman. Professor of Horticulture, 1871 -1872. *«* See the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution. Benjamin Peirce. Perkins Professor of Astronomy and Mathematics, 1842-1880. 1. Linear Associative Algebra. [Lithographed.] Washington, 1870, pp. 153. 40. 2. Observation of the Solar Eclipse of Dec. 22, 1870,'at Catania. [Am. Journ. Science and Arts, 1871 ; 3d Ser. I. 155.) 3. On the Mean Motions of the Four Outer Planets. (Id. Jan. 1872 ; 3d Ser. III. 67.) 4. Reports of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey, showing the Progress of the Survey for the years 1870-73 inclusive. Washington, 1873-75. 40. Also various appendices. 5. Ocean Lanes for Steamships. Read May 12, 1874. [Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences,IX.. 228.) 6. On the Uses and Transformations of Linear Al- gebra. Presented May II, 1875. (Id X. 395.) 7. Probabilities at the Three-ball Game of Billiards. Read Oct. 10, 1877. (Id. XIII. 141.) 8. On Peirce's Criterion for the Rejection of Doubt- ful Observations. Dec. 1877. (Id. XIII. 348.) 9. " Qualitative Algebra." [Johnson's New Universal Cyclopedia, III. 1487. New York, 1877.) 10. Propositions in Cosmical Physics. Oct. 8, 1879. (Proc. Am. Acad. XV. 201.) 11. The Intellectual Organization of Harvard Uni- versity. (Harvard Register, A'priX, i?&o ; L 77-) 12. Various Questions in the Mathematical Visitor. Erie, Pa. Benjamin Osgood Peirce. Assistant in the Physical Laboratory, 1876-1S77. 1. On a New Method of comparing the Electro- motive Forces of Two Batteries and measuring their Internal Resistance. Presented March 14, 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XII. 137.) 2. On a New Method of measuring the Resistance of a Galvanic Battery. March 14, 1877. (Id. XII. 140.) 3. Note on the Determination of the Law of Propa- gation of Heat in the Interior of a Solid Body. April II, 1877. (Id. XIL 143.) 4. (With E. B. Lefavour.) Preliminary Work on the Determination of the Law of Propagation of Heat in the Interior of Solid Bodies. Oct. 10, 1877. (Id. XIIL 128.) 5. Ueber die Emissionsspectra der Halo'idverbin- dungen des Quecksjlbers. (Annalender Physik und Chemie, 1879. "Neue Folge, VI. Also in pamphlet.) 6. Ueber die Electromotorischen Krafte von Gasele- menten. Leipzig, 1879. pp. 24. Charles Sanders Peirce. *#* See the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory. James Mills Peirce. University Professor of Mathematics, 1869- . 1. Three and Four Place Tables of Logarithmic and Trigonometric Functions. Boston, 1871. 40. pp. 16. 2. The Elements of Logarithms ; with an Explana- tion of the Three and Four Place Tables of Logarithmic and Trigonometric Functions. Bo.ston, 1873. 120. 3. "Quaternions." (Johnson's New Universal Cyclo- pcedia, III. 1491. New York, 1877.) 4. Mathematical Tables, chiefly to Four Figures. First Series. Boston, 1879. 8". pp. 45. 5. Review of Byerly's Differential Calculus. (Har- vard Register, Feb. 1880 ; I. 45.) 5. Review of Rice's Differential Calculus. (Id. May, 1880; I. 103.) *#* See also the Bulletin of the Library. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 39 Charles Callahan Perkins. University Lecturer on the History of the Fine Arts, 1869-1875. 1. American Art Museums. Boston, 1870. 8°. pp. 10. 2. Art in Education. Reprinted from the Second Volume of the Journal of the American Social Science Association. New York, 1870. pp. 6. 3. Raphael and Michelangelo : a Critical and Bio- graphical Essay. Boston, 1878. 8°. John Bulkley Perry. University Lecturer on Geology, 1869- 1872. 1. A Discussion of Sundry Objections to Geology. (Congregational Quarterly, April, 1870; XII. 217. Also printed separately, Cambridge, 1870. 80.) 2. On the Glacial Period in New England. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1870 ; XIV. 62.) 3. [Remarks on the] Objections made by Dr. Jack- son [to the Glacier Theory]. (Id. Dec. 1870 ; XIV. 68.) 4. The Eozoon Limestones of Eastern Massachusetts. (Id. April, 1871 ; XIV. 199.) 5. Hints towards the Post-Tertiary History of New England from Personal Study of the Rocks, with Strictures on Dana's History of the New Haven Region. (Id. Feb. 1872 ; XV. 48.) 6. Lyell's Student's Elements of Geology. ' [Biblio- theca Sacra, July, 1872 ; XXIX. 479. Also printed separately, Andover, 1872.) *#* See also the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Thomas Sergeant Perry. Tutor in Modern Languages, 1868-1872 ; Instructor in English, 1877-1880. 1. American Novels. (North American Review. Oct. 1872 ; CXV. 366.) 2. Mr. Edward Fitzgerald's Translations. (Atlantic Monthly, June, 1877 ; XXXIX. 730.) 3. German Influence on English Literature. (Atlantic Monthly, Aug. 1877; XL. 129.) 4. Ouida's Novels. (Lippincott's Magazine, Dec. 1877; XX. 732-) 5. Doudan. (Atlantic Monthly, June, 1878; XLI. 681.) 6. Some French Novels. (Id. Sept. 1878; XLII. 296.) 7. Alfred de Musset. (N. Am. Rev., Sept.-Oct. 1878 ; CXXVII. 288.) 8. Recent French and German Essays. (Atlantic Monthly, Aug. 1879; XLIV. 230.) 9. Recent Criticism of Byron. (International Review, Sept. 1879; VIL 282.) 10. Mountains in Literature. (Atlantic Monthly, Sept. 1879; XLIV. 302.) 11. Zola's Last Novel. (Id. May, l88o ; XLV. 693.) 12. Sir Walter Scott. (Id. Sept. 1880; XLVI. 313.) William Henry Pettee. Instructor in Mining, 1 869-1 871 ; Assistant Professor of Mining, 1871-1875. I. Contributions to Barometric Hypsometry: with Tables for Use in California. [Cambridge] 1874. 40. pp.88. (Geol. Survey of California.) *#* See the University Publications. Edward Charles Pickering. Director of the Observatory, Phillips Professor of Astronomy, and Professor of Geodesy, 1876- . 1. Annual Address of the President of the Appala- chian Club. (Appalachia, March, 1877; I. 63.) 2. Mt. Liberty. (Id. March, 1877 ; I. 122.) 3. The Micrometer Level. (Id. June, 1877 ; I. 138.) 4. Address of the Vice-President, Section A. (Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, Aug. 1877 ; XXVI. 63. Salem, 1878.) 5. Observations of the Satellites of Mars, and Mis- cellaneous Observations of Double Stars. [L. Waldo, observer.] (Astronomische Nachrichien, XCII. 87, 94. Kiel, 1878. 40.) 6. Observations of Minor Planets. [W. Upton and W. A. Rogers, observers.] (Id. XCIII. 171. Kiel, 1878. 40.) 7. The Cosine Galvanometer. (Nature, Jan. 1879 ; XIX. 217.) 8. Stella'- Magnitudes. (Astronomische Nachrichten, XCV. 29. Nature, May, 1879; ^^- H- As- tronomical Register, XVli. 175.) 9. Observations of Comet c 1879. [O. C. Wendell, observer.] (Astron. Nachrichien,'^CW. 21.) 10. Observations of the Satellites of Mars. [E. C. Pickering, O. C. Wendell, A. Searle, and F. Waldo, observers.] (Id. XCVII. 115, 145.) 11. Light of Webb's Planetary Nebula. (Nature, Feb. 1880; XXL 346.) 12. Dimensions of the Fixed Stars, with especial reference to Binaries and Variables of the Algol Type. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, June, 1880; XVL i.) 13. Two New Planetary Nebulae. (Nature, Aug. i88o; XXIL 327.) 14. Novel Celestial Object. (Id. Sept. 1880; XXIL 483-) *#* See also the publications of the Astronomical Observa- tory. Charles Burnham Porter. Demonstrator in Anatomy and Instructor in Surgery, 1869-1880. 1. (With Dr. W. L. Richardson.) Two Cases of Congenital Dislocation of the Knee Joint. (Bos- ton Med. and Surg. Journal, Sept. 1875 ; XCIII. 32I-) 2. Cases of Plastic Surgery. (Id. April, 1878; XCVIIL 423-) 3. Diffused Popliteal Aneurism. Syme's Operation. Secondary Haemorrhage. Ligature of Femoral Artery. Tetanus. Recovery. Operations by 40 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. XIII.) {Am. Journal C. B. Porter, Surgeon Mass. General Hospital. Subsequent Cure and Report by Asst. Surgeon S. Q. Robinson. {American yournal of Medical Sciences, LXXII. 1 28.) 4. Clinical Reports Mass. General Hospital. Stran- gulated Hernia. Kelotomy and Operation for Radical Cure. Radical Cure of Varicocele. Division of Ulnar Nerve by Stab Wound. Cases ' of C. B. Porter. Reported by J. F. Bush, M.D. (Nan York Medical Journal, XXXIII. 366.) Louis Francois de Pourtales. Assistant in Zoology, 1873-1880. 1. Der Boden des Golfstromes und der atlantischen Kiiste Nord-Amerika's. (Peterraann's Geograph- ische Mitthcilungen, Nov. 1870; XVI. 393.) 2. "Atlantic Ocean." (Appleton's American Ency- clopa:dia, II. New York, 1873-1876.) 3. " Dredging (Deep-Sea)." (Id. VI.) 4. " Galapagos." (Id. VII.) 5. "Indian Ocean." (Id. IX.) 6. " Juan Fernandez." (Id. IX.) 7. "Magellan, Straits of." (Id. X.) 8. " Mediterranean Sea." (Id. XI.) 9. " Pacific Ocean." (Id. XII.) 10. "Polar Seas (Geography)." (Id 11. Corals at the Galapagos Islands. of Science and Arts, Oct. 1875; 3^ Ser. X. 282.) %* See also the Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Raphael Pumpelly. Professor of Mining, 1866-1875. 1. The Paragenesis and Derivation of Copper and its Associates on Lake Superior. {Am. Journal of Science and Arts, Sept. 1871; 3d Ser. II. 188, 243, 347.) 2. (V\fith T. B. Brooks.) On the Age of the Copper- Bearing Rocks of Lake Superior. (Id. June, 1872; 3d Ser. IIL A2&.) 3. (With T. B. Brooks and C. Rorainger.) Geo- logical Survey of Michigan. Upper Peninsula. New York, 1873. [Vol. I. Pt. II. Chapters I, 2, 3, 5, 6 by Raphael Pumpelly.] 4. (With T. B. Brooks and A. Schmidt.) Iron Ores of Missouri and Michigan. [Pt. I., Geology of Pilot Knob and its Vicinity, by R. Pumpelly.] 5. Geological Survey of Missouri, R. Pumpelly, Director. Preliminary Report on the Iron Ores and Coal Fields. New York, 1873. [Notes on the Geology of Pilot Knob and its Vicinity, by R. Pumpelly.] 6. On.Paeudomorphs of Chlorite after Garnet at the Spurr Mountain Iron Mine, Lake Superior. {A?n. Journal of Science and Arts, July, 1875; 3d Ser. X. 17.) 7. Lithology of the Keweenawan System. (Chamber- lin's Geology of Wisconsin Survey of 1873-1879; IIL 27.) Frederick Ward Putnam. Oirator of the Peahody Museum of American Archce- ology and Ethnology, 1874 - . I. Notes on Myxinidae. (Proc. Boston Society Natural History, 1874; XVI. 127.) 23' 24. Notes on Ophidiidae and Fierasferidae, with De- scriptions of New Species from America and the Mediterranean. (Id. 1874; XVI. 339.) Remarks on the Family Nemophidas. (Id. 1874; XVI. 366.) Description of Living Specimens of Fishes and Cray Fishes from Mammoth Cave. (Id. Dec. 1874; XVII. 222.) Account of Rare and Interesting Fishes from the Waters of Essex County, Mass. {Bulletin Essex Inst.,]z.xi. 1874; VI. II.) Indian Remains from Essex County, Mass. (Id. Feb. 1874; VL 17.) Description of a Blackfish, Globiocephalus, shot in Salem Harbor. (Id. Feb. 1874; VI. 22.) Remarks on the Mammoth Cave and some of its Animals. {Bulletin Essex Institute, Dec. 1874; VL 191.) GobiosomaMolestum from the Ohio River. {Amer- ica?! Naturalist, 1874; VIII. 233.) (With S. Garman.) On the Male and Female Organs of the Sharks and Skates, with special reference to the use of the " Claspers." {Proc. Am. Assoc, for Advancement of Science, Aug. 1874; XXIII. B. 143, Salem, 1875.) On the Anderson School of Natural History at Penikese. (Id. 144. Salem, 1875.) Description of a Collection of Pottery and other Objects from Mounds near New Madrid, Mis- souri. Illustrated. {Eighth Report, Peabody Museum, 1875. P- "5) Archaeological Researches in Kentucky and In- diana. {Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1875; XVII. 314.) Archeeological Researches in Kentucky. {Bulletin Essex Institute, Jan. 1875 ! VII. 2.) Notice of Jeffries Wyman. {Proc. Atn. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, May, 1875 ; X. 496.) On Some of the Habits of the Blind Cravrfish, Cambarus pellucidus, and the Reproduction of Lost Parts. {Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. May, 1875; XVIII. 16.) On some Curious Groups of Stones found near Newburyport. {Bulletin Essex Institute, July, 1875; VII. io6.) Petition to the Legislature of Massachusetts for a Scientific Survey of the Commonwealth. {Mass. House Documents [1875]. No. 184, p. 5.) On the Ancient Peruvians. {Bulletin Essex Itist. March, April, May, 1876; VIII. 34.) The Development of the Ceramic Art and Orna- mentation among the American Nations. (Id. April, May, June, 1877 ; IX. 77.) Notice of an Interesting Relic of Mexican Sculp- ture. (Id. April, May, June, 1877 ; IX. 69.) Ancient American Pottery ; A Criticism of the Chapter in Mr. Prime's Work on Pottery and Porcelain. {The Nation, '^an. 3, 1878.) Archaeological Explorations in Tennessee. Illus- trated. {Eleventh Report, Peabody Museum, 1878, 361. — Reprinted in Supplement Scientific Ainerican, 1878, and in Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, June - Sept. 1879.) Archaeological Explorations in Tennessee. With illustrations. {Bulletin Essex Institute, April, May, June, 1878 ; X. 72.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 41 25. On the Discovery of Chambered Mounds in Mis- souri. (Proc. Bos. Sac. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1879; XX. 304.) 26. On a Skeleton of an Indian from Massachusetts. (Id. Nov. 1879; XX. 331.) 27. Ancient Mounds and Burial Places, Cumberland Valley, Temiessee. (Id. Nov. 1879; XX. 332.) 28. Conventionalism in Pottery. (Id. Dec. 1879; XX. 333.) 29. Reports upon Archaeological and Ethnological Collections from vicinity of Santa Barbara, California, and from ruined Pueblos of Arizona and New Mexico, and Certain Interior Tribes. {Report upon U. S. Geographical and Geological Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian, VII. ArchEeology, 1879.) 30. " Egyptian Antiquities " found in America. Il- lustrated. (American Art Review, April, 1880 ; I. 254.) 31. Account of Cahokia Mound. Illustrated. ( Twelfth Report, Peabody Museum, 1880, 470.) 32. The Indians of California. (Bulletin Essex Insti- tute, Jan. — June, 1880; XII. 4.) 33. Editorship of Proceedings of American Association for Advaruement of Science, XXII.-XXVIII. 1 873-1879. 34. Editorship of Anmcal Reports of Trustees of Peabody Musezim of Archceology and Ethnology, VIII.-XIII. 1875-1880. 35. Editorship (with others) of American Naturalist, I.-VIII. 186S-1874. *** See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum and the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Such of Mr. Putnam's official papers as have been reprinted are repeated above ; also a few, embraced in his general reports are here repeated with definite titles. James Jackson Putnam. Instructor in Diseases of the Nervous System', 1875- • 1. Case of Circumscribed Analgesia of the Arm after Typhoid Fever. (Chicago fournal of Nervous and Mental Disease, July, 1875 ; II. 385-) 2. Case of Meniere's Disease. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1875 ; XCIII. 554.) 3. Experimental Criticism of a Recent Theory of Phosphorus Poisoning. (Id. March, 1876; XCIV. 296.) 4. Physical Exercise for the Sick. (Id. Sept. 1876; XCV. 371.) 5. Ziemssen's Cyclopaedia of Medicine. American Edition. The following articles were con- tributed, by Dr. Putnam. 1876. Anemia, Hyperasmia, Thrombosis, Embolism, and Hx- morrhage of the Brain. 6. Case of Section of the Median and Ulnar Nerves. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, March, 1877; XCVI. 333.) 7. Modification of BarwelJ's Elastic Muscle Appa- ratus. (Id. May, 1878; XCVIII. 701.) 8. Case of Cutaneous Disease, confined to the Pal- mar Surface of the Thumb, successfully treated by Section of the Filaments of Median Nerve. (Chicago Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, July, 1878; V. 465.) 9. (With O. F. Wadsworth, M.D.) Intra-Ocular Circulation : Rhythmical Changes in the Venous Pulse of the Optic Disk. (Id. Oct. 1878; V. 690.) 10. The Physiological Pathology of the Hydrophobic Paroxysm. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1878; XCIX. 650.) 11. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Cuta- neous Distribution of the Brachial and Cervical Plexuses. (Id. Jan. 1879; C. 118.) 12. Description of a Modified Pendulum-Myograph. (Journal of Physiology [London], Sept. 1879; II. 206.) 13. On the Reliability of Marey's Tambour in Ex- periments requiring Accurate Notations of Time. (Id. Sept. 1879 ; II. 209.) 14. Two Cases of Chorea in the Kitten, with Autop- sies. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1879 ; CI. 690.) 15. Case of Chronic Facial Spasm, successfully treated by stretching the Seventh Nerve. (Trans, of the American Neurological Assoc, in the Chicago Joitrnal of Nervous and Mental Disease, July, 1880 ; VII. 486. Published in extenso in Archives of Medicine, Feb. 1881.) 16. A Series of Cases of Parassthesia mainly of the Hands, of Periodical Recurrence, and possibly of Vaso-motor Origin. (New York Archives of Medicine, 1880.) 17. Article on Vaso-motor and Trophic Neuroses. (Ziemssen* s Cyclopcedia of Medicine. Am. ed.) John Phillips Reynolds. Instructor in Obstetrics and Medical Jurisprudence, 1869-1877 ; Professor of Obstetrics, 1877 - . I. Dr. Uvedale West's Views of Rotation. (Trans. Atn. Gynecological Soc. II.) George Riddle. Instructor in Elocution, 1878 - . 1. Elocution at Harvard. (Harvard Register, Aug. 1880; U. 159.) William Augustus Rogers. Assistant in the Observatory, 1870-1877 ; Assistant Professor of Astronomy. 1877- . 1. Ephemeris of Felicitas for Opposition, 1873. (■^^- tronomische Nachrichten, LXXXII. 157. Kiel, ■ 1873.) 2. Elements of Felicitas (109). (Id. LXXXIV. 161. Kiel, 1874.) 3. On the Periodic Errors of the Right Ascension observed between 1858 and 187 1. Read, April 14, 1874. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, IX. 127.) 4. New Elements of Brunhild (123), with Ephemeris for the Opposition, 1875. (Astronomische Nach- richten, LXXXV. 241. Kiel, 1875.) 5. Death of Professor Joseph Winlock, Director of Harvard College Observatory. (Id. LXXXVI. 113. Kiel, 1875.) 42 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 6. Places of Comparison Stars adopted from obser- vations. (Id. LXXXVI. 173. Kiel, 1875.) 7. On a possible Explanation of the Method Em- ployed by Nobert in Ruling his Test Plates. Presented June g, 1875. [Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts a7id Sciences^ XI. 237.) 8. right Ascensions of the Fundamental Stars ob- served with the Meridian Circle of Harvard College Observatory during the years 1872-73. (Astronomiscke Nachrichten, LXXXVII. 61;. Kiel, 1876.) 9. New Elements and Ephemeris of (123) Brunhild. (Id. LXXXVIII. 233. Kiel, 1876.) 10. New Elements of Iphigenia (117) from the Op- position Observations of 1870, 1872, 1873, 1877. (Id. XCI. 107. 'Kiel, 1878.) 11. On Standard Measures of Length. (Am. Quar- terly Microscopical Jom-nal, Jan. 1879.) 12. On two Forms of Comparators for Measures of Length. (Id. April, 1879.) 13. On the Limits of Accuracy in Measurements with the Telescope and the Microscope. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIV. 168.) 14. On the First Results from a new Diffraction Ruling Engine. (Am. Joumal of Science and Arts, Jan. 1880 ; 3d Ser. XIX. 54.) 15. On the Present State of the Question of Stand- ards of Length. Presented April 14, 1880. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XV. 273-) 16. On Tolles's Interior Illuminator for Opaque Ob- jects. (Journal of Royal Microscopical Society, in. 754.) 17. The Co-efficient of Safety in Navigation. (Read before the Naval Institute at Annapolis, and printed in Science, II. 171.) *** See also the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory. Thomas Morgan Rotch. Clinical Instructor in the Diseases of Children, 1878 -. 1. Absence of Resonance in the Fifth Right Inter- costal Space diagnostic of Pericardial Effusion. (Med. Communications Mass. Med. Soc. XII. 235. Boston, 1878. K\%o Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, Sept. 3.nd Oct. 1878; XCIX. 389,421.) 2. Reports of the Suffolk District Medical Society. T. M. Rotch Secretary. (Boston Med. and Surg, yournal, 1879-80.) Orestes St. John. Assistant in Palaontology, 1873-1874. *^f* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Charles Sprague Sargent. Director of the Arnold Arboretum, 1872- ; Arnold Professor of Arboriculture, l^T)- . I. A Few Suggestions on Tree Planting in Massa- chusetts. ( Twenty-third Ann. Report of Secre- tary of Mass. Board of AgrictUture for 1875, 250. Boston, "1876. Also, enlarged, pubhshed by Mass. Society for Promoting Agriculture in \^e.u Prizes for Arboriculture,-]. Boston, 1876.) 2. Notes on Trees and Tree Planting. ( Twenty-Fifth Ann. Rep. of Sec. Mass. Bd. of Agriculture for 1877, 267, Boston, 1878.) 3. The Forests of Central Nevada with some Re- marks on those of the Adjacent Regions. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, June, 1879 ; 3d Ser. XVII. 417. Translated in Annciles des Sciences Naturelles, and Nuova Revista Fores- tale.) 4. A Catalogue of the Forest Trees of North America. ( Tenth Census of the U. S. [Department of the Interior.] 1880.) *#* See also the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution and the Reports of the Arnold Arboretum. Samuel Hubbard Scudder. Assistant Librarian, 1879- . 1. The Fossil Insects collected in 1877 by Mr. G. M. Dawson in the Interior of British Columbia. (Rep. Progr. Geol. Surv. Canada, 1877-78. B. 175-185. Montreal, 1879. 8°.) 2. Palaeozoic Cockroaches ; a complete Revision of the Species of both Worlds, with an Essay toward their Classification. (Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., III. 23-134, pi. 2-6. Boston, 1879. 4°.) 3. The Probable Age of Haulover Beach at the head of Nantucket Harbor. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1879; XX. 329-330. 8''.) 4. A Brief Account of some of the Scientific Institu- tions of Boston and Vicinity; prepared by the Local Committee of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, for Distribu- tion to Members of the Association at the Bos- ton Meeting, Aug. 1880. Boston, 1880. pp. 27. 8°. [Edited by S. H. Scudder.] 5. Annual Address before the Entomological Club of the American Association for the Advance- ment of Science. (Amer. Entom., VI. 207-210. New York, 1880. 80. Can. Entom., XII. 161-167. London [Ont.], 1880. 8°. Nature, Oct. 1S80; XXII. 550-551. Ann. Rep. Entom. Soc. Onl., 1880; 12-15. Toronto, 1881. 8°. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc, XXIX. 605-611. Salem, 1881. 8". Separate, 9 pp. Salem, 1881.) 6. The Devonian Insects of New Brunswick. (Anniv. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., pp. 41. pi. i. Bos- . ton, 1880. 4°. Extract in Amer. Jour. Sc. and Arts, Feb. 1881 ; 3d Ser. XXI. 111-117. 8°. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser. VII. 255- 261. London, 1881. 8°. Arch. Sc. Phys. Nat., March, 1881 ; 3d Ser. V. 291-293. Geneve, 1881. 8°. Naturforscher, No. 15, 141-143. 7. Brief Notices : Psyche : — Jimonia coenia in N. England, II. 2j(i-2-]t. The Manner in which Oecanthus lays her Eggs, III. 77. The Insect- Basin of Florissant, III. 77. Habits of Retinia frustrana,\ll. 77. Canadian Entomologist : — An Insect doing much Damage to the Pines on the Island of Nantucket, XI. 176. A Few Notes on N. American Acridii, XII. 75-76. Nature : — An Index to Zoological Genera, XX. 551. *»* See also the Publications of the Library and the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 43 Arthur Searle. Assistant in the Observatory, 1869- . 1. OutUnes of Astronomy. Boston, 1874. [A second edition, witli some alterations and additions, 1875.] 2. Mars as a Neighbor. [Atlantic Monthly, Jan. 1878; XLI. III.) 3. Newcomb's Popular Astronomy. [Literary World, April, 1878; VIII. 190.) 4. The Convent of the Capuchins. (Popular Science Monthly, March, 1880 ; XVI. 673.) *»* See also tlie Annals of the Astronomical Observatory. Edwin Pliny Seaver. Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1869-1874. I. Formulas of Trigonometry. Nathaniel Southgate Shaler, Professor of Palcsontology, 1869 - 1. Father Blumhardt's Prayerful Hotel. {Atlantic Monthly, Dec. 1870; XXVI. 712.) 2. The Effects of Pressure on Rocks. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1872 ; XV. 2.) 3. Notes on the Origin of our Domestic Cat. (Id. April, 1872; XV. 159.) 4. On the Effects of the Upright Position in Man. (Id. June, 1872; XV. :88.) 5. Notes on the Right and Sperm Whales. (Am. Naturalist, Jan. 1873; ^H- '•) 6. The Summer's Journey of a Naturalist. Parts I., II. and III. (Atlantic Monthly, June, 1873; XXXI. 707; Aug. 1873; XXXII. 181; Sept. 1873; XXXII. 349-) 7. The Moon. (Id. Sept. 1874; XXXIV. 270.) 8. Martha's Vineyard. (Id. Dec. 1874; XXXIV. 732-) 9. Notes on some of the Phenomena of Elevation and Subsidence of the Continents. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1874; XVII. 288.) 10. Kentucky Geological Survey, N. S. Shaler. Director from 1874 to 1880 ; Vols. I.-IV. New . Series, Reports of Progress. V. and VI. pub- lished in part. Memoirs of Survey, I. and II., II. published in part. Bulletin of Survey, I. Of these all but Vol: III. are by the Director and his assistants ; Vol. III. is by himself alone. A good part of the work done remains unpub- lished. 11. Some Considerations on the possible Means whereby a Warm Climate may be produced within the Arctic Circle. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,]3.n. 1875; XVII. 332.) 12. On the Antiquity of Caverns and Cavern Life in the Ohio Valley. (Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. mst.,'7eb. 1875; IL35S.) l\. Note on some Points connected with Tidal Ero- sion (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., March, 1875; XVII. 465.) 14. A State Survey for Massachusetts. (Atlantic Monthly, March, 1875; XXXV. 357.) 15. Note on the Geological Relations of Boston and Narragansett Bays. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., April, 1875 ; XVII. 488.) 16. Propositions concerning the Motion of Conti- nental Glaciers. (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., June, 1875; XVIIL 126.) 17. Notes on the Cause and Geological Value of Variation in Rainfall. (Id. Oct. 1875; XVIIL 176.) 18. North American Climate. (Id. 1875.) ig. A State Survey for Massachusetts. (Am. Naturalist, March, 1875 ; IX. 156.) 20. How to change the North American Climate. (Atlantic Monthly, 1877.) 21. Notes on the Age and the Structure of the several Mountain Axes in the Neighborhood of Cum- berland Gap. (Am. Naturalist, July, 1877 ; XI. 385-) 22. On the Existence of the Alleghany Division of the Appalachian Range within the Hudson Valley. (Id. Oct. 1877; XL 627.) 23. The Silver Question geologically considered. (Atlantic Monthly, May, 1878; XLI. 620.) 24. Reelfoot Lake. (Id. Aug. 1878 ; XLII. 216.) 25. Thoughts on the Nature of Intellectual Property and Its Importance to the State. Boston, 1878. 26. Notes on certain Evidences of a Gradual Pas- sage from Sedimentary to Volcanic Rocks shown in the Brighton District of Boston. (P>-oc. Bos- ton Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1879; XX. 129.) 27. The Natural History of Politics. (Atlantic Monthly, March, 1879; XLIII. 302.) 28. Notps on the Submarine Coast Shelf or Hun- dred Fathom Detrital Fringe. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., May, 1879; XX. 278.) 29. The Use of Numbers in Society. (Atlantic Monthly, Sept. 1879; XLIV. 326.) 30. Future of Precious Metal Mining in the United States. (Atlantic Monthly, ]\me, 1880; XLV. 765.) *»* See also the Bulletin and Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the Annals of the Astronomical Obsei* vatory and the Reports of the Peabody Museum. Stephen Paschall Sharpies. Assistant in Chemistry, 1869-1871. 1. On some Rocks and other Dredgings from the Gulf Stream. (Am. Journal of Science and Arts, March, 1871 ; 3d Ser. I. 168.) 2. On some Forms of the Galvanic Battery. (Id. April, 1871; 3d Ser. L 247.) Frederick Cheever Shattuck. Assistant in Clinical Medicine, 1879- . 1. Fibroid Pthisis. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, March, 1880; CIL 241.) 2. Report on the Progress of Medicine in Diseases of the Lungs, 1873-1880. (Ziemssen's Cyclopedia of the Practice of Medicine. Supplement. New York, 1881.) 44 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. Edward Stevens Sheldon. Tutor in German, 1878- . I. A Short German Grammar for High Schools and Colleges. Boston, 1879. ^^°- John Langdon Sibley. Librarian, 1856-1877; Librarian Emeritus, iSyy - . 1. Biographical Sketches of Graduates of Harvard University, in Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1642- 1658. With an Appendix, containing an Ab- stract of the Steward's Accounts, and Notices of Non-Graduates from 1649-50 to 1659. Cam- bridge, 1873. 8°. *#* Vol. II. is now in press. 2. Cyrus Eaton. (Proe. Mass. Hist. Soc, Feb. 1875; Xni. 438. Boston, 1875. And [under the title : A Remarkable Self-Made Man] Uni- tarian Review, April, 1875; III. 373.) 3. Address at the Conference of Librarians at Har- vard University, 2 July, 1879. (Library Journal, July-Aug. 1879; IV. 305.) *«:* See also the University Publications. Daniel Denison Slade. Professor of Applied Zoology, 1871 - . *** See the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution. Clement Lawrence Smith. Tutor in Latin, 1870-1873 ; Assistant Professor of Latin, 1873- . 1. On the Use of Language in Education. Address before the Alumni Association of Haverford College, July 1,1873. Phila. 1873. (Also in the Friends^ Quarterly Examiner. London, Jan. 1874.) 2. Shall we teach Greek and Latin as Dead Lan- guages ? ( The Quaker Alumnus. Phila. Jan. 1879-) *#* See also the University Publications. Evangelinus Apostolides Sophocles. University Professor of Ancient, Byzantine, and Modern Greek, i860- . I. Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods (from B.C. 146 to A.D. iioo). xvi., 1 188. Boston, 1870. 1.80. Oliver Stearns. Parkman Professor of Theology, 1863-1878. 1. The Aim and Expectation of Jesus. [Christianity and Modern Thought, 271. [Pub. by Am. Unit. Assoc] Boston, 1S72.) 2. The Divinity School of Harvard University. ( The Harvard Book. Edited by Vaille and Clark. I. 197. Cambridge, 1875. 4°.) Frank Steindachner. Assistant in Ichthyology, 1 871-1873. *#* See the Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Francis Humphreys Storer. Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, 1870- . 1. A Cyclopaedia of Quantitative Chemical Analysis. Part II. Boston, 1873. 8°. 2. Cherry Blossoms destroyed by Squirrels. (Na- ture, Nov. 1875 ; XIII. 26.) 3. Ammonia a Constant Contaminant of Sulphuric Acid. (Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, Dec. 1875; 3d Ser. X. 438.) 4. Schcenbein's Test for Nitrates. (Id. Sept. 1876; 3d Ser. XII. 176.) 5. Note on the Ferment Theory of Nitrification. (Id. June, 1878; 3d Ser. XV. 444.) 6. Epsom Salt versus Strawberries. (Am. Journ. of Pharmacy, July, 1878; 4th Ser. VIII. 321.) 7. Some of the Uses, of Agricultural Study. (Har- vard Register, Feb. 1880; I. 38.) 8. Reclamation of Bog-Land,by the German Method of Burying with Gravel. (Rural New Yorker, Feb. 1880; XXXIX. loi.) g. Dr. Angus Smith on the Waste of Ammonia in Coke-Making. (Id. Feb. 1880; XXXIX. 120.) 10. Maximuin Yield of Wheat. (Id. April, 1880; XXXIX. 246.) 11. Money Value of Leached Ashes. (Id. April, 1880; XXXIX. 262.) 12. Hurtfulness of Chlorides to the Tobacco Crop. (Id. May, 1880; XXXIX. 277.) 13. New Evidence in respect to Weevil-eaten Peas. (Id. May, 1880; XXXIX. 294.) 14. Bone Chewing by Cattle. (Id. May, 1880; XXXIX. 3T1.) 15. The Agricultural School as a Preparation for the Study of Medicine. (Harvard Register, June, 1880; I. in.) 16. Indian Corn as a Starch Crop. (Rural New yi7r&?-, June, 1880 ; XXXIX. 358.) 17. Deer's Horns eaten by Cattle. (Id. June, 1880; XXXIX. 376.) 18. The So-called Process of Ensilage. (Id. July, 1880; XXXIX. 424.) 19. A Scientific View of Composts. (Id. Aug. 1880; XXXIX. 503, 517, 549.) 20. The Valuation of " Reverted " Phosphoric Acid. (Id. Sept. 1880; XXXIX. 586.) Several new editions of the following works : — 21. A Manual of Inorganic Chemistry, arranged to facilitate the Experimental Demonstration of the Facts and Principles of the Science. By C. W. Eliot and F. H. Storer. New York. 80. 22. An Elementary Manual of Chemistry, abridged from Eliot and Storer's Manual, with the Co- operation of the Authors, by W. R. Nichols. 23. A Compendious Manual of Qualitative Chem- ical Analysis, by C. W. Eliot and F. H. Storer. Revised, with the Cooperation of the Author's, by W. R. Nichols. *w* See also the Bulletin of the Bussey Institution. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 45 W^illiam Edward Story. Tutor in Mathematics, 1875-1876. I. On the Algebraic Relations existing between the Polars of a Binary Quantic. Leipzig, 1875. pp. 59. James Bradley Thayer. Royall Professor of Law, 1873- • I. Letters of Chauncey Wright. With some Account of his Life by J. B. Thayer. Privately Printed. Cambridge, 1878. 8°. Howard Malcom Ticknor. Instructor in Elocution, 1878- . I. On the Status of Elocution in Harvard College. (Harvard Re^ster, Sept. 1880; II. 180.) John Trowbridge. Assistant Professor of Physics, 1870 - 1880. Pro- fessor of Physics, 1880- . 1. A New Form of Galvanometer. (Am. yourn. of Sci. and Arts, Aug. 1871 ; 3d Ser. II. 118.) 2. Animal Electricity. Presented Jan. 1872. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, VIlI. 244.) 3. Electromotive Action of Liquids separated by Membranes. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, May, 1872; 3d Ser. III. 342.) 4. On the Electrical Condition of Gas-Flames. (Id. July, 1872 ; 3d Ser. IV. 4.) 5. Ohm's Law considered from a Geometrical Point of View. (Id. Aug. 1872; 3d Ser. IV. 115.) 6. Induced Currents and Derived Circuits. (Id. May, 1873; 3d Ser. V. 372.) 7. On a Method of Freeing a Magnetic Bar from the Influence of the Earth's Magnetism. (Id. May, 1874; 3d Ser. VIL 490.) 8. On a Molecular Change produced by the Passage of Electrical Currents through Iron and Steel Bars. (Id. July, 1874; 3d Ser. VIII. 18.) 9. On a New Induction-Coil. April, 1875. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sci., X. 381.) 10. Construction of Gaugain's Galvanometer. (Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, May, 1875; 3d Ser. IX. 383) n. On the Effect of thin Plates of Iron used as Armatures to Electro-Magnets. Feb. 1876. (Proc. of Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XI. 202.) 12. On the So-called Etheric Force. Feb. 1876. (Id. XL 206.) 13. On a New Form of Mirror-Galvanometer. Feb. 1876. (Id. XL 208.) 14. On Vortex-Rings in Liquids. March, 1877. (Id. XIL 131.) 15. Methods of measuring Electric Currents of great strength ; together with a Comparison of the Wilde, the Gramme, and the Siemen's Ma- chines. Oct. 1878. (Id. XIV. 122.) i6. (With W. N. Hill.) On the Heat produced by the Rapid Magnetization and Demagnetization of the Magnetic Metals. [Preliminary Paper.] Dec. 1878. (Id. XIV. 114.) 17. Simple Apparatus for illustrating Periodic Motion. Dec. 1879. (Id. XV. 232.) 18. Illustration of the Conservation of Energy. Dec. 1S79. (Id. XV. 235.) 19. The Study of Physics in the Secondary Schools. (Popular Science Monthly, June, 1879, XV. 159.) 20. Superstition and Scientific Training. (Indepen- dent [N. Y.], July 29, 1880.) 21. The Earth as a Conductor of Electricity. [Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, 1880, XVI. 58.) 22. Editorship of Physical Notes in the Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, beginning with the year 1879. 23. Supervision of the following Contributions from the Physical Laboratory of Harvard College : — Demagnetization of Electro-Magnets. By R. W. Willson. (Am. Journ. of Set. and Arts, May, 1872 ; 3d Ser. III. 346.) On a Method of measuring Induced Currents. By F. H. Bige- low. (Id. May, 1873; 3^ Ser. V. 374.) On Methods of determining the Resistance of a Battery. By N. D. C. Hodges. (Id. 375.) A Note on Melde's Experiment on the Vibration of Strings. By W. Lowery. (Id. May, 1874; 3d Ser. VII. 493.) A Spark-Adjuster for the Holtz Machine. By J. J. Minot. (Id. 494.) Effect of Condensers on the Brush Discharge from the Holtz Machine. By J. W. Fewkes. (Id. 496.) Magnetism of Soft Iron. By D. Sears. (Id. July, 1874; 3d Ser. VIII. 21.) Increase of Magnetism in a Bar of Soft Iron upon Reversal of the Magnetizing Current. By W. A. Burnham. (Id. Sept. 1874 ; 3d Ser. VIII. 202.) Experiments on the Dissipation of El- ectricity by Flames. By J. W. Fewkes. (Id. 207.) Polarization of the Plates of Condensers. By A. S. Thayer. (Id. 208.) On the Effect of Heat upon the Magnetic Susceptibility of Soft Iron. By H. Amory and F. Minot. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, X. 308. ) On the Effect of Armatures on the Magnetic State of Electro-Magnets. By B. O. Peirce and E. B. Lefavour. (Id. X. 385.) On the Time of De- magnetization of Soft Iron. By W. C. Hodgkins and J. H. Jennings. (Id. 3S7.) On the Induc- tion-Spark produced in breaking a Galvanic Circuit between the Poles of a Magnet. By B. O. Peirce, Jr. (Id. XL 218.) Condensers and Geissler Tubes. By W. P. Wilson. (Id. 228.) A New Form of Magneto-Electric Engine. By W. R. Morse. (Am. Jour, of Sci. and Arts, May, 1875; 3d Ser. IX. 386.) On the Distribu- tion of Electrical Discharges from Circular Discs. By C. J. Bell. (Id. June, 1875 ; 3^ Ser. IX. 458.) An Application of the Horizontal Pendulum. By H. Amory. (Id. July, 1875; 3d Ser. X. 21.) Distribution of Magnetism on Armatures. By H. Whiting. (Proc. Am. Acad. XL 293.) Change of Electrical Resistance in Wires by stretching. By G. S. Pine. (Id. 303.) On the Intensity of Terrestrial Magnetism at Cambridge. By H. Goldmark. (Id. XIIL 414.) The Effect of Temperature upon Atmospheric Electricity. By H. Goldmark. (Am. Jour, of Sci. and Arts, July, 1878 ; 3d Ser, XVI. 52.) A New Method of studving Wave Motion. By H. H. Eustis. (Proc. Am. Acad. XV. 218.) Vibration of Circular and Elliptical Plates. By 46 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. F.E.Cabot. (Id. 219.) Perforated Vibrating Discs. By F. E. Cabot. (Id. XV. 222.) Effect of Distance on Appreciation of Color. By W. H. .Schwartz. (Id. 229.) Tlie Magnetic Mo- ment of Fleitman's Nickel. By J. E. Bullard. (Id. XVI. 46.) Thermal Conductivity of Glass and Sand. By C. B. Penrose. (Id. XVI. 47.) Effect of the Tension of Membranes on Sound. By G. F. Hartshorn. (Id. XVI. 56.) A Phe- nomenon of Electrical Convection. By T. J. Greenough. (Id. XVI. 58.) *»* See also the Bulletin of the Library. Winslow Upton. Assistant ill the Observatory, 1877-1879. I. Determination of the Orbit of (185) Eunike. {As- tronomische Nachrichten, XCIV. 51.) *** See also the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory. Marshman Edward Wadsworth. Instructor in Mathematics and Mineralogy, 187 4-1877 ; Assistant in Geology, 1877-1878. Assistant in Lithology in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 1878- . 1. Notes on the Mineralogy and Petrography of Boston and Vicinity. \Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., May, 1877 ; XIX. 217.) 2. On the Granite of North Jay, Maine. (Id. May, 1877; XIX. 237.) 3. Fusibility of the Amorphous Varieties of Quartz. (Id. 238.) 4. On the so-called Tremolite of Newbury, Mass. (Id. Oct. 1877; XIX. 251.) 5. Notes on the Petrography of Quincy and Rock- port. (Id. Feb. 1878 ; XIX. 309 ) 6. Rutley's Study of Rocks. (Am. Naturalist, Tune, 1879; XIII. 385.) 7. Danalite from the Iron Mine, Bartlett, New Hampshire. [Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1879 ; XX. 284.) 8. Picrolite from a Serpentine Quarry in Florida, Mass. (Id. 286.) 9. Report on the Copper Falls Mine, Keweenaw Co., Michigan. Boston, 1879. .8°. PP. '4. 10. On the Elongation and Plasticity of Pebbles in Conglomerates. [Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1S79; XX. 313.) 11. On the Origin of the Iron Ores of the Marquette District, Lake Superior. (Id. March, 1880.) 12. Report on the Mica Deposits of the Hartford Mica Mining Company, Groton, Grafton Co., New Hampshire. Boston, 1880. 12". pp. 7. 13. The Volcanic Dust from Dominica. [Nature, July, 1880; XXII. 266.) 14. On the Age of the Copper-Bearing Rocks of Lake Superior. (Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Aug. 1880. Boston.) 15. On Amygdaloidal Structure and Vein Formation, with Special Reference to the Copper-bearing Rocks of Keweenaw Point, Lake .Superior, being a Reply to Prof. James D. Dana. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, Nov. 1880; XXI.) *#* See also the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Leonard W^aldo. Assistant in the Observatory, 1875-1880. 1. Engineer's Instruments and their Adjustments. Boston, pp. 40. 1. 8°. 2. On the Longitude of Waltham, Mass. Nov. 1877. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, XIII. I7S-) 3. A Lecture on telling the Time. (Bulletin of Essex Institute, Feb. 1878; X. 40.) 4. Note on the Measurement of Short Lengths. Feb. 1878. (Proc. Am. Acad., XIII. 352.) 5. Observations of the Satellites of Mars, and Miscel- laneous Observations of Double Stars made in 1876 at the Observatory of Harvard College. (Astronomische NachricAten,'No. 2190; XCII. 87.) 6. Meridian Observations of Mercury at its Transit. May5-6, 1S78. (Id. No. 2207; XCII. 361.) 7. Observations of the Satellites of Saturn. (Id. Nos. 2254 and 225s; XCIV. 339.) 8. Report of the Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse, July 29, 1878, made at Fort Worth, Texas. Cambridge, 1879. A°- [Mr. Waldo edited the volume and wrote a special report.] 9. Articles " Transit," " Sextant," " Telescope," " Ruling Machine," " Time Signals," " Mural Circle," " Zenith Telescope." (Johnson's New Universal Cyclopccdia, New York, 1877-78.) 10. Description of a New Position Micrometer. (Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, July, 1880; 3d Ser. XX. 49.) 11. On the Adaptation of the Opera-Glass to ex- tremely Myopic Eyes. (N. y. Ophthalmological Journal, 1880.) *#* Mr. Waldo furnished the Report on the " time service " to the Annual Report of the director of the Astronomical Ob- servatory for 1S77, App. C. John Collins Warren. Instructor in Surgery, 187 1 - . 1. Anatomy and Development of Rodent Ulcer. Boylston Prize Essay for 1872. Boston, 1S72. 80. pp. 66. 2. Vaginal Lithotomy. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., July, 1876; XCV. 61.) 3. Columnae Adiposae, or. Note on the Anatomy and Pathology of the Skin. (Id. April, 1877 ; XCVI. 453-) 4. Symmetrical Gangrene of the Extremities. (Id. Jan, 1879; C.76, 125.) 5. Clinical Lecture on Cancer of the Face, including " Rodent Ulcer." (London Medical Ti?nes and Gazette, 1879. A.^&o Bost Med. and Siirg. Journ., May, 1879; C. 625.) 6. The Treatment of Irreducible Hernia. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journ., March, 1880; CII. 271, 276.) 7. The Pathology of Carbuncle or "Anthrax." (Id. Jan.i88i; CIV. 5.) 8. Editorial Articles, Hospital Reports, etc., in Bost. Med. and Surg. Journalhom 1872 to 1880, inclu- sive; LXXXVI.-CIH. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 47 Emory Washburn. Bussey Professor of Law, 1856-1876. 1. Lectures on the Study and Practice of the Law, delivered in the Law School of Harvard Uni- versity. Boston, 187 1. 2. Address. {Celebration of One Hundred and Fiftieth Anniversary of the Organization of the Town of Leicester, 8. Cambridge, 1871.) 3. Address at the Dedication of the Normal School Building at Worcester, 1871. 4. Commencement Address at the Worcester County Free Institute of Industrial Science. Worcester, 1873- 5. International Code. 1873. 6. Remarks on a Visit to New Brunswick. {Proc. Mass. Hist. Soc, 1873-1875, 76.) 7. The Tenure of Lands in New England. (Id. 114.) 8. Did the Vacating the Colonial Charter annul the Laws made under it ? (Id. 451 .) 9. Reasons for a Separate State Prison for Women. Boston, 1874. pp. 8. 10. Memoir of Hon. Joel Parker. (Proc. Mass. Hist. Soc, 1875-1876, 172.) 11. Remarks made at the Centennial Celebration of Leicester, Mass. 1876. 12. Memoir of Colonel William Henshaw. (Proc. Mass. Hist. Soc, 1876-1S77, 65 ) Sereno Watson. Curator of the Herbarium, 1874- . 1. New Plants of Northern Arizona and the Region Adjacent. (Am. Naturalist, May, 1873; VII. 299.) 2. Revision of the Extra-Tropical North American Species of the Genera Lupinus, Potentilla, and CEnothera. Nov. 1873. (Proc. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, VIII. 517.) 3. On Section Avicularia of the Genus Polygonum. (Am. Nattiralist,'Nov. 1873; VII. 662.) 4. Revision of the North American Chenopodiacece. April, 1874. (Proc. Am. Acad., IX. 82.) 5. List of Plants collected in Nevada, Arizona, and Utah in 187 1 and 1872. (Geog. and Geol. Ex- plorations and Surveys West cf the One Hun- dredth Meridian. Catalogue of Plants collected in the Years 187 1, 1872, and 1873, with Descrip- tions of New Species, 5. Washington, 1874.) 6. Revision of the Genus Ceanothus and Descriptions of New Plants, with a Synopsis of the Western Species of Silene. March, 1875. (Proc. Am. Acad., X. 333.) 7. Botanical Contributions. Oct. 1875. (Id. XI. 105.) i. On the Flora of Guadalupe Island, Lower California. (Reprinted in Am. Naturalist, April, 1876; X. 221.) ii. List of a Collection of Plants from Guadalupe Island, made by Dr. Edward Palmer, with his Notes upon them, iii. Descriptions of New Species of Plants, chiefly Californian, with Revisions of Cer- tain Genera. 8. Botany of California, Vol. I. Polypetala2, by W. H. Brewer and Sereno Watson. Gamopetalae, by Asa Gray. Cambridge, 1876. [Second (revised) edition, 1880.] (California Geological Survey.) 9. Descriptions of New Species of Plants, with Revisions of Lychnis, Eriogonum, and Chori- zanthe. June, 1876. (Proc. Am. Acad., XII. 246.) 10. The Poplars of North America. (Am. Jou7-n. of Science and Arts, Feb. 1878; 3d Ser. XV. 135.) 11. Bibliographical Index to North American Botany ; or. Citations of Authorities for all the Recorded Indigenous and Naturalized Species of the Flora of North America, with a Chronological Arrangement of the Synonymy. Part I. Poly- petalcC. (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 258.) Washington, March, 1878. 12. LeguminosEE. (Report upon United States Geo- graphical Surveys West of the One ILundredth Meridian. VI. Botany. 84. Washington, 1878.) 13. Contributions to American Botany, July, 1879. (Proc. Am. Acad., XIV. 213.) i. Revision of the North American Liliacece. .ii. Descriptions of some New Species of North American Plants. 14. Botany of California. II. Cambridge, 1880. ( California Geological Survey. ) Samuel Gilbert Webber. Clinical Instructor in Diseases of the Nervous System, 1875- . 1. Spinal Meningeal Hzemorrhage. (Post. Med. and Surg. Journal, July, 1875 ! XCIII. 39.) 2. Concerning Acts committed by Epileptics. [Trans- lation.] (Id. Sept. 1875; XCIII. 306.) 3. A Case of Lesion of Median Nerve, with reference to Distribution of that Nerve. (Id. Dec. 1875; XCIII. 631.) 4. A Contribution to the Study of Myelitis. (Trans. Am. Neurological Assoc, 1875; I.) 5. The New Battery for Electrolysis of Uterine ■ Fibroids. (Post. Med. and Suig. Journal, Feb. 1876; XCIV. 209.) 6. Caries of the Cervical Vertebras. (Id. March, 1876; XCIV. 259.) 7. Electricity as a Means of relieving Pain. (Am. Psychological Journal, May, 1876; III.) 8. Facial Paralysis of Cerebral Origin occurring in Infancy. (Chicago Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, July, 1876 ; III. 363.) 9. Pain as a Symptom in Facial Paralysis, and its Causes. (Post. Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec. 1876; XCV. 750.) 10. Nervous Symptoms secondary to slight Gastric Disturbance. (Id. Sept. 1877 ; XCVII. 354.) 11. Softening of the Brain. (Id.Dec. 1877 ; XCVIL 667.) 12. Paralysis after Acute Diseases with Special Ref- erence to Pathology. (Trans. Am. Neurol. Assoc, 1877; II.) 13. Hypertrophy and Atrophy of the Brain. (Ziem- ssen's Cyclopeedia of Medicine, 1877 ; XII.) 14. " Tetanus," " Catalepsy," " Tremor," " Paralysis Agitans." [Translations.] (Id. 1877 ; XIV.) 48 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 15. Sclerosis of the Spinal Cord. [,Med. and Surg. Reports of Boston City Hospital, 2d Series, 183. Boston, 1877.) 16. Cases of Hemiplegia, etc. (Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, Jan. 1878 ; V. 99.) 17. Tumor in the Cerebellum. (Id. July, 1878; V. 445-) 18. Three Cases of Cerebral Meningitis from Differ- ent Causes. [Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Sept. 1879; CI. 357.) 19. Pseudo-Hypertrophic Paralysis. (Id. Sept. 1879; CI. 460) 20. Myelitis, Acute and Subacute, with a Report of Eight Cases. (Id. Feb. 1880; CII. 157, 173.) 21. Water as a Prophylactic and a Remedy. (Id. July, 1880; CIII. 35. Archives of Medicine, Aug. 1880.) 22. Cardiac Irregularity as the only Result of Fright. (Cardiac Chorea.) (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, July, 1880; CIII. 93.) Henry Nathan Wheeler. Instructor in Mathematics, 1877 — . 1. The Elements of Plane Trigonometry. Boston, [1876] 1877, i88o. 120. 2. Spherical Trigonometry. Boston, 1878, also, 1880. J 20, 3. The Harvard University Catalogue for 1879-80. (Harvard Register, '^■An. 1879; 1.8.) 4. The Harvard University Catalogue for 1880-81. (Id. Dec. 1880; 11.242.) *** See also University Publications. James Clarke White. Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 1866-187 1; Professor of Dermatology, 1871 - . 1. Medical Education in America. An Introductory Address. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1870; LXXXIII. 277.) 2. A Review of Modern Dermatology. (Am. Jour- nal of Medical Sciences, April, 1871.) 3. On the Protection acquired by the Human Skin and other Tissues against the Action of certain Animal Poisons, after Repeated Inoculation. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Nov. 1871; LXXXV. 297.) 4. The Vegetable Parasites of the Human Skin. ( Third Ann. Rep. Mass. Board of Health for 1871, 247. Boston, 1872.) 5. Semi- Annual Reports on the Progress of Derma- tology. (Bost. Med. and Sur^. Journal, June and Dec. 1872-1880; LXXXVII.-CIII.) 6. On Expert Testimony and the Alley Trial. (Id. Feb. 1873; LXXXVIII. 225.) 7. On the Poisonous Action of Rhus toxicodendron and R. venenata on the Human Skin. (New York Medical Jourrml, March, 1873. Also printed separately. New York, 1873. pp. 27.) 8. Poisoning by the use of Tincture of Arnica upon the Skin. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1875; XCII. 61.) 9. Semi-Annual Reports on Acute Exudative Dis- eases of the Skin. (Archives of Dermatology, Jan. and July, i87=;-i88o.) 10. Four Cases of Scleroderma. (Id. July, 1875.) 1 1 Ivy Poisoning. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Sept. 1S75; XCIII. 265.) 12. On the Selection of Medical Examiners. (In- surance Index, ^e-pt 1875.) 13. Analysis of Five Thousand Cases of Skin Dis- ease. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan., Feb., March, May, 1876; XCIV. 85, 171,3231 501, 56S') 14. Variations in Type and in Prevalence of Diseases of the Skin in Different Countries of Equal Civilization. Read before the International Medical Congress at Philadelphia. (Proc. In- ternal. Medical Congress for 1876. 665. Phila, 1877. Also printed separately, Phda. 1877. pp. 20.) 15. Dermatology in America. The President's Address before the American Dermatological Association. (Archives of Dermatology, Jan. 1877.) 16. Lichen exudativus ruber. (Hospital Gazette and Archives of Clin. Surgery, Nov. 1877.) 17. Lecture on Ringworm [Tinea trichophytina]. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Feb. 1878 ; XCVHL 191.) 18. Melanoderma. (Id. May, 1878; XCVIII. 619.) 19. Recurrent Cutaneous Hemorrhage, with Urtica- rial and Bullous Efflorescence. (Id. Oct. 1878 ; XCIX. 454.) 20. A Contribution to the Study of the Etiology of Skin Diseases. (Id. Oct. 1879; CI. 572.) 21. A Fourth Year in the Medical School. (Harvard Register, April, 1880 ; I. 78.) 22. The Skin in Health and Disease. (Wood's Household Medicine, I. 1880.) John W^illiams White. Tutor in Greek, 1874-1877 ; Assistant Professor of Greek, 1877- . 1. A Series of First Lessons in Greek. Adapted to Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and designed as an Introduction either to Goodwin's Greek Reader, or to his Selections from Xenophon and Herod, otus, or to the Anabasis of Xenophon. Boston, 1876. 120. [2d Ed. 1880. Also London, 1880.] 2. Key to the Series of First Lessons in Greek. Boston, 1876. 120. pp. 53. [Also Key to 2d Ed. of First Lessons, &c. Boston, 1880.] 3. A Companion of Parallel References to Had- ley's Greek Grammar, designed to accompany White's First Lessons in Greek. Boston, 1876. 120. pp. 32. 4. (With W. W. Goodwin.) Selections from Xeno- phon and Herodotus. Boston, 1877. 120. 5. (With W. W. Goodwin.) The First Four Books of Xenophon's Anabasis. Boston, 1877. 120. [Also London, 1880.] 6. An Introduction to the Rhythmic and Metric of the Classical Languages. To which are added the Lyric Parts of the Medea of Euripides and the Antigone of Sophocles, with rhythmi- cal schemes and commentary. By Dr. J. H. Heinrich Schmidt. Translated by J. W. White. Boston, 1878. 80. xii., 198. 7. Greek and Latin at Sight. A Pamphlet reprinted from the New-England Journal of Education. Boston, 1878. 120. pp. 21. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 49 8. Stein's Summary of the Dialect of Herodotus. Translated by J. W. White. Boston, 1880. 12°. pp. 15. Josiah Dwight Whitney. Sturgis Hooper Professor of Geology, 1865- . 1. Ornithology [of California]. Vol. I. Land Birds. Edited by S. F. Baird from the MS. and Notes of J. G. Cooper, xi. 592. [Cambridge.] 1870. Roy. 8°. 2. The Yosemite Guide Book. [Cambridge.] 1870. 40. [Two editions 16°. Cambridge, 1871 and 1874.] 3. Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Mountain-Building. Three Articles published in the North Am. Review, 1869-71. Cambridge, 1871. 8°. 4. State Geological Survey. (Overland Monthly, Jan. 1872; VIIL 79.) 5. Note on the Occurrence of the " Primordial Fau- na" in Nevada. (Am. Journal Science and Arts, II. 41 ; Feb. 1872; 3d Ser. III. 84.) 6. The Owen's Valley Earthquake. (Overland Monthly, Aug. and Sept. 1872; IX. 130, 266.) 7. Note on the Occurrence of the Trias in British Columbia. (Am. Journal Science and Arts, June, 1873 ; 3d Ser. V. 473.) 8. Physical Features of the United States. ( Walker's Statistical Atlas of the United States. [New York] 1874. fo.) 9. Contributions to Barometric Hypsometry, with Tables for use in California. [Cambridge.] 1874. pp. 88. Roy. 8°. [Supplement, pp. 89-112, added in 1878.] 10. Map of California and Nevada. Scale, 18 miles to I inch. Two Sheets. 1874. 11. Map of Central California. Scale, 6 miles to i inch. Four Sheets, three completed. 1874. 12. "California." (Encyclopaedia Britannica,')'A\^A. Also printed separately, Boston, 1875. i6°.) 13. Geographical and Geological Surveys. From the North American Review for July and Oct. 1875. Cambridge, 1875. ^°- 14. Are We Drying Up .' (Am. Naturalist, Sept. 1876; X. 513.) 15. Plain, Prairie, and Forest. (Id. Oct. and Nov. 1S76; X. 577, 656.) 16. Botany [of California]. Vol. I. The Polypet- alae. By W. H. Brewer and Sereno Watson. The Gamopetalas. By Asa Gray, xx., 628. Cambridge, 1876. Roy. 8". [2d ed., revised and corrected, 1880] 17. The Chinese Loess Puzzle. (Am. Naturalist, Dec. 1877; XI. 705.) iS. Collection of Mining Statistics. (Appendix to Rep. of Sup. of Census to Sec. of Interior, 1878. Washington, 1878.) ig. The Fossil Plants of the Auriferous Gravel Deposits of the Sierra Nevada of California. By Leo Lesquereux. pp. 62. Cambridge, 1878. Roy. 80. The Climatic Changes of Later Geological Times : a Discussion based on Ob- servations made in the Cordilleras of North America. Part I. Roy. 4°. (Contributions to American Geology, Vol. II.) 20. Geological Map of the Region adjacent to the Bay of .San Francisco. Scale, 2 miles to i inch. Two Sheets. 1878. 21. Botany [of California], Vol. II. By Scrcno Watson. XV., 559. Cambridge, 1880. Ruy. 8". [Completing the work.] 22. The Auriferous Gravels of the Sierra Nevada of California, xvi., 569. Cambridge, 1880. Roy. • 40. (Contributions to American Geology, Vol. I.) *»* Nos. I, 2, 9, 10, II, 16, 20, and 21 are contributions to the Geological Hurvey 0/ California, J. U. Whitney, Direclur. Nos. 19 and 22, appear in the Memoirs 0/ the Museum of Comparative ZoUogy, as well as in the Geological Survey of California. See also the Memoirs and Reports of the Museum of (Jotnparative Zoology. Edward Wigglesworth. Clinical Lecturer and Instructor on Syphilis, 187 1 - . 1. Epithelial Carcinoma. (Best. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1871 ; LXXIV. t,},.) 2. Koester on Epithelial Cancer. (Am. Journal of Syphilography and Dermatology, [New York.], April, 1871.) 3. Duhring's Study of Dermatology. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 187 1 ; LXXXIV. 315-) 4. Taylor on Dactylitis Syphilitica. (Id. June, 1871 ; LXXXIV. 393, 413.) 5. Fox on Skin Diseases. (Id. Nov. 1871 ; LXXXV. 333) 6. Editorship, as Secretary, of the Proceedings of Boston Soc. of Med. Sciences, 1871-73, inclusive. (Id. LXXXV.-LXXXIX.) 7. Alopecia [Baldness]. (Publications of Mass. Med. Soc, 1 87 1.) 8. Bulkley's Neumann on Skin Diseases. (Bost. Med. a7id Surg. Journal, March, 1872 ; LXXXVI. 205.) 9. Case of Dactylitis Syphilitica ; illustrated. (Ain. Journal of Syphilography and Dermatology, [New York.], April, 1872.) 10. Henry's Vienna Hospital Treatment of Venereal Diseases. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, May, 1872; LXXXVI. 299.) 11. Haamorrhagic Small Pox. (Id. Jan. 1873; LXXXVin. 25.) 12. Case of Prurigo Ferox Universalis ; with Re- marks. (Am. Journal of Syphilography and Dermatology [New York], Jan. 1873.) 13. Treatment of Erysipelas. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Feb. 1S73 ; LXXXVIII. 207.) 14. Annual Reports of the Boston Dispensary for Skin Diseases, I'&T^-n, inclusive. Boston. 15. Semi-annual Digests of the Literature of Skin Diseases upon " Hypertrophies, Atrophies, and New Formations." (Archives of Dermatology [New York], Oct. 1874-Jan. 18S1.) 16. Affections of the Sebaceous Glands. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. and March, 1875 ; XCII. 92, 313. Also printed separately.) 17. "Varicella," "Measles," and "Rubeola." (Ziem- ssen's Cyclopcedia of the Practice of Medicine, Vol. II., Acute Infectious Diseases. Am. ed. 1875.) 18. A Case of Idiopathic, Multiple, Medullary, Round-celled Sarcoma of the Skin, with a Re- trospect of all recorded similar Cases. (Archives of Dermatology [New York], Jan. 1876. Also printed separately. New York, 1876. pp. 10.) 50 PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 19. Editorship, as Secretary, of tlie Proceedings of Boston Soc. for Medical Observation. [Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, 1876; XCIV.) 20. The Curette in Dermal Therapeutics. (Id. Feb. 1876 ; XCIV. 143.) 21. Fibromata of the Skin and Subjacent Tissues; illustrated. (Archives of Dermatology [New York], April, 1S76.) 22. PifEard on Skin Diseases. (Hay's Am. Journal of Med. Sciences [Phila.], 1876.) 23. Duhring's Practical Treatise on Diseases of the Skin. (Philadelphia Med. Times, Ma.Tch, 1877.) 24. Proceedings Am. Dermatological Assoc. {Bost. Med. and Surg. Jouriml, Sept. 1877 ; XCVII. 309. Sept. 1879; CI. 341,375.) 25. Auto-Inoculation of Vegetable Parasites of the Skin, and the Clinical Testimony for their Identity or Non-Identity. (Archives of Derma- tology [New York], Jan. 1878.) 26. Recent Progress in Syphilology. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Feb. 1878; XCVIII. 271. Dec. 1878; XCIX. 793,829. April, 1879; C. 569. May, 1879; C. 602. Oct. 1879; CI. 588.) 27. Recent Progress in Dermatology and Syphilis. (Id. April, 1880; CII. 394, 419.) Henry Willard Williams. Lecturer on Ophthalmology, 1869-1871 ; Professor of Ophthalmology, 1871 - . 1. Our Eyes, and How to Take Care of Them. Boston, 1871. 12°. 2. Enucleation of the Eyeball. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Dec. 7, 1871 ; LXXXV. 361.) 3. Improvement in Cataract Operations. (Id. Dec. 5, 1S72; LXXXVII. 385.) 4. A Practical Guide to the Diseases of the Eye : their Medical and Surgical Treatment. 4th ed. revised and enlarged. Boston, 1873. 8°. 5. Tattooing the Cornea. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, July 3, 1873; LXXXIX. 4.) 6. Puerperal Amaurosis and its Importance as a Symptom. (Id. Oct. 16, 1873; LXXXIX. 373-) 7. Serious Pathological Changes in Myopic Eyes. (Id. Oct. 29, 1874; XCL 413.) 8. Peculiar Phenomena attending a Case of Sudden Temporary Loss of Hearing and Sight. (Trans. Am. OphthalmologicalSoc.,i\i\y, 1875.) 9. On the Comparative Value of Caustics and As- tringents in the Treatment of Diseases of the Conjunctiva, and on the Best Mode of applying these Remedies. ( Trans. Internal. Med. Con- gress of Phila. in 1876, 893, Phila. 1877. Also printed separately, Phila. 1877.) 10. Eserine and Pilocarpine in the Treatment of Eye Disease. (Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, March, 1878 ; XCVIII. 327. Also printed separately, Cambridge, 1878.) 11. Extirpation of the Ossified Choroid without Enucleation of the Eyeball. ( Trans. Am. Ophthalmological Soc, July, 1878.) 12. The Diagnosis and Treatment of Eye Diseases. Boston, 188 1. 80. In press. Robert Wheeler W^illson. Assistant in the Observatory, 1874-1875 ; Tutor in Physics, 1875- . 1. Observations on Juno. (Astron. Nachrichten,'iio. 2051 ; LXXXVI. 174. Kiel, 1875.) 2. Report of R. W. Willson. (Report of the Total Solar Eclipse, at Fort Worth, Texas, July 29, 1878, 37. Cambridge, 1879. 40.) Joseph Winlock. Director of the Observatory, Phillips Professor of As- tronomy, and Professor of Geodesy, 1866-1875. 1. Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of Aug. 7, i86g, at Shelbyville, Kentucky, and at other Stations in the Vicinity. (Report of the Super- intendent of the United States Coast Stirvey for 1869, 124. Washington, 1872.) 2. Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of Dec. 22, 1870, made at Jerez de la Frontera. (Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey for 1870, 134. Washington, 1873.) 3. Results in Right Ascension of 156 Fundamental Stars, observed with the Meridian Circle of Harvard College Observatory. [W. A. Rogers and A. MacConnel, observers.] (Astron. Nach- richten. No. 1909; LXXX. 193. Altona, 1873.) 4. Right Ascensions of Fundamental Stars observed with the Meridian Circle of Harvard College Observatory. [W. A. Rogers, observer.] (Astron. Nachrichten, No. 1947; LXXXII. 33. Kiel, 1873.) *#* See also the Anuals of the Astronomical Observatory. Justin Winsor. Librarian, 1877 - . 1. The Readers' Handbook of the American Revo- lution, 1761-1783. Boston, [1879] 1880. i6o. 2. The College Library. (Circulars of Information of the Bureau of Education, No. I. i88o. 7. Washington, 1880.) 3. Editorship of The Memorial History of Boston. I. 1880. 40. The chapters on " The Earliest Maps of Massachusetts Bay and Boston Harbor," 37, and " The Literature of the Colonial Period," 453, were written by the Editor.. Vols. II., III. and IV. in Press. *#* Also, addresses, as President of the American Library Association, printed with other papers in the Library Journal; and papers, chiefly of a bibliographical character, in current periodicals. See also Library Bulletin and Bibliographical Contributions. Edward Stickney W^ood. Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 1871-1876 ; Pro- fessor of Chemistry, 1876- . 1. Semi-Annual Reports on Recent Progress in Medical Chemistry. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, Jan. 1873 \ LXXXVIII. 14, 32. July, 1873; LXXXIX. 6, 33. Jan. 1874; XC. 7, 36. July, 1S74 ; XCL 9, 33. Jan. 1875 ; XCII. 9, 39. July, 1875; XCIIL 12, 43. Jan. 1876; XCIV. II, 37. July, 1876; XCV. 8, 35. Jan. 1877; XCVI. II, 46. July, 1877; XCVII. 13, 40. Feb. 1878; XCVIIL 170.) PUBLICATIONS OF THE OFFICERS. 51 2. (With Prof. H. P. Bowditch, M.D., and C. W. Swan, M.D.) Report [to the City of Boston] of the Medical Commission upon the Sanitary Qualities of the Sudbury, Mystic, Shawshine, and Charles River Waters. (Boston City Docu- ment, No. 102, 1874. Boston, 1875.) 3. (With C. F. Choate and J. F. Osgood.) Report of the Gas Commissioners, in relation to the Supply of Gas to the City of Boston. (Boston City Document, No. 91, 1876. Boston, 1877.) 4. Illuminating Gas in its Relations to Health. Paper read at the Annual Meeting of the Amer- ican Public Health Association, Oct. 5, 1876. (Reports and Papers of Am. Public Health Assoc, III. 62.) 5. The Relation which Chemistry bears to Forensic Medicine. Paper read before the Mass. Medico- Legal Soc, June 11, 1878. (Trans. Mass. Medico-Legal Soc, I. No. I. Also, Bost. Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug. 1878; XCIX. 139.) 6. A Guide to the Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of the Urine. By C. Neubauer and J. Vogel. Translated by E. G. Cutler, M. D. Revised by E. S. Wood. New York, 1879. 7. Poisoning by the Heavy Metals and their Salts, including Arsenic and Phosphorus. By Prof. B. Naunyn. Translation. (Ziemssen^s Cyclo- pcedia of the Practice of Medicine, XVII. 557.) 8. Two Cases of Cystinuria. Paper read before the Boston Soc. for Med. Observation, March 3, 1879. (Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, July, 1879; CL4.) 9. The Character and Purity (Present and Future) of the Water supplied to the City of Cam- bridge. (Report of the Special Committee on the Water Siipply of the City, 21. Appendix I. Cam- bridge, 1879. The greater part of this, under title of " The Water Supply of Cambridge," is in First Ann. Rep. of Mass. State Bd. of Health, Lunacy, and Charity, 1879. Supplement, 67. Boston, 1880.) Chauncey Wright. University Lecturer on Psychology, 1870-71 ; In- structor in Physics, 1874-1875. 1. Limits of Natural Selection. (North Am. Review, Oct. 1870; CXI. 282.) 2. Genesis of Species. (Id. July, 1871 ; CXIIL 63. Also reprinted, with additions, under title: Darwinism; Being an Examination of St. George Mivart's Genesis of Species. London, 1871. pp. 46-) 3. The Uses and Origin of the Arrangement of Leaves in Plants. Presented Oct. 10, 187 1.- (Mem. Am. Acad, of Arts and Sciences; New Series, IX. 379.) 4. Lewes's Problems of Life and Mind. (Nation, June II, 1874, No. 467; XVIII. 381.) 1;. [3ooks relating to the Theory of Evolution.] (Id. Feb. 18, 1875, No. 503; XX. 113.) 6. McCosh on Tyndall. (Id. April 22, 1875, No. 512; XX. 277.) 7. Speculative Dynamics. (Id. June 3, 1875, No. 518 ; XX. 379-) 8. Todhunter's Conflict of Studies. (North Am. Review, July, 1875 i CXXI. 86.) 9. German Darwinism. (Nation, Sept. 9, 1875, No. 532; XXL 168.) ♦»* All the above are reprinted in The Philosophical Discus- sions of Chauncey Wright. Edited by C. E. Norton. Boston, 1877. 8". Jeffries Wyman. Hersey Professor of Anatomy, 1847-187 4. 1. Experiments with Vibrating Cilia. (Am. Natural- ist, Oct. 1871; V. 611.) 2. Description of the Brain of the Opossum. May, 1872. (Mem. Bost. Soc. of Nat. Hist., II. 151.) 3. Remarks on Cannibalism among the American Aborigines. (Proc.Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., May, 1874; XVIL 14.) 4. Human Remains in the Shell Heaps of the St. John's River, East Florida. Cannibalism. (Am. Nat., ]u\y, 1874; VIII. 403.) 5. Fresh-Water Shell Mounds of the St. John's River. Florida. (Memoirs Peabody Acad. Science, I. No. 4. Salem, 1875.) *#* See also the Reports of the Peabody Museum and MSS. quoted in American Naturalist, iii. 621 and vi. 16. Edward James Young. Hancock Professor of Hebrew and other Oriental Languages, and Dexter Lecturer on Biblical Liter- ature, 1869-1880. 1. The Influence of the Living Christ. A Discourse delivered at the Installation of Rev. E. C. Butler as Pastor of the First Parish in Beverly, Mass., March 7, 1872. Boston, 1872. 8°. 2. The Claims of the Christian Ministry upon Young Men, and its Attractions. An Address delivered in Hollis Street Church, Boston, March 1, 1874. Cambridge, 1874. 12°. 3. HeinrichEwald. A Paper read before the Ameri- can Oriental Society, May 19, 1875. (Christian Register, Boston, May 22, 1875.) 4. "Appleton Chapel." (Harvard Book, I. 122. Cambridge, 1875.) 5. "College Prayers." (Id. II. 120.) 6. Oration at the Bi-Centennial Celebration at Sud- bury, Mass. Boston, 1876. pp. 44. 7. On the Sinaitic Inscriptions. A Paper read be- fore the American Oriental Society, May, 1876. (Journ. Am. Oriental Soc, X. cxxix.) 8 The Value of the Study of Hebrew for a Minister. (Unitarian Review, May, 1879; XL 479. Also printed separately, Boston, 1879. pp. 28.) g. Subjects for Master's Degree in Harvard College, i6«-i79i. Translated and arranged, with an Introduction and Notes. Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Mass. Historical Society, June, 1880. Ernest Young. Instructor in History and Roman Law, 1874-1878. I. The Anglo-Saxon Family Law. (Essays in Anglo- Saxon Law, 121. Boston, 1876. 8°.) library ot l^arbarti dXniidmitv* Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. IbTO. 13. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. By SAMUEL H. SCUDDER. Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON. Already issued or in preparation : A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready. 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel- angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner. *7. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry. *8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. 9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. 11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880. 13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the Bahamas. 15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palseontology. *i6. Richard Bliss, Jr. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mittheilungen. 1855-1881. *i7. Justin Winsor. A List of the most useful Reference Books. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. By Samuel H. Scudder. SV,,5^/l^„^r f 1 '7^'''''"'-'"''-^/''T''^"i''^^it'^*?? '^''f *" ""'" separately the titles of pafers on fossil imects. tiZlL^iZrt ZfrZi ■"f" 7' , '?""* ■f^,''^'"'i'>'''S-y< kaV "'^ed, referred to the oldiror the principal ■work, a^\Lte^arituS,r!?r„ " f" Ins6=ten der vor^At Oustalet in his first essay on the fossil insects of p/ance, and lately, VZr TZ,th!^^ZY' f :i ■*"r™e?" ?/"'"■ knowledge of fossil insects. The principal sources of our information, how- zodoT^frr tin's r-"-^,' 'T'"-*'-^' t'"'T'^^'"?i. F-fT^oey-. *" C""" and Engelmann, in i86,, in their Bibliotheca ^eaSl^fih if" ?'■ ^T' r"? ^%"-L"'!u " '^^ '" i''" ""*■'*/' '"'"' "'"""■ """y """ ■ «"^* "''^"'< " year or two later, by 1th work "^J"''-"'^e'= '" '"S Bibhotheca entomolog.ca refers to about one hundred and fifty articles, scattered throughout ,.,nrZ'"J°^t'^%'"' '"'!f "nSi^fl'y made for private use, to accompany a slip catalogue of the described fossil insects of the world, prepared for comparing the ancient insect fauna, with the modem, and that of the Old IVorld with that of the New. L?l^„l75r„ "{jT? ''^".^'■"•'^ J"''^' t'f". entries have been accompanied by brief descriptive notes, and are here piMished as a VZ Ifil '^ u ' .1 T A .?'" f '!'"} Sf^^"^ '^' '?'"" '""'■ '" """' degree the nature of the literature -upon this sub- ject. Although more than double the extent of Hagen's list (which did not iiulnde Arachnida and Myriapoda) this is no Proof ■^/.l "^''^ed dez'elopment of or interest in this branch of scientific work within the past fifteen years ; indeed, it is doubtful whether there is now as much activity as in the Previous fifteen years when the works of Heer were opening the wealth of mate- rial at hand. The multiplication of perwdica.llUeratHre of late years lias brought in its train a host of minor papers, many of tiKm wholly popular in character, which, while they multiply titles, do not materially add to our actual knowledge. All.of these the careful bibliographer must notice, and these have unfortunately enhanced the labor of preparing, and increased tlie extent of this list, without corresponding advantage. All papers^ here quoted have ^ been personally examined unless noted to the contrary ; and, with rare exceptions, wUl be found in thelioraries o/ this vicinity. Although not property belonging here, I have added references to articles treating of iTisects m copal. The arrangement under the authors is chronological. Additions to this bibliography would be very welcome, and will be inserted in an appendix. Agassiz, L. See Buckland, W. Allen, Grant. The colour sense ; its origin and development. An essay in comparative psychology. 8o. London. 1879. pp. 12, 282. In a chapter (4) on "insects and flowers," he discusses briefly the antiquity of insects and their relation to the earliest entomo- philous flowers. See especially pp. 38, 42-46, 66-69, 78-80. American naturalist, Editors of. Fossil in- sects. Amer. nat. 2: 162,. fig. 1, 2. 8°. Salem. 186S. Note (not original) on Xenoneura and Palaeocampa. Andrae, Karl Justus. Beitrage zur kenntnisse der fossilen flora Siebenbiirgens und des Banates. Mit zwblf tafeln. pp. 1-48. pi. 1-12. Abhandl. k. k. geol. reichsanst. Wien. bd. 2. abth. 3. no. 4. 40. Wien. 1855- Figures a Formica, pi'. 4, fig. 6, 6a, 8b, and Chrysopa, pi. 5, fig* 3) 3a, from Thalheim, with mention of them on p. 26. — -The Formica, like the Chrysopa, is said to come from Thalheim, but the locality of the plant on the same slab with the former is ' given as Sotzka ! Andrae, K. J. Eine alge und eine insectenflugel aus der steinkohlenformation Belgians. Sitzungsb. niederrkein. gesellsch. Bonn. 1876, 27-28. 8°. Bonn. 1877. Mere mention of a Blattina. Andree, Richard. Die versteinerungen der steinkohlenformation von Stradonitz in Bbhmen. Neues.jahrb.f. mineral, geol. und pal. 1864. 2" heft, s. 160-176. taf. iv. 80. Stuttgart. 1864. Describes and figures Acridites priscus. Anon. Gab es schon wahrend der steinkohlen- zeit schmetterlinge ? Kosmos, bd. 5, s. 218-19. 8°. Leipzig. 1879. An account of the discussion of this subject in Nature and elsewhere, by Wallace, MacLachlan, de Borre, etc. d'Arcbiac [Vicomte] et de Verneuil, ^douard. On the fossils of the older deposits in the rhenish provinces ; preceded by a general survey of the fauna of the palaeozoic rocks, and followed by a tabular list of the organic remains of the devonian system in Europe. Trans, geol. sac. Land. (2). vol. 6, pp. 303-410. 40. London. 1842. Contains, p. 330, a section (ix.) of a single paragraph on what was then known of palaeozoic insects. [d'Argenville, Ant. Jos. Desallier.] L'histoire naturelle eclaircie dans une de ses parties principales, I'oryctologie, qui traite des terres, des pierres, des m^- taux, des mindraux et autres fossiles, ouvrage dans lequel on trouve une nouvelle methode latine etfran- foise de les diviser, et une notice critique des princi- paux ouvrages qui ont paru sur ces mati^res. Enrichi de figures dessinees d'apr^s nature. Par M. * * * des Societes royales des sciences de Londres et de Montpellier. 40. Paris. 1755. pp. (8) 16, 562. pi. 26. Mentions some fossil insects on pp. 83, 353 ; and on p. 360, pi. 21, refers to what is called a *' chenille " and " deux papillons." Assmann, August. Palaeontologie. Beitrage zur insekten-fauna der vorwelt. — Einleitung. I. Bei- trag. Die fossilen insekten des tertiaren (miocenen) thonlagers von Schosznitz bei Kanth in Schlesien. II. Beitrag. Fossile insekten aus der tertiaren (oli- gocenen) braunkohle von Naumburg am Bober. Mit einer tafel abbildiingen. 8°. Breslau. 1869. pp. 1-62. Taf. I. Zeitschr. f. entom. des uereins f. schles. insektenk. (2) i. The introduction, of thirty pages, gives a general review of fos- sil insects. The first paper contains an account of the geology and palaeontology of Scno'szhitz with full descriptions of ten species of insects. The second describes two Coleoptera. I have only seen the separate edition. Audouin, Victor. Sur une empreinte d'aile d'un insecte ndvropt^re inconnu . . . trouve en Angleterre a Colebroskedale dans le Shropshire . . . dans un terrein houiller. Ann. soc. ent. France, vol. 2., bull. ent. pp. 7-8. 8°. Paris. 1833. The first mention of a palaeozoic insect. It is said^ to have been shown by Audouin at the meeting of the Association of German naturalists at Bonn in 1S35, ^^"^ I have been unable to examine the report of that meeting. Also mentioned by Bou^ in his Resumi des^rogris de la gSologie, 1833, p. 146, and in the yourn. d. ghl. lii. 105 (neither seen). A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Aymard, Auguste. La d^couverte d'un assez grand_ nombre d'insectes dans les marnes subor- ionnees k la formation gypseuse prfes du Puy. Bui/, soc. giol. France, vol. 6. //. 235-36. 8". Paris. 1835- A brief announcement with a consideration of its geological import Ballenstedt [Johannes Georg Justus]. Entdec- kung von insekten-nestern der urwelt im bernstein. Archiv f. d. neuest. entd. a. d. urw., bd. 5. s. 28-40. 8°. Quedlinburg und Leipzig. 1823. A very full abstract of Troost's paper, with comments. Bar [Constant]. Sur la Breyeria borinensis. Comptes rendus soc. ent. Belg. (2) xxviii : 6. 8°. Bru- xelles. 1876. Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 19, comptes rendus, 53-54. 8°. Bruxelles. 1876. Considers Breyeria an homopterous insect, and maintains that the lack of flowers in carboniferous times is not proof of the absence of Lepidoptera. Barth^lemy-Laponimeraye, A. Carabe d'Agas- siz, Carabus Agassizi. 8°. pp. 4. Marseille. [1850.]. Extract and notice by G(uerin) M(eneville) under same title. Rev. et tnag. zool.[,z]. e/^i/. 3, _^/. 203-04. 8°. Paris. 1851. Bassi, Carlo Agostino. Memorie intorno alio studio degl' insetti fossile in genere. Atti reun. scienz. Hal. ^i 400-01. 4°. Firenze. 1841. An account of three or four insects from Sinigaglia in the Milan museum, to only one of which a name — Cleonolithus an- tiquum — is given. None of them are properly described. An abstract entitled Ueber die wichtigkeit des studiums der fossilen knochen [kerf en?] fur die geologie will be found in Oken's /jw, 1843, pp. 418-19. 4'*. Leipzig. 1843. Beck [H. ?]. Notes on the geology of Denmark. Proc. geol. soc. Lond. 2: 217-20. 8°. London. 1836. Lond.Edinb.phil.mag.(T,)8:ti^'^—Kft3. Reproduced in Scudder's .Fm- sU butterflies, pp. 15-17. Boisduval, J. A. Quelques mots de r^ponse i M. Alex. Lefebvre sur les oDservations relatives i la Cyllo sepulta, et k laquelle il donne pour ^pigraphe ces mots: Stupete gentes ! Ann. soc. ent. France (2). vol. <), bull. ent. pp. /. v-vi. 80. Bruxelles. 1875. Premier note, pp. 1-6 (39-42). Seconde note, pp. 6-10 (56-60). Second note reprinted as follows: — Empreintes d'insectes fossiles decouvertes dans les schistes des environs de Mons. Journ. zool., vol. 4, pp. 29ir^7. 80. Paris. 1875. Unaccompanied by the plate. Gervais adds brief notes. de Borre, A. P. Sur trois nouveaux insectes fos- siles. Comptes-rendus soc. ent. Belg. (2) xviii., 17. 8". Bruxelles. 1875. Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 18, comptes-rendus 115. S", Bruxelles. 1875. Notice of the discovery of two Neuroptera from the same beds as Breyeria and of a supposed dipteron from the Jurassic beds of Luxembourg ; M. de Borre informs me that closer exam- ination proves the latter to be an homopteron. de Borre, A. P. [Acknowledgment of objections tothelepidopterous character of BreyeriafromHagen, Heer, Giard, and Scudder.] Comptes-rendus soc. ent. Belg. [2] xxii. 5-6 (followed by discussion of the subject by Saporta and Wcyers, pp. 6-7). 80. Bruxelles. 1876. Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 19 : 3-4. 80. Bruxelles. 1876. de Borre, A. P. Note sur le Breyeria borinenis. pp. 6. 8°. Bruxelles. 1879. Comptes-rendus soc. ent. Belg. (2) Ixv : 7-12. 8°. Bruxelles. 1879. Maintains Breyeria to be an ancestral stock of the type of Lepidoptera. de Borre, A. P. See also Giard, A. ; and van Volxem, C. Boso, Louis [Augustin Guillaume]. Note sur une fossile remarquable de la montagne de Saint- G^raud- le-Puy, entre Moulins et Roanne, departement de I'AUier, appele I'indusie tubuleuse. Journ. d. mines, voLi-],pp.Tff]-ipo,pl.'j. 8°. anxiii. The first notice of the remarkable caddis-fly cases of Auvergne, forming the beds of so-called indusial limestone. Bouv^, T. T. See Deane, J. Brauer, Friedrich. Verzeichniss der bis jetzt be- kannten neuropteren im sinne Linne's. pp. 90 [n. d.] Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wien. id. 18 : 359- 416, 711-42. 8". Wien. 1868. Includes the fossil genera and species, and contains, p. 738 (86), a list of the fossil LibelluHna. Brauer, F. Betrachtungen iiber die verwandlung der insekten im sinne der descendenztheorie. 8°. Wien. 1869. pp. 21, pi. Verhandl. k. k. sool.-bot. gesellsch. Wien. 19 : 299-319, pi. 10. 8°. Wien. 1869. Contains, p. ig [317], a slight reference to the structure of Eugereon. [Braun, F.] Verzeichniss der in der kreis- naturalien sammlung zu Bayreuth befindlichen po- trefacten. 40. Leipzig. 1840. pp. viii, 118, kartc, tabelle, taf. 22. Div. 6, Insecta, p. 71, mentions three insects from the braun- kohl. Breyer. See de Borre, A. P. Breyn, Johann Philipp. Observatio de succinea gleba, plantae cujusdam folio impraegnata, rarissima. />/£«/. /ra«j. 34, 1 54-56//., y%-. 2. 40. London. 1728. Mentions a spider and a fly in amber, with minute figure of latter. Brodie, Peter Bellinger. A notice on the discov- ery of the remains of insects, and a new genus of isopodous Crustacea belonging to the family Cymo- thoidae in the wealden formation in the Vale of Wardour, Wilts. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., 3 : 134-35- 8°. London. 1839. Lond. Edinb. phil. mag. (3) 15 : 534-36. 80. London. 1839. A section of the locality with a general account of its fossil remains, those of the insects belonging to several orders. An extended notice will be found in the Neues jahrb.f. mineral. 1843 : 2.38-39. 8°. Stuttgart. 1843. Brodie, P. B. On the discovery of insects in the lower beds of lias of Gloucestershire. Sep. brit, assoc. adv. sc. 1842 : notices, 58. 8°. London. 1843. General notice of the finding of a few insect remains, mostly coleopterous, near Cheltenham. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of insects in the wealden of the Vale of Aylesbury, Bucks, with some observations on the distribution of these and other fossils in the Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire. Ann. mag. nat. hist, w : i,%o-?>2. 8°. London. 1843. Sufficiently described by the title. Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of insects in the wealden in the Vale of Aylesbury, Bucks, with some additional observations on the wider dis- tribution of these and other fossils in the Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire. Land. Edinb. Dulrl. pkil. mag. (3) 23 : 512-14. 80. London. 1843. Proc. geol. soc. Land. 4 : 780-82. 8°. London. 1843. Same as the preceding. Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of the re- mains of insects in the lias of Gloucestershire, with some remarks on the lower members of this forma- tion. Land. Edinb. Dubl. phil. mag. (3) 23 : 529-31. 80. London. 1843. Ann. mag. nat. hist. II : 509-11. 8". London. 1843. Proc. geol. soc. Land. 4 : 14-16. 8°. London. 1842-43. Athenaeum, 1843 ■ 40-41. 4°. London. 1843. Notice of the discovery and geological position of insects near Gloucester and Cheltenham, at Wainlode Cliff and Westbury ; an extension of the paper mentioned from the British associa- tion report. Abstract : Sur des debris d'insectes du lias du Gloucestershire. Vinstitut 1843, i. 47. 40. Paris. 1843. Abstract : Notiz iiber die entdeckung von in- sectenresten im lias von Gloucestershire mit einigen bemerkungen iiber die untern glieder dieser forma- tion. Neues jahrb. f. mineral. 1844: 127-28. 8°. Stuttgart. 1844. Brodie, P. B. A history of the fossil insects in Ihe secondary rocks of England. Accompanied by a particular account of the strata in which they oc- cur, and of the circumstances connected with their preservation. 80. London. 1845. PP-(i8) I3°i pl- "• The introductory observations, explanation of plates, notes, and many names, are by Westwood. This, the only separate work on fossil insects published in England, is still the chief source of our too inexact knov^Iedge of the liassic and other secondary insects of that country. The body of the work, Mr. Erodie's part, is divided into four chapters, of which the first deals with the wealden, the second with the oolite, the third with the lias, and the fourth with miscellaneous matter, including insects of continental strata. Brodie, P. B. On the insect-limestone and its as- sociate beds. Murchison, Outl. geol. Cheltenham. 2d ed. 51-53. 8°. London. 1845. Simply a discussion of the mode of deposition of these rocks. Brodie, P. B. Notice of the existence of purbeck strata with remains of insects and other fossils, at Swindon, Wilts. Quart, journ. geol, soc. Lond., 3, proc. 53-54. 80. London. 1847. A geological paper,_ giving no further account of the insects than appears in the title. Brodie, P. B. Notice on the discovery of a dragon fly and a new species of Leptolepis in the upper lias near Cheltenham, with a few remarks on that forma- tion in Gloucestershire. 80. pp. 4, pi. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 5, proc. 31-37. //. 2. §0. London. 1848. The description (2 pp.) is by Westwood, but the name, Lihel- lula {Heterophlehia] dislocata, is by Brodie. The rest of the paper is on the geology of the district. I have not seen the sep- arate paper. Brodie, P. B. Notice of the occurrence of an elytron of a coleopterous insect in the Kimmeridge clay at Ringstead Bay, Dorsetshire. Quart, journ geol. soc. Lond., 9, proc. 51-52. 80. London. 1853. No further details of the insect than are given in the title. Brodie, P. B. On the occurrence of the remains of insects in the tertiary clays of Dorsetshire. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond. 9, proc. 53-54. 8°. London. 1853- Refers to a few CurcuHonidae and Buprestidae found at Corfe, afterwards figured by Westwood. Brodie, P. B. On the insect beds in the purbeck formation of Dorset and Wilts; and a notice of the occurrence of a neuropterous insect in the Stones- field slate of Gloucestershire. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., i), proc. 2AA- 8". London. 1853. Published only by title ; probably same as next. Brodie, P. B. On the insect beds of the purbeck formation in Wiltshire and Dorsetshire. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., \Q, proc. 6,1 1-%2. 80. London. 1854. Mostly occupied with geological sections, but p. 481 gives an account, in general terms, of the condition and character of the insects discovered, most of which were Coleoptera. Brodie, P. B. Fossil insects in the carboniferous rocks. Geol. mag. 4 : 285-86. 8°. London. 1867. A brief enumeration of the different forms known to the author. Brodie, P. B. A sketch of the lias generally m England, and of the insect and saurian beds. Proc. Warw. nat. arch, jield club, 1868. pp. 1-24. S". Warwick. 1868. Mostly occupied with the geology of the insect-beds, but with occasional reference (especially on pp. 18-ig) to the insects con- tained in them. Brodie, P. B. Exploration of the leaf-beds in the lower Bag-shot series of Hants and Dorset. Geol. mag., vol. y, p. HI. 8°. London. 1870. Suggestions for further search. Brodie, P. B. The distribution and correlation of fossil insects, and the supposed occurrence of Lepi- doptera and Arachnidae in british and foreign strata, chiefly in the secondary rocks, . . . being a paper read at the annual meeting of the Warwickshire natural history and archaeological society, held at the mu- seum, Warwick, April i8th, 1873. 8°. Warwick, [n. d.] pp. 19. Ann. rep. Warw. nat. hist. arch. soc. 37 : 12-28. 8°. Warwick. 1873. A very general account of fossil insects, followed (pp. 12-19) by a Tabular view of british and foreign fossil insects chiefly in the secondary rocks, omitting the foreign tertiaries. Separate paper only seen. Brodie, P. B. The distribution and correlation of fossil insects, and the supposed occurrence of Lepi- doptera and Arachnidae in british and foreign strata, chiefly in the secondary rocks, . . . being a paper read at the annual meeting of the Warwickshire natural- ists' and archaeologists' field club, held at the mu- seum, Warwick, February 24, 1874. S". Warwick, [n. d.] pp. 23. Ann. rep. Warw. nat. arch, field club. 1874. pp. 16-38. An enlargement of the last, principally in the Tabular view. Like the preceding it is much disfigured by typographical errors. Brodie, P. B. Notes on a railway-section of the lower lias and rhaetics between Stratford-on-Avon and Fenny Compton, on the occurrence of the rhae- tics near Kineton, and the insect beds near Knowle, in Warwickshire, and on the recent discovery of the rhaetics near Leicester. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond, z/o/. 30, i. //. 746-49. 80. London. 1874. Simply notices the discovery of certain insects at Copt Heath near Knowle. Brodie, P. B. The lower lias at Eatington and Kineton, and on the rhoetics in that neighbourhood, and their furthei extension in Leicestershire, Not- tinghamshire, Lincolnshire, Yorkshire, and Cumber- A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. land; . . . being a paper read at the annual meeting of the Warwickshire natural history and archaeolog- ical society, held at the museum, Warwick, April 2nd, 1875. So. 1 Warwick, [n. d.] pp. 14. Ann. rep. Warw. nat. hist. arch. soc. Principally occupied with geology, but with a few special ref- erences to insects, particularly on p. lo ; separate only seen. Brodie, P. B. Fossil Lepidoptera. Ann. rep. proc. Warw. nat. arch, field club, WJT. pp. Z~9- S°. Warwick. 1877. Not seen. The author states that it is based on Scudder's work on the subject and contains nothing original. Brodie, P. B. The nature, origin, and geological history of amber, with an account of the fossils which it contains. 8°. [Warwick.] n. d. pp. 15. Ann. rep. proc. Warw. nat. arch, field club, 1878? Notices of the insect enclosures are mostly confined to pp. 8-12, and are of a general nature ; separate only seen. Brodie, P. B. On the discovery of a large and varied series of fossil insects and other associated fossils in the eocene (tertiary) strata of the Isle of Wight. 8°. Warwick. 1878. pp. 12. Ann. rep. proc. Warw. nat. arch, field club, 1878. 8°. War- wick. 1878. A general popular account ; only the separate paper seen. Brodie, P. B. S4e also Strickland, H. E. Bromell, Magnus. Lithographiae svecanae con- tinuatio. Specimen II. — Sectio II. De animalibus fossilibus, illorumque variis partibus petrificatis. — Caput primum. De lapidibus insectiferis & tu- bulis vermicularibus. — Articulus primus. De lapi- dibus insectiferis scanicis & gothicis. Acta liter. Sveciae,vol. z,pp.A9'i-9T,S2^~3Z- fig^' 4°- Upsaliae et Stockholmiae. 1729. A general notice of the discovery of insects, " Scarabaei" and "Papiliones", in rocks of Karabylonga, Giarstad, Knista, 01- storp, and Aklinge in Westrogothia. Brongniart, Alexandre. Sur les terrains qui paroissent avoir ete formes sous I'eau douce. Ann. mus. hist, nat., 15: 357-405, pi. 23-24. 40. Paris. i8io. Discusses Indusia tubulata on pp. 392-93. Brongniart, A. Succin. Diet. sc. nat., 51 : 229- 40. 8°. Strasbourg et Paris. 1837. Mentions in general terms (p. 233-34) the insects most com- monly found in amber. Brongniart, Charles. Observations sur un in- secte fossile de la famille des dipt^res trouve k Cha- drat ( Auvergne), [Protomyia Oustaleti). Ann. sc.geol., ■J, art. no. ^, pp. z. 8°. Paris. 1876. Brongniart, C. Note sur une nouvelle espice de diptere fossile du genre Protomyia (P. Oustaleti), trouvee iChadrat (Auvergne). Bull. soc. giol. France, (3), vol. i, pp. 459-60, _;*/. 12, figs. 5-8. 80. Paris. 1876. Same as the preceding. Brongniart, C . Rapport sur un morceau de bois fossile trouve dans le gault, terrain cretace de Lot- tinghem (Pas-de-Calais). Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), vol. (>, bull, ent., W]-\%. 80. Paris. 1876. Refers the borer reported by Lartigue (q. v.) to Bostrychus. Brongniart, C. Note sur des perforations ob- servees dans deux morceaux de bois fossile. Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), 7 : 215-20, pi. 7, ii. 8°. Paris. 1877- Describes the borings of a xylophagid^ allied to Hylesinus. Noticed by Dr. Hector George in the Feuilleton of Le constUu- tianneliotii Nov., 1877. See also Girard, M. Brongniart, C. Note sur une Araneide fossile des terrains tertiaires d'Aix (Provence). Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), 7 : 221-24, P^- 7i '• 8". Paris. 1877. Describes Atioides eresiformis. Noticed by Dr. Hector George in the Feuilleton of Le constiiuiionfiel for 21 Nov., 1877. See also Girard, M. Brongniart, C. Note rectificative sur les espices de bibionides fossiles du genre Plecia. Btill. stances soc. ent. France, 1878, vi : 60-61. 8°. Paris. 1878. Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), vol. 8, bull., pp. 47-48. 8°. Paris. 1878. The fossil Diptera described as Protomyia and Bibicpsis be- long to the modern genus Plecia. Brongniart, C. Note rectificative sur quelques dipteres tertiaires et en particulier sur un dip- tere des marnes tertiaires (mioc^ne inferieur) de Chadrat (Auvergne) \a. Protomyia Oustaleti qui devra s'appeler Plecia Oustaleti. 8". Lille. 1878. t. p. pp. 73-81. Bull, scient. dip. nord, (2), ann. i, pp. 73-81. 8°. Lille. 1878. Discusses in full the species of fossil Bibionidae described as Piotomyiae and Bibiopsides, and concludes that all belong to Plecia ; redescribes Plecia Oustaleti ; an enlargement of the pre- ceding paper. Brongniart, C. Note sur la d^couverte d'un orthopt^re coureur de la famille des phasmiens [Pro- tophasma Dumasi] dans les terrains supra-houillers de Commentry (AUier). Bull, siances soc. ent. France, 1878, vii : 69-70. 80. Paris. 1878. Same with omission of the word " Note " in the title. Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), vol. 8, bull., pp. 57-58. 8°. Paris. 1878. Same as the last. 8°. Bruxelles. 1878. pp. 4. Comptes rendus soc. ent. Belg., (2), 47 : 9-1 2. 8°. Brux- elles. 1878. Brongniart, C. Note sur un nouveau genre d'orthopt^re fossile de la famille des phasmiens provenant des terrains supra-houillers de Com- mentry (Allier) (Protophasma Dumasii). 8°. Paris. 1878. pp. 9, pi. Ann. sc. nat., (6), zool., torn. 7, art. i, pp. ?,,pl. 6. 8°. Paris. 1878. Text substantially the same as the preceding. Noticed by Dr. Hector George m the Feuilleton of Le constitutianTtel, Nov. 6, 1878; and also read before the Association scientifique de France in 1878. See also Girard, M. A discovery carrying this •group of Orthoptera back at once from the tertiary to the per- mian. Brongniart, Charles. On a new genus of orthop- terous insects of the family Phasmidae (Protoplas- ma Dumasii) from the upper coal measures of Com- mentry, .dept. Allier, France. 8°. London. 1879. pp. 6 pi. — The cover entitled New fossil insect from the coal measures. Geol. mag., n. s., Dec. 2, vol. 6, pp. cij-ioz, pi. ^. 8°. London. 1879. Translation of the preceding. Bronn, Heinrich Georg. Lethaea geognostica, oder Abbildungen und beschreibungen der fiir die gebirgs - formationen bezeichnendsten versteiner- ungen mit lithographirten 47 quart-, i folio-tafel und 2 tabellen. 2 v. 80. Stuttgart. 1835-38. i. pp. 6, 768; ii. pp. [4] 769-1346 [4]- Contains references to fossil insects on pp. 210, 481, 794, 809- 14, 1 159-61. A second edition, which I have not seen, was pub- lished in 1838. The third was by Bronn, H. G., and Roemer, F., y. ». Bronn, H. G. Index palaeontologicus oder Uebersicht der bis jetzt bekannten fossilen organis- men, unter mitwirkung der . . . H. P. Goppert und Herm. v. Mayer, bearbeitet von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Erste abtheilung. A. Nomenclator palaeontologi- cus, in alphabetischer ordnung. pp. 6, 84, 1382. 8°. Stuttgart. 1848. Zweite abtheilung. B. Enumerator palaeontologicus ; systematische zusammenstellung und geologische entwickelungs-gesetze der organ- ischen reiche. t. p. pp. 980. 8°. Stuttgart. 1849. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. B. (pp. 5S5-632) refers to the geological distribution of insects. This also appeared as Bd. 3 of the author's Handbuch der geschicte der natur. 8"- Stuttgart. 1841 49. Bronn, H. G. Essai d'une r^ponse i la question de prix propos^e en 1850 pour le concours de 1853, et puis remise pour celui de 1856, savoir: fitudier les lois de la distribution des corps organises f ossiles dans les differents terrains sedimeritaires, suivant I'ordre de leur superposition. Discuter la question de leur apparition ou de leur disparition successive ou simultanee. Rechercher la nature des rapports qui existent entre I'^tat actuel du r^gne organique et ses ^tats ant^rieurs. Suppl. comptes rend. acad. sc, t. 2, pp. ■7i77-<)i?>. 4°. Paris. 1858. Bronn, H. G. Untersuchungen iiber die ent- wickelungs-gesetze der organischen welt wahrend der bildungszeit unserer erd-oberflache. Eine von der franzosischen akademie im jahre 1857 gekrbnte preisschrift, mit ihrer erlaubniss deutsch herausgege- ben. 8°. Stuttgart. 1858. pp. 10, 502. Translation of the preceding. The insects will be found treated in the original edition of this justly celebrated essay on pp. 438-53, 636-38, 810-12, 865-69. Bronn, Heinrich Georg und Roemer, Ferdi- nand. H. G. Bronn's Lethaea geognostica oder Abbildung und beschreibung der fiir die gebirgs- f ormationen bezeichnendsten versteinerungen. Dritte stark vermehrte auflage. Mit einem atlas von 124 tafeln. 3 v. 8°. Stuttgart. 1851-56. Atlas fol. Bd. I. pp. 12, 204, 6, 788 — 1851-56; bd. 2. pp. 8, 124, 4, 570, 4, 412 — 1851-52; bd. 3, pp. 8, 1130 — 1853-56. Atlas, title, schema, pi. 1-63 — 1850-56. Insects are discussedor tabulated, and typical species described, none of them new, in I. i, 42-54, it. 13, 75, 679-84; II. iv, 32, 429-30; III. vi, 52, 86, 622-50, and figured pi. g^ 41^% 42^. Brown, John. Insects and seeds in peat at Stan- way. Geologist, 1858 : 254. 8°. London. 1858. Notes the occurrence of elytra- Brull^, Aug. Sur le gisement des insectes fos- siles, et sur les secours que I'etude de ces animaux pent fournir i la geologie. These pour le doctorat es-sciences. 4°. Paris. 1839. PP- W 3°- A studied review of the knowledge at that time, from which the conclusion is drawn that nearly all fossil insects are generi- cally, ajid part of them specifically, identical with living types, and that m these particulars they agree with other fossil animals. Brydone, Patrick. A tour through Sicily and Malta, in a series of letters to William Beckford, Esq., of Somerly in Suffolk. A new edition, z vols. 8°. London. 1776. i. map, pp. 16, 373 ; ii. pp. II. 355- Vol. 1, pp. 282-84 contains a short account of the amber found at the mouth of the Giaretta containing " flies and other insects." The first edition was published in 1774 ; another in 1775 ; an- other with precisely the same pagination as in the one quoted, in 1790 ; another in 1806 ; a French translation in 1775 at Paris, and m 1819 at Francfort : and a German translation in 1777 at Leipzig. von Buch, Leopold. See Erichsou, W. F. Buckland, William. Geology and mineralogy considered with reference to natural theology. [Bridgewater treatise.] 2 vols. 8°. London, 1837. Vol. I, pp. 16, 619; vol. 2, pp. 7, III, pi. 1-69 (=88 pi.). Buckland, W. The same. 2 vols. 8°. Phila- delphia. 1837. Vol. I, pp. 443; vol. 2, pp. 131, pi. as in above. Buckland, W. Geologie und mineralogie in beziehung zur natfirlichen theologie... . . Aus dem englischen, nach der zweiten ausgabe des originals, uebersetzt und mit anmerkungen und zusaetzen ver- sehen von Dr. Louis Agassiz. 2 vols. 8°. Bern, Chur und Leipzig. 1838. Vol. i. [text] ; t. p., pp. 26, 508 ; vol. ii. [plates] ; t. p., pp. 4, pi. 1-69 [^ 88 pi-] and from i-io pp. of explanation of each. PI. 46' and 46" are devoted to fossil insects, mostly arachnids^op- ied from Corda. The others are insects from Coalbrook-Dale, Stonefield, and Aix. The brief text concerning them is found in the London edition at i. 406-13, and 11. 74-79 i '" the Ameri- can edition at i. 306-11 and ii. 74-79;. >" the German at pp. 453-63. The additions by AgassK consist of a couple of unim- portant notes. A new edition by Frank Buckland (London, iSs8) I have not seen, and the London editioii examined is the second, apparently agreeing in every respect with the first, pub- lished in 1836. Buckland, W. On the discovery of a fossil wmg of a neuropterous insect in the Stonesfield slate. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., 2 : 688. 80. London. 1838. Lond. Edinb. Dubl. phil. mag., [3], 13 : 388. 8°. London. 1838. Brief notice of Hemerobioides gigantem. Buckland, W. Decouverte d'une aile fossile d'insecte nevropt^re dans les schistes de Stonesfield. Rev. zool., 1839, 29. 8°. Paris. 1839. Abstract of the above, by Malepeyre. Buckland, W. Notices relative to palaeontology . . . from his anniversary address to the geological society of London. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 9 : 156-67. 8°. London. 1842. Address in full. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., 3 : 469-540. 80. London. 1841. Contains fossil arachnidans (with opinions of Gray (J. E-j quoted), pp. 162-63 (pp. 504-05). Fossil insects, p. 163 (p. 505.) Notices the arachnids described by Corda as well as speci- mens from Solenhofen and Aix ; and the discovery of various insects the previous year from the wealden, Stonesfield slate, and Staffordshire coal, together with Hymenoptera from coal near Glasgow. Buckman, James. • On the occurrence of the re- mains of insects in the upper lias of the county of Gloucester. Proc. geol. soc. Lond., vol. 4, pp. 211-12. 8°. London. 1843. Lond. Edinb. Dubl. phil. mag., vol. Ii,, p. 377. 8°. London. 1844. Notices AeschTia Brodiei, without description, and the occur- rence of two Coleoptera and a Tipula at Dumbleton. Buckman, J. Remarks on Libellula Brodiei (Buckman), a fossil insect from the upper lias of Dumbleton, Gloucestershire. Ann. mag. nat. hist., [2J, 12 : 436-38. 80. Lohdon. 1853. Claims Aeschna Brodiei, Libellula (ffeieropklebia) dislocata, and Agrion Bitckmani to be one insect which should bear the name in title. Buckman, J. See also Murchison, R. I. Burmeister, Hermann. KerfederUrwelt. Burm., Handb. d. ent.,vol. \,pp.(iy.-ifi. 8°. Berlin. 1832. A brief risitini of what was known at that time, with some original statements concerning the insects observed by him in amber. Burmeister, H. Insects of a former world. Burm.-Schuck., Man. ent.,pp. t^y^-^i. 8°. London. 1836. Translation of the above. Burmeister, H. Geschichte der schbpfung. Eine • darstellung des entwicklungsganges der erde und ihre bewohner. 8°. Leipzig. 1843. PP- 6, 487. Refers to insects on pp. 430, 445-46. The five subsequent editions not examined. Burmeister, H. See also Hilnefeld. Butler, Arthur Gardiner. Catalogue of the diur- nal lepidoptera of the family Satyridae in the collec- tion of the British museum. 8°. London. 1868. pp.6, 211, pi, 5. Under the heading Fossil species, pp. 189-90, are given brief notes on Neoritwpis sepulta, to show that it " is exactly inter- mediate in character between . . . Neorina, Antirrhoea, and Ancinphlebia." Butler, A. G. Catalogue of diurnal lepidoptera described by Fabricius in the collection of the British museum. 80. London. 1869. pp. 5, 303, pi. 3. Refers (p. 109) to a possible relationship between A rgynnii Diana and the fossil Vanessa Pluto. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Butier, A. G. On fossil butterflies. 40. [London. '873.] pp. 126-28. pi. 48. Butl., lepid. exot., part XV, //. 126-28,//. 48. 4». London. 1873. Description and illustration of three species, including for the first time Palaeontina oolUica. The figure of the latter was copied into the Graphic of Feb. 22, 1873, with a brief account of It, under the title, ** The oldest fossil butterfly in the world." Butler, A. G. Notes on the impression of Palae- ontina oolitica. in the Jermyn street museum. The cover entitled : On a fossil butterfly in the Museum of practical geology, Jermyn street). S". [London. 1874.] pp. 4, pi. Geol. mag; dec. 2, vol. I, pp. 446-4% pi. 19. 8°. London. 1874. A rejoinder to Scudder, and in favor of the lepidopterous character of Palaeontina. Buttner, David Sigismond. Rudera diluvii testes, i. e. zeichen und zeugen der sundfluth ; in ansehung des itzigen zustandes unserer erd- und wasser-kugel ; insonderheit der darinnen vielfaltig auch zeither in querfurtischen revier unterschiedlich angetroff enen ; ehemahls verschwemten thiere und gewachse ; bey dem lichte natiirlicher weissheit betrachtet ; und nebst vielen abbildungen zum druck gegeben. 4°. Leipzig. 1710. front., t. p., pi., pp. (6), 314, (20), pi. 30. Figures a few insects on plates 16 and 23, briefly referred to on page 226. Charpeutier, Touissant von. Libellulinae euro- paeae descriptae ac depictae cum tab. 48 coloratis. 4°.' Lipsiae. 1840. t.p., pp. 181, pi. 48. Under the section De libellulinis petrefactis, pp. 170 -73, pi. 48, the author gives a risufni of what was then known on the sub- ject, and describes and figures some new forms. Charpentier, T. von. Beschreibung eines Libel- lulinits aus Kroatien. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1841, 332-337./^- I- 8°- Stuttgart. 1841. Description, figure, and discussion of the affinities of a beauti- fully preserved dragon-fly's wing from Radoboj. Charpeutier, T. von. Ueber einige fossile in- secten aus Radoboj in Croatien. Nova acta acad. Leop.-Carol., 20, i : 399-410, tab. 21-23. 4°- Vratis- laviae, etc. 1843. Descriptions and (poor) illustrations of seven tertiary insects. Coemans, Eugfene. See Van Beueden, P. J. et Coemans, E. Conybeare, William Daniel and Phillips, Wil- liam. Outlines of the geology of England and Wales, with an introductory compendium of the general principles of that science and comparative views of the structure of foreign countries ; illus- trated by a coloured map and sections, &c. Part I. [all publ.] 8". London. 1822. pp. (8), 61, (i), 470, • map, tables, pi. of sections. Brief mention of coleopterous remains in the calcareous slate of Stonesfield (oolite) will be found on pp. 20J-209. Cope, Edward Drinker. Report on the vertebrate paleontology of Colorado. Ann. rep. U. S. geol. surv. fe»-n, 1873, 427-533, //. 1-8. 8°. Washington. 1874. On pp. ^439-40 he refers to the horizon of the insect-bearing "Green-river" shales, and records "insects and their larvae" — some of the latter " nearly an inch long, and others jninute and in prodigious numbers " — from Fontanelle Creek, and the " east side ofGreen River above the mouth of Labarge Creek." Cope, E. D. A contribution to the knowledge of the ichthyological fauna of the Green River shales. Bull. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 3 : 807-819. 8». Wash- ington. 1877. He announces on p. 807 the discovery of fossil insects " near the mouth of Labarge Creek," Wyoming Territory, and at an- other locality "nearer the maiu line of the Wasatch Mountains." Coquand, Henri. Sur la decouverte faite dans les plStri^res d'Aix d'une grenouille fossile. Bull, soc. ghl. France, [2], 2 : J^-yT,?>6. 80. Paris. 1845. Announces also the occurrence of insects in the same locality, and reviews what is known of them from the papers of Boisduval and Curtis. A notice, not seen, will be found in Froriep's ^eue noiizen. 37 : 33-36. 4°. Erfurt. 1846. Corda, August Karl Joseph. Ueber den in der steinkohlenformation bei Chomle gefundenen fos- sile scorpion. Verhandl. gesellsch. vaterl. mus. BShm., vers. \y.y^-4l, pi., figs. \-\4. 8". Prag. 1835. Contains a, Urtheil der commission bei der naturforscher- versammlung in Stuttgard, pp. 35-36. b. Mikroskopische un- tersuchnngj abbildung ui^d beschreibung von Corda, pp. 36-43, with a detailed description and discussioh of the affinities of the insect. Corda, A. K. J. Ueber eine fossile gattung der afterscorpione. Verhandl. gesellsch. vaterl. mus. BShm., vers. 17: 14-18,//. i, figs. i-g. 80. Prag. 1839. Description of Microlahis siernhergii. An abstract will be found in the Neues jahrb./. miner., 1841, 854-55. 8*. Stutt- gart. 1841. ^ CorueliuB, C. Ueber termiten. Verh. naturh. ver.preuss. Rheinl. Westph., 14: 20-44. 8°. Bonn. 1857. Contains, pp. 40-44, a letter from Dr. Hagen, criticising the treatment ofthe fossil Termites in Goldenberg's paper in Palae- otUographica. Costa, Achille. See Hope, F. W. Cotta, Bernhard. Ueber Julus terrestris, als jungendliche versteinerung. Neues jahrb. f. miner. 1833. 392-394./^- S- 80. Stuttgart. 1833. Description and figure of this species as found fossil near Dresden in kalksintergange in gneiss. MUnster, loc. cit., p. 68 speaks of these as Lituiten-artige rohre. Croizet, (I'abbfj. Memoire sur des debris fossiles de I'Auvergne. Analyse. Bull. soc. glol. France, 4 : 22-26. 8°. Paris. 1833. Refers briefly, p. 25, to the Indusia iubulaia of Auvergne. Croizet, (I'abbi). Indications des fossiles de diverses natures qu'on trouve dans la montagne de Gergovie, avec les couches qui leur servent de gise- ment. Bull. soc. gUl. France, 7 : 104-106. S". Paris. 1836. Merely mentions the occurrence of insects at Merdogne, p. 106. Noticed in Neues jahrb. mineral., 1836, 626-27. S". Stuttgart. 1826. Croizet, (I'abbi) et Jobert (aini). Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles du d^partement du Puy-de Dome. 40. Paris. 1828. pp. (8), 224, (2), map, sect. 8, pi. 48 in several series. Refers, p. 25, to the occurrence of Indusia tubulata in the calcareous marls of the Auvergne tertiaries. Cronstedt, (Axel Fredric). An essay towards a system of mineralogy. Translated from the original Swedish with notes by Gustav von Engestrom. To which is added a Treatise on the pocket laboratory, containing an easy method, used by the author, for trying mineral bodies, written by the translator. _ The whole revised and corrected, with some additional notes, by Samuel Mendes Da Costa. 16°. London. 1780. t. p., pp. 36, 329. Refers, p. 264, to fossil insects found in the alum slate at Andrarum in Skone; I also find p. 257 ofthe "old ed." re- ferred to, but have neither been able to examine it nor the original Swedish. Curtis, John. Observations upon a collection of fossil insects discovered near Aix in Provence, in the summer of 1828, by R. J. Murchison and Charles Lyell. Murch.-Lyell, Tert./reih water form. Aix. pp. 9-I3,//. 6. 80. Edinburgh. 1829. lO A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Edinb. new phil.journ., T,fp. 293-297,//. 6. 8°. Edinburgh. 1829. A list, with occasional brief descriptions, of forty-seven species ; the first important notice of the Aix insects. CurtiB, J. See also Lyell, C. ; Murchison, R. I. ; and Mvirchison, R. I., and Lyell, C. Czech, Carl. Ueber die entwickelung des in- sectentypus in den geologischen perioden. Pro- ^ratnm reahchule Diisseldorf, 1858, 1-14. 16°. Diis- seldorf. 1858. Mainly devoted to showing that the insects of the carbonifer- ous period were not less completely developed than the existing forms. Dale, James Charles. Notes on some libellulae. Ann. mag. nat. hist., 9 : 257-58. S". London. 1842. Suggests that ^^ Aeshnaiiassina^^ Strickland is nearer Cordu- legaster or Petalura. Dabnan, Johann Wilhelm. Om insekter inne- slutne i copal ; jemte beskrifning pa nagra deribland forekommande nya slagten och arter. 8°. Stockholm. 1826. Kongl. vetensk.-acad. handl., 1825, 375-411, tab. S- 80. Stockholm. 1826. Describes several new genera and species of insects found in African gum copal. Separate copy not seen. See also Lucas, H. Abstract: Des insectes renferm^s dans les ly- sines de copal. Ferr., Bull. sc. nat., 14 : 287-290. 8°. Paris. 1828. A very full abstract including descriptions of the species, signed D. (Desmarest?) Abstract : On insects enclosed in copal. Quart, journ. sc. lit. arts, 1828, 227-228. 80. London. 1828. Briefer abstract of same. Dana, James Dvfight. Fossil larve in the Con- necticut liiver sandstone. Amer. journ. sc. arts, [2], 33 : 451-452. 80. New Haven. 1862. Quotes an opinion from Dr. J. L. Leconte that Hitchcock's figure of Mormolucoides articulatus resembles the larva of an ephemerid ; and the consequent wish of Dr. E. Hitchcock that the name should be changed to Palephemera jnediaeva, Dana, J. D. On fossil insects from the carbonif- erous formation in Illinois. Amer. journ. sc. arts, (2), 37 '• Z'r'iltJ'-g^- 1-2 in text. 8°. New Haven. 1864. Description and figures of two neuropterous insects, the first recorded from the American coal formations. Dana, J. D. Manual of geology ; treating of the principles of the science with special reference to American geological history. Illustrated by over eleven hundred and fifty figures in the text, twelve plates, and a chart of the world. Third edition. 8°. New York. 1880. pp. 14, 912, (4), pi. 12, map. Insects mentioned on pp. 273, 274, 534-336, 342, 343, 350, 35r, 388, 411, 416; many figures of American, especially palaeozoic, species given. The first edition (1S62) gave much less space to insects ; the second (1S74) does not difier from the third, as regards the insects. Dana, J. D. See also Deane, J. Dandet, Henri. Chenilles fossiles. Petites nouv. entom., 2, no. \i,^,p. 25. 40. Paris. 1876. First mention of the discovery of caterpillars at Aix. Daudet, H. Description d'une chenille fossile trouvee dans le calcaire d'Aix ( Provence). Rev. mag. «<;<;'/., [3], 4: 415-24,//. 17. 8°. Paris. 1876. Describes Saiyrites incertus, the first fossil caterpillar of a butterfly known, and discusses its probable affinities. Davila [Pedro Franco]. Catalogue systematique et raisonne des curiosites de la nature et de I'art qui composent le cabinet de M. Davila. Tome 3. 80. Paris. 1767. pp. 6, 290, pi. 8 [in ist part]. On pp. 223-24. Petrifications animales de la septifeme classe. Entomolites. Dawson, John William. On a terrestrial mol- lusk, a chilognathous myriapod and some new spe- cies of reptiles from the coal formation of Nova Scotia. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 16, i : 268-77, figs. 1-29. 8°. London. 1859. Describes and figures Xylobius si£illartae. Dawson, J. W. The air breathers of the coal period in Nova Scotia. Can. nat. geol., 8 : 1-12, 81-92, 159-75, 268-95,//. 1-6. 8°. Montreal. 1863. Same as the following. Dawson, J. W. Air breathers of the coal period : a descriptive account of the remains of land animals found in the coal formation of Nova Scotia, with re- marks on their bearing on theories of the formation of coal and of the origin of species, with illustra- tions. 80. Montreal. 1863. t. p., front., pp. 4, 81, pi. 6, and a plate of photogr. Contains, section xii. Invertebrate air breathers, pp. 62-63, and pi. 6 (pars) which describes Xylobius sigillariae. See also p. 67. Dawson, J. W. On the conditions of the depo- sition of coal, more especially as illustrated by the coal-formation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 22 : 95-169,//. 5-12. 8°. London. 1866. Merely refers (p. 145) to the occurrence of a myriapod and one insect at the Joggins. Dawson, J. W. On some remains of palaeo- zoic insects recently discovered in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Can. nat., [n. s.], 3 : 202-20^ 5 woodc. in text. 8". Montreal. 1867. Geol. mag., 4 : 385-88,//. IT, figs. 1-5. 8°. London, 1867. Haplaphlehium Barnesii and four of the Devonian insects are descnbed and figured for the first time by Scudder. Dawson, J. W. Acadian geology. The geologi- cal structure, organic remains, and mineral resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. 2d edition, revised and enlarged, with a geological map and numerous illustrations. 8°. London. 1868. pp. 27, 694, pi. (9), map, figs. 231, (1) in text. Pages 386-88, 524-26, figs. 153, 181-84, contain descriptions and illustrations of carboniferous and devonian insects by Scudder, There is also a Note on the myriapods of the coal formation on pp. 495-96, by the same. Daiwson, J. W. Note on some new animal re- mains from the carboniferous and devonian of Can- ada. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 26, i : 166. 8°. London. 1870. Notices the occurrence of Blattarise from the Nova Scotia coal measures. Dawson, J. W. Supplement to the s'econd edi- tion of Acadian geology, containing additional facts as to the geological structure, fossil remains, and mineral resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. 80. London. 1878. pp. 102. This supplement bound with reissue of 2d ed. forms 3d ed. Mentions and figures, pp. 53, 55, 56, some carboniferous in- sects and myriapods which had been described by Scudder since the previous edition. Deane, James. On the sandstone fossils of Connecticut River. Journ. acad. nat. sc. Philad., [2]. 3:173-78,//. 18-20. 40. Philadelphia. 1856. On pi. 19 are figured tracks of what the author presumes are articulated animals, in which he is supported by the opinions, quoted on p. 177, of Professors Leidy, Wyman, and Dana, the latter believing them probably crustacean. Some are possibly the tracks of insects. Deane, J. Ichnographs from the sandstone of Connecticut River. 40. Boston. 1861. pp. 61, pi. 46. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. II Contains introduction, pp. 3-4, by A. A. Gould ; biographical notice (of Dr. Deane) by H. I. Bowditch, pp. 5-14; a memoir upon the fossil footmarks and other impressions of the Connecti- cut River sandstone, by James Beane (compiled by Thomas Tracy Bouvi), with a note by the compiler, p. 17, and the me- moir, pp. 19-32 ; description of the plates, pp. 33-61 (by Mr. Bouv6). References to insect tracks are made on p. 26, and in the descriptions of pi. 40-42 (pp. 57-58). Defrance, Jacques Louis Martin. Indusie. Did. jc. «o/., 23:411-12. 8». Paris. 1822. Notice of the indusial limestone of Auvergne, and the fossil phryganid cases of which it is composed. Defrance, J. L. M. Insectes (foss.). Did. sc. nat., 23 : 524-26. 80. Paris. 1822. A review of the older authors, questioning the validity of many of the fossils preserved in the rocks, although accepting those entombed in amber. DeichmtUler. See Geinitz, H. B. Denton, William. On a mineral, resembling albertite, from Colorado. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist. 10:305-06. 80. Boston. 1866. The first account, p. 306, of fossil insects from the American tertiaries ; he speaks only of Diptera in a petroleum shale. Desmarest, Anselme Gaetano. Insectes dans le succin. Not seen. Cf. Marcel de Serres in Amt. sc. nai. 15 : 102. 8**. Paris. 1828. Also Gu^rin in Diet, class, kisi. nat.t 8 : 580. 8". Paris. 1825. Desmarest, A. G. See also Dalman, J. W. Desmarest, Eugene. Un morceau de bois fos- sile . . . qui ... a presente des traces qui ont dd Stre faites par des larves d'insectes. Ann. soc. ent. France, [2], 2, l>ull., pp. 26-2T . 8". Paris. 1845. Wood bored by larvae of a longicorn beetle. Desmoulins, Antoine. D^couverte d'elytres fos- siles de col^opteres. Ferr., bull. sc. nat., 9 : 253. 8°. Paris. 1826. Note upon a locality in the roche calcaire of Mont St. Cathe- rine, near Rouen, where elytra with metallic colors had been found. Dohrn, Anton. Eugereon Boeckingi, eine neue insectenform aus dem todtliegenden. 40. Cassel. 1866. t. p., pp. 8, taf. Palaeontogr. 13 : 333-40, taf. 41. 8°. Cassel. 1866. Description and discussion of the affinities of the most re- markable fossil insect yet discovered, considered here to unite the Hemiptera and Neuroptera. Dohrn, A. Zur kenntniss der insecten in den primarformationen. Palaeontogr., 16:129-34,^0^8. 40. Cassel. 1867. Further discussion of Eugereon and description of two new carboniferous insects ; for a number of the earlier insects a new order, Dictyoptera, is for the first time proposed. Dohrn, A. Eugereon Boeckingi und die gene- alogie der artiiropoden. Stett. entom. zeit., 28 : 145- 153,//. I [41]. 8°. Stettin. 1867. Fuller discussion of the affinities of Eugereon and its bearings on Haeckel's views of the genealogy of insects. Dohrn, A. Julus Brassi n. sp. ein myriapode aus der steinkohlenformation (with note by Weiss). Verhandl. naturh. ver. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westph., [3]. S '• 335-3^' P^- ^- ^°- So'i"- '^^^• Description of a species from Lebach with memoranda of pre- viously described species. The note by Weiss is purely geologi- cal, on the probable equivalence of the Lebach beds and those yielding Xylobius. Doubleday, Edward, and Westwood, John Obadiah. The genera of diurnal lepidoptera ; com- prising their generic characters, a notice of their habits and transformations, and a catalogue of the species of each genus ; illustrated with 86 plates, by William C. Hewitson. 2 vols. fol. London. 1846-52. Vol. I, pp. 12, 250, (2), pi. A., 1-30 Vol. 2, t. p., pp. 251-534, pi. 31-80 and suppl. pi. Several numbers on the plates are repeated, followed by "A." A single fossil species, Cyllo sepulta, is catalogued on p. 361. Duisburg, H. von. Zur bernstein-fauna. Schriften k. phys.-Skon. gesellsch. Konigsb., 9 : 23-28, fig. 40. Konigsberg. 1868. Discusses the systematic position of the smallest amber insect known, a species of the hymenopterous genus Mymar, the ex- panse of whose wings is scarcely more than half a millimetre. Duponchel, [Philogfene Auguste Joseph.]. L'ex- istence d'une impression trfes-remarquable de l^pi- doptfere fossile, qui a iti trouvee dans una plStri^re des environs d'Aix (en Provence). Ann. soc. ent. France,"], bull, ent, pp. ^i-'^i. 8°. Paris. 1838. First announcement of Neorinopis as a " Nymphale " ; repro- duced in ScuddeHs Fossil butterflies, p. 15. Saton, Alfred Edwin. A monograph on the ephemeridae. Trans, entom. soc. Lond., 1871, 1-164, //. 1-6. ^o. London. 1871. Contains a chapter on Fossil ephemeridae, pp. 38-40, and a a figure, pi. i, fig. 10, of a single unnamed species from Solen- hofen. Eaton, A. E. Did flowers exist during the car- boniferous epoch ? 7Va?»r«, 20: 315. 40. London. 1879. Breyeria is an ephemerid. Translation. — Der angebliche steinkohlenzeit- schraetterling. Kosmos, 5: 461-62. 80. Leipzig. 1879. Ed-wards, William Henry, The butterflies of North America. 40. New York. 1868-72. pp. (10), 2, (154), pi. (50). Contains also a Synopsis of North American butterflies, pp. 5, 52 ; and a Supple- mentary part, pp. (17), pi. (3), and corrected pp. 4-12, 19-20 of synopsis. p. (64) in pt. I (1S68) contains a figure of Mylothrites Pluto, with suggestions concerning its affinities with the living Argyn^ nis Diana. Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. Eine samm- lung bei Brandenburg aufgefundener bernstein- stiicke. Froriep, Neue notizen geb. nat.-heilk., 19 : 120. 4". Weimar. 1841. Refers to insects of the genera Ceratopogon and Gryllus and to Phyganidae and ants. Notice of same in Neuesjahrb. mineral, 1843, 502. S». Stuttgart. 1843. d'Bich-wald, fidouard. Sur un terrain jurassique i poissons et insectes d'eau douce de la Siberie ori- entale. Bull. soc. giol. France, [2], 21 : 19-25. 8°. Paris. 1864. Describes Epkemeropsis trisetalis, pp. 21-22. The deposit was thought by Miiller to be Eocene. Translation. — On a Jurassic deposit contain- ing fresh- water fish and insects in Eastern Siberia. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 20, ii: 21-22 (Abstract by R. T.). 80. London. 1864. d'Bichwald, E. Ueber fossile insecten und belem- niten. Amtl. ber. vers, deutsch. naturf., 39 : 169-72. 40. Geissen. 1865. Notices, p. 170, the ephemerid larva described by him as Ephemeropsis, found in calcareous schists on the banks of the Turga in Siberia. d'Blch-wald, E. Lethaea rossica, ou Paleontolo- gie de la Russie decrite et figuree. text, 8°. atlas, 40. 3 v. Stuttgart. 1853-68. Vol. i. Ancienne periode (in 2 parts), pp. 1-19, 17-26, 1-681, 681-1657 -{-titles to parts, i860. Atlas, t. p., pp. 8, tab. 59. 1859. — Vol. 2. Periode moyenne (in 2 parts), pp. 1-35, 1-640, 641-1304 -f-titles to parts. 1865,1868. Atlas, t. p., tab. 40, expl. of plates opp. plates. 1868. —Vol. 3. Periode moderne, pp. 19, 533. 1853. Atlas, t. p., pp. 4, tab. 14, expl. of plates opp. plates. 1853. 12 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. The insects are contained in vol. 2, ii., pp. 1191-95, tab. 37 (1868). Elrod, M. N., and Mclntire, E. S. Report of a geological survey of Orange county. Ann. rep. geol. surv. Ind., 7 : 203-239. 8°. Indianapolis. 1876. Tile geological position of Paolia veiusia is shown on pp. 206, 221. Erlchson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. Zur abbildung der libelle von Solenhofen. Buch, yura in Deutschl. p. 135, //. (3.) Abhandl. kbn. akad. wiss, Berlin, 1837, phys. abhandl. 40. Berlin. 1839. Considers the insect figured by von Buch as partaking of the characters of the genera Aeschna and Libellula. It was after- wards named Anax Buchi by Hagen. Eser, Anton Friedrich. Das petrefactenlager bei Ober-und Unter-Kirchberg an der lUer im oberamt Laupheim. Jahresh. ver. vaterl. naturk. Wiirtt., 4 : 258-267. 8". Stuttgart. 1849. Records, pp. 264-265, the discovery of two insects in the mioceue fish beds of Unterkirchberg. Esper, Eugen Johann Christoph. Ad avdiendain orationem pro capessendo munere philosophiae pro- fessoris pvblici extraordinarii a rectore academise . . . Christiano Friderico Carolo Alexandre . . . gratiosis- sime sibi collato d. martii, 1783 recitandam omni qva decet observantia invitat simvlqve de animali- bus oviparis et sanie frigida praeditis in cataclysmo qvem svbiit orbis terrarum plerisqve salvis disserit Evgen. Joann. Christoph. Esper. 40. Erlangae. 1783. pp. 20. Refers in a general way to fossil insects, pp. 18-19. Evans, C. E. Insect remains in the Paludina beds at Peckham (with note concerning them by F. Smith, as recorded in a letter from H. Woodward). Geologist, 4 : T,Ori,o,fig. 8°. London. 1861. Figures an elytron and mentions others. Fairmaire, Leon. See MUlifere, P. Paujas-de-Saint-Fond, Barthelemy. Nouvelle notice sur les plantes fossiles renfermees dans un schiste marneux des environs de Chaumerac et de Roche Sauve, dt-partement de I'Ardeche. Mem. mus. hist, nat, 2: ^^^-^CQ, pi. i<,. 40. Paris. 1S15. Gives the opinion of Latreille on a species of ' ' Polistes " figured on the plate. Peistmantel, Karl. Die steinkohlen becken in der umbegung von Radnic. Archiv. natunv. landes- durchf. Bohnien, bd. I, sect. 2, at end, pp. I-120, pi. 1-2. 80. Prag. 1869. Gives, p. 66, a brief account of the Chomle scorpions described by Corda, and notices the discovery of Palaranea borassifolia -without description. Fischer, Leopold Heinrich. Orthoptera euro- paea. 40. Lipsiae. 1853. pp. 20, 454, tab. 18. Species fossiles, pp. 55-57, contains a bibliography of fossil orthoptera and a list of the species. Fisher, Osmond. On the brick-pit at Lexden, near Colchester, Quart, joicrn. geol. soc. Lond., 19: 393-400. 80. London. 1863. Under the head of Organic remains, pp. 398-400, a letter is printed from T. V. Wollaston concerning Coleoptera found in the pit, and deductions are drawn concernmg the climate of the time in which they lived. Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf. Prodromus petromatognosiae animalium systematicae continens bibliographiam animalium fossilium. 4°. Mosquae. 1826. Nouv. mein. soc. imp. not. Mosc, I : 501-374 ; 2 : 95-277, 447-458. 4°. Moscou. 1829-32. Notices a few articles on fossil insects, torn. ii. pp. 219-20, 458. I Fischer von Waldheim, G. Bibliographia palaeonthologica animalium systematica editio al- tera aucta. 8°. Mosquae. 1834. t.p., pp. 8, 414. Contains slight additions to the preceding, with the notices on pp. 30s. 372. Fleck, Hugo. See Geinitz, H. B., Fleck, H., und Hartig, E. Fletcher, John. A dreadful phenomenon de- scribed and improved; being a particular account of the sudden stoppage of the river Severn, and of the terrible desolation that happened to the birches between Coalbrook Dale and Buildwas Bridge in Shropshire on Thursday morning. May 27, 1773. Works of John Fletcher, Vicar ofMadeley, I : 229- 246. 120. London. [i773.'l On p. 237 "a great many [fossils] were found bearing the im- pression of a flymg insect, not unlike the butterfly into which silk-worms are changed." Fliche, P. Sur les lignites quaternaires de Jar- ville pres de Nancy. Comftesrendus,Zo: 1 233-1 236. 40. Paris. 1875. Records, p. 1234, seven kinds of beetles, northern species affecting moist locaHties, p. 1236. Fliche, P. Faune et flore des tourbieres de la champagne. Comptes rendus, 82 : 979-982. 40. Paris. 1876. Notices the occurrence, p. 979, of four species of beetles from Valines. Fologne, Egide. See de Borre, A. P. Fontaine, William Morris and White, J. C. The permian or upper carboniferous flora of West Virginia and S. W. Pennsylvania. 8". Harrisburg. 1880. Rep. progr. second geol. surv. Penn., PP, pp. 10, 143, map, pi. 38. Contains a description, p. 104, and a figure, pi. 38, figs. 5, sa, of Gerablattina balteaia by S. H. Sfcudder]. Fothergill, John. An extract of John Fother- gill . . . his essay upon the origin of amber. Phil, trans., 43 : 21-25. 4°- London. 1746. Mentions the occurrence in amber, of "ants, spiders, &c." Fric, Anton. See Fritsch, A. Fritsch, Anton. Palaeontologische untersuch- ungen der einzelnen schichten in der bohmischen kreideformation. Archiv. naturw. landesdurchf. Bohmen, bd. i, sect. 2, pp. 181-256,//. 3. 8°. Prag. 1869. Refers on p. 187 to the discovery of an elytron of a beetle, and a tube of a phryganid larva in clay-schists at Kounic. Fritsch, A. Notiz iiber eine heuschrecke aus der braunkohle von Freudenhain. Archiv. naturw. landesdurchf. Bohmen, bd. i, sect. Z,.p. 2y6, fg. 8°. Prag. 1869. Describes and figures Deciicus umhraceits. Fritsch, A. Fauna der steinkohlen formation Bohmens. Archiv naturw. landesdurchf. Bohmen, bd. 2, abrh. 2, th. I, pp. \-i(,, pi, i-^. 8°. Prag. 1874. Describes Palaranea borassifoliae for the first time, and gives iiew figures and descriptions of four previously known in- ' sects, including the famous scorpions descriljed by Corda. Fritsch, A. Fauna der gaskohle und der kalk- steine der permformation Bohmens. Bd. I. heft i. 40. Prag. 1879. pp. 92, taf. 12. Contains pp. 26-31 : "Vorlaufige uebersicht der in der gas- kohle und den kalksteinen der permformation in Bohmen vorge- fundenen thierreste." On p. 31 appears a list of five insects, to three of which Cmyriapoda) names are given, from Nyfan and Kounova. Fritsch, A. ^Dva novi clenovci z litvaru kame- nouhelneho v Cechach. Vesmir, 9 : 241-242, fies. A, B. 40. Praha. 1880. '* -^ > J S Popular account of interesting remains of Ephemeridae from the carboniferous schists of Votvovic. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 13 Fromont, [Louis]. [Empreintes sur une plaque de pierre lithographique.] Ann. soc. ent. belg., 23, comtes rendus, p. -T^t^. 8°. Bruxelles. 1880. Mention of Impressions considered to resenUsle the antennae of an insect. de la Fruglaye. Extrait d'une lettre de M. de la Fruglaye a M. Gillet-Laumont, sur une foret sous- marine qu'il a decouverte pr^s Morlaix (Finisttre) en 1811. yourn. des mines, 20: ■i?>^^i- 8°. Paris. 1811. Notices a fossil chrysalis and a fly. Gadd, Pehr Adrian. Ron och undersokning, i hvad man insecter och zoophyter bidraga til sten- hardningar. Kongl. vet. acad. nya handl. 8 : 98-106. 160. Stockholm. 1787. Refers pp. 103-104 to "globuli arenacei" which he considers apparently as eggs of insects, Gaudin, Charles Theophile. See Heer, O. Geikie, James. Prehistoric Europe ; a geologi- cal sketch. 8°. London and Philadelphia. 1881. pp. 18, 592, pi. 5. Refers to notices of pleistocene insects on pp. 54, 256, 299, 440, 480, 494. Geinitz, F. Eugen. Versteinerungen aus dem brandschieJEer der unteren dyas von Weissig bei Pillnitz in Sachsen. 8°. Stuttgart. 1873. pp. 14, pi. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1873 : 691-704. taf. 3. 80. Stuttgart. 1873. Describes two Blattinae and a Fulgorina. Geinitz, F. E. Ueber neue aufschliisse im brand- schiefer der unteren dyas von Weissig bei Pillnitz in Sachsen. 8°. Stuttgart. 1875. pp. 14, pi. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1875, 1-14, taf. i. 8°. Stuttgart. 1875. 11. Insecten, pp. 4-6 ; describes four species of Blattina, one of them as new. Geinitz, F. E. Die blattinen aus der unteren dyas von Weissig bei Pillnitz. 40. Halle. 1880. pp. 22, pi. I. JVova acta k. Leop-carol.-deutschen akad. naturf., 41, ii. no. 7. 40. Halle. 1880. Gives a full description, with figures of the diversity in neura- tion in opposite wings, of a species of cockroach, together with criticisms of Scudder's Palaeozoic cockroaches, and notes and figures of seven other forms. Geinitz, F. E. Der jura von Dobbertin in Meck- lenburg und seine versteinerungen. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. gesellsch., 1880, 510-535, taf. 22. 8". Berlin. 1880. Contains, pp. 519-531, fnsectenfauna des dobbertiner unteren jura, in which seventeen insects are described, the greater part of them new. The plate is wholly devoted to insects. Geinitz, Hanns Bruno. Charakteristik der schich- ten und petrefacten des sachsischen kreidegebirges. 40. 1839-42. Dresden und Leipzig, pp. 4, Ii6, 26, pi. A, 24. Under the head of Insecten, pp. 12-13, taf. 3-6, are described and figured borings of insects which the author, supported by Reichenbach and Germar, refers to Cerambycidae, and describes under the generic appellation Cerambycites. Dr. Geinitz informs me that these belong to Gastrochaeitn ampkishaena Goldf., a burrowing mollusk. Geinitz, H. B. Grundriss der versteinerungs- kunde. 8°. Dresden und Leipzig. 1845 [also dated 1846]. pp. 10, 815, pi. 8, tabelle i. B. Arthrozoa, pp. i79-93> p'- 8 ; gives a brief general systematic account of fossil insects, with descriptions of a few forms and figures of Aeschna. longiolata and Oedipoda melanosticta. The second edition, 8», Leipzig, 1856, not seen ; according to Hagen the insects are upon pp. i79-9°* Geinitz, H. B. Die versteinerungen der ateln- kohlenformation in Sachsen. fo. Leipzig. 1855. pp. 7, 61, pi. 35- Insecta, pp. 1-2, pi. 8, figs, i, 4, are represented only by bor- ings of supposed coleoptera. Geinitz, H. B. Ueber einige seltene versteiner- ungen aus der unteren dyas und der steinkohlen- formation. Neues jahrb. f. miner., 1865, 385-394, taf. 2, 3- Describes Ephetnerites Riickerti and contains a letter upon the same from Dr. Hagen. Geinitz (H. B.). Palaontologische mittheilungen aus dem mineralogischen museum in Dresden. Sitz- ungsb. naturw. gesellsch. /sis, 1872, 125-131, taf. I. 8°. Dresden. 1872. Contains, pp. 128-31, taf. i, fig, 4-7: iii. Fossile myriapnden in dem rothliegenden bei Chemnitz. Palaeojulus dyadicus is described. Geinitz, H. B. Ueber Palaeojulus dyadicus. Neues jahrb. f miner., 1878, 733. 80. Stuttgart. 1878. In response to Sterzel, defends the myriapodan character of Palaeojulus. The identity of his Palaeojulus with Scolecopteris elsgans Zenk. is acknowledged by the author in 1880. See his Nachtraege zur Dyas, I. Mitth. k. vim. geol. praehui. jmis. Dresden. Heft. 3, 1-4. 4<*. Cassel. 1880. Geinitz, H. B. Bericht iiber die . . . auf dem reviere des carlschachte.s der Lugau-Niederwiirsch- nitzer steinkohlenwerke gesammelten steinkohlen- pflanzen. Sitzungsb. naturw. gesellsch. /sis, 1879, 7-13, taf I. 8°. Dresdeii. 1879. Describes, with Deichmiiller, p. 12-13 (two figures in text), Blattina. dresdetisis from the coal-beds near Klein-Opiiz, Saxony. Geinitz, H. B., Fleck, H., und Hartig, E. Die steinkohlen Deutschland's und anderer lander Europa's, ihre natur, lagerungs-verhaltnisse, verbreit- ung, geschichte, statistik und technische verwendung. 2 bd. 40. Miinchen. 1865. Bd. i (also entitled: Geologie der steinkohlen Deutschland's und anderer lander Europa's, mit hinblick auf ihre technische verwendung; von Geinitz). pp. 10, 420, atlas, ff. 3, pi. 28. Bd. 2 (also entitled : Geschichte, statistik und technik der steinkohlen Deutschland's und anderer lander Europa's ; von Fleck u. Hartig). pp. 8, 423, (4), map. Contains (bd. i, pp, 146-50) Organische ueberreste der stein- kohlenformation des Saarbriickenschen, in which, pp, 149, 150, appear lists of the carboniferous and dyas insects of the basin of the Saar. Geinitz, H. B. und Gutbier A. von. Die ver- steinerungen von Obersachsen und der Lausitz. Gein., Gda von Sachsen. 8°. Dresden and Leipzig. 1843, pp. 61-142. Insects at pp. 66, 115, 140; nothing new. George, Hector. See Brongniart, C. Germar, Ernst Friedrich. Insecten in bernstein eingeschlossen, beschrieben aus dem academischen mineralien-cabinet zu Halle. Germar, Mag. d. entom. I : 11-18. 8°. Halle, 18 13. Describes seven insects of various suborders. Germar, (E. F.). Fauna insectorum Europae. Fasciculus undecimus. Insectorum protogeae speci- men, sistens insecta carbonum fossilium. Long, mi- nute fol. Halse, 1837. 2 t. p., i f., index, pi. 1-25. Each plate contains one page of descriptive text, unpaged. The insects are all from the tertiaries, Germar, E F. Ueber die versteinerten insect- en des juraschiefers von Solenhofen aus der samm- lung des grafen zu Miinster. Oken, /sis. 1837, 421- 424. 40. Leipzig. 1837. Germar compares the few insects then known from Solenhofen with the tertiary insects, and concludes that: i», none of the Jurassic species are identical with the hving j 20, there are no strikingly strange forms ; 3°, the general facies of the fauna is that of middle Europe and the United States, and indicates a 14 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. similar climate ; 4°, all are wood or leaf eaters, excepting some water beetles and a Geotrupes. This paper appears to have been read before the Jena meeting of the Deutscher natursforscher imd aertzte, in 1836, but 1 have been unable to consult tbe report of that meeting. G-ermar, E. F. Die versteinerten insecten Solen- hofens. Nova acta acad. Leop.-Carol. 19, i. : 187-222, tab. 21-23. 4*°- Vratislaviae et Bonnae, 1839. Describes and rudely figures seventeen insects of various orders, of which eleven are credited to Miinster. _ The descrip- tions are preceded by some general remarks, historical and other- wise, upon Solenhofen and other fossil insects. Germar, E. F. Beschreibung einiger neuen fos- sile insecten (i ) in den lithographischen schiefern von Bayern und (ii.) in schieferthon des steinkohlen- gebirges von Wettin. Miinst., Beitr. z. fetref., he/t 5,//. 79-94, /a/" 9, 13. 40. Bayreuth. 1842. The first part, pp. 79-90, pi. g, 13, describes and figures nine insects of various orders from Solenhofen, being the first memoir on the subject. The second, pp. 90-94, pi. 13, describes and figures four cockroaches and one orthopteron from the coal measures. See also Voigt. Germar, E. F. Ueber einige insekten aus ter- ti'arbildungen. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., i : 52- 66, taf. 2. 80. Berlin. 1849. Describes and figures six beetles, a fly and a bee from the Rhine and Aix. Briefly noticed in Neuesjahrb, inifteraL, 1851, 759. 8". Stuttgart. 1851. Germar, (E. F.). Die versteinerungen des stein- kohlengebirges von Wettin und LobejUn in Saal- Itreise. Also entitled: Petrificata stratorum lithan- thracum Wettini et Lobejuni in circulo Salae reperta. fo, 8 hefte [fasc] Halle, 1844-53. PP- 4> ' 16, taf. [tab.] 40. i=s heft, pp. i.-iv., I-I2, pi. 1-5, 1844; 2es heft, pp. 15-2S, pi. 6-10, 1845; 3^^ heft, pp. 29-40, pi. 11-15, 1845; 4^^ \i&it, pp. 41-48, pi. 16-20, 1847; 5':s heft, pp. 49-60 (59), pi. 21-25, 1848; 6es heft, pp. 61-80, pi. 26-30, 1849; 7-j,pp. 121-127. &o, Lille. 1875. Discusses the afiBnities of Breyeria, concluding that it is not a lepidopteron Ijut belongs to the Archiptera. Giard, A. Note sur un dipt^re nouveau pour la faune franyaise [Penthetria holosericea Meig.) suivie de quelques remarques sur les bibionides fossiles. Bull, scient. hist. litt. dip. nord, ann. ?>, pp. 172-178. 80. Lille. 1876. Discusses, pp. 177-78, the Penihetria Vaillantii of Oustalet from Auvergne. Continued in the following. Giard, A. Note sur les bibionides fossiles. Bull. scient. dip. nord [2] I : 12-16. 80. Lille. 1878. Criticises the classification by Oustalet and Brotigniart of vari- ous species placed by them in Protomyia. A continuation of the preceding. Giard, A. Les coleopteres fossiles d'Auvergne par M. Oustalet ; remarques critiques. Bull, scient. dip. Nord, [2], i : 56-62, 109-118. 80. Lille. 1878. A sharp criticism of Oustalet's memoir on the fossil insects of Auvergne ; the Neuroptera as well as the Coleoptera are dis- cussed. Giard, A. See also de Borre, A. P. ; Oustalet, E. ; and de Saporta, G. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried. Palaozoologie ; entwurf einer systematischen darstellung der fauna der vorwelt. 8°. Merseburg. 1846. pp. 8, 360. The insects, mentioned only by generic names, are systemati- cally treated under each period : the period of water life on pp. 58-59, the transition period on pp. 144-148, and the period of land and air life on pp. 265-288. Giebel, C. G. Gaea excursoria germanica; Deutschlands geologie, geognosie und palaontologie als unentbehrlicher leitfaden auf excursionen und beim selbststudium. 16°. Leipzig. 1848. pp. 8, 510, (24), taf. 24. Brief mention of insects on pp. 160, 266, 323, 442. Blattirta didyma is figured on pi. 5, fig. 26. Giebel, C. G. Ueber insectenreste im wettiner steinkohlengebirge. jfahresb. naturw. ver. Halle, 2 : S-g. 80. Berlin. 1850. Mention o£ the cockroaches described by Germar. Giebel, C. G. Bericht uber die leistungen im gebiete der palaontologie mit besonderer beriick- sichtigung der geognosie wahrend der jahre 1848 und 1849. 80. Berlin. 1851. pp. (4), 281. 5. Insecten, pp. 92-95, is mostly taken up with a notice of the first volume of Heer's Oeningen insects. Giebel, (C. G.). Deutschlands petrefecten; ein systematisches verzeichniss aller in Deutschland und den angrenzenden landern vorkommenden petre- facten, nebst angabe der synonymen und fundorte. 80. Leipzig. 1852. pp. 13, 706. Arachnoidea, pp. 634-636 ; Insecta, pp. 636-656. A simple list. Giebel, C. G. Allgemeine palaeontologie; ent- wurf einer systematischen darstellung der fauna und flora der vorwelt; zum gebrauche bei vorles- ungen und zum selbstunterrichte. 8°. Leipzig. 1852. pp. 8, 413. Insects treated on pp. 117-118, 204-208, 276-286 under the same general divisions as in the author's Palaozoologie. The genera are enumerated. Giebel, (C. G.). Beitrage zur palaeontologie. 80. Berlin. 1853. pp. 4, 192, pi. 3. Jahresb. naturw. ver. Halle, 5 : 287-478. 8°. Berlin. 1853. Contains ; i. Die palaeontologie Deutschlands auf ihrem gegenwartigen standpuncte, pp. 1-71 [287-357]. A tabular view of the genera found in Germany with the number of species of each includes, pp. 63-66 [349-352], the insects, 169 genera, and 377 or more species. ■ Z' ^^"'^'^' '^^^ ^^^ fortschritt der palaontologie wahrend der jahre 1850-52, pp. 108-192. Contains an analysis of the litera- ture on fossil insects on pp. 124-126 [410-412]. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 15 Giebel, (C. G.) Die insecten und spiiinen der vorwelt mit steter beriicksichtigung der lebenden insecten und spinnen; monographiscli dargestellt. Also entitled : Fauna der vorwelt mit steter beriickr sichtigung der lebenden thiere. z^ band : Glieder- thiere ; erste abtheilung : Insecten and spinnen. 8°. Leipzig. 1856. pp. 18, 511. _A systematic treatment of all the fossil insects then known with descriptions of nearly all ; many are described and named for the first time from published plates. Notice especially the treatment of the illustrations of Brodie's fossil insects of Eng- land. Some new amber insects also appear. Giebel, C. G. Insectenreste aus den braunkohl- enschichten bei Eisleben. Zeitschr. gesammt. na- turwissensch., 7 : 384-386, taf. ^,figs. 1-4. 8°. Berlin. 1856. Describes and figures four insects, — two coleoptera, one cock- roach, and one dragon-fly, — to only one of which, Buprestiies Mirtnae, a name is given. Giebel, C. G. Geologische uebersicht der vor- weltlichen insecten. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw., 8 : 174-188. 80. Berlin. 1856. A general review of authorities, with lists of the species men- tioned in their works. Giebel, C. G. Zur fauna des lithographischen schiefersvon Solenhofen. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw., 9 : 373-388, taf. 5-6. 8°. Berlin. 1857. Contains long descriptions and figures of two dragon-flies. Giebel, (C. G.). Eine neue aeschna aus den lithographischen schiefer von Solenhofen. Zeitschr. gessammt. naturw., 16 : 127-131, taf. i. 80. Berlin. i860. Describes very fully A eschna ^ ittei. Giebel, (C. G.). Wirbelthier und insektenreste im bernstein. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturwiss., 20 : 31 1- 321. 80. Halle. 1862. Describes sixteen insects of all orders. Gdebel, C. G. Ueber eine kleine . . . suite von bernstein-insekten. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw., [2], I : 87. 80. Berlin. 1870. Mentions an ant and several genera of flies in a collection re- ceived from Dr. Schreiber. Gilbert, Ludwig Wilhelm. See Troost, G. G[irard], M[aurice]. Les articules fossiles. La nature, 5 : 301-302. 4°. Paris. 1877. Brief notice of recent papers by Brongniart, including that on Proiomyia Ousttdeti. G[irard], M. Les perforations des bois fossiles. Lanature, 6: 112, fgs. 1-6. 40. Paris. 1878. Popular account of Brongniart's two papers on the subject with figures. G[iraTd], M. Une tres-ancienne araignee. La nature, 6: 144, fgs. i-i^. 4°. Paris. 1878. A popular account of Atioides eresiformis described by Bron- gniart. Girard, M. Un spectre fossile. La nature, 7 : lo8-iio,yf^. 40. Paris. 1879. Popular account of Protophasnia Dumasi. Girard, M. See also Oustalet, E. Gistl, Johannes Nepomuk Franz Xaver. Kerfe in copal eingeschlossen. Oken, Isis, 1831, 247-248. 40. Leipzig. 183 1. Describes four new species from Brazil. Noticed in Neues jahrb. mineral., 1833, 712, 8". Stuttgart. 1833. Goeppert, Heinrich Robert. On amber and on the organic remains found in it. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 2, i : 102-103. 8°. London. 1846. A paragraph only on the insects, p. 102, specifying the orders and numbers of insects found. Goeppert, H. R. Die tertiare flora von Schoss- nitz in Schlesien. 40. Gorlitz. 1855. pp. 18, 52, pi. 26. Six insects are figured on pi. 26, with a brief statement con- cerning them on p. vii. Goeppert, H. R. Die fossile flora der permischen formation. 40. Cassel. 1864-65 2 t. p., pp. 316, taf. 64. Palaeontogr., bd. 12. 40. Cassel. 1864-65. ^ Contains p 289 : D. Beitrage zur fauna der permischen forma- tion, in which he mentions and names two wings and a body of cockroaches (localities not specified) which are figured on plates 28 and 64. Goeppert, Heinrich Robert, und Berendt, Georg Carl. Der bernstein und die in ihm befind lichen pflanzenreste der vorwelt. fo. Berlin. 1845. pp. (6), 4, 126, tab. 7. Berendt, Org. reste bernst., bd. I, abth. I. Contains an important chapter, pp. 41-60, by Dr. Berendt, on Die organischen bernstein-enischliisse im allgemeinen, treating of insects from p. 46 on, with many details and generalizations of interest, giving the first extended review of amber insects. Goldberger, F. See Goldenberg, F. Goldenberg, Friedrich. Prodrom einer natur- geschichte der fossilen insecten der kohlenformation von Saarbriicken. Sitzungsb. math.-tiat. cl. akad. wiss. IVien, 9 : 38-39. 8°. Wien. 1852. A nominal list, without description, of six new Orthoptera and Neuroptera. The author's name is accidentally given as Gold- berger. Goldenberg, F. [Brief] an Herrn v. Carnell. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol, gesellsch., 4 : 246-248. 8°. Berlin. 1852. Much the same as the preceding, but with a few more details and comparisons, and without mention of specific names. Goldenberg, F. Ueber versteinerte insectenreste im steinkohlengebirge von Saarbriicken. Amtl. ber. vers, gesellsch. deutsch. naturf, 29 : 123-126. 40. Wiesbaden. 1853. Goldenberg, F. Die fossilen insecten der kohlen- formation von Saarbriicken. t. p., pp. 24, pi. 4. 40. Cassel. 1854. Palaeontogr., 4: 17-40, /ai5. 3-6. 40. Cassel. 1854. A careful description and excellent illustration of the species mentioned in his previous papers, with as many more. The re- markable genus Dictyoneura is introduced with three species. Goldenberg, F. Beitrage zur vorweltlichen fauna des steinkohlengebirges zu Saarbriicken. The title within is : Uebersicht der thierreste der kohlenfor- mation von Saarbriicken. Jahresb. k. gymn. u. vorsch. Saarbr., \Zi>l,pp. 1-26. 40. Saarbriicken. 1867. The insects occupy pp. 7-20 and swell the number of Saar- bruck insects to seventeen. References are made to plates, but these are not given until the same paper appears as the first heft of his Fauna saraep.foss. Goldenberg, F. Zur kenntniss der fossilen in- secten in der steinkohlen-formation. Neues jahrb. f. »«/«f?-., 1869,//. 158-168,//. 3. 80. Stuttgart. 1869. Description and illustration of ten new Blattinae and two Homoptera. Goldenberg, F. Zwei neue ostracoden und eine blattina aus der steinkohlenformation von Saar- briicken. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1870 : 286-289, figs. 80. Stuttgart. 1870. BlatiiTia vjinteriana. is described and figured on pp. 288-289. Goldenberg, F. Fauna saraepontana fossilis. Die fossilen thiere aus der steinkohlenformation von Saarbriicken. i=s heft, mit zwei tafeln abbildungen. 40. Saarbriicken. 1873. t. p., pp. z6 (2), pi. 2. 2tcs heft, mit zwei tafeln abbildungen. 40. Saar- briicken. 1877. pp. 4, 54, pi. 2. The first part, with the exception of the introduction and the addition of the plates referred to in the text, is an exact repro- duction of the paper published six years earlier in the report i6 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. of the Saarbriick ^miiasium, no mention being made of the author's own additions to the carboniferous fauna since it was issued. These and others appear in the second part, where the insects occupy pp. 8-34 and pi. 1. The order Palaeodictyoptera is here instituted for the Dictyoptera (nom. praeocc.) of Dohrn. The number of species treated is twenty-seven, not however all confined to Saarbriick ; this brings the number of Saarbriick insects as given in the catalogue, pp. 50-51, to thirty-eight, and renders this work the most important contribution to palaeozoic entomology that has ever appeared. A nominal list of 76 fossil cockroaches, based on that of Heer, is given on pp. ig-21. A Supplement-heft is promised. Goldfuss, Georg August. Beitrage zur kenntniss verschiedener reptilien der vorwelt. Nma acta phys.- med. acad. Leap. -Car. nat. cur., 15, i ( Verh. Leop. Car. akad.nat., ■},{.): 6l-l2?i, pi, ■j-lT,. 4°. Bonnae. 1831. On p. 118 will be found a list of genera of insects found in the Rhenish braunkohl at Stosschen, Friesdorf, and Orsberge. Goldsmith, E. On amber containing fossil in- sects. Froc. acad. nat. sc. Philad., 1879, 207-208. 80. Philadelphia. 1879. Mainly a description of its physical qualities, but mentions "ants, a fly, and probably small species of Coleoptera" in a frag- ment picked up on the shore of Nantucket, Mass. Goss, Herbert. Exhibition of a small collection of fossil insects obtained by Mr. J. S. Gardner from the Bournemouth leaf-beds (middle eocene). Proc. entom. soc. Lond., 1878,^.8. 80. London. 1878. Merely mentions a few species by generic names. Goss, H. Notes on a fossil wing of a dragon fly, from the Bornemouth leaf beds. Entom., 1 1 : 193- 95, fig. 80. London. 1878. Goss, H. Three papers on fossil insects, and the British and foreign formations in which insect re- mains have been detected. No. i. The insect fauna of- the recent and tertiary periods. 80. [London, 1878.] pp. 65. Proc. geol. assoc, 5. no. 6, pp. 282- 343. 8°. London. 1878. Abstract : The insect fauna of the tertiary period, and the British and foreign formations in which in- sect-remains have been detected. Geol. mag. {n. s.), 4:163-165. 80. London. 1877. First read before the Brighton and Sussex natural history so- ciety ; afterwards before the association. This abstract, and those of the succeeding papers of this series, were published previous to the full papers. See also Bargagli, P. (in .Appendix). Goss, H. The same. No. 2. The insect fauna of the secondary or mesozoic period. 80. [London, 1879.] pp. 37. Proc. geol. assoc, 6, no. 1,pp. 116- 150. 80. London. 1879. Abstract : The insect-fauna of the secondary or mesozoic period, and the British and foreign strata in which insect remains have been detected. Geol. mag. (n. s.), 5: 134-136. 80. London. 1878. Goss, H. The same. No. 3. The insect fauna of the primary or palaeozoic period. 80. [London. 1880.] pp.32. Proc. geol.assoC;6,no.6. pp.2']i-^o6. 8". London. 1880. Abstract ; The insect fauna of the primary or palaeozoic period and the British and foreign strata of that period in which insect remains have been detected. Geol. mag. («. s.), vol. 6, pp. 230-232. 8°. London. 1879. These three papers contain a careful review of the literature of fossil insects ; each geological formation is separately treated, containing references to all the genera, and in very many cases to the species found in it, with fiill bibliographical references. It will be found very useful to the general student. Goss, H. Introductory papers on fossil ento- mology. No. I. On the importance of an acquaint- ance with the subject ; its bearing on the question of the evolution of insects, and the evidence it affords of the antiquity of their family types. Entom. monthl. mag., ic,: \-c,. 80. London. 1878. Goss, H. T/ie same. No. 2. The comparative age of the existing orders of insects, and the se- quence in which they appeared on the geological horizon. Entom. monthl. titag., 15 : 52-56. 8". London. 1878. Goss, H. The same.. No. 3. Palaeozoic time. On the insecta of the devonian period, and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 15: 124-127. 80. London. 1878. Goss, H. TTie same. No. 4. Palaeozoic time. On the insecta of the carboniferous period, and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. tnonthl. mag., 15 : 169-73. 80. London. 1879. . . Goss, H. The same. No. 5. Palaeozoic time. On the insecta of the permian period, and the ani- mals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 15 : 226-228. 8°. London. 1879. Goss, H. The same. No. 6. Mesozoic time. On the insecta of the triassic period, and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. OT«»M/. ;«fl^., 15: 245-246. 80. London. 1879. Goss, H. The same. No. 7, part i. Mesozoic time. On the insecta of the Jurassic period, and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16: ^-lo. 8". London. 1879. Goss, H. The same. No. 7, part 2. Mesozoic time. On the insecta of the Jurassic period and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 25-29. 8°. London. 1879. Goss, H. The same. No. 8. Mesozoic time. On the insecta of the cretaceous period and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 58-60. 80. London. 1879. Goss, H. The same. No. 9. Cainozoic time. On the insecta of the eocene period, and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 12^-12^. &°. London. 1879. Goss, H. The same. No. 10. Caenozoic time. On the insecta of the miocene period and the ani- mals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 176-181. 8°. London. 1880. Goss, H. The same. No. it. Caenozoic time. On the insecta of the post tertiary or quarternary period and the animals and plants with which they were correlated. Entom. monthl. mag., 16 : 198- 201. 80. London. 1880. This series of papers covers much the same ground as the preceding series of three ; but the formations are followed in an ascending order, and the progress of insect life at each epoch is compared to that of other contemporary animals and plants. The lists of the other series are omitted, and the references to insects are mostly by genera. Goss, H. The geological antiquity of insects. Twelve papers on fossil entomology, reprinted, with some alterations and additions, from vols. xv. and xvi. of the Entomologist's monthly magazine. 80. London. 1880. pp. (2), 50. The preceding series, collected into a pamphlet. Gravenhorst, Johann Ludwig Karl. Mono- graphia coleopterorum micropterorum. 16°. Got- tingae. 1806. pp. 16, 236, (12), tab. i. Contains, pp. 235-235, description of a single species of Oxy- porus from amber, which in p. {3) of index is given the specific name Blumenbachii. Gravenhorst, J. L. K. Bericht der entomo- logischen section. Uebers. ark verdnd. schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cultur, 1834, 88-95. 4°- Breslau. 1835. On pp. 92-93 is given a list by genera of a collection of about 750 insects m amber exhibited before the entomological section of the society. This communication has been frequently referred to Schillinsr, but apparently upon no proper grounds; his name does not appear. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 17 Gray, John Edward. See Buckland, W. Grew, Nehemiah. Musaeum regalis societatis; or, a Catalogue and description of the natural and artificial rarities belonging to the Royal society and preserved at Gresham coUedge; whereunto is sub- joyned the comparative anatomy of stomachs and guts. fo. London. i68i. pp. (12), 386, (2), (2), 43. portr., pi. 31. . On p. 344 (misprinted 334), he mentions amber containing cicadas, gnats, emmets, flies, and other insects. The edition of 16S6 does not differ. Neither, apparently, do the editions o£ 1685 and 1694 which I have not seen. Gu^rin-M^neville, Felix fidouard. Insectes fbssiles. Diet, classique hist, not., ?i: c,y<)-^Zi. 16°. Paris. 1825. A review of past writers, containing nothing new excepting an attempt to indicate the genera of amber msects figured by Sendelius. Gu^rin-M^neville, F. E. See also Barth^- lemy-Lapommeraye, A. ; Maravigna, C. ; Ron- dani, C. Gutbier, August von. See Geinitz, H. B., und Gutbier, A. von. Haesbert, Martin Johann. De conchylio et ape petrifactis. Ephem. med. phys. acad. caes. Leap. nat. curios., dec. ^, ann. 2, pp. /^?>-^i). 40. Leipzig. 1695. Not seen. Hagen, Hermann August. Die fossilen libellen Europas. Stett. entom. zeit.,^:6-i^. l6f. Stettin. 1848. A revision and brief description of the fifteen species then known. Hagen, H. A. Ueber die fossile odonate Hetero- phlebia dislocata Westwood, nebst abbildung. Stett. ent. zeit., 10: 226-22,1, pi. I. 16". Stettin. 1849. An extended description, showing that it represents a new genus of Gomphidae. [Hagen, H. A.] Das bernsteinland. Neue preuss. prov.-bldtter, 10: 75-82, 120-125. 16°. Kbnigsberg. 1850. A brief statement of the amber insects is given on pp. 124-125. Tlie species are all extinct, the genera mostly still exist Hagen, H. A. Ueber die lebensweise der termi- ten und ihre verbreitung. Konigsb. 7taturw. unterh., 2,111:53-75. 8°. Konigsberg. 1852. Page 71 treats of the fossil species in amber, and from the ter- tiary beds of Oeningen and Radoboj, as proving a warmer climate in ancient Europe ; of the sixty known species of white ants one third were fossil. Hagen, H. A. Ueber die neuropteren der bern- stein fauna. Verhandl.zool.-bot.ver. Wien,/^: 221-232. 8°. Wien. 1854. A systematic review of the nearly 900 specimens examined by the author. The Sitzungsberichte of the same volume, pp. 76-7S, contain the remarks of Erauer, comparing the results reached by Hagen with those of Loew and Gbppert for Diptera and plants ; and the comments of von Hauer, who indicates the places where amber is said to occur in older formations, but never with insect or plant remains. Hagen, H. A. Monographic der termiten. Linn. entom., 10: 1-144, 270-325 (1855) ; 12 : 1-342, j!>/. 1-3 (1858); 14: 73-128 (i860). 80. Stettin. 1855-60. Includes a treatment of the (14) fossil species with the others. Besides this, under the head Literatur (palaeontologie), x : 302- 310; xii : 294-298, an analysis is given of works in which the fossil species have been previously treated. See also O. Hagen, H. A. Catalogue of the specimens of neuropterous insects in the collection of the British museum. Part I. Termitina. I20. London. 1858. PP- 34- Contains the fifteen fossil species described in the Monographic der termiten, from which indeed the whole was compiled [by Adam White?] without the knowledge of the reputed author. None of the fossil species are recorded as in the collections of the British museum. , Hagen, H. A. Zwei libellen aus der braunkohle von Sieblos. Palaeontosr., c; : 121-124, tab. 24; 4.0. Cassel. 1S58. Description of Heterophlebiajucunda and Lestes viciita. Hagen, H. A. Ascalaphus proavus aus der rheinischen braunkohle. Palaeontogr., 5 : 125-126, tab. 25. 40. Cassel. 1858. Hagen, H. A. Petalura ? acutipennis aus der braunkohle von Sieblos. Palaeontogr., 8 : 22-26, taf. Z,figs. 1-4. 40. Cassel. 1859. Hagen, H. A. An entomological trip to Oxford. Entom. weekly intell., 10 : i6i;-i68. 8°. London. 1861. Contains an account of the Sicilian amber in the Hope collec- tion, with a notice of three species of white ants found therein. Hagen, H. A. Insekten im sizilianischen bern- stein im oxforder museum. Stett. entom. zeit., 23 : 512-514. 160. Stettin. 1862. More particularly concerned with a notice of three species of white ants, which is much the same as that given in the pre- ceding. Hagen, H. A. A comparison of the fossil insects of England and Bavaria. Entomol. annual, i?,(>2, pp. l-io. 160. London. 1862. Devoted almost exclusively to a comparison of the Neuroptera of the Bavarian jura and the English lias-insects, by which he concludes the two faunas to be " extremely closely allied," and to be very different from the tertiary or existing forms. Hagen, H. A. Comparison of fossil insects of England and Bavaria. Report Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 21 ; notices, 112-114. 8°. London. 1862. Dealing mostly with Odonata. The same given more fully in the Entotn. a.n7iual. Hagen, H. A. Ueber die neuroptern aus dem lithographischen schiefer in Bayern. Palaeontogr., 10: 96-145, ft?/. 13-15. 40. Cassel. 1862. An introduction of nine pages, containing besides other inter- esting matter the comparison of the mesozoic insects of England and Bavaria given the previous year in England (see the pre- ceding entries), is followed by a list of thirty-seven species, mostly Odonata, found at Solenhofen and Eichstatt, by five pages of a review of earlier writers, especially Germar, and by the ex- tended description of twenty-four species, pp. 114-145. Hagen, H. A. Neuroptern aus der braunkohle von Rott in Siebengebirge. Palaeontogr., 10 : 247- 269, taf. 43-45. 4°. Cassel. 1863. Extended descriptions of ten species, mostly Odonata, pre- ceded by lists of the insects previously described from the Rhe- nish brown-coal. Hagen, H. A. Phryganidarum synopsis synony- mica. 80. Wien. 1864. pp. 92. Verh. zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wien, 1864, 799-890. 8°. Wien. 1864. Includes the fossil species, twenty-eight in number, of which ten belong to Polycentropus. Hagen, H. A. On some aberrant genera of Pso- cina. Ent. monthl. mag., 2 : 148-152, 170-172. 8°. London. 1865-66. Describes two species from amber and three from copal, be- sides seven recent species, being all the ocellate species known. Hagen, H. A. Psocinorum et embidinorum syn- opsis. 8°. Wien. 1866. pp. 22. VerA. zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wien, 1866, 201-222. 80. Wien. 1866. Includes the fossil species, 8 Psocina, i Embidina; besides 3 Psocina from copal. Hagen, H. A. Hemerobidarum synopsis synony. mica. Stett. entom. zeit, 1866: 2^9-'^^-- ^^°- Stettin- 1866. Includes the fossil species, fourteen in number. Hagen, H. A. Die neuroptera des lithographischen schiefers in Bayern. Pars i : Tarsophlebia, Iso- phlebia, Stenophlebia, Anax. 40. Cassel. 1866. i8 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. pp. 40, Cassel. taf. 40. 1866. •S = 57-96. taf. 1-4. Extended generic and specific descriptions of eight dragon- flies. Hagen, H. A. Synopsis pseudoscorpionidum systematica. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 13 : 263-272. 8°. Boston. 1870. A synonymic list of the known species of which fifty are re- corded, ten of them (one, however, doubly recorded) fossil, all but one being from amber. Hagen, H. A. Beitrage zur kenntniss der phry- faniden. Verh. zool.-bot. gesellsch. Wicn, 23 : 377-452. o. Wien. 1873. Hoeninghaus's description of Phryganea mombachiana is copied on p. 379, and the insect considered as probably belong- ing to the Phryganidae proper. Hagen, H. A. On amber in North America. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., i5: 296-301. 80. Boston. 1874. Recalls Troost's paper of 1821 on amber in Maryland and its reported inclusion of insect-nests ; collects other references to American amber, and, pp. 300-301, refers to the resemblance of the fauna and flora of Prussian amber to that of the present time in North America, instancing Termopsis and Ampniento- mum among Neuroptera. See also Troost, G. Hagen, H. A. The oldest fossil insects. Nature, 23 : 483-484. 40. London. 1881. Disputes unqualifiedly the conclusions of Scudder concerning the devonian insects. Hagen, H. A. The devonian insects of New Brunswick. Bull. mus. comp. zool., 8 : 27 5-284. 8°. Cambridge. 1881. After a *' detailed comparison of a majority of the types," ar- rives at conclusions " radically different from the views enter- tained by Mr. Scudder," in his memoir on the-a^bject. Hagen, H. A. See also de Borre, A. P. ; Cor- nelius, C. ; Geinitz, H. B. ; Germar, E. F., und Berendt, G. C. ; Hasseucamp, E. ; Packard, A. S. ; Pictet-Baraban, F. J., und Hagen, H. A. ; and de Selys-Lougchamps, E., et Hagen, H. A. Hagen, Karl Gottfried. Bemerkungen, die ent- stehung des bernsteins betreffend. Beitr. kunde /"«««., 4 : 207-227. 160. Kbnigsberg. 1821. Argues, p. 2og, from the nature of the insects entombed in it, that amber is the gum of a tree. Haidinger. See Hear, O. Hammerschmidt, Karl Eduard. Neue kafer in bernstein. Haidinger, Bericht.fr. naturw. Wien, i : 39. 8". Wien. 1847. Mere exhibition of a specimen. Harger, Oscar. Notice of a new fossil spider from the coal measures of Illinois. Amer. journ. sc. ay^j, [3], 7: 219-223. 8°. New Haven. 1874. Extended description of A rthrolycosa antigua with discussion of its affinities. Hartig, Ernst. See Geinitz, H. B., Fleck, H., and Hartig, E. Hartmann, Philipp Jacob. Succini prussici physica et civilis historia cum demonstratione ex autopsia et intimiori rerum experientia deducta. 160. Francofurti. 1677. front., pp. 291, pi. 3. In book I, chapt. 5, sect. 8, De inclusis, he mentions, p._ 90, the occurrence in amber of " aranearum non unam species ; muscas majores, minores ; culices, crabrones, apes, tineas, blat- tas, formicas, locustas;" and in book 2, chapt. 5, sect. 8,_pp. 278-281 he endeavors to account for the occurrence of inclusions in general. Another edition of the same date and place differs only in the plates, of which there are twenty according to Boehmer. Hartmann, P. J. Succincta succini prussici his- toria et demonstratio. 40. Berolini. 1699. PP- (8), 48. Phil, trans., xxi : 5-40. 40. London. 1699. Sect 3 c iii : Animalculorum succino inclusorum accuratior demon'str'atio, pp. 19-2' (i*-^^ s=P-). mentions in general terms the different sorts of insects known to be found in amber. _ According to Boehmer the separate edition was accompanied bv six plates, but they do not exist in the two copies I have seen ; the eight preliminary pages do not appear in the Phtl. trans. A viryfuU abstract in English, under the tiUe An account of amber, appears in /'At/.iJ <»*»-., 2: 473-493- 4°. London. 1749. The notice of the insects occurs on pp. 481-482. Hassencamp, Ernst. Ueber fossile insekten der Rhbn. Wiirzb. naturmiss. zeitschr., i : 78-81. 8°. Wiirzburg. i860. Contains MS. names of fossil insects by Heer, Hagen, and Heyden. Hebenstreit, Johann Ernest. Mvsevni richte- rianvm continens fossilia animalia vegetabilia mar. illvstrata iconibvs & commentariis. ^ Accedit de gemmis scalptis antiqvis liber singvlaris. fo. Lip- siae. 1743. pp. 56, 384, (16), 34, portr., pi. 17. A few fossil insects are specified on p. 256, and a "libella" figured pi. 13 fig. 2. Heer, Oswald. Physiognomic des fossilen Oe- ningen. 8°. [Winterthur, 1847], pp. 22. Verhandl. schweiz. naturf. gesellsch., 31 : 159-180. 8°. Wm- terthur. 1847. A general report on the insects will be found on pp. 167-174. Separate copy not seen. Heer, O. Ueber die fossile insekten-fauna der tertiar-gebilde von Oeningen und Radoboj und die pfianzen aus gleicher formation an der hohen Rhone, aus einem -fejlefe an Professor Bronn. Neues jahrb. /.?K«Wra/., 1847: 161-167. 8°. Stuttgart. 1847. A catalogue of the beetles described in the first part of the fol- lowing work, with brief remarks on the general aspect of the fauna. Translation. On the fossil insects of the ter- tiary formation of Oeningen and Radoboj. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lo}id.,i,\\:(K>. 8°. London. 1847. Catalogue and concluding remarks omitted. Heer, O. Die insektenfauna der tertiargebilde von Oeningen und von Radoboj in Croatien. Erster theil : Kafer. 4". Leipzig. 1847. tp. pp. 2, 229, I, pi. 8. Neue denkschr. allg. schweiz. gesellsch. f. wis- sensch., 8. 40. Neuchatel. 1847. Heer, O. The same. Zweiter theil : Heuschreck- en, fiorfliegen, aderfliiigler, schmetterlinge und iliegen. Mit i7lithographirten tafeln. 40. Leipzig. 1849. pp. 264, 5, pi. 17. Ibid., II. 40. Ziiricii. 1850. Heer, O. The same. Dritter theil : Rhynchoten. Mit 15 lithographirten tafeln. 40. Leipzig. 1853. pp. 4, 138, pi. 15. Ibid. 13. 40. Ziirich. 1853. This classical work is the most important ever published upon fossil insects, and may be called the first serious attempt at the classification of the tertiary species. Most of the material came from Oeningen and Radoboj, but it included all the author could examine from Aix and other localities. 462 species are described and figured, divided as follows; 119 Coleoptera, 39 Gymnogna- tha, 3 Neuroptera, 80 Hymenoptera, 9 Lepidoptera, 80 Diptera, and 133 Hemiptera. There are very few general observations, but attention should be called to an important excursus on the arrangement of the veins in the wings of insects and the elytra of Coleoptera, in the first partj pp. 76-95. Reviewed by T. R. J(ones) in Qriart. journ. geol. soc. Land., 9, ii. 33. 8°. London. 1853. Diagnoses of the species described in the third part appeared, without title, in the Bericht dsterr. litt. zool. bot. pakont., 1850-53 : 199-203. B". Wien. 1855. Heer, O. Ueber die vorweltlichen kafer von Oeningen. Mittheil. naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, I, i: 17-18. 80. Zurich. 1847. A brief general statement of the peculiarities of the beetle- fauna of Oeningen. Heer, O. Ueber vorweltliche fiorfliegen. Mit- theil.naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, i,\i:tfl-^^. go. Ziirich. 1848. A brief notice of the fossil dragon-flies of Oeningen and Radoboj. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 19 Heer, O. Ueber fossile ameisen. Mittheil. naiurf.gesellsch. Zurich. i,\\:\(a-\ns,. 8°. Zurich. 1848. The fossil ants of Oeningen and Radoboj are winged and either 6 or 9 , neutei^ being rarely preserved ; three fourths are females. The individuals are very abundant and are preserved in large assemblages, and many species in close contiguity ; most of fhem are Formicidae, and they form the best data for comparison of the Oeningen and Radoboj faunas. Translation. On fossil ants. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 6, ii. : 61-65. ^°- London. 1850. Translated by T. R. J(ones). Heer, O. Fauna von Radoboj. Aus einem brief e [an Herrn bergrath Haidinger.] Haidinger, Be- rickte, 5 : 86-87. 80. Wien. 1849. Notice of the more remarkable insects belonging to the Vienna museum, and which are described in his great work, followed by brief remarks on the Radoboj insect fauna as a whole ; and by comments of Haidinger. Heer, O. Brief von O. Heer. Haidinger, Be- richte, 5 : 107. 80. Wien. 1849. Notice of some peculiarities in the insect fauna of Radoboj in a letter to Unger. Heer, O. Nachricht iiber die ersten ergebnisse einer durchsicht der reichen suite fossiler insecten, die von Herrn custos Freyer in Radoboj gesammelt . . . worden waren. Haidinger, Berichte, 6 : 5-7. 8°. Wien. 1849. Cursory report of his first examination of a considerable col- lection of Radoboj insects, three fifths of which were found to be ants. Heer, O. Die Morlot'sche sammlung von fossilen insecten aus Radoboj. Haidinger, Berichte, 6 : 132- 134. 80. Wien. 1849. A similar report to the.last in the same volume ; the ants bear the same proportion as before and make the tertiary European species equal m niunber to the living. Heer, O. Zur geschichte der inseliten. Vortrag. 8°. N. p., N. D. pp. 20. Verhandl. schweiz. gesellsch. gesammt. naturw., 34 : 78-97. 8°. Frauenfeld. 1849. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., \?>tp, \-]-TiT^. 8°. Stutt- gart. 1850. A popular address, presenting a sketch of the sequence of insect life and the development of special groups, with general considerations based on a broad survey of the subject ; by far the best account of the knowledge of that time. An abstract is given in ilaidinger's Berichte, 6 : 135-136. 8". Wien. 1849. Translation. On the history of insects. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 6, ii : 60-76. 8°. London. 1850. Translation by T. R. J(ones). Heer, O. i. [Zwei] geologische vortrage gehalten im Marz 1852 von Oswald Heer und A. Escher von der Linth. i . Die lias-insel des Aargau's. Entitled on cover : Ueber die lias-insel im Aargau. 2. Ueber die gegend von Ziirich in der letzten periode der vorwelt, mit einer blockkarte der Schweiz. 40. Ziirich. [1852]. pp. 28, pi. 2. Heer's portion, pp. 1-15, pi. i, is largely devoted to insects, the greater part of which are wood-boring coleoptera, and indi- cate a warm tropical climate. Twenty-two species are described and figured, of which nineteen are beetles. He'er, O. Beschreibung der angefiihrten pflanzen und insekten. 40. N. p., N. D. pp. 21, taf. (3). Also in Escher v. d. Linth (A.) Geologische bemerls- ungen iiber das nbrdliche Voralberg und einige angrenzenden gegenden. pp. 115-135, taf. 6-8. Neue denkschr. allg. schweiz. gesellsch. gesammt. naturw. 13. 40. Ziirich. 1853. B. Insekten, pp. r8-2i (133-35), taf. 7. Describes two beetles from the trias of Vadutz. Heer, O. Ueber die rhynchoten der tertiarzeit. 80. Ziirich. 1853. pp. 29, Mitth. naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, 3 ; 171-197. 8°. Ziirich. 1853. General account of the relations of the Rhynchota of Oeningen, Radoboj, and Aix to existing faunas, followed by a list or the species described in the third part of his Tertiary insects. They agree better with the insects of the. Southern zone than witli those of Switzerland, and the Capsini and Riparii characteristic of temperate regions are wholly absent. Heer, O. Flora tertiaria Helvetiae. Die tertiare flora der Schweiz. 3 v. 40. Winterthur. 1854-59. Bd. 1, 1854-55, t. p., pp. 6, 117, pi. 50; — bd, 2, 1850, pp.4, 110, pi. 51-100; — bd. 3, 1859, pp. 6, 1-200, t. p., pp. 201-378, pi. 101-156, map. Bd. I refers to Oeningen insects on pp. ro-ii. The latter half of bd. 3 was republished in i860 under the title ; Untersuchungen uber das klima u. s. w. (q. v.). See also the next entry, and Die klimatischen verhaltnisse, u. s. w. i860. Heer, O. Introduction 4 la flore tertiaire de la Suisse traduite par Charles Th. Gaudin. Arch. sc. phys. nat., 26 : 293-314. 8°. Geneve. 1854. A translation of the preliminary matter in the first volume of the preceding ; running references to the insects of the period occur here and there, especially on pp. 310, 311. Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen insekten von Aix in der Provence. Vierteljahrsschr. naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, I, i : 1-40, taf. 1-2. 80. Ziirich. 1836. The first important paper on Aix insects, cataloguing and de- scribing sixty species of all orders, preceded by remarks on the general characteristics of the fauna, which is considered to have marked Mediterranean features. Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen pflanzen von St. Jorge in Madeira. Neue denkschr. allg. schweiz. gesellsch. gesammt. naturw., \^ (sxt. 2). 40. Ziirich. 1857. pp. 40, pi. 3. Laparocerus Wollastoni described in a note on p. 14, and figured pi. 2, fig. 34. Heer, O. [Sur I'etude de la flore tertiaire.] Lettre k Sir Ch. Lyell. Bull, slances soc. vaud. sc. Kfl^., 5 : 145-151. pi. 8°. Lausanne. 1858. American types among Oeningen insects, p. 148, and relation of the Oeningen insects and plants, p. 150. Heer, O. Les charbons feuilletes de Durnten et d'Utznach ; discours de M. le professeur O. Heer traduit par M. Ch4rles-Th. Gaudin. Arch. sc. phys. nat. (nouv. pdr.), 2 : 305-339. 8°. Geneve. 1858. _ In a note, p._ 322, mentions the occurrence of species of Dona- cia and Hylobius in the Diirnten clays. This appears to be the only publication of the address. Heer, O. Ueber die insectenfauna von Radoboj. Amtl. ber. vers, deutsch. naturf, 32 : 118-126. 40. Wien. 1858. A review of the subject based on the insects described in his general work. The author finds a commingling of European and Indian forms ; perfect dragon-flies but no larvae, showing the deposit to be marine ; the occurrence of plants in the same beds, with which the insects have special relations ; a closer con- nection of Radoboj with Aix than with Oeningen. Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen calosomen. 40. [Ziirich, i860.] pp. 10. pi. Published in the Programm of the Polytechnicum of Zurich. Seven species are described and figured from Locle and Oeningen, preceded by general remarks on fossil and recent Carabidae. Heer, O. • Die klimatischen verhaltnisse des tertiarlands aus O. Heer's tertiarflora der Schweiz, bd. 3. s. 327-350 im auszuge mitgetheilt. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw., 15 : 1-42. 8°. Berlin, i860. Insects are treated of on pp. 11, 12. Heer, O. Untersuchungen iiber das klima und die vegetationsverhaltnisse des tertiarlandes. Mit profilen und einem kartchen Europa's. Separat- abdruck aus dem dritten band der Tertiaren flora 20 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. der Schweii. 4". Winterthur. i860, t. p., pp. 170, pi. (clvi), karte. Contains a couple of paragraphs, pp. 134-135 (334-335 of original) upon the tertiary insects and the testimony they bear to the tropical and American nature of the time in which they lived. Another paragraph on pp. 60-61 (260-261) shows how the condition of preservation of nisects indicates the season of their entombment. Translation. Recherches sur le' climat et la vegetation du pays tertiaire. Traduction de Charles Th. Gaudin. Avec des profils et une carte de I'Eu- rope. 40. Winterthur, Geneve et Paris 1861. pp. 220, 22, pi. I, carte. The paragraphs on pp. 134-135 of the original are very much expanded on pp. 196-205 of this translation, and include full tables of the families of insects and their numerical representa- tion in the different European deposits of tertiary time. Besides this, M. Gaston de Saporta in Kis Exatnen des flores teriiaires de Provence^ pp. 133-171, gives a paragraph, pp. 152-153, Con- cerning the insects of Aix. The remaining paragraph referred to above appears unchanged on p. 61. Heer, O. On the fossil flora of Bovey Tracey. Phil, trans. 152: 1039-1086,//. 55-71. 40. London. 1862. Insects from Bovey, p. 10S2, pi. 68. Heer, O. Beitrage zur insektenfauna Oeningens. Coleoptera — geodephagen, hydrocanthariden, gy- riniden, brachelytren, clavicornen, lamellicornen und buprestiden. Natuurk. verhand. holl. maatsck. ■wetensch. Haarl. [2], 16: i-()0, taf. 1-7. 40. Haarlem. 1862. Describes and figures no species, nearly all of them new. In an introduction of five pages, some general results of the study of Oeningen Coleoptera are tabulated, the most interesting of which appear to be that the fauna is more European in charac- ter than the flora and less rich in American forms ; and that many species are related to those which now enjoy a wide distri- bution. Heer, O. Ueber die fossilen kakerlaken. Viertel- jahrsschr. nat. gesellsch. Zurich, 9, iv. : 273-302, //. 80. Zurich. 1864. The first attempt to classify the cockroaches of the carbonifer- ous period, followed by a catalogue of the fifty-four known fossil species from all formations, and descriptions and figures of ten new species. Hear, O. Die urwelt der Schweiz. Mit sieben landschaftlichen bildern, elf taf ein, einer geologischen uebersichtskarte der Schweiz und zahlreichen in den text eingedruckten abbildungen. 8°. Ziirich. 1865. pp. 29, 622, pi. 7, (4), map, 368 figs, in text. Contains a general account of the lias insects, pp. 81-96, pi. 7-8 ; of those of Oeningen, pp. 355-397, figs. 215-323 ; and of the pleistocene of Utznach, etc., pp. 500-503, figs. 352-359. Many forms are described and figured for the first time. Translation. Le monde primitif de la Suisse. Traduit de I'allemand par Isaac Demole. 80. Geneve et Bale, 1872, pp. 16, 801, pi. 11, carte, 368 figs, in text. The insects occupy p. 22, fig. 16 c (carboniferous) ; pp. 99-117, pi. 7-8 (lias); pp. 436-486, figs. 215-323 (Oeningenj; and pp. 613-616, figs. 352-359 (Utznach, etc.). Some few additions are made by the author. Translation. The primitive world of Switzer- land, with 560 illustrations. By Professor Heer. Edited by James Heywood. 2 vols. 8°. London. 1876. I, pp. 16, 393, map, pi. 6 ; — 2, pp. 8, 324, pi. xi. and 4 scattered plates. The insects occupy I : p. 20, fig. 16 c(carboniferous) ; pp. 81-95, pi. 7-8 (lias); II: pp. 9-56, figs. 211-323 (Oeningen); and pp. 167-170, figs. 352-358 (Utznach, etc.'). Heer, O. Die urwelt der Schweiz. Zweite um- gearbeitete und vermehrte auflage. 8°. Ziirich. 1879. pp. 19, 713, taf. 8 (4), map, 417 figs, in text. The insects are here somewhat enlarged over the previous edi- tions, occupying pp. 24-25, fig. 34 (carboniferous) ; pp. gi-105, pi. 7-8 (has)-, pp. 380-422, figs. 250-365 (Oeningen); and pp. 530-533, figs. 395-402 (Utznach, etc.). Heer, O. Fossile hymenopteren aus Oeningen und Radoboj. 4°. [n. p.] [n. d,] pp. -42, pi. 3. Neue denkschr. allgem. schweiz. gesellsch. gesammt. naturw; 22. 4°. Ziirich. 1867. Catalogues and describes sixty-nine species. In an appendix, p. 42, notice is taken of MayHs criticism of his former treatment of the fossil ants. Heer, O. Flora fossilis arctica. Die fossile flora der polarlander. 6 v. 40. Ziirich. 1868-80. Bd. i, 1868, pp. 7, 192, map, pi. 50; — bd. (2), 1869-71 (no t.p.), pp. 7; (i.) pp. 445-488, pi. 39-56; (ii.) pp. 41. pi. 10; (iii.) pp.98, pi. 16; (iv.) pp. 31, Pl. 15; — bd. 3, 1875, t. p., pp. 6; i. pp. 11, pl. O; ii. pp. 138, (2), pl. 38; iii. pp. 29, pl. 5; iv. pp. 24; — bd. 4, 1877 ; i. pp. 7, 141, pl. 32 ; li. t. p., pp. 122, pl. 31 ; iii. pp. 15, pl. 2; — bd. 5, 1878 ; i. pp. 4, 38, front, pl. 9 ; ii. t. p., pp. 58, pl. 15 ; iii. t. p., pp. 61, pi. 15 ; (iv.) pp. II, pi. 4; (v.) pp. 6, pi. i; — bd. 6. 1, 1880. pp. (4), t. p., 34, 17, 38, pl. 9, 6, 3. The contents will be found under the special papers. Heer, O. Flora fossilis arctica. Die fossile flora der polarlander enthaltend die in Nordgrbniand auf der Melville-insel, im Banksland, am Mackenzie, in Island und in Spitzbergen entdeckten fossilen pflanzen. Mit einem anhang iiber versteinerte holzer der arctischen zone von Dr. C. Cramer. 40. Ziirich. 1868. pp. 7, 192, map, pl. so. Contains: Fossile insecten von Nordgronland, pp. 129-130, pl. 19, 50; four species described. Miocene flora von Island: Gliederthiere, pp. 154-155, pl. 27 ; one beetle described. Forms vol.- 1 of Heer's Flora fossilis arctica. Heer, O. Flora fossilis alaskana. Fossile flora von Alaska. 40. Stockholm. 1869. pp. 41, pl. 10. Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl., 8, iv. 40. Stock- holm. 1869. Describes Chrysomelites alaskanus, p. 39, pl. 10. Forms vol. 2, no. ii. of Heer's Flora fossilis arctica. Heer, O. Die miocene flora von Spitzbergen. Vorgetragen . . . bei der versammlung der schweiz- erischen naturforschenden gesellschaft, den 23 Au- gust, 1869, in Solothurn. 8°. Solothurn [n. d.]. pp. 1 5. Verhandl. Schweiz. natiirf. gesellsch., 53 : 1 56- 168. 80. Solothurn. 1870. Zeitschr. gesammt. naturw. (2), i : 318-324. 8". Berlin. 1870. Notices insects briefly at p. 12 ( Vorhandl. 165, Zeitschr. 323). Translation. La flore miocene du Spitzberg. Ann. sc. nat. ('^ bot.,\z: ■^02--},\i. 8°. Paris. 1869. Insects on pp. 308-309. Heer, O. Preliminary report on the fossil plants collected by Mr. Whymper in North Greenland in 1867. Rep. Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 39 : 8-10. 8°. Lon- don. 1870. Two insects mentioned on p. 10. Heer, O. Contributions to the fossil flora of North Greenland, being a description of the plants collected by Mr. Edward Whymper during the sum- mer of 1867. Phil, trans., 159: 445-488,//. 39-56. 40. London. 1870. Contains description, pp. 484-485, and figures, pl. 44, fig. g, andpl. 56, fig. 14 of two insects, under the heading: Animals from Atanekerdluk. A. Insecta. The paper forms vol. 2, n». i. of Heer's Flora fossilis arctica. Heer, O. Die miocene flora und fauna Spitz- bergens. Mit einem anhang iiber die diluvialen ablagerungenSpitzbergens. 40. Stockholm. 1870. pp. 98, taf. 16. Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl., 8, vii. 40. Stockholm. 1870. Zweiter abschnitt : Beschreibung der miocenen thiere Spitz- bergens. I. Insekten, pp. 73-78, pl. 16 ; contains descriptions of twenty-three insects, of which twenty are Coleoptera. Foms vol. 2, no. iii. of Heer's Florafossilis arctica. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 21 Heer, O. Ueber die braunkohlen-flora des Zsily- thales in Siebenbiirgen. 80. Pest. 1872. pp. 24, pi. 6. Mitth. jahrb. ung. geol. anst., bd. 2, lief. i. 80. Pest. 1872. ■' Mentions the discovery o£ fossil insects in the tertiary beds of Tallya. Heer, O. Die kreide-flora der arctischen zone, gegriindet auf die von den schwedischen expedi- tionen von 1870 und 1872 in Gronland und Spitz- bergen gesammelten pflanzen. 40. Stockholm. 1874. PP- 1.381 pi. 38. Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl., 12, vi. Tnsekten der komeschichten, pp. gi-ga, pi. 17; describes two Coleoptera. Myriopoden, pp. 120-12 1, pi. 33; describes Julop- sis cretacea. Forms vol. 3, no. ii. of Beer's Flora fossUis aniica. Hear, O. Nachtrage zur miocenen flora Gron- lands, enthaltend die von der schwedischen expedi- tion in sommer 1870 gesammelten miocenen pflanzen. 40. Stockholm. 1874. pp. 29, pi. 5. Kongl. svenska vetensk.-akad. handl., 13, ii. Insekten, p. 25, pi. 5 ; describes two species of Cistelites. Forms vol. 3, no. iii. of Heer's Florafossilis arciica. Heer, O. Beitrage zur jura flora Ostsibiriens und des Amurlandes. t. p., pp. 122, pi. 31. MSm. acad. imp. sc. St. P^tersb.,(y), 22, idi. 40. St. Petersbourg. 1876. Elaterites sibiricus is described on p. 41. Forms vol. 4, no. ii. of Heer's Flora fossUis arctica. Heer, O. Flora fossilis helvetica. Die vorwelt- liche flora der Schweiz. 40. Ziirich [1876-] 1877. t.p., pp. 6, 182, pi. 70. Describes, p. 76, and figures, pi. 27, a single beetle from the keuper of Riitihard, canton Basel, and a neuropteron on p. 77, pi. 29, from the trias of Mythen, canton Schwyz. Heer, O. Notes on fossil plants discovered in Grinnell Land by Captain H. W. Feilden, naturalist of the English north polar expedition. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 34 : 66-72. 80. London. 1878. Mentions, p. 69, the occurrence of a single elytron of a beetle with the plants. Heer, O. Ueber einige insektenreste aus der raetischen formation Schonens. Forhandl. geol. foren. Stockh., 4, vii: 192-197, taf. 13. 80. Stock- holm, 1878. Description and figures of eight Coleoptera. Heer, O. Die miocene flora des Grinnell-Landes gegriindet auf die von Cap. H. W. Feilden und Dr. E. Moss in der nahe des Kap Murchison gesam- melten fossilen pflanzen. 40. Zurich. 1878. pp. 38, front., pi. 9. Describes and figures a single beetle. Forms vol. s, no. i. of Heer's Florafossilis arciica. Heer, O. Primitiae florae fossilis sachalinensis. Miocene flora der insel Sachalin. t. p., pp. 61, pi. 15. Mem. acad. imp. sc. St. Pitersb., 25, vii. 40. St. Petersbourg. 1878. Describes a single beetle. Forms vol. 5, no. iii. of fleer^s Florafossilis arctica. Heer, O. See also de Borre, P., Hassencamp, E., Loew, H., and Mayr, G. L. Helvring, Georg Andreas. Lithographia anger- burgica, sive lapidum et fossilium, in districtu an- gerburgensi & ejus vicinia, ad trium.vel quatuor milliarium spatium, in montibus, agris, arenofodinis & in primis circa lacuum littora & fluviorum ripas, coUectorum brevis & succincta consideratio additis rariorum aliquot figuris aeri incisis, cum praefatione autoris & indicibus necessariis. 40. Regimonti. 1717. pp. (14), 96 (13), front, pi. II. Ibid. Pars II. In qva de lapidibvs ligvratis ad triplex regnvm minerale, vegetabile et animate re- dactis aliisqve fossilibvs in districtv angerbvrgensi ejvsqve vicinia noviter detectis, et in specie de ori- gine lapidvm literas exprimentivm, occasione lapidis cvjvsdam resaviensis, literas latinas L. V. R. reprae- sentantis, svccincte disseritvr ; additis iconibvs rari- orum. 40. Lipsiae. 1720. pp. 132, pi. 6. _ On p. 78 is given a short notice of insects (formicae, blattae, tipulae, millipedes aliaque insecta) in amber. Hensche, A. Ueber den bestand und die neueren erviferbungen der bernsteinsammlung. Schrift. phys.- okon. gesellsch. Konigsb., 5, sitzungsb., 14-15. 4°. Konigsberg. 1864. . History of the growth and present extent of the collection, rich in insect inclosures. Hensche, A. Bericht Uber die bernsteinsamm- lung der kbnigl. physikalisch-okonomischen gesell- schaft. Schrift. phys.-okon. gesellsch. Kbnigsb., 6: 210-215. 4°- Konigsberg. 1865. Contains 8853 specimens, with insect inclosures, of which over 6000 are Diptera ; tables of the different groups are given on pp. 21 1-2 13. Henalow, John Stevens. Supplementary ob- servations to Dr. Berger's account of the Isle of Man. Trans, geol. soc. Lond., v : 482-505. 40. London. 1821. Under the head of diluvial deposits, he refers, p. 501, to a bed of peat in the parish of Kirk Balaff, containing a vast number of the exuviae of beetles, bees and their nests, crushed together with seed vessels, rotten, but having their external coating well preserved. ... In general the hard wings are the only parts of the beetles which are preserved, and these are in appearance as fresh as on a hving insect. Dr. Leach was enabled to identify a few with species at present existing in England." Hepp, Philipp. Ueber die bei Diirkheim aufge- fundene versteinerte phryganeen gehause. Jahresb. Pollich., 2 : 19-23. 8°. Neustadt a. d. Haardt 1844. An abstract is given in Oken's Isis for 1846. p. 70. Herold, Johann Moritz David. See Eoebler, F. Hessel, Johann Friedrich Christian. See Koeh- ler, F. von Heyden, Carl. Chrysobothris veterana und Blabera avita, zwei fossile insekten von Solenhofen. Palaeontogr., i : 99-101,//. 12,/^. 4-5. 40. Cassel. 1847. von Heyden, C. Reste von insekten aus der braunkohle von Salzhausen und Westerburg. Palae- ontogr., 4 : 198-201, pi. 37-38. 4°. Cassel. 1856. Divided into : Dicerca Taschei Heyden aus der braunkohle von Salzhausen, pp. 198-199, pi. 37, figs. 1-4. — GSnge von insek- ten-larven in hblzern der braunkohle von Salzhausen, pp. 199- 200, pi. 38 ; borings of an Anobium, a Prionus, and a buprestid. Fliegen aus der braunkohle der grube Wilhelmsfund bei Wes- terburg in herzogthum Nassau, pp. 200-201, pi. 37, figs. 6-8 ; Three species described. von Heyden, C. Fossile insekten aus der braun- kohle von Sieblos. Palaeontogr., 5 : 1 15-120,//. 23. 40. Cassel. 1858. Description of ten species, mostly beetles. von Heyden, C. Fossile insekten aus der rhein- ischen braunkohle. Palaeontogr., 8: \-\% pi. I, 2, figs. 1-13. 40. Cassel. 1859. Description of twenty-five insects of various orders. von Heyden, C. Fossile insekten aus der braun- kohle von Sieblos (nachtrag). Palaeontogr., 8 : lyiT, pi. 3, fig'- 1-9- 4°. Cassel. 1859. Description of a beetle and two Hemiptera. von Heyden, C. Nachricht von fossilen gallen auf blattern aus den braunkohlengruben von Salz- hausen. Ber. oberhess. gesellsch. nat. heilk., 8 : 63. 8«. Giessen. i860. Probably the gall of a Phytoptus, on Salix. 22 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. von Hey den, C. Gliederthiere aus der braun- kohle des Niederrhein's, der Wetterau und der Rohn. Palaeontogr., lo : 62-82, pi. 10. 40. Cassel. 1862. Description of a crustacean, two arachnids, and thirty-two hexapods of various orders. von Hey den, C. See also Hassencamp, E. von Heyden, Carl und Lucas. Bibioniden aus der rheinischen braunkohle von Rott. Palaeontogr., 14: i^^o, J>1. 8, %yigs. 1-12. 40. (Cassel.) 1865. Description of twenty-three species, mostly Protomyia, and remarks on three or four others. von Heyden, C. und L. Fossile insekten aus der braunkohle von Salzhausen. Palaeontogr., 14 : 31-35,//. 9, /^j. 13-22. 40. (Cassel.) 1865. Description of twelve insects, mostly Coleoptera, and remarks on three others. von Heyden, C. und L. Kafer und polypen aus der braunkohle des Siebengebirges. Palaeontogr., 15 : 131-159 [kafer, 131-157], //. 22-24. 4°- Cassel. 1866. With the following, reprinted under the title : Kafer und poly- pen aus der braunkohle des Siebengebirges. — Dipteren-larve aus dem tertiar-thon von Nieder-Flbrsheim in Rhein-Hessen, mit 3 tafel abbildungen. Besonderer abdruck aus den Palaeon- tographicis, xv. 4^ Cassel. 1866. pp. 1-29, pi. 1-3. Describes sixty beetles. von Heyden, C. und L. Dipteren-larve aus dem tertiar-thon von Nieder-Florsheim in Rhein-Hessen. Palaeontogr., 15: ic^j, pi. '2,% fig. 22. Cassel. 40. 1866. See the preceding entry. von Heyden, Lucas. Fossile dipteren aus der braunkohle von Rott im Siebengebirge. 40. Cassel. 1870. t. p., pp. 2, 30, pi. 1-2. Palaeontogr., 17 : 237-266, //. 44-45. 40. Cassel. 1870. Describes forty-one species of seventeen genera, besides seven larvae of two different genera. In an appendix, pp. 265-266, a few details are given of other insects, and the collections in which they are found. Hislop, Stephen. On the age of the fossiliferous thin-bedded sandstone and coal of the province of Nagpur, India. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 17, i : 346-354. 8°. London. 1861. Refers to the discovery of Blattariae and Coleoptera at Koti, probably liassic. Hislop, S. Supplemental note on the plant- bearing sandstones of central India. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., i?,,i: -^6. 8". London. 1862. Discovery of more insects at KotA. Hitchcock, Charles Henry. See Hitchcock, E. Hitchcock, Edward. Ichnology of New Eng- land. A report on the sandstone of the Connecti- cut valley, especially its fossil footmarks, made to the government of the commonwealth of Massachu- setts. 40. Boston. 1858. pp. 12, 220, pi. 60. Refers to prints, supposed to be those of insects, on pp. 147- 160, 165-166, 188-189, and mentions an insect larva, pp. 7-8. The figures of these are distributed on plates 7, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31. 42. Hitchcock, E. Supplement to the Ichnology of New England, a report to the government of Massachusetts in 1863. 40. Boston. 1865. pp. 10, 96,' pi. 20. Appendix B. Descriptive catalogue of the specimens in the Hitchcock ichnological cabinet of Amherst college ; prepared by C. H. Hitchcock, pp. 41-88; tracks of insects, pp. 13-17; tracks of myriapods, pp. 17-18. Hitchcock, E. See also Dana, J. D. Hoeninghaus, Friedrich Wilhelm. Phryganea mombachiana. 40. Crefeld. 1844. I engr. p. with illustr. Text in German, accompanied by a French translation of the text (with no heading), i p. S". See also Hagen, H. A., and Miohelin, H. Holl, Friedrich. Handbuch der petrefactenkunde; rait einer einleitung iiber die vorwelt der organischen wesen auf der erde, von Dr. Ludwig Chonlaut. i^s bandchen. 160. Dresden. 1829. pp. 8, 489. Allg. taschenbibl. der naturwiss., 9ter theil. A brief account of fossil insects under the heading Entomo- lithen, pp. i3S-i4i,with description of two species of Formica from amber. Holl, F. Handbuch der petrefactenkunde ; eine beschreibung aller bis jetzt bekannten versteine- rungen aus dem thier- und pflanzenreiche zur leich- ten erkennung und auffindung der fossilien ; mit einer einleitung iiber die vorwelt der organischen wesen auf der erde, von Dr. Ludwig Choulant. Neue ansgabe.' 16". Quedlinburg und Leipzig. 1843. pp. 8, 489. Published in four parts with continuous pagination, the t. p. of pt. 2-4 not included. Appears to differ from the preceding only in title. Hope, Frederic William. Observations on suc- cinic insects. Trans, ent. soc. Lond., i : 133-147 ; 2 : 46-57, pi. 7. 80. London. 1836-37. General remarks on the insects found in amber and gum anim^, followed by a list of insects hitherto noticed by the author or known to Berendt. The species are all claimed as distinct from the recent, and to be tropical in their affinities. Hope, F. W. Description de quelques insectes non decrits trouves dans la resine animee. Mag. de zool., [2] 4.: ins., pi. 8y-8g. 8°. Paris. 1842. Three coleoptera are described and figured in detail. Hope, F. W. Observations on the fossil insects of Aix in Provence, with descriptions and figures of three species. Trans, ent. soc. Lond., 4 : 250-255, pi. iq,figs. 1-3. 8°. London. 1847. Contains a list of genera occurring at Aix and "descriptions of three fossil species of insects " (Balaninus, Rhynchaenus, Cori- zus) from same locality. Hope, F. W. Descrizione di alcune specie d' in- settifossili pel Rev. G F. Hope ; memoria presentata all' Accademia degli aspiranti naturalisti, in Dicem- bre 1847, ed inserita negli annali della stessa [with notes by A. Costa]. 8°. (Napoli) N. D. pp. 7, pi. Ann. ace. aspir. nat. Napoli, 184"]. pp. — ,tav. 10. 8°. Napoli. Five species described and figured. Horn, George Henry. Notes on some coleopter- ous remains from the bone cave at Port Kennedy, Pennsylvania. Trans. Amer. ent. soc, 5 : 241-24C. 80. Philadelphia. 1876. J t tj Collected, without change of pagination, with other papers under the title ; Miscellaneous papers on American coleoptera. Eleven species are described. Hueber, Georgius Ludovicus. See Berinerer, J. D. A. Hiinefeld, L. Ueber bernstein-insecten. Oken, 7«j-, 1831 : "2000" [iioo]. 40. Leipzig. 1831. A list of insects is given by Burmeister. Humbert, Alois. See Scudder, S. H. John, Johann Friedrich. Naturgeschichte des succins, Oder des sogenannten bernsteins ; nebst theorie der bildung aller fossilen, bituminosen, in- flammabilien des organischen reichs und den ana- lysen derselben. 2 th. i6o. Koln. 1816. i" th. pp. 18, 438; zer th. pp. 6, 125 (21). A list of insects found in amber, arranged by genera, will be found in I. pp. 221-223 ; and in I. pp. 169-176, a bibliography of amber literature. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 23 Joly, Nicolas. Incontestablement, le Prosopis- toma de LatreUle est un dphem^rien. Mint. acad. sc. Toulouse, [8], 2 : 188-189. 8°. Toulouse. 1880. At the end of his paper, p. 189, he refers a secondary fossil figured by Brodie to this genus. Jones, Thomas Rupert. Fossil insects. Geol. mag., 7 : 348. 80. London. 1870. Correction of geological horizon of certain insects described by Westwood. Jones, T. R. See also Hear, O. ; Mantell, G. A. Jordan, Hermann und von Meyer, Hermann. Ueber die crustaceen der steinkohlenformation von Saarbriicken. Palaeontogr., 4 : 1-15, //. 1-2. 40. Cassel. 1854. Describes, among other things, Adelophthalmus (Eurypterus) granosus, pp. 8-12, pi. 2, figs. 1-2, afterward considered a cock- roach by Goldenberg and others. Jordan, Johann Ludwig. Mineralogische berg- und hiittenmannische reisebemerkungen, vorziiglich in Hessen, Thiiringen, am Rheine und in sayn- altenkirchnerischen gebiete. 8°. Gottingen. 1803. Not seen ; said to contain, on p. igg, some referenfce to fossil insects. Judd, John Wesley. The secondary rocks of Scotland. Second paper. On the ancient volcanoes of the Highlands and the relation of their products to the mesozoic strata. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 30: 220-301,//. 22-23. 8°. London. 1874. Mentions, p. 274, the discovery of "elytra of two species of beetles" in lacustrine deposits at BaUypalidy, Co. Antrim, Ire- land, which he refers to the miocene- These beetles were figured by Baily (q. v. in Appendix). Earg, Joseph Maximilian. Ueber den steinbruch zu Oeningen bei Stein am Rheine und dessen pe- trefacte. Denkschr. vaterl. gesellsch. aertze u. naturf. Schwabens, i : 1-73. 80. Tiibingen. 1805. Not seen. It contains references to the insects, and is men- tioned by Heer. EaTTall, J. H. Organische einschliisse im berg- krystall. Bull. soc. imp. nat. Moscou, 1876, no. 3, pp. 170-173. 8°. Moscou. 1876. Describes a caterpillar, Ti?teiies crystalli, found in quartz from Siberia. Eeferstein, Christian. Die naturgeschichte des erdkorpers in ihren ersten grundziigen dargestellt. 2 V. 80. Leipzig. 1834. !« theil, pp. II, 394; aer theil, pp. 4, 896. Abtheilung 2 (palSontologie), sechster abschnitt ; Die fossilen insekten, pp. 325-347; under 7*«' abschnitt the myriapods and arachnids F and G, pp. 370-37') 375-37^1 378- The species are enumerated in the two last-mentioned groups, but only the genera in the hexapot^ ; the names are very frequently misspelled. Kendall, J. D. Interglacial deposits of West Cumberland and North Lancashire. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 37 : 29-39, pi. 3. 8°. London. 1881. Records the occurrence of elytra of beetles in deposits at Drigg, p. 34, and St. Bees, p. 35, without mention of names. Ejrby, W. F. A synonymic catalogue of diurnal Lepidoptera. S". London. 1871. pp. 7, 690. Sup- plement, March, i87i-June, 1877. 80. London. 1877. pp. 7. 691-883. Includes the few fossil species. Kirkby, James W. On the remains of insects from the coal measures of Durham. Geol. mag., 4 : 388-390,//. IT, figs. 6-8. 8". London. 1867. Describes and figures without names two or three orthopterous insects from near Claxheugh. Enorr, Georg Wolfgang. Lapides, ex celeberri- morum virorum sententia diluvii universalis testes, quos in ordines ac species distribuit, suis coloribus exprimit aeris incisos in lucem mittit et alia naturae miranda addit : — Sammlung von merkwiirdigkeiten der natur und den alterthiimern des erdbodens, zum beweis einer allgemeinen siindfluth nach der mey- nung der beriihmtesten maenner aus dem reiche der steine gewiesen und nach ihren wesentlichen arthen, eigenschafften, und ansehen, mit farben ausgedruckt, und in kupffer herausgegeben, in Niirnberg 1750. With second title : Sammlung von merckwiirdigkei- ten der natur und alterthiimern des erdbodens welche petrificirte korper enthalt ausgewiesen und beschrieben (erster theil). fo. Niiremberg. 1755. 2 t. p., pp. (z), 32, t. p. to atlas, tab. 1-38 (= 57 pi.). PI. 33_contains six figures, five of insects from Oeningen, the only distinguishable ones being three of odonate larvae, explained on p. 27. To this work is appended, pp. 29.^32, a letter from Mylius to von Haller, entitled Beschreibung einer neuen grbnd- landischen thierpflanze. Bound up with the same is the fol- lowing: — Knorr, G. W. Die naturgeschichte der ver- steinerungen zur erlauterung der knorrischen samm- lung von merkwiirdigkeiten der natur herausgegeben von Johann Ernst Immanuel Walch. Erster theil. fo. Niirnberg. 1773. pp. (6), 187. This contains a further explanation of the plate on p. 181 in which the insects are called libellen, and which is preceded by an account (pp. 171-1S0) of what was then known of fossil in- sects, entitled Die entomolithen und helmintholithen. Eoch (Friedrich) Carl Ludwig und Berendt (Georg Carl). Die im bernstein befindlichen crus- taceen, myriapoden, arachniden und apteren der vorwelt. fo. Berlin. 1854. t. p., pp. 4, 124, pi. 17. Berendt, Bernst. befindl. org. reste vorw., i^"' id. 1= abth. Edited, with additions o£ importance by Menge. ro Myria- poda, 123 Arachnida, and 21 Thysanura are described and figured, besides numerous others briefly described in the notes which Menge adds to nearly every species, nearly or quite doub- ling the extent of the text. Menge adds on pp. 7-8 a list of the species in his collection. Eoehler, Friedrich. Ueber den libellulit von Solenhofen. Zeitschr. f. mineral. (Taschenb. ges. mineral. ,jahrg. 20), bd. z : 231-^33, //. T,fig. 3. 16". Frankfurt a. M. 1826. With note by Hesse] giving the opinion of Herold. The insect is referred to Aeschna. Translation : Account of a libellulite found at Solenhofen. Edinb. new phil. journ., z : \<)^,pl. 3, fig. 4. 80. Edinburgh. 1826. The note is not appended. Eolenatd, Friedrich August. Ueber phryganiden im bernstein. Abhandl. bohm. gesellsch. wissensch., [5]. 6:15- 4°. Prag. 1851. Eight species or varieties are named but not described. ESnig, Charles. Icones fossilium sectiles. Cen- turia prima, fo. (London ?, 1825) no t. p., pp. (4), [Krantz, August.] Verzeichniss der von Dr. Krantz gesammelten, von Herrn Senator v. Heyden und Herrn Hauptmann v. Heyden in Frankfurt a. M. und von Herrn Dr. Hagen in Kbnigsberg in der Palaeontographica bis jetzt beschriebenen und abge- bildeten insecten, etc., aus dem braunkohlengebirge von Rott im Siebengebirge. Verhandl. naturh. ver. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westph., 24 : 313-316. 80. Bonn. 1867. Enumerates 73 Coleopt, 25 Dipt., ir Neuropt., 4 Hymenopt., 3 Arachn., 2 Hemipt, i Lepidopt., r Orthopt., — 120 species. de Lafontaine, Jules. See de Borre, A. P. Landgrebe, Georg. Ueber einen im polir-schiefei des Habichts-waldes aufgefundenen kafer. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1843 : 137-142- 80. Stuttgart 1843- ; ppscribes an Aphodius. 24 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Iiangius, Carolus Nicolaus. Historia lapidum figuratorum Helvetiae, ejusque viciniae, in qua non solum enarrantur omnia eorum genera, species et vires, aeneisque tabulis repraesentantur, sed insuper adducuntur eorum loca nativa, in quibus reperiri Solent, lit cuilibet facile sit eos colUgere, modo ad- ducta locaadire libeat. 80. Venetiis. 1708. 2 t. pp., pp. (26). 165, tab. 52. A single "Musca" from Oeningen is figured on pi. 7, fig. 5 and mentioned on p, 39. Lartigue. fichantillons de bois fossiles provenant du gault de Lottinghen. Ann. soc. ent. France, (5), 6, htll. ent, p. loy. 80. Paris. 1876. Exhibition of fossil wood perforated by insects, afterward re- ported on by Brongniart, C. (q. v.) Latreille, Pierre Andre. See Faujas-de-Saint- Fond, B. Leach, William Elford. See Henslo'W, J. S. IieConte, John Lawrence. Address before the American association for the advancement of sci- ence at Detroit, Michigan, August 13, 1875. ^°- Salem. 1875. *• P-> PP- ^^- -Proc. Amer, assoc. adv. jc, xxiv: 1-18. 8". Salem. 1876. The distribution of certain N. American beetles directly indi- cates a survival from cretaceous or even earlier times, pp. 4-7. LeConte, J. L. See also Dana, J. D. Lefebvre, Alexandre. Observations relatives 4 I'empreinte d'un lepidoptere foSsile (Cyllo sepulta) du Docteur Boisduval. Ann. soc. ent. France [2], 9:71-88,//. 3, ii. An argument to show that Boisduval had wrongly interpreted both the neuration and the markings of the wings. Reproduced in Scudder's Fossil butterjlies, pp. 17-25, pi. i, figs. 14-16. Iieidy, Joseph. See Deane, J. Lesquereux, Leo. Botanical and palaeontologi- cal report on the geological state survey of Arkansas. Ovien, Second rep. geol. reconn. Arkansas, fp. 295-399, pi. 1-6. 8°. Philadelphia. 1S60. _ Contains description, p. 314 and figure, pi. 5, fig. 11, of Blat- tina venusta from carboniferous rocks of Frog Bayou. Lesser, Friedrich Christian. Lithotheologie, das ist : Naturliche historie und geistliche betrach- tung derer steine. 160. Hamburg. 1735. pp. 48, 300. (52), Pl- 10- In the seventh chapter, fourth division, fifth book : Von ver- steinerten thieren auf erden, so kein hint baben, pp. 553-561, he reviews what is known of fossil insects in his day. In the Hamburg edition of 1751 (pp. 48, 1488, pi. 10) the same appears on pp. 633-639. Lhwyd, E. See Luidius, E. van der Liiiden, Pierre Leonard. Notice sur une empreinte d'insecte, renfermee dans un echantil- lon de calcaire schisteux de Sollenhoven, en Baviere. 40. (Bruxelles. 1827.) pp. 9, pi. Nouv. mim. acad. ray. sc. Brux., 4 : 245-253, pi. 40. Bruxelles. 1827. Describes and figures Aeschna antiqua. , von Linnd, Carl. Oelandska och gothlandska resa pS. riksens hogloflige standers befallning fbr- rattad Shr 1741 ; med anmarkningar uti oeconomien, natural-historien, antiquiteter, &c. med Ststillige figurer. 160. Stockholm och Upsala. 1745. pp. (14). 344. 30. 2 maps, pi. figs. Contains a mere mention, p. 59, of finding some small insects in a fossil state near Glomminge in Oeland. Translation : Reisen durch Oeland und Goth- land welche auf befehl der hochlbblichen reichstande des konigreichs Schweden im Jahr 1741 angestellt worden. 16°. Halle. 1764. pp. (32), 364, (24), 2 maps, 2 pi. The same on p. 68. von Linn^, C. Wastgota resa pS riksens hoglo- flige standers befallning fbrrattad Sr 1746. Med an- markningar uti oeconomien, naturkunnogheten, an- tiquiteter, inwSrnarnes seder och lefnads-satt, med tilhbrige figurer. 16°. Stockholm. 1747. pp. (12), 284, (19). Pl- 5- Refers, on p. 24, to finding beetles in the limestone of Kinne- kulle. Translation : Reisen durch Westgothland, welche auf befehl der hochlbblichen reichsstande des konigreichs Schweden im jahr 1746 angestellt worden. 8°. Halle. 1765. pp. (20), 318, pl. 7. Not seen. The same (probably) is found on p. 30. [von Linn^, C.]. Museum tessinianum, opera illustrissimi comitis, Dom. Car. Gust. Tessin. f". Holraiae. 1753. pp. (8), 123, (9), pl. 14. On p. 98 he enters Entomolithus coleoptri, unknown locality ; which he hkens to a carabid. Lippi. [Lettre a M. Dodart.] Hist. acad. sc, 1705 : 36-37. 40. Paris. 1706. Account, of the discovery of supposed bee-cells (probably corals) in the rocks of the Montagues de Siout, Upper Egypt. «** It is somewhere stated that Lippi has mentioned the fossil insects of Oeningen. Loew, Hermann. Dipterologische beitrage [I abtheilung]. Qffentl.prilf. Friedr.-Wilh.gymn. Posen, 1845: 1-52, />/. 40. Posen. 1845. Contains descriptions and figures of three copal Diptera. Loeiv, H. Ueber den bernstein und die bern- stein fauna. 40. Berlin. 1850. pp. 44. Progr. konigl. realsch. Meseritz, pp. 1-44. 4°. Meseritz. 1850. Separate, Berlin edition not seen ; of the other, pp. 28-44 3re occupied by a general systematic review of the amber Diptera, of which many new genera and specyes are indicated with brief or no description. More than 10,000 specimens were examined by Loew, and about 575 species indicated. Loewr, H. Ueber die dipteren fauna des bern- steins. 40. Kbnigsberg. 1861. pp. 13. Amtl. ber. versamml. deutsch. naturf., 35 : 88-98. 40. Kbnigs- berg. 1861. An important discussion of the problems suggested by a study of the Diptera of the Prussian amber, of which at this time 850 species were known to the author, and of which over 650, belong- ing to loi genera, had been satisfactorily determined. These insects belong to a single district fauna, and represent only a fragment of that, viz. : those low flying Diptera which love moist places sheltered from the wind. The generic types which existed in the amber period h^ve probably been preserved down to our time. Of all living types North American Diptera, es- pecially those found from lat. 32° to 40° most nearly resemble the amber fauna ; next to these, those of Europe. Translation : On the Diptera or two-winged insects of the amber-fauna. 80. New Haven. 1864. pp.20. Amer. journ. sc.,\;^, yi : ■}pif-2fi\. 8". New Haven. 1864. Translation by R. von Osten Sacken, who adds a single brief note on living species common to Europe and America. Loew, H. Monographs oithe Diptera of North America ; prepared for the Smithsonian institution. Part I. ; edited, with additions, by R. Osten Sacken. 8°. Washington. 1862. pp. 24, 221, pl. 2. References to amber Diptera, partly original, will be found on pp. II, 17. Loew, H. Berichtigung der generischen bestim- mung einiger fossilen dipteren. Zeitschr. gesamvil. naturw., 32 : 180-191, taf. 5. 8°. Berlin. 1868. A revision of the tertiary Bibionidae described by Heer. Lortet, Louis, et Chantre, Ernest, fitudes paM- ontologiques dans le bassin du Rhone ; periode qua- ternaire. Arch. mus. hist. nat. Lyon, i : 59-130. 40. Lyon. 1876. Mentions the occurrence of insects at La Boisse, p. 104, and Sonnaz, p. 105. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 25 IiUbbock, Sir John. The president's address. Trans, ent, soc. Lond., [3], ^,journ. of proc, 113-131. 8°. London. 1867. Records, pp. _ 128-129, the progress during the year in the study of fossil insects. < Lubbock, J. On the origin and metamorphoses of insects. 160. London. 1874. pp. i6, 108. Contains a chapter [v] on the origin of insects, in wliich, on p. 86, is a general statement of the geological appearance of the different orders of insects. Iiubbock, J. Address read before the entomo- logical society of London at the anniversary meet- ing on the 19th January, 188 1. 8°. London. i88i. pp. 17. Refers, pp. 12-13, to recent researches on fossil insects, par- ticularly by Goss and Scudder. Iiucas, Hippolyte. [Note sur les espfeces de cole- opt^res decrites par Dalman dans son memoire : Cm insekter inneslutne i copal.] Bull, slances soc. entom. Fra7ue,iZ']8,no.T,p.T^. 8°. Paris. 1878. Remarks on the omission of these insects^ from Gemminger and Harold's Catalogus coleopterorum, and cites the species of all ordere figured by Dalman. Iiuidius, Edvardus. Edvardi Luidii apud oxoni- enses cimeliarchae ashmoleani Lithophylacei britan- nici ichnographia. Slve lapidum aliorumque fos- silium britannicorum singular! figura insignium, quotquot hactenus vel ipse invenit vel ab amicis ac- cepit : distributio classica : scrinii sui lapidarii reper- torium cum locis singulorura natalibus exhibens ; additis rariorum aliquot figuris aere incisis : cum epistolis ad clarissimos viros de quibusdam circa marina fossilia et stirpes minerales praesertira no- tandis. Editio altera : novis quorumdam speciminum iconibus aucta ; subjicitur authorio praelectio de stellis marinis, etc. 8°. Oxonii. 1760. pp. (i5), IS^, (4). pi- 25. Epistola 3. Summarium literarum V. C. D. Richardi Richard- son, M.D. De entrocho lapide, conchitis, et lithophytis seu plantis mineralilius agri eboracensis ; de bufonibus mediis saxis inclusis, et depictis aliquot in schisto carbonariainsectis, pp. 107-114, pi. 4, fig. 197 (4 figs). First edition, Lipsiae, 1699, not seen. Lyell, Sir Charles. On the boulder formation or drift, and associated fresh-water deposits composing the mud cliffs of eastern Norfolk. Proc. geol. soc. io« 49i- Earlier editions not examined. MacCulloch, John. On animals preserved in amber, with remarks on the nature and origin of that substance. Quart, journ. sc. lit. arts, 16: 41-48. 8°. London. 1823. Froriep, yVii^/z^K, 6, «o. H4,/jS. 49-51. 4". Erfurt. 1823. Mainly devoted to describing the methods of distinguishing amber from other gums ; insects and other animals are only mentioned in a general way. McLitire, E. S. See Elrod, M. N., and Mcln- tire, E. S. McLachlan. Robert. Note sur I'insecte fossile decrit par M. P. deBorre sous le nom de Breyeria borinensis. Comptes rendus soc. ent. Belg., (2), no. 41 : 5-6. 80. Bruxelles. 1877. Ann. soc. ent. Belg. 20 : 36-37. 8°. Bruxelles. 1877. Considers the insect an ephemerid. McLachlan, R. Did flowers exist during the carboniferous epoch ? Nature, 19 : 554. 4°. London, 1879. Breyeiia is an ephemerid. McLachlan, R. The same. Nature, 20 : 5-6. 4°. London. 1879. Response to Mr. Wallace, disputing the lepidopterous nature of Breyeria borinensis. McLachlan, R. See Anon. Mahr, Carl Hermann. Beitrag zur kenntniss fos- silen insecten der steinkohlen formation Thuringens. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1870 : 282-285, fiS^- ^°- Stuttgart. 1870. Description and figure of two species of Blattina from Ilmenau. Malepeyre. See Buckland, W. Malfatti, Giovanni. Osservazioni sopra alcuni insetti fossili dell' ambra e del copale. 8°. Milano. 1878. pp. 15. Atti soc. ital. sc. nat., 21 : 181-195. 8°. Milano. 1878. Of a general nature, but contains at the close a list of addi- tions to the Museo civlco with remarks; and three pages of bibliography are appended. Mcilfatti, G. Due piccoli imenotteri fossili dell' ainbra siciliana. 4". [Roma. 1881.] pp. 4, figs. Atti accad. line, (3), trans., 5 : 80-83, 2 Jigs. 4°. Roma. ^ 18S1. Describes and figures a Myrmar and a Tapinoma. Mantell, Gideon Algernon. A tabular arrange- ment of the organic remains of the county of Sussex. Trans.geol. soc. Lond.,(2),:i,: 201-216. \°. London. 1829. Reference is made on p. 201 to the occurrence of larval cases of Phryganidae in the silt or blue clay of Lewes Levels. Mantell, G. A. The wonders of geology. First American from third London edition. 2 vols. 16°. New Haven. 1839. — Vol. i, pp. 16, 1-428, front., pi. 4; vol. 2, pp. 7, 429-804 (24), pi. 6-10. "Fossil insects" (of Aix). i : 247-250, tab. 45. "Insects of the coal formation." 2 : 679-680. Mantell, G. A. The same : 4th ed. London, 1840. 6th ed. 2 V.160. London, 1848. — Vol. i, pp. 15, 482 ; vol. 2, pp. 483-938, plates as above. 7th ed. revised and augmented by T. Rupert Jones. 2 v. 160. London. — Vol. I, pp. 24, 1-480, (1857) ; vol. 2, pp. 16, 481-1019 (1858). Mantell, G. A. The medals of creation, or First lessons in geology and in the study of organic re- mains. 2 vols. 160. London. 1844. — Vol. i, pp. 28, 1-456, pi. I, 3-6; vol. 2, pp. 6, 457-1016, pi. 2. Fossil insects and «piders, pp. S7°-s84, with woodcuts 122- 124. Mantell, G. A. The same : 2d edition entirely re- written. 2 v. 16°. London. 1854. — Vol. i, pp. 32, 1-446; vol. 2, pp. II, 447-930, plates as before. Mantell, G. A. Notes on the wealden strata of the Isle of Wight, with an account of the bones of iguanodons and other reptiles discovered at Brook Point and Sandown Bay. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 2, i : 91-96. 8°. London. 1846. In the closing paragraphs brief reference is made to elytra of "two or more species of Coleoptera" at Wateringbury. Mantell, G, A, Geological excursions round the Isle of Wight and along the adjacent coast of Dor- setshire ; illustrative of the most interesting geologi- 26 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. cal phenomena, and organic remains. i6o. London. 1847. PP- 428, pi. 20. Refers to the discovery of fossil insects in tertiary and wealden beds at pp. 140, 400. Mantell, G. A. A brief notice of organic re- mains recently discovered in the wealden formation. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 5 : 37-43, pi. 3. 8°. London. 1849. A brief notice, p. 39, of elytra of Coleoptera from the "fresh- water strata above the oolite in Buckin§;liamshire ; " two of these are figured in detail, but no suggestion is made of their affinities. Maravigna, Carmelo. Insectes dans I'ambre. Rev. zooL, I : 168-169, followed by remarks of Guerin Meneville, pp. 169-170, pi. i. 8°. Paris. 1838. Maravigna' s note is upon the conditions of occurrence of Sicilian amber. Guerin figures and enumerates and occasionally names about fifteen species, mostly Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, and Diptera. Massalongo, Abramo Bartolommeo Pr. Mono- grafia delle nereide fossili. 80. Verona. 1855. pp. 35, pi. 6. In an appendix, pp. 3 1-32, he enumerates five species of insects from Monte Bolca. Massalongo, A. B. P. Prodrome di un' ento- mologia fossile del M. Bolca. Studii paleont., pp. 11-21, iaS. I {pars.}, 2. 80. Verona. 1856. Describes seven insects of different orders. Massalongo, A. B. P. Sopra due larve fossili di Libellula dei terreni mioceni di Sinigallia. Studii paleont., pp. 22-23, ("■b- I, fig^- 8-13. 8°. Verona. 1856. The larvae are referred to two of Heer's species from Oeningen. Massalongo, A. B. P. Compendium faunae et florae fossilis bolcensis. Not seen ; nor have I been able to find a single reference to it in bibliographies, and presume it is still unpublished. It is thus referred to in several places by the author in other publications ; see Studii paleont., p. 14, etc. Massalongo, A. B. P. e ScarabelU, G. Studii sulla flora fossile e geologia stratigrafica del Seni- galliese. fo. Inola. 1859. pp. 8, 506, map, pi. 45. Parte i"* Geologia stratigrafica is by Scarabelii ; parte 1^ Flora fossile iDy Massalongo. Insetti on p. 25, contains a nominal list of species. Mayr, Gustav Leopold. Vorlaufige studien Uber die Radoboj-formiciden in der sammlung der k. k. geologischen reichsanstalt. 80. Wien. 1867. pp. 16, pi. I. yahrb. geol. reichsanst., 17 : 47-61, taf. i. 8°. Wien. 1867. A revision of the specimens described by Heer with reference to modem genera. See also Heer, O. Abstract : On fossil insects. Quart. Journ. geol. soc. Lond., 23, ii : 7. 8°. London. 1867. Mayr, G. L. Die ameisen des baltischen bern- steins ; mit 106 figuren auf fiinf tafeln. Beitr. naturk. Freussens, I, pp. 4, 102, (io),tal). 5. 40. Konigsberg. 1868. Extended descriptions of forty-nine species and twenty-three genera, with some preliminary general observations, including a review of previous literature, and a comparison of amber species with modem types and those of Radoboj. Medlicott, H. B. and Blanford, W T. A manual of the geology of India ; chiefly compiled from the observations of the geological survey; published by order of the government of India. 8°. Calcutta. 1879. 2 vol. and map. Vol. i. Penin- sular area, pp. 18, 80, 1-444. Vol. 2. Extrapenin- sular area, pp. 445-817, pi. 21. On pp. 152, 154, 314 are references to insects found in the mesozoic and tertiary deposits of central India. Meek, Fielding B., and 'Wortlien, A. H. Notice of some new types of organic remains from the coal measures of Illinois. Proc. acad. nat. sc. Philad., 1865; 41-53. 8°. Philadelphia. 1865. Describe Anthracerpes typus as a myriapod and Palaeocampa anthrax as an insect, — both afterwards considered as worms. Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H. Preliminary notice of a scorpion, a Eurypterus, and other fossils, from the coal-measures of Illinois. Am. journ. sc. arts, [2], 46 : 19-28. 8°. New Haven. 1868. Afterwards described more fully in the Geological survey of Illinois. Among the "other fossils" are two myriapods. Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H. Articulate fossils of the coal measures. Worthen, Geol. surv. III., 3, ii, palaeontology, pp. 540-565, figs. 8°. n. p. 1868. Describe and figure, pp. 556-565, two myriapods and two arachnids, with a Note on the genus Palaeocampa, p. 565, first described as a caterpillar, but here considered a worm. Meigen, Johann Wilhelm. See Rathke, M. H. Meinecke, Johann Christoph. Vermischte an- merkungen iiber verschiedene gegenstande, sonder- lich des steinreichs. Naturforscher, st. 20 : 185-210. 160. Halle. 1784. The first part, pp. 186-189, is devoted to amber, as occurring in which he mentions various insects and Gryllus domesticus in particular. Menge, A. Ueber die scheerenspinnen, Cher- netidae. 40. [Danzig. 1855.] pp. 43, pi. 5. Neuesie schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 15, heft 2 [art. 2]. 40. Danzig. 1855. Seven of the fifteen species described and figured are from amber. Menge, A. Lebenszeichen vorweltlicher, im bern- stein eingeschlossener thiere. Progr. petrischule Dan- zig, pp. 1-32. 40. Danzig. 1856. Contains a valuable systematic review of the species in the au- thor's collection, with occasional brief descriptions. The collec- tion is one of the largest ever made, containing 67 Myriapoda of 31 species, 674 Arachnida of more than 150 species, and 3102 Insecta, of which even the genera are rarely enumerated, but only separated by families. Menge, A. Ueber ein rhipidopteron und einige andere im bernstein eingeschlossene thiere. Also entitled : Ueber ein rhipidopteron und einige hel- minthen im bernstein. 8°. Danzig. 1866. t. p., pp. 8, figs. Schriften naturf. gesellsch. Danzig (2), I, iii-iv. 80. Danzig. 1866. The strepsipteron is described and figured under the name of Triaena tertiaria, and figures are given of a Chironomus to which a Mermis is found attached. Menge, A. Ueber einen scorpion und zwei spin- nen im bernstein. 8°. Danzig. 1869. pp. 9. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, (2), 2,\\. 8°. Danzig. 1869. Menge, A. See also Koch, F. C. L. und Berendt, G. C. ; and Pictet-Baraban, F. J. et Hagen, H. A. Meroati, Michael. Michaelis Mercati samminia- tensis Metallotheca opus posthumum, auctoritate, & munificentia Clementis XI. pontificis maximi e tenebris in lucem eductum ; opera autem, & studio Joannis Mariae Langisii archiatri pontificii illustra- tum. f». Romae. 1717. pp. 64, 378, (18), pi. 6, figs. Arm. 5, cap. g: De succino, pp. 87-go, contains on p. 89 figures of some half dozen insects in amber which are enu- merated in a single line on p. 88. von Meyer (Christian Erich) Hermann. Indu- sia. Ersch u. Gruber, Allg. encycl. wissensch. u. ktinste, sect. 2, th. 18, s. 136. 40. Leipzig. 1840. von Meyer, C. E. H. Insekten, fossile. Ersch. u. Griiber, Allg. encycl. wissensch. u. kunste, sect. 2, th. 18, s. 536-541. 40. Leipzig. 1840. A review of the literature, with nothing new. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 27 von Meyer, C. E. H. Fische und insekten der braunkohle bei Westerburg in Nassau. Neues jahrb. mineral, 1851 : 677. 80. Stuttgart. 1851. Brief notice of the discovery of two flies. vou Meyer, C. E. H. Mittheilung an professor Bronn. Neues jahrb. mineral., 1852 : 465-468. Notices^ p. ^67, Heyden's Dicerca Taschei ; his discovery of insect borings in wood from the brown coal ; and his statement that Xylophagvis antiquus is a Bibio. von Meyer, C. E. H. Vogel-federn und Palpipes priscus von Solenhofen. Neues jahrb. mineral., i86i ; 561. 80. Stuttgart. 1861. A brief notice of seven new specimens of Palpipes. von Meyer, C. E. H. Zu Palpipes priscus aus dem lithographischen schiefer in Bayern. Palaeon- tograph., 10 : 299-304, taf. SO,jigs. 1-4. 4°. Cassel. A detailed description of this arachnid from several specimens. von Meyer, C. E. H. See Jordain, H. und Meyer, (C. E.) H. Michelin. [Sur] un travail imprime de M. Hoeminghaus, relatif k una esp^ce fossile du genre Phrygane. Ami. soc. ent. France, (2), 3, bull, ent., 30-31. 8°. Paris. 1845. Miller, S. A. The caenozoic or tertiary period. yourn. Cine. soc. nat. hist, 4 : 93-144. 8°. Cincin- nati. 188 1. Gives lists of the tertiary insects described from North America. Miller, S. A. The American palaeozoic fossils : a catalogue of the genera and species, with names of authors, dates, places of publication, groups of rocks in which found, and the etymology and signification of the words, and an introduction devoted to the stratigraphical geology of the palaeozoic rocks. 8°. Cincinnati. 1877. pp. 15, 253. Arachnida, Myriapoda and Insecta, pp. 224-226. Milli&re, Pierre. Observations relatives k I'em- preinte d'un hemiptfere fossile (with note by Signoret, v., and Fairmaire, L.). Ann. soc. ent. France, (3), I : 9-11,//. 3". 80. Paris. 1853. Describes under the name of Aphis longicaudus, an insect from the "schiste marneux" of Ambdrieux, Ain. Moore, Charles. On the palaeontology of the middle and upper lias. Proc. Somersetsh. archaeol. nat. hist, soc, 2 : 61-76; 8". Taunton. 1865-1866. His collection of lias insects consists of about loco speci- l mens. "The families jepresented at Ilminster include Libel- lula, Neuroptera, Orthoptera, Homoptera, Diptera and Coleop- tera." Moore, C. On the zones of the lower lias and the Avicula contorta zone. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Zo«(/., 17, i: 483-516, //. 15-16. 8°. London. 1861. On p. 513 mentions the occurrence of Carabidae at Vallis. Moore, C. Notes on a plant and insect bed on the Rocky River, New South Wales. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 26 : 261-263, //. \%, jigs. 2-1 1. 8°. London. 1870. Brief notice of the insects, about ten species of beetles, which are figured. An abstract with the same title (excepting^ the omis- sion of the word Notes) on p. 2 of same, with discussion, which does not touch the insects. An abstract will also be found in Phil, mag., z. 8°. London. 1834. Proc. geol.soc. Land., 2: i?t-20. 8°. London. 1S34. In a notice of the fossils a beetle and a spider are mentioned, p. 376 (20), as occurring in the iron-stone nodules at that place. Prestwich, J. On the geology of Coalbrook Dale. Trans, geol. soc. Land., (2), 5: 413-495,//. 30-41. 4°. London. 1840. Contains a notice, p. 446, of three fossil insects (CurcuUoides [jK-j Ansticii, C. Prestvicii and a neuropteron) from the locality ; also entered in the table on p. 490. Provost, Constant. Observations sur les schistes calcaires oolitiques de Stonesfield en Angleterre, dans lesquels ont ete trouves plusieurs ossemens fossiles de mammiferes. A7in. sc. natur., 4 : 389- 417,//. 17-18. 8». Paris. 1824. Refers merely, p. 393, and in explanation of plates, p. 417, to elytra of a Buprestis? figured pl. 18, fig. 26. Procaccini Ricci, Vito. Lettera . . . sugli en- tomoliti delle gessaje sinigagliesi. Nuc^. ami. sc. natur., ann. 4, torn. 7, //. 448-456. 8°. Bologna. 1842. A general paper, in which on p. 449 it is stated that Coleop- tera, Hemiptera, Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Dip- tera and Aptera have been found at Senigagha. Quenstedt, Friedrich August. Handbuch der petrefaktenkunde. 8". Tiibingen. 1852. pp. 6, 792, pl. 62. Arachnidae, pp. 306-309; Insecta, pp. 309-319. The 2d edi- tion not seen. Rafiray, Achille. Note sur des insectes ren- fermes dans des morceaux de gomme copal. Ann. soc. ent. France, (S), 5, bull, ent., 125-126. 8°. Paris. 1875- General notes based on a collection exhibited ; a single para- graph is devoted to insects. Rathke, Martin Heinrich. Untersuchung iiber die bernstein-insecten. Oken's Isis, 1829 : 413. 4°. Leipzig. 1829. Mentions his large collection of amber insects collected in company with Behrendt ; the Coleoptera had been studied by Heyden and Schmidt, the Ichneumonidae by Graveuhorst, the Diptera by Meigen and Wiedemann. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. See Geinitz, H. B. Reuss, August Emanuel. Kurze iibersicht der geognostischen verhaltnisse Bohmens ; fiinf vortrage, gehaltenimnaturwissenschaftlichenvereine Lotos im jahre 1853; mit drei geologischen iibersichtskarten. 8°. Prag. 1854. pp. 103, pl. 3. Refers, p. 59, to two scorpions and a spider from the carbon- iferous rocks of Bohemia. Robert, Eugene. Lettre sur les observations faites en Danemarck, en Norwege et en Su^de, et dans laquelle il parle du succin, etc. Bull. soc. geol. France, ^i 114-118. 8°. Paris. 1838. The letter is addressed to M. Cordier. The amber containing insects is mentioned on pp. 114-115 ; the insects mentioned are Aphodius fossor, Buprestis, Galeruca, "ahises" and *']e bou- cher, " all on p. 1 14. It is quoted in the Royal society's catalogue under the title ; De la disposition de la tourbe k Elseneur et des insectes qu'on y trouve. 1 Roemer, Ferdinand. On a fossil spider lately discovered in the coal measures of Upper Silesia. Report Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 1865, notices, 73. 8". Lon- don. 1866. Geol. mag., 2 : 468. 8". London. 1865. These two are essentially the same with slightly differing titles ; and are practically an abstract of the following. Roemer, F. Protolycosa anthracophila, eine fos- sile spinne aus dem steinkohlen-gebirge Oberschle- siens. Neues jahrb. f. mineral., 1866 : i'!6-I4l, taf. "l. 80. Stuttgart. 1866. J 4j, y J Roemer, F. Notiz iiber ein vorkommen von fos- silen kafern (coleopteren) im rhat bei Hildesheim. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS, 31 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. gesellsch., 28 : 350-353, figs. 8°. Berlin. 1876. Describes and figures three species of Coleoptera, of which one is not named. Roemer, F. Lethaea geognostica oder Beschrei- bung und aljbildung der fUr die gebirgs-formationen bezeichnendsten versteinerungen, herausgegeben von einer vereinigung von palaontologen. I theil : Lethaea palaeozoica von F. Roemer. With secondary title : Lethaea geognostica oder Beschreibung und abbil- dung der fiir die einzelnen abtheilung der palaeozoi- schen formation bezeichnendsten versteinerungen. Atlas, mit 62 tafeln. 8°. Stuttgart. 1876. 2 t. p., vorw. 2 p., taf. 62 (mit erlauterungen). A few insects are figured on plates 31, 47 and 56. Roemer, F. See Bronn, H. G., und Roemer, F. Rolle, Friedrich. Ueber ein vorkommen fossiler pflanzenzu Obererlenbach (Wetterau). Neuesjahrb. f. mineral., 1877 : 769-784. 8°. Stuttgart. 1877. Merely mentions, pp. 772-773, the occurrence of remains of insects in the pliocene? beds of Ober Erlenbach. Rondani, Camillo. Lettre sur les insectes du succin. Rev. zooL, 3 : 366-370. 80. Paris. 1840. Followed, p. 370, by remarks by Guerin-M^n^ville. Rondani makes some corrections of generic determinations in Guerin's supplement to Maravigna's paper. Guerin speaks only of the imperfection of the specimens. See also Maravi^a, C, in App. Rost, Woldemar. De filicum ectypis obviis in li- thanthracum wettinensium lobejunensium fosdinis. Halae. 8°. 1839. pp.- 31. Not seen. According to Germar, the fetter's Blattina didyma is described as a fern. Roth, Johann Rudolph. Ueber f ossile spinnen des lithographischen schiefers. Gel. anz. bay. akad. wiss., 32:164-167. fig. 4". Miinchen. 1851. Neues jahrb. mineral., 1851 : ZTS~3n'P^- 4 ^-fiS- ^■ 8°. Stuttgart. 1851.' Describes two species of a new genus, Palpipes. Rouchy, Vabbi. [Borings of Coleoptera in a trunk of fossil Walchia.] Petites nouv. entom., i : 551. 4°. l'.iris. 1875. Salter, John William. On some species of Eu- rypterus and allied forms. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 19, i : 81-87, /^J-. 8°. London. 1863. Describes and figures as an Eurypterus some carboniferous fragments since recognized as myriapods. de Saporta, Comte Gaston. Examen des flores tertiaires de Provence. YLitex, climat pays tert., pp. 13-5-171. 40. Winterthur. 1861. At the end of the section on the flora of Aix he refers, pp. 152-153, to the insects of the gypsum beds and their relations to the vegetation of the epoch. de Saporta, G. Etudes sur la vegetation du sud est de la France a Tepoque tertiaire. Suppl. I. Revision de la flore des gypses d'Aix; fasc. i : generalites. 8°. Paris. 1872. pp. 79, pi. 2. Ann. sc. nat., (5), bot., 15 : 277-351, //. 15-16. 8°. Paris. 1872. Notices the insects of Aix on pp. 70-71 [342-343]- Gives also a note by A. Giard, p. 69 [341], note, suggesting the presence at Aix of certain plants, from the occurrence of beetles presumed to feed upon them. de Saporta, G. [Lettre k M. de Selys-Long- champs.] Compt. rend. soc. ent. Belg., (2), no. 23 : 8. 8". Bruxelles. 1876. Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 19 : 4- 8°. Bruxelles. 1876. Lepidoptera could not have appeared before phaaerogamous flowers. de Saporta, G. See also de Borre, A. P. ; and Heer, O. de Saussure, Henri. Note sur un nouvel in- secte hymenoptere fossile. 8°. [Paris. 1852.] pp.2, pi. Rev. mag. zooL, {2), 4 : 579-582,//. 2t„ figs, 5-6. 8°. Paris. 1852. Describes and figures Pimpla antiqua from tertiaries of Aix. Soarabelli, Giuseppe. See Massalongo, A. B. P. e Soarabelli, G. Bchau-platz der natur oder gesprache von der beschaffenheit und den absichten der naturlicheu dinge etc. Dritter theil. 8". Wienn und Niirn- berg. 1748. pp. (22), 592, (II) front., pi. (33). Refers to the occurrence of flies and beetles in amber, p. 347. A figure of a fossil odonate larva also appears on the plate oppo- site p. 426 (fig. F.). Scheuchzer, Johann Jacob. Beschreibung der natur-geschichten des Schweizerlands dritter theil enthaltende vornemlich eine ober die hochsten alpge- birge an. 1705 getahne raise. 40. Ziirich. 1708. pp. (4), 208, pi. (9). Refers, p. 68, to the occurrence of flies and spiders in amber (agdstein)- Scheuchzer, J. J. Piscium querelae et vindi- ciae expositae. 4°. Tiguri. 1708. t. p., pp. 36, pi. 5. Mentions, p._ 15, and figures, pi- 2, a "Scarabaeus in lapide fissili bningensi," as a relic of the deluge. Scheuchzer, J. J. Herbarium diluvianum. f". Tiguri. 1709. t. p., pp. 44, pi. 10. PI. 5, figs. 1-2, p. 16 give figures and description of an odonate larva from Oeningen and a winged odonate from Monte Bolca. Scheuchzer, J. J. Herbarium diluvianum ; edi- tio novissima duplo auctior. £°. Lugduni Batavorum. 1723. 2 t. p., dedic, pp. 119, (5), portr., pi. 14. The same is found on the same plate, p. 21. Scheuchzer, J. J. Museum diluvianum quod possidet J. J. S. 16°. Tiguri. 1716. pp. (12), 107, (4). front. Records four fossil insects, p. 106, from Oeningen, Monte Bolca and Querfurt. Schilling, Samuel. See Gravenhorst, J. L. K. von ScUotheim, Ernst Friedrich. Die petre- factenkunde auf ihrem jetzigen standpunkte dutch die beschreibung seiner sammlung versteinerter und fossiler iiberreste des thier- und pflanzenreichs der vorwelt erlautert ; mit 1 5 kupfertaf eln. 8° (atlas, 4°). Gotha. 1820. pp. 64, 438. Pp. 42-44 relate to insects, specified under six heads- von Sbhlotheim, E. F. Nachtrage zur petre- factenkunde ; mit 21 kupfertafeln. 8°. Gotha. 1822. pp. 12, ICO. The same. Zweyte abtheilung ; mit kupfertafeln. 8° (atlas, 4°). Gotha. 1823. pp. (4), 114. The second part contains on pp. 6o-6r, taf. 22, fig. 10, what the author looks upon as the larva and nest of a Myrmeleon. Schmidel, Kasimir Christoph. Fortgesezte vor- stellung einiger merkwiirdigen versteinerungen mit kurzen anmerkungen versehen. 4°. Niirnberg. 1782. t. P-, pp. 45, pl- 8-24. Describes, p. 36, and figures, pi- rg, fig. 2, a dragon fly from Solnhofen, which he compares with LibelTa grandis. Schmidt, Wilhelm Ludwig Ewald. See Rathke, M. H. Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel. Litho- graphia halensis exhibens lapides circa Halam Saxonvm reperivndos systematice digestos secvndvm classes et ordines genera et species cvm synonymis selectis et descriptionibvs speciervm. Prefatvs est 32 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. loh. loach Langivs. i6°. Halae. 1759. pp. 24, 80, pi. I. Describes Entomolithus coleopleri from Rothenburg, pp. 51-52. Schroter, Johann Samuel. Neue litteratur und beytriige zur kenntniss der naturgeschichte vorzuglich der conchylien unifossilien. i"band. 16°. Leipzig. 1784. pp. (8), 550, (30), pi. 3. V. Ueber einige merkwiirdige versteinerungen. A. Von ver- steinten iosecteu, 410-413, pi. 3, fig. 16. Schroter, J. S. Entomolithen, versteinte in- secten. Schroter, Lithol. real- u. verbal-lex., 2 : 93-100. 8". Frankfurt. 1779. A compilation from the writings of the older authors. Schroter, J. S. Inseckten, entomolithen. Schroter, Lithol. real- u. verbal-lex., T,: yz-^t^. 8°. Frankfurt. 1780. General remarks of no present value. S'ch-weigger, August Friedrich. Beobachtungen auf naturhistorischen reisen ; anatomisch-ph^sio- logische untersuchungen iiber corallen; nebst einem anhange, bemerkungen iiber den bernstein enthal- tend. 4°. Berlin. 1819. pp. 8, 128, (4), pi. 8, tab. 12. The Bemerkungen iiber den bernstein occupy pp._ 101-127 and pi. 8, and contain in foot-notes extended descnptions of a few insects, figured carefully on the plate, but part at least of which have since been recognized as copal insects. Scrope, George Poulett. The geology and ex- tinct volcanoes of central France. 2ded. 8°. London. 1858. pp. 17, 258, pi. 17. Discusses, pp. 10-13, the indusial limestones of France, which he records at the following localities : hills of Gergovia above Romagnat, at the Puys Giron, de Jussat, de la Serre, de Mouton, de Dallet, at Mont Chagny, Mont Jughat, and les Cotes near Clermont ; at Davayat near Riom ; at Aigueperse, Gaunat, Mayet d'^cole, St. Gerard le Puy, between Jaligny and la Palisse, at Mont Barraud, etc. First edition not seen. Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. On the devonian insects of New Brunswick. 8°. [Fredericton, 1865.] I p. Bailey, Obs. geol. southern N. Brunsw. 8°. Fredericton. 1865. pp. 140-141. ^iw^?-.ytf«?-?«. jc, (2), 39: 357-358. 8°. N. Haven. 1865. Can. nat. geol., n. s., 2 : 234-236. 8°. Montreal. 1865. Trans, entom. soc. Land., {3), z, proc. 117-118. 8°. London. 1866. Short statement of the probable affinities of the oldest known insects, several species of which are distinguished. Scudder, S. H. On the fossil insects from Illi- nois, the Miamia and Hemeristia. Amer. journ, sc., (2), 40: 269-271. 8°. N. Haven. 1865. Discussion of the affinities of two carboniferous insects, pre- viously described by Dana. Scudder, S. H. [Remarks on some fossil insects from the carboniferous formation of Illinois and from the devonian rocks of New Brunswick.] Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 10 : 95-96. 8°. Boston. 1865. Merely an abstract of the two preceding papers. Scudder, S. H. An inquiry into the zoological relations of the first-discovered traces of fossil neu- ropterous insects in North America ; with remarks on the difference in structure in the wings of living Neuroptera. 4°. [Boston.] 1866. pp. 20, pi. Mem. Bost. soc. nat. hist., i, 173-192,//. 6. 4°. Boston. 1866. Full treatment of the structure and rehtionship of Miamia and Hemeristia, which are referred to separate families, distinct from recent types. The wing structure of the modern families is also systematically reviewed. Scudder, S. H. Results of an examination of a small collection of fossil insects obtained by Prof. William Denton in the tertiary beds of Green River, Colorado. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., II, 117-118. 8°. Boston. 1867. The same ; with slight additions. Hollister, Mines of Colorado, pp. ^a--^-^. 12°. Springfield. 1867. A bare statement of the relations of the insects. An abstract occurs in A mer. nat., 1:56. 8", Salem. 1867. Scudder, S. H. On Mormolucoides articulatus. Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 11 : 140. 8°. Boston. 1867. Considers this triassic species to be a coleopterous larva. Scudder, S. H. [Notice of fossil insects from the devonian rocks of New Brunswick and on Ha- plophlebium Barnesii.] Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 1 1 : 150-151. 8°. Boston. 1867. Amer. nat., i : 445-446. 8". Salem. 1867. Refers the devonian insects to new families of Neuroptera and the carboniferous Haplophlebium probably to the Ephemeridae. Scudder, S. H. The insects of ancient America. Amer.nat.,i,6z$-r6y,pl.i6. 8°. Salem. 1868. A popular account of those then known. Scudder, S. H. [Remarks on two new fossil in- sects from the carboniferous formation in America.] Proc. Bost. soc. nat. hist., 11 : 401-403. 8°. Boston. 1868. Scudder, Entom. notes, i : 7-9. 8". Boston. 1868. Amer. journ. sc, (2), 46 : 419-421. 8°. New Haven. 1868. Describes Megathentomum pustulatum and Archegogryllus priscus. P^^tiz-z^-Kn Amer. nat., z\ i-\T2. 8°. Bordeaux. 1843. Page 172 contains a Note relative au Mpidoptfere figure au no. 4 ; but the butterfly, Neorinopis sepulta, appears to have been Eublished in a limited edition only, as the two or three copies I ave examined do not contain it. Two years later Serres men- tions its pubhcation. de Serres, P. M. T. Sur les fossiles du bassin d'Aix (Bouches du Rhone.) Ann. sc. nat., (3), zooL, 4 : 249-256. 80. Paris. 1845. Pp. 251-254 are mostly given to combating the arguments drawn from the presence of Cyllo sepulta in favor of the equato- rial nature of the ancient climate of Aix. de Serres, P. M. T. See Pictet de la Rive, F.J. Signoret, Victor. See MilliSre, P. 36 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Sismonda, Eugenic. Materiaux pour servir a la paleontologie du terrain tertiaire du Pi^mont. Mem. accad. sc. Torino, (2), 22 : 391-471, pi. 1-33. 40. Torino. 1865. Refers, p. 470, to the occurrence of the larva of Libellula Doris in the upper miocene beds of Guar^ne ; it is figured, pi. 17, fig. 6. Sivers, Henricus Jacobus. Cvriosorvm niendor- piensivm. 40. Lvbecae. 1732. Speciinen TV sistens svccinorvm descriptionem occupies pp. 65-81, with a plate. Reference furnished by Dr. Hagen. Smith, Edward. On the stream works of Pento- wan. Trans, geol. soc. Lond., 4 : 404-409. 40. London. 1817. Records, p. 407, the "wings of coleopterous insects" at a depth of forty-six feet from the surface of the ground below lay- ers of peat and sea mud in a section at Pentowan, Cornwall, half a mile from the coast. Smith, E. J. A'Court. Discovery of remains of plants and insects. Nature, 11 : 88. 40. London. i874._ Notice of fossil insects in the tertiary beds at Gxmiet Bay, Isle of Wight Smith, Frederick. See Evans, C. E. Smith, Sidney Irving. Notice of a fossil insect from the carboniferous formation of Indiana. (Brief contributions to zoology from the museum of Yale College, no. ix.) 8°. [New Haven. 187 1.] pp. 3. Amer. journ. sc, (3), 1:44-46. 8°. New Haven. 1871. Describes Paolia vetusta, a neuropterous insect. Snellen van Vollenhoven, Samuel Constant. Eugereon Boeckingi. Verslag alg. vergad. nederl. entom. vereen., 22: ly 80. 'sGravenhage. 1867. Tijdschr.v. entom., (2), 3 : 13. 80. 'sGravenhage. 1868. Denies that there are any purely hemipteroiis characteristics in Eugereon ; but regards it as simply neuropterous. Spener, Christian Maximilian. See Vallis- nieri, A. Stainton, Henry Tibbats. See Bolton, J. Stein, Johann Philipp Emil Friedrich. Drei merkwiirdige bernstein-insecten, Mitth. miinch. en- tom. ver., I : 28-30. 8°. Miinchen. 1877. Not seen. Describes two Coleoptera and one Hymenopteron. Steinbeck, A. Ueber die bernsteingewinnung bei Brandenburg an der Havel. 1 20. Brandenburg. 1841. Neue not. natur- heilk., 14 : 257-263. 4°. Weimar. 1840. Separate publication not seen. Notices, p. 262, collections of amber insects made by Schirrmeister and himself, showing the fauna to be the same as that of the amber of the Baltic coast. An abstract will be found in Neues jahrb. mineral., 1844: 121-122. 80. Stuttgart. 1844. Sternberg, Kasper. Vortrag des pr'asidenten . . . in der allgemeinen versammlung des bbhm. museums am 14 April, 1835. Verh. gesellsch. vaterl. mus. Bohm., 1835:12-30. 160. Prag. 1835. Contains, pp. 23-24, a history of the discovery of the scorpion described in same volume by Corda. Sternberg, K. Insektengange im blatte der Fla- bellaria borassifolia. Verhandl. gesellsch. vaterl. mus. Bdhm.,\Z-i(i:Zir-i';„pl.\,figs.l-\. 160. Prag. 1836. Showing mines of an insect " ganz so, wie es die larven der blattschaben in dem parenchym der blatter jetzweltlicher pflan- zen hinterlassen." Sterzel, J. T. Ueber Palaeojulus dyadicus. Neues jahrb. miner., i%y?i:T2^Tii. 8°. Stuttgart. 1878. Considers the fossil described by Geinitz as a myriapod to be a fern-leaf, of a species of Scolecopteris. Sterzel, J. T. Ueber Palaeojulus dyadicus Geinitz und Scolecopteris elegans Zenker. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. gesellsch., 30 : ^\^-^(>, taf. 19. 8°. Berlin. 1878. Mainly devoted to showing that no animal remains have been found which possess the characters assigned to Palaeojulus dyadi- cus ; but this so-called myriapod is the half of a leaf of Scolecop- teris elegans, a fern. Sterzel, J. T. Ueber Scolecopteris elegans Zenker und andere fossile reste aus dem hornstein von Altendorf bei Chemnitz. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. gesellsch., 32 : 1-18, taf. 1-2. 8". Berlin. 1880. Has a brief reference to Palaeojulus dyadicus on pp. 1-2. Sterzel, J. T. Ueber zwei lieue insektenarten aus dem karbon von Lugau. Ber. naturw. gesellsch. Chemnitz,T.2i\-2'](i,pl. 8°. Chemnitz. 1881. Describes and figures Blattiiia (Etoblattina) lanceolata and Termes (Mixotermes?) lugauensis. Stizenberger, Ernst.- Uebersicht der versteine- rungen des grossherzogthums Baden. 8°. Freiburg i. B. 1851. pp. 144. A list of Oeningen insects compiled from the first two parts of Heer's work occurs on pp. 95-101 with references to collections ; and on p. 119 a reference to eggs and larvae of beetles and flies from the alluvium of the Rhine. Stoehr, Emilio. Notizie preliminari su le piante ed insetti fossili della formazione solfifera in Sicilia. Bull. com. geol. Ital.,-i'&Tt^,2%\-2%']. 8°. Roma. 1875. The insects from Girgenti are determined by Dr. von Heyden, p. 286, as larvae of Libellula Doris Heer and L. Eurynome Hear, the former in great quantities ; both are Oeningen species. Strickland, Hugh Edwin. On the occurrence of a fossil dragon-fly in the lias of Warwickshire. Mag. nat. hist., [n.s.], 4: y>l-Tp2,Jigs. 11-13. 8°. London. 1840. Description of Aeshna liassina. Strickland, H. E. On the results of recent re- searches into the fossil insects of the secondary formations of Britain. Hep. Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 1845, notices, 58. 8°. London. 1S46. A general account of what had been published by Brodie, with a few general deductions. Stxragerman, Everard Pieter. Waarneeming om- trent de insekten, welken in de gomlak gevonden worden. Verhand.zeeuwsch.genootsch.wetensch. Vliss., 7,11:227-258. pi. 80. Middelburg. 1780. S-winton, A. H. Notes on certain fossil Orthop- tera claiming affinity with the genus Gryllacris. 8". [London. 1874.] pp. 5. pi. Geol. mag., (2), i : 337- 541, pi. 14. 8°. London. 1874. Entitled on cover of separate On fossil Orthoptera. Claims to show that the carboniferous Corydalis Brongniarti is a Gryl- lacris, and discusses the tertiary species which have been referred to Gryllacris. S-winton, A. H. Insect variety : its propaga- tion and distribution ; treating of the odours, dances, colours, and music in all grasshoppers, cicadae and moths ; beetles, leaf-insects, bees, and butterflies; bugs, flies, and ephemerae ; and exhibiting the bear- ing of the science of entomology on geology. 8°. London, etc [1880.] pp. 10, 326, pi. 7. Notices the stridulation of extinct insects, pp. 163-164 ; and reviews the strata containing insect remains in a discursive man- ner, pp. 260-271. Swinton, A. H. A study of the variation of the small tortoise-shell butterfly (Vanessa urticae.) Hardw. science gossip, 1881 : 147-149, 1^6-1^% figs. 88, 104, 105. 1. 80. London. 1881. A study of the evolution and specialization of butterflies and moths, showing how the markings of the wings of fossil Lepi- doptera harmonize with the systematic design found in recent species ; in figs. 104, 105 on p. 177 he attempts restorations of Neonnopis sepulta and a tertiary Bombyx, both from Aix. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Zl T(ate), R(alph). See d'Eiohwald, fi. Tate, Ralph, and Blake, J. F. The Yorkshire has. 8<>. London. 1876. pp. 12, 475, 12, pi. 19, 4, map. Class Insccta by J. F. Blake, p. 426, pi. 16 (pars). Figures without description a Buprestites and a Chauliodites. Taylor, J. E. The geological antiquity of flowers and insects. Pop. science review, 17 {«. s., 2) : 36-52, ^g-s. 8°. London. 1878. Points out " a broad parallelism between the appearances of the more differentiated types of the vegetable kingdom and the development or appearance of various orders of insects;" and on pp_. 43-44 gives an account of the general distribution of in- sects in geological times. Taylor, Richard Cowling. Illustrations of ante- diluvian zoology. Articulated animals. Loud., Mag: nat. hist., 3 : 361. 8°. London. 1830. Notices Coleoptera from Stonesiield slate, coal shale of York- shire, peat beds of Norfolk, Yorkshire and Lincolnshire coasts, Mount's bay in a submarine forest, and at the Dauby coal pits, Yorkshire. Thorell, T. On European spiders ; part i. Re- view of the European genera of spiders, preceded by some observations on zoological nomenclature. 4°. Upsala. 1869-70. pp. 24, 242. Contains remarks on fossil spiders, pp. 220-233, in which the affinities of the described species are discussed, and some new genera are founded. Troost, Gerard. Description of a variety of am- ber, and of a fossil substance supposed to be the nest of an insect discovered at Cape Sable, Magothy river, Ann-Arundel county, Maryland. Amer.journ. JIT. ar^j, 3 : 8-1 5. 8°. New Haven. 1821. Considers the nest found in a stratum of lignite, and which is described on pp. lo-ii, to be " a kind of comb or nidus made by some insects around the twigs ... of a tree." Translation : Bernstein mit gall-insekten nes- tern vorkommend in Maryland in Nord-Amerika nach dem Dr. Troost zu Baltimore, frei bearbeitet von Gilbert. .^?2».j«,4j)/J'., 70 : 297-303. 8°. Leipzig. 1822. Accompanied by foot-note, by Gilbert, and followed, pp. 303- 304, by a ^usatz zu diesem aufsatze by the same in which certain similar appearances in European amber are noted. Gilbert con- siders them galls. Translation : Ueber das vorkommen des bern- steins zu Cap-Sable in Nordamerika. Jahrb. chem. phys., 4 (Journ. chem. phys., 34) : 434-439. 16°. Niirnberg. 1822. The final notes are omitted and the phraseology slightly al- tered. Abstract : Vorkommen des bernsteins in Nord- Amerika. Arch, bergb. hiittenw., 6: ^i6. 16°. Berlin. 1823. Makes no reference to the " insect-nests." Translation : Beschreibung einer varietat von bernstein (amber) und eines fossils, wahrscheinlich des nestes eines insekts, entdeckt bei Cap Sable, am Magothy-fluss, in Ann-Arundel county, Maryland. Schrift. phys.-Skon. gesellsch. Konigsb., 1 1 : 54-58. 4°. Konigsberg. 1871. The translation, which is by Dr. Hagen,_ omits only about a page of unimportant matter in the concluding notes. It is em- bodied in an article by Dr. Berendt, entitled Ueber eine von Dr. G. Troost in Baltimore im jahre 1821 im American-journal of science gegebene beschreibungeines bemstein-vorkommens bei Cap Sable in Maryland ; and is preceded and followed by re- marks of Dr. Berendt which, however, do not refer to the insect- nests. Troost, G. See also Hagen, H. A. Unger, Franz. Ueber die pflanzen und insekten reste von Radoboj in Kroatien. Unger, Reise notizen, 1838 : 26-33. 8°- [Wien. 1840 .?] Not seen ; an abstract will be found in Neuesjahrh. mirur., 1840:374-377. 8°. Stuttgart. 1840. Insects are mentioned on p. 377 J there are no Coleoptera nor Lepidoptera ; Diptera and Hymenoptera are most abundant ; Neuroptera, Orthoptera and Hemiptera rarer. A single spider was found. The fauna is tropical rather than European. The Reise notizen are referred to in no bibliographies. They appeared separately for 1838 and 1839, and were probably ex- tracts from some local paper. Cf. NeiKS jahrb. mi?teral., 1840 : 726. Unger, F. Chloris protogaea. Beitrage zur flora der vorwelt. f°. Leipzig. Heft i, pp. 4, 4, 1-16, pi. I-S (1840); — heft 2-3, pp. 5-24, 17-44, pi. 6-15 (1842); — heft 4-5, pp. 45-92, pi. 16-25 (1843); — heft 6-7, pp. 25-110, pi. 26-35 (1845); — heft 8-10, t. p., ded. pp. 93-150, pi. 36-50 (1847). Insects are figured on pi. 4, 5, n, 14, 15, 22, 28, 40, 44, 4s, 48. All are from Radoboj. Unger, F. Fossile insecten. 4°. [Breslau.] 1841. pp. 16, pi. 2. Acta acad. caes. Leop.-Carol., 19, ii : 413-428, tab. yi-y2. 4°. Vratislaviae et Bonnae. 1842. Describes and figures ei^ht Diptera from the tertiary beds of Radoboj i a geological section is given on the first plate, and the larger part of the paper, pp. 415-4241 is given to an account of the locality. Unger, F. Die fossile flora von Szant6 in Un- garn. Denkschr. kais. akad. wiss. Wien, math.-nat. cL, 30, i: 1-20,//. 1-5. 40. Wien. 1870. Describes, pp. 3-4, and figures, pi. i figs. 13-14, the elytron and wing of a beetle, Melolonthiies parschlugiatta. Unger, F. See also Heer, O. Ussher, W. A. E. Pleistocene geology of Corn- wall ; part iv. Submerged forests and stream tin gravels. Gra/. »2a^., (2), 6 : 251-263. 8°. London. 1879. Refers in several places, on the authority of others, to the dis- covery of coleopterous remains in pleistocene deposits. Ussher, W. A. E. The post-tertiary geology of Cornwall. 8". Hertford. 1879. PP- (4)) 59, pi- ll), figs. ^lefers, pp. 30, 32, to the occurrence of elytra in alluvium and clay at different localities, on the authority of others. Vaillant, Leon. Sur un geckotien de I'ambre jaune. Bull, soc.philom. Paris, 10 : 65-67. 8°. Paris, 1873. Mentions, p. 67, a couple of insects accompanying the reptile, afterwards more fully treated by Oustalet. Valentini, Michael Bernhard. Museum museo- rum oder Vollstandige schau btihne aller materialien und specereyen-etc. Zweyte edition. 3 v. fo. Franck- furt am Mayn. 1714. Vol. i: 3 t. p., pp. (24), 520 (16), 76, (4), 119; — vol. 2: 3 t. p., pp. (18), 196, (4), 116; — vol. 3 : pp. (4), 218, (12), pits., figs. Also with the title : D. Valentini schau biihne oder Natur- und materialien kammer, auch ostindianische send-schreiben und rapporten. Contains various references to insects in amber, original or quoted; see especially i, p 516, ii. p. 60, and ii. an- hang, pp. 93, 99 Vallisnieri, Antonio. Istoria del cameleonte affricano, e di varj animali d' Italia. 40. Venezia. 1715. pp. (8), 200, tav. 5, 8. Contains, pp. 181-190, an Epistola to Vallisneri by Spener upon various fossils, including insects, which are mentioned from the rocks of Thiiringen on pp. 186^187, and from amber on p. 187. In the latter he recounts as in his possession " muscas, culices, araneas, formicas volantes, scolopendras aliaque animal- cula." de Verneuil, Philippe fidouard PouUetier. See d'Archiac et de Verneuil, fi. Viquesnel, Auguste. Note sur les environs de Vichy, departement de I'Allier. Bull, soc.giol. France, 14: 145-155. 80. Paris. 1842. Refers on p. 149 to the cases of phryganids. 38 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Vogel, Rudolf Augustin. Practisches mineral- system. Zweyte vermehrte und verbesserte ausgabe. 8°. Leipzig. 1776. pp. (22), 582. Not seen. The first edition was published in 1762, and is said to contain reference to Ueningen insects. Vogt, Karl. Lehrbuch der geologie und petre- factenkunde. Zum gebrauch bei vorlesungen und zum selbstunterrichte. Zweite vermehrte und ganz- lich umgearbeitete auflage. 2 v. 8°. Braunschweig. 1854. Vol. I, pp. 29, 642, pi. 8, (6) ; — vol. 2, pp. 31, 672, pi. (2.) Insects are meagrely treated, with two or three figures copied from other works: i, pp. 336, 482, 638-639; ii, pp. 450, 451, S09-511. Voigt, [C. G. ?] Neueste acquisitionen des hal- le'schen mineralogischen museums. Ber. naturw. ver. Harzes, 1840-46 (2^ aufi.), p. 26. 4°. Wernigerode. 1856. Exhibition of four species of Blattlna from Wettin and Lbbe- jun, and of an insect to be called Acridites carbonatus by Ger- mar ; these were afterwards described by Germar in Munster's Beitrdge. Vollmar. Ueber fossile entomologie. GistI, Faunus^ 2 : 56-62. 80. Miinchen, 1835. Of a general nature, closing with a list of fossil Coleoptera, borrowed from Keferstein. van Volxem, Camille. Note critique sur Tin- terpretation donnee par M. de Borre d une . . . em- preiiite fossile, celle du Pachytylopsis Persenairei, Comtes rendtis soc, ent. Belg.j (2), 24 ; 20-26, Jig. 8°. Bruxelles. 1876. Ann. soc. ent. Belg.j 19 : 28-34. 80. Bruxelles. 1876. This posthumous note is introduced by explanatory remarks of Weyers. The author conckides that it is doubtful whether the fossil is the wing of an orthopteron ; that it certainly is not an acridian, and has nothing in common with Pachytylus. "Walch, J. E. I. See Knorr, G. W. Walohner, Fritz Hermann. Der practische na- turforscher. Ein unentbehrliches hand- und hulfs- buch fiir freunde der naturwissenschaften. 8°. Karls- ruhe. 1842-44. pp.1198. Each part also contains Sep. t. p., and i f. table. Abtheilung III, Der petrefactolog(i843), contains a chapter on Fossiler insecten, pp. 534-539, in which, especially in foot-notes, the genera then known are enumerated ; nothing new is added. ■Walker, John Francis. Fossil insects in the Bournemouth leaf beds. Geol. mag., 7 : 240. 8°. London. 1870. A bibliographical reference. Wallace, Alfred Russel. The geographical dis- tribution of animals ; with a study of the relations of living and extinct faunas as elucidating the past changes of the earth's surface. 2 v. 8°. London. 1876. — The same : 'He-w York. 2 v. 8°. 1876. Vol. I, pp. 24, 503, pi. 13, maps 5; — vol. 2, pp. 10, 607, pi. 7, maps 2. In a section entitled: Antiquity of the genera of insects, i. pp. 166-168 (both editions), he concludes that " many of the larger and more important genera of insects date back to the beginmng of the tertiary period, or perhaps beyond it ; but the family types are far older. The section abounds in errors. Wallace, A. R. Colour in nature. Nature, 19 : 501-505. 4". London. 1879. Review of Grant Allen's Colour sense, in which, p. 501, he contends for the probability of flowering plants and accompany- ing butterflies in the carboniferous. Wallace, A. R. Did flov^ers exist during the carboniferous epoch ? Nature, ig : 582. 4°. London. 1879. Maintains the lepidopterous nature of Breyeria. See also McLacMan, R. Wallace, A. R. See also Anon. Wallerius, Johan Gottskalk. Systema raineralo- gicum, quo corpora mineralia in classes, ordines, genera et species suis cuin varietatibus divisa descri- buntur, atque observationibus, experimentis et figuris aeneis illustrantur. Editio altera correcta. 2 vol. 8°. Vindobonae. 1778. Vol. i, pp. (16), 448, (38), port., pi. — vol. 2, pp. (12), 640, (60), pi. § 154, ii. pp. 538-546: Entomolithi, contains, under the heads of Typohthi and Entoma, a catalogue of the fossil insects then known. Wanklyn, A. Description of some new species of fossil ferns from the Bournemouth leaf-bed. Ann. mag: nat. hist., (4), 3: 10-12, pi. I. 8°. London. 1869. Mentions an undetermined insect. Warren, John Collins. Remarks on some fossil impressions in the sandstone of Connecticut River. 8°. Boston. 1854. pp. 54, pi. On p. 37 he refers some of the_ impressions as perhaps made " by the feet and bodies of large insects." Waterhouse, Charles O. See Woodward, H. Webster, Thomas. On the fresh-water forma- tions in the Isle of Wight, with some observations on the strata over the chalk in the south-east part of England. Trans, geol. soc. Lond., 2 : 161-254. 4". London. 1814. Mentions, pp. 194, 206, branches of trees found in the tertiary clays of Sheppey, bearing excrescences produced by insects ; and, p. 230, the discovery, of beetles in the tertiary deposits at New- port. Weiss, Christian Ernst. See Dohrn, A. Westwood, John Obadiah. Characters of Em- bia, a genus of insects allied to the white ants (Ter- mites) ; with descriptions of the species of which it is composed. Trans, linn. soc. Lond., 17 : 369-374, //. II. 40. London. 1837. In a postscript on p. 374, two species from gum copal are no- ticed. ■Westwood, J. O. On the economy of the genus Palmon of Dalman with descriptions of several spe- cies belonging thereto. Trans, entom,. soc. Lond., \x 256-281,//. 10 pars. 8°. London. 1847. Redescribes some of Dalman's copal insects ; the living species whose economy is known are parasitic on eggs of Mantidae. Westwood, J. O. Description of the remains of fossil insects from the purbeck formation of Dor- set and Wilts, and from the Stonesfield slate of Gloucestershire. Qitart. journ. geol. soc. Lond., 9 : proc. 344. 8°. London. 1853. Unpublished \ apparently the same as the next. West'wood, J. O. Contributions to fossil ento- mology. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 10 : 378-396, pi. 14-18. 8". London. 1854. About one hundred and fifty specimens are figured and fifty- nine species named. They are nearly all from Purbeck strata, about half of them Coleoptera, and the remainder are referred mostly and about equally to Hemiptera, Orthoptera and Neu- roptera. The separata have a title on reverse of^p 37S. Westwood, J. O. Sur une empreinte trouvee en Angleterre dans les schistes houillers et supposee pouvoir §tre celle d'une chenille. Compt. rend. soc. ent. Belg., (2), no. 22, pp. 6-^. 8°. Bruxelles. 1876. Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 19, compt. rend., 4-5. 8°. Bruxelles. 1876. Translation by Weyers of a passage of Westwood's from Bro- die's work on the secondary insects of England, in which a sup- posed caterpillar (since recognized as a myriapod) is described. Weyers adds a few comments. Westwood, J. O. See Brodie, P. B. ; Double- day, E., and 'Westwood, J, O. ; and Wood- ward, H. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 39 "Weyenbergh, H. Een kort overzigt der ento- mologische fossiele schatten van Teyler, Tijdschr. entom., (2), 3 ; 195-196. 8°. 'sGravenhage. 1867. Brief notice of the fossil arthropods of Teylei^s museum. Weyenbergh, H. .Sur les insectes fossiles du calcaire lithographique de la Bavi^re, qui se trouvent au Musee Teyler. 8°. Harlem. 1869. t. p., pp. 48, pi. 4. Arch. mus. Teyl., 2 : 247-294,//. 34-38. 8°. Harlem. 1869. Describes f orty-eiglit species, many of them new ; preceded by a list of the sixty previously Itnown Jurassic hexapods, and fol- lowed by five pages of general considerations. ■Weyenbergh, H. Prodromus en algemeene be- schouwing der fossiele insekten van Beijeren. 8°. ['sGravenhage.] 1869. pp. 19. Tijdschr. entom., (2), 4: 230-248. 8". 'sGravenhage. 1869. A list of one hundred and four insects is given, followed by general remarks, including, pp. 12-14 {241-243), a comparison of the secondary insects of England and Bavaria ; pp. 231-234 are printed 131-134. Weyenbergh, H. Notes sur quelques insectes du calcaire jurassique de la Baviere. 8°. Harlem. 1873. t. p., pp. 7. Arch. mus. Teyl., 3 : 234-240. 8°. Harlem. 1873. Further discussion of the affinities of four species includedin the preceding paper, especially of Hasseltides primigenius (with the opinions of van Hasselt on this species) and of Sphinx Snel- len!. Weyenbergh, H. Varia zoologica et palaeonto- logica. PeriSd. zool., org. soc. entom. argent., i : 77-11 1, /am. 2-3. 8°. Buenos Aires. 1874. "Insectes fossiles," pp. 81-107, lam. 3, includes descriptions and discussion of half a dozen Solenhofen insects, of which two or three are new, followed by the list mentioned under the next entry, and a list, p. 107, of the secondary insects of Bavaria not represented in the Musde Teyler. Weyenbergh, H. finumeration systematique des especes qui ferment la faune entomologique de la periode mesozoique de la Baviere; en meme temps Supplement du Catalogue de la collection paleonto- logique du Musee Teyler. 8°. [Buenos Aires, 1874.] pp. 20. PeriSd. zool., org. soc. entom.. argent., i : 87-106. 8°. Buenos Aires. 1874. Contains two hundred and sixty-five numbers, of which about thirty are undetermined ; full references to descriptions and illus- trations are added. Weyers, Joseph / Leopold. See de Borre, A. P. ; van Voliem, C. ; and Westwood, J. O. ■White, Adam. See Hagen, H. A. ■White, Charles A. Report on the paleontologi- cal field work for the season of 1877. Ann. rep. U.S. geol.surv.terr., 11: i(>i-2T2. 8°. Washington. 1879 [1880]. Contains a notice of Corydalites fecundum and its geological position. ■White, C. A. Progress of invertebrate palaeon- tology in the United States for the year 1880. Amer. «a;., 15: 273-279. 8". Philadelphia. 1881. Notices papers by Scudder. "White, C. A., and Nicholson, H. A. Bibliog- raphy o£ North American invertebrate paleontology, being a report upon the publications that have hith- erto been made upon the invertebrate paleontology of North America, including the "West Indies and Greenland. 8<=. Washington. 1878. pp. 132. Misc. publ. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 10. ■White, C. A-, and Nicholson, H. A. Supple- ment to the Bibliography of North American inver- tebrate paleontology. Bull. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 5 : I43-It;2. 8°. Washington. 1879. White, J. C. See Fontaine, W. M., and White, T. C. ■Wiedemann, Christian Rudolph Wilhelm. See Rathke, M. H. ■Wigand, Johannes. ■Vera historia de succino borvssico. De alee borvssica & de herbis in Borus- sia nascentibus. Item de sale creatvra Dei salv- berrima consideratio methodica & theologica per lohannem VVigandvm D. Qvondam episcopum pomezaniensem. lam vero primvm in studiosae iuuentutis gratiam in lucem edita. Studio et opera lohannis Rosini pastoris vvickerstadensis. 12°. lenae. [MD]XC. ff. (12), 153, (5). In a section : De vermiculis in succino, £F. 26-29, lis mentions culices, fonnicae, aranei parui papiliones. ■Williston, Samuel Wendell. Some interesting new Diptera. Trans. Conn. acad. arts sc, 4 : 243-246, fig. 80. New Haven. 1880. In describing a new nemestrid from Washington Territory, he discusses the fossil Palembolus of Florissant. ■Winkler, T. C. Musee Teyler. Catalogue sys- tematique de la collection paleontologique. 8°. Har- lem. 1863. t. p., pp. 4, 608. Arachnides, p. 421; Insectes, pp. 422-429. 265 numbers are given, including over two hundred undetermined species. Wollaston, Thomas 'Vernon. Note on the re- mains of Coleoptera from the peat of Lexden brick- pit. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., 19 : 400-401. 8". London. 1863. Indicates briefly the generic afiinities of a dozen species. ■Wollaston, T. "V. See also Fisher, O. Woodward, Henry. Notes on some fossil Crus- tacea, and a chilognathous myriapod, from the coal measures of the west of Scotland. Trans, geol. soc. Glasgow, 2 : 234-248, fl. 3. 8". Glasgow. 1867. Describes a Xylobius on pp. 235-237, and enumerates the true insects from the coal formation on pp. 237-240. Abstract: Notes on a chilognathous myriapod and some fossil Crustacea from the coal measures of the west of Scotland. Geol. mag., 4 : 130-131. 8°. London. 1867. ■Woodward, H. On Euphoberia Brownii H. Woodw., a new species of myriapod from the coal- measures of the west of Scotland. Geol. mag., 8 : \oz-\Q\,fl.l, figs. (>-•]. 8°. London. 1871. Describes and compares with E. armigera of the Illinois car- boniferous beds. ■Woodward, H. On the discovery of a new and very perfect arachnide from the ironstone of the Dudley coal-field. Geol. mag., 8 : 385-388, _^/. 11. 80. London. 1871. Describes and figures a new specimen of the arachnid, to which Buckland, supposing it a beetle, formerly gave the name of Curculioides Prestvicii. A list of fifty-four paleozoic insects is appended. An abstract will be found in Rep. Brit, assoc. adv. sc, 41 : nat., 112-1 iz. 8°. London. 1872. ■Woodward, H. A monograph of the British fossil Crustacea belonging to the order Merostomata. 40. London. 1866-1878. t. p., pp. 2, 263, pi. 36. [Publ.l paleontogr. soc, 1866-78. Includes, pp. 171-174, in part iv. {1872), Eurypterus (Eupho- beria) ferox, since held by Woodward and others to be a myriapod. ■Woodward, H. On a new arachnide from the coal measures of Lancashire. 80. London. 1872. . p. 3. Geol. mag., 9 : 385-387. 8°. London. 1872. Describes Architarbus subovalis and_ compares with A. rotun- datus from carboniferous beds of Illinois. Also entitled on cover of separata : On a new fossil argichnide. ■Woodward, H. On some supposed fossil re- mains of Arachnida (?) and Myriopoda from the Eng- lish coal-measures. Geol. mag., 10: 10^-112, figs. 8°. London. 1873. 40 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Separate also entitled : On British fossil arthropoda. S^ London. 1873. pp. 9, figs. 11. Discusses the affinities of " Eurypterusr (Euphoberia) ferox," referring it to the Myria- pods. 'Wood'ward, H. On the discovery of a fossil scorpion in the British coal measures. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., ;^2 : t^j-t,(), pi. ?>. 8°. London. 1876. Describes and fibres three distinct fragments of a scorpion, referred to one species called Eoscorpius anglicus. An abstract, under the title " The discovery of a fossil scorpion in the Eng- lish coal measures" is given in Hardw. sc. gossip, 1876 : 20. 8". London. 1876. Woodward, H. On a remarkable fossil orthop- terous insect from the coal measures of Scotland. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Land., 32 •, 60-64, pl- 9- 8°. London. 1876. Describes and figures Lithomantis carbonarius, which with Westwood, Waterhouse and McLachlan he considers as be- longing in "the neighbourhood of the Mantidae." Corydalis (Gryllacus) Brongniarti and a modern species of Blephansare also figured for comparison as related to it. A list of fifty-eight paleozoic insects is appended. An abstract, under the title Remarkable fossil ortnopterous insect from the coal measures of Britain," appeared in Hardw. sc. gossip, 1876 : 20. 8°. London. 1876. See also Heer, O. Wood'ward, H. On the occurrence of Branchi- pus (or Chirocephalus) in a fossil state, associated with Archaeoniscus and with numerous insect re- mains in the eocene fresh-water limestone of Gurnet Bay, Isle of Wight. Geol. mag., n. s., 5 : 88-89. 80. London. 1878. Abstract of the next, with slightly difiering title, but published earlier than it, and containing a fuller list of insects. Woodw^ard, H. On the occurrence of Branchi- pus (or Chirocephalus) in a fossil state, associated with Eosphaeroma and with numerous insect remains in the eocene fresh-water (Bembridge) limestone of Gurnet Bay, Isle of Wight. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., ^^i 342-2^10, pi. 14. 8°.. London. 1879. The insects are mentioned on p. 344, mostly in a List of insect remains from Gurnet Bay, near Cowes, Isle of Wight, determined by the late Frederick Smith. One hundred and twenty-five specimens are mentioned but only eighteen genera or families specified and one species. Woodward, H. See Evans, C. E. ■Woodward, H. et al. Notes on fossil insect re- mains. Oeol. mag., 10 : 1-2. 80. London. 1873. A r^sum^, by the editors of the journal, of papers that have appeared on the subject in their magazine, by Phillips, Kirkby, Scudder, Woodward and Butler. Worthen, Amos Henry. See Meek, F. B., and Worthen, A. H. Wyman, Jeffries. See Deane, J. Yxem, E. Versteinerte insecten-zellen. Ber. naturw. ver. Harzes, 1840-46, 2<'aujl.,p. 26. 40. Werni- gerode. 1856. Exhibition of drawings of insect-cells like bee-comb from Juras- sic (?) beds at Chausseebau near Harsleben. Zaddach, Ernst Gustav. Ueber die bernstein- und braunkohlenlager des Samlandes ; erste ab- handlung. Schrift. phys-okon. gesellsch. Konigsb., i : 1-44,//. 1-4. 4°. Konigsberg. i860. Notices, pp. 3-4, the numbers of insects found in amber, all distinct from living forms ; and on pp. 20-21 gives a table of the number of genera and species of the different orders of insects, with special mention of the remarkable genera Archaea and Amphientomum. Zaddach, E. G. Amber ; its origin and history, as illustrated by the geology of Samland. Quart, journ. science, 5 : 167-185, pi. (2). 80. London. 1868. Mainly compiled from the author's previous writings on the amber beds. It contains, however, as new matter, a plate of amber insects with explanation by Frederick Smith and pp. 184-185, a list of the principal works on amber and the organic remains preserved in it, furnished by the editors. O Teirmiten im Bernsteinwalde. Neue preuss. prov.- hldU., (3), I : 61-64. 160. Konigsberg. 1858. A popular account, drawn firom Hagen's Monographic der tertniten. APPENDIX. In this appendix I have placed not only such references as were overlooked in printing- the preceding Pages, and those that have beefi published during the two years of its passage through the press, but also all contributions to the literature of fossil insects of which only incomplete memoranda could be obtained, through allusions to them, in the works of others. Diligent search has been made for the early literature of the subject^ and especially of amber insects. Perhaps not one half the "works or poppers coficertiing amber referred to in bibliographies have been procurable in this country., and of those seen comparatively few contain references to insect-enclosures. The scattered allusions to amber insects taken from older authors and published later than the seventeenth century have in general been left unnoticed, as vjholly valueless and uninteresting ; but all others , where possible, have been introduced into the list in a m.ore or less perfect form.. The best notice of the early literature of amber •will be found in Boehmer's Bibl. script, hist, nat.,4, i : 468-477.^ 8". Lipsiae. 178S. The few papers concerning the relationship of the Merostomata and A rachnida have also been introduced into this appendix, but the extensive literature of the Merostomata generally has not been added, as it should be, were the views of Van Beneden and Lankester to prove correct, I am much indebted to m.any correspondents, but especially to Dr. H. A . Hagen., for assistance in preparing this bibliog- raphy ^ which will certai7tly strike even those well acquainted with the subject as uttexpectedly exte^isive. More than four hun- dred authors are represented as having concerned themselves m4>re or less with fossil insects. — S. H. S. Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolphe. The primitive diversity and number of animals in geological times. 8°. [New Haven.l 1854. pp. 16. Am. Journ. sc.y (2), 17 : 309-324. 8°. New Haven. 1854. Devotes a paragraph on p. 8 (316) to insects, and prophesies their discovery antenor to the carboniferous period. Aldrovandus, Ulysses. De animalibvs insectis libri septem cvni singvlorvm iconibvs ad viuum expressis. f°. Bononiae. 1638. t. p., pp. (8), 767, (44). The section, p. 700, De vemubus in lapidibus, & metalhs nascentibus cap. 8, contains nothing original. Aldrovandus, U. Mvsaevm metallicvm in libros IIII distribvtvm. f. Bononiae. 1648. t. p., ff. 2, pp. 979, (13). , , . , Cap. t8, De svccmo, sev electro, pp. 403-418, refers brieiiy to insect inclusa on p. 406, under the side heading Quae animantes in svccino sint. Andr^, fidouard. See Brongniart, C. J. E. Assmann, A. Ueber die von Germar beschrie- benen und im palaontologischen museum zu Mtin- chen befindlichen insekten aus dem lithographischen schiefer in Bayern. Amtl. ber. versamml. deutsch. naturf., 50 : 191-193. 40. Miinchen. 1877. A brief statement of his views of the modern groups in which Germar's species should be placed. Aurifaber, Andr. Succini historia, oder Bericht woher der agt- oder bbrnstein urspriinglich komme. 4°. Konigsberg. 1551. Not seen. Dr. Hagen informs me that it contains references to insects in amber, and is therefore one of the earliest works mentioning them. He thinks, indeed, that Munster's earlier A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 41 mention of them may have been due to information received direct from Aurifaber ; both were disciples of Luther. Later editions were published in 1557 and 1572 in 4", and, rendered into Latin verse by Scholzius, in 1593 and 1671 in 8°. Aycke, Johann Christian. Fragmente zur na- turgeschichte des bernsteins. 16°. Danzig. 1835. pp. 8, 107. * Contains a section; In bernstein eingeschlossene organische gegenstande, pp. 58-64, where the author states that insects occur most frequently in transparent amber and in such as shows a concentric structure ; oftener also in amber brought up from the sea and only rarely in that dug from the earth. He also criticises various authors and especially Schweigger for confound- ing copal and other gums with amber. Aymard, A. Rapport sur les collections de M. Pichat-Dumazel. Congr. scient. France., sess, 22 : 42. 8". Le Puy. 1854. Not seen ; quoted from Oustalet. Names but neither describes nor figures seven insects from Le Puy, of which three belong to Coleoptera, three to Diptera and one to Neuroptera. Baily, William Hellier. Notice of plant remains from beds interstratified with the basalt in the county of Antrim. Quart, journ, geol. soc. Land., 25 : 162, 357-362,//. 14-15. 8". London. 1869. Two elytra of beetles " of distinct species_, resembling those of some of the smaller Carabidae," are mentioned, pp. 359-360, as occurring in the leaf-bed, and are figured, pi. 14, figs. 14-15 ; in the explanation of the plate, pp. 361-362, tliey are compared to Rhynchophora Bargagli, Piero. Di tre opuscoli sugli insetti fossile e sulle formazione inglesi e straniere nelle quali sono stati scoperti avanze d'insetti, pubblicati da H. Goss. Bull. soc. ent. ital., 12 : 127-138. 8". Firenze. 1880. A very full abstract of Goss's first paper. Barrois, Jules. See Debray, II. van Beneden, fidouard. De la place qui les limules doivent occuper dans la classification des arthropodes. Comptes rend, stances soc. ent. Belg., 1871-72:9-11. 8°. Bruxelles. 1871. Ann. soc. ent. Belg., 15, compte rend., 9-11. 8°. Bruxelles. 1872. Translation : On the systematic position of the king crabs and trilobites. Ann. mag. nat. hist., (4), 9 : 98-99. 8°. London. 1872. Concludes from a study of the embryonic development of Liraulus that it pre-sents the greatest analogy^ to that of scor- pions and other arachnids from which the king crabs cannot be separated. " The Trilobites as well as the Eurypterida and the Poecilopoda must be separated from the class Crustacea, and form, with the Scorpionida and the other Arachnida, a dis- tinct branch, .the origin of which has still to be ascertained." van Beneden, Pierre J. et Coemans Eugene. Note sur un insecte et un gasteropode pulmone du terrain houiller. Ann. sc. nat., (5), zool., 7 : 264-277, //. T.,figs. l-io. 8°. Paris. 1867. Reprint of the paper with similar title, supra. Berendt, G. C. Bitte, die bei grabereien bis- weilen vorkommenden fossilen zapfen, fossiles holz und bernstein-insekten b.etreffend. Preuss. provinz. dldtt., 1^:623-621,. 16°. Kbnigsberg. 1836. Records, p. 625, the occurrence of a Nepa in amber. Berendt, G. C. See also Hope, F. W., and Troost, G. Bertkau, P. Ueber einige fossile arthropoden- reste aus der braunkohle von Rott. Sitzungsb. nie- derrkein. gesellsch. Bonn, 1878: 70-71. 8". Bonn. 1878. Principally concerned with the arachnids described in his other paper quoted, and especially with Argyroneuta antiqua. Bleicher, Marie Gustave. Note sur la decouverte d'un horizon fossiliffere 4 poissons, insectes, plantes. dans le tongrien de la Haute- Alsace. Bull, soc.giol. Fratice, (3), 8 : 222-229. 8". Paris. 1880. Records, pp. 226^227, the occurrence at Rouflach of two in- sects, referred to Cicadariae and Hymenoptera, and of an apter- ous articulate, probably an isopod crustacean, but perhaps a cockroach. Book, Friedrich Samuel. Versuch einer wirth- schaftlichen naturgeschichte von dem konigreich Ost-und West-Preussen. 5 V. 16°. Dessau., 1782-85. Bd. 2 (1783) contains a short passage, pp. 196-197, on insects in amber. de Borre, Alfred Preudhomme. Note sur le Breyeria borinensis (supra). Ann, soc. entom. Belg., 22, compte rend., 77-83. 8°. Bruxelles. 1879. de Bosniaski, S. La formazione gessoso-solfifera e il secondo piano mediterraneo in Italia. Atti soc. tosc, sc. nat. 2, proc. verb., 90-100. 8°. Pisa. 1880. _ Refers, p. 93, to Libellula Doris and other insects as occur- ring at two horizons. Bou^, Ami. See Audouin, V. Box, — . [Title of paper unknown.] Ann. rep. roy. inst. Cornwall, 26: — 8°. Truro; 1844. Notices elytra of beetles in a layer of sand with vegetable matter beneath a marsh on Millenbreath beach, Cornwall. Cf. Ussher, Geol. fna^., (2), 6 ; 251. 8°. London. 1879. Bradley, Frank Howe. Geology of Grundy county. Geol. surv. III., 4, chapt. 13, pp. 190-206. 8°. [Springfield.] 1870. Contains, p. 196, a list of the carboniferous insects of Mazon creek. Bradley, F. H. Geology of Vermilion county. Geol. surv. III., 4, chapt. 16, pp. 241-265. 8°. [Spring- field.] 1870. Refers, p. 253, to a species of Miamia from the carboniferous rocks near Georgetown. Brauer, F. See also Fritsch, A., and Hagen, H. A. Brodie, P. B. Contributions to the geology of Gloucestershire, intended chiefly for the use of stu- dents. Geologist, [i] : 41-48, 81-88, 227-233, 289-291, 369-377. 8°. London. 1858. Insects are referred to on pp. 47, 231 and 375, mostly from the lias. Brodie, P. B. On fossil Arachnidae, including spiders and scorpions. 16°. Warwick. 1882. pp. 8. A general account of what is known of fossil spiders, read be- fore the Warwickshire naturalists' field club in March, 1882. Brongniart, Charles [J. E.] Sur la decouverte d'un orthoptere coureur (supra). Bull, hebdom. assoc. sc. France, 22 : 172-173. 8°. Paris. 1878. Brongniart, C. J. E. Note sur les tufs quater- naires de Bernouville pres Gisors (Eure). 8°. Paris. 1880. pp. 3. Bull. soc. giol. France, (3), 8 : 418-420. 8°. Paris. 1880. Records finding the larva of Stratiomys, p. 2 (419). Brongniart, C. J. E. Recherches pour servir k I'histoire des insectes fossiles. Les hymenopteres fossiles. Fasc. i. 8". Paris. 1881. pp. 22. Forms an Annexe au Species des hym^noptferes d' Europe par M. £d. Andr^. The single livraison published contains intro- ductory remarks on the role of insects in the world, and the mode of their preservation in a fossil state, followed by a list of the paleozoic, triassic and liassic insects. Bruckmann, A. E. Flora oeningensis fossilis. Die oeninger steinbriiche, das sammeln in denselben und die bis jetzt dort gefundenen pflanzenreste. Jahresb. ver. vaterk. naturk. Wiirttemb., 6 : 215-238. i°. Stuttgart. 1850. The introductory part, pp. 215-225, gives an account of the different beds of the Oemngen quarries and the animals as well 42 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. as plants characteristic of each. Insects are mentioned on pp. 217 and 222. The appendix, id. 8 : 252-254 f 1852), refers only to plants. Bnickmann, Franciscus Ernestus. De fabulosis- simae originis lapide, arachneolitho dicto, epistola ad virum clarissimura . . . Albertum Rittervm. 4°. Wolffenbuttelae. 1722. pp. 16, pi. i. Not seen ; referred to by Kundmann. Bruckmann, F. E. Thesaurus subterraneus, du- catus Brunsvigii, id est: Braunschweig mit seinen unterirdischen schatzen und seltenheiten der natur. 4°. Braunschweig. 1728. pp. (4), 156, pi. 25. On pp. loo-ioi under the heading; Von denen tubulis vermi- cularibus des closters St. Marlenlahl, certain tubes composed of globular pellets are referred to water-insects and figured on pi. 19. Buckton, George Bowdler. Monograph of the British Aphides. 3 vol. 8°. London. 187^-1881. Vol. i.: — t.p., ded.,pp. 3, 193, pi. 38; — vol. in t. p., pp. 176, pi. 39-86; —vol. iii.: t. p., pp. 2, 142, pi, 87-114. _ Vol. 3, pp. 2-4 treat of the successive appearance of insects in time, with special reference to the aphides. The author informs me that some plates of fossil aphides will be given in a future volume of this uncompleted work. Butler, A, G. On fossil butterflies {supra). A sithilar account appeared in Bardw. sc. gossipy 1873 : 260- 261 under the title: The oldest fossil butterfly. Capellini, Giovanni. Pesci ed insetti fossili nella formazione gessosa del Bolognese. Gazz. dell' Emilia, no; 141. 1869. Not seen ; quoted from Malfatti. Capellini, G. La formazione gessosa di Castel- lina marittima e i suoi fossile. Mem. accad, sc. ist. Bologna, (3), 4: 525-603,//. 1-9. 4°. Bologna, 1873- On pp. 539 and 557 catalogues Libellula Doris Heer (larva) from Limone, etc. Capellini, G. Nuove ricerche sul calcare a am- phistegina strati a congeria e calcare di leitha dei Monti Livornesi. Refid. sess. accad. sc. ist, Bologna, 1874-75:130-135. 8". Bologna. 1875. Refers, p. 133, to the occurrence of the larvae of Libellula at Limone, etc. Capellini, G. Nota sulla geologia toscana. Rend. sess. accad. sc. ist. Bologna, 1874-75 • 22-24. 8". Bologna. 1875. _ Refers, p. 24, to the occurrence of larvae of a Libellula in ter- tiary beds near Pane e Vino. Capellini, G. II calcare di leitha, il sarmatiano e gli strati a congerie nei Monti di Livorno, di Cas- tellina marittima, di Miemo, e di Monti Catini. Considerazioni geologiche e paleontologiche. Atti accad. lincei, (3), m-em. classe sc.fis., 2 : 275-291. 4°. Roma. 1878. Gives on p. 285 a list of six insects found in the diatomaceous schists of Gabbro, two identical with Geningen species. Capellini, G. Gli strati a congerie c la forma- zione gessosa-solfifera nella provincia di Pisa e nei dintorni di Livorno. Atti accad. lincei, (3), mem. sc. fis. 5 : 375-427, //. 1-9. 4». Roma. 1880. Refers in several places to the occurrence of insects, and es- pecially of larvae of Libellula in different strata and localities. Chambers, Victor Tousey. Burrowing larvae. Nature, 25: 529. 4°. London. 1882. Compares recent and fossil " mines " of lepidopterous larvae, referring to Hagen's statement on a previous page. Charntre, E. See Lortel, L. et Charntre, E. Cordus, Valerius. Sylua, qua rerum fossilium in Germania plurimorum metallorum, lapidum et stirpium variarum notitiam lapidum brevissime per- sequitur. i°. Tiguri. 1561. Not seen; said to contain references to fossil insects from Oeningen. Croizet {Pabbi). Quelques observations sur le Puy de Corent Ann. acad. Clerm. Ferr., 11 : 135- 155. 8°. Clermond Ferraud. 1838. Not seen ; said to refer to the caddis fly cases of the indusial limestone of Auvergue- Dallas, W. S. See Muller, F. Dawson, George Mercer. Sketch of the geology of British Columbia. 8». London. 1881. pp. 19. Geol.mag.,{2),Z: 156-162,214-227. 8°. London. 1881. Refers, p. 6 (]62), to the general conclusions furnished by the tertiary insects of the interior plateau. Da'wson, J, W. On some remains of paljeozoic insects (supra). Abstract : On Insects from the carboniferous and devonian formations. Geol. mag., 4 : 374. 8°. London. 1867^ Taken from the Montreal Gazette of May i, 1867. An ab- stract also appears In Amer . j ourn. sc, (2), 44 : ji6. 8*>. New Haven. 1867. Da'OT'son, J. W. The chain of life in geological time; a sketch of the origin and succession of ani- mals and plants. 16°. London. [1880.] pp. 16, 272, illustr. In the chapter on the first air breathers a considerable number of insects are mentioned and figured, pp. 130-15 1, figs. 123, 126- 132, including for the first time Prodryas, a fossil butterfly from Colorado. Dawson, J. W. The oldest-known insects. JVa- iure,2^: 483-484. 4°. London. 1 881. Shows the devonian age of the cordajte shales of New Bruns- wick, in which the oldest known insects occur, from siratigraphi- cal and botanical evidence, in opposition to the assumption of Hagen. Debray, Henri. Tourbiferes du littoral flamand et du departement de la Somme. Bull. soc. geol. France, (3), 2: 46-49. 8°. Paris. 1874! Records the discovery, p. 48, of brilliant elytra of Bonacia in peat along the Flemish coast Debray, H. Communications diverses au sujet des tourbi^res : castors ; ossements de baleines ; elytres de donacies; squelette humain des tourbieres d'Aveluy; cranes; bois. Ann. soc. giol. nord, 5: 125-135. 8°. Lille. 1878. Under the heading Insectes, refers to the discovery in peat of Ardres of Donacia Sericea, determined by J. Barrois, pp. r27-i28. Separately issued, without change of pagination but with a title- page. 8». Lille. 1878. Debray, L. fitude geologique et archeologique de quelques tourbieres du littoral flamand et du de- partement de la Somme. Mim. soc. sc. agric. arts Z!7/f, (3), 11: 433-487,//. 13. 8°. Lille. 1873, Contains a brief paragraph, p. 45t, on the few beetles found. Deichmiiller, J. V. Fossile insecten aus dem diatomeenschiefer von Kutschlin bei Bilin, Bohmen. 4°. Halle. 1881. pp, 39, pi. Nova acta Leop.- Carol.-deutsch. akad. naturf., 42 : ■iQ-\-\%\, tab. 21. 4°. Halle. i88i. yj JJ ' Describes and figures thirteen species, all but one of them new, and mostly Coleoptera. They indicate a warmer climate at the time. Demole, Isaac. See Heer, O. Dohrn, Carl August. Zur literatur iiber fossile A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 43 insecten. Stett. entom. zeit, 42 : 388-389. 8=. Slet- tin, 1881. Gives a r^sum^ of Hagen*s criiicism of Scudder's Devonian insects. Douglas, J. W. et y to Scudder's criticisms (m Devonian insects) of remarlis on fossil Epheraeridae in Eaton's Monograph. Eaton, A E. See Scudder, S. H. Eilchson, W. F. See Maravigna, C. Fliche, P. Sur les lignites quaternaires [supra). The insects were determined by Matthieu of the Ecole fo- restl^re. Franoius, Johannia Prodromus arachnolitlio- giaphiae. Misc: cur. acad. nat cur., (2), 5: 462-464. 4". Norimbergae. 1687. Refers only to the use to which lapides aranearum are put in medicine. Fritsch, A. Fossile anthropoden aus der stein- kohlen und kreideformation Bbhmens, 4°. Wien. 1882. pp. 7, pi. 2. Mojs, u. Neum., Beitr. palaont. osterr.-uttg., 2: l-J,taf. 1-2. 4°. Wien. 1882. Describes and figures a carboniferous ephemerid, Palingenia Feislmanteli, and three TDeetles, mines of a Tinea, eggs of a saw fly, and cases of a phryganid from the cretaceous beds of Bohe- mia: a r^sum^ of the very few known cretaceous insects is added from Goss. Braaer and Fritsch both compared the may fly, p. 3, to the living Pahngenia longicauda. Geikie, Archibald. A recent find in British palaeontology. Nature, zc,: i--^ 4". London. 1881. Contains an announcement of the discovery of remarkably perfect scorpions in the coal measures of Scotland, with some results of tlieir study by Mr. B. N. Peach. An abstract entitled New carboniferous fossils in Scotland, extracted from the Lon- don Times will be found in Amer. nat., t5 : 1021-1022. 8°. Philadelphia. iSSr. See also Primeval Scottish scorpions. Germar, E. F. See Assmann, A Goebel, Severinus. De succino libr. 11. quorum prior theologicus, posterior de succini origine agit. 8°. Francfurt. 1558. Not seen ; Dr. Hagen informs rne that it contains refererices to insects in amber, among the earliest known. Goeppert, H. R. Bull' ambra di Sicilia e sugli oggetti in essa rincJiusi. 4°- Roma. 1879. pp. 9, figs. Mem. acad. line., (3), mem. sc.fis., 3 : 56-62. 4°. Roma. 1879. On p., 4(58), he reviews the literature of the insects of Si- cilian amber. Goldenberg, F. Beitrag zur insectenfauna der kohlenformation von Saarbriicken, Zeitschr. ges. naturw.,{z),6: iH-T-^7'fig^- f°- Berlin. 1881. Describes Anthracoblattina Scudderi, Goss, H. See Scudder, S. H. Haeokel, Ernst (Heinrich). AUgemeine ent- wickelungsgeschichte der organismen. Kritische grundziige der mechanischen wissenschaft von den entstehenden formen der organismen, begriindet durch die descendenz-theorie. Also entitled : Gene- relle morphologie der organismen. AUgemeine grundziige der organischen formen-wissenschaft, me- chanish begriindet durch die von Charles Darwin reformirte descendenz-theovie. Zweiter band. 8". Berlin. 1866. pp. 160, 462, pi. 8. In the introduction insects are treated on pp. (^4-102, and the views entertained of the primeval forms of the different groups supported in part by paleontological evidence. Haeckel, E. (H.) Natiirliclie schopfungsge- schichte, Gemeinverstandliche wissenschaf tliche vor- trage liber die entwickelungslehre im allgemeinen und diejenige von Darwin, Goetlie und Lamarck im besonderen. Vierte verbesserte auflage. 8". Berlin. 1873. pp. 46, 688, pi. (I), 15. Translation : The history of creation: or the development of the earth and its inhabitants by the action of natural causes. A popular exposition ot the doctrine of evolution in general, and of that of Darwin, Goethe, and Lamarck in particular. The translation revised by E. Ray Lankaster. 2 vols. 12". New York, 1876. — i, pp. 20, 374, pi. (i), 1-3; ii, pp. 8, 408, pi. 4-15- Insects are treated on pp. 490-501 (tiansl., 2 : ryS-igi) and their pedigrees considered, partly from geological considerations. Haesbert, M, J. De conchylio et ape petrifactis [supra). Reports a fossil bee in the collection of Scheidius, figured tab. 2, fig. 4- Hagen, H. A. Ueber . . . Heterophlebia dislo- cata [supra). Dr. Hagen informs me that the most important vein is given in il)e wrong place bv the lithographer. Hagen, H. A. Notes on TarsopHebia West- woodii Giebel, a fossil dragon fly. Entom. monthl. mag., x: 160-161. 8°. London. 1864. Hagen, H. A. Synopsis of the Psocina without ocelli. Entom. monthl. mag.,\\:X2\-\2d^ 8°. London. 1865. V Atropo^ resinata from copal is described on p. 121. Hagen, H. A. The oldest fossil insects. Nature, 24: 356-357. 4°. London. 1881. Is chiefly concerned with the determination of a species of Pecopteris found in the Devonian insect beds, and the conclusion is drawn that " those oldest insects will have to be considered as belonging to the lower carboniferous." Hagen, H. A. Fossil insects of the Dacota group. TVafe^f, 25 : 265-266. 4°. London. 1882. A brief note recording the discovery of galls and mines in fossil leaves from Kansas and Nebraska. Hagen, H. A. On amber Psocina from Prussia. Psyche, 3 : 279. 4°. Cambridge. 1882. Concludes from theih that before tertiary times a great devel- opment of genera and species had occurred. Hagen, H. A. See Dohrn, C. A. ; Krantz, A. ; and Scudder, S. H. Hartmann, P. J. SuQcincta succini prussici his- toria et demonstratio [supra). An abstract will be found va Acta, erud., r70o: 332-336. 4°. Lipsiae. 1700. van Hasselt, A. W. M. See Wyenbergh, H. Haughton, Samuel. Description of a fossil spider, Architarbus subovalis, from the middle coal measures, Burnley, Lancaster. Journ. geol. soc. Ire- land, n.s., 4 : 222-223, figs. 8°. Dublin, etc. 1877. Gives a figure, without description, both of the original and of the new and better specimen. 44 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. Heer, O. Fossile flora der Baren insel. 4°. Stock- holm. 1871. pp. 51, pi. 15. Kongl. svensk vetensk- akad. haniii., 9, no. 5. In a section on the equivalents of the Bear island beds in America, he refers the Devonian of St. John to the lower car- boniferous and mentions four species of insects described from there by Scudder. Heer, O. New orthopterous insect in the coal measures of Scotland. Geol. mag., (2), 3 : 520. 8°. London. 1876. Notes some omissions of fossil cockroaches in the list of car- boniferous insects attaached to Woodward's paper with a similar title. Heer, O. See also de La Hcirpe, P. Heller See Berendt, G. C. Henkel, Johannes Fridericus. De succino fos- sili in Saxonia electorali. Acta phys. med. acad. Leof-CaroL, \: y.y-T,\(>. 4°. Norimbergae. 1737. Contains reference to insect inclusions on p. 316. Also said to be given in his Kleme mitier. chyni. siud.^ p. 539. 8". Dresden und Leipzig. 1744. Hen'wood, William Jory. Observations on the detrital tin-ore of Cornwall. Journ. roy. inst. Corn- wall, 4 : 191-254. 8". Truro. 1873. Refers to the discovery of elytra of beetles in alluvium at Perranwell, Cornwall. Translation : Remarques sur le mineral d'etain detritique du Cornwall. Traduction, par extraits, par Zeiller. Ann. des mines, (7), 6 : 114-130. 8°. Paris. 1874. The translation omits all references to animal remains. von Heyden, C. See von Meyer, C. E. H. von Heyden, C. und L. See Krantz, A. von Heyden, L. See Capellini, G. Heyw^ood, James. See Heer, O. Hislop, S. See Murray, A. HolUngTWorth, George H. Description of a peat- bed interstratified with the boulder drift at Oldham. Quart, journ. geol. soc. Lond., yi '•T^'^-T^infiS- ^°- London. 1881. Reports beetles in the main bed of peat, p. 713. Ittiologia Veronese del museo Bozziano ora an- nesso a quello del conte Giovambattista Gazola e di altri gabinetti di fossili veronesi con la verzione latina. f. Verona. 1796. pp. 52, 323, pi. 76. Part I. § 27, p. 31, records in the Boza museum, "duo Asili, Cimex unus Americanus, omnes inde efEosi." Jobert (aini). See Croizet et Jobert. Jokfly, Johann. Die tertiaren siisswassergebilde des Egerlandes und der Falkenauer gegend in Bohmen. Jakrb. k.k. geol. reichsanst., 8 : 466-515. %". Wien. 1857. Remains of insects are recorded from £ger (p. 477 j, Krot- tensee (p. 4S2), Grasseth Ip. 502). Eawall, H. Der bernsteinsee in Kurland. Cor- respondenzbl. naturf.ver. Riga, d :(><)-'] \. 8°. Riga. 1853- Not seen ; said to contain something on amber insects, Kerr, Washington Carothurs. Report of the geo- logical survey of North Carolina, Vol, i. Physical geography, resume, economical geology. 1875, 8°. Raleigh. 1875. pp, 18, 325, 120, map, pi. (i), 8. Reports on p, 157 the occurrence of " numerous shining wing- covers of beetles in peat near Morganton, N, C. ' Kollar, Vincent. See Reuss, A. E. Krause, Ernst. See Scudder, S. H. Eundmann, Johann Christian. Rariora naturae et artis, item in re medica, oder Seltenheiten der natur und kunst des kundmannischen naturalien- cabinets, wie auch in der arzneywissenschaft. f. Breslau und Leipzig. 1737. 2 t. p., ff. (8), col. 1312 {=ff. 328); ff. (17), portr., figs., pi. 17. Contains, col. 229-236, tab. 12, figs. 13-14) art. 28 : Vom einem geglaubten und wahren spinnen-steine, m which spiders from the Jurassic rocks of Eichstadt are figured. de La Harpe, Philippe. Sur un gisement de tourbe glaciaire trouve 4 Latisanne. Bull. soc. -vaud. sc. nat., 14 : 456-458. 8°. Lausanne. 1876. Contains a letter from Heer who examined the organic re- mains in the peat and found the elytra of a Donacia. Lankester, Edwin Ray. Limulus an arachnid. Quart, journ. micr. sc, 21 : 504-548, 609-649,//. 28- 2<),jigs. 8°. London. 1881. An extended argument to show, mainly on anatomical and morphdlogical grounds, that the king crabs are not Crustacea but Arachnida, With the Trilobita and Eurypterina he considers the Xiphosura as the precursors of the higher Arachnida, Lankester, E. R. Studies in Apus, Limulus and Scorpio. 8°. London. 1882. Not seen; contains the same as the preceding, Lankester, E, R. See Haeckel, E, (H.) Lecoq, Henri, Les epoques geologiques de I'Au- vergne. 8°. 5 vol. Paris. 1867. Not seen ; according to Oustalet, he discusses Indusia in vol. 2, pp. 335 and 374. Lochnerus, Johannes Henricus et Michael Fride- ricus, Rariora mvsei besleriani quae olim Basilius & Michael Ropertvs Besleri collegerunt aeneisque tabvlis ad vivvm incisa evvlgarvnt: nunc commenta- riolo illustrata a Johanne Henrico Lochnero, vt vir- tvti toy makaritoy exstaret monvmentvm, denvo Ivci pvblicae commisit & laudationem ejvs fvnebrem adjecit maestissimvs parens Michael Fridericvs Lochnervs. f°. N. P. 1716. pp. (22), 112,//. 40, portr, 2, According to Kundmann, contains references to fossil insects on pp, 34, 100. LoeTO-, H. Beschreibung einiger neuen Tipularia terricola, Linn, entom., 5 : 385-406, tab. 2. 8°. Berlin. 1851. Treats, pp. 400-401, pi. 2, figs, 16-23, of the genus Toxorhina and figures three amber species. Loew, H. Monographs of the Diptera of North America. Part 2. On the North American Doli- chopodidae. 8°. Washington. 1864. pp. 11, 360, Pl- 3-7- A paragraph in his Supplement, pp. 321-322, points out that this family of American flies " shows the most remarkable analogy to the remains of the fossil fauna of the same family preserved in amber," Lubbock, J. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. 8°. London. 1873. pp. 10, 276, pi. 78. His second.cbapter, miscalled Chapter III. is On the impor- tance of the Collembola and Thysanura in relation to the evolu- tion of the Insecta, pp. 40-54, and takes into consideration the facts then known of the gological history of the latter ; it will be found suggestive. McLachlan, R. Insects. Encycl. brit, ed. 9, vol. \'^ypp> 141-154. 40. Edinburgh [and Boston]. 1881. Contains a paragraph, p. 141, on the Antiquity of insects. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 45 McLachlan, R. See Woodward, H. Malfatti, G. Bibliografia degli insetti fossili italiani finora conosciuti. 8". Milano. 1881. t. p., pp.12. Aiti soc.ital. sc. nat.,2A: — 8°. Milano. 1881. A valuable r^sum^ of what has been published concerning the fossil insects of Italy, arranged by deposits. None are older than the tertiaries. Mention is made 01 three or four specimens in Italian museums, not before published. Maravigna, C. Insectes dans I'ambre (supra). Reviewed by Erichson with original notes in Ber. iviss. leisi. entom., 1838: 29. 8°. Berlin. 1840. Arch.f.naiurg.tSt'^y 309. 8°. Berlin. 1839. [1840.] Maravigna, C. See Kondani, C. Martialis, Marcus Valerius. Epigrammata. Liber 4, section 32. Et latet et lucet Phaethontide condita gutta, Ut videatur apis nectare clausa sue. Dignum tantorum pretiura tulit ilia laborum ; Credibile est ipsam sic voluisse mori. Some writers have thought that Martial here referred to amber- inclusa. Massaloago, A. B. P. Sopra un nuovo genere di pandanee fossili della provincia Veronese. 8°. Verona. 1853. pp. 16 (7, [201-207]), tav. 4. Mem. accad. agric.Ver.,2():\6'}-20-], pi. \-i,. 8°. Verona. 1854. Refers on p. 12 (196) to the occurrence of Neuroptera, similar in form and size to the living Libellula, with " alcune piccole api" at Monte Bolca. The only copy I have seen is that of the separate paper, in which pp. 17-end are replaced by those of the academy' s memoir. Massalongo, A. B. P. Compendium faunae et florae f ossilis bolcensis {supra) . Not mentioned in Sordello's Bibl. paleont. veget. ital. (1881). Matheron, Philippe. Compte-rendu de la visite du terrain a gypse i. Aix et du volcan de Beaulieu. Bull. soc. giol. France,!-},: A,l\-i,(i^. 8°. Paris. 1842. The insects of the beds at Aix are referred to in general terms on p. 454 and their relative position pointed out. Matheron, P. Recherches comparatives sur les depots fluvio-lacustres tertiaires des environs de Montpellier, de I'Aude et de la Provence. 8°. Mar- seille. 1862. pp. 108 (?). Mem. soc. imul. Marseille, . 1 : 173-280. 8". Marseille. 1861. Not seen ; gives, according to Oustalet, some notice of Aix insects. Matthieu. See FUche, P. Menge, A. See Douglas, J. W. et al. Millar, George Henry, editor. A new, complete, and universal body or system of natural history; being a grand, accurate and extensive display of ani- mated nature . . . vfritten by a society of gentlemen. fo. London. N. D. Not seen | according to Dr. Hagen the work mentions, p. 421, the presence of insects in amber. Mourlon, M. Geologie de la Belgique (supra). 2 vol. 8". Bruxelles. 1880-1881. i (1880), pp. 4, 317; — ii (1881), pp. 4. 16, 392- Refers in three brief paragraphs (i. 125, 144) to the insects re- ported from the coal by van Beneden and de Borre, and from the oolite by the latter; the carboniferous species are also catalogued (ii. 57) as well as larvae of insects from the wealden of Hainaut (ii! 82). MiiUer, Fritz. Facts and arguments for Darwin ; with additions by the author ; translated by W. S. Dallas. 16°. London. 1869. pp. (8), 144. Argues in favor of the late acquisition of "complete" meta- morphoses in insects partly from paleontological data, in a foot- note to pp. 119-121 ; it does not occur in the original, entitled Fiir Darwin. Miinster, G. Nachtrag zu dem Aufsatze des professor Germar in theil 4 heft 2 dieser zeitschrift iiber die versteinerungen von Solnhofen. Teutschl. geogn.geol.dargest.,e,:t,']?:- wvj-xdo. 8°. Philadelphia. 1882. Quotes some of the general results obtained Reprint ; with same title as original. Rep. U. S. geol.geogr.surv.terr.,i?,y8:2ji-2^;^,map. 8°. Wash- . ington. 1882. Contains considerable additions, especially in the Arachnida and Neuroptera, where comparisons are instituted with European and other American fossils. Scudder, S. H. [Minor notices of fossil insects.] Psyche, 3 : 277-279. 4°. Cambridge. 1882. Exhibition at meetings of the Cambridge entomological club of a cast of the first paleozic insect ever found (p. 277), and of illus- trations of the tertiary insects of North America (p. 278); as well as remarks on fossil species of Termes (p 278) ; on some carbon- iferous insects, and on tertiary spiders from Florissant (p. 279). Scudder, S. H. Archipolypoda, a subordinal type of spined myriapods from the carboniferous forma- tion. Mem. Bost. soc. nat. hist., -x : 143-182, W. lo-n, 4°. Boston. 1882. 'J tJ '^ , J' Discusses their relation to modem diplopods and monographs the known species, adding several new ones; twelve species are recognized, divided into four genera. The first plate contains a restoration of the largest species with other animals and plants of Mazon Creek. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FOSSIL INSECTS. 47 Scudder, S. H, A new carboniferous cockroach from Mazon Creek, Illinois. Proc. Bast. soc. nat. hist., 21 : — 8°. Boston. 1882. Describes Etoblattina mazona, the neuration of the wings of the two sides difEering. Smith, Frederick. See Zaddaoh, E. G. Tournal. Tertiary of Arnissan. Is said to have published some reference to fossil insects in a work on the above subject. I have been unable to verify it. Troost, G. See BaUenstedt, J. G. J. Turpin, Pierre Jean Franjois. Note sur le ter- rain qui contient le tripoli de Bilin, en Boh^me, par M. Elie de Beaumont ; suivie de I'examen des debris organiques que renferme une des couches de ce ter- rain, par M. Turpin. Comptes rendus acad. sc, 7 : 501-503. 4°. Paris. 1838. The Note de M. Turpin occupies pp. 502-503. Mention is made, p 502, of the leg of an insect "tris probablement d'un Acarus," as found in the earth. Walchner, Friedrich August. Darstellung der geolpgischen verhaltnisse des siisswasser-mergels von Oeningen im badischen seekreis und seiner fossilen flora und fauna. 8". Karlsruhe. 1850. Separately printed from his Handbuch der geognosie zum gebrauche bei seinen vorlesungen, und zum selbststudium, mit besonderer beriicksichtigung der geognostischen verhaltnisse des grossherzogthum Baden. 2" aufl. 8». Karlsuhe. 1847-1851. (pp. 956 et seg.) Neither seen. ■Walchner, F. A. Darstellung der geologischen verhaltnisse des mainzer tertiarbeckens und seiner fossilen fauna und flora. 8°. Carlsruhe. 1850. pp.75 Contains, p. 57, a list of insects referred to twelve genera, only two of the species receiving names, — Phryganea mombachiana and P. Blumi. Separately printed from his Handbuch der geognosie, etc., as above. 2' aufl. 8°. Karlsruhe. 1847-51. ■Walckenaer, Charles Athanase, liaran et G-er- vais, Paul. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Ap- t^res. 4 vol. and atlas of 52 plates. 8°. Pa||s. 1837-1847. Tom. 3 (1844), 2 t. p., pp. 8, 476; — tom. 4(1847), 2 t. p., pp. 16,623. References to fossils, all at second hand, will be found in vol. 3, pp. 6, 70-72, 84, J28, 288, 449 ; and vol. 4, pp. 329-330, 345. 3567 360. Waterhouse, C. O. See Owen, R. Westwood, J. O. [Exhibition of a fossil beetle from Stonesiield.] Tra7is. ent. soc. Lond., 4, joitrn. of proc, 40. 8°. London. 1841. Regards the elytra figured by Buckland (pi. 46", figs. 4-9) as prionideous, not buprestideous. Weyenbergh, H. Sur les chenilles fossiles. Pet. nouv. entom., no. 102, p. 2'yi,. 40. Paris. 1878. A note calling attention to the caterpillar of the Jurassic Sphinx Suelleni previously described by him. #% Ami Boiie is said to have been the first iyourn. geol., 3 : 105) to have referred to the insects of Radoboj, but I have been unable to verify the reference ; and John Ray is stated to have made some references to fossil insects on pp. 78 and 92 of his Historia ittsectarnm ; but I have examined the work for such references unsuccessfully. #*# Among the papers on fossil_ insects known to me to be shortly forthcoming are the following : By Dr. H. A. Hagen upon the Psocina of the amber, with a folding plate, in the Steit. entotn. seii. ; by Mr. B. N. Feach, an illustrated memoir on the recently-discovered scorpions of the carboniferous rocks of Scotland, in the Trans, royal, soc. Edinb. ; and bv myself illus- trated papers on the carboniferous hexapods of Great Britain, and on two new types of carboniferous myriapods from Mazon Creekj in the Memoirs Best. soc. nat. hist. ; an extract from the last, discussing the affinities of Falaeocampa, will appear in the A tner. journ. sc. library of i^artaru ciniUx^itv* Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. IsTo. 14. NOTES ON THE HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL IN THE BAHAMAS. By WILLIAM H. TILLINGHAST. Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON. 1881. Already issued or in preparation : A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready. 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems: a BibHography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel- angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner. *7. Jame? M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry. *8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library, g. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. 11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880. *i3. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the Bahamas. 258 HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL. NOTES ON THE HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HAND- KERCHIEF SHOAL IN THE BAHAMAS. [taken mainly from maps in the harvard college library.] By Wm. H. Tillinghast. *it* Southeast of Turks Islands, the easternmost group of the Bahamas, lie the three shoals known as Mouclioir Carre or Square Handkerchief, Silver Bank, and Navidad. Some maps place islands in the first two banks, although they now consist only of sand and wasting coral reefs. It was thought that an examination of old maps might reveal a change in the condition of the shoals since the time of the discovery of the Bahamas, which might be of importance in the disputed question of the Landfall of Columbus. With this object the maps and charts in Harvard College Library have been looked over. While the results are not such as were anticipated, since they throw more light on the condition of the cartography of the West Indies than on any physical changes among the Islands, it is hoped they are, nevertheless, of some value. The arrangement is chronological ; the dates at the beginning of each title are those of the first publi- cation of the maps. The testimony of each map is indicated by an S preceding the date when the shoals are put down as not containing islands, and, when islands are given, by a numeral in the same place expressing the number of these islands. Those m the College Library are marked (H. C). S (?) 1500. luan de la Cosa. Mappe-Monde. N. of Espanola, is Caioanon, the most easterly of the Bahamas; S. E. of this run two dotted lines, a bar or slioal, not named. Original in Royal Libran', Madrid. Reproduced, full size, in Tomard's Monuments de la Giographie. Stevens in his Notes (H.C.) copies Jomard. Humboldt's copy in the Exatiien Critique, vol. v. (H.C.) and in app. to Ghillany's BehaiTti is not accurate. ? 1501^. Portuguese map, giving coasts of Europe and America. Date and author unknown. N. of Spagnola to the extreme east, are two name- less islands followed by three rocks and the words baxida ? lohio. Original in Munich. Reproduced, full size, in Kuntzmann's Atlas Z7tr Eiitdeckungsgeschichte Americans, pi. ii. S (?) 1511. Peter Martyr d'Aughiera. Map of the West Indies. The Bahamas are given, but not named. At the east end a large shoal surrounds the last five or six islands, and stretches beyond them to the east, the point curving northward. Contained in P. Martyris Augli Mediolan£7Lsis Opera, etc. Hispali, 1511. Reproduced in the Carter Brown Catalogue and in Stevens's Notes, pi. iv., 5. 1, 1514 (?). Portuguese Portolano. Undated, author unknown. The njost easterly of the Bahama^ is a small island in the shape of a Greek cross, in- titled babueca, S. E. from which runs a long shoal containing rocks. It is named abreojo. Against this name is the inscription : Terram antipodum R. gis cas- telle I Inbenta pr xpoforum columbii ] ge- | nuensem. Original in Munich. Reproduced in Kuntzmann's Atlas, pJ. iv. ; in Stevens's Notes pi. v. (H.C.) : and on a reduced scale and incorrectly in Kohl's Discovery of the East Coast of North America, p. 179. (H.C.) It should be borne in mind, how- ever, that Kohl's reproductions of maps in this work were pur- posely incomplete, his intention being to give only what iiertained to the subject he was illustrating, and that he avoided facsimile representations. \* An island of the name of Babueca is given on a terrestrial globe of the iirst half of the sixteenth century now in Frankfmt- on-the-Main, but the island is located N. E- of and near Cuba in 30^ N. There are rocks indicated between the island and Cuba. ( See Jomard, Monuments. ) S. 1519? Visconto de Maiollo. Mappe- Monde. Undated. Extreme East, lat. 22° N., a shoal, shaped like a bird's wing, extends from W. to E., and is named Abro logic. No other name is given among the Bahamas. Original in Munich. Reproduced in Kuntzmann's^^/rtJ, pi. v. S. 1527. Spanish Mappe-Monde. Author unknown. A diamond-shaped shoal forms the east- ern end of the Bahamas. It is named Baxos de Ba- bueca. Original, or a very early copy, at Weimar. The American portion is reproduced, full size, by J. G. Kohl in Die beiden aeltesten General-Karten von Amerika. Weimar, i860, f". Dr. Kohl identifies Baxos de Babrceca with the present Silver Bank. It better corresponds to Mouchoir CarrS. S. 1529. Diego Ribero. Spanish Mappe-Mon- de. Much like the last. The Bahamas end in Baxos de Babueca, a diamond-shaped shoal. Original or early copy at Weimar, also a copy at Rome. Re- produced first by Sprengel in his translation of Mufioz Geschichie der nenen Welt. Wcmar. 1705. (H.C), and recently by J. G. Kohl, in Die beiden aeltesten General-Karten von Atner- ica. Weimar, i860. S. 1541. Gerard Mercator. Terrestrial Globe. N. of Hispaniola, an island Cacomium, followed by Nuiiiona, a small island surrounded by a shoal, to the E. of which is a diamond-shaped shoal, Abreoso. Original, engraved in sections, is in the Royal Library at Brussels. Reprodnced in Les Spheres Terrestre et Celeste de Girard Mercator ediices h Lonvain en 1541 et 1551. Ed. nouvelle. Brnxelles. 1875. (H.C.) S. 1542-43. French Mappe-Monde. Un- dated; author unknown. Called " Henry II's map." A diamond-shaped shoal, Abreoto. Original in the National Library, Paris. Reproduced by Jomard, Monuments, etc., pi. xix. It much resembles the map by Thomas Hood. 1592. (q.v.) S. 1544 Sebastian Cabot? Mappe-Monde. Baxo.': de abroyo is a large diamond-shaped shoal. Original in the National Library, Paris Reproduced by Jomard, Monuments, pi. xx. Stevens in his A'^oi'si gives only the St. Lawrence, so also Kohl, Discovery of East Coast, p. 358. HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL. 259 S. 1554. luan Bellero. Brevis, exactaq. totius not'i orbisy et Pei'itviae regionis descriptio recens edita. All unusually good map. Bayos de Bubuca is a diamond-shaped shoal. This map was first published in Bellero's edition of Gomara, La Historia General de las Jndias- Anvers. 1554* It is found in several other works published by Beilero, as in Cie^a de Leon, 1556: Darinel de Tirel, 1555: Levinus Apollonius, de Peruuiae .... inventione, etc. Antwerpiae. 1566. (H.C. 23S5.2S. cab.) S. 1569. Gerard Mercator and sons. Mappe- Monde. Abriojo is a diamond-shaped shoal. Original in the National Library, Paris. Reproduced, full size, In Jomard's Monuments^ pi. xxi. Bahamas are like the group in Michael Mercator's map; A mer ica sive I ndia N ova in the Mercator-Hondius Atlas of 1613. {H.C. 36.56.) S. 1580. Vaz Dourado. Atlas. Abi'oio is a diamond-shaped shoal. Original at Munich. Reproduced, full size, in Kuntzniann's Atlas, Plates viii.-xii. West Indies on pi. x. S. 1584. Abraham Ortelius. Hispanioiae Ciibae aliartimque msitlamm circimiiacentium, deiine- atio, etc. A detailed map of the West Indies in the Theatrum orbis Terrartim^ edition of 1584. (H.C.) On the east end of the Bahamas is Scylla Magna, a diamond-shaped shoal. The Great Bahama reef is Carybdis Alagna. This map is not in the edition of 1570, or in that of 1575 (H.C-). The edition of 1580, which has some new maps, 1 have not seen. S. 1592. Thomas Hood. On this map, which much resembles the map of Henry II. {1542), Abri- olbo is a diamond-shaped shoal. Original at Munich. Reproduced, full size, in Kuntzmann's Atlas, pi. xiii. S. 1594. Arnoldus Plorentius a Langren. Delineatio omnium orarimi totius Australis partis Americae^ etc. In Linschot's Voyages. Drawn after Lusitanian charts. Abri Ojo is a diamond-shaped shoal. This map is found in the Dutch edition of Linschot, 1594; in the English edition by Wolfe, 1598 (H.C), though the author's name is here omitted, and in the French edition, Amsterdam, 1638. (H.C.) S. 1600. Molineaux and Wright. [See Pref- ace to Hakluyt Society's fac simile.] Map of the Wurld. Abrecoso is a shoal of indefinite shape- This map is found in some copies of Hakhiyt's Collection of Voyages^ edition of 1598-1600. The Lenox library in New York has a copy of this edition, with the map, in beautiful con- dition. It is probably the map referred to in the preface to Hakluyt's first edition (1589) (H.C.) as shortly to appear. It is reproduced in facsimile in the publications of the Hakluyt Society. London. 1880. (H.C.) 1. 1600 (?). lodocus Hondius. Vera totivs expeditionis navticae Descriptio D. Franc. Draci, etc. N. E. of Spaniola and near the tropic of Cancer is a small island surrounded by a reef or shoal. The map was to illustrate Hondius' ed. of Drake and Caven- dish's Voyages. It is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's ed. of The IVorld Eficompassed. 1854. (H.C.) In the introduc- tion, p. XV, the map is said to come from a Dutch work begin- ning " Corte beschryvingke van die seer heerliicke voyagie der Capiteyn Draeck." which was translated and published (with- out this map) in 1742, by Mr. Wright. I have not found any other mention of such an edition, 1. 1601. Herrara, Map of America. Abreojo is an island surrounded by rocks or shoals, as in Hondius' map. Contained in the Descrifrcion de las Indias. idoi (first edition). Barlaeus' Latin edition 1622 (H.C), has the same map. S, 1607? lodocus Hondius. Map of Amer- ica, in the atlas of Mercator. 1613. (H.C.) Abreloio is a diamond-shaped shoal. This is one of the maps which \. Hondius added to Merca- tor's. He bought Mercator's plates in 1604, and died himself in S, 1625. Master Briggs. The North part of America. Abroio is a large oblong shoal with in- curving sides. Contained in Pnrckas His Pilgrifns, vol. iii, p. 853. S. 1625. loannus de Laet. Map entitled: De groote ende Ideine Eylander van West-Indien. Abreoyo is a large diamond-shaped shoal. Scale I in.-i40 Eng, miles. This is in the first Dutch edition of de Laet's Niewwe Wereldt. The Latin edition, Novvs Orbis, etc., Lugd. Bat. apud Elzivirios, 1633. has the same map. (H.C. 2 copies.) The map entitled The y'landes 0/ the West Indies, in the English translation of Mercator and Hondy's Atlas, London, 1635 (H,C), is like the above. S. 1635. Guil. Blaeu. Tweede Deel van't Toon- jzeel des Aerdriicx ofte Nieuwe Atlas. Amsterdam. 1635. {H.C. 36.43.) 2d part. i. Map of America. Abroiha, an oval shoal. 2. Insidae Americanae in Oceano septentrionali, etc. Abreojeo 6 Baxos de Ba- bueca^ a large diamond-shaped shoal. Blaeu's first Atlas was Appendix TheatrlOrteliiet Atlantis Mercatoris. 1631. I have not seen a copy. The Novus Atlas came in 1635, and Blaeu and his sons continued to publish it until 1662, when it filled six folio vols. iH.C. Art Room.) The American maps were not altered. The detailed map of the West Indies is slightly altered from de Laets'. In the form Blaeu gave it, it was often printed by other map-makers under their own names. It occurs in the Harvard Library under the following forms : i". Les Isles Antilles, ^Xc. N. Sanson d' Abbe- ville, Paris, 1656. 2°. Map by Nicolaus Vissher. 3". Map by Peter Vander. 40. Map by Cornells Dankerts, 5°. Inthe.^//«j Nonveaii par le Sieur Sanson, pub- about 1700? 6°. In De Nieti-we en Onbekende IVeereld, etc. Arnoldus Montanus, Amsterdam. 1671, p. 172-3. (H,C. 1331.26.) Same in German by 0.[lfert} D-Lapper], Amst. 1673, and in English by John Ogilby- London. 1671. (1331. 5.) 7". In the Historia Ge- neral de las Indias Occidentales (Herrara) Amberes. 1728, vol. iv, p. 6. 8°. Jnsulae Americanae nempe Cuba Hispaniola Jarmaica Pio Rico Lucania, etc. par Reinier & Josua Ottens. In Ottens' Atlas Minor. 1730 (?). Founded on Blaeu, though the drawing is more jagged, g". The same Atlas contains a direct copy of Blaeu's map. 10". Isles de f Ainerique par Pierre Vander Aa . . . in /cz Galerie agreable du tnonde. Leide. 2 vols, about 1765 (?). 1. 1636 (?). Joannes Jansson. America Sep- tentrionalis. Undated. Latest discovery noted is in 1631. Baxos de Babueca is an island with a shoal around it, as in Herrara's map, 1601. Otherwise the map is not like Herrara's but like Blaeu's of 1635. This is a loose sheet, No. 4355 in the collection of loose maps, H.C. It is from Jansson's Atlas, published 1636, which con- tains also the map Insulae Americanae, etc., as in Blaeu. S. 1652. Nicolaus Visscher. Americae Nova descriptio. Abrelsio a diamond-shaped shoal, whose N. W. side touches a small nameless island lying just south of a slightly larger one, Amiona. A loose sheet. Another map, Novissima et acctiratissima Totius Americae descriptio per N. Visscher has the word A breoyo S. E. of A inana. S. 1670. John Ogilby. Novissima et accuratis- sima Totius Ajnericae Descriptio. Abreoyo is a shoal roughly diamond shaped. The map occurs in America, being an acc7irate description 9/ the Netu World, etc. London. 1670, which is a translation of Montanus', De Nieuwe en Onbekende Weereld. There was another edition in 1671. S. 1675. Arent Roggeveen. The First Part of the Burning Feii, Discoveriiig the whole West Indies^ The Continent and the Islands, Beginning; fi-077i Rio Amaso7ies, aiid endiitg on the North of Terra Nova^ described by Arent Roggeveen. Amsterdam. Peter Goos. 1675. Plate I. Generaele Kaert van West Indien. Abreojo 6 Baxos de Babuca is a diamond- shaped shoal. The map is founded on Blaeu's. Plate 20. Paseaerte van V Eylant Spagnola, etc On a larger scale than any of an earlier date known to me. Abrolho de Babueca is a large shoal, diamond- shaped with incurving lines. This work is a translation, with the original chart, of a Dutch work. See Uricoechea's Mapoteca Colombiafia, § 2, No. 7. 26o HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL. S. 1692? Archipelague du Mezique oiX sont les isles de Cuba, etc., chcz Pierre Mortier. Amster- dam. On a large scale. Abreoio on Baxos dc Babueca, a large kidney-shaped shoal. S. E. of it is a long and narrow shoal called N. Riff, and S. of that is a small round shoal with a rock in the centre, not named. This map is contained in vol. i. of the Atlas Nouveau par le S^ Satison et H, yaillot, Paris. No date of publication, but probably about 1692. S. 1700. Edni. Halley. Nova et accuratissima totius terrarum Orbis Tabula Nautica. S. E. of Turks is an oval shoal, not named. In Ottens' Atlas Minor, vol. iv. S. 1703. ler. Sellers and Ch. Price. A New General Chart of the West Indies. Some distance S. E. of Turks is a long and narrow shoal, widest toward the west, which is named Ambrochos. S. of it, and very near, is a small shoal not named. This must be North Riff, the present Silver Bank, and not Mouchoir Carre. Found in Navigatium atque Itinerarhim Bibliotkeca, or a covipleate Cottectian of Voyages, etc. John Harris, London, 1705, vol. ii., p. Soi. 1. 1703. Del Isle. Carte du Mexique et de la Floride. A loose sheet. Mouchoir Quarri, a shoal without islands. S. E. from it is a square island, quite large, named Caico de Plata. A loose sheet map by Homann has the same arrangement. 1. 1717. N. de Fer. Le Golfe du Mexique. A loose sheet. Ouvre d^oeil ou Mouchoir QuarrS, a diamond-shaped shoal without islands. E. of it /. Caico de Plata. There is a similar map in OUtiTis' Atlas Minor, vol. iv., 1730 (?). It is called Carte de la Nouvelle France. S. 1720. Herman Moll. Map in two sheets. The second contains the West Indies. S. E. of Turks. North Riff and South Riff as shoals ; no others given. Another map by Moll, a large chart of the West Indies, with- out a date, but perhaps published in 1715, has only these two shoals. An inscription near N. Riff runs : " Here Sir Wm. Phips took up a vast quantity of silver from a Spanish Wreck in 1685." The northernmost of the two parts into which Silver Bank was formerly supposed to be divided is, after this time, often named Phips' Plate. I have seen a map which placed the scene of Phips' discovery off the coast of Venezuela. It will be remembered that this recovery of treasure secured for the bluff, illiterate, but ambitious seaman, his knighthood, and assisted him to become the first Royal Governor of Massachusetts Bay, un- der the charter of William and Mary. S. 1722. Delisle. Carte d'Amerique. Loose sheet. E. of Amana a large shoal. Another copy printed by Covens and Ivlortier calls the shoal itself Aumane. S. 1722. C. Delisle. Carte de I'lsle de St. Do- mimpte Drcssee en 1722 pour T usage dit Roy sur les nuhnoires de M. Frezier Ingenietir de S. M. et autrcs assujetis aux observations Astronomiques. E. of Turques is a large shoal, irregularly diamond-shaped, with incurving sides. The main body of the shoal is named les Abrouilles ou Mouchoir Qitarri. The extreme south point is named Basses de Babueca. S. E. lies a smaller oval shoal, le Varret, and S. of that another, Caye d'. Argent ou Bayo de Plata. A loose sheet in the map portfolio "St. Domintro." (H.C.) Also in " La Galerie a^reable djt Monde, etc. en LXVI Tomes. Leide. Pierre Vander Aa, vol. ii. (no date — after 1763). 1726. Le Grand Dictionuaire G-^ogiaphique et Critique par At. Briizen la Martiniere. [Ge- ograplier to Philip V. of Spain.] 1 726-1 737. Ten vols. i°. Vol. I. (1726). Article Abriojos. Ce mot quisignifie Ouvrezlesyeux estle nom qii'on a donne \ divers ecueils de la mer . . . Mr. De I'lsle ecrit Abroxo le nom de I'isle ou ecueil qui est entre les Lucaies au 22 d. de lat. au 308 d, de long, et a seize lieues de la cote Sept. de I'isle de S. Domingue. Vol. iii. 1730, under Caicos says, — lat. 21, N. of Gulf of Samana, is a little island called Caico de Plata. 4. 1730. Le S'"- d'Anville. Carte d'/sle de Saint Domingue, etc., dress^e particulih'ement sur la dcni^re Carte de Mr Frezier et sur les memoires de Mr. Bullet. Par le S'' d'.Anville Oct. I7;i0. Mouchoir Quarrl, a .shoal of irregular shape, lat. 21, long. 308, contains four islands, the northernmost being the largest, tliough that is small. 3. 1731, le S'^- d'Anville. Map contained in r Histoire de Visle Fspagnole ou de S. Domingue par le P. Pierre Francoy Xavicr de Charlevoix. Paris. 1730. The map is dated 1731. It is like the large map Isy the Ottens (see below), but has three islands in Mouchoir QuarrL 5. 1'733. H. Popple. Map of North America, in ig large and 5 small sheets. Abrotlio Shoal is large, irregularly oval ; with axis E. and W. It con- tains many reefs, or groups of rocks, but no islands. S. E. lies a long and narrow shoal. North Riff (\n the shoal are the words Plate IVreck). S. W., and near to it, is South Riff, a round shoal. S. 1740. Popple-Buache. Reduced from Pop- ple, with corrections, by Phil. Buache. Les Abroilles, le Varret, Caye d' Argent ou Bayo de Plata. In P. Vander Aa's Galerie du Monde, vol. ii. S. 1740. Stevens-Herrara. Map in The General History of the Vast Continent and Islands of America, etc., translated from Herrara by Capt. J. Stevens. It is a correction of Herrara's map. Le mouchoir is a small, nearly circular, shoal. It is Herrara's " Abreojo " with tlie island left out. S. W. of it are four islands. S. About 1740? J. and R. Ottens. N(nja Tabula exhibens insulas Cubam et Hispaniolavi vulgo S. Domingo Dictam Instdas Lucaies sen Bahanavias, etc. E. of Turks, les Abrolles oti Mouchoir Quarre, a large irregular shoal oblong from N. E. to S. W. A little !3. E. is the Cayes d Argent ou Aboard Rif, and S. a small round shoal not named. This map is found in the Atlas Af/wtjr published in four vols., by Josua and Reiner Ottens, at Amsterdam. It contains maps by various authors and of various dates, the latest 1740 I believe. Vol iv. contains six maps of the West Indies: two of these have nothing E. of Turks. Another is ^^ Carte de la Nouvelle France, etc., dressee siir les inenioires les plus 7ton~ veanx recneill^s ponr V ctal}lisseine7it de la contpagnie francoise occideniale. This has Caico de Plata as in N. de Fer's map, I7r7. There follow two copies of Blaeu's 1635 map, and finally the above. S. 1741. Beaurain. Loose sheet map of the Atlantic Ocean. Paris. S. 1742. Mouret and Page. A Neiu Chart of the Bahama Islands and the Windward Passage. E. of Turks is a large .shoal cut off by the eastern edge of the map. It contains rocks, but no islands. This is the earhest map I have seen which gives soundings. They vary from 10 to 14 fathoms in the shoal. Contained in The English Pilot. The Ath Book. West India Navigation/rom Hudson's Bay to the river Amazones. The work containsal.^q A correct chart 0/ Hispaniola with the ■windward passage, by C. Price. This is Delisle's map of 1725. 3. 1746. le S''- d'Anville. Amerique Sefitentri- onale in two sheets. E. of Turks is a triangular shoal Mouchoir Quarrl with base S.E., containing HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL. 261 three islands ; the most easterly and largest, elbow- shaped. S. E. two shoals, Caycs d' Argent. Loose sheet ; also in La Galerie agriable du Monde^ Pierre Vander Aa, vol. i. 3. 1747. Eman. Bowen. Atlas to Bowen's Complete Systern of Geography (compiled from the 4th ed. of the Complete Geographer published un- der the name of Herman Moll). AbroUio has three isles. S. E. is Phyn's Plat. The same map appears in Harris Voyages, 1764 ; ii. 38. There is a map by Bowen, of 1733, which has isles in Mouchoir Carre. 1 have not seen it. 5. 1749. S'^- Robert di Vaugondy. hole Antille. Fhzoletto Quadrado has five islands. S. E. near Cape Samana, caye d^ Argent a shoal. N. E. Vigies, a round shoal. In a loose sheet map by the same there are six islands. Contained in Staria degli Stal>ilimenti Europei in A vzerj'ca^ vol ii. Translation of Edmond Barke's A71 Account of the European Setttejnents in America. 3. 1753. Thos. Jeiferys. Chart of the Atlantic Ocean. Loose sheet. London. Obresio, a triangular shoal with three isles. S. E. Phips or Silver Key, S. of the latter a round shoal. Fourth chart of a series of six. Found also in his Atlas of 1768 and Tater, 7. 1754. Bellin. Map in Allgemeine Historie der Reisen zu Wasser und zu Lande, etc., Leipzig. 19 vols. Vicreckichte Schnupftuch, an oblique paral- lelogram, contains six islands. S. E. lies the oblong Silher Klippe with one island. S. 1755. Michel Seligman. Loose map. Abrollio shoal, — N. Riff; S. Riff. 3. 1755. Thomas Lopez y Juan de la Cruz. Mapa Marititno del Golfo de Alexico e Islas de la Ame- rica para el itso de los iVavagantes en esta parta del 7nundo. Loose sheet. El Fahuelo Quadrado has three isles. The N. W. island has a rocky south- east shore. Cayos de Plata has no islands. S. 1757. Covens and Mortier. Map of America after that by N. Witsen. Loose sheet. Amsterdam. Caicos, Amara7ia, Abreio, are all shoals. 5. 1757. J. Covens and C. Mortier. Archipe- lagne dti Mexique. Amsterdam. I^oose sheet. S. E. of Turks is an oblong shoal from W. to E., in which are rocks, and a stranded vessel ; it is named Noi'th Riff, Sir mil Peyp's Piatt Rack oti Ambroches. S. of this is a diamond-shaped shoal named South Riff at W. end and Mouchoir Quarre at E. end. 3. 1757. Covens and Mortier. L'Amerique Septentrionale. Amsterdam. Loose sheet. Mou- choir Qiiare with three islands, Cayes d^Ai'gent with none. 4. 1760. Thos. Jefferys. Map of S. Domingo. London. Loose sheet. Four islands in Mouchoir Quarre. 1. 1760. Sanson-Robert. V Amerique Sep- tentrionale et Meridionale par les S"- Sanson, recti- fiee par le S' Robert. S. E. of Turks le Mouchoir Quarre with one island. Found in La Galerie a^riable du Mo7ide, by P. Vander Aa, Vol. i. 6. 1760. S"" Robert de Vaugondy. Ame- rique Septentrionale. Le Mouchoir Quarre has six, islands. S. E., Caye d' Argent. N. E., Vigies, In Vander Aa's Galerie du Monde, vol. i. Isls. 1762. II Gazzetier Americano. 1763. From an English original. London, 1662. Vol. ii- p. 5 says there are islands in the Mouchoir Quarri, but their number is uncertain. Vol. ii. of this work, in a cop>; in the Astor Library, contains a map which gives two islands in Abreojo. S. E. is Cayos de Plata, a large group of rocks near St. Domingo. 1. 1763. Mat. Scutterius. North America. A loose sheet. Ouvre d'Oeil, a diamond-shaped shoal without islands. Directly E. an island /. Carco de Plata. The same arrangement occurs in an anonymous map in the Parkman Collection, H. C. ; in a map in Ottens' Atlas, etc. S. 1763. Delisle-Buache, l' Amerique. De- lisle's map of 1722 corrected by Phil. Buache. An unnamed shoal E. of Turks. 3. 1763? Email. Boiwen and John Gibson. An accurate map of North America according to the treaty of Paris 1763. In several sheets. Abreojo or le Moitclioir Quarre has three islands. S. E., Cayos de Plata or Silver Keys, also Phips Keys. E. Vigies. Between the latter two this note : These are small rocky islands with oozey shores, where small ships if run aground are easily got off. Contained in Thomas Jeffery's American Atlas, published by Robert Sayer, 1768, in French and English. 3. 1763. Thos. Jefferys. Loose sheet. Abre- sio has three islands. 5. 1765. I. Palairet and L. Delarochette. North America. Loose sheet. Mouchoir Quarrd, oval shoal, axis N. and S. 3. 1765. Isaak Tirion. Kaart van de onder- konigschappen van Mexico, etc. Amsterdam. De vierkantc Zakdock, an irregular triangle with three is- lands. S. E. two shoals, Zilver Klippe7i. Contained in Hedendaa^sche Historie 0/ Tc^eniuoordi^e Siaat van Amerika. 1. Tirion. Amst. 1760. 3 vols. Vol. i. p. 112. 3. 1768. Thos. Jefferys. A general Topog- raphy of North America and the West Indies. This Atlas contains the maps noticed under 1753 (Chart of Atlantic), and 1760 (St. Domingo), besides two new maps with three islands. Jefferys was at work on a detailed Atlas of the West Indies, but it was not published until after his death. See 1775. 3. 1770? Rizzi Zannoni. Carte Geo-hydro- graphique du Golfe du Mexique, etc., el Pahuelo Quadrado very irregular, with three isles, one ten or twelve miles long. S. E. comes a shoal, Cayos de Plata. In Atlas moderne, etc., par pletisieurs Auteurs. Paris. 13. 1775. Thos. Jefferys. The West Iitdia Atlas or a comprehensive description of the West Indies, illustrated with forty correct charts and maps taken from actual surveys. By the late Thos. Jefferys. London, Sayer & Bennet. The most important map is The Windward Passage from the East end of Cuba, and the North part of St. Domingo. East of Turks is a large irregular diamond-shaped shoal, with the inscription : Banc du Mouchoir Quarri, called also los Abrojos and for7tierly Baxos de Babueca. This Bank IS very little known. The soundings are taken from an English chart. It contains nine islands. Sound- mg.s vary from 9 to 15 fathoms. S. E. are three small islands called The three Keys, directly S. are soundings with the note: Sounditigs taken by the French ships in 1753, S. E. and near is an oblong shoal narrowing toward the east, with one island in the centre. Directly S. is a small oval shoal. Be- tween these shoals the name : Cayes d' Argent. 262 HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL. Against the north shoal the names : La Grande Caye oil Caye dit Nord called by the English Phips Plate or Plate Wreck, also North Riff. Against the south shoal the names : Caye du Sud or South Riff, also Petite Caye. E. of these two shoals is a third small one named Pracel. Due N. of the last, in lat. 21, is a very small shoal, and the note : A shoal cohere the Superb and Sr^'ern have anchored.* Sounding 8. This atlas contains a Chart of the Atlantic Ocean whicll has N. E. of Severn Slioal-a Rocky bank, where a Dutch ship was •wrecked itt 1701. Toward the close of the century JefFery's maps were published in several editions by Laurie and Whittle, as in the IVesi India Atlas, i;gg ; the West India Islands, 1799 ; and a complete Pilot of the IVcst Indies. No date, but tlie maps are dated (like those iu the other two) 1794- 1" ^l^e map of the it'indiuard Passage the words " or Sqtiare Handker- chief" are inserted after " Mouchoir Quarr^ " in the titles of that shoal, and there are only seven islands in it. 3. 1776. Thos. Jeiferys. Map of West Indies and Central America. Scale 80 miles to an inch. Ahreojo or le Mouchoir Quarri. Oblong shoal ; axis N. E. to S. W. S. E., three islands. S. E., oblong shoal, axis N. W. to S. E., named Cayos dc Plata, also Phips Keys. S. a small shoal ; E. a small shoal ; both unnamed. Between the Abreojo and the Cayos de Plata is a note : These are small rocky islands 'with oozey shores where small ships if run aground are easily got off. Contained in The A merican A tlas, composed fro'm numerous surveys by Major Holland, Lewis, Evatis, Win. Scull, Henry Monzon, Lieut. Ross, I. Cook, Michael Lane, Joseph Gilbert, Gardner, Haltock, etc., by the late Thos. Jeffries. London. 1776. 4. 1777. Danville-Pownall. London. N. and S. America in four sheets. E. S. E. from Turks le Mouchoir Quarri or Abreojo with four islands. S. E. Silver Keys, E. ' Vigics, both shoals without islands. 3. 1777. Thos. Kitchin. Map of West Indies. In Mouchoir Quarri, three or four isles. S. E., two small shoals, La Plata Cayes. In Robertson's History of America. 1777. 3. 1778. Wm. Russell. Map of West Indies. Abreojo, by the French le Mouchoir Quarri, irregular, three or more islands. E. S. E. two shoals, Cayos de Plata or Silver Key. E., and at some distance, small shoal, Vigia. In History of A^nerica. Russell. London, i-j-ji. Vol. i., p. 516. 3. 1780. L. Denis. Carte du Golphe du Mex- ique. After those made by order of the Courts of France, Spain, and England. Loose sheet. Abreojo oil le Mouchoir Quarri peu connu, a triangular shoal with base N. and three islands. S. E., small shoal, caye d' Argent ou Bayo de Plata. 6. 1780. Rigobert Bonne. Isle de Saint Do- mingue. Mouchoir Carre, diamond-shaped with N. E. and S. W. points elongated. Four isles. S. E., Cayes d' Argent, long shoal W. to E., with two islands. S., small shoal not named. No. 37 in the Atlas de Touies les Parties connues du Globe Terrestre dressi pour V Histoire philosophique et politique des Etahlissemeiits et du commerce des Europeens dans les d^ux Indes par VAbbS Thomas Guillau?ne Francois Raynal. 12. 1782. Sayer and Bennet. A New General Chart of the West Indies from the latest marine Jour- nals and Surveys. London. Loose sheet. E. of Turks Sqtiare Handkerchief vi\\.'h. eight isles. S. E., Triangle, a group of three islands. S. E., Phips' Plate with one island and Silver Keys, a shoal. * This was in 1745. I am informed that the shoal is not now in existence. 8. 1782. Don Juan Lopez. Carta Nautica que coviprehende los de se mbrocaderos al mar del norte viniendo de la Jamaica, etc. Madrid. Loose sheet. Los Abrojos, Baxos de Babueca 6 el Pahuelo quadrado poco conocido. Shoal on a large scale ; eight islands ; soundings 8-15. Like Jefferys' chart. 14. 1783. Andrew. New map of the West In- dies. N. B. West Indies from, Lopez' s four-sheet map. Cuba from a Spanish ms., all the sands from French and Dutch charts. S. E. of Turks is a shoal, larger than Turks, indistinctly diamond-shaped, named Banc du Mouchoir Quarri or los Abrojos &^ formerly Baxos de Babueca, Square Handkerchief, seven islands. S. E., The Three Keys, three isles. S. E., Cayes d' Ar- gent, consisting of two shoals, la Grande Cay or Caye du Nord with one island, and Caye du Sud. Between thein White Keys, three isles. E., Pracel ; N., in lat. 2\, A shoal. 3. 1784. Albert and Letter. A New and correct map of North America with the West India Islands. According to the treaty of Paris, 1783. London. In three loose sheets. Abreojo or le Mouchoir Quarri, oval from N. E. to S. W. Three isles. S. E., two shoals near together, Cayos de Plata or Silver Keys, also Phips' Keys. E., a shoal, Vigies, 3. 1785. Moithey. Amerique Septentrionale. Loose sheet. Three islands in Mouchoir Quarre. None in Cayes d^ Argent. S. 1787. M. de Chastenet-Puys^gur. Le Pilote de I'isle de Saint Domingue et des Debouque- ments de cette isle comprenant 7tne carte de I'isle de Saint Domingue et une carte des Dibouquements de- pttis la caye d' Argent jusqu'h la partie ouest des Isles Lucayes. Publii par ordre de Roi h Paris de I'imprimerie royale, 1787. fo. Contains charts and the ship's journal of the cruise of the C" de Chas- tenet-Poisegur, Major des Vessaux de Roi, on the corvette le Vautour 1784, 1785 made for the pur- pose of exploration. The expedition cruised over the Silver Bank, Mouchoir Quarre, and among Turks and Caicos I. The Journal, §61 and §62, gives positions and soundings for Silver Bank and Mouchoir Carre. It reports shoals and reefs, but no islands. Mouchoir Quarre, lat. 21°, long. 73°, axis E. N. E. to W. S. W., contains two shoaler spots on the northern edge. Cayes d' Argent is given as one large shoal, the supposed division having been proved not to exist. The Journal was also published in 8" without maps. 1788. Diccionario G-eograiico Histdrico de las Indias occidentales 6 America, etc., por el Coronal Don Antonio de Alcedo. Madrid. 1788. Article Paiiuelo Quadrado, vol. iv., p. 55, is as follows ; Baxo grande de arena que hace esta figura, y tiene en medio diferentes Isolates, alguitos los llaTnan las Abrojos, y en il se han perdido muchas embarcaciones, estdn al N. del Caba Raja de la Isla Espanola y al E. de los Caicos. There is an English translation by G. A. Thompson. London. 1814. 8. 1789. ,The American Pilot. Contains a map of the West Indies taken from an English publication of 1789. Square Handkerchief, irregular diamond-shaped, five islands. S. E., Triatigle, three isles. S. E., two shoals of similar shape with narrow passage between them, Phips' Plate and Silver Key. 11. 1795. B. Edwards. Large map of West Indies. Banc du Mouchoir Quarri or los Abrojos. Baxos de Babueca. Square Handkerchief. Shoal of rather oval form, axis N. E. to S. W. with seven islands. S E., 3 AV;';', three islands. S.^., la Grande HISTORICAL HYDROGRAPHY OF THE HANDKERCHIEF SHOAL. 263 Caye or Caye du Nord with one island. S., Caye du Sud. E., Pracd. N., A Shoal. This is contained in Bryan Edward's Histsry of the West Indies. London. 1795. In 1796 the map was published in reduced form by F. A. Giissefeld at Weimar in Sprengel's Ger- man translation of Munoz's Nuovo Mojido. In 1810 a reduced copy appeared in A Neiv Atlas of the British West hidies-with a whole sheet map of the IV est India Islands^ etc., to accojn- pa7ty the Pluladelphia edition of Edward^s History of the West Indies. Charleston, iSio. 10. 1795. S^"- de la Rochette. Large map of Nortli America, in three sheets. Le Mouchoir Quarri or Abreojos, triangular with base to S. E., six islands. E. N. E. of this and N. of Phips' Plate is Severn and Superb Shoal. S. E. of Abreojos, 7>7a«_5r&,'three isles. S. E., Phips' Plate with one island, and Silver Key. E. N. E., Dutch Shoal., small. I. 1795. Atlas to Guthrie's System of Geog- raphy. London. Map. 24. One island in Mouch- oir Carre. The map that accompanies an American Edition of Guthrie has six islands in Mouchoir Carr^, and the Triangle of three islands. 11. 1796. Captain Robert Bishop, John Stevenson and others. The Atlantic Pilot, London. General map of West Indies. Mouchoir Carre has eight islands. S. E., 77^1? three Keys. S. E., Phips' Plate or North Riff^-ai South Riff. E., Pracel. N., Senium Shoal, the last four without islands. The general map is not dated. One of the others was drawn in 1765, The Special map of Turks was based on the survey of tlie sloops "I'Aigle" and " i'Emeraude," in 1753, with later corrections. 3. 1796. American Atlas. New York. Banc du Mouchoir, three islands. S. E., la Caye du Nord. E., Pracel. 3. 1796. Karte von Mittel Amerika oder West Indien. Le Mouchoir Quarre has three islands. 3. 1796. Giissefeld. Nord- und Siid-Amerika. Nurnburg. Shoal with three islands S. E. of Turks. II. 1800. Jean Baptiste Nicolas Denis, d'apres de Manneville. The Oriental Pilot or East India Directory, etc. London. Map of the Atlan- tic. Seven islands in Mouchoir Quarre ; three in Triangle ; one in Phips' Plate. Severn Shoal is given. 22. 1802. C. G. Richard. Karte von Nord Amerika. Weimar. Loose sheet. Mouchoir Qttarre oder los Abrolhos contains seven islands. S. E., 3 Keys, three islands. S. E., Caye d'Argejit, three quite large islands and eight or nine smaller ones. S. 1803. A. Arrowsmith. Chart of the West Indies and Spanish Dominions in North America. E. of Turks is a round shoal without name or soundings. S. of this and S. E. of Turks Mouchoir Quarre or Abreojos, oblong from W. to E. ; no islands, but one shoaler spot. Soundings are given. S. E., Bayo de la Plata, one shoal as in Chastenet-Poisegur's Charts. S. E., Bayo Navidad or Bank of the Nativ- ity, an oval shoal with soundings 6 to 17. E. of Mouchoir Quarre and N. N.E. of Navidad is Shoal where ships have anchored. S. 1802. Sorel. Carte Particuliere de I'isle de Saint Domingue from ms. plans of C""- Sorel, In- geneur des colonnes, Publiee par ordre du contre Amiral Decres Ministre de la Marine et des Colonnes. Paris. An. XL Only a corner of Mouchoir Carre given. Cayes d' Argent has the form which Chastenet Puysegur gives it. S. 1806. Map of West Indies and Mexico. Paris. Loose sheet. Mouchoir Qiiarri is cut by a channel in the middle. S. E., Caye d' Argent. S. E., Caye de Noel, a shoal. S. 1806. H. F. A. Stieler. Karte von West Indien entworfen tend gezeichnet Nov. 1806. Niirn- burg, 1809. Mouchoir Carrl divided into two parts. S. L., Caye d' Argent and Bayo de la Plata. S. E., Bayo Navidad. S. 1811. Pinkerton. Map of the West Indies. Abreojos has no islands. S. E., Bayo de la Platai S. E., Bank of the Nativity. Contained in Pinkerton's Modern Geography, 3d ed. Lon- don. 1811 ; p. 443- S. 1814. S*"*- Lewis. AVall map of United States and West Indies. 4. 1814. Karte von Nord Amerika. Wei- mar Geographisches Institut. Loose sheet. S5. E. of Turks, Sand Key, a shoal. E. S. E., four islands named Mouchoir Quarri od. los Abrolhols. S. E., two round shoals, Caye d' Argent Nos u. N. W. sp. 7. 1822. Carey and Lea. Complete Historical, Chronological, Geographical, American Atlas. Phila- delphia. Map 35, West Indies, no islands in Square Handkerchief. Map 40, Cuba and the Bahama Islands, seven islands in Square Handkerchief, which is oblong from W. to E. 5. 1838. Bradford. Atlas of the United States. S. 1842. Morse. Atlas of the United States, Same in 1845. 3.1849. Colton. Map of United States. Near Mouchoir Quarre Passage, on the E., are traces of three islands. *jit* Maps, the date of which has not been ascer- tained. S. R. P. Labat. L'Jsle de Saint Domingue ou Espagne. A loose sheet, but taken from a book. Le Mouchoir Quarre oit Vouvre d' Oeil. Banc de Sable et Roches sous VEau. A square shoal bearing the word Concina. S. Voogt and Keusen. Pas Kaart van West Indien Belfende sov Deszelfts Vaste Kusten als a'Onder behoorende Eylanden van de Noord Ocean door Vooght Geometra, f Amsterdam, by Johannes van Keusen Boek en Zee Kaart V^erkoper en Groadboogh maaker aande Niewe-burgh inde Gekroonde Lootsman met priviligie Voor 1 5 laaren. 2 vols. Special map. No. iii., which is printed upside down, takes in Abreolo off Baxos de Babueca, a large shoal E. of Tui'lcs, diamond-shaped, with lines curving in. The Atlas belongs in the latter half of the seventeenth century. S. Map of the West Indies and part of the United States. Before acquisition of Louisiana. Mouchoir Quarri. S. E., Bayo de la Plata. S. E., Bayo Navidad. 13. M. Mentelle. Carte de Golfe du Mexique et des Isles Antilles. Paris. Loose sheet. Square Handkerchief, an irregular diagonal with nine islands. S. E., Triangle with three islands. S. E., Phips' Plate with one island. S., Silver Keys, no island. *,jt* The following figures show the growth of the belief that there were islands beyond Turks to the S. E. : — Of maps examined No islands are Islands are dating in the given on given on XVI Cent. 13 2 XVn "92 XVIII " ,5 44 XIX " (isthalf) 8 4 The map by Juan de la Cosa, that by Peter Martyr, and the Portuguese Portulano, of 150J-4, are omitted as doubtful. Hon- dius' map of 1600 (?), which shows one island, is classed in the sixteenth century, but it may belong to the seventeenth. Uhvavv of f attaru (JXtii^omitv* Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, LIBRARIAN. Into. 17. CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS IN THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS. 1830-1883. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.; Ismttt 62 tljE 3Lt'Iirarg at f^ar&arlj Uni&eraftg. 1886. Already issued or in preparation : A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready. 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel- angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner. 7. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public Libraries. 8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. g. Geor^p Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibhography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. 11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880. 13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the Bahamas. 15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology. 16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit- theilungen. 1855-1881. 17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's Publications. 1830-1883. 18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography. *ig. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps. 20. William C. Lane. Index to Recent Reference Lists, 1884-1885. 21. A List of the Publications of .Harvard University and its Officers, 1880-1885. CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE PUB- LICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, AND IN ASSOCIATED SERIALS. 1830-1883. BY RICHARD BLISS, Of the Redwood Library^ Newport^ R. L The following index includes all the maps and plans published in the first and second series of the Proceedings, the yournal, and the Supplementary Papers of the Royal Geographical Society, and in Ocean Highways and The Geographical Magazine. The titles are taken fi-om the maps themselves, and are exact transcripts, with some exceptions in the matter of punctuation and contractions. Titles framed to supply those wanting on the map are indicated by being enclosed in brackets. Indented titles in the index show that the map so represented is enclosed within the border lines of the larger map. The measurements of the size of the map include the outer border lines, the first one given being the one parallel with the title. Where the scale of the map was not given on the original, an approximate scale has been calculated,' which is indicated by being enclosed in brackets. In the early numbers or the Journal and Proceedings^ owing to the absence of , any indication as to the pages which the maps were intended to face, it has been thought best to make the reference to the number of the article to which the map belongs ; and, as in some of the volumes the numbering of the articles is duplicated or triplicated, reference to maps belonging to other than original communications is shown by the use of (Anal.) and (Misc.), for the analytical and miscellaneous divisions of the work. The date in the index entry is the year for which the volume is published, and not the imprint date, unless both are the same. Provinces and islands, when remote from the political divisions to which they belong, are classed under the name of the country or state in or near which they are situated. Owing to the lack of well-defined geographical divisions in some parts of Africa, the fol- lowing arbitrary subdivisions have been made. The Nile Region extends from the Mediterranean to the loth parallel north latitude, and includes Egyptian Sudan. Maps relating to the Nile south of this must be looked for under Eastern_ Equatorial Africa (iv. 8. b.). Equatorial Africa embraces that portion of country lying between io° N. Lat. and io° S. Lat., and is divided into Eastern and West- em on the 25th Greenwich meridian. South Africa is divided into the Tropical and Cape regions on the 20th parallel south latitude. On the other hand, it has been found convenient to unite several distinct political areas, as in the case of the Balkan Peninsula, which is made to comprise all the region formerly known as Turkey in Europe,- and in the division of Central Asia, which here includes all the provinces lying between the Kirghiz Steppes on the north and Persia and Afghanistan on the south, and between East Turkestan, India, and the Caspian Sea. Following are the symbols used for the various works embraced in the index ; P., Proceedings, first series; Pp., Proceedings, second series; J,, Journal ; S. P., Supplementary Papers ; O. H., Ocean Highways, first series ; O. Hh., Ocean Highways, second series; G. M., Geographical Magazine. I. THE EARTH. 1. Cartographic Projections. 2. The Earth in General. II. EUROPE. 1. General. 2. Great Britain. 3. Belgium and the Netherlands. 4. France. 5. Spain. 6. Austria-Hungary. 7. Balkan Peninsula. 8. Greece. 9. Scandinavian Peninsula. 10. Russia. XI. Caucasia. III. ASIA. 1. General. 2. Asiatic Turkey. 3. Arabia. 4. Persia. 5. Central Asia. 6. Afghanistan and Baluchistan. 7. India. 8. Siberia. g. Chinese Empire. a. East Turkestan. b. Tibet. c. Mongolia, Manchuria, and Korea. d. China. 10. Japan. 11. Farther India. X2. East Indian Archipelago. Synopsis of the Classification. IV. AFRICA. 1. General. 2. Barbary. 3. Sahara. 4. Sudan (excepting Egyptian Sudan). 5. Nile and Red Sea Districts. 6. Abyssinia and Somali. 7. Upper Guinea and Senegambia. 8. Equatorial Africa. a. Western. b. Eastern. g. South Africa. a. Tropical region, b. Cape region. xo. Islands. V. AUSTRALASIA. 1. Australia in General. 2. West Australia. 3. North Australia. 4. South Australia. 5. Queensland. 6. New South Wales. 7. Victoria. 8. New Guinea. g. New Zealand. VI. NORTH AMERICA. z. Alaska. 2. British America. a. Northern region. b. Canada. c. Labrador and Newfoundland. 3. United States. 4. Mexico. 5. Central America. 6. West Indies. VII. SOUTH AMERICA. 1. General. 2. Colombia and Venezuela. 3. Guiana. 4. Ecuador. 5. Peru. 6. Bolivia. 7. Brazil. 8- Paraguay and Uruguay. g. Chili. 10. Argentine Republic. £1. Patagonia. VIII. POLAR REGIONS. 1. North Polar Region. a. American. b. European. 2. Greenland. 3. Iceland. 4. Spitzbergen. _ 5. Novaia Zemlia. 6. Franz Josef Land. 7. South Polar Region. IX. OCEANS AND ISLANDS. 1. Atlantic Ocean. 2. Mediterranean Sea. 3. Indian Ocean. 4. Pacific Ocean. X. MISCELLANEOUS. 1. Astronomical. 2. Magnetic. 3. Thermometric. 4. Meteorological 5. Geological. 6. Botanical. CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE I. THE EARTH. I. Cartographic Projections. 1. [Map-diagram to illustrate Sir J. F. W. Her- schel's paper on a new projection of the sphere.] Size, 31.5 X 19.1 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 104. 2. [Map-diagram to illustrate Sir Henry James's communication on the projection used in the topo- graphical department of the War Office for maps embracing large portions of the earth's surface.] Size, 38.4 X 19.2 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 106. 3. Diagram showing the application of table [of radii of parallels and degrees of longitude] to the projection of a portion of the surface of the earth (including Europe) north of the parallel of 30°. Scale, 15 deg. = in. Size, I2 X 13.8 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. III. 4. Chart of the world illustrating Gall's projection. Equatorial scale [ca. 4082 m. = in.]. Size, 16.2 X II. I cm. P. XV. 1870-71. P. 159 2. The Earth in General. 5. Part of a terrestrial globe made at Nuremberg in 1492 by Martin Beham, in which it is supposed the islands are laid down in the same way as in the map used by Columbus in his first voyage. Scale [ca. 1770 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 17.7 cm. J. xviii. 1848. Art. vi. 6. [Diagram representing the midsummer posi- tion of the earth, to illustrate a paper by W. E. Hickson on the climate of the north pole.] Size, ca. 10 X 10 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 131. 7. Chart of the world illustrating Gall's projection. Equatorial scale [ca. 4082 m. = in.]. Size, 16.2 X ii-i cm. P. XV. 1870-71. P. 159. 8. Approximate sketch of the geographical distri- bution of caoutchouc-yielding trees. By James Col- lins, F. B. S. Edin. Equatorial scale [ca. 1063 m. = in. J. Size, 47.4 X 15.4 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 67. 9. Chart showing the di'itribution of saUness in the ocean. Equatorial scale [ca. 2560 m. = in.]. Size, 29.8 X 16.5 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 73. 10. [Map of the world showing] lines of equal magnetic variation, or declination (isogonic lines). 1878. Scale [ca. 3170 m. = in.] Size, 21.7 X 11. 2 cm. P. xxii. 1877-78. PI. I. P. 216. 11. Terrestrial magnetic meridians, and curves of equal dip, or inclination (isoclinal lines). 1878. Size, ca. 19.5 X ii-5 cm. P. xxii. 1877-78. PI. 2. P. 216. 12. The earth's magnetism, as shown by : 1. The distribution of lines upon the earth's sur- face passing through points of equal total force. (1878.) 2. The position of the magnetic poles a'nd the line of no dip, or the magnetic equator. 3. The regions of blue and red magnetism. Size, ca. 22 X 13 cm. P. xxii. 1877-78. PI. 3. P. 216. 13. Isochronic passage chart for travellers, show- ing the shortest number of days' journey from Lon- don by the quickest through routes, and using such further conveyances as are available without un- reasonable cost. It is supposed that local prepara- tions have been made and that other circumstances are favorable. By Francis Galton, F. R. S. Equa- torial scale, [ca. 2900 m.=in.]. Size, 22.1 X 13-1 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 704. II. EUROPE. I. General. 14. Proposed overland route to India. Scale, 325 m. = in. Size, 54.8 X 24.8 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 48. 15. A map showing the relation of Cyprus to the adjacent coasts. Scale [ca. 230 m. = in.]. Size, 15.1X11-5 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 221. 2. Great Britain. 16. Index to the Ordnance Survey of England and Wales. Scale, i : 3,168,000 [50 m. = in.]. Size, 18.9 X 24.8 cm. P. iv. 1859-60. [No. 4!] 17. Map of Great Britain shewing the distribu- tion of Roman Catholics, and of Roman Catholic chapels, convents, and monasteries. By E. G. Raven- stein, F. R. S. Scale [ca. 45 m. = in.]. Size, 25.2 X 41.6 cm. London and environs. Scale [ca. 8 m. =3 in.]. Size, 7 X 6.8 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 104. 18. Census of British isles, 187 1. Scale [ca. 64 m. ^ in.]. Size, 23.4 X 26.6 cm. a. Local element of population of counties and towns. P- '73. . . d. The Irish element in Great Britain and Irish-speaking population in Ireland. P. 176. c. Migration within the limits of England and Wales, Scot- land, Ireland, and the islands in the British seas. P. 201. d. Migration compared with local element of population. P. 229. e. Increase or decrease of population, 1861-1871. P. 229. y. Increase or decrease of the natives of counties throughout the United Kingdom, 1861-1871. P. 231. £-. Local element of population of entire counties. P. 231. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 173-231. 19. Map of the British isles, shewing the state of the Ordnance Survey on the 31st Dec'r, 1875. Scale, [ca. 64 m. = in.]. Size, 23.4 X 26.6 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 192. 3. Belgium and the Netherlands. 20. Nieuport and its surrounding country [West Flanders]. Scale, i: 40,000 [3,333-33 ft. = in.].. Size, 39.6 X 24.9 cm. Battle of Nieuport [A.D. 1600]. Scale, 142 yds. := in. Size, 14. 1 X 14. 4 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 240. 21. [Thesiegeof Ostend, A.D. 1601-1604.] Scale, 460 yds. = in. Size, 15.5 X 13.I cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 371. 4. France. 22. Sketch of the valley of Beaufort, and the adjacent portions of Upper Savoy. Scale, 4 m. = in. Size, 20 X 16.3 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 190. 5. Spain. 23. Columbretes rocks near the coast of Va- lencia, by Captain W. H. Smyth, R. N., K. S. F., F. R. S. Scale [3036 ft. = in.]. Size, 12.2 X 16.8 cm. J. [i.] 1830-31. Art. v. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 6. Austria-Hungary. 24. Map to accompany notes on the lower course of the Danube, by Major J. Stokes, R. E. 1859. Scale, 15 m. ^^ in. Size, 18.7 X 10.6 cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 162. 7. The Balkan Peninsula. (Exclusive of Greece.) 25. The Gulf of Arta [Albania]. Surveyed in 1830. Drawn by Lieutenant James Wolfe, R. N. Var'n 14.16 W. Scale [ca. 3 m. =i in.] Size, 28.7 X 24 cm. J. iii- 1833. Art. v. 26. Ruins of Limnsea [Greece]. Scale, wanting. Size, 8.9 X 9.2 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. v. 27. Ruins at Camarina [Albania]. Scale, want- ing. Size, 8.7 X II cm. J. iii. 1833. ^''^- ^■ 28. Argos Amphilocicum [Greece]. Scale, want- ing. Size, 7.9 X lo.i cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. v. 29. Map of Mount Athos, 1833. Scale [ca. 8 m. = in.]. Size, 12.2 X 19 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 72. 30. The northern frontier of Greece, 1834. Scale, II m. == in. Size, 31.6 X i9-5 cm. Enumeration of the line of landmarks [northern frontier of Greece]. Scale [11 m. = in.]. :Size, 23.6 X 6.6 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 94. 31. Map of Albania by Count Fedor ICaraczay, colonel in the Austrian service. 1842. Scale, 19.5 m. = in. Size, 24.5 X 34 9- cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. i. Art. iii. 32. Survey of the isthmus of Mount Athos, by the officers Of H. M. S. Beacon. To illustrate a paper on the canal of Xerxes, by Lieutenant T. Spratt, R. N. Scale, 600 yds. = in. Size, 25.3 X 18 cm. J. xvii. 1847. Art. iv. 33. Map to illustrate a paper on the passes of the Balkan, or Mount Hsemus, by Lieutenant-General A. Jochmus. Scale, ii m. = in. Size, 30 X 20 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 36. 34. Sketch of the marches of Darius and Alex- ander to the Danube, and the passage of the Balkan, by Marshal Diebitch. 1847. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 1 1.8 X 20 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 36. 35. Sketch of the communications between Se- limne and Kazan [Balkan Mts.J. Scale, 13.5 m. = in. Size, ca. 8 X 4.5 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P- 63. 36. Sketch of the country between Kustenje and Chernavoda, showing the Kara-sii lakes ; to illustrate a paper on the requirements necessary to render a water communication practicable. By Captain Spratt, R. N. Scale, ca. 5 m. = in. Size, 19.6 X 8.1 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 203. 37. Map to accompany notes on the lower course of the Danube, by Major J, Stokes, R. E. 1859. Scale, 15 m. = iii. Size, 18.7 X 10.6 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 162. 38. Map of Epirus, to acconipany the paper by Major R. Stuart. Scale, 12.33 m. = in. Size, 29.8 X 32.6 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 276. 39. Geological map of eastern Turkey, by F. von Hochstetter. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 34.7 X 24 cm. O.Hh. i. 1873. P. 328. 40. Sketch of the seat of war [in Servia, Mon- tenegro, etc.], illustrating the military operations during July, 1876. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 26.9 X 23.8 cm. ' G. M.iii. 1876. P. 210. 41. [Maps of part of eastern Europe occupied by the Turks.] Turkey in Europe. a. Muhammedans. Scale [ca. 79 m. = in.]. Size, 24.3 X 16.2 cm. 6. Political divisions. Scale [ca. 79 m. = in.]. Size, 24.3 X i6.2 cm. c. Nationalities. According to Dr. Kiepert. Scale [ca. 79 m. = in.]. Size, 24.4 X 16,2 cm. d. Density of population. Scale [ca. 79 m. =r in.]. Size, 24.4 X i6.2 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 257. 42. A map of the seat of war in European Turkey. Chiefly from the Austrian map. Scale, 7 m. = in. Size, 55.7 X 50.7 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 251. 43. Proposed changes in the territorial bounda- ries of European Turkey. Map illustrating articles I., IIL, VI. of the preliminary treaty. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 43.2 X 31.7 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. loi. 44. Map to illustrate the Treaty of Berlin. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 41.7 X 54.3 cm. a. Map of Armenia^ to illustrate articles 58, 59, 60 of the Treaty of Berhn. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 17.8 X 17.2 cm. b. A map showing the relation of Cyprus to the adjacent coasts. Scale [ca. 230 m. ^ m.]. Size, 15.1 X 11.5 cm. G. M. v. iS P. 221. 8. Greece. 45. The northern frontier of Greece, 1834. Scale, II m. = in. Size, 31.6 X 19.5 cm. Enumeration of the line of landmarks [northern frontier of Greece]. Scale [11 m. = in.]. Size. 23.6 X 6.6 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 94. 46. Minoa and ISTisaea in the Gulf of ^Egina, by Mr. T. A. B. Spratt of H. M. S. Beacon, 1837. Scale, 3648.5 ft. = in. Size, 19.9 X 16.4 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 208. 47. Santorin island, ancient Thera, surveyed by Captain Thomas Graves, F. R. G. S., H. M. S. Volage, 1848. Hydrographic Office, F. B. Archi- pelago. Scale [ca. 1267 yds. = in ]. Size, 34.7 X 42 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. i. 48. The islands of Milo, Anti-Milo, Kimolo, and Polino, surveyed by The Right Honorable Lord John Browne, under the direction of Captain Thomas Graves, H. M. S. Volage, 1849. Hydrographic Office, F. B. Archipelago. Scale, ca. 1.2 m. = in. Size, 55.9 X J5.3 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Art. xiv. 49. Remains and ruins of the ancient town of Melos (MHA02). By Mr. G. R. Wilkinson, R. N,, H. M. S. Volage. 1848. Scale, 650 ft. = in. Size, 18.3 X 12.7 cm. Enlarged sketch of the catacomhs. Scale, wanting. Size, 4.4 X 4.4 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Art. xiv. 50. Movements of the Macedonian army at the taking of Thermus. Scale [ca. 4.8 m. =.in.]. Size, 19.6 X 12.3 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. i. 51. Sketch of the passage of the defile of Mene- laibn by Philip of Macedonia. Scale, 355 yds. = in. Size, 12.3 X 19.6 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. ii. 52. Sketch of the expedition of the Gauls under Brennus against Thermopylae and Gallium. Scale [ca. 4.4 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 124 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 13. 53. Sketch of the battle of Marathon. Scale, 3200 yds. = in. Size, 12.3 X 18.8 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 16. 54. Plan of Sellasia and military sketch of the environs and the field of battle. Scale, 390 yds. = in. Size, 19.5 X 32.3 cm. J. xxvii. 1857, P. 34. 55. Plans of several antiquities re-discovered in CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE Laconia and Cynuria in following the route of Pau- sanias from Tliyreatis to Sparta. A. The temple of Jupiter Scotitas. Scale, 9.5 yds. ^ in. Size, 19 X 6.8 cm. B. The site of that temple in the oak forest of Scotita. Scale, 200 yds. = in. Size, 7,5 X 3.5 cm. C. The temple of Apollo at Thornax. Scale, 9.5 yds. =: in. Size, 6.8 X 3.1 cm. E. View of the Trophy of Hercules (or tombs of Hippocones and his sons). Scale, 9.5 yds. =1 in. Size, 13.1 X 7.1 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 43. 56. Military sketch of a part of Laconia and Cynuria, showing the sites of the antiquities and cities mentioned by Pausanias between the Hermae and Sparta, and explaining the strategic movements of the ancients in that part of Greece. Scale, 3250 yds. = in. Size, 19.7 X 27.5 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 47. 9. Scandinavian Peninsula. 57. Map of the coasts of Norway and Lapland, to illustrate Lieutenant G. T. Temple's paper. Scale [ca. 92 m. = in.]. Size, 39.8 X 34.7 cm. Pp. ii. 1S80. P. 336. 10. Russia. 58. The Uralian mountains (from 51° to 60° N. Lat.). Compiled from various Russian MS. maps, as well as those of Humboldt, Helmersen, etc., by Roderick I. Murchison, V. P. R. S. . . . and John Arrowsmith, F. R. G. S. Scale, 35 m. = in. Size, 37 X 48.5 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. ii. Art. v. 59. Map of the Sea of Azov, the Putrid sea, and the adjacent coasts, to illustrate a paper by Captain Sherard Osborn, R. N. 1857. Scale [ca. 35.4 m. = in.]. Size, 24.2 X 18.6 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 133. 60. Map of Russian Lapland. Drawn from the original map made by Professor J. A. Friis by George T. Temple. Scale, i: 2,200,000 [34.72 m. = in.]. Size, 26.8 X 34 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 656. II. Caucasia. 61. Part of Georgia and Armenia, to illustrate Colonel Monteith's journal. Scale [ca. 40 m. = in.]. Size, 35.2 X 33- 5 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. i. 62. Sketch map to illustrate Professor Abich's paper on the climatology of the Caucasus. Scale [ca. 240 m. = in.]. Size, 19.4 X 10.9 cm. J. xxi. 1851. Art. i. 63. Map of the seat of war in Asia. Scale, 1 : 750,000 [11.84 m. = in.]. Size, 56.1 X 38 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 147. III. ASIA. I. General. 64. Sketch shewing the routes of Lieutenants Conolly and Burnes [in Central Asia]. -Scale [ca. 187 m. = in.]. Size, 28.3 X 19.5 cm. J. iv. 1834. Art. yiii. (Anal.). 65. Proposed overland route to India. Scale, 325 m. = in. Size, 54.8 X 24.8 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 48. 66. Map shewing the routes of the British India and of the Netherlands' India Steam Navigation Companies. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 40,000,000 [631.31 m. = in.]. Size, 35.6X23.1 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 50S- 67. Skeleton map to illustrate notices of ancient sea-route to China. Equatorial scale [ca. 1190 m. = in.l. Size, 18.3 X 10.7 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 651. 2. Asiatic Turkey. (Exclusive of the Red Sea Provinces^ 68. Part of Georgia and Armenia, to illustrate Colonel Monteith's journal. Scale [ca. 40 m. = in.]. Size, 35.2 X 33 5 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. 1. 69. Sketch of a route through part of Armenia and Asia Minor, by James Brant, Esq., H. M. Consul at Erzrum. 1836. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 29.9 X 20 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 222. 70. Sketch of routes in Asia Minor, 1836. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 12.4 X 13-9 cm., and 12.4 X 5.5 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 60. 71. Routes in Asia Minor, by W. G. [J.] Hamilton, Esq., in 1836. Scale [55.3 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X 19.3 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 156. 72. Sketch of the Cilician and Syrian passes [Asia Minor]. 1838. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size, 11.7 X 15.9 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 194. 73. Map to illustrate Major Rawlinson's route from Zohab to Khuzistan, in 1836. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 23.1 X 19.6 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 116. 74. Part of Asia Minor, to illustrate the route of W. Ainsworth, Esq. [from Scutari to Vezir Kopri], 1839. Scale [45 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 14.4 cm. [Plan of Eregll and neighbourhood.] Scale, 2700 ft. = in. Size, 7.2 X 6.4 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 276. 75. Part of Arabia Petrasa and Palestine. By Heinrich Berghaus, 1839. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 19 X 33-3 cm. Plan of Sur. Scale, 700 yds. =:i in. Size, 6.4 X 6.4 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 310. 76. The Tigris between Baghdad and M6sul. By Lieutenant J. [H.] B. Lynch, In. Navy, shewing also the routes of Messrs. Ross and Forbes. 1839. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 21.5 X 23.8 cm. Ground plan of the city of Al Hadhr, Scale, wanting. Size (diam.), 7 X 7.1 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 476. 77. Asia Minor and Armenia, to illustrate routes of Mr. Ainsworth, Mr. Brant, Mr. Suter, and Lord Pollington. 1840. Scale, [45 m. = in.]. Size, 41.6 X 26 cm. J, X. 1 841. P. 489. 78. Map of central Kurdistan, to illustrate Mr. Ainsworth's visit to the Chaldeans in 1840. Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, 38.7 X 37.7 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 21. 79. [Sketch showing the relation of the NahrawAn to the Tigris near Khan Nahrawan, Baghdad.] Scale, wanting. Size, 9.5 X 3 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 123. 80. [Sketch showing the position of the ancient Sasanian fort of Kadisiyah, near Kaim, Baghdad.] Scale, "wanting. Size, 9.5 X 3 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 128. 81. [Plan of Till Wali'jah, near Malwiyah, Bagh- dad.] Scale, 270 paces = in. Size, 8.5 X 6 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 130. 82. [Plan of the Band on the ''Adhem, Jebal Hamrfn.] Scale, wanting. Size, 9 X 5.5 cm. J. xi, 1841. P. 132. 83. Topographical survey of the plain of Troy, by Captain Graves, T. A. B. Spratt, Esq., and other officers of the Royal Navy ; with the ancient sites as determined on the spot, by Dr. P. W. Forchhammer. Drawn by John Arrowsmith. Scale, 2.25 m. = in. Size, 24.1 X 31.7 cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. i. Art. ii. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 84. Part of Caiia and Lycia; by R. Hoskyn, Esq., Master of H. M. S. Beacon 1841-42, illus- trative of his paper. Scale [ca. 9 m. = in.]. Size, 29.7 X 19.5 cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. ii. Art. i. 85. Dr. Forbes' route from Mesh-hed to the Heri Rud, near Lake Zerreh. Protracted from his journal, by J, Arrowsmith. 1841. Scale, 42 m. = in. Size, II. I X 20.1 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art.x. 86. [Slcetch of the place where a Latin inscription at the River Lycus, in Coele-Syria, was found, de- termining the position of the city of Abila.] Scale, ■wanting. Size, ca. 9.5 X 6 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. ii. 87. Map to illustrate " Outlines of a journey in Palestine in 1852," by the Rev. Dr. E. Robinson. Scale [ca. 17 m. = in.]. Size, 19.5 X 33.8 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. I. 88. Map of Damascus, Hauran, Anti-Libanus, etc., to illustrate a memoir by the Rev. J. L. Porter, A.M. Scale [ca. 20 m. = in.]. Size, 18.3 X 19.3 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 43. 89. Palestine. Map to illustrate Mr. Poole s journey to the Dead sea, 1856. Scale [ca. 12 m. = in.]. Size, 15.3 X 19.2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 55. 90. Map of Chaldsea, Susiana, etc., to illustrate journeys to several ancient remains ; and also to the determination of the River Eulseus of the Greek historians. By William Kennett Loftus, Esq. 1856. Scale [ca. 39 m. = in.]. Size, 34.7 X 20 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 131. 91. Map to illustrate explorations in the desert east of the Hauran, and in the ancient land of Bashan; by Cyril C. Graham, Esq. 1858. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 19.3 X ii.i cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. 226. 92. Map of Syria, etc. ; shewing the routes of Dr. Charles T. Beke, 1861-62. Scale [ca. 21.5 m. = in.]. Size, 17.5 X 19.9 cm. Traditional sites, etc. Scale [ca. 25 m. ^ in.]. Size, 3.7 X 5.1 cm. J. xxxii. l86» P. 76. 93. Map of part of Kurdistan, illustrating the journeys and researches of "Mr. Consul Taylor. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 39.3 X 31.3 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 21. 94. Plan of the ruins of Arzen (Emporium Arza- nenorum) [Kurdistan]. Scale, 800 paces = in. Size, ca. 10 X 9 cm. J. xxxv. 1S65. P. 26. 95. Plan of Grot church (8 feet high), near Dibeneh [Kurdistan]. Scale, 20 ft. = in. Size, ca. 11X7 cm. J. xxxv. 1865. P. 38. 96. Plan of Hatem Tai castle (ancient Sisau- ronon) [Kurdistan]. Scale, wanting. Size, ca. II X 6.5 cm. J. xxxv. 1865. P. 52. 97. Map showing the levelling from the Medi- terranean to the Dead sea, executed by Captain Wilson, R. E., under the direction of Sir Henry James, R. E., F. R. S., Director of the Ordnance Survey. Scale, 1.29 m. = in. Size, 91.9 X 33.1 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 201. 98. Trigonometrical survey of a part of Mesopo- tamia from Sheriat el Beytha (on the Tigris) to Tel Ibrahim, to accompany the paper by Lieutenant J. B. Bewsher. Scale, 4.43 m. = in. Size, 26 X 31.8 cm. Sketch niap showing supposed positions of some places of historical interest. Scale, 20 m. = in. Size, 6.3 X 8.2 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 160. 99. Maps illustrating a tour in Armenia, Kur- distan, and upper Mesopotamia. By J. G. Taylor, H. M. consul for Kurdistan. Scale, 12.5 m. = in. Size, 43.8 X 29.7 cm. [Ras el Ain and Veyran Shehr to Diarbekr.] Scale, 12.5 m. = in. Size, 13.9 X 19.3 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 281. 100. The peninsula of Mount Sinai. A sketch from observations on the ground, by the Rev. F. W. Holland, M. A. London: Stanford's Geographical Establishment. 1868. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 41.3 X 40.7 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 343. 101. Sketch map to accompany the paper by M. Rorit, on the identification of Mt. Theches (of Xenophon). Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, 18.8 X 18 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 463. 102. Route map of the Tulul el Safa, from ob- servations taken in May, 1871, by R. F. Burton, F. R. G. S., and C. F. Tyrwhitt- Drake. Scale, 11.33 ™' = in. Size, 21.2 X 16.9 cm. Plan of the cave at Umm Nirin [El Tellul]. Scale, 118 ft. = in. Size, 3.2 X 5.3 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 49. 103. Sketch map of the Anti-Libanus, from ob- servations taken in 1871 by C. F. Tyrwhitt-Drake, F. R. G. S., to accompany Captain Burton's paper. Scale, 4.7 m. ^ in. Size, 20.5 X 31.9 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 408. 104. Original map of the country east of Smyrna, showing the railways to Kassaba and Aidin, princi- pally from surveys by C. E. Austin, C. E. Drawn by E. G. RavSnstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, 1 : 500,000 [7.88 m. = in.]. Size, 44.4 X 30.9 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P- 8. 105. Physical map of Palestine, to accompany the paper by Major C. W. Wilson, R. E. Scale, 21.5 m. = in. Size, 21.6 X 33.2 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 207. 106. Map of the seat of war in Asia. Scale, I : 750,000 1^11.84 m. = in.]. Size, 56.1 X 38 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 147. 107. The administrative divisions of the Vilayet of the islands of the White sea [yEgean sea]. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 21.2 X 24.1 cm. [Map of Cyprus.] Scale [ca. g6 m. ^= in.]. Size, 5.3 X 3-5 cm. G. M. V. 1878. p. 165. 108. Map of Cyprus. 1878. Scale, 9 m. = in. Size, 41.5 X 25.2 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 201. 109. Map of Armenia, to illustrate articles 58, 59, 60 of the Treaty of Berlin. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 17.8 X 17.2 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 221. 110. A map showing the relation of Cyprus to the adjacent coasts. Scale |ca. 230 m. = in.]. Size, 1 5.1 X 1 1.5 cm. G. M. v. 1878. P. 221. 111. Map of the Land of Midian, constructed from reconnaissances and surveys made by officers of the Egyptian General Staff under the command of Captain R. F. Burton. 1878. Scale, 15.5 m. = in. Size, 33.2 X 45.8 cm. a, [Sketch of the Red sea and the adjacent coasts.] Scale [ca. HOC m. := in.]. Size, ii.i-X 17.2 cm. i. Port Duraayghah. Lat. 26" 38' N. Scale [ca. 3800 ft. = in.]. Size, 11 X 14.2 cm. J. xlix. 1879. P. I. 3. Arabia. (Including the Turkish Red Sea Provinces^ 112. The Red sea, from the late surveys. 1835. Scale [ca. 195 m. = in.]. Size, 11.3 X 17.4 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 296. 113. Red sea, to illustrate Lieutenant Wel[l]- sted's papers. Scale [ca. 94 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 18.8 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 96. CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE 114. Reduced sketch of native Indian chart [of part of the Red sea and Gulf of Aden], to illustrate the paper by Lieutenant A. Burnes, E. I. C. S. Scale [ca. 306 m. = in.]. Size, 17.4 X 5 cm. J. vi. 11536. P. 113. 115. Sketch of a route to the ruins o£ Nakab al Hajar, on the southern coast of Arabia. Scale, 13 5 m. = in. Size, ca. ii X 12 cm. J. vii. 1837. p. 32. 116. Map of Oman in Arabia. Scale, 22.5 m. = in. Size, 40.6 X 39 3 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 112. 117. Sketch of the northern route from Mokha to Saiia, by J. G. Hulton, M. D., and C. J. Crutten- den, Indian Navy. 1S36. Scale, 31 m. = in. Size, 25 X 19.9 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 288. 118. Part of the south coast of Arabia. From a survey by Captain Haines, Indian Navy, and the officers of the Palinurus, 1839. Scale [118 m. = in.]. Size, 36.5 X 18.7 cm. Plan of Aden. Scale, 2.5 m. rz in. Size, 11. 7 X 7-7 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 156. 119. Part of Arabia Petraea and Palestine. By Heinrich Berghaus, 1839. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 19 X 33-3 c'*!- Plan of Sur. Scale, 700 yds. = in. Size, 6.4 X 6.4 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 310. 120. Sketch of the Kuria-Muria islands [Arabian coast], to illustrate Dr. Hulton's paper. Scale, 42.8 m. = in. Size, ca. 11. 5 X 16 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 1 1;6. 121. Survey of part of the south east coast "of Arabia by S. B. Haines, Commander, Indian Navy. Scale [ca. 45 ra. =: in.]. Size, 36.4 X 31.6 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. ii. 122. Survey of part of the south east coast of Arabia, to illustrate Captain Saunders' paper. Scale [ca. 46 m. = in.]. Size, 36 X 31. i cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. vii. 123. Map of the northern part of Arabia. Shew- ing the routes of Mr. G. A. Wallin. Scale [ca. 62 m. ^in.]. Size, 23.3 X i8 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. xxi. 124. Map of the northern part of Arabia, shew- ing the routes of Mr. G. A. Wallin. Scale [ca. 74 ra. = in,]. Size, 23.4 X 18 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 206. 125. Map of Arabia, shewing the routes of W. G. Palgrave, Esq., in 1862-63. Scale, 172.8 m. = in. Size, 23.6 X 17 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P.m. 126. Map of part of Arabia, showing the route of Lieutenant-Colonel Pelly. Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 23.6 X 18.9 cm. J. xxxv. 1S65. P. 169. 127. Map of the southern coast of Arabia, shew- ing the route of Captain S. B. Miles and Werner Munzinger in 1870. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 26.6 X 17-3 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 210. 128. [Sketch map of the countries bordering the southern portion of the Red sea and the Gulf of Aden, to show the districts producing myrrh.] Scale [ca. l86 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 7.9 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. II. 129. Map of the vicinity of Aden, to accompany the paper by Captain G. J. Stevens. Scale, 3.8 m. = in. Size, 20.8 X 19.5 cm. J.xliii. 1873. P. 295. 130. A map of south western Arabia. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 40.1 X 24 5 cm. [Map of the peninsula and harbour of Aden and vicinity.] Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 6.7 X 5.5 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 397. 131. Map of part of Yemen (Arabia) by Dr. C. Millingen. Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 24.3 X 18.4 cm. J- xliv. 1874. P. 119. 132. Map of part of Yemen [Arabia] (from Nie- buhr), to accompany the paper by Dr. C. Millingen. Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 23.9 X 18.5 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. 119- 133. Map of northern and central Arabia, to illustrate Mr. Blunt's paper, ' A visit to Jebel Sham- mar.' Scale, 60 m. = in. Size, 25.8 X 21.7 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 144. 134. Sketch map of the Jebel Shammar, by W. S. Blunt, Esq. Scale, 26.5 m. = in. Size, 21.6 X 14.5 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 144. 4. Persia. 135. Sketch [of the eastern shore of the Persiati gulf and the southern shore of Baluchistan] to illus- trate the memoir by Lieutenant G. B. Kempthorne, E. I. C. M. Scale [ca. 139 m. = in.]. Size, 24.7 X 10.8 cm. /■ V. 1835. P. 284. 136. Kurdistan and part of Persia, to illustrate the routes of Lieutenant-Colonel Shiel, Major D'Arcy Todd, and Mr. T. Thomson. 1838. Scale, 64 m. = in. Size, 24.4 X 19.4 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 112. 137. Map to illustrate Major Rawlinson's route from Zohab to Khiizistan, in 1836. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 23.1 X 19-6 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 116. 138. Map of Major H. C. Rawlinson's route from Tabriz by Takhti Soleiman to Giian ; and to illus- trate his memoir on the Ecbatana of Atropatene. 1838. Scale, 54 m. = in. Size, 30.8 X 20.8 cm. Ground plan of Takhti Soleiman, or the Ecbatana of Atro- patene. Scale, 640 yds. = in. Size, 8 X 6.6 cm. J. X. 1841. P. I. 139. Map of central Kurdistan, to illustrate Mr. Ainsworth's visit to the Chaldeans in 1840. Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, 38.7 X 37.7 cin. J. xi. 1841. P. 21. 140. Routes in Kirman, Jebal, and Khorasan, to illustrate Sergeant Gibbons' journal. Scale, 73 m. = in. Size, 21 X 20 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 136. 141. Map to illustrate Baron C. A. de Bode's route from Kazerun to Shushter, through the coun- tries of the Mamaseni, Khogihi, and Bakhtiyari tribes in 1841. Scale, ca. 25 m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 19.8 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. i. Art. iii. 142. Rough sketch of the River Kartin, to illus- trate Lieutenaiit Selby's paper. 1842. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 11. i X 19.7 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art. xii. 143. Map to illustrate Mr. Layard's paper on Khtizistan. Scale, 51 m. = in. Size, 23.1 X 19.8 cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. i. 144. Part of the Jerahi river [Khtizistan] with its canals. Scale [ca. 3.6 m. = in.]. Size, 12.2 X 20.4 cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. I. 145. Map to illustrate geographical notes taken during a journey in Persia in 1849 arid 1850 ; by Keith E. Abbott, Esq., H. M. Consul at Tehran. Scale, 44 m. := in. Size, 26.3 X 19.6 cm. Mr. Abbott's route from Tehrdn to Ktim. Scale [ca. 55 m. = in.]. Size, 6.8 X 5.4 cm. J. XXV. 1S55. P. I, 146. Map to illustrate notes on rotates, from Bushire to Shiraz, by Lieutenant-General Monteith ; and from Shiraz to Darab and thence to Kazertin, by Consul Keith E. Abbott, 1850. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 24.6 X I9.8 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 108. 147. [Map to illustrate Mr. Loftus's paper, " On the determination of the River ' Eulseus ' of the PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. Greek historians."] Scale [ca. 30 m. = in.]. Size, 14.3 X 10.3 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 121. 148. [Plan showing the bifurcation of the Kerlchah river near Hawiza, Khi'izistan.] Scale [ca. 5 m. = in.]. Size, ca. 11 X 5 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 130. 149. Persia. Map to illustrate routes from Teheran to Herat, and from Teheran to Bushire, by Captaia Claude Clerk. Scale, 71 m. = in. Size, 2S.8 X 20 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 64. 150. Map of the island of Kishm, to accompany the paper by Lieutenant-Colonel Lewis Pelly. Scale, 96 m. = in. Size, 18 X 11 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 251. _ 151. Sketch map of Beluchistan and eastern Per- sia, to accompany the papers by Colonel F. J. Gold- smid, C. B., and J. W. Barns, Esq , C. li. Scale, 100 m. = in. Size, 33.7 X 19.6 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 269. 152. Map of eastern Persia, to illustrate the paper by Major-General Sir F. J. Goldsmid. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 23.5 X 34.7 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 65. 153. Map of Seistan, to accompany the paper by Major-General Sir H. C. Rawlinson. Scale, 21 m, = in. Size, 23.5 X 19.2 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P- 273. 151. Map shewing the position of Hormiiz island with reference to the Persian coast, and the other old European settlements in the vicinity. From actual survey by A. W. Stiffe, late Lieutenant R. N. Scale, 2.25 m. = in. Size, 21. r X 25,1 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 12. 155. Bird'-s-eye view of Hormiiz, from " Astley's " collection. — Island of Hormuz or Orraus. Scale [ca. :.i m. = in.]. Size, 22.8 X 14 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 12. 156. North end of Hormuz island, shewing site of ancient towns, etc. Scale, looa ft. = in. Size, 239 X 25 3 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 12. 157.' Map of portions of Persia and Turkistan, shewing the routes of Colonel V. Baker and Lieu- tenant W. J. Gill. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = ill.]. Size, 42.1 X 22.4 cm. [Enlarged map of the Atrek and tributaries from Shahabad to Sison.] Scale, 13 m. :r in. Size, 10. i X 4.4 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. 272. 158. A map of the northern frontier of Kho- rassan, with parts of Irak and Mazandaran, to illus- trate reports by Captain the Hon. G. Napier, on siJecial duty in Persia. Reduced for the Royal Geographical Society of London from the original prepared by order of Her Majesty's Secretary of State for India. 1876. Scale, 16 m. ^ in. Size, 67.1X41.2 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 63. 159. Route map from Jask to Bampiir, to accom- pany the paper by Mr. E. A. Floyer. Scale, 25 m. = in. Size, 19.3 X 23 5 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 189. 160. Map of IChorasan, and neighbouring coun- tries, illustrating the paper by Lieutenant-Colonel C. E.- Stewart, 5th Punjab Infantry. Compiled from Lieutenant-Colonel Stewart's survey, from maps by Major the Honorable G. Napier, Major-General J. T. Walker, Surveyor-General of India, and the Russian Topographical Department, 1881. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 82.7 X 62.5 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 576. 161. The boundary between Russian and Per- sian territory. Reduced from a map furnished by the Russian Minister in Teheran to the Persian Government, December, 18S1. Scale, 1 : 2,100,000 r^^.24 ra. = in.]. Size, 18. 1 X 10.2 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 214. 162. A mai5 of a route along the Alburz moun- tains between Tehran,- Astrabad, and Shahrud, from plane table surveys executed in i88l and 1S82, by Lieutenant-Colonel Beresford Lovett, R. E. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 71.6 X 30.6 cm. Pp. V. 18S3. P. 120. 163. Routes in south western Persia, surveyed in the years 18S: and 1882 by Captain H. L. Wells, R. E. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 58.5 X 53 cm., and 65 X 53 cm. a. Sketch of obstruction to navigation of Kanui river at Ahwaz. Scale, 2i;o yds. = in. Size, 22.5 X 21.5 cm. i Plan of rock cutting discovered at Kadani Gah in the Merv Dasht, May, 1881. Scale, 20 ft. = in. Size, ca. n X 13 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 184. 164. Sketch map of the River Mand or Kara- Aghatch, [Farsistan]. Scale, 32 m. = in. Size, 19 X 108 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 713. 165. Sketch [of Turkestan and surrounding re- gions], to illustrate the paper by E. Stirling, Esq., 1835. Scale [ca. 245 m. = in.]. Size, 15.4 X 17.6 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 304. 166. Survey of the Sea of Aral by Commander A. Butakoff, Imperial Russian Navy, 1848 and 1849. Scale [ca. 52 m. = in.]. Size, 11.7 X 18.9 cm. J. xxiii. 1853. Art. iv. 167. Two sections of the map of George Ludwig von [embracing parts of Caflimir and ICafiristan]. Reduced to one fourth. (From a tracing sent to the Society by M. de Khanikof.) Scale [ca. 13 m. = in.]. Size, 21.9 X 199 cm. P. X. 1S65-66. [P. 311.] 168. Summer route from Leh (Ladak) lo the city of Yarkund. From Leh to the Karakoram ])ass compiled from the records of G. T. Survey of India; from the Karakoram to Yarkund, from the journal of Moonshee Mahamad-i-Hamid, by Captain T. G. Montgomerie, R. E. Scale, 42.5 m. = in. Size, 11.9 X 18.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 157. 169. The Bolor mountains and upper sources of the Amu-Daria; explanatory map to article on the Pamir, by M. Veniukof. (Translated from the map in the journal of the Imp. Geographical Society of St. Petersburg, 1861.) Scale, 35 m. = in. Size, 35 X 38.6 cin. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 249. 170. Map of the delta and mouths of the Amu- Daria, from a sketch map by Admiral A. Boutakoff (Russian Navy). Scale, 17 m. = in. Size, 23 6 X 19.7 cm. J. xxxvii. 1S67. P. 152. 171. Map to accompany paper on the Bolor high- lands, by M. Veniukof. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size, 17.5 X 19.1cm. P. xiii. 1868-69. [P. 343] 172. Central Asia. Map to illustrate the expe- dition of Mr. A. Fedchenko to the Zarafshan valley, in i86g. Scale, 18 m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 16 i cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 448. 173. Sketch map of the trans-Indus countries, including Gilgit, Dilail, Yassin, etc., by Geo. J. W. Hayward. Scale, 16.66 m. = in. Size, 31.9 X 26.2 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. I. 174. Map of the route from Badakshan across the Pamir-steppe to Kashgar, with the southern branch of the upper Oxus, from the survey made by the Mirza in 1868-69; to accompany the paper by Major T. G. Montgomerie, R. E., F. R. G. S. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 39.8 X 25.4 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 132. 175. Map showing route from Peshawur, through Chitral to Faizabad in Badakshan, from the explo- ration made by a sapper havildar during 1870, tc accompany the paper by Major T. G. Montgomerie, R. E.j F. R. G. S. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 18.9 X 38. 2 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 180. 176. [Chinese map of the Upper Oxus.) No. I. Extract from the Chinese map as it is. [Shaded to indicate] the portion in vvhich derangement has occurred. Scale [ca. 138 m. ^ in.]. Size, 14.7 X 9.8 cm. lO CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE No. 2. Larger extract from the Chinese map. [Shaded to show] the deranged portion adjusted. Scale [ca. 138 m. ^ in.]. Size, 28.6 X 16.2 cm. No. 3. Map according to modern data, sliowing the places represented in the Chinese map. Scale [ca. 138 m. = in.]. Size, 14.7 X 13.5 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 438. 177. Photographic reduction of a Chinese map of the upper Oxus region, with autograpli transcrip- tions by Julius Klaproth, to wliom it belonged. Scale [ca. 57 m. = in.]. Size, 46.3 X 34.7 cm. J. xlii. 1S72. P. 438. 178. Central Asia, western part [showing the routes from India to East Turlcestan]. Scale [ca. 120 m. = in.]. Size, 30.7 X 22.1 cm. O. H. ii. No. 5. 1872. P. 140. 179. Map of Maghian [Zarafshan], by M. Fed- chenko. Scale, 6.77 m. = in. Size, 26.8 X 19.1 cm. J. xliii. 1873. P. 263. 180. Map of the country o£ the upper Oxus. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 31.4 X 21 cm. O. H. ii. No. 12. 1873. P- 374- 181. Map illustrating a paper on the region be- tween the Caspian sea and the River Oxus. Com- piled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, 1 : 9,000,000 [142.04 m. = in.]. Size, 15.7 X 24.4 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. I. 182. The country between Krasnovodsk and Khiva, shewing the routes reconnoitred in 1871 by Captain Sl7-5 X 14.9 cm. h. The Nile according to Diogo Homem. 1558. Scale [ca. HOC m. = in.]. Size, 17.5 X 15.4 cm. O. H. ii. No. 12. 1873. P. [376]. 412. A map of the African lake region. Scale, 21:5 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X 24.1 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 145. 413. Part of central Africa north of the equator, from the general map of Africa by Keith Johnston, F. R. G. S. Scale, 135 m. = in. Size, 38.3 X 17 cm. Pp.ii. 1880. P. 336. 2. Barbary. 414. Marocco, from observations in 1830. Scale [24.7 m. = in.]. Size, 37.5 X 37.7 cm. City of Marocco (Marraksh Elad Kibira). Scale [6,072 fl. = •.!.]. J. [i.]. 1830-31. No. 4. Art. X, 415. Part of the west coast of Africa, surveyed in 1835. Scale [ca. 46 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.5 cm., and 14.9 X 19.5 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 311. i8 CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE 416. Route of Sir Grenville Temple from Bonah to Kostantinah, in Algiers. 1S38. Scale, 17 m. = in. ' Size, ii.8 X 17.5 cm. J. viii. 1838. T. 52. 417. Benzert lakes [Tunis]. Surveyed by Com- mander T. Graves. 1S45. Scale [ca. 2 m. = in.|. Size, 31.5 X 45.2 cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. xii. 418. Sketch of a route from Tripoli to Ghadamis by C. H. Dickson, British Vice-Consul. 1851. Scale [ca. 30 m. =: in.]. Size, 25.7 X 19.3 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Art. ix. 419. Mission to Central Africa. The route from Tripoli to Kuka (near Lake Chad) ; performed by Dr. Edward Vogel, 1853-54. Scale [ca. 97 m. = in.]. Size, 19.4 X 37.3 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 244. 420. North Africa. Map showing the caravan routes between Tripoli and Ghadamis, to accompany the account of Ghadamis by C. H. Dickson, Esq. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 26.3 X 19 3 cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 257. 421. Map of a part of the Sahara, illustrating a paper by M. H. Duveyrier. Scale, i : 7,500,000 [118.37 m. = in.]. Size, 24.1 X 15.4 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 94. 3. Sahara. 422. West coast of Africa, to illustrate Captain Belcher's observations. Scale [ca. 115 m. = in.]. Size, 1 1. 1 X 20.7 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. iv. (Misc.). 423. Part of the west coast of Africa, surveyed in 1835. Scale [ca. 46 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.5 cm., and 14.9 X 19.5 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 311. 424. Dr. Barth's route from Tin-Tellust to Aga- dez. Scale, 1 : 890,000 [14.04 m. = in.] Size, 20.3 X 26 cm. a. Outline of part of Africa showing the progress of the Mission to August, 1851. Scale [ca. 412 m. =: in.]. Size, 9.5 X 15.3 cm. 3. Plan of Agad^z. Scale [ca. 1220 ft. r= in.]. Size, ca. 6X5 cm. J. xxi. 185 1. Art. xi. 425. Mission to Central Africa. The route from Tripoli to Kuka (near Lake Chad) ; performed by Dr. Edward Vogel, 1853-54. Scale [ca. 97 m ^ in.]. Size, 19 4 X 37.3 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 244. 426. Map of the western Sahara. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 39.9 X 314 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 13. 4. Sudan. 427. The rivers Kwora and Chadda or Bi'nue, from the Nun mouth of the former to the country of Adaniawa on the latter; to illustrate the journal of Dr. William Balfour Baikie, R. N. Drawn by John Arrowsmith. 1855. Scale [ca. 52 m.^^ in.]. Size, 22.4 X 20,9 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 109. 428. Map to accompany notes of a journey from Bida, in Nupe, to Kano, in Haussa; performed by Dr. W. B. Baikie, R. N., 1862. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 26.4 X 19.4 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 92. 429. Map illustrating Dr. Nachtigall's travels, 1869-74. Chiefly from Dr. Nachtigall's maps pub- lished in the ' Zeitschrift ' of the Berlin Geographical Society, and in Petermann's ' Mittheilungen.' By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 40.7 X 48.4 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. 178. 430. Map of Lake Chad and neighbouring re- gions, to illustrate the paper by Dr. Nachtigal. Scale, 400 m. = in. Size, 11. 5 X 19.9 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 397. 5. Nile and Red Sea Districts. 431. Map of the Egyptian desert between Keneh and Suez. By J. Wilkinson, Esq. Scale [33.3 m. = in.]. Size, 198 X 22.9 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. ii. 432. Upper countries of the Nile, to illustrate M. Linant's journey. Scale, iii m. = in. Size, 23 X 19.7 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. i. (Anal.). 433. Province of Sennar. Scale [ca. 66 m. = in.]. Size, 11.4 X 17.7 cm. J. v. 1835. P- 58. 434. The Red sea, from the late surveys. 1835. Scale [ca. 195 m. = in.]. Size, 11.3 X 17.4 cm. J. v. 1835. P. 296. 435. The Nile from Essuan to Al-lei's, to illustrate a journey to Kordofan, by A. T. Holroyd, Esq., 1836-37. Scale [65.1 m. = in.]. Size, 114 X 19.5 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. igo. 436. [Sketch-map showing the direction of one of the dykes on the Nile.] Scale, wanting. Size. 5.2 X 1.8 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 440. No. 2. 437. [Sketch-map of the plain of Thebes, show- ing the position of the temple and statues.] Scale, 450 ft. ^ in. Size, 9.3 X 3 cm. J. ix. 1839. P. 440. No. 4. 438. Wady Natrun, or valley of the natron lakes, by Sir J. G. Wilkinson, 1843. Scale, 6 m. = in. Size, 28.9 X 18.8 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt. i. Art. iv. 439. Map to illustrate the explorations in eastern Africa by Count Carl Krockow. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 20.4 X 22.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 200. 440. The peninsula of Mount Sinai. A sketch from observations on the ground, by the Rev. F. W. Holland, M. A. London: Stanford's Geographical Establishment. 1868. Scale, 8 m. = in. Size, 41.3 X 40.7 cm. J. xxxix. 1S69. P. 343. 441. Map showing route of the electric telegraph from Suakin to Ra-sai. Reduced from the map by the late Captain L. Rokeby, R. M. Scale, ca. 10 m. = in. Size, 17.5 X 44.5 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. 153. 442. A traverse survey of the White Nile from Khartum to Rigaf by Lieutenants Watson and Chip- pendall, R. E. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 57.2 X 18 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 413. 443. Map of routes in Kordofan and Darfur, constructed from the reconnaissances made by ofH- cers of the Egyptian General Staff 1875-76, by W. J. Turner. Scale, i : 2,253,080 [35.56 m. = in.]. Size, 46 X 33 cm. J. xlix. 1879. P. 393. 6. Abyssinia and Somali. {Including Afari) 444. Isenberg and Krapf's route from Tajurrah to Shod [Abyssinia] in 1840. Scale, 97 m. = in. Size, 1 1.6 X 13.1 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 455. 445. Sketch of a route from Ankober to Gedem [Abys=;inial, to illustrate Dr. C. T. Beke's journal. 1842. Scale, 7.2 m. = in. Size, 11.3 X 20.1 cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. I. Art. V. [vi.]. 446. Map illustrating Dr. Beke's journey through Abyssinia, 1840-1843. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 34.4 X 41.2 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art. i. 447. Sketch of the lower courses of the Jubb and Haines rivers, on the northeast coast of Africa. By Lieutenant W. Christopher, R. N., 1843. Scale, 46 m. ^ in. Size, 21.3 X 18.6 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art. ii. 448. Sketch of the Regio aromatifera, to illus- trate Mr. Cooley's paper. Scale [ca. 97 m. = in.]. Size, 23.3 X 19 cm. J. xix. 1849. Art. xvi. 449. [Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68.] Map PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 19 showing the line of march from the coast to Adi- gerat. Scale, 7 m. = in. Size, 36.7 X 323 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 12. 450. [Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68.] Line of march from Adigerat to the River Talcliazy^. Scale, 7 m. = in. Size, 57.3 X 193 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 25. 451. [Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68.] Wadela and Dalanta plateaux and Magdala. Scale, 7 m. = in. Size, 18.9 X 19.1 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 35. 452. Map of part of Abyssinia, to illustrate Cr. Blanc's journey from Metemma to Damot. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 18.7 X 27.5 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 36. 453. Map of the Afar country, and the northern part of the Abyssinian highlands, to illustrate the journey of W. Munzinger, Esq., late H. B. M. Con- sul at Massowa. Scale, 14 m. = in. Size, 18.8 X 27.4 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 188. 454. [Sketch map of the countries bordering the southern portion of the Red sea and the Gulf of Aden, to show the districts producing myrrh.] Scale [ca. 186 m. = in.]. Size, 12 X 7.9 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. II. 7. Upper Guinea and Senegambia. 455. The course of the Quorra, the Joliba, or Niger of Park, from the journals of Messrs. Richard and John Lander, with their route from Badagry to the northward, in 1830. Scale [ca. 48 m. = in.]. Size, 27.5 X 30.4 cm. J. [i.] 1830-31. Art. xiii. 456. West coast of Africa, to illustrate Captain Belcher's observations. Scale [ca. 115 m. ^= in.]. Size, n.i X 20.7 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. iv. (Misc.). 457. Sketch to illustrate paper on the supposed junction of the Gambia and Casamanza rivers. Scale [ca. 50 m. = in.]. Size, 19.6 X 11.3 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. iv. 458. Part of Sudan, shewing the supposed course of the Chadda from Lake Chad, by Captain W. Allen, R. N. Scale, 118 m. = in. Size, 16.3 X 18.8 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 306. 459. Africa ; the lower course of the river Ka- wara [Quorra]. 1841. Scale [51. i m. = in.]. Size, 13.2 X 20.8 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 184. 460. The Old Calabar, or Cross, river from Seven Fathoms Point to Ethiope rapids. From a chart by Mr. J. B. King, surgeon of the Ethiope steamer. 1842. Scale, 21 m. = in. Size, 22.4 X 19 4 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art. xiv. 461. Sketch of the mouths of the jamoor river [Cameroon district]. Scale, 47 m. = in. Size, 9.9 X 16 2 cm. J- xvi. 1846. Art. xiii. 462. The rivers Kw6ra and Chadda, or Binue, from the Nun mouth of the former to the country of Adamawa on the latter; to illustrate the journal of Dr. William Balfour Baikie, R. N. Drawn by John Arrowsmith. 1855. Scale [ca. 52 m. = in.]. Size, 22.4 X 20.9 cm. J. XXV. 1855. P. 109. 463. Western Africa, to illustrate travels in the Yoruba and Niipe countries, performed by Daniel J. May, Esq., R. N. 1858. Scale, 27 m. = in. Size, 23.5 X 19.2 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 212. 464. Map of the British territories on the Gold and Slave coasts (Western Africa), with portions of Ashanti, Dahome, and Yoruba. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 49.6 X 25.2 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 148. 465. Map of the former Dutch possessions on the Gold Coast, comprising the country between Axim and El-Mina. By Lieutenant C. A. Jeekel, R. Dutch Navy. Scale, i : 250,000 [3.95 m. = in.]. Size, 47 X 28.1 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 284. 466. Map of the route from Cape Coast Castle to Kumassi [Gold coast]. From a map prepared at the Topographical Department of the War Office, and based upon reconnaissance surveys by officers with the expeditionary force. Scale, i : 750,000 [11.84 "1- = ill.]. Size, 17.2 X 26.6 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 448. 467. A map of the lower Volta river (Western Africa). By E. G. Ravenstein. This map is based mainly upon the admiralty charts, the published maps of the missionaries Locher and Plessing, and Hornberger and Brutschin, and a MS. map by H. Laissle, architect and engineer of the Basel Miss. Soc, dated Akropong, March, 1862. Scale, i : 750,- 000 [11.84 in- = hi.]. Size, 25.6 X 19.8 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 454. 468. Chart of creeks and rivers between Bonny and Brass rivers [Niger delta]. Surveyed by R. D. Boler and R. Knight. September, 1874. Scale, 8.6 m. = in. Size, 21.3 X 192 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 411. 469. Map of the Volta [western Africa] from a map by M. J. Bonnat. Published in L'Explorateur. Scale [ca. 12 m. = in.]. Size, 13 8 X 45 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 291. 470. West Africa. The vicinity of Mount Cam- eroons from a drawing by the Rev. T. J. Comber, Baptist Missionary Society. 1S77. Scale, 10.5 m. = in. Size, 23.6 X 21.4 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 288. 471. Map of the Cameroons district, to illustrate the paper by Mr. George Greenfell. Scale, 7.7 m. = in. Size, 36 X 26.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 648. 8. Equatorial Africa. A . IVestern, 472. Map of southern central Africa. By James McQueen, Esq. - 1856. Scale [ca. 174 m. = in.]. Size, 29.9 X 19.2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 109. 473. Central Africa; showing the route of Silva Porto from Benguela to Cape Delgado, in 1853-54 ; also the sources of the Nile, and the countries around them, by James Macqueen, Esq. Scale [ca. 196 m. = in.]. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm. J. xxx. 1S60. P. 136. 474. Map illustrating M. du Chaillu's routes in equatorial Africa in 1864-65. Scale, 11.5 m. ^ in. Size, 41. 1 X 20.3 cm. Sketch map of part of western Africa. Scale [ca. 270 m. := in.]. Size, 6.6 X 6.4 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 64. 475. Dr. Livingstone's routes, 1866 to 1872. By A. Keith Johnston. Scale, 148 m. = in. Size, 20.6 X 27.8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 4. 1872. P. [102]. 476. Sketch map illustrating Dr. G. Schwein- furth's travels in the country of the Niam Niam and in Dar Fertit. 1869-1871. Constructed by E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 4,000,000 [63.13 m. ^ in.]. Size, 19.6 X 30.6 cm. [Sketch map of central Africa, showing Dr. Schweinfurth's routes.] Scale [ca. 458 m. = in.]. Size, 12 2 X n-S cm. O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 247 477. The valley of the Congo. Drawn for " Ocean highways : the geographical record," by Lieutenant Grandy, R. N. Scale, 100 m. = in. Size, 30.1 X 20.4 cm. O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 274. 478. Map of tropical south Africa, illustrating the progress of geographical discovery. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83 m. = in.]. Size, 41.5 X 29.1 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- I- 20 CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE 479. Map illustrating Dr. Nachtigall's travels, 1869-74. Chiefly from Dr. Nachtigall's maps pub- lished in the ' Zeitschrift ' of the Berlin Geographical Society and in Petermann's ' Mittheilungen.' By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 40.7 X 48.4 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. 178. 480. Reduction of Lieutenant Cameron's pre- liminary map of his route, and the adjacent country, between Lake Tanganyika and Lovale, 1874-75; with continuation from the maps of Dr. Livingstone and other travellers. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 71.8 X 38.2 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 119. 481. West Africa. Reduction of Lieutenant Grandy's map of his route from Ambriz to the River Congo, 1873-74. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 34.6 X 29.1 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 428. 482. Chart of the Quanza river from the bar to the Livingstone falls. Surveyed and drawn by Carl Ale.xanderson, 1873-74. Scale, 5 m. = in. Size, 65.3 X 18.7 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 429. 483. Stanley's map of the Congo river, 1S76-77. Reduced from the map published in the " Daily Tel- egraph." Scale [ca. 130 m. = in.]. Size, 25.8 X 18 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 318. 484. Map of the upper Binue river, from a sur- vey by Mr. E. R. Flegel, of the Church Missionary Society's expedition, 1879; in continuation of Ad- miralty chart no. 2446 on same scale. Scale, 4.6 m. = in. Size, 81.9 X 22.5 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 336. 485. West Africa. Sketch map of explorations in tire neighbourhood of St. Salvador (Congo), by the Rev. T. J. Comber, 1880. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 41.8 X 22 cm. Pp. jii. 1881. P. 64. 486. [Sketch map of the Nyam Nyam country, to illustrate Dr. Junker's journey.] Scale [ca. 137 m. = in.]. Size, 5.4 X 6.6 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 301. 487. Buchner's and Pogge's routes in West Africa, 1878-S1. Scale, I : 8,000,000 [126.26 m. = in.]. Size, 19 X 10.7 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 679. 488. The Congo river from its mouth to Bolobo, to illustrate the journeys of Mr. H. H. Johnston. Scale, ca. 40 m. ^= in. Size, 43.3 X 21.3 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 632. 489. Physical map of west coast of Africa, by H. H. Johnston. Scale [ca. 229 m. = in.]. Size, II X 21.3 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 752. 490. Pogge and Wissmann's route from Kasai to Nyangwe, 1881-82. From Lieutenant Wissmann's original sketches. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 36.2 X 20 cm. Lake Munkamba. Scale, i ; 400,000 [6.31 m. ^ in.]. Size, 3.8 X 2.8 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 184. 491. Upper countries of the Nile, to illustrate M. Linant's journey. Scale, m m. ;= in. Size, 23 X 19.7 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. i. (Anal.). 492. Sketch of the countries south of Abyssinia ; (from oral information collected in Gojam) by Dr. Beke. 1843. Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 11 X 17.4 cm. J. xiii. 1843. P'- ^- ^''^- '■^• 493. Map of the countries south of Abessinia, drawn under the dictation of 'Omar ibn Nedjat by Dr. Beke. Yejubbi, gth February, 1843. Scale, wantmg. Size, 16.1 X 19.8 cm. J. xvii. 1847. Art. i. 494. The sea of Uniamesi, etc. By the Rev. Messrs. Erhardt and Rebman, of the Church Mis- sionary Society, 1855. Scale [ca. 180 m. = in.]. Size, 22.8 X 18.5 cm. P. i. 1S55-57. [P. 8.J 495. Map of southern central Africa. By James McQueen, Esq. 1856. Scale [ca. 174 m. = in.]. Size, 29.9 X 19.2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 109. 496. East Africa expedition. Pangani to Fuga ; a route survey by Captains Burton and Speke. 1857. Scale, 8.5 m. = in. Size, 18.4 X 11. 9 cm. Pangani to Chogwe. Scale, 3 m. = in. Size, 9.2 X 3.3 cm. ' J. xxviii. 1858. p. 188. 497. East Africa expedition. Map of the routes between Zanzibar and the great lakes in eastern Africa, in 1S57, 1858, and 1859, by Captains R. F. Burton and J. H. Speke. Constructed from the observations of Captain Speke by A. G. Findlay, F. R.G. S. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 60.2 X 37.8 cm. J- xxix. 1859. p. 464. 498. Central Africa; showing the route of Silva Porto from Benguela to Cape Delgado, in 1853-54; also the sources of the Nile, and the countries around them, by James Macqueen, Esq. Scale [ca. ig6 m. = in.]. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 136. 499. Sources of the Nile. Rough sketch of countries north and south of the equator on the meridian of Khartum. Scale, 240 m. = in. Size, 12 X 19 cm. [Sketch map of Africa for comparison.] Scale [ca. 4,000 m. = in]. Size, 3.6 X 3.5 cm. P. V. 1860-61. P. 20. 500. Map of the routes in eastern Africa between Zanzibar, the great lakes, and the Nile. Explored and surveyed by Captain J. H. Speke, 1857-1S63. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 58.4 X 75 cm. J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 322 [346]. 501. Map of the snowy mountains Kilima-ndjaro, illustrating the paper of Baron C. Von der Decken. Scale, 8.35 m. = in. Size, 19.4 X 19.4 cm. Sketch map of Baron C. Von der Decken' s journeys from the east coast of Africa to Mt. Kilima-ndjaro. Scale, 76 m. =: in. Size, 6.6 X 6.5 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. I. 502. The Nile and its western afHuents, between the Albert Nyanza on the south, and the Sobat on the north; founded on the astronomical observa- tions, bearings, and distances of Johir Petherick, Esq., as well as numerous other documents ; con- structed by John Arrowsmith. 1865. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 20 X 35.8 cm. J. xxx v. 1865. P. 289. 503. A map of the Albert N'yanza and of the routes leading to its discovery in 1864. By Samuel White Baker, Esq. Scale, 32.5 m. = in. Size, 33.1 X 47.7 cm. P. X. 1865-66. [P. 7.] 504. A map of the Albert N'yanza, and of the routes leading to its discovery in 1864. By Samuel White Baker, Esq. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 33.1 X 48.7 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. I. 505. Sketch of the supposed route of Dr. Living- stone, and probable place of the attack by the Mavite. By J. Kirk, M.D., H. M. Vice Consul, Zanzibar. Scale, 72 m. = in. Size, 18.8 X 11. 4 cm. P. xi. 1866-67. P- las- sos. The east African lakes, shewing their rela- tion to the source of the Nile. Scale, 244 m. = in. Size, 13.6 X 19.2 cm. No. I. Burton and Speke, May, 1858. Scale [ca. 117 m. ^ in.]. Size, 12 X ig cm. No. 2. Speke, rSsg. Scale [ca. 117 m. := in.]. Size, 13.1 X 19 cm. No. 3. Speke and Grant, 1863. Scale [ca. 117 m. =: in.]. Size, 8.8 X 18.9 cm. No. 4. Sir S. W. Baker, 1S64. Scale [ca. 117 m. = in.]. Size, lo.i X 19 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 193. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 21 507. A map showing the routes of some native caravans from the coast into the interior of eastern Africa, from information collected by the Rev. T. Wakefield, missionary at Mombasa ; also of two personal journeys to the southern Galla country, made by the Revs. T. Wakefield and C. New in 1865 and 1866-67. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 48.2 X 39 7 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 303. 508. Dr. Livingstone's routes, 1866 to 1872. By A. Keith Johnston. Scale, 148 m. ^ in. Size, 20.6 X 27,8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 4. 1872. P. [102]. 509. A sketch to show the relation of the Lua- laba to the other rivers of Africa. Scale, 410 m. = in. Size, 20.5 X 29.3 cm. O. H. ii. No. 6. 1872. P. 173. 510. Dr. Livingstone's recent discoveries, and the former English and Portuguese routes in the lake region. Scale, no m. ^ in. Size, 20.5 X 29.3 cm. O. H. ii. No. 6. 1872. P. 174. 511. Sketch map illustrating Dr. G. Schwein- furth's travels in the country of the Niam Niam and in Dar Fertit. 1869-187 1. Constructed by E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 4,000,000 [63.13 m. = in.]. Size, 19.6 X 30.6 cm. [Sketch map of central Africa, showing Dr. Schweinfurth's routes.] Scale [ca. 458 m. == in.]. Size, 12.2 X 11.3 cm. O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 247. 512. [Sketch map showing Mr. Stanley's routes eastward of Lake Tanganyika.] Scale [ca. 65 m. = in.]. Size, 11 X 5.3 cm. O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 280. 513. [Sketch map showing Mr. Stanley's route from Bagamoyo to the Usagara mountains.]. Scale [ca. 440 m. = in.]. Size, 9.3 X 5.1 cm. O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 280. 514. [Sketch map of the northern end of Lake Tanganyika.] Scale, 14 m. ^ in. Size, 6.4 X 7.7 cm. O. H. ii. No. 9. 1872. P. 281. 515. Sketch map shewing the route of Sir Sam- uel Baker [from Gondokoro to Masindi], 1871-73. Scale, 33 m. = in. Size, 16.4 X 26.6 cm. O. Hh. i, 1873. P. 221. 516. Map of the two main mouths of the River Lufigi [East Africa]. From a sketch by Captain Wharton, H. M. S. Shearwater. Scale, 4 m. = in. Size, ca. 9 X 16 cm. P. xviii. 1873-74. P. 75. 517. (East coast of Africa.) The slave caravan route from Dar-es-Salam to Kilwa [Zangebar], to accompany the paper by Captain F. Elton. Scale, 9 6 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 39.8 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. 227. 518. Sketch map shewing Lieutenant Cameron's route to Lake Tanganyika. Scale, i : 1,500,000 [23.66 m. = in.]. Size, 25.5 X 17.6 cm. G. M. i. 1874. P. i8o. 519. Map of Lake Tanganyika from Ujiji to its southern extremity. Reduced from the map by Lieutenant V. Lovett Cameron, R.N. ■ Scale, 11. 5 m. = in. Size, 18.1 X 74.4 cm. P. xix. 1874-75. P- 75- 520. Sketch map of route from Gondokoro to Dufli, by J. Kemp, Esq-, September-October, 1874. Scale, ca. 1 : 850,000 [13.41 m. = in.] Size, ca. 9 x15 cm. P. xix. 1874-75. P. 325. 521. Map of Lake Tanganyika from tjjiji to its southern extremity. Reduced from the map by Lieutenant V. Lovett 'Cameron, R.N. Scale, 11.5 m. = in. Size, 18.1 X 74.2 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 184. 522. Track and soundings of steam cutter up the Rufiji River, by Captain Suhvan, R. N., assisted by Sub-Lieutenant F. J. Grassie, R. N., H. M. S. "London," 24th February, 1875. Scale, wanting. Size, II X 19.4 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 365. 523. Map of tropical South Africa, illustrating the progress of geographical discovery. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83 m. = in.]. Size, 41.5 X 29.1 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. I. 524. Map of the southern Tanganyika, from a sketch survey by Lieutenant V. Lovett Cameron, R.N. Scale, l: 1,000,000 [15.78 m. = in.]. Size, 28.7 X 46.2 cm. Lake Tanganyika, according to Dr. Livingstone and Lieu- tenant Cameron. Scale [ca. 62 m. ^ in.]. Size, 11.3 X 15. S cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- 72. 525. The dominions of the Seyyid Barghash Bin Said of Zanzibar. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, I : 3,430,000 [54.13 m. = in.]. Size, 19.2 X 36.8 cm. The Somali coast. Scale, i: 3,430,000 [54.13 m. =: in.]. Size, 10.5 X 9.5 cm. G. M. ii. 1S75. P. 208. 526. Map of the Victoria Nyanza, principally according to H. M. Stanley, by E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X 22.9 cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P- 369. 527. Map of the regions of the upper Nile. From the explorations of Burton, Speke, Grant, Baker, Kemp, Marno, Long, Stanley, Cameron, and others. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 4,000,000 [63.13 m. = in.]. Size, 23.7 X 31.9 cm. G. M. ii. 1S75. P- 373- 528. Reduction of Lieutenant Cameron's prelimi- nary map of his route, and the adjacent country, between Lake Tanganyika and Lovale, 1874-75; with continuation from the maps of Dr. Livingstone and other travellers. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 71.8 X 38 2 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 119. 529. Stanley's map of the Victoria N'yanza adapted to the observations and tojjography of Cap- tain Speke and ColoneJ Grant by W. J. Turner. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 24.7 X 19.8 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 135. 530. Map of the Victoria N'yanza as delineated by Mr. H. M. Stanley. Scale, 44 m. = in. Size, 18.3 X 19.8 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 135. 531. Map of the Victoria N'yanza, compiled from the original maps of Captain Speke, Colonel Grant, and Mr. Stanley, adapted to the recorded observations of Captain SjDeke by W. J. Turner. Scale, 33.5 m. = in. Size, 24.6 X 19.8 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. II. 532. Map of the north-west portion of the Vic- toria Nyanza, constructed from Colonel Grant!s original map and bearings, adapted to the astronom- ical observations of Captain Speke by W. J. Turner. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 15.5 X 18.1 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 13. 533. A traverse survey of the White Nile from Khartum to Rigaf by Lieutenants Watson and Chip- pendall, R. E. Scale, 36 m. = in. Size, 57.2 X i8 cm. J. -xlvi. 1876. P. 413. 534. Map of the White Nile from Lardo to Urondogani, by Colonel Gordon, C. B., R. E. Sur- veyed in 1875-76. Scale, 35 m. = in. Size, 15.9 X 26 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 431. 535. The country between Tanganyika and Ny- angwe according to Livingstone and Cameron. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 24.8 X 16.4 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 57. 536. Map of the Victoria and Albert ISTyanzas, to illustrate the last discoveries of H. M. Stanley. Scale, 1 : 3,250,000 [51. 10 m. = in.]. Size, 22.8 X 26.5 cm. 22 CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE [Map of the southwestern portion of the Victoria Nyanza.] Scale [ca. 32 m. ^ in.]. Size, 6 4 X 10 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 245. 537. R. Gessi's survey of the Albert Nyanza, from the maps published by the Egyptian General Staff (General Stone). Scale, i : 1,000,000 [15.78 m. = in.]. Size, 22.7 X 37.2 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 247. 538. Map of the upper Nile, to illustrate the reports of Colonel Gordon and M. Gessi, by W. J. Turner. Scale, 58 m. = in. Size, 11.5 X 18 cm. P. xxi. 1876-77. P. 56. 539. Map of the Rufu or Kingani river (eastern Africa), to accoinpany the paper by Frederick Holm- wood, Esq. Scale, 6 m. = in. Size, 18.9 X 23.6 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 253. 540. The Nile from M'ruli to Dufli, from croquis by General Gordon Pasha. 1876. Scale, 15.5 m. = in. Size, 15 4 X 24 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 67. 541. Map of the Alexandra Nile, by H. M. Stan- ley. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 16.9 X 15.9 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 124. 542. A sketch map of the country round Lake N'yassa. Scale, 38 m. = in. Size, 46.4 X 509 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 206. 543. Map of the Lukuga, by H. M. Stanley. Scale, I : 100,000 [1.58 m. ^ in.]. Size, 16.1 X i5.i cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 124. 544. East Africa. Sketch map of route from Lake Nyassa to Ugogo, by Mr. H. B. Cotterill. Scale, 29 m. := in. Size, 19 X 26.6 cm. P. xxii. 1877-78. P. 233. 545. Sketch map of country between Kilwa Kavinje and River Rovouma, by Alfred Bellville, F. R. G. S., late Universities Missioir to L. Nyassa. Scale [ca. 34 m. = in.]. Size, 24.7 X 17.6 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 76. 546. East Africa. Map of southern Usainbara by the Rev. J. P. Farler. Scale, ca. 10 m. = in. Size, 19 X 10.7 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P- ^3- 547. Route survey of the western side of Lake Nyassa by Mr. James Stewart, C. E., Livingstonia mission. 1878. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 22.5 X 50 cm. Northern continuation of Nyassa on a smaller scale, to illus- trate Dr. Stewart's paper. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 5.2 X 1 1.4 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P- 352- 548. East Africa. Sketch map of native routes from Dar-es-Salaam towards the head of Lake Ny- assa, from information obtained by Mr. Keith John- ston, R. G. S. East African Expedition, 1S79. Scale, 35 m. = in. Size, 34.4 X 21.5 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 480. 549. East Africa. Map of Mr. Keith Johnston's route in southern Usambara, 1879, reduced from his original drawing. Scale, 10.5 m. = in. Size, 20.1 X 13 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 616. 550. Sketch map of the route of the R. G. S. East African Expedition from Dar-es-Salaam to Lake Nyassa, 1879. Scale, 35.5 m. = in. Size, 34 4 X 21.5 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 144. 551. Route survey between lakes Nyassa and Tanganyika by Mr. James Stewart, C. E , Living- stonia mission. 1879. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 46.1 X 22.8 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 464. 552. Route survey of the western side of Lake Nyassa (northern portion) by Mr. James Stewart, C. E., Livingstonia mission. 1879. Scale, 13 m. = in. Size, 32.3 X 35.6 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 464. 553. Map of the route of the R. G. S. East Afri- can expedition to lakes Nyassa and Tanganyika, constructed from Mr. Thomson's original map col- lated with the routes of other explorers by W. J. Turner. Scale, 42 m. = in. Size, 50.1 X 22.1 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 784. 554. Map of route from Kagei to Tabora, by Rev. C. T. Wilson, 1877 ; to illustrate his paper at page 616. Scale, 25 ra. = in. Size, 9.7 X 21.3 cm. Pp. ii. 1S80. P. 784 [656]. 555. [Sketch map of the Nyam Nyam country, to illustrate Dr. Junker's journey.] Scale [ca. 137 m. ^ in.]. Size, 5.4 X 6.5 cm. Pp. iii. i88r. P. 301. 556. Map of the north end of Lake Nyassa, sur- veyed by Mr. James Stewart, C. E., Livingstonia Mission. 1880. Scale, 12.5 m. = in. Size, 25 X 21.8 cm. Pp. iii. i88i. P. 320. 557. Route through northern Ugogo (August, 1879), by E. J. Southon, M.D. Scale, 27.6 m. = in. Size, 10.6 X 5.7 cm. Dr. Southon's route combined with the routes of other explorers. Scale [ca. 48 m. =: in.]. Size, 6.1 X 2.9 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. p. 547. 558. Sketch map of the River Rufigi, from a sur- vey by W. Beardall, Zanzibar, March, 1881. Scale, 1 : 558,195 [8.8 m. = in.]. Size, 50 X 21.5 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 704. 559. Lake Tanganyika. From a survey by Mr. Edward C. Hore, Master Mariner, of the London Missionary Society. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 21 X 46.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 64. 560. The southern part of Lake Tanganyika (Lake Liemba of Dr. Livingstone). From a survey by Mr. Edward C. Hore, Master Mariner, of the London Missionary Society. Scale, 5 76 m. = in. Size, 28.6 X 35.9 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 64. 561. East Africa. Sketch map illustrating a journey into the district of Nguru, by Mr. J. T. Last. Scale, 11.5 m. = in. Size, 38.4 X 39.2 cin. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 192. 562. The lakes of Sigirso near Malindi [Galla country]. From a sketch survey by the Rev. T. Wakefield, 1877. Scale, I: 129,000 [^2.03 m. = in.]. Size, 19 X 10.7 cm. Mr. Wakefield's route from Ribe to Malindi, 1877. Scale, I ; 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 6 X 6.6 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 370. 563. Native routes to the Masai country and to the Victoria Nyanza. From information obtained by the Ven'ble J. P. Farler. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 30 X 26.3 cm. New native routes collected by the Ven'ble J, P. Farler and the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, and adjusted to the R. Geogr. Society'smapof eastern equatorial Africa. Scale, 1 : 12,000,000 [189.39 "n- = in-1- Size, 8.4 X 9.4 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 776. 564. Africa. East coast. Map illustrating Mr. O'Neill's journey into the Mavia country, Septem- ber-October, 1882. Scale, 7.6 m. = in. Size, 35.2 X 19-2 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 440. 565. East Africa. Sketch map illustrating the journeys of Mr. J. T. Last and Dr. E. J. Baxter into the Masai country. Scale, 11. 5 m. = in. Size, 33.3 X 21-9 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 568. 9. South Africa. A . Tropitcil Region. 566. Outline map of southern Africa, to illustrate the analysis of Captain Owen's voyage. Scale [ca. 380 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.7 cm. J- iii. 1833. Art. i. (Anal.). 567. Sketch of South Africa, to illustrate paper by W. D. Cooley, Esq. Scale [ca. 224 m. = in.]. Size, 21.8 X 16.8 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. x. (Misc.). PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 23 568. Map of Nyassi, or the great lake of south- ern Africa, with the country between it and the eastern coast , exliibiting also the line of communi- cation between the Quanza, in Angola, and the Zam- bezi, in the government of Mozambique. By W. Desborough Cooley. Scale [ca. 27 m. = in.]. Size, 37.1 X 21.4 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. iv. 569. Route of Messrs. Livingston, Oswell, and Murray to Lake Ngami. 1849. Scale, 84 m. = in. Size, 1 1. 7 X 18.6 cm. J. xx. 1S51. Arts, ix., x. 570. Africa, between 10° and 30° south latitude. Map to illustrate the routes of Francis Gallon, Esq., Messrs. Livingston and Oswell, and W. Henry Gas- siott, Esq. 1852. Scale, 188 m. = in. Size, 26 X 18 7 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Arts, xi., xii. 571. Exploration of Africa. Sketch of a route from the river Chobe to Loando, performed by the Rev. Dr. Livingstone, 1853-54. Scale [ca. 146 m. == in.]. Size, 21.2 X 20.3 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 306. 572. Map to illustrate explorations in South Africa from Walvisch bay to Lake Ngami, etc., by C. I. [J] Andersson, Esq. 1854. Scale, 84 m. = in. Size, 25.3 X 20.I cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 79. 573. Exploration of Africa. Sketch of a route from the Barotse valley, on the River Leeambye, to Loando; performed by the Rev. Dr. Livingston. Scale, 75 m. = in. Size, 29.4 X 19.2 cm. j. xxv. 1855. P. 236. 574. Map to illustrate a visit to Moselekatse, King of the Matebele, by the Rev. R. Moffat. 1856. Scale [ca. 57 m. = in.]. Size, 23.1 X 19 6 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 84. 575. Map of southern central Africa. By James McQueen, Esq. 1856. Scale [ca. 174 m. = in.]. Size, 29.9 X 19 2 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 109. 576. Map to illustrate Dr. Livingstone's route across Africa ; constructed from his astronomical observations, bearings, estimated distances, sketches, etc, etc., by J. Arrowsmith. 1857. Scale, no m. = in. Size, 41. 1 X 19.6 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 349. 577. East Africa expedition. Map of the routes between Zanzibar and the great lakes in eastern Africa, in 1857, 1858, and 1859, by Captains R. F. Burton and J. H. Speke. Constructed from the ob- servations of Captain Speke by A. G. Findlay, F. R. G. S. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 60.2 X 37.8 cm. J. xxix. 1859. P. 464. 578. Central Africa; showing the route of Silva Porto from Benguela to Cape Delgado, in 1853-54; also the sources of the Nile, and the countries around them, by James Macqueen, Esq. Scale [ca. 196 m. = in.]. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 136. 579. Africa. The course of the River Shire, below Lake Nyassa, and the River Zambesi, below Kabrabasa; to illustrate the papers of Dr. David Livingstone. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 13.3 X 18.9 cm. J- xxxi. 1861. P. 256. 580. River Zambesi at Bandari rock. Scale [ca. goo ft. = in.]. Size, ca. 4.5 X 5 cm. . ^ J. xxxi. 1861. P. 281. 581. Map of South Africa, to illustrate the paper by James Fox Wilson, Esq., and Dr. Livingstone's theory of ancient lakes. Scale, 263 m. = in. Size, 22 X 19.8 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 107. 582. (South eastern Africa) Lake Nyassa, the River -Shire, etc., from the MS. map by Dr. Kirk. Scale, 54.5 m. = in. Size, 14-4 X 2S-9 cm. J. XXXV. 1865. P. 167. 583. Sketch map of Mr. Baines' routes between the Limpopo and Zambesi rivers. Scale, 52 m. = in. Size, 17.9 X 33 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 100. 584. Map of route from the Tati settlement to Delagoa bay, to illustrate the paper by Captain F. Elton. Scale, 34 m. = in. Size, 34.3 X 29.6 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. I. 585. Dr. Livingstone's routes, 1866 to 1872. By A. Keith Johnston. Scale, 148 m. = in. Size, 20.6 X 27.8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 4. 1872. P. [102]. 586. Route map of the Gasa country (south east- ern Africa), illustrating the journey to Umzila, King of Gasa. Reduced from the original map constructed by Mr. St. Vincent Erskine. Scale, 36 m. ^ in. Size, 26.6 X 34 9 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 45. 587. Map of tropical South Africa, illustrating the progress of geographical discovery. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 10,000,000 [157.83 m. ^ in.]. Size, 41.5 X 2g.i cm. G. M. ii. 1875. P. I. 588. Sketch map of Lake Nyassa by Mr. E. D. Young, 1876. Scale [ca. 29 m. = in.]. Size, 11 X 37.2 cm. P. XX. 1875-76. P. 451. 589. Map of a portion of South Africa, illustrat- ive of Lieutenant Cameron's route from Lake Tan- ganyika to the west coast. By E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G.S. Scale, I: 5,000,000 [78.91 m. = in.]. Size, 46 X 25 7 cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 57. 590. A sketch map of the country round Lake N'yassa. Scale, 38 m. = in. Size, 46.4 X 50.9 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 206. 591. Map of the Bamangwato country, to illus- trate Captain Patterson's paper. Scale, 65 m. = in. Size, 29 X 22 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 288. 592. Map of South Africa, illustrating the jour- ney of Major Serpa Pinto from Benguella to Natal, 1877-79, '^y W- J- Turner. Scale, 178 m. = in. Size, 29.3 X 21.8 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 544. 593 Map of the central portion of South Africa, illustrating Dr. Holub's journeys, 1873-79; con- structed from his original drawings, collated with the routes of other travellers and the most recent material, by W. J. Turner. Scale, 80 ra. = in. Size, 22.3 X 37.4 cm. Pp. ii. 1880. P. 400. 594. Sketch map of the Okavango. river by Pere Duparquet. Scale, 63 m. = in. Size, 16.1 X 10.8 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. p. 44. 595. General map of South Africa, by W. J. Turner, showing the comparative distances from Cape Town with those of European cities from Lon- don. Scale, 212 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X 21.9 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 64. 596. Central Africa. Map of the central Zam- besi region, constructed from the route-surveys and observations of Livingstone, Baines, Mohr, Pinto, Holub, and other travellers, combined with the sketches of Mr. F. C. Selous, by W. J. Turner. Scale, 60 m. = in. Size, 22.4 X 21.4 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 192. 597. Central Africa. Sketch map of the Chobe river by Dr. Benjamin F. Bradshaw. 1880. Scale, 2 m. = in. Size, 19 X 21.2 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 256. 598. Routes in the Mashuna and Matabele coun- tries, by F. C. Selous. Scale, 1 : 3,500,000 [55.24 m. = in.l. Size, 10.8 X 11.8 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 353. 599. Map of the Rovuma river and the region to the south, illustrating the journeys of Mr. Joseph Thomson and the Rev. Chauncy Maples, A.M. Scale, 1 5 m. = in. Size, 46.2 X 45.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 128. 600. General map of the Makua country, from a sketch by H. E. O'Neill, H. M. Consul at Mozam- bique. Scale, 46 m. = in. Size, 23.4 X 22.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 256. 601. Route map illustrating a journey into the 24 CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE Makiia country, by H. E. O'Neill, H. M. Consul at Mozambique. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 33.6 X 12.8 cm. Pp. iv. 1S82. P. 255. 602. Route from Senna to the gold mines of Manica [Zambesi country]. From a survey by M. Kuss, member of Paiva de Andrada's Zambesi ex- pedition. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 13.8 X 10.7 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 373. 603. Paiva de Andrada's Zambesi expedition. Routes to Maxinga and the Mazoe. From sketches by M. Kuss. 1881. Scale, i : 1,280,000 [20.2 m. = in.]. Size, 10.7 X 14.1 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 418. 604. Routes through the Yao country, by the Rev. W. P. Johnson, 1880-82. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 21.3 X 21.8 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 520. 605. Map of the Mozambique coast ; to illustrate the paper by H. E. O'Neill, H. M. Consul at Mo- zambique, on the coast, rivers, and ports of Mozam- bique. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 32.1 X 40.5 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 648. 606. Routes between the TJmfule and the Zam- besi, by F. C. Selous. Scale, i: 2,000,000 [31.57 ra. = in.]. Size, 10.8 X 15.5 cm. Pp. v. 1883. P. 269. 607. Map of the southern part of Portuguese possessions on the west coast of Africa, to illustrate the Earl of Mayo's journey in 1882-18S3. Scale, 28 m. = in. Size, 30.3 X 21.8 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 504. 608. Africa. Lake Nyassa, surveyed by Mr. James Stewart, C. E. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 207 x49.7 cm. Pp. V. .1883. P. 752. 609. Physical map of west coast of Africa, by H. H. Johnston. Scale [ca. 229 m. ^ in.]. Size, 11 X 21.3 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 752. S, Cape Region- 610. Outline map of southern Africa, to illustrate the analysis of Captain Owen's voyage. Scale [ca. 380 m. = in.]. Size, 22.2 X 19.7 cm. J. iii. 1883. Art. i. (Anal.). 611. Sketch of South Africa, to illustrate paper by W. D. Cooley, Esq. Scale [ca. 224 m. = in]. Size, 21.8 X 16.8 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. x. (Misc.). 612. Sketch of the Cape of Good-Hope colony. Scale [ca. 227 m. = in.]. Size, 21.7 X 16.9 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 340. 613. Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Scale, 65 m. = in. Size, 29.8 X 19.9 cm. J. vi. 1836. P. 174. 614. Map to illustrate Captain Alexander's route in South Africa. 1838. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 235 X 38.5 cm. [Map of the western portion of Cape Colony, to illustrate Captain Alexander's route.] Scale, 55 m. z= in. Size, 6.6 X 14-4 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 28. 615. Africa, between 10° and 30° south latitude. Map to illustrate the routes of Francis Galton, Esq., Messrs. Livingston and Osvvell, and W. Henry Gassiott, Esq. 1852. Scale, 188 m. = in. Size, 26 X 18.7 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Arts, xi., xii. 616. Map to illustrate explorations iir South Africa from Walvish bay to Lake Ngami, etc., by C. L [J.] Andersson, Esq. 1854. Scale, 84 m. := in. Size, 25.3 X 20.1 cm. J. xxv. 1855. P. 79. 617. Map to illustrate a vist to Moselekatse, King of the Matebele, by the Rev. R. Moffat. 1856. Scale [ca. 57 m. = in.]. Size, 23.1 X 19.6 cm. J. xxvi. 1856- P. 84, 618. South Africa. Map to illustrate route from near Colesberg on the east to Steinkopf on the west ; also return route along the banks of the Orange river towards the Bechuana country. By Robert Moffatt, Esq 1858. Scale, 40 m. =: in. Size, 43 I X 19.5 cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. 153. 619. Sketch to accompany a trading trip into the Orange River Free States, and the country of the Trans-vaal Republic, in 1851-52. By John Sander- son, Esq. Scale, 30 m. = in. Size, 11 X 19.5 cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 234. 620. Map to accompany a journey from Inham- bane to Zoutpansberg, in 1855-56; to which is added the parts of South Africa adjacent, by James McQueen, Esq., F. R. G. S. Scale [ca. 54 m. = in.]. Size, 22.4 X 19.4 cm. , J. xxxii. 1862. P. 63. 621. South Africa. Map of Zulu, Amatonga, Natal, and Kafir Land, from the sketches of Messrs. Sanderson, Paxton, Rider, and Newling, to illustrate papers by John Sanderson, Esq. i86l. Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 19.2 X 18.5 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 335. 622. Map of South Africa, to illustrate the paper by James Fox Wilson, Esq., and Dr. Livingstone's theory of ancient lakes. Scale, 263 m. ^ in. Size, 22 X 19.8 cm. J. XXXV. i8'i5. P. 107. 623. South-west Africa. Map of the principal part of Damara Land ; based on prismatic compass triangulation checked by observed latitudes. By C. J. Andersson, Esq., Cape Town, 1866. Scale [ca. 28 m. = in.]. Size, 31.1 X 36.5 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. 247. 624. Map of the colony of Natal, to accompany the paper by Dr. R. J. Mann. Scale, 27 m. = in. Size, 19.8 X 25.1 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 48. 625. Sketch map illustrating the discovery of the mouth of the Bembe, Limpopo, or Ouri river (South Africa). By St. Vincent W. Erskine. Scale, 74-m. = in. Size, 16 2 X 19.1 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 233. 626. Map of route from the Tati settlement to Delagoa bay, to illustrate the paper by Captain F. Elton. Scale, 34 m, = in. Size, 34.3 X 29.6 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. I. 627. Sketch map of the country between Delagoa bay and the South African Republic [Transvaal]. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, i : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 21.3 X 31.5 cm. O. H. ii. No. II. 1873. P- 347- 628. Route map of the Gasa country (southeast- ern Africa), illustrating the journey to tJmzila, King of Gasa. Reduced from the original map con- structed by Mr. St. Vincent Erskine. Scale, 36 m. ^ in. Size, 26.5 X 34.9 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 45. 629. Map of the Transvaal and the surrounding territories, by F. Jeppe, F. R. G. S. Scale, i : 1,850,- 000 [29.20 m. = in.]. Size, 58.1 X 56.7 cm. a. Continuation of Mauch's route to the ruins of Zimbabye. Discovered 5th September, 1871. Scale [29.20 m. ^ in.]. Size, 5.2 X 6 cm. b. Plan of Lourengo Marques (Del. bay). Scale, 3,280 ft. ^ in. Size, 5.2 X 6 2 cm. c. Plan of Pretoria. Scale, wanting. Size, 5X7 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 217. 630. A map of the South African Republics. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 2,000,000 [31.57 m. = in.]. Size, 44.9 X 50.1 cm. G. M. iv. 1877. P. 27. 631. Route map of A. C. Bailie's journey from Barkly to Gubuluwayo. Scale [ca. 31 m. = in,]. Size, 42.1 X 18 cm. J. xlviii. 1878. P. 287. 632. Map of the Bamangwato country, to illus- trate Captain Patterson's paper. Scale, 65 m. = in. Size, 29 X 22 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 288. 633. Map of South Africa, illustrating the jour- ney of Major Serpa Pinto from Benguella to Natal, PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 25 1877-79. by W. J. Turner. Scale, 178 m. = in. Size, 29.3 X 21.8 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 544. 634. Map of tlie central portion of South Africa, illustrating Dr. Holub's journeys, 1873-79; con- structed from his original drawings, collated with the routes of other travellers and the most recent material, by \V. J. Turner. Scale, 80 m. := in. Size, 22,3 X 37.4 cm. Pp. ii. 18S0. P. 400. 635. General map of South Africa, by W. J. Turner, showing the comparative distances from Cape Town with those of European cities from London. Scale, 212 m. = in. Size, 25.7 X 21.9 cm. Pp. iii. 1881. P. 64. 636. The delta and lower course of the Sabi river [Umzila]. From the survey of the late Cap- tain T. L. Phipson-Wybrants. Scale, 9.5 m. = in. Size, 17.7 X 10.7 cm. Pp. v. 1883. P. 272. 10. Islands. 637. Socotra, from the late surveys. 1835. Scale, 7.4 m. = in. Sire, 32.3 X 17.6 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 228. 638. Sketch of Madagascar, to illustrate Colonel Llyod's [Lloyd's] paper. Scale, 128 m. = in. Size, 11.4 X 20.2 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. iv. 639. The central provinces of Madagascar, by Joseph Mullens, D.D. Scale, 12 m. = in. Size, 40.3 X 78.7 cm. Madagascar [showing the position of the central provinces]. Scale [ca. 41 m. = in.]. Size, 8.5 X 13.3 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 129. 640. Map of Sokotra according to S. B. Haines and I. R. Wellsted. By E. G. Ravenstein. Scale, 1 : 300,000 [473 m. = in.]. Size, 48.3 X 21.6 cm. [Map of that portion of the Gulf o£ Aden between Sokotra and the Somali coast.] Scale, i: 3,000,00c [4.73 m. = in.]. Size, 10.4 X 7-S cm. G. M. iii. 1876. P. 120. 641. South east Madagascar and the Ibara coun- try, by Joseph Mullens, D.D., from the surveys of Messrs. Sibree, Shaw, and Richardson. Scale, 12 m. = in. Size, 49.3 X 32.9 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 47. 642. West central Madagascar, by Joseph Mul- lens, D.D. From Messrs. Grandidier, Sewell, etc. Scale, ca. 12 m. = in. Size, 38.3 X 30.4 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 63. 643. Part of Madagascar; from the latest sur- * veys, by Joseph Mullens, D.D. Scale, ca. 12 m. = in. Size, 39 X 47-2 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 67. 644. [Map of Madagascar for comparison with the language map of Farther India and the Indian Archipelago. E. L. Brandreth and Robert N. Cust. 1878. No. 2.] Scale [ca. 330 m. = in.]. Size, 6.4 X 7.9 cm. G. M. V. 1878. P. 25. 645. Physical map of Madagascar by the Rev. James Sibree, reduced from Dr. Mullens' map. Scale, 140 m. = in. Size, 12.3 X 22.1 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 688. 646. Map of south-eastern provinces of Madagas- car, comprising part of the Tanala, Betsileo, and Bara country. From a sketch survey by the Rev. W. Deans Cowan. Scale, 7.7 m. = in. Size, 76.7 X 56 cm. Pp. iv. 18S2. P. 584. V. AUSTRALASIA. I. Australia, General. 647. Map of the south east portion of Australia, shewing the progress of discovery in the interior of New South Wales to 1832. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size, 41.1 X 33-8 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. [viuj. 648. Australia [showing the position of New South Wales and Victoria]. Scale [500 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 10.2 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 248. 649. Australia, according to the proposed di- visions. Scale, 312 m. =: in. Size, 21.3 X 18.3 cm. Spain and Portugal ... to serve as a measure of magni- tude. Scale, 312 m. ^ in. Size, ca 6 X 4-5 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 168. 650. Map shewing the range of the southern dialects of Australia. Scale, 320 m. = in. Size, 20.9 x19 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. iv. (Misc.). 651. Sketch-map to illustrate Dr. Leichardt's route from Moreton bay to Port Essington. 1846. Scale, 320 m. = in. Size, 21 X 19 cm. J. xvi. 1846. Art. X. 652. Map of the country explored by the Central Australian Expedition under the command of Cap- tain Charles Sturt during the years 1844, '4S> ^.nd '46. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 20.6 X 40.8 cm. J. xvii. 1847. Art. ii. 653. Australia. Map to illustrate diaries of ex- ploration of central Australia by John McDouall Stuart, Esq. i860 and 1861. Scale, 80 m. := in. Size, 20.1 X 36.5 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 83. 654. Australia. Map to accompany the diary of Messrs. Burke and Wills, across Australia to the Gulf of Carpentaria ; also Mr. Howitt's journal to Cooper creek ; constructed chiefly from the observa- tions and field-book of W. I. [J.] Wills, Esq. 1861. Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 13.6 X 36.4 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 430. 655. Map, to illustrate the winds of north-east Australia, to accompany the paper by Dr. A. Rat- tray, M.D., R.N. Scale [ca. 143 m. = in.]. Size, 25.3 X 19.5 cm. J. xxxviii. 186S. P. 370. 656. Map illustrating the climate and physical geography of north-east Australia, to accompany the paper by Dr. A. Rattray, M.D., R. N. Scale [ca. 835 m. = in.]. Size, 34.4 X 19.8 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 381. 657. Map of the overland telegraph line between Port Augusta and Port Darwin, constructed by the South Australian government. Drawn for " Ocean highways " by F. le B. Bedwell, R. N., F. R. G. S. Scale, 125 m. ^ in. Size, 18.9 X 30.1 cm. O. H. ii. No. 10. 1873. P. 310. 2. West Australia. ^ 658. Sketch of the Swan river colony, including King George's sound. Scale [ca. 18.94 m. = in.]. Size, 33 X 37.6 cm. King George's sound. Scale, 4.6 m. = in. Size, 13.3 X 1 1. 3 cm. Cockburn sound. Scale. 5.75m. ^in._ Size, 12.8 X 12.6 cm. Port Leschenault. Scale; 2.12 m. ^ in. Size, 6 X 6.1 cm. J. [i.] . 1830-31. Art. i. 659. Western Australia, from the latest docu- ments received in the Colonial Office, 1832. Scale [ca. 23 m. = in.]. Size, 33.1 X 40.9 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. ix. (Misc.). 660. Australia. Northwest coast. 1838. Scale [82.2 m. = in.]. Size, 11.7 X 18.8 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 466. 661. Part of western Australia, to illustrate the journals of Messrs. Gregory and Lieutenant Help- man, R. N. Scale, 38 m. = in. Size, 20.1 X 17 7 cm. J. xviii. 1848. Arts, iv., v. 662. Western Australia. Map to illustrate the route" of the expedition under Surveyor-General Roe, from Perth to Russell Range, 1848 and 1849. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 27.8 X 19.5 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Art. i. 26 CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN THE 663. Sketch showing the route of the settlers' ex- pedition under Mr. A. C. Gregory from Perth to- wards Gascoyne river, 184S. Also Governor Fitz- Gerald's route from Champion bay to Murchison river, 1S4S and 1849. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 9.3 X 20 cm. J. x.Kii. 1852. Arts, ii., iii. 661 Map to illustrate the report of an expedition into the interior of western Australia in 1854. By Robert Austin, Assistant Surveyor. Scale, 74 m. = in. Size, 16 X 19.8 cm. J. xxvi. 1856. P. 235. 665. Map of north western Australia ; to illustrate journal of exploring expedition commanded by F. T. Gregory, Esq. i85l. Scale, 41 m. = in. Size, 365 x19.1cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 372. 665. Map shewing the overland tracks from Perth to Eucla and Adelaide by John Forrest, gov- ernment surveyor, 1870. Scale, 45 m. = in. Size, 82.6 X 17.2 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 361. 667. Map showing the explorations to the east- ward and southward of Hampton plains (western Australia) by Alexander Forrest, Assistant Surveyor. 1871. Scale, 45 m. = in. Size, 33.3 X 20.2 cm. J. xlii. 1872. P. 388. 668. Map showing the route of the West Aus- tralian exploring expedition through the centre of Australia, from Champion bay on the west coast to the overland telegraph line between Adelaide and Port Darwin. Commanded by John Forrest, F. R. G. S. 1874. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 76 4 X 18.7 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 249. 669. Map of the explorations from Beltana sta- tion (.South Australia) to the city of Perth (western Australia), by Ernest Giles. 1875. Scale, 55 m. ^ in. Size, 69.6 X 17.5 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 329. 3. North Australia. 670. Melville aud Bathurst islands with Cobourg peninsula. North Australia. Scale, 10 m. = in. Size, 44.3 X 17.8 cm. J. iv. 1834. Art. vi. 671. North Australia. Map to complete diaries of exploration across Australia (from south to north) by John McDouall Stuart, Esq. 1861 and 1862. Scale, 65 m. = in. Size, 11. 5 X 19.7 cm. J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 276. 672. North Australian exploring expedition. Part of North Australia, to illustrate journal of the route of Augustus C. Gregory, Esq. 1858. Scale, 58 m. = in. Size, 61.7 X 20.1 cm. J. xxviii. 1858. P. i. 673. Portion of the Flinders river [North Aus- tralia], to illustrate the observations of Commander Norman, R. N. Scale, 4.8 m. ^ in. Size, 11 X 17.4 cm. J. xxxiii. 1S63. P. 5. 4. South Australia. 674. Country near the mouth of the River Mur- ray, Australia. Scale [ca. 19 m. = in.]. Size, 199 X 12.1 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. v. (Anal.). 675. Sketch of the country east of Flinders range. South Australia, to illustrate a paper by Cap- tain Frome, R. E., Surveyor-General of the Colony. 1843. Scale [ca. 35 m. = in.]. Size, 11 X 19.7 cm. J. xiv. 1844. Art. XV. 676. Southeast extremity of South Australia, to illustrate Governor G. Grey's expedition. 1844. Scale [ca. 29 m. ^ in.]. Size, 29.4 X 19.5 cm. a. Mt. Gambler, — plan. Scale, 2,625 yds. = in. Size, 7.2 X <3 cm. it. Mt. Schanck, — plan. Scale, 2,625 yds. = in. Size, 4.6 X 6.6 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. iii. 677. Sketch to illustrate extracts of explorations made by Surveyor-General Freeling, Mr. S. Hack, and others, in South Australia, 1857. Scale [ca. 48 m. = in.]. Size, 22.8 X 19.5 cm. P. ii. 1857-58. [P. 186.] 678. Expeditions in search of Burke and Wills. Map of eastern Australia ; on which are delineated the routes of Messrs. Burke and Wills, McKinlay, Landsborough, and Walker, etc., to accompany the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1863. Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 45.4 cm. J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 13. 679. Map shewing the overland tracks from Perth to Eucla and Adelaide by John Forrest, government surveyor, 1870. Scale. 45 m. = in. Size, 82.6 X 17.2 cm. J. xli. 1871. P. 361. 680. Map showing the route of the West Aus- tralian exploring expedition through the centre of Australia, from Champion bay on the west coast to the overland telegraph line between Adelaide and Port Darwin. Commanded by John Forrest, F. R. G. S. 1874. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 76.4 X 18.7 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P- 249. 681. Map of the explorations from Beltana sta- tion (South Australia) to the city of Perth (western Australia), by Ernest Giles. 1875. Scale, 55 m. = in. Size, 69.6 X 17.5 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 329. 5. Queensland. 682. Australia. Map to illustrate the journal of a route along the rivers Victoria and Warrego, by E. B. Kennedy, Esq. 1847. Scale [ca. 60 m. = in.J. Size, 22.4 X 18 cm J. xxii. 1852. Art. xv. (Append.). 683. Expeditions in search of Burke and Wills. Map of eastern Australia; on which are delineated the routes of Messrs. Burke and Wills, McKinlay, Landsborough, and Walker, etc., to accompany the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1863. Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 45.4 cm. J. xxxiii. 1863. P. 13. 684. Map illustrating the overland expedition from Port Denison to Cape York (Australia) under the command of F. and A. Jardine, Esqrs,, to accom- pany Mr. Richardson's paper. Scale, 40 m. = in. Size, 33.4 X 36.9 cm. J. xxxvi. 1866. P. ig. 6. New South Wales. 685. Map of the south east portion of Australia, shewing the progress of discovery in the interior of New South Wales, by Major Mitchell, Surveyor- General of the Colony. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size, 41-9 X 33-3 cm. Australia [showing the position of New South Wales]. Scale [500 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 10.2 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 284. 686. Sketch of New England, Beardy plains, the Clarence and Richmond rivers. New South Wales, to illustrate the route of Captain H. G. Hamilton, R.N. Scale, 27 m. = in. Size, 15.4 X 19.4 cm. J. xiii. 1843. Pt- 2. Art. iii. 687. Sketch [of the northeastern portion of New South Wales] to illustrate Mr. Russel's paper. 1845. Scale, 39 m. = in. Size, 15.6 X 19.1 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. ix. 688. Expeditions in search of Burke and Wills. Map of eastern Australia ;. on which are delineated the routes of Messrs. Burke and Wills, McKinlay, Landsborough, and Walker, etc., to accompany the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1863. Scale, 80 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 45.4. J. xxxiii. 1863. P, 53. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 27 7. Victoria. 689. Map of the south east portion of Australia, shewing the progress of discovery in the interior of New Soutli Wales, by Major Mitchell, Surveyor- General of the Colony. Scale, 70 m. = in. Size, 41-9 X 33-3 cm. Australia [showing the position of New South Wales and Victoria]. Scale [500 m. = in.]. Size, 12.7 X 10.2 cin. J. vii. 1837. P. 248. 8. New Guinea. 690. [Maps of New Guiirea, showing recent dis- coveries.] a. Running survey made in April, 1873, by Captain J. Moresby and Lieutenant T. L. Mourilyan, of H. M. S. Basilisk. Scale, 13.2 m. = in. Size, 15.5 X 14.3 cm. b. Galewo strait. Surveyed by Captain G. de Lenna of G. E, Cerutti's expedition, February to March, 1S70. (From a map by Guido Cora.) Scale, 13.9 m. =:i in. Size, 5.8 X 10.2 cm. c. [Western end of New Guinea, shewing Dr. Meyer's route in 1873, from an original sketch.] Scale [ca. 114 m. ^ in.]. Size, g 6 X 10.2 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 360. 691. Chart of the south-east coast of New Guinea, to accompany the paper by Captain J. Moresby, R. N. Scale [ca. 9 m. = in.]. Size, 25.5 X 19.6 cm. Sketch map of part of the south coast of New Guinea, by W. W. GiU, B.A. Scale [ca. 33 ra. = in.]. Size, 5.5 X 3 9 cm. J. xliv. 1874. P. I. 692. Map of eastern New Guinea, to accompany the paper by Captain J. Moresby, R. N. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 39.8 X 40.7 cm. New Guinea. Scale 195 m. = in. Size, 19.4 X 10.6 cm. J. xlv. 1875. P. 153. 693. Map of [the northwestern] part of New Guinea, illustrating O. Beccari's explorations in 1875. Principally from maps compiled by Guido Cora. Scale, i : 3,000,000 [47.35 m. = in.]. Size, 27.9 X 16.4 cm. [Enlarged map of the northern part of Galewo straits.] From a sketch by O. Beccari. Scale [ca. 14 m. := in.]. Size, 6 X 3.5 cm. „ , „ G. M. in. 1876. P. 40. 694. New Guinea. Map of the Fly river. Drawn from the original charts made by Signor L. M. D'Albertis by W. J. Turner. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 31.6 X 31.6 cm. [Map of New Guinea and neighbouring regions.] Scale, igo m. = in. Size, 19.3 X 13-3 cm. Pp. i. 1879. P. 80. g. New Zealand. 695. New Zealand. Scale, 156 ra. = in. Size, 1 1. 5 X 20.3 cm. J. ii. [1832.] Art. viii. [ix.]. N. B. The article to which the map belongs is incorrectly numbered. It should be no. ix. 696. Warekauri or Chatham islands, to illustrate Dr. Dieffenbach's paper. Scale, 7.5 m. = in. Size, 21.2 X 19 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 195. 697. The Middle island (New Zealand), to illus- trate papers by Captain Stokes, R. N., and Captain Mitchell, 84th Regiment, 1851. Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 18.3 X 20.5 cm. J. xxi. 1851. Art. iv. 698. The Middle island {New Zealand), to illus- trate Mr. Brunner's paper. 1851. Scale, 63 m. = in. Size, 18.4 X 20.5 cm. , .. , . , > J. xxi. 1851. Art. xxn. (Append.) 699. New Zealand. South districts of the prov- ince of Otago ; to illustrate the journal of J. Turn- bull Thomson, Esq. 1857. Scale, 17.5 m. == in. Size, 15.8 X 19.3 cm. J xxviii. 1858. P. 298. 700. New Zealand. Routes near west coast of Nelson district ; by John Rochfort, Esq , in 1859. Scale, 24.5 m. = in. Size, 11.7 X 18.9 cm. J. xxxii. 1S62. P. 294. 701. Map of the provinces of Canterbury and Otago (New Zealand), to illustrate the papers of Mr. James M'Kerrow, Dr. J. Haast, and Dr. Hector. Scale, 28 m. = in. Size, 35.3 X 29,3 cm. The islands of New Zealand. Scale [ca. 206 m. =r in.]. Size, 9.3 X 12 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 56. 702. Map of the province of Canterbury (New Zealand), showing the five routes between the east and west coasts, with sections of the routes; to ac- company the paper by Dr. J. Haast. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 29.8 X 20.1 cm. J. xxxvii. 1867. P. 328. 703. Map of the southern Alps in the province of Canterbury (New Zealand). Reduced from the large map by Julius Haast, Ph. D., F. R. S. Scale, i5 m. := in. Size, 44.1 X 25.5 cm. J. xl. 1870. P. 433. VI. NORTH AMERICA. I. Alaska. 704. Map of the arctic coast of America from Return reef to Point Barrow, explored by Messrs. P. W. Dease and T. Simpson under the direction of the Hon. Hudson's Bay Company. 1837. Scale [23.7 ra. = in.]. Size, 19.8 X 11. 5 era. J. viii. 1838. P. 224. 705. Map of the Yukon, or Kwich-Pak, river. (To illustrate Mr. Whyrajjer's paper.) Scale [ca. 36 m. = in.]. Size, 45.7 X 28.9 cm. [Sketch map of the northwestern portion of North America and the northeastern portion of Asia, showing the position of Alaska.] Scale [ca, 378 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X 17.4 cm. J. xxxviii. 1S68. P. 219. 706. Northern Alaska. Frora a survey by E. W. Nelson, U. S. Signal Service, shewing track of a sledge expedition made during 1878-79. Scale, 26.5 m. = in. Size, 27.5 X 29.7 cm. Pp. iv. 1882. P. 712. 2. British America. A. Northern Region, 707. Sketch of North America shewing the pro- posed route of Captain Back. Scale [ca. 315 m. = in.]. Size, 30.6 X 24.3 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. iii. 708. Sketch shewing the route of the recent arc- tic land expedition. 1835. Scale [ca. 210 m. = in.]. Size, 22.4 X 16.9 cm. J. v. 1835. P. 410. 709. Map of the discoveries and route of the arc- tic land expedition, in the years 1833 and 1834. Surveyed and drawn by Captain Back, R. N. Scale, 38.9 m. = in. Size, 48.7 X 27.1 cm. [Sketch-map of the northern part of North America and adjoining egion, to illustrate the route of the arctic land expedition of 1833-34.] Scale [ca. 210 m. = in.]. Size, 24.3 X 155 cm. T ■ o ^ 75 J. VI. 1836. P. II. 710. Hudson's strait, shewing the track of H. M. S. Terror, in 1836-37. Scale [ca. 49 m. = in.]. Size, 21.5 X 12.8 cm. J. vii. 1837. P. 466. 28 CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE MAPS CONTAINED IN. THE 711. Map of the arctic coast of America from Return reef to Point Barrow, explored by Messrs. P. W. Dease and T. Simpson under the direction of the Hon. Hudson's Bay Company. 1837. Scale [23.7 m. = in.]. Size, 19.8 X 11.5 cm. J. viii. 1838. P. 224. 712. Discoveries of Messrs. Dease and Simpson in 1838-39. Chart of the coast from Coronation gulf to Boat river, constructed from the narrative {of Messrs. Dease and Simpson]. Scale [31. i m. = in.]. Size, 1 1.4 X 6.4 cm. J. x. 1841. P. 274. 713. Frobisher strait, from the journals of his voyage. By Commander A. B. Becher, R. N. — Northumberland inlet. By Captain Warham, of the whaler Lord Gambier, in 1841. Scale [10.8 m. = in.]. Size, 22.4 X 19 cm. J. xii. 1842. Pt. i. [Art. i., P. i.] 714. Sketch map of Peel river by Mr. A. K. Isbester [Isbister]. 1845. Scale [ca. 30 m. ^ in.]. Size, 20.3 X 19.7 cm. J. xv. 1845. ^""t' xi. 715. Chart of the Arctic coast [of North Amer- ica], examined by Dr. J. Rae in spring and summer, 1851. Scale [ca. 34 m. = in.]. Size, 35.9 X 19.3 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Arts, iv., v. 716. Sketch of the shores of arctic America, to illustrate the discovery of the north west passage, by Captain R. McClure, of H. M. S. Investigator, 1850-51. Equatorial scale [ca. 780 m = in.]. Size, 29.9 X 16.8 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 244. 717. Sketch of the shores of arctic America, to illustrate the search for Sir John Franklin by Cap- tain Collinson of H. M. S. Enterprise, 1850-54. Scale [ca. 102 m. = in.]. Size, 29.2 X 17.3 cm. J. XXV. 1855. P. 206. 718. Arctic America, showing the coasts explored in 1859, by Captain Sir F. L. McClintock and his officers, in search of the lost ships of Sir John Frank- lin in 1845. Compiled and drawn by John Arrow- smith. Scale, 96 m. = in. Size, 34.5 X 20.6 cm. J. xxxi. i85i. P. I. 719. [Sketch map of the northwestern portion of North America and the northeastern portion of Asia, showing the position of Alaska.] Scale [ca. 378 m. = in.]. Size, 26.1 X 17.4 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 219. B. Canada, 720. Map of British North America ; to illustrate a paper on the means of communication with the Pacific ocean, by Captain M. H. Synge, R. E. Scale, 240 m. = in. Size, 35 X 17.4 cm. J. xxii. 1852. Art. xiii. 721. Sketch to illustrate report of a canoe expe- dition along the east coast of Vancouver island ; by James Douglas, Esq., Governor. 1854. Scale, 15 m. = in. Size, 18.4 X 11. 3 cm. J. xxiv. 1854. P. 248. 722. Map of Vancouver island, with the adjacent coast ; to illustrate a description of the island by Lieutenant-Colonel W. C. Grant. 1856. Scale, 48 m. = in. Size, 19.5 X 19 cm. J. xxvii. 1857. P. 268. 723. British North America. Map of the country between Lake Superior and Vancouver island ; to illustrate the papers of the exploring expedition under the command of Captain John Palliser, 1857 to i860. Scale [ca. 74 m. = in.]. Size, 62 X 18.7 cm. J. XXX. i860. P. 268. 724. Part of British Columbia, to illustrate the papers of Mr. Justice Begbie, Commander Mayne, R. N., Lieutenant Palmer, R. E., and Mr. Downie. 1861. Scale, 62 m. = in. Size, 30.6 X 20.5 cm. J. xxxi. 1861. P. 213. 725. Vancouver island. Sketch of the country between Albernie canal and Nanaimo ; showing the line of road proposed by Commander Mayne, R. N. 1861. Scale, 5.76 m. = in. Size, 19.3 X 10 8 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 529. 726. Map of Vancouver island, to illustrate the paper of Dr. C. Forbes, R. N. Scale, 24 m. = in. Size, 37.1 X 26.1 cm. J. xx.xiv. 1864. P. 154. 727. Outline map of [the southern] part of British Columbia by Lieutenant H. S. Palmer, R. E. From the general map prepared by the royal engineers under Colonel Moody, R. E., at the Office of Lands and Works, New Westminster, February, 1863. Scale, 50 m. = in. Size, 24.1 X 19.4 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 171. 728. {British Columbia.) Reconnaissance sketch of part of Cariboo, by Lieutenant H. S. Palmer, R. E. Scale, 7.4 m. = in. Size, 24.4 X 19.2 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 171. 729. Sketch map showing proposed communica- tion between Canada and British Columbia, to ac- company the paper by Mr. A. Waddington. Scale, 290 m. = in. Size, 26.5 X 10.6 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 118. 730. Map of British Columbia. Reduced from the original map by Mr. Alfred Waddington. Scale, 88 m. = in. Size, 26 6 X 19.6 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 118. 731. Map of Vancouver island and part of British Columbia, to accompany the paper by R. Brown, Esq. Scale, 26 m. = in. Size, 26.3 X 19.1 cm. J. xxxix. i86g. P. 121. 732. Sketch map of the Archipelago of San Juan [showing the channels between Vancouver island and the mainland]. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 9.3 X ii.8cm. O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 237. 733. Dominion boundary from the L[ake] of the Woods to long. 107° west, to illustrate reports by Captain Anderson, R. E. Scale, I : 750,000 [11.84 m. ^ in.]. Size, 40.7 X 23.6 cm G. M. i. 1874. P. 284. 734. Map of the North West Territory, illustrating the British and United States boundary line, sur- veyed and marked out by the joint commission 1872- 74. To accompany the paper by Captain Anderson, R. E. Scale, 72 m. = in. Size, 46 X 18.9 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 229. 735. Map of Hudson bay and part of the Domin- ion of Canada, to accompany the paper by Robert Bell, M.D., F. G. S., Assistant Director of the Geo- logical Survey of Canada. Compiled from the latest surveys. Scale, 19 m. = in. Size, 44.2 X 43.3 cm. Diagram showing the route between Fort York, Hudson bay, and Liverpool. Scale [ca. 68 m. — in.]. Size, 30.2 X 9.3 cm. Pp. iii. 1 881. PT640. 736. British North America. North- W^est Terri- tory, District of Athabasca, from surveys and in- formation collected by the Rev. Emile F. S. Petitot. Scale, ca. 28 m. = in. Size, 53.2 X 38.1 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 688. C. Labrador and Newfoundland. 737. Map of the River Moisie and adjoining country [Labrador], illustrating the paper by Pro- fessor H. Y. Hind. Scale, 17 m. = in. Size, 7.8 X 19 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 82. 738. Map of Labrador, showing the canoe route from Seven islands to Hamilton inlet. Scale, 200 m. = in. Size, 17 X 19 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 82. 739. Map of Newfoundland, to accompany the paper by the Rev. J. Moreton. Scale, 41 m. = in. Size, 23.3 X 24.6 cm. J. xxxiv. 1864. P. 263. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 29 740. Chart of the north-east coast of Labrador, to accompany the paper by Commander W. Chimmo. Scale [ca. 21 m. = in.]. Size, 31 X 36.4 cm. J. xxxviii. 1868. P. 258. 741. Map of Newfoundland, to accompany the paper by Alexander Murray, Esq. Scale, 39 m. = in. Size, 26.8 X 26.9 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 267. 742. Map of part of the island of Newfoundland [from Green bay to Bonne bay], to illustrate the paper by Staff-Commander G. Robinson, R. N. Scale, 4 m. = in. Size, 55.7 X 19 cm. J. xlvii. 1877. P. 279. 3. United States. 743. Sources of the Mississippi. 1834. Scale [ca. 7 m. = in.]. Size, 20.3 X 19.1 cm. J. iv. 1834. Art. iv. (Anal.). 744. Upper California, to illustrate the paper by Dr. Coulter. Scale [ca. 7 m. = in.]. Size, 11. i X 25.4 cm. J. V. 1835. P. 70. 745. Map of the south-western portion of the United States, and of .Sonora and Chihuahua, to illustrate the paper by Dr. W. A. Bell. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. & C. Scale, 95 m. = in. Size, 36 8 X 32.3 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 95. 746. Sketch map of the Archipelago of San Juan [showing the channels between Vancouver island and the mainland]. Scale, 16 m. = in. Size, 9.3 X 11.8 cm. O. H. ii. No. 8. 1872. P. 237. 747. Map of the Pacific railways of the south. Scale, 188 m. = in. Size, 25.4 X 14.2 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 276. 748. Map of the North West Territory, illustrating the British and United States boundary line, sur- veyed and marked out by the joint commission, 1872- 74. To accompany the paper by Captain Anderson, R. E. Scale, 72 m. = in. Size, 46 X 18.9 cm. J. xlvi. 1876. P. 229. 4. Mexico. 749. Part of the River Tabasco and its tribu- taries, to illustrate the paper of Mr. P. Masters. Scale, 12.4 m. = in. Size, 26 X 19.5 cm. J. XV. 1845. Art. V. 750. Map to illustrate a journey to the north- western provinces of Mexico; by Ch. Sevin, Esq. 1856. Scale, 57 m. = in. Size, 22 4 X ig.S.cm. J. XXX. i860. P. I. 751. Map of the southwestern portion of the United States, and of Sonora and Chihuahua, to illustrate the paper by Dr. W. A. Bell. Compiled by E. G. Ravenstein, F. R. G. S. & C. Scale, 95 m. = in. Size, 36.8 X 32.3 cm. J. xxxix. 1869. P. 95. 752. Map of a portion of the railway from Vera Cruz to Mexico. Scale, i : 75,000 [i.l8 m. = in.]. Size, 24.2 X 15.8 cm. The railway from Vera Cruz to Mexico. Scale, 72 m. r= in. Size, 12.2 X 5 cm. O. Hh. i. 1873. P. 45. 5. Central America. 753. Sketch of the course of the Usumasinta, Central America, to illustrate Colonel Galindo's paper. Scale [ca. 87 m. = in.]. Size, 11. 6 X 19.3 cm. J. iii. 1833. Art. ii. 754. Sketch of the State of Costarrica in Central America, by Colonel Don Juan Galindo. 1836. Scale, 37 m. = in. Size, 25.5 X 19.4 cm. J. vi. 1S36. P. 136. 755. Map of Central America, to illu.strate the papers of Captain Bird Allen, R. N., Alonso de Es- cober, and Chevalier Emanuel Friedrichsthal. Scale, 65 m. =: in. Size, 37.2 X 41.6 cm. J. xi. 1841. P. 76. 756. Survey for a canal by the Sopoa to Port Salinas, in Costa Rica, to illustrate Mr. Oersted's paper. 1851. Scale [ca. 6 m. = in.]. Size, 18.8 X 1 1.2 cm. J. xxi. 1851. Art. ix. 757. Map of the isthmus of Central America, to illustrate the paper by Captain Robert Fitz Roy, R.N. 1851. Scale, no m. = in. Size, 29.2 X 20 cm. J. XX. 1851. Art. xiii. 758. (Isthmus of Honduras.) Sketch showing the position of Lake Yojoa, or Taulebe; also the proposed railway between the Bay of Honduras and the Bay of Fonseca, to illustrate a paper by E. G. Squier, Esq. 1859. Scale [ca. 31.4 m. = in.]. Size, 1 1.2 X 19.5 cm. J. xxx. i860. P. 58. 759. Map of the Mosquito territory, from sur- veys and sketches made during several years resi- dence in the country, by Charles N. Bell, Esq. 1856. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 24.9 X 41.4 cm. J. xxxii. 1862. P. 242. 760. Map of Guatemala, to illustrate Mr. A. P. Maudslay's paper. Scale, 23 m. = in. Size, 34.9 X 33.2 cm. Pp. V. 1883. P. 248. 761. [Plan of ruins, etc., to illustrate Mr. Mauds- lay's paper on Guatemala.] a. Rough plan of the ruins near Quirigua. Scale, 500 ft — in. Size, 5.7 X 12.3 cm. *. Plan of the ruins of Tikal. Scale, 320 ft. = ia. Size, 8.7 X 12.3 cm. c. Plan of ruined town on.Usumacinta river. Scale, 290 ft. = in. Size, 14.4 X 10 cm. 576, 579, 581. 585. 596, 6i5> '622. Lloyd, CoL John Augustus, 638, 814. Lloyd, Rev. William Valentine, 291, 325. Locher, 467. Lock, William George, 906. Loftus, William Kennett, 90, 147. Long, Col. Charles Chaille, 527. Lovett, Lieui.-Col. Beresford, 162. Lowe, Frederick, 796, 824. Lynch, Lieut. Henry Blosse, 76. McCarthy, .ffra. John, 357. McClintock, Capt. Sir Francis Leopold, 718. McClure, Capt. Sir Robert John Le Mesurier, 716. Macdonald, John Denis, 966. McKerrow, James, 701. McKinlay, John, 678, 683, 688. McQueen, James, 472, 473, 495, 498, 575, 578, 620. Mahamad-i-Hamid, Moonshee, 168, 245. Major, Richard Henry, 766, 767, 768. Man, Edward Horace, 963, 964. Mann, Gustav, 262, 991. Mann, Robert James, 624. Maples, Rev. Chauncy, 599. Margary, Augustus Raymond, 354. Markham, Capt. Albert Hastings, 874, 880, 969. Markham, Clements Robert, 246, 247, 248, 265, 267, 799, 800, 805, 810, 812, 823, 869, 878. Markham, John, 312, 342, 988. Mamo, Ernst, 527. Martini, Padre Martino, 349. Martius, Karl Friedrich Philipp von, 796, 824. Masters, Peter, 749. Matusovski, 332. Mauch, Karl, 629 a. Maudslay, Alfred P., 760, 761. May, Daniel John, 463. Mayeff, Maj. \Col.\ N. A., 199. Mayne, Com'dr Richard Charles, 724, 725. Mayo, Earl of. See Bourke, D. R. W. Mercator, Gerardus, 870. Meyer, Adolf Bernhard, 690 c. Michie, Alexander, 322. Miles, Capt. Samuel Barrett, 127. Miller, Gen. William, 797. Millingen, Charles, 131, 132. Minchin, John B., 816, 817, 821, 822. Miroshnichenko, Capt., 332. Mitchell, Maj. Thomas Livingstone, 685, 689. Mitchell, Capt. William Murray, 697. Mirza, The, 174. Moffat, Rev. Robert, 574, 617, 618. Mohn, Henrik, 872, 915, 978. Mohr, Eduard, 596. Monteith, Lieut.-Col. William, 61, 68, 146. Montgomerie, Capt. Thomas George, 168, 174, 175, 196, 240, 245, 253, 267. Moody, Col. Richard Clement, 727. Moresby, Capt. John, 690 a, 691, 692. Moreton, Rev. Julian, 739. Morgan, Edward Delmar, 209. . Morrison, Gabriel James, 359. Mouchez, Adm'l Am^dee Ernest Barthelemy, 838. Mouhot, Alexandre Henri, 380. Mourilyan, Lieut. Thomas Longley, 690 a. Mullah, The. See Abdul Medjid. Mullens, Joseph, 639, 641, 642, 643, 645. Munzinger, Werner, 127, 453. Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey, 58, 287. Murray, Alexander, 741. Murray, Mungo, 569. Musters, Com'dr George Chaworth, 816, 817, 854. Nachtigal, Gustav, 429, 430, 479. Nain Singh, Pundit, 253, 269, 310, 314, 315. Napier, Capt. the Hon. George Campbell, 158, 160, 204. Nares, Capt. Sir George Strong, 877, S79, 941. Nelson, Edward William, 706. New, Rev. Charles, 507. Newling, William, 621. Niebuhr, Carstens, 132. Nilsen, Capt, Johannes, 915. Nordenskiold, Nils Adolf Erik baron, 910. Norman, Com'dr William Henry, 673. Oersted, Andreas, 756. Oliphant, Laurence, 367, 775, 776. O'Neill, Henry Edward, 564, 600, 601, 605. O' Riley, Edward, 38 1. Osborn, Capt. Sherard, 59, 335. Osten-Sacken, Th. R. baron, 293, 301. Oswell, William Cotton, 569, 570, 615. Otter, Capt, Frederic Wilhelm baron von, 910. Otto, Capt. G., 872, 978. Owen, Capt. William Fitz-William, 566, 610. Paderin, F., 331. Page, Com'dr Thomas Jefferson, 838. Palgrave, William Gifford, 125. Palladius, Archimandrite, 327. Palliser, Capt. John, 723. Palmer, Lieut. Henry Spencer, 724, 727, 728. Palmer, John Linton, 968. Pargachefski, 288, 321. Parish, Sir Woodbine, 813, 928. Park, Mungo, 455. Parkes, Sir Harry Smith, 374, 375, 378, 379. Patterson, Capt. R. R., 591, 632. Pausanias, 56. Paxton, Henry F., 621. Payer, Julius, 919, 920. Peek, Cuthbert Edgar, 907, 908. Felly, Lieut.-Col. Sir Lewis, 126, 150. Pentland, Joseph Barclay, 813. Peschurof, M. A., 288, 321. Petermann, August Hemrich, 236, 479, 798, 890, 909, 914, 917, 942, 979- 42 REFERENCE LIST. Petherick, John, 502. Petitot, Emile Fortune Stanislas Joseph, 736.. Philip King of Macedon^ 51. Phipson-Wybrants, Capt. Temple Leighton, 636. Pinto, Serpa. See Serpa-Pinto, A. A. R. Plessing, 467. Pogge, Paul, 487, 490. Pollington, Lord. See Savile, J. C. G. Polo, Marco, 402, Poole, Henry. 8g. Porter, Rev. Josias Leslie, 88. Porto, Silva, 473, 578. Postans, Capt. Thomas, 211. Powell, Wilfred, 972. Prejevalsky, Col. Nicolas Mikhai'lovitch, 307. Prevost, Com'dr [Adm'l] James Chai'les, 773, 774. Pritchett, George James, 793. Pundits. 5tfeAlaga; Nain Singh. Purchas, Samuel, 900, gii, 913 b. Pardon, William, 240. Puydt, Lucien de, 777. Radde, Gustav Ferdinand Richard, 288, 321. Rae, John, 715, 85o, 865. Rafn, Carl Christian, 901. Raimondi, Antonio, 802, 803. Rattray, Alexander, 655, 656, 984, 985. Ravenstein, Ernest George, 66, 104, 130, 181, 182, i85, 196, 197, 264, 269, 303, 314, 329, 351, 353, 388, 401, 426, 429, 464, 467, 476, 478, 479, 5". 5231 525-527, 535, 5S7, 589. 627,630, 640, 745, 751, 871, 873,874, 889, 970. Raverty, Capt. Henry G., 196. Ravvlinson, Maj. Sir Henry Creswicke, 73, 137, 138, 153, 202, 215. Rebmann, Johann, 494. Regel, Johann Albert, 206. Reps, Com'dr Outger [Rutger], 912, 913 a. Ricci, Matteo, 350. Richardson, A. J., 684. Richardson, Rev. ]., 641. Rider, William, 621. Rink, Henrik Johannes, 863, 868, 897, 902. Robinson, Lieut. Daniel George, 196. Robinson, Rev. Edward, 87. Robinson, Com'dr George, 742. Rochefort, John, 700. Roe, John Septimus, 662. Rohde, J. G., 902, Rokeby, Capt. Langham, 441. Rorit, P., lor. Ross, Sir James Clark, 873 b. Ross, -S/rJohn, 76. Russell, Henry Stuart, 687. St. John, Com'dr Henry Craven, 369. St. John, Spenser, 397. Salaverry, Lieut. Juan, 806. Sandeman, Maj. John Edward, 320, 393. Sanderson, John, 619, 621. Saunders, Capt. John Park, 122. Savile, John Charles George, Viscount Pollington, 77. Sawkins, James Gay, 792. Schomburgk, Robert Hermann, 762, 764, 785-790, 792, 827. Schwarz, Ludwig, 199. Schweinfurth, Georg August, 476, 511. Seemann, Berthold, 970. Selby, Lieut. W. B., 142. Selous, Frederick Courteney, 596, 598, 606. Semenof, Peter Petrovitch, 289, 297. Serpa-Pinto, Maj. Aexandre Alberto de la Roche, 592, ^ 596, 633. Sevm, Charles, 750. Sewell, 642. Seyyid Barghash Bin Said, 525. Shaw, George A., 641. Shaw, Robert Barkley, 276, 305, 306. Sheil, Lieut.-Col. Justin, 136. Shenurin, 288, 321. Sibree, Rev. James, 641, 645. Simons, F. A. A., 779, 780. Simpson, Thomas, 704, 71T, 712, 858. Skobelef, Capt. [Gen.] Michel Dimitreivitch, 182. Sladen, Maj. Edward Bosc, 385. Smith, Benjamin Leigh, 921, 922, 923. Smith, George, 798. - Smyth, Lieut. William, 796, 824. Smyth, Capt. William Henry, 23, 950. Smythe, Col. William James, 970. Sosnovski,!. A., 332. Southon, E. J., 557. Speke, John Hanning, 496, 497, 500, 506, 527, 529, 531, 532. 577- Spix, Johann Baptist von, 796, 824. Spratt, Lieut. Thomas Abel Bremage, 32, 36, 46, 83. Spruce, Richard, 794. Squier, Ephraim George, 758. Staley, R't Rev. Thomas, {Bishop of Honolulu^ 967. Stanley, Henry Moreland, 483, 512, 513, 526, 527, 530, 53i> 536, 541, 543- Steenstrup, Knud Johannes vogelius, 902. Stevens, Capt. G. J., 129. Stewart, Lieut.-Col. Charles Edward, 160, 204. Stewart, James, 547, 551, 552, 556,608. Stiff e, Lieut. Arthur William, 154. Stirling, Edward, 165. Stokes, Maj. [Lieut.-Col.] Sir John, 24, 37. Stokes, Capt. [Vice-Adm' I], John Lort, 697. Stone, Gen. Charles Pomeroy, 537. Strachey, Capt. Henry, 237, 238, 309. Stuart, John McDouall, 653, 671. Stuart, Maj. Robert, 38. Sturt, Capt. Charles, 652. Sulivan, Capt. Thomas Baker Martin, 522. Suter, Henry, yy, Swinhoe, Robert, 337, 343. Synge, Capt. Millington Henry, 720. Tanner, Col. Henry Charles Baskerville, 203. Taylor, John George, 93, 99. Temple, Lieut. George Theodore, 57, 60. Temple, Sir Grenville Temple, 416. Temple, Sir Richard, 243, 283, 285. Temple, Lieut. Richard Camac, 222, 963, 964. Thomson, J., 345. Thomson, John Turnbull, 699. Thomson, Joseph, 553, 599, Thomson, William Taylour, 136. Thuillier, Col. Henry Edward Landor, 196. Tickel, Capt. Samuel Richard, 373. Todd, Maj. Elliott D'Arcy, 136. Toynbee, Capt. Henry, 935, 958. Tremenheere, Col. [Maj.-Gen.] Charles William, 250, 251. Trotter, Capt. Henry, 200, 304, 315. Troup, James, 370. Turner, William John, 224, 225, 318, 356, 443, 529, 531, T^^\-lA^¥' 5,?u' ?53v"5,' 5.96, 633, 634, 635, 694- Tyrwhitt-Drake, Charles Frederick, 102, 103. Tytler, Lieut. William Eraser, 216. UsoLTzOF, A. F., 288, 321. Veniukof, Col. Michel Ivanovitch, 169, 171, 294, 299. Versteeg, Col. W. F., 400. Vesilief, Capt. Alexander (?), 288, 321. Veth, Pieter Johannes, 403. Vidal, Capt. Alexander Thomas Emeric, 026, q-!2. Villarino, Basilio, 825. ' ^ i VJ Vishnevskij Lieut. D. M., 199. Vogel, Eduard, 419, 425. Waddington, Alfred, 729, 730. . Wakefield, Rev. Thomas, 507, 562, 563. Walker, Frederick, 678, 683, 688. Walker, Maj.-Gen., James Thomas, 160, 196, 197, 204. „ 212, 241 296 304, 308. Wallace, Alfred Russel, 398, 772, S28. Wallin, George Augustus, 123, 124. Warham, Capt., 713, 859. Watson, Lieut. Charles Moore, 442. c,i,\. Watts, William Lord, 904. ^ Waugh, Capt. Sir Andrew Scott, z-ia. Wells, Capt. Henry Lake, 163. Wells, James William, 836. Wellsted, Lieut. John Raymond, 113, 407, 640^ REFERENCE LIST. 43 Wertheman, Arthur, 806. Wharton, Cap. William James Lloyd, 516. Wheelwright, William, 840, 847. White, Robert Blake, 781. Whymper, Edward, 795. Whymper, Frederick, 705. Wiggins, Capt. Joseph, 893. Wilkes, Com'dr Charles, 970. Wilkinson, George Robert, 49. Wilkinson, Sir John Gardner, 431, 438. Williamson, Rev. Alexander, 326. Wills, William John, 654, 678, 683, 688. Wilson, Rev. Charles Thomas, 554. Wilson, Capt. 5j> Charles William, 97, 105, 220, 224, 281. Wilson, James Fox, 581, 622. Wisner, Co/., 838. Wissmann, Lieut. Hermann, 490. Wolfe, Lieut. James, 25. Wood, Maj. Herbert William, 188. Wyse, Lieut. Lucien Napoleon Buonaparte, 778. Young, Edward Daniel, 588. Young, Capt. George Frederick, 286. Yule, Col. Henry, 331, 349, 376. Zeno, Antonio, 887, 888, 938, 939. Zeno, Nicolo, 887, 888, 938, 939, 940. Ziwolka, 916. , George Ludwig von, 167, 244. B. Expeditions, etc. Abyssinian expedition, 1867-68, 449, 450, 451. Albert expedition, 1872, 872, 978. American arctic expedition, 1853-5!;, 866, 868. Arctic land expedition, 1835, 708, 709, 856, 857. Austrian polar expedition, 1871-74, 891. Austro-Hungarian polar expedition, 1873-74, 919. Central Australian expedition, 1844-46, 652. Church Missionary Society expedition [Africa], 1879, 484. Danish Admiralty survey [Greenland], 901. Dutch arctic expedition, 1878, 894. East Africa expedition [R. G. Soc], 1879, 548, 550. East African expedition, 1857-59, 496, 497, 577. English arctic expedition, 1875-76, 877, 878, 879, 880. Great Britain — Ordnance survey, 16. 19. Netherlands, India Steam Navigation Co., 66, 401. North Australian exploring expedition, 1858, 672. Russian Hissar expedition, 1874-75, ^97- Settlers' expedition [Australia], 184S, 663. Swedish arctic expedition, 1S7S, 894. West Australian exploring expedition, 1874, 668, 680. C. Vessels. Norw. St. Albert, 872, 978. ff. M. S. Alert, 875, 876, 880, 881, <)\ Arctic, S74. H. M. S. Beacon, 46, 84. H. M. S. Challenger, 941, 943, 960. Dog-sledge Clements Markham, 881. H. C. S. P. Cleopatra, 955, 9S1. H. M. S. Discovery, 875, 946. Steamer Ethiope, 460. H. M. S. Herald, 966. H. M. S. London, 522. Whaler Lord Gambier, 713, 859. H. M. SI. Onyx, 926. Prince Albert, 861. U. S. St. Rodgers, 885. ff. M. S, Shearwater, 516. JL. M. S. Terror, 710. H. M. S. Valorous, 875, 903, 946. H. M. S. Volage, 47, 48. Uhvatv of ^arbarD miUv^itv* Bibliographical Contributions. EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, CORNELL NiVEhSIT V\ I feOP rii LIBRARIAN. IsTO. 18. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. By JUSTIN WINSOR. Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University. CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: UNIVERSITY PRESS: JOHN WILSON AND SON. 1884. Already issued or in preparation : A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready. 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems : a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel- angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner. *;. James M. Peirce. References in Analytic Geometry. 8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. 9. George Lincoln Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. J I. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880. 13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the Bahamas. 15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology. 16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit- theilungen. 1855-1881. *i7. Justin Winsor. A List of the most useful Reference Books. 18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography. *i9. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. BY JUSTIN WINSOR, Librarian of Harvard University. *#* An annotated list of editions of the original and augmented texts and translations, and of Wytfliet's Continuation, with particular reference to the development of early American Cartography; and with an enumeration of copies in American libraries. 1462. Title : Cosmograpkia, latine reddita, a jfacobo An- gela, cum castigationibus Hieron. Manfredi et Petri Boni. Colophon : Hie finit cosmografia Ptolemei. Im- pressa opa Dominici de lapis civis bononieiuis, an7io M.CCCC.LXII, mense Junii xxiii, Bononie. (Copied from Brunet.) Description : This is the earliest of printed edi- tions, if it exists ; but bibliographers generally reject it. Copies are put down in Dibdin's Bibliotheca Spence- riana and in the Walckenaer Catalogue (formerly of the Colbert library), and another is in the Henry C. Murphy library of Brooklyn ; but Mr. Murphy agreed with most authorities in thinking that its date should probably be 1482. 'Laxa.x, Storia Pittorica, 1795-96,1. p. 97, places it about 1472. The question has been made the subject of a special treatise : Observazioni su la Edizione della Geografia di Tolomeo fatta in Bo- logna colla data de M. CCCC.LX/I, Esposte da Barto- lommeo Gamba. Bassano, 1796, 4°, pp. 50. De Bure used the Gaignat and Lauragais copies in his account, and seems to prefer 1472 ; and Gamba, who used a copy in the Casa Foscarini at Venice, in- clines to the same view. Dibdin, in the Bibl. Spenc., calls it spurious, and depends for his long note largely on Gamba preferring, however, 1482, as the date, as does the Crevenna Catalogue (1789) iv. 5708, and Hain, Repert. Bibl. v. See further references on this point in Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 499. Maps. With 26 maps, or plates, three of which are reproduced by Dibdin, who says they were usually colored. They are : i Mappemonde ; 10 of Eu- rope; 4 of Africa: 10 (but some give n) of Asia, and I for the islands of India. Copies (1.) Henry C. Murphy library (Brooklyn). First leaf missing, — fine otherwise ; has the maps of the 1478 edition inserted. References : Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 293, for a copy bought at the Firmin Didot sale in Paris, in 1810, "for an exorbitant sum " (400 fr.). De Bure, Bibliographie Instructive (1763-68), v. 32; Lelewel, Giographie du Moyen Age, ii. 207 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 952; Walckenaer Catalogue (1833), no. 2238 (360 fr.) ; Audiffredi, Editionum Italicarum (1794), p. 12 ; Heineken, IdSe Ginlrale d'une Collection Com- pute d'Estampes, 145 ; Hain, Repertorium Bibliographi- aim, no. 13538 ; Graesse, Tresor de Livres, v. 499 ; La Valliire Catalogue (416 francs) ; Crevenna Cata- logue (130 florins) ; Hoffmann, Bibliog. lexicon, iii. 492 ; Hager, Geograph. Biichersaal, ii. 307 ; Rumohr, Untersucli. d. Griinde dr^c. Leipsic, 1841, p. 40. 1475. Title : [Cosmographia, latine reddita a Jac. Angelo.] Colophon : En ttbi lector Cosmographia Ptolemcei ab Hermano leitilapide Coloniensi Vincencia: accuratissiTne impressa. Benedicto Triuisano : &' Angelo Michaele prcesidibus. M.CCCC.LXXV. Idi. sept. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Catalogue.) Description : Folio. The first undisputed edi- tion, published by Ang. Vadius and Barnabas Picar- dus. The initial letters are usually in gold and colors ; sometimes rubricated. The bibliographies vary as to the number of folios (containing 39 lines each), appa- rently as they include or omit blank leaves. Panzer, Leclerc, and Sunderland give 142. Brunet, Carter- Brown, Graesse give 144. The Grenville copy has an appendix of seven additional leaves. The Carter-Brawn Catalogue says : " The signa- tures, which are confused in their arrangement, be- gin with aa ^ and end with G.^ " Angelo's translation, the first made in latin, had been produced at Florence in 1409, and was dedi- cated to Pope Alexander V., and in the next year, Pierre d'Ailly, the cardinal of Amiens, referred to it in his Imago Mundi, and emphasized Ptolemy's opinion of India's lying over against Spain. We have other evidences of the spreading acquaintance with Ptolemy's views in Europe (Thomassy, Les Papes Giographes, p. 15, 34), and we know how D'Ailly's writings influenced the views of Columbus. Pomponius Mela had been the representative among the ancients of the opposite school of geographers, who looked for the extension of the known world to the south of the equator. It may be claimed of the later developments,. that the Spaniards in Columbus's sailing west justified the Ptolemy view ; the Portu- guese in Vasco de Gama's circumnavigating Africa proved the opposing theory ; while Magellan brought both into complemental relation. Maps : Without maps. Copies : (1) Library of Congress, 142 leaves, not 144, as given in its catalogue. (2) Carter-Brozvn /j- irary (Providence). (3) Henry C. Murphy library. References : Catalogue of Library of Congress (1867), p. 332; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 583; A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. Brunet, Manuel, iv. 951 ; Grxsse, Trlsor de Livres, v. 4991 Hutli Catalogue, iv. p. 1199 ; Leclerc, Bibliotheca Americana (1878), no. 46S (150 £r.) ; Sunderland Catalogue, iv. no. 10,353 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2235 (36 francs) ; Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 292 ; Hain, Rcpertorium Bibliographicum, 131536. 1478. Title : \Cosmographia, Latine\ Colophon : Nii- meros Matematicos inexplicabile ferme terre astrorumque opus Claudii Ptolemcei Alexandrini philosophi Geogra- phiam Arnoldus Bitckinck e Germania Rome tabulis a:neis in picturis formatam impressit. Sempiterno in- gcnii arttficiique monumento. Anno dominici natalis M.CCCC.LXXVIII. vi Idus Octobris Sedente Sixto, iiii. Pont. Max. anno ejus viii. (Copied from Brunet, and corrected by a transcript from the Carter-Brown copy, furnished by Mr. J. R. Bartlett.) Description : The dedication says that Domitius Calderinus is the editor, who collated Latin manu- scripts with a very ancient one, corrected by Gemis- tus. Conrad Sweynheym, a German, took care of the press ; and when he died, after spending three years upon it, Arnold Buckinck succeeded him, and finished the work. The Bibliotheque Nationale at Paris has a copy on vellum. There are 70 folios ; but the last is blank, and excepting the preface, etc., it is printed in columns of 50 lines each. The pref- ace is on the reverse of the first leaf, and is entitled: " Claudii Ptholemei Alexandrini Philosophi Cosmo- graphia." On the recto of the following leaf: "Claudii Ptolemei Cosmographie liber primus hec habet." The first leaf of the text at the top of the second column ; " Claudii Ptolemei viri Alexandrini Cosmographie liber prims incipit. In quo differt Cosmographia a Chorographia." On the 69th folio, recto, second column : " Claudii Ptolemei viri alex- andrini Cosmographie octavus et ultimas liber finit." Same folio, verso, first column, the Colophon ; second column : " Registrum foliorum huius libri," {34 lines), which state that the second and fourth gatherings are in tens, and the first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth are in eights. Mr. Bartlett says of the copy thus collated, which has been added to the Carter-Brown library since its Catalogue, vol. i, was printed: "The dots to the «'s are invariably omitted. The ink is black, and holds its color remarkably well. The capital letters, beginning chapters and paragraphs, are in red and blue, and the large letter C at the beginning of the volume is red, surrounded by a simple blue border and scroll." Maps : The first edition with maps, which are 27 in number, and engraved on copper, making the ear- liest instance of such engravings. They are de- scribed by Brunet as the finest ever engraved for any edition of Ptolemy ; even superior to those of Mercator. They consist of one of the World, ten of Europe, four of Africa, and twelve of Asia. Santarem (Hist, de la Cartographic, ii. p. LI) ex- presses the opinion that the Agathodemon series of maps, belonging to the old mss. of Ptolemy were not known to the map-makers of the middle ages, before the fifteenth century ; and that the travels of Marco Polo had exerted no influence upon the geographical ideas of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. The influence of Ptolemy on the cartographical ideas of the middle ages have been examined by Lelewel, Ghg. du Moyen-Age, ii. 124. M. Libri claims that maps engraved on metal first appeared in the following : In questovolume si content- gono septe giornate della geographia di Frattcesco Ber- lingeri, etc. Impresso in Firenze per Nicolo Todesco. The book is without date, and is usually assigned to 1480. It has 123 folios and 31 maps, and they are inferior in execution to those of Ptolemy. There are some varieties of the book. Cf . Robert de Vaugondy, Essai sur V Histoire de la GSographie; 'Brnnet, Manuel, i. 790, Supplement, i. p. iii, and a Noticia libri raris- simi geographiiB Fr. Berlinghieri fiorentini, scripsit Chr. Th. de Murr, Norimbergae, 1790. The Murphy library Ijas a copy of BeVlingeri, " extremely valu- able for its maps." The Huth Catalogue, i. p. 133, gives the book with this title : Geographia di Fran- cesco Berlinghieri in terza rima et lingua Toscana, etc., but thinks the title " no doubt printed at a much later date than the body of the book ; and some copies have the first page quite blank." Quaritch priced a copy in 1880, at ;^d3. A Catalogue des monuments typographiques de feu M. Benj. Fillon, no. 26 (sold in Pans, Jan. 1883), shows a copy, with a long note on the varieties in copies known. The Ptolemy maps are also of interest as showing the views regarding the Western Ocean, prevalent a few years before the sailing of Columbus. Consult Davezac " Sur les lies fantastiques de I'ocean occi- dental au moyen age " in the Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, Mar. and Apr. 1845, and his paper on the Laon globe with a projection of it in Bull, de la Soc. Glog. (i860) XX. 417. This globe also shows an island " Antela " off the coast of Spain, and Davezac says that, according to Pierre de Medina, the copy of Ptolemy which was presented to Pope Urban (died 1389) also had a map showing a corresponding Antillia. Behaim's globe puts it much farther away than the Laon globe, and says that it had been observed by a Spanish vessel in 1414. The Laon globe would seem to represent the knowledge of about 1486-87, though it has a date upon it of 1493. In 1456 a Genoese, Bartolomeus de Pereto, also made a hydrographical chart of the western ocean, on which a western island is called " Antilia," and one more westerly is named " Roillo." The Canaries are called the " lies fortunees de Saint Brandum." Cf. Thomassy, Les Papes GSographes, p. 20, who says the map is in the Bibliotheque Nationale at Paris ; and Santarem's Hist, de la Cartographic. Desimoni in his " Elenco di carte di autore genovese oppure in Genova fatti o conservati," published in Giornale Ligustico, claims the production for Genoa, and savs it is inscribed : " Pbr. Bartholomeus de Pareto civis Janue acolitus Smi Dni iiri Pape composuit hanc cartam MCCCCLV in Janua." The map of Andre Bianco (preserved in the Bib- lioteca Marciana at Venice) had also given some in- dications of western islands as early as 1436, and it has been made the ' subject of an examination by Vincenzio Formaleoni, who printed a paper in Italian 1117831 Saggio sulla nautica antica dei Veneziani, ■p'p. 60 (according to Sabin's Dictionary, a rare tract) and which appeared in a French version in 1788, published at Venice, with this title : Essai sur la ma- rine ancienne des Venitiens, dans lequel on a mis en jour plusieurs cartes tiries de la bibliotheque de St. Marc, antSrieures h la dhouverte de Colomb, et qui indiquent clairement r existence des illes Antilles ; tra- duit de I'italien par le Chevalier d'Henin. Formaleoni was inclined to place this map much earlier than 1436, but Santarem gives an inscription on one of the maps : " Andreas Bianco de Venetiis me fecit MCCCCXXXVI." (Hist, de la Cartographic, iii. 369-) A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. Bianco's map, which appeared in this Essay, has also been reproduced in // Mercurio italico, London 1789; and later in Santarem's Atlas. A full-size photographic reproduction of it in ten sheets, with an introduction by Oscar Peschel, was published at Venice in 1871. Cf. D'Anse de Villoison in Carli's Leltres Amiricaines ii. p. 519 ; and Zurla's Dissertation on the ancient Venetian Charts. A "Carta nautica membranacea dell' anno 1448 " of Bianco, which is now in the Biblioteca Ambrosiana at Milan, was reproduced by photography in four sheets at Venice in 1881. The student of Columbian cartography must al- ways regret the disappearance of the map which Toscanelli sent to Columbus in 1474, those of the father-in-law of Columbus, Pallestrello, which came into the great navigator's hands at his marriage, and the map which Bartholomew- Columbus presented to Henry VIL, and issued in London in February, 1488 (cf. Kohl's Catalogue of Maps in Hakluyt, p. 8 and his paper on Lost maps ; I£umboldt's Exarn. Critique, i. 239). We can best judge of the con- figuration which these map-makers gave to the western ocean by the use which Behaim probably made of them, or of the information which they embodied, in his famous globe preserved at Nurem- berg. The earliest known facsimile of this globe appeared in 1730 in Johann Gabriel Doppelmayr's Historische Nachricht von dc7i niirnbergischen Mathe- maticis und Kilnstlern. Stevens, Hist. Coll. i. no. 1396, speaking of this book says: "Among the twenty copperplates is the earliest facsimile of Behaim's globe, taken before that globe had been restored, and before some of the names were lost. For instance, we here find India patalis, a name now effaced from the globe, but which may hint the origin of Oronce Fine's Jiegio patalis in his map of 1532, which has so much puzzled geog- raphers." Cf. Gosselin, Geog. Systime des Anciens, iii. 201. A representation of the globe in Ruge's Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen has the true outline of North America drawn in, which makes the western coast of Mexico bisect the island of Zipangu. Cf. the paper on " Martin Behaim's globe and his influence upon geographical science," in the Ameri- can Geographical Society's Joitriml, iv. (1872) p. 432. There are other representations of this globe in Jomard's Monuments de la Giog. ; Ghillany's Mar- tin Behaim, and his Der Erdglobus des Martin Be- haim und der des Joh. Schoner, Nuremberg, 1842 ; C. G. von Murr's Diplomatische Geschichte des Ritters Martin Behaim, Niirnberg, 1778 ; and again, 1801, and the French version of the same by H. J. Jansen, published in a third edition at Strassbourg in 1802 ; Cladera's Investigaciones 1794, which has a Spanish version of Von Murr's paper; Lelewel's Moyen Age; Royal Geog. Society's Journal, xviii. ; Kohl's Disc, of Maine ; Irving's Columbus ; Bryant & Gay's United States, i. 103; Harper^ s Monthly, xlii. ; H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 93. Cf. also Piga- fetta's Premier voyage autour du monde ; suivi d'une notice [by C. G. von Murr, translated by H. J. Jan- sen] sur M. Behaim- et son globe terrestre, Paris, 1800 ; Robert Dodge on Behaim and his globe, and John G. Morris's account of Behaim in the publications of the Maryland Historical Society. The Catalogue of the manuscript maps in the Brit- ish museum, 1844, vol. i. shows several Portolani of the century preceding Columbus ; cf. also British museum MSS. no. 22329 {anno 1472) and the enumer- ation of maps in Santarem's Histoire de la Carto- graphic. Copies. — (1) Carter-Broian Library, — sound and perfect, bound in olive morocco by Bedford. The copy in the Murphy library has the maps be- longing to it, inserted in the 1462 (.') edition. References. — Bibliotheca Spenceriana, iv. 537, describing a copy bought at the Merly sale for ;^3i lOJ-., — eleven maps being lacking, with fac- similes of parts of the maps ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2236 (973 francs) ; Perkins Catalogue, London, June, 1873, ^8o, — a copy afterwards advertised in a London catalogue for ^loo; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 952, Supplement, ii. 328. Quaritch in February, 1879 (Catalogue, 321, no. 11,697), advertised a copy at ^80, and referred to a copy sold in a London auc- tion room, four years earlier, at £<)0. Raidelius, Commentatio critico-litteraria de Ptolemai Geographia ejusque codicibus tarn manuscriptis quam typis expires- sis, Norimbergae, 1734, cap. vii ; Audiffredi, Cata- logus RomanaruTn editionum, p. 229 j Stevens, Bibliotheca Geographica, no. 3057 ; Crevenna, Cata- logue raisonnS (^775)» v. 14; and Catalogue (1789), iv. no. 5707 (120 florins) ; Due de la Valliere, Cata- logue, no. 4480 (242 francs) ; P. Laire, Index libro- rum ; Hibbert, Catalogue (£\<) I9f.) ; Bibliotheca Grenvilliana, ii. 581 ; Hain, Repertorium Bibliograph- icum, no. 13,537 ; Quaritch, Catalogue (i88o), p. 11 53 ; Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 499. 1480. Thomassy, Les Papes Giographes, p. 22, cites a Bologna edition of this year. 1481. Thomassy, Les Papes Giographes, p. 22, cites a Florence edition of this year. 1482. ' Title : Cladii Ptolemei viri Alexandrini Cosmogra- phie, liber primus- incipit. Colophon : Claudii Ptolomei viri Alexandrini cos- mographies octavus et ultimus liber explicit: opus Don- ni N'icolai Germani secitndttiu Ptolomeum finit, anno MCCCCLXXXII, Augusti vero kalendas xvii, ijn- pressum Ulme per ingeniosum virum Leonardum Hoi prefati oppidi civis. (Copied from the Fillon Catalogue] . Description: The latin text is Jacobus Angelo's, in this edition revised by Donnis or Donis, a Bene- dictine of Reichenbach in Bavaria. The capital let- ters and borders are illuminated, — a specimen of which is shown in the facsimile of the first page given in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. p. I. Printed in two columns of forty-four lines each. Some cop- ies are on vellum ; such are in the Biblioth^que nationale at Paris, the British museum, and at Al- thorpe (Earl Spencer's). There are some variations in copies. A second impression only seems to have the Register of forty-six folios printed in two columns in smaller type, fifty-seven lines each. A full colla- tion requires sixty-nine unnumbered leaves. Some copies have seventeen additional leaves, with table of chapters. The Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 301, gives a facsimile of the wood-cut representing Do- nis presenting the book to Pope Paul II., and of the wood-cut of Ptolemy, which begins the text. Maps. — Thirty-two in number, cut on wood, oc- cupying double leaves, usually colored. They are : one of the world, fourteen of Europe, four of Africa, and thirteen of Asia. The map of the world is A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. marked : " Insculptum est per Joanne Schnitzer de Armszheim." The only part of America shown is Greenland, and called " Engroneland." This is said to have been made by Donis before 147 1, and is one of the five maps added to this edition by him, — "curam mapparum gerente Nicolao Donis, Ger- mane. " It is believed to be the earliest known configuration of Greenland, given on any published map, for if we accept the Zeno chart with its al- leged date of about 1400, it is to be borne in mind that it was not engraved till 1558. That map also, like this, made the peninsula a prolongation of Europe in a westerly direction. It is a fair de- duction that Donis was acquainted with the produc- tions of the Norse map-makers. The most westerly land which he gives is the Azores. Santarem, Hist, de la Cartog., iii. p. xix. says the earliest representa- tion of Greenland on any manuscript map occurs in the Mappemonde of 1447, preserved in the Pitti palace. In the Laon globe (1486-87) "Grolandia" is put down as an island off the Norway coast. L«clerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 469, prices the maps only at 1 50 francs. Copies. — (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Henry C. Murphy library (with the maps plain). References. — Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. i ; Bibliotheca Spenceriana, ii. 301 ; Chatsworth Catalogue, iii. 268 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 952, 953 ; Audiffredi, Cat. Romanarum Editioniim (1783), p. 252; Leclerc, Bibl. Americana, no. 469 ; Hain, Repertorium, 13,539 ; Bibliotheca Grenvilliaiia , 581 ; Van Praet, Livres sur vilin, V. I, vi. 124 with references; Walckenaer Cat- alogue, no. 2240, 2241 (185 francs) ; Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 500; Panzer, Annales Typog., ii. 480; Hassler, Buchdruckergeschichte Ulms. 1486. Title. — Ptolomcei Geographia latine reddita a ya- cobo Angelo, curam mapparum gerente Nicolao Donis Germano. Colophon. — Impressum Ulmcc opera et expensis yusti de Albano de Venetiis per p7'ovisorem suum Joha- nem Reger, anno M.CCCC.LXXXVI. Kalend Au- gusti. (Copied from Brunet.) Description : Folio. This is the Angelo Latin version, with some additions. The initial letters are handworked in colors. In roman letter, double col- umns, of 44 lines each, having 204 folios in all ; i. e. 42, table and nota ; 74, text ; 64, maps ; 24, " De locis ac mirabilibus mundi." Maps : The same thirty-two wood-cut maps, co- lored, as in the 1482 edition. Copies. — (1) Henry C. Murphy library. (2) George W. Riggs (Washington, D. C), with manuscript mar- ginal notes in Latin, — the first leaf before the table of names wanting. References : Dibdin, Descriptive Catalogue (1823), p. 105 ; Hain, Repertorium, 13,540 ; Sunderland Cat- alogue, iv. 10,354 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 953 ; MuUer, Books on America (1877), no. 2617 ; (1875) no. 3243 ; Van Praet, Livres sur velin, suite, iii. p. 2 ; Grsesse, Tresor de livres, v. 500 ; Quaritch priced a copy re- cently at ;f 8 8^. 1490. Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographia libri viii. Colophon : Hoc opus Ptholomei memorabile quidem et insigne excu:tissima diligentia castigatum iucondo quo- dam caractere impressum fuit et completum Rome anno a nativitate domini M.CCCC.LXXXX. die iv Novem- bris. Arte ac impensis Petri de Turre. (Copied from Audiffredi.) Description : Folio. 1 18 (Brunet says 119) leaves, of which 4 are blank, and in two columns of 53 lines each ; the " Registrum Alphabeticum " takes 34 leaves. Maps : 27 copperplate maps, the same as in the 1478 edition, including one of the World, 10 of Eu- ■ rope, 4 of Africa, and 12 of Asia. Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Henry C. Murphy library. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 584 ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 470 (200 francs] ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 954; 'H.a.m, Repertorium, 13541 ; Audif- fredi, Cat. Rom. edit., p. 299 ; Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 500; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2242 (60 francs) ; Crevenna Catalogue (quarto), v. 18. 1500 (?). Title : CI. Ptolomcei Geographies libri viii. Description : Folio. Noted by Butsch, but thought to be apocryphal. Maps : 27 on copper. Copies : References : Grassse, Trisor de Livres, v. 500. 1507. Title : In hoc opercB hcec continetur Geographia CI. Ptholemcei a plurimis viris utriicsque linguce doctiss. emedata ; d^ cu Archetypo grtEco ab ipsis collata. Sche- mata cii demonstrationibus suis correcta a Marco mo- nacho Ccelestino Beneventano : &^ yoanne Cota Vera- nensi viris mathem-aticis consultissimis. Pigura de projectione Spheres iji piano qucB in libro octavo deside- rabantur ab ipsis ne dum instaurata sedfere ad inventa ; ejus n. vestigia in nullo etid graceco codice extabant. . . • Planisphcerium. CI. Ptholemcsi noviter recognitum &* diligentiss. e7Hendatum a Marco monacho Ccelestino Be- neventano. Colophon : . . . Noviter impressum per Bernardinii Venetii de Vitalibus. Expesis Evdgelista Tosino Brixi- ano Bibliopola Impante yulio II. Pont. Max. anno III. Potificatus sui. Die viii Septembr. M.D.VII. (Copied from Brunet.) Description: Large folio, 107 leaves, and one blank leaf beside the maps. The first capital of the title is a plain letter. Pope Julius II. on the 28th July, 1506, gave to Tosinus, the publisher, the exclusive sale of his edition for six years, in consideration of the labor and expense which had been bestowed on it, includ- ing the describing and defining the position of the new-found lands. Maps : There are the 27 maps used in the 1478 and 1490 editions, with six new ones added, — namely, one showing Poland, Hungary, Germany, Russia, and Lithuania ; and five others, showing each, Spainj France, Livonia, Italy, and Judea, — making 33 maps in all. The new maps are not so well exe- cuted as the older ones. Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Henry C. Murphy library with Ruysch's map of the 1508 edi- tion inserted. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. References: Carter- Brown Catalogue, no. 31; Brunet, Manuel, SuppUment, ii. 329, who calls a copy worth about 500 francs ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2243 (41 francs) j Grsesse, Trisor de livres, v. 500. 1508. Title : In hoc ofiere hac continentur Geographies CI. Ptolemai a plurimis viris utriusque lingua: doctiss. tmedata : &' cU archetypo grceco ab ipsis collata. Sche- mata cU demonstrationibus suis correcta a Marco Bene- ventano Monacho Ccelestino, &' Joanne Cotta Veronensi viris Mathematicis consultissimis . . . Ncrva orbis descrip- tio ac nova Oceani navigatio quaLisbona ad IndicH per- venitur pelagus Marco Beneventano monacho ccelestino eedita. Nova &' Universalior Orbis cogniti tabula lod. Ruysch Germano elaborata. . . . Anno Virginei Par- tus, MDVIII. Rome. (Copied from Stevens's Nug- gets, and compared with the Astor copy.) Description : Large folio, Roman letter, in double columns. The first capital of the title is an orna- mented letter. There are after the title, 34 prelimi- nary leaves with illuminated letters at the beginning of the inscription, and throughout the Register ; 7 2 (with one blank) unnumbered leaves for text with ornamented initial letters, most of them illuminated ; I4leaves forBeneventanus's "Nova orbis descriptio ", 22 leaves, " de tribus orbis partibus " ; and next the 34 maps. The order of parts is sometimes changed in binding. A re-issue of the 1 507 edition, with the description of Beneventanus, concerning " Terra Nova " and " Santa Cruz " added. There had appeared two years before (1506) in Ber- gomo's Nffvissime historiaruni omniicm repercussiones , noviter edite, printed at Venice, a chapter, under date of 1492, entitled, " De quattuor maximis insulis in India extra orbem nuper inventis," — a stout folio, priced by Quaritch at £,\2 ; but neither this, nor the Cosmographies Introductio (1507), nor other earlier mentions of the new-found islands, had been accom- panied by maps of them. Maps : Those of the 1507 edition, with an addi- tional one of the New World, by Johan Ruysch, en- titled, Universalior Cogniti Orbis Tabula ex recentibus confecta observationibus, and measuring 21^ X 16 inches. This is the first engraved map showing any part of the recently discovered land in America. The text on the new lands is on p. 194, et seq. Ruysch is said to have sailed to Newfoundland in a ship from Bristol. There are two states of this American map, — one having the words " Plisacus sinus " on the east- ern coast of Asia, which is made to be the same land discovered by Cabot (as in the Harvard Col- lege copy and in one of the Murphy copies), and the other state omits these words (as in the sec- ond of the Murphy copies). South America, called " Terra Sanctje crucis, sive mundus novus," is represented as a distinct continent, but with unde- fined southern and western limits, with Cuba (half- drawn), and the other islands north of it. Green- land, which had been drawn in earlier maps as a peninsula of Europe, is here made the northeastern corner of Asia. The coast-line of Asia in these early maps is usually said to be drawn from Marco Polo, whence also Behaim in his globe got his contours ; but this coast in Ruysch's map only faintly resembles Behaim's. Harvard College li- brary and Mr. Samuel L. M. Barlow have this map, but not the book. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 164, says this Barlow copy shows no marks of ever having been bound in a book; and that the copy of the 1507 edition in public library of Verona has this 1508 map, as does the Murphy copy, already mentioned. Facsimiles or representations of the map have been issued in Santarem's Atlas composl de mappe- mondes depuis le V jusqu'au XVII' siicle; Lelewel's Atlas; Varnhagen's Novos Estudos, etc., Vienna 1874, 8 pp. (map in part) ; Humboldt's Examen Cri- tique, v., and his essay on the oldest maps in Ghil- lany's Ritter Behaim ; Henry Stevens, Sist. and Geog. Notes, pi. 2 (cf. an examination of Stevens's opinions in Hist. Mag., Aug. i86g, p. 107) ; Ruge, Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen ; Kohl, Discovery of Maine, i. 1 56 ; Narrative and Critical History of America, vol. iii. ; Charles P. Daly's Early Hist, of Cartography, p. 32 ; Hubert H. Bancroft's Centred America, i., — the last two on a small scale. It is maintained that Ruysch may have used Co- lumbus's map of 1498 and Cabot's missing charts. The latest trace of any of Sebastian Cabot's MS. maps is said to have been in 1575, when Juan de Ovando, the President of the Council of the Indies, died, and among his effects offered at public sale was an old illuminated map on parchment, " por Sebas- tian Gaboto," which Philip II. was at the time urged to take possession of. Cf . Harrisse, Jean et Siiastien Cabot, pp. 150, 151. See Kohl's paper on Lost Maps, regarding the charts of Columbus and the missing chart of Bartholomew Columbus (1505) which re- corded the discoveries in the Antilles, and the map which showed the discoveries of Vespucius. Of other manuscript maps, we can trace but few of an antece- dent date, which could have been of service to Ruysch, and which have come down to us. The earliest of these is the well-known LaCosa map (1500), and the other is a " Carta da Navigare," which is attributed to Alberto Cantino, and is supposed to have been made in 1501-1503, to illustrate the third voyage of Columbus. The original is in the Biblio- teca Estense at Modena, and a facsimile of it is an- nounced for publication in Italy by Ongania in his Raccolta di Mappamondi e carte nauliche del XIII. al XVI. secolo, edited by Prof. Theobald Fischer of Kiel. The description given in Harrisse (Cabot, pp. 143, 158) shows that it is also of interest in connection with the voyages of the Cortereals and Cabral ; and was probably not the work of Cantino, but presented by him to his sovereign. Harrisse mentions having received a facsimile of the map, the publication of which he defers till his work on the Cortereals, now in press, appears. The LaCosa map can best be studied in the full-size facsimile given in Jomard's Monuments de la Giographie. Various other reproductions are enumerated in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. 8 5 the latest representa- tion is in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 115, accompanied with a confusion of description. There is a paper on LaCosa and his map in the Bull, de la Soc. de Geog. Mai, 1862 p. 298, by M. De la Roquette, who states that M. Walckenaer bought the original at a moderate cost of an ignorant dealer in second- hand objects and immediately brought it to the attention of Humboldt, who used it in his Examen Critique. After Walckenaer's death, 27 April, 1852, and at the public sale of his library in Paris in the spring of 1853, the Spanish government secured it for 4200 francs, over the competition of Joinard, who represented the Imperial library of Paris. The latest examination of the LaCosa map is in Har- risse's Cabot, pp. 52, 103, 156, where it is said to be preserved in the Naval Museum at Madrid, and to be numbered 553 in its catalogue. The student must particularly regret the loss of the parchment mappemonde of Jaume Ferrer, which he laid before their Spanish majesties in 1495, as a basis of conference between these monarchs and the 8 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. Portuguese crown. Santarem, Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. (1847) vii. p. 321, mentions two maps, now lost to us, which may have preceded LaCosa's a little ; one is named in a letter from Vera-Cruz (Brazil) dated March i, 1500, which speaks of its showing South America as a group of four islands ; and the other is one preserved at Lisbon, said to have been used by Vasco da Gamo, in which South America is a single island. There is also a Portuguese chart preserved in the archives of the Bavarian army at Munich which may have given Ruysch some hints of the Cortereal discoveries in the north, and of Cabral's coursing of the Brazilian coast. Of the Spanish discoveries this chart yields nothing; and its date has been variously fixed from 1502 to 1504. Cf. Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 174; Peschel's Ge- schichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, p. 331 ; Kunst- mann, Entdeckung Amerikas, 6g, and his Atlas, no. iii. ; Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 139. Harrisse, {Cabot, p. 161), speaks of a facsimile of it by Otto Progel, being No. 1020 A of the Map Department of the Paris library, and says of Kunstmann's referring it to " Salvat de Pilestrina," that the true author may perhaps be " Salvat [ore] de Palestrina" of Majorca. The chart of Pedro Reinel of a year or two later (circa 1504 or 1505) is preserved in the Royal library at Munich, and may also possibly have been known to Ruysch. Kunstmann, Atlas, gives a facsimile of it, which shows that it traced the Portuguese dis- coveries only. Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 177, gives the northern regions, and refers to J. A. Schmeller's " Uber einige altere handschriftliche Seekarten," in the Abhandlungen der akad. der Wissenschaften, iv. 247. Cf. Harrisse, Cabot, pp. 141, 162. Regarding the map of Bartholomew Columbus assigned to 1505, see Humboldt, Examen Critique, ii. 85 ; Kohl, Die beiden dltesten General-Karten von America, p. 24; Lelewel, Giog. de Moyen Age, ii. 140; Baldelli, Storia del milione, i. p. cliii. When we consider the immense consumption of fish in Europe at this time, owing to the excessive number of fast days in the Romish calendar, we can understand the incentive which took large fleets of fishing vessels to distant seas. The Portuguese, Basques, Bretons, and Normans were often on the northern coasts, and we have evidence of their pres- ence there as early as 1503-4. It would not be at all surprising if some proof of their antedating Co- lumbus and the Cabots should yet appear, for with Greenland understood to be a mere prolongation of Europe, adjacent parts, southerly and westerly might easily have been visited with the same concep- tion in mind. Navarrete, Coleccion de los Viages etc., iii. 41, 46, 176; Eusebius, Chronicon, Paris, 1512, p. 172 (cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. p. 55) ; Wyt- fliet, Histoire des Indes, 131 ; Lescarbot, Nouvelle France (1618), p. 228; Biard, Relation, etc. (1616), ch. I; Champlain (1632), p. 9; Charlevoix, Nouv. France, i. 4, 14 ; Estancelin, Recherches sur les voy- ages et dicouvertes des navigateurs norniands ; Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 188, 201, 203, 205, 280; Bancroft, United States, i. 16; Parkman, Pioneers of France, p. 171-2; Mag. of Amer. Hist., April, 1882, on the early French voyages ; N. E. Hist, and Geneal. Reg- ister, 1880, p. 229, on the Basques ; Kunstmann, Entdeckung Amerikas, 69, 125 ; Peschel, Geschichte des zeitalters, etc., p. 332 ; Vitet, Histoire de la Dieppe, 51 ; Harrisse, Cabot, p. 271. That these early fishermen and navigators made charts is most probable, but few traces however of them have been preserved to us. Among the copies, which M. Morin in 1852-53 made for the Canadian government from the French archives, is one of a map on birch bark, which he describes as " Carte de I'embouchure du St. Laurent faite et dress^e sur une ecorce de bois de bouleau, envoyee du Canada par Jehan Denys, 1508." It is so entered in the Catalogue of books on America, p. 1614, issued by the Library of the Canadian Par- liament at Toronto, in 1858. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 250, says that no such map is to be found in the Department of War in Paris, where it is claimed to have been, and a tracing being supplied from Canada, he pronounced the map " absolument apocryphe," having the nomenclature of the last century. Antedating Ruysch in its engraving is the well- known Waldseemiiller map, which is said to have been cut in 1507, though not published till 1513, — and of this further mention will be made under the latter year. Its geography is however so different, that it is hardly possible that Ruysch could have known it, or the material upon which it is based. Thomassy, Les Papes geographes, p. 29, has pointed out various circumstances attending the publication of this edition, among others the joint interest of representatives of various European nations. The three collaborators, Fabricius de Varano, Marc Beneventanus, and Jean Cotta were Italians. Tosi- nu3, the publisher, was French, and Ruysch was German. The edition is known to have been 500 copies. The maps are colored in the Astor copy. Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) Library of Congress. (3) Astor library. (4) Henry C. Murphy library. (5) American Geographical Society. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 33 ; Brunet, Ma7iuel, iv. 954 ; Panzer, Annales Typog., viii. 248, 26; Library of Congress Catalogue (1867), p. 332 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vetustissima, no. 56, and Notes on Columbus, p. 170; Labanoff, Catalogue des Cartes, p. 6; Stevens, Hist, and Geog. Notes, 31, and Nuggets (1862), 2258 (;^3 3,r.) ; and Bibl. Geogra- phica, no. 3058; Walckenaer Catalogue, 2244 (loi francs); Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 156; Humboldt, Examen Critique, ii. 5, 9; iv. 121 ; Lelewel, Giogra- phie du Moyen-dge, ii. 149; Thomassy, Les Papes Geographes et la Cartographic du Vatican, p. 25 ; Kunstmann, Entdeckung Amerikas, p. 136 ; Van Praet, Livres sur vilin, v. p. 4, with references ; Hoffmann, Bibliographisches Lexicon der gesammten Litteratur der Griechen, Leipzig, 1845, ™- 3^7 '• R^i" delius, Commentatio de CI. Ptolemece Geog., 52 ; Fab- ricius, Bibl. Gmca, v. 275 ; Uricoechea, Mapoteca Colombiana (i860), no. i; Graesse, Trisor de livres, V. 500 ; Henri Harrisse, Jean et Sibastien Cabot, leur origine et leurs voyages, Paris, 1882, p. 164. 1511. Title : Claudii Ptholemaei Alexandrini Liber Geog- raphies cum tabulis et universali figura et cum additione locorum qum a recentioribus reperta sunt diligenti cura emendatits et impressus. Colophon : Venetiis per lacobum Pentium de leucho Anno Domini M.D.XI. Die xx. Mensis Martii. (Copied from Van Praet.) Description : It is edited by Bernard Sylvanus of Eboli, who furnishes an epistle to Andre Mathieu • Aqusevivus, and gives annotations. The title is in red. There are 92 leaves folio, on the last 30 of which are the maps. The text is in two columns of 60 lines each. Maps : There are, it is claimed, 30 wood cut maps ; but the number is usually 28, namely, one of the world, ten of Europe, four of Africa, and twelve of Asia, together with a second map of the world. The names and legends are printed in red and blue, A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. — the earliest instance of registering type within a previously printed cut. They are also the earliest wood-cut maps which show the new discoveries. This art had, however, according to Stevens, been employed for the first time on an American subject in representing a group of Indians, which was probably printed at Augsburg or Nuremberg in 1497- 1504; and is given in facsimile in Stevens's Amer. Bibliographer, Jan., 1854. The second mappemonde is the one of interest for its American bearings, and there are reduced facsimiles of it in Lelewel's Atlas and in Daly's Early Cartog- raphy, p. 32. It is a heart-shaped projection, which brings a distorted representation of America on the left-hand edge. It is said to be the first instance of this kind of projection. " Terra sanctae crucis " is the name on South America. " Terra laboratoris " is an island off an imaginary continent, of which " Regalis domus " is a fragment. Thus is shown for the first time in any printed map the North Amer- ican continent. It is also the earliest positive recog- nition of the Cortereal discoveries, though possibly Ruysch may have placed them on the Asian shore of his map. The region about the St. Lawrence Gulf, which Cabot had explored, was visited in 1500-1 by Gas- par Cortereal, who never returned from his second voyage in 1501. The question of his land-fall is ex- amined in Biddle's Cabot, ch. xi., and a particular statement is given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 164, etc., where the Portuguese chart of 1504 is held to show that Cortereal thought Newfoundland was the main. This chart is described by Peschel, sketched by Kohl, p. 174, and given in Kunstmann's Atlas. Cf. further Ramusio, iii. 417, Galvano, Dis- coveries, p. 95 ; Navarrete, Coleccion, iii. 44 ; Kunst- mann, Entdeckung Amerikas, p. 57, etc. ; Peschel, Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, 331 ; Har- risse, Cabot, p. 256, who traces the outlines of the subject and furnishes the authorities ; Hakluyt, Westerne Planting, 203, note; Major, Prince Henry, 374; Humboldt, Examen Critique, iv. 222, 224, 226; Conway Robinson, Early Voyages, ch. xi. ; Wieser, Magalhdes-Strasse, p. 25. Stevens, Hist, and Geog. Notes, p. 31, was in error in saying that Valentine Fernandez, in his Marco Paulo, 1502, made any reference to Cortereal. Cf. Harrisse, Additions, P-3S- The only contemporary account of these Cortereal voyages is contained in the Paesi nmiamente retrovati &■ novo modo da Alberico Vesputio Floretino, intitulato, published at Vicentia, 1507, and which is assigned sometimes to Alessandro Zorzi ( Humboldt's Examen Critique) and sometimes to Montalboddo Fracanzano (Brunet, v. 11 55, 11 58; Sa.hm, Dictionary, xii. 50050; Grasse, Trisor de livres ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet. no. 48, also, no. 109, discusses the authorship, and in Additions, no. 26, he makes some further quali- fications ; also see Bulletin de la soc. de geog., Oct. 1857, p. 312). There are copies of this first edition in the Lenox and Carter-Brown (Catalogue, i. no. 30) libraries. The Bibl. Gretwilliana, ii. 764, shows a copy ; and one in the Beckford sale (no. 186) at London, 1882, bound by Roger Payne, brought ;^270. There are unsupported statements of another edi- tion at Vicentia in 1508; but the second authentic edition was printed at Milan in 1 508, published Nov. 17, and of this there are copies in the Cincinnati Public, Lenox, Carter-Brown, and Harvard College libraries. Cf. Harrisse, Bib. Amer. Vet., no. 55; Davezac, Waldzeemiiller, p. 80 ; Wieser, Magalh&es- Strasse, pp. 15, 17. The Beckford copy brought ;^78, and Quaretch offered a copy in 1883 for £\i. A German edition, printed at Hamburg in 1508, is also in the Cincinnati Public Library. There were other editions as follows : — 1512. — Sabin says only one copy is known in the United States. 1517. — Carter-Brown and Lenox libraries. Le- clerc, Bibl. Amer. ( 1878) prices a copy at 1000 francs. Harrisse, no. 90. Brunet, v. 11 58. 1 519. — Sabin, xii., 50054; Leclerc, no. 25S3, 500 francs. This was published at Milan. There is a copy in the Cincinnati Public Library. Another was sold in London, March, 1883, in the library of " an eminent admiral of Queen Elizabeth's time. 1521. — Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 68, with note. Also the following translations : — 1508. — Newe unbekanthe landte, etc., a German translation by Ruchamer, and said to be the first col- lection of voyages printed in German. There are copies in the Carter-Brown, and Lenox libraries, and in the Library of Congress. Sabin, xii. 50056; Harrisse, no. 57. 1 508. — Nye unbekande Lande, etc., — a translation into Platt-Deutsch from the German version, made by Henning Ghetel of Lubec. Sabin, xii. 50057 ; Harrisse, Additions, no. 29 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 37. It cost about 1600 marks at the Sobolewski sale. Another copy was sold two years since to an American collector (Mr. Kalbfleisch) for 3000 marks. These two are the only ones known. 1 508. — ItinerariU PortugallesiH e Lusitania in India, etc. A Latin version by Archangelo Madri- nano of Milan. There are copies in the Lenox, Barlow, Brevoort, Carter-Brown and Harvard Col- lege libraries, and in the library of Congress. Cf. Sabin, Dictionary, xii. 50058 ; Harrisse, no. 58 ; Car- ter-Brown Catalogue, no. 35. Quaritch held a copy in 1873 3.t ^£'36. Sabin says Bolton Corney's copy sold for £i.yi. [1515.] — Sensuytle Nouveau mode, etc. — a French version, in the Lenox library. Sabin, xii. no. 50059; Harrisse, no. 83, and in Additions, no. 46, he notes other issues of probably the same date with varia- tions. The Lenox library has also a copy of the same probable date which varies also. Sabin, xii. no. 50061. 1516. — Le nouveau monde, etc. In Carter-Brown and Lenox libraries. Sabin, xii. 50062. [1521.] — Sensuyt le nouveau mode, etc. In Har- vard College library. Harrisse, no. iii ; Sabin, xii. no. 50063. [1528.J — Sensuyt le nouveau monde, etc. Sabin, xii. no. 50064. The Cortereal discoveries are also indicated on a portolano, which is inscribed with the date (1511) now under consideration : Vesconte de maiolo civis Janue conposuy. In neapoly de anno 1511. Die xx. January. This atlas belonged to the Due d'Alta- mira, and was bought at public sale in Paris, May 7, 1870 (1500 francs) by R. de Heredia of Madrid. The extreme north is " Terra de los Ingres ; " south of it is " Terra de Lavorador de rey de portugall ; " and ten degrees further south is "Terra de corte reale de rey de portugall — terra de pescaria." Various other portolanos of Vesconte de Mag- giolo are noted by Desimoni (" Elenco di Carte ed Atlanti nautici di autore genovese "in Giornale Ligus- tico, 1875, with the numbers, 24, 25, 27-29, 33-35, 47), by Davezac (Atlas hydrographique de 1511, Paris, 1871, p. 8), and by Uzielli (Elenco, etc., nos. 159, 161, 166, 167, 181, 182, 191, 193); namely, one dated at Naples, 151 2, in the library at Parma; one at Genoa, 1519, in the Royal library at Munich ; another, Genoa, 1524, in the Ambrosian library at lO A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. Milan; a third of Genoa, 1525, preserved at Parma ; another of 1527; a fourth of Genoa, 1535, in the Royal library at Turin; also one in the Cathedral library at Toledo; still another of Genoa, 1547, in the Paris library; and one of 1549 in the public li- brary at Trevise. Cf. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 166, and the Marquis Marcello Staglieno's letter to Desimoni, " Sopra Agostino Noli e Visconte Maggiolo," in Giomale Ligustico, Genoa, 1875, p. 71, In regard to the Ptolemy of 1511, under consid- eration, " Sylvanus must have seen," says Mr. Bre- voort, "a map of Columbus after his third voyage." His cartographical ideas, however, were too boldly conjectural to represent the prevalent geographical knowledge, and he was so far reactionary as to make Engroneland (Greenland) a peninsula of northwest- ern Europe, going back to the belief which Ruysch had discarded. Cf. the map in Kunstmann, Ent- deckung Amerikas, no. 4, and in Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age. Copies : (1) Astor library, lacks one map. (2) Carter-Brown library. (3) The Henry C. Murphy library. (4) James Carson Brevoort. (5) S. L. M. Barlow. (6) Lenox library. (7) Cha7-les H. Kalbfleisch. References : Van Praet, Livres stir vilin, v. p. 5 ; vi. 124, with references; Astor Library Catalogue, p. 1524; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 43; Aspinwall Catalogue ; Walckenaer Catalogue, 2245 (24 francs) ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 954 ; Supplement, ii. 330 ; Panzer, Annates typog., viii. 405, 552 ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., 471 (500 francs) ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 6S, with references; Labanoff, Catalogue des Cartes, p. 6; Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 151; Uricoechea, Mapoteca Colombiana (i860), no. 2 ; Quaritch, Cata- logue (1880), p. 2084 ; Fabricius, Bibliotheca Grceca, v. 275; 'Na-p\one,£)el Frimo Scopritore,Zy ; Zmla, Suite Antiche mappe, cap. xxviii., in his Di Marco Polo, ii. 358 ; Heber Catalogue, vii. no. 5233 ; Libri Catalogue (1859), no. 2176; Grsesse, Trisor de livres, v. 500; Kunstmann, Die Entdeckimg Amerikas, 133 ; Kohl, Die beiden dltesten general Karten von Avierica, 33 ; Harrassowitz, Rarissima Americarm (no. 91), 1882, no. 2 (220 marks), a copy before the printer's name was added to reverse of title, now the Kalbfleisch copy. Within a few years it has been priced at ^20; £\(i i6y. ; £12; £,\o; 300 marks; 160 marks ; 250 francs. 1512. Title : Introductio in Claudii Ptholomei cosmogra- phid cU longitudinibus et latitudinibus regionum &^ civitatum celebriorum. CC Epitoma Europe Ence Silvij ffi Situs ^ Distinctio parciuTn tocius Asia per brachia Tauri motis ex Asia Pij secundi. C Particu- larior Minoris asia descriptio ex eiusdem Pij area. Qt Sirie eojnpendiosa descriptio : ex Isidoro ffi Africe brevis descriptio : ex paulo orosio. ® Terre sancte et urbis Hierusalem apertior descriptio : fratris Anselmi ordinis Minorum de observantia. . . . Colophon : Impressum cracovie p Florianu ungle- riU. Annodni. M.D.YA}. (Copied from the Car/i??-- Brown Catalogue.) Description : In quarto, gothic letter. Title and dedication, 2 leaves. Text i-xl leaves. The editor's name is got from the dedication : " Reve- rendissimo in Christo patri et domino : Joanni dei gracia Episcopo Posnaniesi loannes de Stobnicza S. d." On the same page is the following : " Et ne soli Ptolomeo laborassem, curavi etiam notas facere cjuasdam partes terre ipsi ptolomeo alijsque vetus- tioribus ignotas que Amerii vespucij aliorumque lustratione ad nostram noticiam puenere." Upon the reverse of folio v., in the chapter " De meridi- anis," occurs : " Similiter in occasu ultra africam & europam magna pars terre quam ab Americo eius reptore Americam vocant vulgo autem novus mundus dicitur." Upon the reverse of folio vii. in the chap- ter " De partibus terre " is this : " Non solu aut pdicte tres ptes nunc sunt lacius lustrate, verum &. alia quata pars ab Americo vesputio sagacis ingenii viro inventa est, quam ab ipso Americo eius inven- tore Amerigem qsi a americi terram sive america appellari volunt cuius latitudo est sub tota torrida zona," etc. Hubert H. Bancroft, in his Central America,vo\. i., mentions the map without having seen it, and errs in saying the name America does not occur in the text; and gives as peculiarities of the 1519 edition what was only copied from this of 1512. The Carter-Brown copy has 43 leaves. That de- scribed by Harrisse has 42 leaves. The Vienna copies are said to have 42 leaves. Harrassowitz in 1876 ( Catalogue, no. 29) advertised one, with 46 leaves, but without the map, for 500 marks. The same dealer's Catalogue, no. 61, book-number 56, gives a copy of 46 leaves, dated 1511, priced 400 marks, — possibly the same, differently described. These varieties would perhaps indicate three im- pressions or editions in 151 2, unless one of them belongs to the previous year. The two copies in Vienna are said to be without date, and are thought to be of a different edition, or at least of another impression. One is in the Imperial library, and this has the maps ; the other is in the City library. Kunstmann, Die Entdeckung Amerikas, p. 130. There is also a copy in the great library at Munich. Maps : Two in number, one showing America and eastern Asia, the other the old world. They are wood-cuts, roughly executed, and extends from 400 south latitude to 70° north latitude. A triangular- shaped island, without name, cut by the 600 north latitude and in the longitude of Brazil, represents probably the Baccalaos and Terra Corterealis of other maps. A sweep of the ocean separates this from the main continent of North America, now for the first time represented as reaching so high as 500 north. It is about 15° broad (with the Floridian peninsula which juts from its southeast angle), and is connected by a narrow neck, 250 long, with South America. The western coasts of both North and South America are represented by straight lines, joined at different angles, which is probably a way of indicating, by the absence of sinuosities, all defi- nite knowledge. The remarkable part of it is that the lines as angulated for the western coast of South America give a contour to that part of the continent very like what was in time discovered to be the truth. A full-size facsimile of this map is given in the Carter-Brozvn Catalogue, and reductions made from this facsimile appear in the Narrative and Critical History of America, iii. p. 13, and in Judge Daly's Early Cartography, p. 32. Miiller of Amsterdam also published (five copies only at twenty-five florins) a full-size facsimile, also following the Vienna copy. Judge Daly, Early Cartography, p. 32, says that, as far as he can ascertain, Stobnicza made the ear- liest attempt in this map to project the spherical surface of the earth upon a plane, — an exemplar of the mode now in use of representing the earth by A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. II two planispheres, one giving the new, the other the old world. Mr. Brevoort qualifies this statement by calling it a ISrst attempt to project a spherical surface on a plane in what might be called a partial and subspherical projection truncated at the poles. As the Waldseemiiller map of 1513 is known to have been engraved as early as 1 507, and as there is a certain resemblance in Stobnicza's to it, it seems probable, that the Polish geographer had had access to the earlier plate. Cf. Wieser, Magalhdes-Strasse, p. II, who speaks of a MS. copy of the western hemisphere of Stobnicza, made by Glareanus (who died in 1563), which is bound up with a copy of Waldseemiiller's Cosmographia Introductio, belong- ing to the University library at Munich. Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. This copy lacks the two maps. It was sold by Otto Harras- sowitz of Leipzig to Frederick Miiller of Amsterdam in 1S73, ^"d thence passed to Mr. Brown, who perfected it with facsimiles of the two maps, taken from one of the Vienna copies. It is probable the copy mentioned by Frederick Miiller in his Books on America, iii. p. 163, as sold for 240 florins, during the printing of his catalogue. (2) The Henry C. Murphy library, likewise lack- ing the maps. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 45 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 69 and 95; Panzer, Annates Typographici, vi. p. 454 ; Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. 13 ; Kunstmann, Die Entdeckung Amerikas, 130 ; La Revue Germanique, viii. 205. 1513. Title : Claudii Ptolemei . . . Geographic opus no- vissima traductione e Graecorum archetypis castiga- tissime pressufn : astiris ante lucubratorum niulto prce- stantius. Pro Prima parte continens i. CI. Pto- lemcei Geographiam per oclo libros partitam, ad an- tiquitate suam, integre et sine ulla corrupiione, etc . . . Pars Secunda moderniorum lustrationum Viginti ta- bulis, veluti supplementum quoddam antiquitatis obso- letce, suo loco quce vel abstrusa, vel erronea videbantur resolutissime pandit. . . . Colophon : Anno Christi Opt. Max. MDXIII. Marcii XIJ. Pressus hie Ptolemceus Argentina vigi- lantissima castigatiojie, industriaque Joannis Schotti urbis indigence, Regnante Maximiliano Caesare sem- per Augusta. (Copied from Carter-Brown Cata- logue.) Description : Large folio. Title, one leaf; an- other unnumbered; Text, 5-60 leaves; index, 15 unnumbered leaves, on the last page of which, " Ad lectorem ; " 26 maps on double leaves ; second title, 20 maps ; " Tractatum," 14 leaves. The Barlow copy has this last section in 15 leaves, without title, but with a headline, " Locorum ac mirabilion mundi descriptio." Page 41 is numbered 34. The text is Angelo's latin version, corrected by a Greek manuscript, by Matthew Ringman (Philesius). It is published by Jacques Essler and George Ubelin. Maps : They are wood-cuts, sometimes colored, and forty-seven in number ; of these, twenty-seven are old maps, and twenty new ones, the later by Waldsee- miiller, and showing the modern discoveries. All the old maps are double except the last, which is of a single page, and lettered " Duodecima — Asias Tabula," which Harrisse omits, counting only 26 ; and the 20th of the new maps is also a single-page one. with shields on the right-hand and bottom margins. Passavant considers that the maps were printed in colors, saying " les armoirees qui entourent ies cartes sont meme imprimees avec leurs differents emaux." Two of the newer maps show American discover- ies. 1. " Orbis typus universalis iuxta hydrographorum traditionem." On the left is a part of South Amer- ica, which has no designation ; but on the coast is " Caput sancta^ crucis," and two islands, " Isabella " and " SpagnoUa." Greenland is made the northwest part of Europe, and there is an undefined land, with no western limit, put in a place which seems to rep- resent the Cabot and Cortereal discoveries. A re- duced facsimile is given in Ruge's Geschichte des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen (1881). 2. " Tabula terre nove." North America is rep- resented as in the Stobnicza map, except that the left-hand edge of the map takes the place of Stob- nicza's straight western line. There is nothing of the region about Newfoundland ; indeed, it does not extend far enough north to include it. Cuba is an island (Isabella), while some of the names belonging to that island are transferred to the main, indicating some confusion in the maker's mind. The northeast coast of South America is shown. Along the coasts are about 60 names, and this inscription, " Hec terra cum adjacentibus insulis inventa est per Columbii ianuensem ex mandato Regis Castelle." This map is often called the " Admiral's Map." Some have held it to have been drawn by Columbus ; others contend that it follows with alterations his map of 1498, now lost. In the " Ad Lectorem," of the supplement, the following account of Columbus's connection with the map is given : " Charta aute marina quam Hydrographiam vocant per Admiralem [believed to be Columbus] quondam serenissi. Por- tugalie [thought to be an error for Hispanias] regis Ferdinand! ceteros denique lustratores verissimis pagratioibus lustrata, ministerio Renati, dum vixit, nunc pie mortui, Ducis illustriss. Lotharingie liber- alius prelographationi tradita est." Cf. Santarem, in Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. 1837, vol. viii. p. 171, and in his Recherches sur Americ Vespuce et ses voyages, p. 165. The map has also been sometimes ascribed to Cabral and Vespucius. Notwithstanding this in- scription, the map so nearly resembles the Stobnicza map (which separates America from Asia) that it may be a question if the draft as Columbus made it, embodying Asian connections, may not have been modified by the Pole's divination. The edge of the map cuts off all western extension, which might otherwise make the decision of this point certain. Cf. on this map Dr. Franz Wieser's Magalhdes- Strasse, p. 10. Facsimiles of the map are given in Varnhagen's Premier Voyage de Amerigo Vespucci, and a deduction is given in Stevens's Hist, and Geog. Notes, pi. 2, where is also given (pi. 4) a facsimile of the map of 1 51 5 in Gregor Reisch's Margarita Philosophica, which seems to be like the Waldseemiiller map, except in a few names, and that the latter has a river mouth and deltas on the coast line, west of Cuba, which is supposed to represent the Ganges, and this river is left out by Reisch. The map in the Margarita of 1517 is quite different. Varnhagen, however, considers the bay and this three-mouthed river to be the Gulf of Mexico and the Mississippi River. Wieser in his Magalh&es-Strasse, Innsbruck, 1881, p. 15, mentions a manuscript note-book of Schoner, the globe-maker, which has a sketch which resembles this Waldseemiiller-Reisch type. It is preserved in the Hof-bibliothek at Vienna. 12 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. Of this popular encyclopaedia by Reisch, it may be remarked that it had been issued in different editions since 1 503, but with no mention of America in the text, and only now in the map ; nor did the text of its geographical section recognize America till the edition of 1535. Cf. Davezac, Waltsemicller, 94 : Harrisse, Bib. Amer. Vet., no. 80-82 ; Kunst- mann, Entdeckung AmeriJias, 130; Stevens, Notes, 52 ; Kohl, Die beideu altesten General-karten von America, 33. Waldseemiiller, or Hylacomylus, as his name is given in Greek form, who had published the Cosmo- graphics Introductio in 1 507, wherein the name Amer- ica was first applied, is said to have prepared this map in that same year, when it was engraved at the expense of Duke Rene II. ; but the map remained unpublished till now (1513), probably on account of the duke's death. Lelewel, ii. 143, gives reasons for supposing it to have been on sale in 1507. The representation of it given in H. H. Bancroft's Cen- tral America, i. 130, leaves out the distinctive three mouths of the Ganges. The views embodied in this map do not accord with the delineations of two other representations of about the same date. 1. Peter Martyr's map (7^X11 inches) of the Antilles, and adjacent coasts, given in his first decade, styled Legatio Babylonica, Seville, isn. There are copies in the Carter-Brown, Lenox, Mur- phy, and Barlow libraries, and facsimiles and draw- ings of it are given in the Carter-Brown Catalogue ; Stevens, Notes, pi. 4 ; J. H. Lefroy, Memorials of the Bermudas, London, 1877 ; H. A. Schumacher, Petrus Martyr, New York, 1879, and in H. H. Ban- croft's Central America, i. 137, where the coast line is made continuous in the northwest corner, while in the original it is not so. Quaritch, Catalogue, Feb., 1879, "° 11626, pricing a copy with the map at ;^ioo, says that copies vary, the leaf with the map being an insertion. There seem to have been two issues, with the map on different folios. In one of them, a second edition, two leaves were reprinted to correct errors, and two new leaves inserted, beside a new title, and it is sometimes claimed that the map belongs to this issue only. Mr. Charles H. Kalb- fleisch, of New York, tells me that he now owns this Quaritch copy, and that its title differs from the title as given by Sabin, and in the Carter-Brown and Barlow Catalogues. " This would make at least three variations in that edition." Harrisse in his Addi- tions, pp. viii. 54, mentions a copy examined at Madrid, which, while it lacks the map, has also the two extra leaves beyond the copy described in his Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 66. He also says he found a copy in the Colombina library at Seville, which had a M.S. map on vellum, showing Hispaniola, and that it seemed to be the work of Columbus himself. Additions, p. 56; Brunet, Manuel, i. 292. 2. The Lenox globe, preserved in the Lenox library in New York, which has no trace of North America except in an island, which might stand for the Cortereal region. It is supposed to belong to about the years 1510-12, and to be the oldest globe showing any part of the New World. It is drawn in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., Sept., 1S79 ; in the Encyc. Britannica, x. 681, and in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. Copies: (1) Astor Library. (2) Carter-Brown Library. (3) Library of Congress. (4) Henry C Murphy Library. (5) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the copy seen by Harrisse, whose description needs some slight corrections. It has two maps in duplicate. (6) American Antiquarian Society, — received from Charles Tappan of Philadelphia in 1834, and bought by him in Paris in 1815. (7) Charles H. Kalbfleisch. Bouton of New York advertised a copy in 1876 for $175. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 47 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 74 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 955 ; SuppUment, ii. 330 ; Graesse, Trisor de Livres, v. 501 ; Leclerc, Bibliotheca Amer., no. 472, — 350 francs; Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen dge, ii. 141, 157; HuwiboMt, Examen Critique, \v. 109; Varnha- gsn, Nouvelles recherches, 56 ; Panzer, Annates Typog., vi. 60, 283 ; Library of Congress Catalogue, (1867), p. 332 ; Davezac, Martin Hylacomylus Waltzemiiller, ses ouvrages et ses Collaborateurs (1867), p. 141 ; Stevens, Hist, and Geog. Notes, 13, 14, 51 ; Walcke- naer Catalogue, no. 2246; Quaritch, Catalogue (1874), no. 9720; (1880), p. 1249; Kohl, Die beiden altesten general karten von America, 33 ; R. H. Major, Prince Henry, 385 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Grceca, v. 275 ; Rai- delius, Cmnmentatio, 56 ; Hoffmann, Bibliog. Lexicon, III. 317 ; Uricoechea, Mapoteca Colombiana, no. 3 ; Harrassowitz, no. 91, 3, (300 marks), now the Kalb- fleisch copy; Bulletin de la Soc. Geog., by Santa- rem, May, 1847, p. 318; Beaupre, Recherches sur Vimprim. en Lorraine, 83 ; Kunstmann, Die Ent- deckung Amerikas, 130. 1514. Title: In hoc opere haec continentur : Nova trans- latio priTni libri Geographies CI. Ptolomaci, quae quidem translatio verbum habet e verba fideliter ex- pressum, Jo. Werijero Nurenbergensi interprete . . . Colophon : Explicit geographicus hie liber per ipsius Compositorem atque per Conradum Heinfogel, — Max- imil. imp. capellanum, et haud mediocrem mathemati- cum, fideliter emendatus recognitusque nee non a yohanne Stuchs Nurenbergm impressus anno 1514 prid. Nonas Novembris. (Copied from Panzer.) Description : Folio. 68 unnumbered folios. Maps : None. Copies : References : Panzer, Annates Typog., vii. 454, no. 104 ; Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 501. 1519. Title : Introductio in Ptolomei Cosmographxam cum longitudinibus ^ latitudinibus regionum S' civi- tatttm celebriorum . . . Colophon : Impressum Cracotiice per Hieronymum Victorem Calcographum. Atmo salutis humancE, Mil- lesimo quingentesimo decimo nono. Decimo septimo Kalettdas Mail. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Catalogtte. ) Description : Quarto. Title and one pirelimi- nary leaf ; i-xliv. leaves. A second edition of the 1 51 2 edition. Dedicated on reverse of title thus: " Reverendissimo in Christi patri & Domino loanni dei gracia Episcopo Posnaniensi loannes de Stob- nicza Salutem dicit." Concerning Vespucius it is said : " Et ne soli Ptolomeo laborassem, curavi etiam notas facere quasdam partes terrse ipsi Ptolomeo alijsque vetusti- oribus ignotas q Americi Vesputii alior. q lustratione ad nostra noticia puenere." Again on folio 5, verso : " Similiter in occasu ultra Affricam & Europa magna ps terras quam ab Americo erreptore america vocat, vulgo aiit novus mundus dicit." Once more on folio A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 13 7, verso : " Non solu aut pdicte tres ptes nuc sunt latius lustrate, verix & alia quarta pars ab Americo Vesputio sagacis ingenii viro, inventa est, qua ab ipo Americo eius inventor amerigem quasi americi terram sive america appelari volunt, cui latitudo est sub tota torrida zona." Maps : None. Copies : References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 60, (not, however, in the library) ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 95, describing the IBritish Museum copy ; Vossius, I)e Natura Artium, lib. iii. 148. 1520. ' Title : Ptolemaeus auctus resiitutus, emaculaius cum iabulis veteribus ac novis. Colophon : Caroli V. Imperii Anno I. vim vi repellere licet [figure of two dogs fighting] Joannes Scotus. Argentorati Uteris excepit, 1520. (Copied from Harrisse's Additions, no. 58.) Description : Large folio. Title, within an ornamented border, with reverse blank. Preface by George Nebelin, with a table of books and chapters, one leaf. Text, 55 leaves, and colophon on reverse of the S5th. Then 47 maps, but without the title- list, text, and "Descriptio Mundi " of the 1513 edition. Maps : Forty-seven in number, — the same as in the 1513 edition, and apparently from the same blocks, with the large map of the New World, inscribed " Hec terra &c.," known as the " Admiral's map." Copies: (1) Carter-Brown Library; (2) Henry C. Murphy Library. References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, nos. 588, 589 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2247, (45 francs) ; Huth Catalogue, iv. 1199; Panzer, Annates typog., vi. 94, no. 572, with references ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet,, no. 104; Additions, no. 58, describing a copy in the Biblioteca Communale of Verona ; Meusel, Annal. Typ. v. part 2, p. 188 ; Muller, Books on America {i8y2), no. 2^10 ; (1875), no. 3245; (1877), no. 2619; HoSmann, Bibliog. lexicon, iii. 319; Lele- wel, G^og. du Moyen Age, ii. p. 208, App. ; Davezac, Waltzemiiller et ses ouvrages, p. 1 56 ; Quaritch, Cata- logue (1880), p. 2084 {;^IS 15s.) 1522! Title : Claudii Ptolonitei . . . opus Geographiiz no- viter castigatU d^ emaculatU additioibus raris et ijiuisis, necnon cH tabularum in dorso iucunda explanatione . . . Hec bona mente Lauretius Phrisius artis Appollinete doctor &' Mathematicarum, artium Clientulus, in lu- cent itissit prodire, Agammcmnonis puteoli plurimu delicati. Colophon : Joannes Grieninger civis Argentoraten opera et expensis proprijs id opus insigne, cereis notulis excepit, Laudabiliq fine perfecit xii. die Marcij Anno M.D.XXII. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata- logue.) Description : Large folio. Title in red and black ; one unnumbered leaf of preface ; folios, 3, 4 ; then unnumbered, 5, 6 ; 7-18 ; 22 ; two unnumbered ; 22 repeated, but not the same text : 37-85 ; 89 in- stead of 86 ; 87-100. " Sphera in piano " on verso of 99. " Cumplementum,'" etc., i leaf ; blank page, but verso has " Finis viii. ultirai Libri." The maps. Then the " Introductorium " o£ Frisius, 8 folios, the verso of the last blank. The preface is by Thomas Aucuparius, in which he lauds Vespucius. Maps: Forty-nine in number (Panzer gives 47), and more elaborate than those of the 1513 editions, being bordered with wood-cuts and vignettes. They closely resemble those of Waldseemiiller, but are smaller, and have changes and additions. On the reverse of the folio numbered 100, Frisius names Martin Ilacomylus as the author of the maps. They have descriptions on the reverse, and in that on the third of the African series is the passage about Pal- estine which Servetus was charged with promulgating in the edition of 1535. The fifth of the Asian series is larger than the rest. The maps showing parts of America are three in number. I. " Orbis typus Universalis juxta hydrographo- rum traditionem exactissime, 1522. L. F." On the left edge. South America is seen projecting, and above it the islands Isabella and Spagnola; but there is no trace of North America. The word America appears on the South American Conti- nent, — the first time the name occurs in any map of the Ptolemy series. This name America had already appeared either in print or manuscript upon the following maps or globes : a. Varnhagen in his paper on Schoner and Apianus refers to two globes, which are undated and in the collection of Freiherr von Hauslab at Vienna, — the one (printed) he puts in 1509, the other (manuscript) he assigns to about 1513. Wie- ser in his MagalhAes-Strasse, p. 27, doubts these dates. b. Wieser places with the printed Hauslab globe that of Schoner, which he earliest made, and which Wieser dates 151 5, and calls the two the earliest printed cartographical records of the name. This 1 51 5 globe will be again referred to later. c. A manuscript draft representing the northern and southern hemispheres, in four broad gores, cut off at the equator, giving eight triangular sections with convex sides. This is the work of Leonardo da Vinci, and it is preserved in the Queen's collec- tion at Windsor. This map is facsimiled and de- scribed in Major's paper in the Archceologia, vol. xl., and also considered in his life of Prince Henry the Navigator, p. 388. Major holds that it represents a stage of the discoveries not shown in any other map, but he wrote in ignorance at that time of the Stob- nicza map. The Da Vinci map shows Newfound- land and Florida both as islands, and a passage to a western sea north of the coast line of South Amer- ica. The northern continent of America has no existence except in the two islands already named. The name, America, is on that part of South America which comes within the southern hemi- sphere. The map is supposed to have been drawn about 1 512-14. A projection of the American part of it, in the modern hemispherical style, is given in Dr. Franz Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, Innsbruck, 1 88 1, who gives his reasons for thinking its date should be two years later, in 1515 or 1516. (Ibid., pp. 27, 54. 58.) d. In a Catalogue de livres rares et precieux appar- tenant ct M. H. Tross, 1881, no. xiv., no. 4924, a copy of the Cosmographice Introductio is described and given the imprint, Lugduni, 1514 (though the book is without date), and the title is accompanied by a folding sheet, showing twelve gores of a globe', a facsimile by S. Pilinski of the plate ( 14^^ X 7i inches), 14 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. which is said to be in the book. This gives South America as a comparatively narrow continental land, stretching from 12" N. to 41° S. latitude, in a general N.W. and S.E. direction, but with a sweep along the middle sections of the curve towards the east. This continental land bears the words, " America noviter reperta." North America has no western coast, the scale-bar cutting it off. The eastern coast-line runs north, from 180 to about 400 north, when it turns and extends easterly about 50, then again runs north till the continent ceases at about 580. Two islands which bear much of the same relation to each other as Cuba and Ilispaniola (the latter marked COD), are too high for their true positions, being in 35°. The plate is inscribed : " Universalis cosmographie descriptio tam in solido quern [sic] piano." The Catalogue makes this claim: "C'est done sur une carte essentiellement fran9aise, et gravee sur cuivre, que I'on trouve, six ans avant la publication de la carte gravee sur bois, ce nom d'America." It is not un- likely that the date of this edition of the Cosmo- graphicB Introductio (of which there are two copies in the British Museum) is put too early by a few years, and the map may possibly not belong to it. D'Avezac {Martin Hylacomylus, p. 123) thinks this edition was not earlier than 1517, because Robertet, to whom it is dedicated as Bishop of Alby, was not seated in that chair till Nov. 22, 1517. Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 63, erred in dating it 1510, as he has recently averred. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 182, ascribes it to Louis Boulenger, and says it was en- graved in 1 514, but disputes that it was the earliest to have the name America, saying " Une semblable appellation se lit sur la projection, egalement im- primee en fuseaux, d'un globe terrestre i la date de 1509, qui fait partie de la collection de M. le general de Hauslab, i Vienne. Nous ne savons si c'est une impression frangaise," and cites T>3.-vez3.c, Allocution h la Sociite de gSographie de Paris, 20 Oct. 1S71, p. i6. The copy in question having passed from Tross to Ellis & White, of London, is now in the library of Charles H. ICalbfleisch, of New York. Mr. F. S. Ellis, in a communication in the London Athenceum, July 16, 1881, claims that this engraved copper plate of 1514 shows Ludovicus Boulengier to have preceded by several years any other copper-plate engraving in France ; though this is denied, the en- graver of the plates in Breydenbach's Saintes Pere- grinatines de Jerusalem, Lyons, 1488, being referred to as the earliest in France to use metal. e. The map engraved on wood, referred to under the previous head, is one by Apianus, which appeared (measuring ill- X 14^ inches) in Gamer's edition of Solinus's Polyhistor in 1 520, and of which facsimiles are given in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 64 and in Santarem's Atlas, besides one on a much re- duced scale in Daly's Early Cartography. There are copies of Camer's Solinus in the Carter-Brown, Lenox and Amer. Antiq. society's, and Boston Public libraries. Triibner priced a copy in 1876 at ;^I5 ly. / and Weigel in 1877, Catalogue, no. 1534, 240 marks. Other recent prices are Leclerc, Bibl. Amer. (1881), no. 2686, joo francs ; and EUis & White's Catalogue ('877), ^25. The inscription on the map reads: " Tipus orbis universalis juxta Ptolomei Cosmogra- phi traditionem et Americi Vespucii aliorque lustra- tiones a Petro Apiano Leysnico Elucbrat. An. Do. M.DXX." When the map was reissued in 1530 in the first complete edition of Peter Martyr's Eight Decades, this date was changed to "M.DXXX." Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 94 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 154. Below the inscription is a heart-shaped projection of a map of the world, which by the extreme curvature of the lines distorts the new world, which is figured on the extreme left- hand. The attenuated continent of South America is entirely surrounded by water, and on it is this legend : " Anno d. 1497 hac terra cum adiacenti- bus insulis inventa est par Columbum lanuensem ex mandato regis castelle AMERICA provincia." North America, with a channel at the isthmus to the western ocean, is shaped much as in the pre- vious map [b.], except that the western shore is defined, and is marked " Ulteriora terra incognita." An island, which might stand for the Cabot-Corte- real discovery is marked " Lift, incognitum." Cf. Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 108; Kunstmann, Entdeckung Amerikas, 134 ; Kohl, Die beiden dltesten Karten, etc., 33; Uricoechea, Mapoteca Colombiana, no. 4. The same map also reappeared in the De Orbis Situ of Pomponius Mela, 1522, or at least it is found in Cranmer's copy of that book, now in the British Museum, and in the Huth copy, the editor of the Huth Catalogue, iv. 1372, erring however in call- ing it " the earliest known delineation of America with the name mentioned on it." Cf. H. Stevens, Bibl. Hist. no. 1272, who says : " This map was no doubt intended for both the Pomponius Mela and the Solinus. These books are uniform in size and after 1520 were issued together, and the map when found at all, is usually bound in the middle, between the two." This 1522 edition of Mela is the second of those having the letter of Vadianus. Leclerc, Bibl. A7ner., no. 459 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 590. There are references to the earliest maps bearing the name of America in Harrisse 's Notes on Colum- bus, p. 172. Santarem, p. 159, gives twenty-five edi- tions of Ptolemy between 1511 and 1584, which do not bear the name America on the map of the new world, and three' editions where it does ; namely, 1522, 1 541 and 1552. Cf. his statement in the Bulle- tin de la Soc. de Geog., 1837 (viii.), where he has traced down the use of the word America on the maps in his arguments against the claims for Vespucius put forth by Canovai. Varnhagen privately printed at Vienna in 1872 (61 pp. — 100 copies) the essay above referred to, concerning the early maps of America, which dis- cusses the question of the first appearance of that name. It was entitled : Jo. Schoiter e P. Apianus (Benewitz) influencia de um e outro e de varios de sens contemporaneos na adop^ao do 7iotJie America : primeiros globus e primeiros mappctsmundi com este nome, 2. " Tabula terre nova." This shows the north- eastern parts of South America, a distorted Gulf of Mexico, with a bay full of islands at the northwest angle of the gulf, and a three-mouthed river adja- cent. The coast line from Florida trends north up to 55°, and this North American continent is marked " Parias," which is cut off on the west by the edge of the map. " Isabella " and " Spagnoha," with some smaller islands, form the West Indian group. South America is marked " Terra Nova," with this legend, " Hec terra cum adiacentibs insulis inventa est p Cris- toferum Columbum ianuensem ex mandato Regis Castelle," and a picture representing canibals feed- ing on human flesh. This map has an account of Columbus's discoveries in gothic letter, within a square inlaid in the map itself, and also on the reverse pages. 3. " Tab. nova norbegix et Gottis." This shows the Scandinavian peninsula, with Engronelant, a broad projection north of it, and connected with it. These three maps are repeated in the 1525 edi- tion. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 15 It will be observed that the maps are beginning now to show the results arising from Balboa's dis- covery of the Pacific in 1513. The severance of the North American continent from Asia was not yet clearly established. Some cartographers unreserv- edly made its coasts identical with those described by Marco Polo, and were to do so for some years to come, like the monk Franciscus (1526), a manu- script map in the British Museum ( 1 530), the globe of Finaeus (1531), the Nancy globe (1540-50), the Ptolemy of 1548, and even so late as 1560 in the map of the Italian Paulo de Furlani. Others ex- pressed their doubt by making the western margin of their maps conceal the conditions ; others made the Pacific shores uncertain, while they indicated them ; while some, as Apianus had done, boldly drew in a western coast, just as Schoner had done in his 1515 globe. The continental extent of South America was universally recognized, and became AMERICA by virtue of its extensive insularity, while its connection with the northern continent — be that Asia or a new region — was still a disputed question, the theory of a western passage somewhere in the neighborhood of the Mexican gulf long linger- ing, even after a circumnavigation of its shore in 1518 had made it certain that no such passage existed. The maps or globes with which the chart of Api- anus would naturally be compared, because nearly contemporary with it, make evident all these condi- tions of geographical knowledge : a. A Portuguese portolano, preserved in the Royal library at Munich, and reproduced in Kunstmann's Atlas, pi. iv., and in Stevens's Notes, pi. v. places Mahomedan flags on the coasts of Nicaragua and Venezuela, showing the maker's belief in the Asian identification of those regions. Kohl, Discovery of Maine, no. x., gives a sketch of part of it, and dates it 1520; but Harrisse, Cabot, p. 167, puts it after Balboa's visit to Panama in 1516-17, and before 1520, because it shows no trace of Magellan's Straits. "Do Lavra- dor " is inscribed : " Terram istam portugalensis viderunt ; a tamen non intraberunt." On " Bacal- nao," we read : " Terram istam gaspar corte Regalis portugalensis primo invenit," etc. There is a fac- simile of the map in the National library at Paris. 6. Johann Schoner (or Schoner, for the custom varies, — b. 1477, d. 1547,) had printed under the patronage of Johann Sayer, i n 1 5 1 5, his Lziculentissima quadam Terra totius Descriptio (copies are in the Harvard College and Carter-Brown libraries) ; but it is usually described as without a map. Quaritch has described (Catalogue, no. 12408, £2.'^, as bound with other contemporary tracts, a copy which con- tains " a large wood-cut of his terrestrial globe." This engraving, however, as Mr. Quaritch informs me, is nothing but a picture of a mounted globe, showing the old world only. The Globe of 151 5 is described with an engraving in Franz Wieser's Magalkdes-Strasse, p. 19. It bears on an insular South America the word America, and varies little from his well-known later globe, except in the shape of the Antarctic Continent, which in 1515 he calls " Brasilie regio," and in 1 520, " Brasilia inferior," and separates it from South America by the straits which Magellan afterward confirmed. It was eigh- teen years before Munster became the first of the Ptolomean editors in the editions of 1540 to recog- nize this southern passage, though it is alleged there was a chart of Martin Behaim which showed it, and had been seen by Magellan, and the information must have been current by which Da Vinci in 1512- 15 was induced to delineate the broad expanse of water which separated South America from the Antarctic land. Wieser, p. 49, 52 ; Ramusio, Navi- gationi et Viaggi, i. 354 ; Peschel, Gesch. des Zeitalters der Entdeckungen, p. 616. The history of the prevalence of a belief in a great south-polar continent is traced in Wieser's Magal- hdes-Strasse, p. 59, and he says the earliest map to give it the name of " Austral-land," or " Terra Aus- tralis," is the Orontius Finaeus map of 1531, to be later described, and of this Wieser gives a projection of the ordinary polar-hemispheric kind. Cf. also Santarem, Hist, de la Cartog., ii. 277, on the notions of a large Southern Continent which long prevailed. Two copies of this 151 5 globe have been, as Wieser says, long known, but not recognized. One is at Frankfort on the Maine, and Jomard in his Monuments de la GSographie, nos. 15 and 16, has given a drawing of it, simply calling it a " Globe terrestre de la ier moitie du xvi siecle." Cf. also Kohl, Generalkarten von America, p. 33, Sid his Dis- covery of Maine, p. 159, where it is erroneously said to bear the date of 1 520 ; also Encyc. Britan- nica, X. 681, and Von Richthofen's China, p. 641, who places it later than Magellan's discovery. Cf. Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii., and Royal Geog. Soc. Journal, xviii. 45. The other is in the Militar-Bibliothek at Weimar, and is the one Humboldt in his Examen Critique, and in his in- troduction to Ghillany's Hitter Behaim, compares with the 1520 Globe of Schoner, and the Mappe- monde of 1546 in Honter's Rudimentorum- Cosmo- graphicarum libri ires (1578), which is in fact essentially the same as Apianus's map (1520) in Camer's Solinus, and it had first appeared in the Cracow (1534) edition of Honter's book. Wieser's drawing of the Globe is based on Jomard's facsimile, rectified by the Weimar copy, and in his text he rehearses the evidence of its being made by Schoner to accompany his Luculentissima Descriptio. In 1520 Schoner made another globe, which is preserved in the library at Nuremberg. This shows South America as a continent, disconnected from North America, which resembles closely the kind of delineation of which Stobnicza was the type, with the insular Corterealis as put down by the Polish geographer. His error was in making a western passage between the two Americas as had been done in the Lenox and Frankfort globes, and in those of the Hauslab collection already referred to, and in the maps of Da Vinci (1512-13), Apianus (1522), and Grynaeus (1532). The earliest reproduction of the American parts of this globe known to me appeared in the Jahresbericht der technischen Anstalten in Niirnberg fiir 1842 ; and in the same year Dr. Ghillany, the same writer, issued his Erdglobuj von Behaim. vom Jahre 1492 und der des Joh. Schoner von 1520, with plates of the two globes. Humboldt examines it in his Examen Critique, ii. 28, and again in his appendix to Ghil- lany's Ritter Behaim, where the best drawing of it is given. There are other representations in Santa- rem's Atlas, Lelewel's Giog. du Moyen-dge, Kohl's Discovery of Maine, Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, pi. no. I, Harper's Monthly, Feb., 1871, in connection with Maury's paper on the claims of Columbus, and in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 137, 208, who falls into an error in saying that " this is the first drawing to represent the regions of the new world as distinct, although not distant, from the Asiatic coast." Mr. Bancroft's error in this respect as in others arises from his failure of access to some important books, which do not seem to be in the libraries of the Pacific coast. He acknowledges his unacquaintance with the Stobnicza map, which could i6 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. have set him right in this point, to say nothing of the map already mentioned in the Tross Catalogue, likewise unknown to him. Kohl also gives the American parts in his Ge- schichte des Entdcckungsreisen zur Magellan' s-Strasse, Berhn, 1877, p. 8. Wieser, MagalMes-Strasse (p. 75) points out a globe of 1523 no longer known, and (p. 77) he recognizes a globe preserved in the Militar-Bibliothek at Weimar as another production of the same globe-maker, in elucidation of which Schoner in 1533 published his Opusculum Geografhicum. In this work Schoner claimed that " Bachalaos, called from a new kind of fish there, had been discovered to be continu- ous with Upper India " ; and he charges Vespucius with naming the new lands after himself. The southern hemisphere of this 1533 globe is given in Wieser's pi. v. It bears a strong resemblance to the Orontius FinEeus map of 1531, to be mentioned under the head of the Ptolemy of 1540. Schoner in 1523 printed his De nuper . . . repertis insults ac regionibus, of which tract copies in the Hof-bibliothek at Vienna and in the British Museum are the only ones known. Varnhagen in 1872 used the Vienna copy in producing a facsimile " Reimpres- sion fidele d'une lettre de Jean Schoner ecrite en 1523" (40 copies). Cf. Wieser, p. 116; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet, Additions, p. 168, — there seeming to have been a second edition of Schoner's tract, of which Wieser (p. 118) gives the latin text. c. Bordone's globe of 1521, of which a very small reduction is given in Lelewel's Atlas. Bordone in his maps employed the method "Sous la rose des vents," which was now being disused. He began his work in 1521, and, dying in 1531, the edition of 1534 is posthumous; but all the maps are con- sidered to be of 1 52 1 or earlier. See post, sub anno 1540. Of this period (1519) is also the Atlas of Visconte Maggiolo, preserved in the Royal library of Munich, which is inscribed: "Vesconte de MaioUo civis Janue Composuy banc cartara in Janua de anno Domini 1519." Cf. Kunstmann, Die Entdeckung Americas, 76, 135, 136; and atlas, pi. v.; Kohl, Die beiden Generalkarten, etc., 30, 146; Desimoni in Gior- nale Ligustico, p. 54. There is noted in the Kohl collection (Depart, of State at Washington) a general map of America of 1522, which that writer ascribes to Th. Ancu- parius. Copies : (1) Harvard College Library, — has mar- ginal notes in an old hand. (2) The Henry C. Mur- phy Library. (3) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the copy seen by Harrisse, who makes some minor errors in describing it. (4) Carter-Brown library. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 72 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 117; Additions, p. 90; Leclerc, Bibl. Americana (1867), (560 francs), and ( 1878) no. 473 (300 francs) ; Panzer, Annales typog-> vi- 97, no. 61 1, with references ; Huth Cata- logue, iv. 1 199; 'Br-anet, Supplement, ii. 330 ; Walcke- naer Catalogue, 2248 (17 francs) ; Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 501 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Graca, v, 275 ; Rai- delius, Commentatio, etc., 58 ; Humboldt, Examen Critique, \v. irg ; l^arpione, Del Prima Scopritore,?iT, Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen-dge, ii. 208; Hoffmann, Bibliog. Lexicon, iii. 319; Gbtze, Merkw. d. Dresden, Bibl. 1. 316. 1524. An edition (Nuremberg) is cited by Santarem in Bull, de la soc. de Giog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175. 3 1525. Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographicae Enarra- tionis Libri Octo Bilibaldo Pirckeymhero Interprete Annotationes loannis De Regiomonte in errores com- missos a lacobo Angela in translatione stia. Colophon on recto of the second no. 28 : Argen- toragi \sic, should be Argentoraii, i. e Strasbourg] Johannes Grieningerus, communibzcs lohannis Ko- berger impensis excudebat, Anno a Christi Natiuitate M.D.XXV. Tertio KaV Apriles. (Copied from a transcript of the title in the Prime copy, by favor of Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, and compared with the Boston Public Library copy.) Description : Title in a composite wood-cut border (same as 1522 edition) ; one page; dedication begins on verso of title, which is marked folio i, and is continued on folio 2, and the enumeration covering text ends on recto of 82, its verso being blank, but 6, 33, 40, 47 are numbered by mistake respectively 12, 32, 41, 48; 69 has a sphere on the verso; 70 is unnumbered, verso blank; 71 is 72; Regiomontanus's annotations, 14 unnumbered leaves, with colophon on recto of the last, and verso blank ; in a wood-cut border the following title : " Index Ptolemaei copiosus admodum, nee antea visus cum explanatione locor. quorQda ad nostram setatem, etc.", 34 leaves, being sig. a to f, in sixes, except the last which is in fours, and on the verso of the last leaf (£. 4) : " Errata passim emendanda ; " Tabula, — sig. 1-50, in twos. Brunei sajs : " J. Huttichius passe pour avoir dirige cette edition." The maps do not have the ornamented scroll at the top belonging to those of the 1522 edition, or have a different one ; and the text has fewer wood cuts. Maps : Fifty in number, engraved on wood ; with wood-cut figures and borders on the reverse. Those in the Astor copy are colored. They are sometimes made to be forty-nine in number, because one sheet has two on it; viz., no. 46, fourth page. They are numbered: 1-26 (10 of Europe, 4 of Africa, 12 of Asia) ; no. 27 is The ancient world ; general Ptole- mean maps; 28-50, but no. 35 is numbered -^6 by error ; nos. 46 and 47 are on one sheet ; and no. 50 is numbered on the right. The maps (with one exception, no. 49) are the same as in the 1522 edition, but vary a little in order, and no. 5 of the Asian series is (in the Boston Public Library copy at least) a smaller map than the cor- responding one in the 1522 edition (Harvard College copy) and matches the rest. The maps showing America are these : — 1. "Oceani occidetalis sen Terre None Tabula" (no. 28), which is the same as the "Tabula Ter. novae" of the 1522 edition. 2. " Gronlandiae et Russiae " (no. 49) is not in the 1522 edition, and represents Gronlanda [sic] as a long, narrow peninsula, running S.W. from the ex- treme N.W. of Europe. It also shows on the west- ern edge projecting land in the latitude of Ireland, and in the southwest corner a larger land, standing for South America. It follows the mappe monde in the 1513 edition, in these respects. 3. " Orbis. typus. universalis. luxta. Hydrographo- rum. Traditionem. Exactissime. Depicta. 1522. L. F." The 1522 map of Laurentius Frisius, the date unchanged, — being the last in the book. Copies: (1) Library of Congress. (2) Astor Li- brary. (3) New York Historical Society. (4) Boston Public Library, shelf-no. 2280.7. (5) Baltimore Mer- cantile Library, bound in the original oak boards. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. ^1 (6) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (7) Carter- Brnvn Library. (8) William C. Prime (New York). (9) Charles H. Kalbjleisch. Quaritch has o£ late years priced copies at £,^ "js. and ;if 10 loj. A copy was sold in New York, Nov. 21, 1876. MuUer prices copies at 60 and 90 Dutch florins. References : Boston Public Library Catalogue, B. H. Supplement, p. 512 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 87 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 136, with some errors of description ; Walc&enaer Catalogue, no. 2249 (40 francs) ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 955 ; Sup- plement, ii. 330 ; Library of Congress Catalogue ( 187 1 ), p. 435; Panzer, Annates typog., vi. 107, no. 698, with references ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 474 (200 francs); yiviXer, Books on America (1875), no. 3246; (1877) no. 2620; Puttick and Simpson's Catalogue (1872), no. 701 ; Quaritch, Catalogue (i%%o),^. ii54(;^ioioj); Grsesse, Trhor de livres, v. 501 ; Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 319 ; Aspinwall Catalogue, no. 6 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Crceca, v. 276. 1527. An edition (Paris) is cited by Santarem in Bull, de la soc. de Geog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175. 1528. An edition (Venice) is cited by Santarem in Bull, de la soc. de Glog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175. 1532. Title : Ptolomei Tabulce geographicee cum Eandaui annotationibus eggregie illustratae. Colophon : Argentorati apud Petrum Ofiilionem. M.D.XXXII. (Copied from Brunet, Supplement.) Description : Folio. Title ; no leaves num- bered ; 8 maps ; 2 unnumbered leaves. Maps : Eight in number, each occupying two pages. Copies : References : Brunet, Suppliment, ii. 330. 1533. Title : De geographia libri octo [grace], summa cum vigilantia excusi (dicat Erasmus Theobaldo Feti- chio medico) Basilice (Hier. Frobenius et Nic. Episco- pius) anno 1533. (Copied from Brunet, — Panzer gives the Greek title.) Description : The earliest edition in Greek. Quarto. Four folios ; then 542 pages, and colo- phon. Maps : None. Copies : (1) The Henry C. Murphy Library. References : Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2230 (25 francs) ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 950 ; Sunderland Cata- logue, iv. 10350; Panzer, Annates typog., vi. 293, no. 910, with references. Fabricius, Bibl. Graca, v. 276. I 1535. Title : Claudii Ptolemaei Geographicie enarrationis libri acto. Ex Bilibaldi Perckeymheri tralatione, sed ad Grceca &" prisca exemplaria a Michaele Villano- vano iam primum recogniti, Adjecta insuper ab eodem scholia guibus exoleta urbittm nomina ad nostri secjtli more exponuntur. Quinquaginta ilia quoque cum ve- terum turn recentium tabulce adnectuntur variique ; incolentium ritus &' mores explicantiir. [Woodcut, with words : Usus me genuit.] Lugduni ex officina Melchioris et Gasparis Trechselfratrum. M.D.XXXV. On the reverse of title : Michael Villanovanus lec- tori. S. Amplissimo Domino Sebastiano episcopo Brix- iensi, Bilibaldus Perckeymherus. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Catalogue.) Description : Folio. Title ; one unnumbered leaf; folios 5-149; table 1 page, reverse blank; 50 maps ; index, 38 leaves. The part this book played in the condemnation of its editor, Servetus, has given it fame ; and since many copies were burnt by order of Calvin, it has become rare. In connection with a map of the Holy land in the second series of maps was a statement that it was not such a fertile land as was generally believed, since modern travellers reported it barren. The careless virulence of his persecutor is evinced by the fact that this paragraph, so objectionable to him, was simply reproduced from the editions of 1522 and 1525. The next edition (1541), however, omit- ted it. Maps : Fifty in number, wood-cuts, and generally in imitation of those in the Waldseemiiller series. They are t e 27 Ptolemean maps ; the Admiral's map ; and the 22 new maps, which include two maps of the world, the 17 modern maps of the 1513-20 editions, the map of Lorraine, and two new Asian maps. The map after No. 46 is a half sheet. Those referring to America are : — 1. On obverse of folio 28: " Tabula terre nova." The same as in the 1522 and 1525 edition. Cf. Har- risse, Bibl. Amer. Vet. no. 210. 2. On folio 50 : " Orbus typus universalis juxta hydrographorum traditionem exactissime depicta. 1522. L. F." The same as in the 1522 and 1525 edition. To the account of Columbus in the earlier edi- tions, Servetus adds a few words deprecating the putting the claims of Vespucius above those of Co- lumbus. 3. "Tabula nova Norbegiae," etc. See the 1522 and 1525 editions. Copies : (1) Boston Public Library (shelf-mark, 4140.4). (2) Astor Library (two copies). (3) College of New Jersey, — wants two leaves and five maps; but has the American map ; is inscribed " Ex libris Jomard." (4) Carter-Brown Library. (5) The Henry C. Murphy Library, (6) Samuel L. M, Barlow. References : Boston Public Library Catalogue, Bates Hall Supplement, p. 512; Astor Library Cata- logue ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 115; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 210, describing the British Mu- seum copy ; Brunet, Manual, iv. 955 ; Suppliment, ii. 330 ; Cliatsworth Catalogue, iii. 268 ; LeClerc, Bibl. Americana, no. 475 (200 francs) ; Tross, Catalogue (1875), ('S° francs) ; Panzer, Annates typog., vii. 365, no. 776, with references ; Quaritch, Catalogue (1880), no. 2084 {£12, I2s] ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2250 (80 francs) ; Fabricius, Bibl. Gmca, v. 276 ; Hoff- mann, Lexicon, iii. 319; Labanoff Catalogue, no. 2-^; MuUer, Catalogue (1875), "°- 3248: Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 501, with references ; Raidelius, Commen- tatio de CI, Ptol, geog,, 61 ; Humboldt, Examen Cri- tique, iv. 137 ; Willis, Servetus and Calvin, ch. viii. ; Tollin, " Michel Servet als geograph," in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fUr Erdkunde, 1875, p. 182. Michael de la Roche, New memoirs of literature, London, 1725, vol. i., containing, p. 26, "An account of a very rare edition of Ptolemy's geography, pub- i8 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. lished by Michael Servetus in the year 1535," written (see p. 410) by Le Courayer. *,• Hairisse, Bibl. Amcr. Vet., p. 344, enumerates various works on Servetus and the causes of his martyrdom. 1538. An edition is cited by Santarem in Bull, de la soc. de Glog., 1837 (viii.), p. 175, but I suppose it to be the astronomical, not the geographical, treatise. 1540. Title : Claudii Pfolemisi Alexandrini libri viii. de Geographia e Graeco denuo deducti. . . . Joannes Ncrvio magi [J. Bronchorst] opera. Coloniae, excudebat J. Ruremondanus, Anno 1 540, mense Martio. Description : Latin version of the original Greek, without modern additions. Octavo. Eight prelim- inary leaves ; 388 pp., and 49 leaves for index. Maps : none. References : Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2252 ; Graesse, Trhor de livres, v. 501 ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 955. 1540. * Title : Geographia universalis, veius, et nova, com- plectens Claudii Ptolemczi Alexandrini enarrationes JLibros VIII. Quorum primus nova translatione Pirckheimheri ^ accessione commentarioli illustrior quhm hactenus fuerit^ redditus est. . . . Adiectx sunt huic posteriori editioni nvuce quiedam tabula, quce hac- tenus apud mdla?n. PtoleTnaicam impressuram vises sunt. Basilece, apud Henricum Petruvi. Mense Mar- tio Anno M.D.XL. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Catalogue.) Description : Folio. Title, and 9 preliminary leaves, including six of index; 17 unnumbered leaves; one blank leaf; text, 1-154 pages ; 48 maps; appendix, 157-195 pp. The device of H. Petrus on the reverse of last leaf. The maps sometimes follow the appendix. Edited by Sebastian Miinster. Maps : Forty-eight wood-cut maps as follows : Mappemonde ; nos. 2-28, the ancient maps, rede- signed by Miinster ; twenty modern maps, " novae Tabulae," designed by Miinster, and numbered i-xx. Miinster was born in 1489, and died of the plague in 1552. In 1532 he had already contributed a map of the world, and had described it in the Ncrvus Orbis, which was published at Basle in 1532, and is usually ascribed to Grynaeus, because his name is signed to the preface. Miinster's map, however, is not often found in the book. The Bibliotheca Grenvilliana, even, says : " No map has ever been seen in this edition. Muller says that of twenty copies of the Novus Orbis, which he had examined, only one had the map. The copies in the Harvard College [1354.28] and Boston Public [4160.8] libra- ries lack the map. Those in the Carter-Brown ( Cat- alogue, no. loi) and Barlow (Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 171) libraries have the map. There are other copies of the book in the Lenox and Astor libraries. Rich, in 1832, held a copy with the map at £,\ \s.; Quaritch and Leclerc {Bibl. Amer., no. 411) have of late years priced copies with the map ^t £,% £3 ^os., and 125 francs. Muller, Books on America (1872), 1845; (1875); (1877) no. 1 301, has held copies with the map at 70, 75, 58 florins. Mul- ler has also issued a facsimile of the 1532 map {10 copies, at 15 florins); and reproductions of it are given in Stevens, Notes, pi. iv. no. 4, and Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. See further on the book, Ternaux, Bibl. Americaine, no. 38 ; and Sabin, Dictionary, ix. 34, 100. The map, however, was used in the 1537 and 1555 editions of the Novus Orbis with only in some copies a change in the size of the type used for the names. Miinster's 1532 map closely resembles the Schoner and Frankfort globes, in the shape of North America and in the placing of Corterealis, as well as the sev- erance of South America by a strait. This north- ern land is called "Terre de Cuba." The southern continent is drawn broad in the northerly part, but suddenly contracts, making the lower portion long and narrow, and it bears these words : " Parias," "Canibali," "America," "Terra Nova," "Prisilia." In some parts of the map the designation of countries is printed from type inserted in the block, and the size of these type varies in some copies. This 1532 map, being so much behind the current knowledge of America, was not altogether creditable to Miinster; and in 1540, he undertook the editing of the edition of Ptolemy now under consideration, aiming to correct the erroneous views of Waldsee- miiller, which had largely prevailed since the edition of 1513. In this 1540 edition of Ptolemy he placed the fol- lowing new maps, which are of interest in the his- tory of American Cartography. 1. "Typus universalis." An elliptical map, with America on the left, except that the western part of Mexico, called " Temistitan " is carried to the Asia side of the map. In the north a narrow neck, ex- tending west, widens into " Islandia," with " Thyle," an island south of it ; and still further westward it becomes " Terra nova sine de Bacalhos." South of this is a strait, marked "per hoc fretu iter patet ad Molucas." The northern boundary of the western end of this strait is India Superior. South of it, opposite Bacalhos, is a triangular land, without name, but with an off-lying island, — "Corterael." Its western shore is washed by a Verrazano Sea, which nearly severs it from " Terra Florida." South America is so vaguely drawn on its western bounds that its connection with North America is uncertain. It is called "America, sen insula Brasilii." Magel- lan's Straits separates it from the antarctic land ; and these straits are for the first time shown in any Pto- lemean map. We have knowledge that in 1517 Magellan and his friend, the astronomer, Faleiro, made " a globe on which they depicted America and the great oceans between America and the old world," — a production no longer known. The map of his straits, which a few years later he made when he sailed through them, is likewise unknown to modern inquirers. (Dr. Kohl's Paper on Lost Maps.) The delineation of the straits in 151 5 has already been mentioned under the head of the Ptolemy of 1522. The Magellan' s-Strasse of Kohl (Berlin, 1877) and the Magalhdes-Strasse of Wieser (Innsbruck, 1881) are both thorough treatises on the history of the dis- covery and exploration of the Straits. 2. '• Novae insulae xxvi nova tabula." This is no. 45 of the whole, or no. 17 of the twenty new maps, showing both Americas. Kohl in delineating it (Discovery of Maine, pi. xv^), dates it by error, 1530; and Hubert H. Bancroft, History of the Pacific States, i., copies the error. A similar gulf, from the northwest, projects down into North America as in the other map. On South America is this legend: " Insula Atlatica quam vocant Brasilii & Amer- icam." Cf. Murphy's Verrazzano, p. 104, There are other A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 19 drafts of the map in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii., and in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 147. This map, Nomis Orbis, beside appearing in sev- eral later editions of Ptolemy, also served MUnster in more than one edition of his o-^xn CosmograpAia (1544, 1555, etc.), and Kohl, Discovery of Maine, ■p. 296, states that he found the same plate used here and there for more than fifty years. It appears in the Harvard College copy of the edition of 1554 of Munster's Cosmographim Universalis Lib. VI., being no. 14 of the series, with a Latin title on the recto of the first half of the folded sheet, this caption be- ing on the map itself, — " Tabula nouarum Insula- rum [«■<:], quas diuersis respectibus Occidentales & Indianas uocant." On the South American Conti- nent, the words " Die Niiw Welt " appear in large type, — the only German on the map, an indication of its use in the editions in that language. Harvard College library has also, bound separately, the same map, with no variations, except that the caption over the top of the map is in German, and so is the in- scription on the outside, as folded. It is not num- bered, and may have been issued separately as well as in German editions of the Cosmographia. It is of interest now to inquire what explorations had been followed, and what maps had been pro- duced since the edition of 1522, which could have been of assistance to Miinster in drafting these new theories of the general contour of the American con- tinent.' The distinctive feature of Miinster's map — the sea •which nearly severs North America — is traced to the explorations of Giovanni de Verrazzano in 1524. Into the questions in dispute, which were raised by Buckingham Smith, and have been pressed by Henry C. Murphy against the general credence imposed in these explorations, it is not necessary to enter here. The belief in the story first found public cartograph- ical expression in the map mider consideration ; and MUnster may possibly have used Verrazzano's charts, which are now lost. Ortelius in his catalogue of maps does not name them. It is supposed that Lok used them in the map known by his name, which is given in Hakluyt's Divers Voyages of 1582, where the western sea is called after Verrazzano, and Lok's map is reproduced in the Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 288, in the Hakluyt's Society's reprint of the Divers Voyages, in Kohl s Discovery of Maine, p. 290, and in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. Verrazzano's name is dropped from all the maps after 1583. The validity of the claims for Giovanni de Verraz- zano largely rests, however, on a planisphere of about 1529, made by Hieronimus de Verrazzano, measuriiig 51 X 102 inches, which was discovered in the CoUegio Romano de Propangada Fide in the Museo Borgiano, at Rome. It is not certain that the map is an origi- nal, and it may be a copy. It was mentioned by Von Murr in his Behaim, Gotha, 1801, p. 28, refer- ring to a letter of Cardinal Borgia of Jari. 31, 179S, regarding it. It was again mentioned in Millin's Magazin Encyclopidique, vol. Ixviii (1807). Gen- eral attention was first directed to it in 1852 in Thomassy's Les Papes Geographes, in the Nouvelles Annates des Voyages, Paris, iii. (1853) p. 269, and printed separately the same year, pp. 112. Two im- perfect photographs of the map were procured for the American Geographical Society in 1871, and it is described by Mr. Brevoort in their Journal, 1873. Buckingham Smith had translated the French ac- count of it in the Historical Magazine, October, 1866. Reductions of it are given in C. P. Daly's Early Car- tography, much reduced, p. 34 ; in the opposing mon- ographs of Brevoort, Verrazano the Navigator (1874), and Murphy, The Voyage of Verrazzano (1875), both describing it. Brevoort also gives an enlarged sec- tion of it, and for comparison the same coast from the Spanish Mappamundi of 1 527, following Kohl's facsimile in his Karten von Amerika. Brevoort is also of the opinion that Hier. Verrazano got his western sea from Oviedo's Somario of 1526. See Brevoort's Verrazano, p. 5. Dr. DeCosta in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., Aug. 1878, gives a reduction from Mr. Murphy's engraving, and an enlarged sec- tion in which he inserted the names, which were ob- scure in the photograph from which Mr. Murphy worked. Dr. DeCosta repeats his various maps and sums up the subject in his Verrazano the Explorer, New York, 1881. He has since added to this edition a revision of the Verrazano map, based upon Desi- moni's criticism of his reading of the names on the coast. Cf. also Harrisse, Cabot, p. i8o. The globe of Euphrosynus Ulpius, 1542, found by Buckingham Smith in Spain, and now in the cabinet of the New York Historical Society, shows Ver- razzano's discoveries. See Harrisse, no. 291 ; and Charles Deane's notes in Hakluyt's Western Plant- ing, p. 218. The same midway narrowing of North America by a western sea was drawn in manuscript, before Miinster engraved it, in the great portolano of Bap- tista Agnese in 1 536, and Mr. Brovoort thinks MUn- ster must have copied Agnese. Harrisse, Cabot, p. 188, gives a considerable essay on the cartographical works of Agnese, who lived at Venice from 1536 to 1564, and from whom we have various portolanos, signed and dated in the following years : 1536, 1543. 1544. 1545. 1553-1555. "559. and 1564, — of which mention will be made successively further on. Of that of 1536, which now concerns us, there are said to be copies at Munich and at Dresden. Another copy in the British Museum (MSS. no. 19927) is marked Baptista agnessius ianuensis, fecit venetijs, 1536, die 13 October ; that in the Bodleian is dated ic^-^d die Martii. It is an atlas of a dozen leaves. A similar configuration belongs to an atlas preserved at Turin (about 1530-1540), of which Wuttke gives a sketch in plate vii. of the Jahresbericht des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870. The Agnese map of 1536 is included in the Kohl Collection of the State Department, and is sketched by Kohl (Discovery of Maine, 292), who gives on a single plate (p. 296), four other maps, indicating the same features of Verrazzano's influence. One of these is the Novus Orbis of 1540 by MUnster (which Kohl misdates). Another is a map ascribed to Ruscelli (1544) to be described later. A third is an anony- mous portolano (1536) preserved in the Bodleian, which represents a narrow continent running north- east and southwest, with a northerly passage, per- haps corresponding to the St. Lawrence River. The last is a map by the Portuguese, Diego Homem, pre- served in the British Museum, and probably of the same year with the Novus Orbis (1540), with a simi- lar northern passage. Mr. Murphy in his Voyage of Verrazzano, p. 106, denies that these four maps show any dependence upon the chart of Verrazzano. De Costa, in his Ver- razano the Explorer, argues for the decided influence of that map on later cartography. The latest word upon the subject is said by Mr. J. Carson Brevoort, in the Mag. of Amer. Hist, Feb. 1882, p. 1 23, and July, 1882, p. 481. It is claimed by Mr. Murphy and the sceptics that the so-called letter of Verrazzano, describing his 20 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. voyage, was really compiled upon the reports of the voyage of the Portuguese Estevan Gomez, who, as one of the results of the congress of Badajos, was sent in 1525 to explore the coast of what is now the United States. There are two maps, thought by some to have grown out of the Gomez voyage, though that of 1527 has no mention of Gomez, and that of 1529 has a legend along the New England coast, depre- ciating the importance of the discoveries of Gomez. The first is an anonymous parchment chart (1527), preserved in the Grand Ducal library at Weimar, which is described and in part depicted by Kohl in his Die beiden altesten Generalkarten von Amerika, Wiemar, i860; and this same commentator gives a smaller section in his Discovery of Maine. Cf. Hum- boldt, Examen Critique, ii. 184, and his preface to Ghillany's Ritter Behaiin ; Harrisse, Cabot, pp. 6g, 172 ; Murr, Memorabilia bibliothecarum, Nuremberg, 1786, ii. p. 97 ; Lindenau, Correspondance de Zach, Oct. iSio; Lelewel, dog. du Moyen Age, ii. no. The map has sometimes been attributed to Ferdi- nand Columbus ; but Harrisse dismisses his claim, as well as those of Alonzo de Santa Cruz, Chaves, Ribero, and Simon de Alcazaba de Sotomayor ; and after pointing out the resemblance in the nomencla- ture of the map to that of Pedro Reinel, he inclines to attribute it to Nuiio Garcia de Toreno, the maker of the Venice map of 1 534, later to be mentioned. The map has this title : Carta universal, en que se contiene iodo lo que del Mundo se a descubierto hasta aora hizola un cosmo£;rapho de Su Magestad Anno M.D.XXVIIen Sevilla. Of the same date (1527) is the map, which Desi- moni cites in the Giornale Ligustico, p. 62, as by the Vesconte de Maiollo, preserved in the Biblioteca Am- brosiana, at Milan, though Desimoni quotes the in- scription thus : " Vesconte de maiollo composuy banc cartam in Janua de Anno Domini 1587, die xx de- cembris ; " and says that it bears on the South Amer- ican continent the following legend : " Terra nova descoberta per Christoforo Colombo Januensera [w]." The date, 1587, should be 1527, and the inscription as Harrisse (Cabot, p. 177) gives it, is " Vesconte de Maiollo conposuy banc cartam In Janua anno dny. 1527. die xx decenbris." Desi- moni has since reproduced it, correcting the date, in his Alio studio secondo intorno a Giovanni Verraz- zano, third appendix, published at Genoa in 1882. Dr. De Costa showed a large photograph of it at a meeting of the N. Y. Historical Society, May, 1883, pointing out that the name " Francesca " on it gives Verrazano, rather than Cartier the credit of bestow- ing that appellation on the northern parts of Amer- ica. Mag. of Amer. Hist., June, 1883, p. 477. For Maiollo's cartographical standing, see Heinrich Wuttke's Geschichte des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, p. 61. The second of the Gomez charts is Diego Ribero's parchment map of 1529, copies of which are pre- served at Weimar and Rome. Kohl gives a fac- simile of the American parts in his General-Karten, and a smaller reduction in his Discovery of Maine, p. 229 ; and De Costa sketches the eastern seaboard of North America in his Verrazano the Explorer. A reduction is also to be found in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 146, and in Lelewel's Geog. du Moyen Age, and Murphy, p. 129, gives it with Eng- lish names. The earliest reproduction is given in a memoir (describing a copy then at Jena in the library of Biittner) by M. C. Sprengel, in 1795, appended to a German translation of Munoz, and printed sepa- rately as Vber Ribero's dlteste Welt-karte. There is a copy in Harvard College Library. The map is also described in Humboldt's Examen critique, iii. 184. Thomassy, Les Rapes Geographes, p. 118, in referring to the original, says there are two other copies of it, beside the one in the Propagande, and he cites from the Gazetta letteraria universale of May, 1796, p. 468, a letter from Rome respecting Sprengel's account. Santarem (Bull, de la Soc. de Geog., 1847, vii. p. 310) also mentions this map as being in the Propagande, and as having belonged to Cardinal Borgia. Cf. also Santarem's Recherches sur la decouverte des pays au- delh du cap Bojador, pp. xxiii and 125; Murr, Hist, diplom. de Behaim, p. 26; Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, ii. 166, and pi. 41. This Ribero map bears the following inscription : Carta universal en que se contiene todo lo que del mujido. Se ha descubierto fasta agora : Hizola Diego Ribero Cosmographo de Su magestad : Ano de 1529. La Qual Se devide en dos partes conforme ct la capitu- lafton que hizieron los catholicos Reyes de espana, y El Rey don Juan de portugal en la Villa \cittci\ de Torde- sillas : Ano de 1494. The Propagande copy has the words "en Se- villa," after the date. Ribero was a Portuguese, but in the service of Spain, having been made royal cosmographer, June lo, 1523. He died in 1533. Harrisse describes the Weimar copy as having on " Tiera del Labrador " the words : " Esta tierra descubrieron los Ingleses no ay en ella cosa de prouecho." Thomassy says the Vatican (Propa- gande) copy only indicates the discovery of Labrador " by the English of Bristol." There is a certain resemblance to both these Wei- mar charts in what is called the Portolano of Philip IL, given to him by Charles V., and which is de- scribed by Malte-Brun in the Bull, de la Soc. de Geog., 1876, p. 625. Its precise epoch can best be fixed by the discoveries in Florida, Peru, California, and the voyage of Magellan (1519-21), which it chronicles, and the absence of any positive configuration of the coast of Chili, which was tracked in 1536. Making allowance for the time necessaiy for the spreading of intelligence in those days, we may put the chart not earlier than 1535, nor later than 1540. An edi- tion of a hundred copies of a photographic repro- duction of it, with an introduction by M. Frederic Spitzer, was issued in Paris about 1875. A map of the same type is that given in facsimile in the Cartas de Indias, published by the Spanish government in 1877, and entitled " Carta de las An- tillas, seno Mejicano y costas de tierra firme, y de la America setentrional." Thomassy (Les Rapes glographes, p. 133) cites a MS. parchment atlas preserved in the Propagande, entitled Orbis maritimus saculi xv (i.e. xvi), which has a map of the Pacific showing America and the Moluccas, seemingly of a date not long after the Spaniards had reached that sea ; and after the dis- coveries of Gomez, which are noted, and all the eastern coasts of America are given except the ex- treme easterly parts of South America, cut off by the edge of the sheet, which is, however, given in the fifth or the next following map of the series. Henry Stevens, who contends that Ribero's map was a partisan production and did not grow out of the Gomez voyage, says that a wood-cut map, meas- uring 21 X 17 inches, of which the only copy is in the Lenox Library (sold to Mr. Lenox in 1853 for £\?> i8j.), was evidently compiled from these maps of Ferdinando Columbus and Ribero, while Henri Harrisse thinks it preceded the 1527 map, and was very likely of the same authorship. Harris, the English penman, executed a facsimile of this wood- cut map in 1850, which is entitled: La carta uniuer- sale della terra firma dr* Isole delle Indie occidetali, cio i del mondo nuouo fatta per dichiaratione delli libri A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 21 delle Indie, cauata da due carte da nauicare fatte in Sibilia da li filoti della Maicsta Cesarea. The original was printed at Venice in 1534. It is also given of quarter-size facsimile in Stevens's Notes, pi. ii. ; and again in his illustrated edition of the Bibliot/ieca Ceographica, no. 2955. This Venice map, according to Mr. Stevens, " notwithstanding all research, has remained unique to this day (1882)," and according to Mr. Brevoort and Harrisse {Cabot, p. 168) it belongs to the conglomerate work of Peter Martyr and Oviedo (Historia de I' Indie occidentali), which was printed in three parts at Venice in 1534. Murphy {Verrazzano, 125) quotes the colophon of the Oviedo part of the book to give the origin of the map : " Printed at Venice in the month of Decem- ber, 1534. For the explanation of these books there has been made a universal map of the countries of all the West Indies, together with a special map [His- paniola], taken from two marine charts of the Span- iards, one of which belonged to Don Pietro Martire, Councillor of the Royal Council of the said Indies, and was made by the pilot and master of marine charts, Nuiio Garzia de Toreno in Seville. The other was made also by a pilot of the majesty, the em- peror, in Seville." Quaritch, in one of his Catalogues (no. 349, p. 1277), says that an advertisement at the end of the secondo libro, of Xeres, Conquista del Peru, Vinegia, 1 534, — shows that the map in the first ed. of Peter Martyr's Decades was made by Muiio Garcia de Toreno at Seville. Harrisse refers to a map of Toreno, preserved in the Royal library at Turin, which is dated 1522, in which he is called " pi- loto y maestro de cartas de nauegar de Su magestad." The American part of this last chart is unfortunately missing. Cf. Vincenzo Promis, MeTnoriale di Diego Colembo con nota sulla bolla di Alessandro VI., Torino, i86g, p. II. The subject is examined in a paper by Heinrich Wuttke, " Zur Geschichte der Erdkunde in der letzten halfte des Mittelalters," in the Jahres- bericht des Vereinsfiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, vol. vi. and vii. p. 61, etc. Inasmuch as Peter Martyr died in September, 1526, it is Harrisse's opinion that the date given it by Stevens (1534) is not early enough, and that it should go back to a time anterior to Mar- tyr's death. Harrisse calls it the earliest known chart of Spanish origin which is crossed by lines of latitude and longitude, and thinks it marks a type, adopted by the Spanish cosmographer a little after the return of Cano from the Straits of Magellan and of Pascual de Andagoya from Panama in 1522, with additions based on the tidings brought by Gomez on his return to Seville in December, 1525. Harrisse also refers to a portolano, Spanish and anonymous, which is preserved at Mantua, and which is numbered 168 in Uzielli's Elenco. Stevens considers Toreno's delinea- tion of the eastern coast of the two Americas the best which had been drawn up to this date. This Martyr-Oviedo compilation, which was the work of Ramusio, is not a very rare book without the map, and in this condition it is found in the Harvard College, Carter-Brown, J. C. Brevoort, H. C. Murphy, and Lenox libraries, — the latter being the Ternaux copy. Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 107 ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. no. 344; and Nuggets, ii. 1808; Sitn- derland Catalogue, vt. 8177; Rich, Catalogue (1832), no. 10 ; Ternaux, Bibl. Amiricaine, no. 43. Mnnster could hardly have derived much assist- ance from the two small maps which Apianus in- serted in the first edition of his Cosmographicus Liber, I C24, — one showing " America " and the other mark- ing an island " Ameri." This book is scarce and is worth 2^5 or £(>. (Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 78 ; Huth Catalogue, i. 39, where the collation differs from that given in Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 127; Sabin, Dictionary, no. 1738; Clement, 5/A/. Curicuse, i. 404.) There was some change for the better in the shape of America as given in the 1539 edition. Of perhaps the same year (1524) is the earliest globe to show Nortli America disconnected from Asia, which is inscribed "Nova et Integra universi orbis descriptio." It was long preserved at Pr^- montr^ and is now in the Biblioth^que nationale at Paris. It has no date. D'Avezac fixed it even before 1524; others have put it about 1540. (Raemdonck, Les sphires de Mercator, 28 ; Davezac in Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. (i86o),xx. 398.) On the western coast of America is written : " Hec littora non dum sunt cognita." The eastern shores of North America are called " Terra Francesca." There is in the Huth Library (Catalogue, iv. p. H71) a MS. on vellum, covering ten very beauti- fully executed maps, apparently drawn by an Italian geographer for a Spanish or Portuguese navigator. It is a small folio (10 X 7 inches). The Catalogue gives no further description of the American regions than that "the southwest coast of South America is left blank, which would fix the date as not later than 15250^1530-" Nor could Miinster have derived much assistance from the misshapen outline of America, which ap- peared in the Libro di Benedetto Bordone, in 1528, the first edition of the book, known later as the Iso- lario. The map was repeated in the 1533 edition. This outline is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Cen- tral America, i. 144. There is a copy in the Astor Library. Cf. Sabin, Dictionary, ii. 6417 ; Lelewel, Ghg. du Moyen Age, ii. 114, 162 ; Carter-Brown Cata- logue, no. 91; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 145; Brunet, Manuel, i. I II 2; Zurla, Marco Polo, ii. 363; Lenglet du Fresnoy, MHhode pour Studier la Geogra- phic, i. 419; Renouard, /i?!Kfl/« des Aide, i. 142. Kohl, in his MS. in the American Antiquarian So- ciety's library, gives 1530 as the date of a manuscript map in the British Museum, which is the earliest he can find, making a return to the view which obtained before Stobnicza, that North America was an easterly prolongation of Asia. This map places " Mangi provincia " in northern Mexico, which is connected westerly with the Asiatic main. Kohl has also in- cluded a copy of this map in his Washington collec- tion. The original belongs to a MS. in the Sloane collection, called De Principiis Astronomic, and the configuration of the eastern coast of North America is identical with that of Finaeus's map, next to be mentioned. In 1531, Orontius Finaeus (Oronce Fine) produced, at the cost of Christian Wechel, his cordiform map, which came out in tlie Paris edition (1532) of Gry- naeus's Novus Orbis, and is entitled " Nova et Inte- gra universi orbis descriptio." A facsimile of it has been made by MuUer of Amsterdam, and it is repro- duced in Stevens's Notes, pi. 4, and was much re- duced in Daly's Early Cartography, p. 34. The distortions incident to the projection which is used, makes Mr. Brevoort's rendering of it into Merca- tor's projection more comprehensible than the orig- inal. Stevens, Notes, pi. 4, gives this Brevoort draw- ing, and it is reproduced in the Narrative and Criti- cal Hist, of America, iii. p. 21, and sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. p. 149. The geography of this Finaeus map was the earliest return in a published map to the belief, just mentioned, that North America was really Eastern Asia, and South America a continental peninsula extending from Southeastern Asia. (Cf. Wieser's Magalhdes- Strasse, p. 66, et seij.) Harrisse, Cabot, p. 182, has 22 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. pointed out the similarity of its nomenclature to the two Weimar charts of 1527 and 1539. The map in the folio edition of the Epitot7ic of Vadianus (1534) is said to resemble this of Finaeus, but with " nota- ble changes." It is called "Typus cosmographicus universalis. Tiguri Anno. M.D.XXXIIII." The Huth Catalogue, v. 1508, says : " We here find Amer- ica marked, but it is represented as an island some- what in the shape of South America." Leclerc, BM. Amer., no 586 (130 francs) ; Carter-Brown Cat- alogue, no. 112. The octavo edition of Vadianus of the same year has, we suspect, no map ; but Quaritch a few years ago advertised a copy, — " the only copy he had ever seen containing the map," for £i,. Copies of the Paris edition of Grynaeus are in the Lenox, Barlow, and Carter-Brown libraries, — the Lenox library having both varieties of imprint. The preface is said sometimes to be wanting ; at other times it is disfigured by the erasures of para- graphs offensive to the Inquisition. Cf . Harrisse, Bill. Amer. Vet., nos. 172, 173 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 102 ; Sabin's Dictionary, ix. nos. 34101, 34102 ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 412 (150 francs) and 2769; Stevens, Bibl. Geographica, p. 124; Sunderland Cata- logue, no. 263; MuUer, Books on America (1872), no. 1847 ; Kohl, Maps in Hakluyt, p. 29. The two Paris imprints are : " Apud Galeotum a Prato," and " Apud Joannem Parvum sub flore lilio." Copies have been priced of late at £,\^ and 40 marks. This Finaeus map of 1531 again appeared in the very year of Miinster's new departure as shown in the "Novus Orbis " of the 1540 Ptolemy. This was as a part of the Pomponius Mela of 1540, with no change except that the dedication, which is set in type within a square at the bottom of the map, is given in a new letter. {Cf. Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 460 (200 francs); Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet. Addi- tions, no. 126. Dufosse, Americaim, 8624 (70 francs).) It is also said to have appeared in the Geografia of Lafreri and others, Rome, 1554-72. Finzeus was also followed in the heart-shaped map of Mercator, the earliest of his engraved maps which have been preserved being dated 1538, while the only copy known is in the collection of J. Carson Brevoort. It varies, however, from Finaeus in sep- arating America from Asia by a narrow sea. (E. F. Hall's " Gerard Mercator, his life and works," printed in the American Geographical Society's Bul- letin, 1878 ; Mr. Brevoort's Appendix, p. 196.) Again, it would seem there was some reciprocity of obliga- tion, when Schoner in 1533 produced his globe of that year, already referred to under the Ptolemy of 1522. (Cf. Wieser's Magalhdes-Sirasse, pp. 79, 80). There had been during this interval which we are considering an English merchant, Robert Thome, residing at Seville, who was interested in cosmog- raphy. He had picked up the current notions as they prevailed in Spain, and embodied them in a map in 1 527, which he sent with a treatise upon it, to Dr. Ley, the English ambassador then residing near the emperor Charles V. It may be taken as a type of the information which reached Munster from Spain, and Harrisse (Cabot, pp. 91, 176) compares it with the type shown in the 1527 and 1529 Weimar maps. In its engraved form it did not appear till Hakluyt included it in his Divers Voyages in 1582. It is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's edition of that book; in Brown's ffist. of Cape Breton, p. 22; and the American part is shown in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. p. 17. It makes Asia distinct from America, but leaves the western shores of the latter continent undefined, and cut off by the margin of the sheet. It connects South America with North America. All the early repre- sentations of that continent, with the sole exception of the remarkable Stobnicza map, make it an island, in pursuance of the belief which had come down from the time of Strabo that all seas were connected. Santarem in the Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. (1847), vii. p. 318, has discussed the question of the duration of this belief, as shown by the early maps ; but when he cites the Ptolemies of 1513 and 1522 and Bordone of 1528 and 1533 as maldng South America a "con- tinent," he assumes what the maps do not disclose ; and again in putting 1548 as the date (citing the Ptolemy of that year) when the maps begin to show the connection of South America by an isthmus, he unaccountably overlooks the map in Medina's Arte de navagar of 1545, the Cabot mappemonde of 1544, the Mercator gores of 1541, the maps of Apianus, 1540-45, the Miinster map of 1540, an Agnese map of 1536, Orontius Finseus of 1531, the Verrazzano chart of 1529, Ribero's of the same year. The Nancy Globe might possibly also antedate 1548. All later maps, if we except repetitionary issues like those of the Honter globe (originally pub- lished in 1542), seem to recognize the link of the isthmus. The most distinctive insular shape given to South America is found in Coppo's map of the world of 1528, which shows a northern coast much indented, with a southern limit rounded in an indefi- nite way and much cut short of its proper extension towards the antarctic pole. North America does not appear unless a large island, " Isola verde," northeast of Cuba, stands for the Baccalaos region, or perhaps for Greenland. There are drawings of this Coppo map in the collections of the State De- partment and of the American Antiquarian Society. The original is found in a Portolano per Piero Coppo, published at Venice in 1528, — a copy of which is in the British Museum, Of the voyage of Jacques Cartier up the St. Law- rence in 1534, there is no evidence in Miinster's map, though he applies the name " Francisca " to the northern regions. If Cartier made any charts, none are now known. Harrisse (Cabot, ■^. 145) accounts for the retention of the old notions about this region by supposing that the first two voyages of Cartier attracted little attention outside of France; and it was not till after 1 540 that more definite cartographi- cal results of Cartier's explorations began to appear, unless something can be learned from the MS. Span- ish map in the Huth library, which Kohl [Discovery of Maine, p. 315) describes. Harrisse {Cabot, p. 205) enumerates some of the cosmographers at this time in France, — Germain Sorin, Jehan de Conflans, Jean de Glamorgan and Pierre Desceliers ; and (p. 148) he refers to two maps of the time of Francis I. ; — one mentioned by Delisle in his Cabinet des MSS. de la bibliothique implriale, Paris, 1866, i. p. 265, as " Cosmographie ou cartes geographiques ct hydro- graphiques presentees par Jean de Glamorgan i Franfois i^r," to which is added, "le volume est en deficit ; " and the other is " Cartes de tout i'Uni- vers, 1536," preserved in the Sir Thomas Phillipp's Collection at Cheltenham, and made by, or perhaps only once owned by, Guyon de Sardi^re. There are noted as in the Kohl collection (State Dept. Washington), two maps of about this time, which will repay examination, — one is called F. Roselli's of 1532, and the other a Zurich map of 1533- Miinster could hardly have been helped by the vellum portolano inscribed : Gaspar Viegas, Data A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 22, IS34. which was removed in 1865 from the national arcliives in Paris to the map department of the Eibliothfeque nationale (no. 18772). It is partly fig- ■ ured in Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 348. Harrisse (Cabots, p. 183) says that the names are all in Portu- guese ; that researches in Portugal have not revealed any information regarding Viegas; but that in the same collection is an undated map with his name, not however pertaining to America. The map which at present concerns us shows in the northwest corner the region of the St. Lawrence gulf. Harrisse (Cabots, p. 185) also cites as of the same date (1534) a map preserved in the Ducal library at Wolfenbuttel, which resembles the type of the 1527 and 1 529 Weimar maps, and in which Newfoundland is a continental projection. The legend at Labrador says that this land was discovered by the English from Bristol, and named Labrador, because the one who first saw it was a laborer from the Azores, — the usual interpretation being that it was so called, because Cortereal had taken away some of its na- tives and sold them at Lisbon as slaves, — Mr. Biddle [Mem. of Cabot, p. 246) having deduced this meaning from a letter of Pasqualigo in the Paesi novamente retrovati, 1507, lib. vi. cap. cxxvi. It is also to be regretted that the map of the eastern coast of North America, made by Alonzo de Chaves in 1536, and upon which Oviedo based his description of the coast, is not now known. (Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 307.) Alonzo de Chaves was made a royal cosmographer, April 4, 1538, and still held that title at the age of 92 in 1584. (Harrisse, Cabots, p. 173; Veitia 'Vvas%&, Norte de la Cofitratacion, p. 145.) Santarem, Bull, de la Soc. de Giog. (1847), vii. 322, makes mention of a globe of 1 534, preserved in the Grand Ducal library at Weimar, which shows a strait at the isthmus of Panama. It is not easy to identify this globe from his brief description. Copies : (1) Astor Library ; (2) The Henry C. Murphy Library ; (3) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the copy described by Harrisse. References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 126; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 231 ; Graesse, TrSsor de livres, v. 501 ; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 477 ; Bru- net, Manuel, Supplement, ii. 331 ; Stevens, Ilist. Coll., i. no. 678 ; Astor Library Catalogue ; Bibl. Heberiana, V. 5398 ; MuUer, Books on America (1875), "°- 3^49 > Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 319 ; Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 176, 208; H. C. Murphy, Verrazzano, p. 103; J. G. Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 296. Copies have been priced of late years at £(> lor. and 90 francs. 1541. -« " ^ Title : Claudii Ptolemcei Alexandrini Geographies Enarrationis Libri Octo. Ex Bilibaldi Pirckeym- heri tralatione, sed ac Grceca 6= prisca exemplaria a Micha'ele Villanavano, secundo recogniti, &' locis in- numeris denub castigati. Adjecta insuper ab eodem Scholia, quibus Sr' difficilis ille Primus Liber nunc primum explicatur, &' exoleta urbium nomina ad nos- tri seculi morem exponuntur. Quinquaginta illce quoque cum veterum turn recentium Tabulce adnectun- tur, variiq. incolentium ritus Sf mores explicantur. Accedit Index locupletissimus hactenus non visus. Prostant Lugduni apud Hugonem cL Porta. M.D.XLI. Colophon : Excudebat Gasper Trechsel, Vienna, M.D.XLI.. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata- logue.) Descriptiou : Folio. Title, with the address of Servetus, its editor, on the reverse, with the text, making 149 pages (p. 9 is unnumbered, and p. 150 is blank) ; 50 maps, each two leaves, with descriptions on reverse ; index of 46 (not 56) unnumbered leaves ; table, one leaf ; colophon, one leaf. The Barlow copy has a table on the reverse of p. 149, followed by the colophon leaf, and the maps next, with an index of 46 (not 56) leaves, and the table and colo- phon leaves at the end. There are some additions to, and omissions from, the 1535 edition, the para- graph on the barrenness of Palestine disappearing ; but that on Columbus and Vespucius is retained. Leclerc says : " L'adresse de Trechsel, . . . indique parfaitement que le vol. est imprime a Vienne, en Dauphin^." Cf. D'Artigny, quoted by BrUnet, Sup- plement, ii. 331, who adds, " Cette edition est belle, mais moins rare et moins precieuse que ne le pre- tend d'Artigny." Maps : Fifty in number, 49 of them occupying two leaves each, with descriptions on the reverse ; but the 50th (Lorraine) is on the reverse of the Rhine provinces. The " Tabula terrae novae " and the " Orbis typus universalis " are reprints of similar maps in the 1522, 1525, and 1535 editions. The description of the new world is on sig. 28, reverse of map, and ends as follows : " Tota itaque quod aiunt aberrant coelo qui hanc continentem America nuncupari contendunt, cum Americus multo post Columbu eande terram adieret, nee cum Hispanis ille, sed cum Portugallensibus, ut suas merces commutaret, ^o se contulito." Copies : (1) Carter-Brown library. (2) James Carson Brevoort. (3) Charles H. Kdlbfleisch. References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 127; Bibl. Grenvilliana, ii. p. 582; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 476 (250 francs) ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2251 (60 francs) ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 233 ; Bru- net, Manuel, iv. 955, and Supplement, ii. 331 ; Gr^esse, Trisor de livres, v. 501 ; Libri, Catalogue {£20 ictf) ; D'Artigny, Nouveaiix Mimoires d'histoire, ii. 65 ; Dufosse, Americana, no. 8638 (15b francs); Qua- ritch. Catalogue (1880), 1154; Muller, Books on America (1872), no. 2311; (1875) "°- 3250 I (1877) no. 2622 J Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 319; Crevenna Catalogue, v. 20 ; Labanoff Catalogue, no. 24 ; Kloss Catalogue, no. 3325- The English dealers usually price this edition at from ^■3 to ^5; the French at from 50 to 100 francs. 1541. Title : Same as the 1 540 edition, of which this is a reissue, with merely a new date. Copies : (1) The Henry C. Murphy Library. 1542. Title : Geographia universalis, vetus et nova, com- plectens Claudii Ptolomcei Alexandrini enarrationis libros via. Quorum primus nova translatione Pirck- heimeri et accessione commentarioli illiistrior quam. hactenus fuerit, redditus est. . . . Succedunt tabula Pto- lemaica;, opera Sebastiani Munsteri novo paratce modo. His adjectce sunt plurima nova tabula, modernd orbis faciem Uteris &= picturis explicantes, inter quas qua- dam antehac Ptolemao nonfuerunt addita. Colophon : Basilea apud Henricum Petrum mense Martio, An. M.D.XLII. (Copied from the Trum- bull copy.) Description : Folio. Generally said to collate like the 1540 edition ; but the Barlow copy has this collation: Title, reverse blank; epistola, 2 leaves; 24 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. blank leaf; index, 6 leaves; liber i., 17 leaves; blank leaf; title; 48 maps; liber ii., pp. 1-196. Of these, p. 156 is blank, and p. 196 has the printer's mark only. Dr. Trumbull says of his copy, that the maps (48) are placed between (the blank) page 156 and Sebastian MUnster's " Appendix Geographica ," pp. 157-195. The text of the Ptolemy, proper, ends on p. 155, the recto of N (6), — the last leaf of a signa- ture. The "Appendix Geographica " begins, p. 157, on tjie recto of Aa { i), — commencing a new alphabet of signatures. What Harrisse calls "the title of the maps "is merely the title or description of the first map ("Typus universalis"), — "Orbis universalis De- scriptio." Each of the 48 maps has the title (and description) on the recto of the first leaf, the map being printed on the inside of the sheet, leaving the verso of the 2d leaf blank. Holbein is said by some to have engraved the borders ; but Dr. Trumbull thinks they were blocks, — perhaps in some cases designed by Holbein, — evidently used from the publisher's stock ; and that they had done earlier service in other books. The border to Tabula x. is dated 1523; while that used both in iii. and xxviii. shows the monogram of Adam Petri. Groups of boys, like Holbein's, are in nos. i., v., xiv., xix., xxiv., xxvii, Cf. C. F. v. Rumohr's Holbein, Leipsic, 1836, p. 114. The editor is called on the recto of the second leaf : " Sebastianus munsterus in Basiliensi aca- demia Hebraismi professor." Maps: Same as in the 1540 and 1541 editions, edited by Miinster. Harrisse puts the "Orbis universalis" on the re- verse of the title to the maps, and on the recto of the following leaf. Copies : (1) Astor Library. (2) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (3) James Carson Brevoort. (4) y. Hammond Trumbull. It is in old stamped leather binding; on the title is: "Collegii Societatis Eystadij, 1662 " ; on the inside cover : " Ex dono Jesu Reverendissii et Celsissimi Epi. ac Principis Mar- quardi. Ao. 1662." (5) Samuel L. M. Barlow, with maps, initials, &c., colored by hand. References : Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 240, whose collation is of an imperfect copy and varies from other descriptions ; Brunet, Manuel, Suppli- ment, ii. 331 ; Astor Library Catalogue, p. 1524; Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 501 ; Quaritch, Cata- logue (1880), 1154 ; Hoffmann, Lexicon, iii. 32a Copies are priced at £^ and ;^io. 1543. Lelewel gives an edition of this year : " Venetiis, atlas cum tabulis novis Jacobi Gastaldo " ; and re- fers to Zurla, Sulle aniiche mappe idrogeogr., ch. 31. D'Avezac says the edition of 1548 is the one meant, and that there is none of 1543. Cf. D'Avezac, Sur la Projection, etc., Paris, 1863, p. 72, — an extract from the Bull, de la soc. geog. 1545. Title : Geographia universalis, vetus et nova, com- plectens Claudii Ptolemaii Alexandrini enarrationis Libros viii. Quorum primus nova translatione Perck- heimheri &^ accessione Commentarioli illustrior qithvi hactemcs fiterit, redditus est. . . . Succedunt tabulcs PtolemaiccE, opera Sebastiani Munsteri novo paratee modo. His adiectce sunt plurimce novce tabula, moder- nam orbis faciem Uteris &' pictura explicantes, inter quas quaedam antehic Ptolemao non fuerunt additce. . . . Basileae, apud Heitricum Petrum Anno M.D. XLV. Colophon : Basileae per Henrichum Petrum mense Augusto An. M.D.XL V. (Copied from the Harvard College copy.) Description : Folio. Title, with a figure of Miinster taking an observation on the reverse ; 9 unnumbered preliminary leaves, including six of mdex; liber i. 17 unnumbered leaves; blank leaf; liber ii. to viii. and appendix, pp. 155, p. 156 blank; the 54 double maps; appendix, pp. 157-195, colo- phon on 195, and printer's mark on 196. Brunet's collation, Supplement, ii. 331, is quite different: Title, i folio; 3 folios not numbered; 16 folios not numbered for the index; i folio blank; 155 pp. numbered; xxxv. pp. for appendix; 17 folios not numbered ; 54 double maps. Brunet probably followed the collation given by Harrisse, Additions, no. 155, from a copy in the library of Bologna Uni- versity. Maps : Two maps of the world, the first contain- ing America, the other the ancient world; and 52 other maps, each filling two leaves with descrip- tions on the reverse. (Graesse says 53 maps in all.) The last map of the new series, numbered xxvi. is " Novae Insulae," the common Miinster map of the two Americas, as in the 1540 edition, but the in- serted names are in Latin. The " Dania et Schon- landia " shows a bit of Griinland on the north. The map of the world, with America, is re-engraved in the 1552 edition, and in the 1554 edition of MUn- ster's Cosmographia. Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (3) J. R. Webster, of East Milton, Mass. (4) Library of Coitgress. (5) Harvard College Library. References: Carter-Broion Catalogue, no. 140; Brunet, Manuel, Supplement, ii. 331 ; Chatsworth Catalogue, iii. 269 ; Library of Congress Catalogue (1867), p. 332; Harrisse, '.52W. Amer. Vet., Addi- tions, rvo. 155; describing a copy differing slightly; Harrassowitz, JCatalog, noi 81, book-number, 56 (38 marks) ; T. O. Weigel, Catalogue (1877), "o- '477 (28J marks). A fine copy priced in Italy (1883) at 75 lire. , 1546. Title : Claudii Ptolemai Alexandrini philosophi cum primis eruditi, de Geographia libri octo, summa vigilantia excusi, cura Des Krasmi. Parisiis, apud Chr. Wechelum, 1546. Description : Quarto. Four preliminary leaves and 435 pages. A reimpression of the 1533 edition of the original Greek text. Brunet says that the book has not the index mentioned in the title. Maps : None. Copies : (1) Yale College Library. References ; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 950 ; Sunder- land Catalogue, iv. 1035 1. 1547. *** See the edition of 1548, which is dated 1547 in the colophon. 1548. Title: Ptolomeo. La Geografia di Claudia Ptolomeo Alessandrino, con alcuni comenti &= aggiunte fatteui da A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 25 Sebastiano munstero Alamanno, Con U tavole non sola- mente antiche &^ vioderne solite di stdparsi, ma altre nuoue aggiunteui di Messer lacopo Gastaldo Piamotese cosmographo, ridotta in uolgare Italiano da M. Pietro Andrea Mattiolo Senese medico Excelletissimo con tag- giunta d'infiniti nomi moderni, di Citt^, Provincie, Castella, et altri luoghi,fatta c6 grandissima, diligenza da esso Meser lacopo Gastaldo, U che inissun altro Pto- iomeo si retroua. Opera veramente non meno utile che necessaria. In Venetiaper Giod. Baptista Pedrezano. Co 'Iprivile^o dell' Illustriss. Senato Venetoper anno x. MDXLVhi. Colophon : In Venetia, ad Instantia di messer Gi- oua baitista Pedrezano libraro al segno delta Torre a pie del ponte di Rialto. Stampato per Nicolo Bas- carini nel Anno del Signore, 1547, del mese di Ottobre. (Copied from the Marcou copy.) Description : Small octavo. Including title with an engraved border, and one leaf with a woodcut of an astronomer, there are eight preliminary leaves; text 1-214 numbered leaves; register and colophon one leaf, on reverse blank ; one folio blank ; 60 double leaves, each with a map and description; " tavola," 64 leaves unnumbered. The first edition of Ptolemy in Italian. Maps : Sixty in all, well engraved on metal. They are based on the maps of the 1 540 edition ; but in some respects they are new in their geograph- ical ideas. Santarem claims that we have South America as a continent for the first time; but he was ignorant of the Stobnicza map, not to mention others. There are ten numbered maps of ancient and fifteen unnumbered of modern Europe ; four num- bered maps of ancient and five unnumbered of modern Africa; twelve numbered maps of ancient and seven unnumbered of modern Asia. The American series is as follows : — No. 54, " Delia terra nuova." South America. No. 55, " Delia nova Hispana." No. 56, " Delia terra nova Bacalaos." This stretches from Florida to Labrador, and represents the St. Lawrence gulf as an archipelago, with no record of Cartier's explorations in that region. No. 57, " Dell' isola Cuba nuova." No. 58, " Dell' isola Spagnola." No. 59, "Dell' universale nuova." An eliptical projection of the world, showing North America as a prolongation of Asia, with South America as a continental peninsula. No. 60, " Delia carta marina universale." South America is much as in no. 59, but North America, while still a part of Asia, is very differently drawn. A large gulf is northwest of California, while the Ganges is at the extreme western limit of the map. A sea at the north, like that of Verrazano, nearly severs the continent, making an isthmus in about 40° north latitude. Bacalaos, Labrador, and Gron- landia form a continuous isthmus widening midway, but narrowing again in the extreme northeast, where it once more expands into Laponia in the northwest of Europe. The earth is thus belted by land. Jacobo Gastaldo, or Gastaldi, was, as Lelewel {Epilogue, 219) calls him, " le coryphee des geogra- phes de la peninsule italique," from 1543 to 1570. Since the issue of Miinster's series of maps in 1540, and up to the time of this first Italian edition (1548), there were various charts and maps, drawn or published, which might directly or indirectly have exerted an influence upon Gastaldi's cartographical views. There were others, indicative of the progress of ideas, which could hardly have been known to him. Both kinds will now be passed in review. The Amazon was explored in 1539, and probably within the next few years, the so-called Nancy Globe was made, since it represents those discov- eries. It presents one more link in the succession of geographical ideas, which kept (as in Gastaldi's no. 59) to the original theory of the identity of North America with Asia, and which finds a " Mare ca- thayum " in the Mexican gulf. This globe was given by Duke Charles V. of Lorraine to the church at Nancy, and being made to open in the middle, it was long used as a pyx. It is now preserved in the Public Library of that town, and was described, with an engraving by M. Blau in the Mimoires de la so- cietl royale de Nancy, in 1836, and drawings of it were again given in the Compte-Rendu of the Con- gr^s des Americanistes, 1877, p. 359 : and once more by Dr. De Costa in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., March, i88i. An edition of the Cosmographia of Apianus, issued in 1540 at Antwerp had a map (which has been re- produced in Lelewel's Giog. du Moyen Age, pi. 46) with an account, " Insulae Americae adjacentes " on folio 44. Cf. Ca>-ter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 125; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 230 ; Sabin,, Dictionary, no. '745- A mappemonde is also usually found in the 1544 (French) and 1545 (Latin) editions, as well as in the 1548 (Spanish) edition of Apianus; which also ap- peared in later editions. A copy of the 1544 edi- tion, with a defective map is in the Boston Athenceum. North America joins South America and' stretches north, in a narrow belt of land, marked " Baccalea- rum," with a parallel coast of India, in the northerly parts, separated by a narrow sea. Cf. Sabin, no. 1752 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 592. It bears some resemblance in these northeastern parts to Gastaldi's no. 60, except that there is no connection made with northwestern Europe. I have used Mr. George Dexter's copy. A similar reiteration of earlier maps also took place in the edition (1547) of Bordone's Isolario, which appeared in the interval under consideration. In 1541, Gerard Mercator issued some engraved gores for a globe, of which three copies are known, — one in the Royal Library at Brussels, the second in the Imperial Court Library at Vienna, and a third at Weimar, — the last may be doubtful. They have all been discovered of late years ; and in 1875 tl^^ engraving was reproduced in facsimile at Brussels, copies of which reproductions (200 were printed) are in Harvard College, the State Department (Wash- ington), and in the American Geographical Society libraries. Cf. Raemdonck's Les sphires de Mercator, the text accompanying the facsimile, and his Sur les exem- plaires des grandes Cartes de Mercator, Paris, 1878, p. 9 ; Steinhauser in Mittheilungen d. Wiener Geog. Gesellschaft, 1875, P- 5^9; Wieser in the Sitzmtg- berichte of the Vienna Academy, Phil-hist. class, 1876, p. 547, and in his Magalhais-Strasse, p. 69. This 1 541 map of Mercator puts a sea between America and Asia; and in the region of the St. Lawrence gulf resembles Gastaldi's no. 56. Under 1542 is to be put the globe, made by Eu- phrosynus Ulpius, which has already been referred to, and which is of copper, fifteen and a half inches in diameter. It is now in the rooms of the New York Historical Society, having been discovered in Spain by Buckingham Smith in rSsg. It passed after Mr. Smith's death, by purchase, into the society's custody. It is described in the Hist. Mag., 1862, 26 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. p. 302, and the American parts are engraved in Mr. Smith's Inquiry into the authenticity of Vei-razand's claims in Henry C. Mmrphy's Verrazzano, p. 114; in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. ; and in De Costa's paper in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., Jan. 1879, afterwards included in his Verrazano, the Explorer, p. 64. The globe is of Italian make, and is thought to have been made in Rome. It has the Verrazano Sea, as in Gastaldi's no. 60, but gives no token of Cartier's discoveries. The map, which is usually cited as the " Henri II. map," has heretofore been considered of a somewhat uncertain date. Jomard, who gives (pi. 19) a fac- simile of it, describes it as a " mappemonde peinte sur parchemin par ordre de Henri II., roi de France," and as belonging to the middle of the century. D'Avezac places it in 1542 (Bulletin de V Acadimie des Inscriptions, 30 Aout, 1867). Kohl, in his Dis- covery of Maine, p. 351, sets its completion at 1543, and calls it " one of the most exact and trustworthy of the time." The original belonged to Jomard, and was offered at his sale (Catalogue, Paris, 1864, no. 121) for 2,000 francs, and is now in the collection of the Earl of Crawford and Balcarres. Cf. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 210, who gives a long account of the map and refers (p. 149) to it as being the earliest to give an approxi- mate configuration to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and insularity to Newfoundland. Of late years, under the scrutiny of Mr. Major, the following legend has been made out, fixing the date somewhat later : Faictes a Argues par Pierre Desceliers, presb'" 1546, which is written, and now almost illegible, in the top left-hand corner near Japan. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 216, gives an account of Desceliers, of which we shall find other maps later. Kohl gives a reproduction of the parts of it repre- senting eastern North America. The Cartier dis- coveries are recognized in it ; but from the Spanish names along the coast it is evident the maker had Spanish charts before him also, and yet as it bears names in this language not in Ribero or in any ear- lier Spanish chart known to us, it would follow that through the banished Portuguese De Sylva, or some other helper, its compiler had drawn from sources not now extant. In 1790 the British Museum acquired a similar map which is described by Malte-Brun in his Hist, de la Geographic (1831), i. 630, and which is noted in the Catalogue of the MS. maps in the British Museum (1844), i. 22; add MSS. no. 5413. It is the map de- scribed by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 197, as the " Mappe- monde Harleyenne." The British Museum cata- logue dates it before 1 536 ; but Harrisse says 1 542. It shows Newfoundland as an archipelago. As the Saguenay is not given, Harrisse places its date be- fore' October, 1542, when in his third voyage Cartier explored and named that river ; and thinks it is based on a Portuguese map, improved by a knowl- edge of Cartier's discoveries. There is also in the British Museum (Catalogue of MS. maps, i. 23) the Hydrography of John Rotz (1542), which is dedicated to Henry VIII., and to which Malte-Brun refers in his Hist, de la Giog., ii. 631. It contains several American maps: — No. 9. Gulf of Mexico and the Pacific from 34° North to 11° South. No. 17. East coast of North America, from 6" to 5I0 North. Newfoundland is cut up into islands, and on the adjoining sea is this legend : " The newe fonde londe whar men goeth a fisching." According to Harrisse, Cabots, p. 204, Rotz used the Portuguese- Dieppe authorities for this region. No. 19. East coast of South America, from 6° South to the Straits of Magellan. No. 20. Eastern and Western hemispheres. Kohl cites and uses these maps in the collection in the Department of State at Washington, and sketches of them are given in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, vol. iv. The atlas is described by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 77, 147, 201, and is thus entitled: This boke of Idrogror phy is made by me yohne Rotz, sarvant to the hinges mooste excellent Majeste. God saue his Majesie," and at the end is dated in the yer of our Lord Code y™. V XLiy, and of his regne the xxxiij yere. According to Harrisse, Rotz was a Frenchman of Flemish name. The Kohl collection at Washington shows an Ox- ford and a Gotha map of about this time ; and one of Diego Homem of 1542. In the Mediceo-Laurenziana of Florence there is an atlas inscribed : " Baptista Agnese Januensis fecit Venetiis 1543 die 12 Februarii." The words " Stegen Comes " on North America chronicle the explorations of Estevan Gomez. Cf. Baldelli, Storia del milione, i. p. Ixv. ; Zurla, Di Marco Polo, ii. 369 ; Desiraoni, in Giornale Ligustico, ii. p. 57. There is in the Coburg-Gotha archives another map, marked " Baptista Agnese fecit, Venetiis, 1 543, die 18 Febr.," which resembles the Ribero chart. A portion of the eastern coast of North America is given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, 316. There is another copy in the Huth library in London of the same date, while that in the Paris library is dated June 25. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 189. Kohl, Description of Maine, p. 294, cites one by Agnese of date 1544, as preserved in the Royal li- brary at Dresden. Harrisse, in his Notes sur la Noiivelle France, nos. 188, 189, cites a chart of the North American coast, being nos. 5 and 6 of an atlas by Baptista Agnese, dated " le 8 mai, 1545, i Venise," preserved in the Marciana collection. Harrisse refers to : P. Matko- vi«, Alte handschriftliche Schiffer-Karten in der Bibliotheken zu Venedig, Wien, 1863, ?■ 1° > O. Berchet, Portolani esistenti nelle principali biblioteche di Venetia, Venetia, 1866 ; Belgrano, Rendiconto dei lavori d. Societ. Ligure, Gines, 1867. Cf. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 189. Under the 1540 edition of Ptolemy (ante) mention was made of a Ruscelli map of 1 544, to be found in the British Museum, and of which a sketch is given, showing, however, only the North American parts, in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 296, and in H. H. Bancroft's Central America, i. 148. It very closely resembles the map no. 60 of the present edition (1548) of Ptolemy. Cf. Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, p. 170; Peschel, Gesch. der Erdkunde (1865), p. 371. Ruscelli's work will again be considered, when we come to the edition of 1561. At this time (1544-45) we must place the drawing prefixed to a MS. in the Paris library (fonds fran- (ais, no. 676), which bears this for a reconstituted title : Cosmographie avec espere et regime du Soleil et du nord en nostre langue frangOyse composle par Jehan Allefonsee et Paullin Secalart cosmographe de Honne- fieur. Allefonsee was captain and pilot of Francis I., and a native " du pays de Xainctonge prfes la ville de Cognac." Cf. Harrisse, Nouv. France, nos. 2, 3, 4, 9 and 13 ; Cabots, p. 206. This MS. was afterwards published in an abridged form in Les Voyages Avan- turetix du Capitaine Ian Alfonce, Sainctongeois, Poi- tiers, 1559, and there were subsequent editions, Rouen, 1578; Paris, 1598; La Rochelle, 1602 and 1605. It is in part given in Hakluyt's Principall Navigations, iii. p. 237. Alfonce explored the Straits A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 27 of Belle Isle, the St. Lawrence, and the Saguenay. There are later summaries of the MS. given in Mar- gry's Les navigations fran(aises, Paris, 1867, p. 228, and in Guerin's Navigateurs Jranfais, p. 109. De Costa's Northmen in Maine, p. 92, claims that Al- fonce was the first discoverer of Massachusetts Bay. Murphy's Verrazzano, p. 37, gives a chart of the Norumbega coast after Alfonce's map, 1 544-4 j. and the several hydrographical plots of Alfonce s are sketched in the Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, vol. iv., in connection with a paper by De Costa. See D'Avezac on Alfonce in Bulletin de la Sociitl de Giograpkie, 1857, p. 317; also Mag. of Amer. Hist., ii. 376. Le Routier de Jean Alphonse was published by the Lit. and Hist. Soc. of Quebec in 1843. He supposed the Saguenay led to the Pacific and Ca- thajr; and he brought out Cape Breton, as Rotz did, distinctly as an island. Another recognition of the Cartier explorations is found in the map belonging to the Sir Thomas Phil- lips collection, which shows the eastern parts of North America, and is figured in Kohl's Discmiery of Maine, p. 354. It is inscribed " Nicholas Vallard de Dieppe dans I'annee, 1547," — but it is not agreed if this be the maker's or merely the owner's name. Cf. Major's Early Voyages to Australia, pp. xxvii., XXXV. The Atlas, of which this is but part, seems rather to have been originally made by a Portuguese than by a Frenchman, and Kohl conjectures that it found its way to Dieppe through the instrumentality of the faithless Bishop of Viseu, Da Sylva, and was copied by a Frenchman. It was first described, while in the possession of prince Talleyrand, by Barbie du Socage in the Magasin Encyclopidique (Millin), iv. (1807) p. 107. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 219, finds resemblances in it to the so-called Henry II. map. Still again are the Cartier discoveries fairly re- corded in the large mappemonde of 1544, engraved on copper, and ascribed, with some uncertainty, to Sebastian Cabot. It leaves northwestern America and northeastern Asia undefined, with the designa- tion " Terra incognita." Only one copy of it has been found, and that was discovered in 1843, in Germany, by Von Martins, and in the following year it was taken to the National library in Paris, where it now is. According to Harrisse (Cabots, p. 153) the map was bought in 1844 of M. de Hennin for 400 francs. Cf. Essai sur la bibliotheque du roi, Paris, 1856, p. 285. D'Avezac has described it in the Bulletin de la Societe de Geographie, 1857, p. 268, and Mr. Charles Deane has submitted it to a careful examination in the Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. p. 20. Jomard has given a facsimile of it in his Monuments de la Geographie, pi. xx., without the marginal legends, which have never been published in full with any facsimile of the map, but they have lately been reproduced in a large and full-size pho- tographic facsimile in 32 sheets, which in 1882 was made for American subscribers, through the media- tion of the Hon. Robert C. Winthrop. There are copies of this facsimile in the following libraries : Harvard College, Boston Public, Massachusetts Historical, Boston Athenaeum, New York State (Albany), Philadelphia, American Antiquarian Soci- ety, Virginia Historical Society, and Long Island Historical Society; also in the Collection of Gen. John M. Brown in Portland. Cf. Mass. Hist. Soc. Proc, xix. 387. Reproductions on a reduced scale of the Ameri- can parts of it are given in Stevens's Notes, pi. 4 ; Kohl's Discmiery of Maine, p. 358 ; Jurien de la Gravier's Les Marins du xifi et du xvi siicle, Paris, 1879; NichoU's Life of Sebastian Cabot (inaccurate in the names) ; Hist. Mag., March, 1868, in connec- tion with a paper by J. C. Brevoort ; Narrative and Critical Hist, of America, iii. 22 ; F. Kidder's Dis- ccfvery of North America by John Cabot ; Gay's Pop, Hist. U. S., i. 193; Augusto Zeri's Giovanni e Sebas- tiano Caboto, Roma, 188 1; and much reduced (the whole being given) in Daly's Early Cartography. A facsimile in colors of the North Atlantic parts, made by Pilinski, is given in Harrisse's Cabots, with descrip- tions, p. 54. It is to be remarked that the map has been the subject of some suspicion, at least so far as any im- mediate connection of Cabot with it goes, and the absence of publisher's name and the place of publi- cation has added to the complications of the inves- tigations about it. Its inscriptions are in Latin and Spanish ; but Kohl has pointed out the improba- bility of its execution in Spain, where the authori- ties were averse to the publication of the charts of their discoverers. If the map was published in Bel- gium or Germany, Cabot, who was now in Spain, could hardly have had close connection with it, as its errors of Spanish and of other kinds would also indicate. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 153, has pointed out that the map is mentioned by Livio Sanuto ( Ceogra- phia distinta in xii libri, 1588, fol. 2) ; by Ortelius, in the list of maps in his Theatrum of 1570; by Sir Humphrey Gilbert [Hakluyt, iii, 24) ; by Richard Willes (Eden's Hist, of Travayle, 1577, fol. 232) ; by Hakluyt {Principall navigations, 1589, p. 511, and 1599, iii. p. 6) ; and by Purchas (Pilgrimage, 1625, iii. 807 ) ; though it may be doubted if all these refer- ences refer to this engraved map. Harrisse, how- ever, taking the diversities of the descriptions, sup- poses there were four editions of it, which he notes thus : — 1. In the Bibliotheque nationale, dated 1544. 2. Seen at Oxford in 1566 by Nicholas Kochhaff and dated 1549. 3. Engraved by Clement Adams and described by Hakluyt in 1589. 4. Described by Purchas, which may be, however, much the same as one of the three already named. Harrisse's conclusion (Cabots, p. 84) is, that Sebas- tian Cabot based his mappemonde on a .Portuguese original, which was in turn an imitation of the Henri II. map, or of one very like it. Miinster had produced an edition of his Cosmo- graphia at Basle in 1 544, in German, with a map, fac- similes of which are given in the atlas of Santarem and (much reduced) in Leiewel. A copy of this 1544 edition is in the Lenox library. One of the few exceptions of the Spanish custom of not printing navigators' charts is the Arte de navegar by Pedro de Medina, which first appeared in Spain at Valladolid in 1545, accompanied by a map, which showed the new world from Labrador to Peru. It is on folio xxii ; while on xciii is a small spherical projection of the world, showing America vaguely drawn on the left. Medina was the ofiicial examiner of the pilots in the Spanish ser- vice, who sailed to the West Indies. The Arte de navegar is rare, and Muller puts the value of a copy at 200 florins and more. The Carter-Brown Cata- logue, no. 137, shows a copy, and there is another in Harvard College library. Another edition appeared at Seville in 1563. The map here occupies folios vii. (verso) and viii. (recto), and is in part rubricated. (Leclerc, Bibl. Americana, 350 fr.) The book was translated into various languages ; that into French being made by Nicolas di Nicolai, and published at Lyons in 1553, 1569, and 1576, and at Rouen in 1573. Nicolay gave a new map in 1553, which was repro- 28 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. duced imperfectly in the 1 573 edition, wliich Harrisse, Cabots, p. 240, mentions as an instance of Portuguese influence on Frencii liydrograpliy intiie sixteenth cen- tury ; but it also shows Nicolay's acquaintance with documents not known to Medina. The Italian version was made by V. Palentino de Corzutu, and appeared at Venice in 1554 and 1555. This 1555 Italian edi- tion has a map on folio xxxiii (recto). Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 379 (40 francs) ; Brinley Catalogue, no. 43 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 204. The German by Coignet was published in 1576, and Frampton's English version came out in 158 1. Kohl seems to be in error in saying that the earliest Span- ish published map of America appeared in 1 549 in Medina's Libra de grandezas y cosas memorables de Spana, — which had as he says an outline sketch of the new world in small compass, a similar repre- sentation appearing some years later (1554) in Go- mara. The map in the Libra is the same as in the 1545 Arte de navegar, except that it is cut in two parts, and put on opposite pages, and the half show- ing America is eked out in a ruder way by an annexed block, which gives the rest of South America: this map is on folios 63 (verso) and 64 (recto) ; while the small spherical sketch to which Kohl refers is on an- other folio. This Libra, etc., is in Harvard College library. Kohl included the map under date 1 549 in his Washington collection. The 1546 edition of Honter's Rudimenta Cosmo- graphica, which is a description of the world in verse, has an appendix of 14 leaves, containing an atlas, and including a representation of America, which is entitled " Universalis Cosmographia . . . Tiguri, J. H. V. E. [in a monogram] 1546." It is of a type com- mon at a somewhat earlier period than we are now considering, representing " Farias " as North Amer- ica, and long and narrow, and separated by a strait from South America. The appendix was also issued separately. Sabin's Dictionary, no. 32794; Carter- Brown Catalogue, no. 143 ; Muller, Books on America, (1872), no. 763 ; (1877) no. 1457 ; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 271. The map was repeated in 1548, 1549, 1552, 1558, 1560 editions, and perhaps in oth- ers; but in the 1 561 edition the shape of the new continent is improved. The 1552 and 1560 editions are in Harvard College library. The " Honter's globe of 1542," which is given in facsimile in Stevens's Nates, has the same configuration. The series of minor atlases which was begun with the Almanack marin and its small wood-cuts in 1 546, and thus rep- resented in Honter's Rudimenta in the same year, was followed in 1 588 by the Epitotne of Ortelius, of which there were various editions ; and later by Pierre Heyns' Mirair du Monde, changed by Zacha- rie Heyns to Epitome du the&tre. In 1 597 came La Haye's Trisor des Charles, engraved by Hondius, Wright, and Kcerius. Lelewel, Glog. du Moyen Age. The map (1546) in Vadianus's Epitome of 1548 is reproduced in Santarem's Atlas. Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 151. It makes South America an island. A portolano marked jfoham Freire a fez crades (?) 46, was formerly in the possession of Baron Taylor, when Santarem described it in his Recherches sur la prioritl de la dicouverte de la cdte occidentale d^Afrique, p. 127, and Hist, de la Cosmographie, iii. introd. It passed next into Libri's collection, and was sold in his 1859 sale, as per Catalogue, London, 1859,00.827; and is described by Harrisse in his Cabots, p. 220. Copies : (1) Library of Congress. (2) Astar Li- brary. (3) Carter-Brown Library. (4) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (5) Samuel L. M. Barlow. (6) yules Marcau (Cambridge). (7) Charles H. Kalbfleisch. References : Library of Congress Catalogue (1872), p. 287; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 150; Harrisse, Bibl. Amer. Vet., no. 28^ ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. no. 1556; Brunet, Manuel, iv. 956; Supplement, ii. 331; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2259; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer. {i8y8) Supplement, no. 2910; Huth Catalogue, iv. 1200; Muller, Boohs on America (1877), no. 2624; Dufossl, Americana, nos. 2972, 4871, 6876; Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 502 ; Kohl, Discovery of Maine, 225, 233 ; Santarem in Bulletin de la Sac. Giog., mai, 1847 ; Fabricius, Bibl. Grace, lib. iv. p. 413 ; Rai- delius, Commentatio de CI. PtoL, 69; Zurla, Di Marco Polo, ii. 363; Notizie diyacofi Gastaldi, Torino, 1881 ; Castellani, Catalago delle piii rare opere geagrafche, Roma, 1876. Quaritch prices it at ^£'3 loj. and ;^5; an Ameri- can catalogue in 1883 priced it at JS15. 1552. Title : Geographies Claudii Ptolemisi Alexandrini, Libri via, partim a Bilibalda Pirckfieymero translati ac commentario illustrati partim. etiam Griccorum Antiquissimorumque exemplariorum collatione emen- dati atque in integrum restituti. His accesseruni Scholia, etc. [five paragraphs, of which the last two are :] — Tabula naves qua hactenus in nulla Ptalemaica edi- tiane visa sunt, per Sebastianum Munsterum, Geographies descriptionis compendium, in quo varii gentium ac regiomim ritus, mores atque consuetudines per eundem explicantur. Cum Regies Majestatis Gratia ti\., Discovery of Maine, 297; Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, ii. 170; Murphy Catalogue, no. 206S. A fine copy was priced in Italy in 1S83 at 24 lire. 1562. Title: Geographia CI. Ptolemcei Alexandrini olim a Bilibaldo Pirckheimherio trdslata, at nunc mitltis codicibus grcecis collata, pluribusque in locis ad pristi- nam ueritatem redacta a losepho Moletio mathematico. , , . Adsunt Ixiiii Tabulcs, xxvii nempe antiques dr^ reliqucE novce, quce totam continent terram, nostra, ac Ptolemcei cetdti cognitam. Typisq ; ceneis excussce. In- dices rerum qua tractantur copiosissimi. [Wood- cut, — two hands sustaining a cross, with serpent wound about it, and the word " T'incent."'[ Venetiis, apud Vincentium Valgrisium. MDLXII. (Copied from the Harvard College copy.) Description: Quarto. Title and three prelimi- nary leaves, including dedication by Moletius to Car- dinal Alo5-sius Cornelius, the last page blank. Liber primus, pp. 1-112; liber secundus, etc., pp. 1-286; 64 maps, of which six are of America, with descrip- tions ; index capitum, etc., 31 unnumbered leaves ; errorum recognitio, one page, reverse blank. Maps: Same as in the 1561 edition. Copies: (1) Library of Congress. (2) Carter- Brown Library. (3) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (4) James Carson Brevoort. (5) Samuel L. M. Bar- low. (6) Harvard College Library, — lacks the maps. References : Library of Congress Catalogue (\Z(>']], p. 332 ; Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 239 ; Graesse, Tresor de livres, v. 502 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2255; Sunderland Catalogue, iv. 10,355; Stevens, Hist. Coll.,no. 1557 ; MuWer, Books on America {187^), no. 3255; (1877) no. 2627; Weigel, Catalogue, no. 1479; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2059. 1564. Title: La Geografia di Claudio Tolomeo, Alessan- drino, iiitovamente tradotta di Greco in Italia?io da leronimo liuscelli. . . . Aggiuntovi un pieno discorso de M. Gioseppe Moleto Matematico. . . . Et con una nuova &^ copiosa Tavola de nomi antichi, dichiarati co i nomi nioderni &^ con molte altre cose Utillissime &^ necessarie, che cihscuno leggendo potia conoscere. In Venetia Appresso Giordano Ziletti, al segno delta Stella MD.LXIIII. (Copied from the Carter-Brown Cata- logue). Description : Quarto. Title and five preliminary leaves ; text, 358 pages ; with 28 copper-plate maps, accompanied by descriptions. Maps: Twenty-eight in number, copper plate, being the old part of the 1561 and 1562 editions. Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — bound with the modern part. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, no. 251, 252; Dufosse, Aviericana, nos. 2974, 4873, 7413. 1564. Title : Expositioni et Introdtittioni universali Di leronimo Rvscelli sopra tutta la Geografia di Tolomeo. Con xxxvi mcove Tavola in istampe di rame, cosi del mondo conosciuto da gli antichi, come del mtovo. Con la carta da nauicare, Sr' con piii altre cose intorno alia cosmografia, cosi per mare, come per terra. Con privi- legio dell' Illustrissimo Senato Veneto, dr" d' altri Prin- ctpi per anni XV. In Venitia, Appresso Giordano Zi- letti, al Segno delta Stella, MDLXIIII. (Copied from the Barlow copy. Description: Quarto. Title; 27 unnumbered leaves; maps with descriptions; "Discorso di M. Gioseppe F. Morando," 47 pages, numbered ; index, 24 leaves. Maps: Thirty-six copper-plate maps, with de- scription, being the modern part of the maps in the 1 561 and 1562 editions. Copies ; (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) S. L. M. Barlow, — bound with the ancient part. References: Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 252. %* These t\vo parts of the 1564 edition are often found together, as one work, counterparting, as far as the 64 maps go, the editions of 1561 and 1562. 1568. An edition (Venice) is cited by Santarem in Bull, de la soc.de Geog., 1837 (viii.), p. 176; and in his Vespucius, Childe's tr., p. 160. 34 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 1571. According to Lelewel, Giog. du Moyen Age, ii. 209, Henricus Petrus of Basle gives the maps of Ptol- emy engraved on vifood, in his edition of Strabo. 1574. Title : La Geografia di Claudia Tolomeo, gid, tra- dotta di Greco in Italiano da M. Gier. Ruscelli &' hora in questa nova editione da M. Gio. Malombra riconetta Or' fiurgata. Con /' Esfositioni del Ruscelli. Tavola de' Nomi antichi dal Malombra. Et con un Discorso di Moleto. In Venetia, Giordano Ziletti, IS74- Description: Small quarto. Title and 7 pre- liminary leaves ; Tavola, 32 leaves, the last blank ; text, 350 pages ; 27 maps, each on two leaves, with text; Exposition!, 28 leaves, the last blank; 37 maps; Discorso di Moleto, 65 pages. Maps: The same as in the editions of 1561 and 1562. Copies: (1) Library of Congress. (2) Philadel- phia Library, — bequeathed by the Rev. Samuel Preston, of England, in 1804. (3) Carter-Brown Library, — though not in its Catalogue. (4) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (5) Astor Library. (6) Trinity College, Hartford, bought at the J. J. Cooke sale, 1883 (^Catalogue, ii. no. 1947), for 131.00. References : Library of Congress Catalogue (1867), p. 332 ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., no. 680 ; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2261 ; Dufosse, Americana, nos. 2975, 4874; Philadelphia Library Catalogue, p. 614; Astor Library Catalogue, p. 1525, where the date is wrongly given 1 573 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2070. 1575. An edition (Venice) with maps is cited by Santa- rem in Bull, de la soc. de Geog., 1837 (viii.), p. 176; and in his Vespucius, Childe's tr., p. 160. 1578. Title : Tabula Geographies Claudii Ptolem^i ad mentem autoris restitutio ; Maisson- neuve, 1 881, 400 francs ; Quaritch, £,i "js.), for the first Paris and for the Antwerp edition. The Har- vard College library has the Antwerp edition. There were later Italian (1561 and 1584) and English (1568) versions ; and in 1878 it was reprinted at Paris with notes by P. Gaffarel. It is Thevet's later book, the Cosmographie, which has the map of America, of chief interest in our study. It is engraved on wood, and follows for the most part that of Ortelius. North America is called " Terre-neuve." Le Clerc, Bibl. Amer., no. 2652, gives a map of his entitled "Le nouveau monde descouvert & illustre de nostre temps, Paris, G. Chaudifere, 1581," — which is called another produc- tion by Harrisse, Cabots, p. 252, and Kohl says it belongs to the France Antarctique. Cf. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. no. 599; Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 416; De Costa, Northmen in Maine ; Hist. Mag. (by J. H. Trumbull), xvii. 239; Mag. of Am. Hist, viii. 228 (Feb. 1882J. Kohl includes this Thevet map in his Washington collection. '.575- Belief orest's Cosmographia has a map in which North America is called " America sive India nova"; and " Bresil" stands on South America. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 37 1576. A heart-shaped mappemonde accompanied Sir Humphrey Gilbert's Discourse of a Discoverie for a new passage to Cataia, in which he recounts traditions of America having been sailed through, and his belief of its insular character. The map is very rare, but it is in the Lenox and Carter-Brown copies, and is given in reduced facsimile in the Cata- logue (i. p. 258) of the latter library ; and a facsimile of the American portion is given in the Narrative and Critical History of America, iii. ch. 6. The book brought $255 in the Brinley sale, no. t^. The Straits of Anian are shown with Giapan, an island south of them, midway between the two coasts. The Gulf of California is not drawn, but there is a considera- ble forked inlet farther north. An Arctic sea is be- yond 50° north. The continent ends eastward on what IS perhaps the line of the Hudson ; beyond this a stretch of islands, large and small, extending northeasterly, are called Canada, with a small island, Honchelay, north of it. Then an island, not named, but probably Newfoundland, with Baccalaos, a small island east, and Labrador, a large island, northeast ; and a still larger island, Grondlandia, north of Labra- dor. The northern continent is marked " America " ; but Peru in the northwest corner is the only name on South America. There is the usual large An- tarctic continent of this period. 1576. Wieser in his Magalhdes-Strasse, p. 72, re- fers to Philip Apian's erdglobus in the Hof-biblio- thek at Munich. 1578. George Best's True discourse of the late voyage of discoverie for the finding of a passage to Cathaya by the northiaeast under the conduct of Martin Frobisher, Generall, is a rare book, with a map indi- cating Frobisher's idea of the northern regions. The essential parts are given in facsimile in CoUin- son's Martin Frobisher, and in the Narrative and Critical History of America, iii. ch. j. Cf. Carter- Brown Catalogue, i. no. 319. There is also a copy in the Lenox library. Kohl, Maps mentioned in Hakluyt, p. 18, traces the authorship of these charts (the other is of Frobisher's Straits only) to James Beare, Frobisher's principal surveyor. 1578. In the British Museum are various MS. maps by Joan Martines of Messina. Copies are in Kohl's Washington collection. Cf. Cat. of MS. maps in Brit. Mus., i. p. 29; Brit. Mus. MSS., no. 22018. 1578. Cellarius's Speculum orbis terrarum, Ant- werp, impensis Gerardi de Jode. A folio atlas. Among the maps are a mappemonde, and one of South America with views of Mexico and Cusco. Weigel, Catalogue (1877), no. 36. 1580. Vaz Dourado's map given in facsimile in Kunstmann's Atlas. (See ante, sub anno 1573.) 1580. John Dee's Bake of Idrography, a MS. pre- served in the British Museum. 1582. De la Popelliniere's Les Trois mondes, pub- lished at Paris. It has a folding woodcut mappe- monde, which closely resembles the original Ortelius map and that of Mercator of 1569. The third world Is the great Antarctic continent, so common in maps of this period. Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. p. 292 ; Huth Catalogue, iv. 1169; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer. (650 fr.) ; Stevens, Hist. Coll., i. 135. There is a copy with the map in Harvard College library. 1582. The British Museum catalogue of MSS., no. 27470, shows a map of the world by A. Millo ; and in its Catalogue of MS. maps (1844, vol. i. no. 31) is a world-map by Martines. 1582. Hakluyt's Divers Voyages, which contains a map by Michael Lok, dedicated to Sir Philip Sid- ney, and bearing this date. It is represented on a segment of a disk, with the north pole for the apex, and the twentieth parallel of north latitude for the outer margin. Starting with the Azores as the first meridian, it shows 30° east and 130° west. There is Grocland near the pole ; Greenland southeast of it ; Frisland, with its northern shore undefined, south of Greenland. Hudson's Straits are called Frobish- er's, with " Meta Incognita " north of it. Southern Labrador is " Cortereal," and an island off the northern part is "Laborador." The Penobscot is made to connect with the St. Lawrence, making the misshapen region east of it an island called " No- rombega," the northern part of which is marked " Jac Cartier, 1535," and the southern part "J. Gabot, 1597." Tiiere is the usual hook in the coast line in about 40°, "C. Arenas," and a narrow isthmus separates the bay which it encloses from the broad "Mare de Verrazana, 1524," coming down from the northwest ; its eastern shore, trend- ing towards Hudson's Bay, is mostly undefined ; its southern shore trends nearly west, and then becomes undefined, allowing the California peninsula to be hooked on the main by a narrow isthmus, with no coast above it. Florida is in its right place, and the point of Yucatan is just shown at the lower edge of the map. Cf . for copies, Narr. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 44. 1583. One of the last editions of Reisch s Mar- garita Philosophica, published at Basle, has a map, — " Typus universalis Terrse, Juxta modernorum dis- tinctionem et extensionem per Regna et Provincias." Leclerc, Bibliotheca Amer., no. 2926 (45 fr.) ; Uricoe- chea, Mapoteca Colombiana, no. 15. 1 584. The series of Dutch sea-atlases begins this year with Waghenaer's. 1584. An enlarged edition of the Cosmographia of Apian and Gemma Frisius has a mappemonde. 1587. The map in Hakluyt's Paris edition of Peter Martyr. 1589. The map of Cornelius de Judaeis, in his Specttlum orbis terrcB (1593). 1590. The large folding map of the world in the Opusculum Geographicum of Myritius, one of the latest to connect North America with Asia. It was published at Ingolstadt, in 1 590, but the preface is dated in 1587. 1 592. The map of Thomas Hood, given in Kunst- mann's Atlas. 1592. Molineaux's globe preserved in the Middle Temple in London. 1593. The map in the Historiarum Indicarum libri XVI. of Maffeius. 1594. The map of the world by Quadus. 1 594. The map of Peter Plancius in the Dutch edition of Linschoten, published at Amsterdam, in 1596. 1596. DeBr/s maps. The other maps in the 1597 edition of Wytfliet are as follows: — 2. Chica sive Patagonica et Australis terra, 1597 (with the Straits of Magellan). 3. Chili provincia amplissima. 4. Plata, Americas provincia. 5. Brasilia. 6. Peruani Regni descriptio, 1597. 7. Castilia aurifera cum vicinis provinces (N. W. corner of South America). 8. Residuum continentis cum adjacentibus insulis (northern parts of South America). 9. Hispaniola insula. 10. Cuba insula et Jamaica. 11. lucatana regio et Fondura. 12. Hispania nova (Mexico )._ 13. Granata nova et California. 38 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 14. Limes occidentis, Quivira et Anian, 1597. 15. Conibus regio cum vicinis gentibus (Hudson Bay and parts south of it). 16. Florida et Apalche (from North Carolina to Yucatan). 17. Norumbega et Virginia, 1597 (from 37° to 47° N. latitude). 18. Nova Francia et Canada, 1597 (the St. Law- rence gulf and river and parts to the north). 19. Estotilandia et Laboratoris terra (shows influ- ence of the Zeno map). Copies: f^i.) Harvard College Library. (2) Carter- Brown Library. (3) Tlie Henry C. Murphy Library. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, nos. 516, 517 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2780; Quaritch, Ca&- logue (\%'io),no. 12541, priced at ;^3-io; Sunderland Catalogue, v. 13463, etc.; Leclerc, Bibl. Amer., 611. 1597. Title : Claudii Ptolemai Geographice universe turn veteris, turn novce absolutissimum opus, duobus volu- minibus distinctum, Ln quorum priore habentur CI. Ptolemcei, Pelusie7isis Geographicce enarrationis Libri octo ; Quorum primus, qui praicepta ipsius facultatis omnia compleciitur, commentariis uberrimis illustrata est h lo. Antonio Magino Patavino. In secundo volu- mine insunt CI. Ptolemiei, antiquce orbis tabulie xxvii. ad priscas historias intelligendas summi necessarice. Et tabulce xxxvii. recentiores, quibus universi orbis pictura, ac fades, singularumq' eius partium, regionum, ac provinciarum ob oculos patet nostra saculo congru- ens. . . . Auctore eodem lo. Ant. magino, Patavino. Anno 1597. In celeberrima Agrippinensium Colonim excudebat Petrus Keschedt. (Copied from Stevens's Nuggets.) Description : In quarto. [Part i.] Four prelim- inary leaves, including engraved title ; 47 -f- 184 pp. ; index, 38 pp. [Part ii.] Title ; leaves, 2-292 ; index, 56 pp. (as given by Stevens). Maps : Three maps of the world and 6i separate maps. Copies : (1) James Carson Brevoort ; (2) Mass. Historical Society. References: Stevens, A^a^^^/lr, no. 2259; Walcke- naer Catalogue, no. 2257 ; Mass. Hist. Soc, Library Catalogue, ii. p. 9 ; Grsesse, Tresor de livres, v. 502 ; Muller, Books on America (1872), no. 2313 ; (1875) no. 3258 ; (1877) no. 2630. 1597. Title : Claudii Ptolemai Geographic universs turn. veteris, tum nova absolutissimum opus, duobus volu- minibus distinctum. In quorum priore habentur CI. Ptolemai Pelusiensis Geographicce enarrationis Libri octo : Quorum primus, qui prcecepta ipsius facultatis omnia complectitur, commentariis uberrimis illus- tratus est k lo. Antonio Magino Patavino. In se- cundo volumine insimt CI. Ptolemo'i, antiques orbis tabula xxvii. . . . Et tabulce xxxvii., recentiores, . . . Auctore eodem lo. Ant. Magino Patavino .... Anno 1597. In celeberrima Agrippinensium Colonia excude- bat Petrus Keschedt. Colophon : Arnhemii, apud lohannem lansonium Bibliopolam. Anno M.D.XCVII. (Copied from the Mass. Hist. Society's copy.) Description : Quarto. Title of elliptical print in engraved border; 47 pp. preliminary matter; text, 182 pp. ; indexes, 20 leaves ; same engraved title, with new type-inscription, being " Pars secunda," on reverse map of Ptolemy's world; descriptions with maps, numbered as folios, 2-292 ; index, 28 leaves, with colophon at end. Maps: Copperplate; all but one on single pages. 1. " Ptolemsi Typus." The old world. 2. " Orbis terrse compendiosa descriptio ex ea, quam ex Magna Universali Mercatoris Rumoldus Mercator fieri curabat in hac comodiore forma a Hieron: Porro redact:" A folding map of double spheres. Then follow 10 maps of Europe, 4 of Africa, and 12 of Asia. 29. " Universi orbis descriptio." An elliptical pro- jection of the whole world, " Secundum recentiorem nostri Temporis rationem." Then follow maps of Europe, 1-22 ; of Africa, 23-24 ; of Asia, 25-33, two of the last showing America, viz., — ^ 28. " Tartariae imperium." Represents Asia sepa- rated by the " Stretto di Anian " fromAmerica(shown as far east as the Gulf of California), while Japan, a large island, further south, nearly fills the sea, and is equidistant from each shore. 32. " India orientalis." Shows in the northeast corner a bit of America, with Japan not so nearly filling the space between it and Asia, as in no. 28. 34. "America." 35. "Universi orbis descriptio ad usum navigan- tium." According to Graesse this is the same edition as the Cologne edition of 1597; with one map extra, called, " Orbis terrse compend, descriptio ex ea, quam ex magna universali Mercatoris Rumoldus Mercator fieri curabat in hanc commodiorem formam a Hier. Porro redactus." Copies : (1) Carter-Brown Library. (2) Library of Congress. References : Carter-Brown Catalogue i. no. 514; Library of Congress Catalogue (1867), p. 332 ; Graesse, Trisor de livres, v. 502. 1597. Title : A Supplement to the Ptolemaick Descrip- tion, or. An Account of the West Indies. Louvain, '597- (Copied from the Murphy Catalogue, no. 2781.) 1598. Ktle : Descriptionis Ptolemaicce Augmentum, sivc Occidentis notitia Brevi Commentario ilbcstrata, et hac secunda editione magna sui parte aucta. Cornelio Wyt- fliet Louaniensi auctore. Lovanii : Typis Gerardi Riuij. Anno Domini CIo.Ij.XCIIX. (Copied from the facsimile of the title in the Carter-Brown Cata- logue.) Description : Folio. Engraved title ; dedication, 2 pages ; to the reader, 2 pages ; epigram, i page ; privilege, i page ; text, 1-191 pages, with a list of 19 maps on reverse of last leaf. Leclerc (Bibl. Amir., 613) says the table of the errata, which appeared in the 1597 edition, is omit- ted, without the errors being corrected in the text. Maps : 1597- Nineteen of America. See edition of Copies: Ci.) Library of Congress. (2) The Henry C. Murphy Library. (3) Samuel L. M. Barlow, — the second part has 1597 on the title. (4) Carter- Brown Library. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PTOLEMY'S GEOGRAPHY. 39 References : Carter-Brown Catalogue, i. 536 ; Surt- derland Catalogue, v. 13464; MuUer, Books on Amer- ica (1875), no. 3259; Dufosse, Americana, nos. 2976 (4Sfr.), 4154,4875, 8637. 1598. " Title : Geografia cioi descrittione universdle detta terra, partita in due volumi, net promo de' quali si centengono gli 8 libri delta Geografia di CI. Tolomeo, niiovemente rincontrati e corretti da G. Antonio Ma- gini. Dal Latino nelV Italiano tradotta da Leonardo Cernoti. 2 parti in i vol. Con figure in legno e 64 tavole intagliate in rame da Girolamo Porro. Ve- netia. G. Brattista &= G. G. Fratelli 1598 (with 1597 in the colophon). Desoriptaon : Small folio, in two volumes. Two leaves; 83 pp.; 15 + 212 + 30 leaves; 64 maps. Maps : Sixty-five, engraved by Girolamo Porro. Copies : (1) Philadelphia Library. (2) Library of Congress. (3) The Henry C. Murphy Library. References : Philadelphia Library Catalogue, p. 614; Walckenaer Catalogue, no. 2263; Library of Con- gress Catalogue (1867), p. 332; Stevens, Hist. Coll. i., no. 682; Quaritch, Catalogue (1880), no. 11706; Weizel, Catalogue, 1877, no. 1485 ; Carter-Brawn Cat- alogue, no. 533 ; Murphy Catalogue, no. 2078*. 1599. Title : Geografia di Claudio Tolomeo Alessandrino. Tradotto di Greco neW Idioma Volgare Italiano da Girolamo Ruscelli, et hora nuovamente ampliata da Gioseffo Rosaccio. Con varie Annotationi &' Exposi- tioni containing ten maps, one showing the two hemis- pheres, and another, America. It is in the Biblio" teca Marciana at Venice. Cf. Studi, etc., ii. no. 433. — A. D. 1564. An atlas of Baptista Agnese, dated May 25, 1564, referred to in Brit. Mus. Cat. of MSS., no. 25442 ; and another in the Biblioteca Marciana. Cf. Har- risse, Cabots, 189. There are various undated atlases of Agnese, mentioned in Winsor's Bibliog. of Pto- lemy, sub 1597. — A. D. 1566. An engraved map of Zaitiere or Zalterius of Bo- logna, measuring 15J X 10^ inches, called the earliest map to show the straits of Anian. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 93. A brass globe in the town library at Nuremberg by Johannes Praetorius. Cf. Ghillany's Behaim, p. 60. A MS. map by Des Liens of Dieppe in the Na- tional library at Paris. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 78. An engraved map of Johannes Paulus Cimberlinus of Verona, showing North America as a part of Asia. Mr. Brevoort has a copy. — A. D. 1567. An atlas of this date is quoted by Santarem as being in the Ternaux biblioth^que. Cf. Bull, de la Soc. de GSog. de Paris, 1837 (viii.), p. 175. It shows the new world. 70. A. D. 1568. America by Homem. The original is a MS. map in the Royal library at Dresden, purporting to be by " Diegus cosmo- graphus," a Portuguese living in Venice in 1568. Kohl identifies him with Diego Homem, and traces the resemblance of this map to Homem's map of 1558 (no. 67 ante). This map has a northern coast of North America drawn in, which that of 1558 did not liave. The La Plata river is made something like an inte- rior sea, with islands, and has a small channel con- necting with the ocean on the northern coast of Brazil. 71. A. D. The world. A map in a double-cordiform projection, follow- ing an engraved original in the British Museum. Its only inscription is " Ant. Sal. exc. Rom^." A legend on it speaks of America being better drawn than in other contemporary maps. Northern Asia extends in a peninsular shape round the north pole, with "Groelandia" as a subordinate peninsula. The " Baccalearum regio " has a group of islands lying east of it, called " Insule Corterealis." A " Fretum arcticum " separates this frorti the polar land. The Amazon discovered in 1542 is left out. The Chilian coast is " Littora incognita." It is sometimes assigned to about the year 1540. — A. D. 1569. The great mappemonde of Gerard Mercator. Cf. references in Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 369 ; and in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub 1597. 72. A. D. 1570. America by Ortelius. Engraved map in the first edition of the Thea- trtim Orbis Terrarmii, of Abraham Ortelius, the most learned geographer of his time. He gives in his text accompanying the map about twenty Span- ish, Italian, German and French authorities for his sources,- — most of which he might have found in Ramusio, though his map is far in advance of that presented by Ramusio. This delineation of Ortelius with that of Mercator, may be said to have estab-r lished a type for the contour of the Americas, which long prevailed. For various subsequent issues see Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 34; iv. 369. Reference may be made to a globe of this date by Francisco Basso, a Milanese; and a MS. map by Jehan Cossin of Dieppe, in the National library at Paris. Harrisse, Cabots, 217. — A. D. 1572. The mappemonde in Porcacchi's V Isole piu famose del mottdo, published at Venice, repeated in later edi- tions, 1576, 1590, etc. One of them is given in fac- simile in Stevens's Notes, etc. — A. D. 1573. Lelewel, Moyen dge, vol. i. pi. 7, cites a " Orbis terrarum a hydrographo Hispano in piano deline- — A. D. 1574. Two maps of the western hemisphere (one dated 1574) in the Theatri Orbis Terrarum Enchiridion of Philippus Galasus, "per Hugonem Favolium illus- tratum," published at Antwerp in 1585. 73. A. D. 1575. America by Thevet. An engraved map, according to Kohl, in Thevet's La France Antarctique (Brazil about Rio Janeiro), published in 1575 and 1581. The map is called " Le nouveau monde decouvert et illustr^ de nostra i8 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. Temps," and though Thevet professes that he based it on new material, it is largely a copy of Ortelius, with a more profuse ramification, to the rivers, of which Thevet probably had no further information than Ortelius had ; but he gives some French names, which Ortelius does not give. He goes a little farther north than Ortelius. There was also a map in Thevet's Cosmographia. Cf . a map in Belleforest's Cosmographia. 74. A. D. 1576. The -world by Sir Humphrey Gilbert. An engraved cordiform map in Gilbert's Discourse of a Discovery for a new passage to Cataia, London, 1576, where the chart is called " A general map made onelye for the particular declaration of this discovery." The map is similar in aspect to Apian's (no. 62), but the northern waters of America are different, in order to illustrate Gilbert's views, ac- cording more with Homem's in malting open water west of Labrador and neighboring parts, which are made islands. There is a facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. ch. 6. Wieser in his Magalhdez-Strasse, p. 72, refers to an erd-globus of Apian preserved in the Hof biblio- thek at Munich. 75. A. D. 1578. The world by Martines. A MS. map in the British Museum, marked : "Joan. Martines en Messina, aiii, 1578." It is of a double hemispherical projection, and in outline America is of the Ortelius type, though very differ- ent in the region of the St. Lawrence. The British Museum Catalogue of MS. maps, i. p. 29, shows the Martines atlas to contain various American maps: i, the world; 2, the two hemis- pheres i 3, the world in gores ; 10, west coast of America; 11, coast of Mexico; 12, 13, South Amer- ica; 14, Gulf of Mexico; 15, part of east coast of North America. 76. A. D. 1578. A duplicate of no. 75, — less perfect. 77. A. D. 1578. The Tvorld by Martines. A MS. map, smaller than nos. 75 and 76, likewise in the British Museum, and differing in parts from that map, particularly in the St. Lawrence region ; and in making the Amazon a long river, rising in Patagonia, while in the other map, it has a short course and is all north of the La Plata. The moun- tain ranges in both Americas stretch east and west. The British Museum MSS., no. 22018, is a porto- lano of Martines, dated 1579. The Brit. Mus. Cat. of MS. maps, 1844, i. 31, gives a map of the world by Martines [sub anno 1582). The South American part is facsimiled in colors in Bibliophile Jacob's Moyen Age. 78. A. D. 1578. The world by Probisher. An engraved sketch in Best's Trite Discourse, re- garding Frobisher's voyage, showing that command- er's view of a passage, called after himself, connect- ing the Atlantic with the Straits of Anian. The coasts discovered since Ptolemy's time are drawn in pricked lines. Cf. Collinson's Frobisher, and Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. ch. 3, There is a mappemonde in the Speculum Orbis terrarutn of Cellarius. — A. p. 1582. An elliptical mappemonde in Popelliniere's Trois mondes. It is of the Ortelius and Mercator type. A mappemonde by A. Millo is numbered 27470 in the Brit. Mus. MSS. — A. D. 1583. Map in the edition of this year of Reisch's Mar' garitha philosophica, published at Basle. Cf. Uri- coechea, Map. Colomb., no. 15. 79. A. D. 1587. The world by Myritius, An engraved map in the Opiisculum geographiaim raru7n per yoamieni Myritiwn Melitensein. Ingot- stad : i anno MDCCCC", the map being called "Universalis orbis descriptio." Myritius was a knight of Malta, and dates his preface in 1587, when Kohl conjectures his map (of which he gives no ac- count) may have been made. The map makes North America a part of Asia, resembling in this respect that of Forlani of 1560. Reference may be made under this date to the map in Hakluyt's edition of Peter Martyr, pub- lished in Paris. There is a facsimile in Stevens's Notes, &c. ; and a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America^ iii. p. 42. The map in the Ortelius of this year was repeated in the edition of 1598. Uricoechea, no. 16. 80. A. D. 1589. The world by Hakluyt. An engraved map in Hakluyt's Principall Navi- gations, London, 1589. Kohl points out how South America is improved over Ortelius's delineation ; but he remarks as singular, that Drake and New Albion, Raleigh and Virginia, with Frobisher and his straits should be ignored in North America by an English authority. There is also no trace of Drake in the regions about Magellan's straits, — the Spanish authorities seemingly furnishing all the in- formation Hakluyt had. He calls North America, " America sive India nova." 81. A. D. 1589. A duplicate of no. 80, -less perfect. 82. A. D. 1589. The world by Hondius. An engraved map, on which a statement that it is intended to show the tracks of Drake and Caven- dish, is signed by Jodicus Hondius, 1589. The cir- cumnavigations of these two English explorers are marked by pricked lines; and in one corner a small sketch of Drake's harbor on the California coast, " Portus novas Albionis," is made. Tierra del Fuego is made a group of islands for the first time, while the great antarctic continent is contracted on this side nearer the southern pole, though it is made to extend as far as the tropic of Capricorn on the other side of the globe. In an inscription referring to the Tierra del Fuego group Hondius remarks that Cav- endish and the Spaniards do not accept Drake's views, making a continent the southern boundary of the Straits of Magellan ; and on later maps Hon- dius seems to have accepted these other views. Cf. Uricoechea, no. 25. 83. A. D. 1589. America by Cornelius Judaeus. The western portion of a map called : " Totius orbis cogniti universalis descriptio. Corn. Judaeus. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 19 Antuerpia. Pridie Cal. Nov. A. 1589, fecit." It follows the Ortelius and Mercator type ; and it par- ticularly resembles the Mercator map of 15S7. It has the usual antarctic continent. Cf. a map of Judaeus in his Speculum orbis terrae, 1593- — A. D. 1592. The Molineaux globe preserved in the Middle Temple, London. — A. D. 1593. Map resembling the Ortelius type in the Historia- rum Indicaru?n libri xvi. of Maffeius. Cf. Uricoe- chea, no. 19. 84. A. D. 1594. America by Peter Plancius. An engraved map entitled : " Orbis terrarum typus de integro multis in locis emendatior auctore Petro Plancio, 1594." Kohl points out its resemblance to Hakluyt's map of 1589. Plancius gives the four large islands about the north pole, which Purchas says were invented by Mercator. There are indica- tions of P'robisher's Voyage ; but none of Drake's. Kohl thinks that Plancius had Spanish and Portu- guese originals, which are unknown to us, and which he used to advantage in drawing the interior parts of South America. The map is found in the Dutch edition of Lin- schoten, 1596. Blundevile, in his Exercises, speaks of a Plancius map "lately put forth in the yeere of our lord, 1592." The same map re-engraved, but not credited to Plancius is in the Latin Linschoten, 1599. The English Linschoten of 1598 has the map of the Hakluyt of 1589, re-engraved from Ortelius. Under this year also, we must put De Bry's maps of the world, of this and later dates ; contained in the Great Voyages, parts iv. and xii. Cf. also a map of the world by Quadus. Santarem cites as in the Propaganda at Rome a portolano of Jean Oliva, the sixth of whose maps is a planisphere showing the Straits of Magellan. Cf. Bull, de la Soc. de Glog. (1847), vii. 308, where is also as no. xii., another portolano of the sixteenth century, without name or date, but showing on one of its maps-the eastern coast of America ; and again, p. 313, still another of the same century. — A. D. 1395-98. The map in Giovanni Botero's Relationi universal!, Venice, 1595, and later. Cf. O' Callaghan Catalogue, nos. 339, 340 ; Sabin's Dictionary, ii. 6799 ; Rich (1832), no. 96. There was a later edition in 1603; Relaciones universales del Mundo, published at Valla- dolid, which contains both a map of the world, and one of the two Americas. — A. D. 1595. A Dutch map of the world by Loew. — A. D. 1596. The maps in the edition of Ptolemy, printed at Venice, and repeated in editions under date of 1597, 1608 and 1617. 85. A. D. 1597. The world by Porro. A small engraved map, marked " Universi orbis descriptio a Hieronymo Porro Pativino incisa." It is of the Mercator type ; and having been first printed separately, was later published in an edition of Ptolemy at Cologne in 1597, and in another at Venice in 1 598. America is called " Ameria, sive India nova." There is the usual Southern polar continent. This and other maps showing America are numbered 2, 29, 34, and 35 in the Ptolemy of 1597- Under this date also, is a map of the Ortelius type in Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy. There is a facsimile of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of Amer- ica, vol. ii. The globe of Hondius, embodying discoveries in America. The map in Magninus's Geographia. 86. A. D. 1598. The world by Molineaux. An engraved map, belonging, as Kohl asserts, to the 1598 edition of Hakluyt, but rarely found in it. The facsimile of it issued by the Hakluyt society in 1S80, is dated 1600. Kohl refers to Hakluyt's prom- ise in the 1589 edition to give a map by Molineaux, and traces the correspondences in this map to the globe in the Middle Temple, assigned to Molineaux. The map is an attempt to carry out some geographi- cal problems on theoretical grounds, as compare his treatment of the St. Lawrence and the Lakes. The California coast is not carried north of Drake's New Albion. He omits the antarctic continent and Mer- cator's arctic islands, and the northern coasts of America and Asia. He ignores the usual fabulous Atlantic islands, except Frisland, which he puts southwest of Iceland. He makes an insular group of Tierra del Fuego, and removes the protuberant part of the contour of the Chilian coast, as repre- sented by Mercator and , Ortelius ; though he pre- serves a smaller projection nearer the Straits of Magellan. In this he assigns the explorations of Drake in 1577 and of Sarmiento and Cavendish in 1587, as authorities. Contrary to most maps of the time he makes the Pacific in lat. 38°, 1200 leagues wide, and the distance from Cape St. Lucas to Cape Mendocino 600 leagues. A map of the Ortelius type is in Miinster's Cos- mographia. The Italian Ortelius of this year, // theatro del Mondo, published at Brescia, has three maps showing America, pp. i, 3 and 11. — A. D. 1599. A portolano of G. Oliva. Brit. Mus. MSS., no. 24943- 87. A. D. 1600 (?) Spanish map of America. An engraved map in the British Museum, pub- lished about 1600, and showing the Ortelius and Mercator type, but more closely resembling that of Ortelius (1570). It has the great southern conti- nent. Kohl says that the British Museum Catalogue says it was published in Madrid ; but he has doubts, and thinks if so, that*the editing was not done by a native Spaniard ; and he is inclined to place it sev- eral years earlier than 1600. A map, based on Wytfliet, in the America sive novus orbis of Metellus, was published at Cologne, in this year. Uricoechea, no. 24. 88. A. D. 1 601. America by Herrera. Ad engraved map in the 1601 edition of Herrer"a's Descripcion de las Indias. It shows the line of de- marcation, on both sides of the globe, in accordance with Spanish views. A distinguishing feature is the 20 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. great width of the northern Pacific. It was repro- duced in the edition of 1622; and in the Torque- mada of 1723 with some changes. — A. D. 1602. Gabriel Talton's chart showing the east coast of the two Americas, preserved in the National Library at Florence. Cf. Studi, etc., ii. no. 453. Giovanni Costo's planisphere of the old and new world, given by M. Canale to Edw. Lester, U. S. Consul at Genoa, in 1844. Cf. Studi, etc., ii. p. i8i. 89. A. D. 1606. The world by Cespedes. An engraved map in Cespedes's Regimiento de Navigacion, Madrid, 1606. It is of small size, as were all the maps of the new world published in Spain. It resembles no. 88, and ignores the English and French discoveries in North America. The western line of demarcation corresponds to Herrera ; the eastern is more favorable to Portugal. The north- ern shores of America and Asia are but vaguely sketched. — A. D. 1608. Map in Gotardus Arthus's Historia IndicE orien- talis, published at Cologne. Uricoechea, no. 26. 90. A. D. 1613. The world by Oliva. From a MS. portolano preserved in the Egerton MSS. in the British Museum. The general map is called " Typus orbis terrarum." It is inscribed : "Joannes Oliva fecit in civitate Marsillias, Ano 1613." It has most of the points of Hakluyt's map ; but gives South America better. It has the usual arctic islands and antarctic continent of this period. The language of its names is Italian, occa- sionally Latin. The Catalogue of MS. maps, Brit. Mus., 1844, i. 33, shows this portolano to contain maps of the east coast of North America, of the West Indies, and of South America. The Brit. Mus. MSS., 25714, is a map of the world by Oliva, put under 1609. Maps of the world, and of America in the Detec- tionis Freti of Hudson, edited by H. Gerritz. A map of America by Michael Mercator in the 1613 edition of Mercator's Atlas. — A. D. 1620. An atlas by Salvatore Oliva in the Biblioteca Laurenziana, Florence, showing the two Americas. Cf. Studi, &c., ii. p. 186. — A. D. 1625. Hondius's map of the two Americas in Purchas's Pilgrimes, iii. 857. — A. D. 1626. The map in John Speed's Prospect, engraved by Abraham Goos. 91. A. D. 1628. The world (Drake's Voyage). An engraved map of small size for The World en- compassed by Sir Francis Drake, London, 1628. The southern continent is called " Magallanica." Cali- fornia is an island. The map is by Jodocus Hondius, and is repro- duced in the Hakluyt Society's ed. of The World encompassed. Cf. the Hondius map in the 1613 ed. of Mercator's Atlas. Cf. Uricoechea, nos. 29, 30. 92. A. D. 1630. America by De Laet. \/ An engraved map, " An»ericsB sive Indiae occi- den talis tabula generalis," in De Laet's Nieuwe\ VFy Mortier. There were later dates. — A. D. 1694. VAmirique Septentrionale oi Hubert Jaillot; and his map of the world in 1696. — A. D. 1700. Delisle's map of America. — A. D. 1702. The map of North America in Campanius' Nya Swerige, of which there is a facsimile in the JV^ar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 394. — A. D. 1709. La Hontan's map, Carte Generale de Canada. 1703 edition has a sectional map. The — A. D. 1710. John Senex's map of North America, of which there is a reproduction in David Mill's Report on the Boundaries of tlu Province of Ontario, Toronto, 1873. — A. D. I717. Herman Moll's map of North America, in his Atlc^. Moll's maps were used in Oldmixon's Amer- ica, 1708 and 1741. — A. D. 1714-22. The Hemisphere septentrional of Guillaume de I'Isle; and his Carte d'Amirique. — A. D. 1731. VAmirique mise au jour par Danet, Paris. — A. D. 1733. Henry Popple's Map of the British Empire in Arnerica, with the French and Spanish Settlements adjacent thereto. — A. D. 1738. Map of America in Keith's Pennsylvania. — A. D. 1740. Delisle's map of North America, of which there is a reproduction in Mill's Boundaries of Ontario, 1873. — A. D. 1741. Moll's map of North America in Oldmixon's British Empire. — A. D. 1744. Benin's map in the Nouvelle France of Charlevoix, and his map of the world in 1748. — A. D. 1746. The Amlrique Septentrionale of D 'Anville ; and the America Mappa of Homami. — A. D. 1747. The North America of Bowen's Geography. — A. D, 1755-56- D'Anville's map of North America, and the repro- duction of it, " improved " in Douglass's Summary of the British Settlements in North America, 1755 (English edition). The map in John Haske's Present State of North America (2d ed.) showing the extent of the British claim to territory and the map (1756) inMWVs Botmdaries of Ontario (1873) showing the French claim. — A. D. 1757. L 'Amirique Septentrionale, published by Covens and Mortier at Amsterdam ; and that in Robert de Vaugondy's Atlas Universel. — A. D. 1760. L' Amirique, par Sanson rectifiee par Robert, con- tained with others in Van der Aa's La Galerie agria- tie du Monde. — A. D. 1762. VAmirique par Janvier in the Atlas Moderne. — A. D. 1763. Delisle's VAmirique of 1722, corrected by Buache. Mat. Scutterius' map of North America. Bowen's Map of North America. *#* The maps at this time, and later, gave the new definitions of bounds, as fixed by the Treaty of Paris in 1763. IV. NORTHERN PARTS OF NORTH AMERICA. *#* The fttaps in Sections II. and III. need to he consulted to suppleTnent the enumeration of the present section. — A. D. 1496-1631. J. W. Rundall's map (modern surveys) of Arctic explorations (Baffin's Bay, Hudson's Bay, etc.) be- tween these years is in Thomas Rundall's Voyages THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 23 towards the Northwest, published by the Hakluyt Society, 1849. See also Petermann's "Karte der Arkcischen und Antarktischen Regionen, zur Uber- sicht der Entdeckungsgeschichte " in his Geogra- phische Mittheilungen, xiv. (1865) pi. 12; und Er- gdnzungsband, iv. no. l6, pi. I ; and the map in Peschel's Geschichte der Erdkunde, ed. Ruge, 1877, p. 28S. 101. A. D. 1503. The North Atlantic. From a Portuguese portolano, showing the north- ern coasts, above Nova Scotia. Greenland is tolerably drawn with a broad expanse of water on the west (Baffin's Bay). A second Greenland (Engronelant) is drawn as a peninsula extending from Scandinavia, as in earlier maps, and sepa- rated from the true Greenland by a passage to the polar seas. — A. D. 1503-1504. A Portuguese chart showing the northeastern toast, given in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 174; ».nd in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 35. — A. D. 1 514-1520. The coast from Nova Scotia to Labrador, as shown in a sketch given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 56. It is a portion of a chart giving a large part of the coast. Cf. Kohl, Discovery of Maine, p. 179 ; Stevens' Notes, and Kunstmann's Atlas. — A. D. 1 522-1 525. A map of Lorenz Friess in the Ptolemy oi 1522 shows Greenland as an elongated island in the N. W. of Europe. There is a facsimile of it in Norden- skiold's Broderna Zenos, Stockholm, 1883. This map is not contained in the 1525 edition of Ptolemy, where a map, " Tab. nova Norbergiae et Gottise," shows Greenland as a much broader peninsula of North- western Europe, called " Engronelant." No. 49 of the 1525 edition is still another delineation, repre- senting " Gronlanda " as a long, nairow peninsula ex- tending southwesterly from the northwest of Europe. A reproduction of this map, ascribed to Ancuparius, the editor of the Ptolemy of 1522, is given in Wit- sen's Noord en Oost Tartarye, vol. ii. (1705). 102. A. D. 1525. Labrador and Greenland, by Lorenz Friess. From the atlas of Lorenz Friess, 1525, Labrador is called "Terra nova Conterati" (of Cortereal), who is said in a legend to have discovered it in 15 10, instead of 1501. The abundance of herring and stock- fish (cod) on the coast is mentioned. The southern part of Greenland is east of Davis Straits. " Terra laboratoris " is made an island, west of, and near to the lower point of Greenland. The Azores (Has Axagoras) are shown. — A. D. 1532. A map in Ziegler's Scondia, etc., published in Stras- burg, and again in 1 536, gives a sweep of unbroken coast which he calls " Terra Baccalaos," " Ulteriora Gronlandia," " Incognita." Both editions are in the Carter-Brown Library (Catalogue, i. nos. 103, 120). There are copies of the 1532 edition in the Collec- tions of Mr. Chas. Deane and Mr. Jasi Carson Bre- voort. 103. A. D. 1534. Labrador by Bordone. Engraved map in his Isolario, Venice, 1534. The country is called " Terra de lavoratore " ; and it is the earliest extension of a large island which may, as Kohl thinks, stand for North America, whose S. W. point is separated by a strait from the " Mondo Novo" (South America). If this conjecture is cor- rect the strait corresponds to such a passage, as shown in other maps of this time. In the ocean are the islands, " Asmaide," "Bresil," and "Astores." 104. A. D. 1542. Northeast Coast, by Rotz. From Rotz's MS. Booke of Idrography in the British Museum. It shows " New fonde Lande " broken into islands ; the coast north of the straits of Belle Isle. A compass conceals what was per- haps intended for Davis or Hudson's Straits ; and then north of this a curved peninsula marked " Cost of Labrador," which seems to be Greenland, extends towards " Islonde." Kohl points out its re- semblance to the Henri II. or Dauphin map (see sub no. 58). — A. D. 1544. The sectional maps of the Northeast coast, by Jean AUefonsce, of which sketches are given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 74-77. One of them is reproduced in Weise's Discoveries of America. — A. D. xvi. cent. Various maps, showing the Northeast coasts of North America, and extracted in part from mappe- mondes, are sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 81 et seq. Portuguese atlases preserved in the Royal ar- chives and in the Biblioteca Riccardiana at Flor- ence, which show this coast, are mentioned in the Studi biog. e bibliog. de la soc. ital., ii. nos. 451, 452. — A. D. 1547. The map of Scandinavia in Bordone represents " Engronelant " as a peninsula of Europe. — A. D. 1548. The " Delia Terra nova Bacalaos " by Gastaldi in the Italian Ptolemy of 1548, of which there is a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 88. — A. D. circa 1553. Gastaldi's map, Nucrva Francia, which appeared in the third volume of Ramusio in 1556. There are facsimiles of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 91 ; and in Weise's Discoveries of America, P- 356- 105. A. D. 155S. Iceland by A. Mercator. — A. D. 1561. Ruscelli's Tierra Nueva in the Ptolemy of this year, showing the coast from Florida to Labrador. There are sketches of this map in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, 233; Lelewel, Geog. de Moyen Age, 170; and Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 92. This edition has also a map, Schonladia, which shows a peninsula north of " Thyle " and beyond the " Mare Congelatum," which is a supposable Green- land. 24 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 106. A. D. 1562. The North Atlantic from the Ptolemy of 1562. This is an engraved reproduction of the Zeni map, which had been first published in 1558, and had been followed in 1561 by Ruscelli. To the present Ptol- emy copy by Moletta, that cartographer adds a note saying that its geography is confirmed by modern navigators, " as we know by letters and marine charts sent to us from divers parts." See bibliographical memoranda relating to the Zeni map and its influence in Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy, sub anno 1562. — A. D. 1562. An engraved map of the east coast of North America from Cape Breton to Florida made by Diego Guitierrez, the cosmographer of King Philip, and engraved by Cock. — A. D. 1567. " Gruntlandia " (Greenland) is shown in a n.ap of the northern regions in Olar Magni Historia, pub- lished this year at Basle. There is a facsimile of the map in Nordenskiold's Brodema Zenos, Stock- holm, 1883. — A. D. 1570. A map of the North Atlantic by Stephanius, based on Icelandic sources, given by Kohl in his Discovery of Maine, p. 107, and in Weise's Discoveries of Amer- ica, p. 22. Ortelius gave this year in his Theatrum Orbis Terrarum, a map of the northern regions which he called " Septentrionalium Regionum Descrip.," showing " Estotilant " (apparently a part of the main), with " Groclant," " Groenlant," " Drogeo," " Islant," and " Frislant " as islands in the north Atlantic. It was repeated in the editions of Ortelius o£ 1575, 1 584, and 1 592. There were new engravings of it in Miinster's Cosmographia in 1595 ; and in the Cologne- Arnheim edition of Ptolemy in 1597. 107. A. D. 1575 (.') Northeast Coast. From a MS. Portuguese map in the British Mu- seum, inscribed : " On the 20th Nov. 1 580, a Portu- guese, Fernando Simon, lent this map to John Dee in Mortlake, and a servant of Dee copied it for him." It shows the coast from Cape Breton, north to Hud- son's Straits. The St. Lawrence gulf is given, but not the river. Newfoundland is broken into islands. The map resembles that of Freire of 1546 (no. 58); but does not suggest Dee's own map of 1580, as sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 98. 108. A. D. 1578. Frobisher's Discoveries. Taken from a map in Best's True Discourse, Lon- don, 1578, and confirming Frobisher's own map of the world (no. 78). There is an engraving of no. 108 in Collinson's Frobisher's Voyages, 1867, published by the Hakluyt Society. 109. A. D. 1580. The Polar Regions by Dee. It represents the polar islands of Mercator; Greenland as a long island, with Estotiland as an island of uncertain limits, southwest of Greenland. "Icaria," "Frislant," and "Tula ins." lie east of Greenland. Dr. Kohl has not annotated it. — A. D. 1585-87. A modern map showing Davis's explorations is given in the Hakluyt's Society's edition of Davis's Voyages, p. i. 110. A. D. 1587. Northeast Coast. From a manuscript atlas in the British Museum, inscribed : Livre de la Marine du Pilote Pastoret, Van, 1587. S. F. M. Dr. Kohl thinks the name may be " Pralut " or perhaps " Pasterot." It shows the coast from Cape Breton to La Mer Glacee. New- foundland is a group of islands. The straits of Belle Isle is marked as where Cartier passed. The Green- land region resembles No. 104. 111. A. D. 1592. Northeast Coast by Molineaux. An extract from Molineaux's globe in the Middle Temple, London, showing the St. Lawrence river and gulf; Newfoundland as islands; Davis Straits and Greenland. Molineaux had Davis's charts, now lost. Frobisher's Strait is made to separate the southern part of Greenland from an island, — an error long perpetuated. There is a sketch of this part of the globe in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 213. 112. A. D. 1592. Polar Regions by Molineaux. From his 1592 globe. Shows the north of Europe and Asia, but of America it gives only the north- east coast of Greenland. It omits Mercator's Polar islands, in which Moline,aux finds no ground for belief. 113. A. D. 1597. Labrador and Greenland by Wytfliet. The engraved map " Estotilandia et Laboratoris terra " in Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy. It shows both coasts of " Fretum Joan Davis," and bears a resemblance to this part of the Molineaux globe (no. in). The erroneous Frobisher's Straits (south of Greenland) are drawn, but not named. Frisland lies an island southeast of Greenland, of which it really was in Kohl's view the southern part. Another Wytfliet map, " Nova Francia et Canada, 1597," is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 100. A third map of Wyt- fliet shows the coast from the St. Lawrence gulf to South Carolina. A fourth represents the archi- pelago of Newfoundland (as he understood it) and Labrador. 114. A. D. 1598. The North Atlantic, Ed. Ptol- emy. The map "Scandia" in the 1598 ("Venice) edition of Ptolemy, translated into Italian by Cernot. A well-known Italian cartographer is known to have made some of the maps, of this edition, and may have made this. The American shore is based on the Zeni map. 115. A. D. i59-(?) Greenland and Ireland. This is called by Dr. Kohl "an English map, 1 59-?" but he gives no further information. It shows the eastern shore of Greenland, the erroneous "Forboshar's Straits," the islands "Freeseland" and "Iseland." THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 25 116. A. D. 1 60-? North Polar regions by Mer- cator. Engraved map of a part of the northern hemi- sphere {above 60° lat.) in the Mercator-Hondius Atlas, Amsterdam, 1630 ; but it is assigned to Ge- rardus Mercator himself ; and was made, as Kohl thinks, a little before Mercator's death in 1594. Kohl also calls it the first time the projection was used, which makes the north pole the centre. He represents the four large islands round the pole, which Mercator, getting the idea from Cnoyen, was the first at an earlier date to introduce into maps, and between which he supposes the oceans to flow to the pole, where the superfluous water is absorbed by the south. He places the magnetic pole under 74°, on a line from the pole to the Straits of Anian, — also thought by Kohl a first attempt to locate such pole, but he forgets the attempts of Ruysch, Martin Cortes, and Sanuto. Greenland is made an island with de- fined northern capes. Thfe land about Davis's Straits is shown much in the same way as in the Molineaux globe of 1592 (no, iii). Mercator gives the same large inland fresh-water sea in northern Canada, with connection with the polar ocean. A similar map on a smaller scale, extending only to 5o° N. lat. is given in Purchas, iii. 625, as " Hondus his map of the Arctic Pole." 117. A. D. 1600. Arctic regions. An engraved map in De Bry's IndicB Orientalis, tertia pars, '1601, where it appears without other explanation than that it was made by " Wilhelmus Bernardus " (Barent9z, the Dutch navigator). Kohl and Markham suppose it to have been made by Barentsz on his third voyage, 1596-97. The parts of America shown are Greenland, Fretum Davis, and Estotiland. Markham says regarding the fac- simile of the original map which appears in the Hakluyt Society's edition of Barents' Three Voyages, that "the map was first published in 1599 by Cor- nelius Glaeszoon in the second part of the abridged Latin edition of Linschoten's Itinerarium ; but it is wanting in some copies." This may be compared with the Arctic parts of the map of the world by Molineaux, as reproduced by the Hakluyt Society in 1880. — A. D. 1600. A map by Metellus, " Estotilandia et Laboratoris terra." It shows " Groenlandiae pars," " Islandia," " Frisland," and " Terre de Laborador." — A. D. 1601. Harrisse, Cabots, p. 201, refers to a beautifully executed map of the Atlantic, marked : " 1601, R. Dieppe par Guillemme Levasseur le 12 de Juillet." 118. A. D. 1608. Greenland. A little map, showing a small part of "Groen- lant," marked also " Hold with Hope." Kohl credits it to Hudson, but gives no explanation. — A. D. 1609. The map in Lescarbot's Nouvelle France, of which there are sections in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 150, 152, 374. 378. It is also reproduced in the Paris reprint and else- where. A map of about 1610, preserved in the French archives, and of which there is a copy in the Mass. Archives, is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, vol. iii. — A. D. 161 1. A map by Jodocus Hondius explaining Barentz's third voyage, which appeared in the Latin ed. of Pontanus's Amsterdam, 1611, and in the Dutch ed. of 1614. It is given in facsimile in Asher's Henry Hudson the Navigator, published by the Hakluyt So- ciety, i860. It is called "Tabula Geogr. in qua admiranda; navigationis Cursus et recursus desig- natur." — A. D. 16—. Hondius's map of Iceland is given in Purchas, iii. 644. 119. A. D. 161 2. Arctic Regions by Hudson. Hudson's chart of his northern expedition be- tween Greenland and Hudson's Bay. Kohl makes no comments on this map, which follows an en- graved chart in De Bry's India Orientalis, pars x, 1613. A facsimile is given in Asher's Hudson the Navigator, published by the Hakluyt Society, i860. It is called Tabula Nawtica, . . . anno 1612. 120. A. D. 1612. Tlie same. On this copy Kohl remarks upon the absence of any reference to the map in De Bry's text, which he supposes was copied — as would appear to be the case — by De Bry from Hudson's own chart in the Descriptio ac delineatio geographica detectionis freti . . . ab Henrico Hudsono Anglo, Amsterdam, 1612; and again 1613. There are copies in Harvard College library. Cf. Camus, Memoirs stir de Bry, p. 258. The Portuguese designation is given to Newfound- land,— "Ilha de Bacalhao." — A. D. 1612-I3. The Hondius-Mercator atlas of 1613. This has two maps of Europe, which include Greenland and adjacent parts, — one is by Hondius, the other by Mercator. A portolano (1613) of Johannes Oliva of Mar- seilles, in the British Museum, in a chart of the north Atlantic gives the east coast of America from Norumbega to Hatteras. Newfoundland is better drawn than before, but Oliva seems to have been ignorant of Lescarbot's map. Champlain's maps of 1612 and 1613. That of 1612 extends from the southern side of Cape Cod to Labrador, and that of 1613, though different, covers about the same range of coast. They are repro- duced in the Quebec and Boston editions of Cham- plain, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 380-382. 121. A. D. 1615. Hudson Straits by Baffin. The original MS. map is in the British Museum. A colored facsimile is given in Baffitt's Voyages, pub- lished by the Hakluyt Society, 1881 ; and it is given in outline in Rundall's Voyages towards the North- west, published by the same society, 1849. The chart represents Bafiin's fourth voyage. Capt. Buck in 1836 was the next to follow this route. 26 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. ' — A. D. i5i6, etc. Petermann in his Geographische Mittheilnngcn, vol. xiii. (1S67), pi. 6, gives a map, "Das nbrdlichste Land der Erde entdeckt 1616 bis 1861," including Bylot and BaiiSn's map {1616), Ross (1818), Ingle- field (1852), Kane (1855), and Hayes (1861). 122. A. D. 1619. Hudson's Straits and Bay. An engraved map in La Peyrire's Recueil de Voy- age ati Nord, made as that editor says after Danish authorities, — possibly representing Munk's voyage in i6i8-ig, who named the straits and bay after King Christian. Baffin's Bay becomes " Gulf Davis." The maker of the chart was not aware seemingly of Hudson's explorations in the southern parts of Hud- son's Bay. The same or a similar map appears in La Pey- rere's Relation du Groenland, Paris, 1647 and 1663. — A. D. 1624. Sir Wm. Alexander's map, in Purchas, of which a part is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 306. — A. D. 1624-30. The map by Chapelain, appearing in Isaac de La Peyrfere's Relation du Greenland, Paris, 1663, is re- produced in an English translation in the volume on Spitzbergen and Greenland, published by the Hakluyt Society in 1835. "^"'^^ La Peyrere Relation refers to a map " per Martinum filium Arnoldi, ano 1624 & 1625," which had been used in the construction of it ; and which was then preserved in the library of Cardi- nal Mazarin; also to a map made by Capt. Munck on his voyage, reprinted with his narrative, which agrees with a map of Hudson, owned by Chapelain. The same Hakluyt Society volume contains the map of Greenland accompanying Edward Pellham's God's Power and Providence shewed in the . . . deliverance of eight Englishmen left in Greenland, 1630, published in London, 163 1. 123. A. D. 1625. Greenland. An engraved map in Purchas's Pilgrimes, iii. 472. Kohl has not commented on it, except to call it Spitzbergen, which it seems to be, instead of the modern Greenland. Luke Fox's map (1633) also calls the Asiatic Island by the name of Greenland. 124. A. D. 1631. Hudson's Bay and Greenland by Capt. James. An engraved map in Capt. Thomas James's Strange and Dangc7'oiis Voyage, 1633, inscribed " The platt of sayling for the discoverye of a Passage into the South Sea, 1631, 1632." Kohl calls it the earliest map of Hudson Bay giving the entire shore from observation. His latitudes are nearly correct : he omits longitudes. There is a facsimile of part of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 96. 125. A. D. 1633. Northern parts by Fox. An engraved map in Luke Fox's Northweaste Foxe, London, 1633. It shows the east coast of North America from the Hudson River, including Hudson's and Baffin's Bays, to Greenland, and the west coast above Cape Mendocino to a point north of the straits which separated what was then sup- posed to be the Island of California at its northern end from the main. — A. D. 1636, etc. Maps of Baffin's Bay by Luke Fox (1636), Hex- ham's Mercator-Hondius (1636), Moll (1706), Bar- rington (1818), and modern charts are given in Mark- ham's Voyage of William Baffin, published by the Hakluyt Society, 1881. The Fox map is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 98. T— A. D. 1644-63. An engraved map of Iceland by Du Val in La Peyrere 's Relation de I'Islande, Paris, 1663. — A. D. 1646. Robert Dudley's map of the St. Lawrence and ad- jacent jiarts, continued in his Arcano del Mare (Flor- ence, 1647), p. 52 ; and sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 3S8. It is called in Dudley : " D 'America Carta prima." — A. D. 1656. Sanson's Le Canada includes the region about Hudson's Bay. — A. D. 1660. The Tabula Novcz Francice of Du Creux or Creux- ius, of which a portion is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 389. — A. D. 1661. North America in the Zee-Atlas of Van Loon. — A. D. 1662. "A chart of Hudson's Straights and Bay, o£ Davis's Straights and Baffin's Bay, as published in the year 1662," is given in T. S. Drage's Account of a Voyage for the Discovery of a Northwest passage, London, 1749, vol. ii. 126. A. D. 1669. Greenland by Goos. An engraved map in Pietro de la Goos's Atlas de la marine, Amsterdam, 1669. He makes Frobisher's Straits cut off the southern end of Greenland, and gives many names, unknown in earlier maps, to the shore of Greenland, opposite Iceland ; while Dutch names on the western coast would indicate explora- tions by Hollanders in that region. 127. A. D. 1685. Hudson's Bay by Jaillot. It shows the French and English posts : and Kohl . says the information is drawn almost entirely from Canadian sources. Bleau's atlas of 1685 gives maps showing the north- ern parts. — A. D. 1687. Morden's maps in Blome's Present state of His Majesty's Isles and Territories in America. — A. D. I7i6(?) Delisle's Carte du Canada shows also the polar regions. It is also in the atlas published by Covens and Mortier at Amsterdam. 1/ THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 27 — A. D. 1720. C. G. Zorgdragers, Groenlandsche Visschery, Am- sterdam, 1720, had maps of the Polar regions, Green- land and Iceland, which are repeated in the Co- penhagen edition of 1727. Frobisher's Straits are represented as cutting off the southern part of Green- land. — A. D. 1728. The Atlas maritimus et Commerctalis, London, 1728, has a map of the St. Lawrence Gulf, and the Northeastern coasts. 128. A. D. circa 1730. Bet-ween Lake Superior and Hudson's Bay. A MS. map by De la Veranderie preserved in the Depot de la Marine in Paris. " Donnee par Mon- sieur de la Galissoniere, 1750." It shows the coun- try between Lake Superior and Hudson Bay, with its waters and portages, and forts and trading-posts. 129. A. D. 1730. Country Northvirest of Lake Superior. An Indian map, made by Ochagach, preserved in the Depot de la Marine, showing water-ways and portages. Kohl supposes it to have been carried to Europe by De la Veranderie, who used it in compil- ing map no. 1 28. 130. A. D. 1740. Hudson Bay Country. Kohl calls this map a sketch of the territory ex- plored by De la Veranderie, and says the original in the Depot de la Marine at Paris is called, " Carte des Nouvelles decouvertes dans I'ouest du Canada et des nations qui y habitent. Dressee, dit-on, sur les Memoires de Monsieur de la Veranderie, mais fort imparfaite a ce tju'il m'a dit. Donnee au D^pdt de la Marine par Monsieur de la Galissoniere en 1750." — A. D. 174I. An engraved map of Greenland in Hans Egede's Gr^nland, Copenhagen, 1741 ; repeated in the Ger- man edition, Copenhagen, 1742 ; and called " Gr^n- landia Antiqua ; " also in \h&Beschreibungvott Grm- land, translated by Kriinitz, Berlin, 1763. Cf. the map by Paul Egede in his Efterretninger om Gr^nland, Copenhagen, 1789. — A. D. 1742. The northeastern coasts in the English Pilot of 1742 and later dates. 131. A. D. 1746. Northwest parts of Hudson Bay. An engraved map in The Probability of a North- west passage, by Theodore Swaine Drage, clerk of the " California " (one of the ships), London, 1768, pur- porting to record discoveries of Capt. Smith and Capt. Moor in 1746-47. Drage accompanied Smith and Moor on this voyage. There is a chart of Hudson Bay and straits ac- cording to the discoveries between l6io and 1743 in Drage's Account of a Voyage for the Discovery of a Northwest passage, London, 1748, vol. i., and in vol. ii. the same map as that used by Kohl. 132. A. D. 1747. Wager's Bay by BUis. An inlet in the northwest part of Hudson's Bay, mapped by Ellis, who accompanied Smith and Moor. It was named on Middleton's voyage. — A. D. 1746-47. A map of Hudson's Bay and adjacent parts in the German edition of Henry Ellis's Reise nach Hudson's meerbusen, Gbttingen, 1750. This map is not in the Harvard College copies of the English and French editions. 133. A. D. 1748. Hudson's Bay by Ellis. An engraved map in Henry Ellis's Voyage to Hud- son's Bay, London, 1748, an account of the expedi- tion of Francis Smith and Wm. Moor. The map was re-engraved in the Germair edition, Gottingen, 1750; and in the French edition, Paris, 1749. It shows the region from California to Greenland, and north of Lake Erie. The expedition was fitted out by London merchants, and after Parliament in 1743 had offered ;^2o,ooo for the discovery of a north- west passage. Kohl remarks that the discoveries of Hudson, Baffin, Fox, and James are not well delin- eated by Ellis. 134. A. D. 1763. Hudson Bay by Bellin. Without comment by Kohl. 135. A. D. 1774. Hudson's and Baffin's Bays by Samuel Dun. An engraved map, showing all the inlets of Hud- son's Bay closed up at their interior extremities, in- dicating the end of the belief in a westerly passage being discovered through any of them. Baffin's Bay is represented as a large oval, among some of whose western passages (it is stated on the map) a passage may yet be possible to the Pacific. " Christian Sea" (King Christian's Sea) discovered by Munk in 1629, is put in the northerly part of Baffin's instead of Hudson's Bay. — A. D. 1774. Map of the north Polar regions in the The jfotirnal of the Voyage by Phipps and Lutwidge, London, 1774. 136. A. D. 1765. Greenland by Cranz. An engraved map in David Cranz's Historic von Gronland, 1766, and second edition, 1770; repeated in the English translation, London, 1767. — A. D. 1783. Map of the Arctic regions in J. R. Forster's Voy- ages and Discoveries made in the North. 137. A. D. 1785. Hudson's Bay Country by Pond. A MS. map in the archives of the Hudson's Bay company in London, inscribed : " Copy of a map presented to the Congress by Peter Pond, a native of Milford in the State of Connecticut. This extraor- dinary man has resided seventeen j'ears in those countries, and from his own discoveries as well as from the reports of the Indians, he assures himself of having at last discovered a passage to the North Sea. He is gone again to ascertain some important 28 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. observations. New York, ist March, 1785, copied by St. John de Crevecoeur for his Grace of La Rochefoucault." Pond's various sojourns are indi- cated, — the most southern on St. Peter's (Missis- sippi) River, 1774; the most northern near Lake Athabaska, 1782--83. He puts down the great North- ern Sea too far south by ten degrees. 138. A. D. 1789 and 1793. Discoveries of Alex- ander Mackenzie. Mackenzie started from Fort Chipewyan on the Lake of the Hills, in June, 1789, and followed the river now known by his name to near its junction with the Northern Sea. In 1793 he followed the Unjijah or Peace River to the Rocky Mountains, thence to the Pacific. Mackenzie seems to have used Arrowsmith's map and Vancouver's surveys, in this map, which accompanies the books which he published about his explorations. 139. A. D. 1790. Hudson's Bay Country by Turner. A MS. map in the archives of the Hudson Bay company in London, inscribed : " Chart of lakes and rivers in North America by Philipp Turner." Turner was the surveyor of the company and made his prin- cipal exploration in 1790-92, in company with Peter Fiedler, his successor as surveyor ; and of this ex- ploration Turner wrote an account preserved in the company's archives, of which this map was an illus- tration. Kohl calls it the oldest of the tolerably correct surveys which we have between the Saskats- chawan River and Slave Lake. The rivers whose course is put down from Indian reports are marked by two crosses. 140. A. D. 1799. Greenland and Baffin's Bay by Laurie and Whittle. An engraved chart published in London. It shows the notions prevailing before Ross's explorations. — A. D. 1811. A map of the Arctic regions in E. A. W. von Zimmermann's Die Erde und ihre Bewohner, Leipzig, 1811. — A. D. iSib. A general map of the Arctic regions in Barring- ton's Possibility of approaching the North Pole, Lon- don, 1818. — A. D. 1818. Map of the route of the ship " Alexander " in Baffin's Bay, by W. E. Parry, in a yournalofa Voyage of Discovery to the Arctic regions, 1818, published at London [1819]. — A. D. 1818. A facsimile of map of the Arctic regions in 181S, with discoveries since that date inserted in red, given in Hall's Second Arctic Expedition, Washington, 1879. — A. D. 1818-23. Map of the discoveries by Ross, Parry, and Frank- lin, in Franklin's jfourney to the Shores of the Polar Sea, London, 1823. — A. D. 1819-20. Map of Arctic regions showing route of Parry's ships, in his Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery of a Northwest passage, London, 1821. — A. D. 1819-54. Chart of discoveries in the Arctic Seas in Belcher's Last of the Arctic Voyages, London, 1855. — A. D. 1820. Arctic regions by Wm. Scoresby, jr., including Ross's explorations, in An Account of the Arctic Regions, by W. Scoresby, jr., London, 1820. 141. A. D. 1820. Hudson's Bay Countries by Harmon. It shows the country from Hudson's Bay and Lake Superior on the east to the Pacific on the west. Harmon was an officer of the Hudson's Bay Company who published this map in a journal of his explorations. — A. D. 1821-23. • Map of Parry's second route, in his Journal of a Voyage for the Discovery of a Northwest Passage, London, 1824, with detailed maps in- the same volume. — A. D. 1822. Map of Greenland by Scoresby in a Journal of a Voyage to the Northern Whale Fisheries, by W. Scoresby, jr., Edinburgh, 1823, with a special chart of surveys on the east coast. 142. A. D. 1823. Arctic Regions after Parry. Parts north of Hudson's Bay. Kohl does not comment on it. 143. A. D. 1824. East Greenland by Scoresby. Without comment by Kohl. — A. D. 1824-25. Map of Prince Regent's inlet drawn by Parry and Head, in Parry's Third Voyage. 144. A. D. 1B33. Proposed Route of Capt. Back. See Royal Geographical Society's Journal, iii. 64. 145. A. D. 1833-34. Back's River. See Royal Geographical Society's Journal, yd\. vi. (1836). It shows his exploration, beginning at the Great Slave Lake, of the Great Fish River, never before followed, when he started to relieve Capt. Ross, then supposed to be confined in the ice, north- west of Hudson's Bay. 146. A. D. 1834. Back River. Another map of the same region, without comment by Kohl. 147. A. D. 1836-37. Hudson's Strait. It shows the track of the " Terror," following a map in the Royal Geographical Society's Journal, vol. vii., accompanying Capt. Back's report on the north- eastern shore of Southampton Island, — the closest observation since Baffin's voyage in 161 5. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 29 148. A. D. 1840. Peel River by Isbister. In Royal Geographical Society's Journal, xv. 333, accompanying an account by A. K. Isbister, of his explorations not only of Peel River, but also of Red and other branches of the Mackenzie River, flowing to the Arctic Sea. — A. D. 1845. The Arctic regions as known in 1845, — a copy of the map supplied to the Franklin expedition, in Hall's Second Arctic Expedition, Washington, 1879. 149. A. D. 1851. Arctic Coast e2:plored by Dr. Rea. An engraved map extracted from the Royal Geog. Society's Jotirnal (1852), xxii. 73, where it is accom- panied by two reports of explorations in search of Sir John Franklin. — A. D. 1850-51. A map of Wellington Channel and Grinnell land by Lt. De Haven and Capt. Penny, in Peter Force's pamphlet on Grinnell land, 1852. 150. A. D. 1851-52. Discoveries of Kennedy and Bellot. This shows the exploration of travelling parties from the ship " Prince Albert," wintered at North Somerset, on Prince Regent inlet, in search of Sir John Franklin's party. It is copied from one in the Royal Geog. Society's Journal, xxiii. (1853.) 151. A. D. 1852. Smith Sound by Inglefield. Copied from a map in the Royal Geog. Society's Journal, vol. xxiii., accompanying a report of Capt. E. A. Inglefield, who was the first to examine the sound forming the northern parts of Baffin's Bay, Baffin himself having only seen its beginning in 1615. — A. D. 1861, etc. North polar chart in Sir John Richardson's Polar- Regions ( 1861 ) ; maps of the " American Arctic Sea," " Smith' Sound " and " North Polar Regions " in C. R. Markham's Threshold of the Unknown Region, 1873- *#* No attempt is made to enumerate the multitude of recent maps of .the Arctic regions. 30 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. CANADA. ,*» The best enumeration of maps covering Canada which has yet been printed is in Harrisse's Cabois and his Notes S7tr la Nouvelle France. Cf. maps under sections II. and III., ante. — A. D. 1508. Respecting the apocryphal map of Jehan Denys, see Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 36. .— A. D. 1 521. Respecting the extremely doubtful map attributed to Lazaro Luis, see Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 37. — A. D. 1532. The map in Ziegler's Sckondia, etc., Strasburg, 1532 and 1536, shows vaguely the Bacallaos coast. It is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. ii. — A. D. 1534. A map by Caspar Viegas of Newfoundland and the Gulf of St. Lawrence is depicted in Kohl's Dis- covery of Maine, pi. xviii. — A. D. 1 542. ; Maps in Rotz's Idrography. — A. D. 1545. The charts of Jean Allefonsce of the region of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, which are sketched in the Narrative and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 74 et seq.; some of which are also given in Weise's Discoveries of America, 355, and in Murphy's Verramano. — A. D. 1545. Carte des CStes Nord-est de VAmlrique, in the Musee Correr at Venice, noted by Harrisse, Notes sur la Nouvelle Prance, no. 188. 152. A. D. 1546. Canada and Labrador by Juan Freire. It shows the coast from 34° N. Lat. to 72° N. Lat., and develops the Gulf and River St. Law- rence. It is called : Carte du Canada, Labrador, e. t., tiree cPune Portidan Portugais de Vannee 1 546 dans la possession de Monsieur le Vicomte [Santaremi de Paris. Kohl considers that Spanish, Portuguese, and French authorities were used. He assigns the regions of the Cortereals — esta he a tera dos Cort- Reais — to the territory between what seems to be Penobscot Bay and the St. Lawrence. The names along the latter river are French, corrupted by Por- tuguese ; and so on the eastern coast of Newfound- land, whose western coast is not drawn. There are various imaginary islands in the Atlantic. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 86. 153. A. D. 1546. Ne^wfoundland by Freire. Contained in a Portuguese portolano, of which Libri published, says Kohl, in London a facsimile. It is inscribed : Joham Freire a fez era de 546. It shows the eastern coasts of Labrador and New- foundland from Hudson's Straits south, the south- western coast of Newfoundland, and the opposite coast of Cape Breton. (Libri sale, Mar. 20, 1859, 154. A. D. 1547. East Coast of North America by Nicolas Vallard, of Dieppe. The coast is given from the end of Florida to the Labrador shore, developing the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. It is part of a MS. map in the Sir Thomas Phillipps collection. The map is endorsed Terre de Bacalos. The source of the delineation south of Cape Breton is Spanish, and it shows no trace of Verrazano. Kohl thinks that, for the region north of Cape Breton, the map is based on the maps of Alfonse and Cartier. He remarks on the half Portuguese name of the St. Lawrence, — Rio do Canada. The G. lorens of the map is not the great gulf, but a small bay opposite the north shore of Anticosti. The eastern shore of Newfoundland has a mixture of French and Portuguese names. On Labrador they are mostly Portuguese. The name of Vallard may signify ownership rather than mark the maker. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 86, and for a sketch, p. 87. 155. A. D. 1547. • A less perfect copy of the preceding. 156. A. D. 1548. Canada. The coast from Greenland (apparently) to Nova Scotia, with the Gulf and River St. Lawrence devel- oped. Part of a mappemonde which was communi- cated to Kohl by Jomard, and thought, as Kohl says, by the latter to have been made by order of Henri II. A figure of Robeval among his soldiers is drawn on the map. The northern parts of the Atlantic are called Mer de France ; the more southerly, Mer d'Esfaigne. Newfoundland is a group of islands. St. Laurens is a small bay, as in no. 154. The St. Lawrence river is not named, but the Saguenay (R. du Sagnay) is. Since Kohl's day, R. H. Major has deciphered an inscription which assigns its author- ship to Pierre Desceliers in 1546. Jomard gives it in facsimile ; it is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 85. — A. D. 1548. Gastaldi's map, " Delia terra nova Bacalaos," in the Italian Ptolemy of 1548. 157. A. D. 155- ? Canada. This represents North America as an island, of which the St. Lawrence is a central basin. Some- where on the coast of South Carolina a strait con- nects the Atlantic with the Western Sea, which also washes all the northern confines of the land. New- foundland is divided by channels, as in the Ramusio map of 1556, and the names on the Eastern shore are Portuguese with French transformations. The names on the lower portion of the Atlantic coast are of Spanish origin. The Atlantic has the usual sprinkling of imaginary islands. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 89. 158. A. D. 1 55-? The same, less perfect. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 31 159. A. D. 1556. LaNuova Prancia in Ramu- sio. A copy from the engraved map in Ramusio. Kohl suspects that it may have been drawn after Jehan Deny's lost map, and that Ramusio did not have access to Cartier's charts. It is reproduced in the _Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 91, and in Weise's Discoveries of America, p. 356. 159 a. A. D. 1556. Another copy of the same. The two maps of Gastaldi in Ramusio, " Terra de Labrador et Nova Francia " and " Terra de Hochelaga nella nova Francia," are supposed to have been made in 1553. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, nos. 292, 293. 160. A. D. 1556 (?) Newfoundland, etc. It also shows Labrador and the coast of Maine, and is taken from a portolano in the British Mu- seum, and in its catalogue it is described as "on vellum in the Spanish language, and executed in the sixteenth century." The coast stretches from 45° to 64° north latitude. It resembles, so far as it goes, no. 152, but it has no indication of the Gulf or River St. Lawrence. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 87. 161. A. D. 1 558. Canada and adj acent parts by- Diego Homem. It shows the eastern coast of North America from 28° N. Lat. to 70°. The Bay of Fundy is developed, and the basin of the St. Lawrence is converted into a northern ocean. The original is in a MS. atlas by Homem in the British Museum. The names of the St. Lawrence region are French, of the coast south of the gulf Spanish, and north of it Portu- guese. Cf. sketches in Kohl's Disc, of Maine,.-^. 377, and Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 92. 162. A. D. 1558. Another copy of no. 161. 163. A. D. 1562 and 1574. East Coast of North America. This gives the coast from 34° N. Lat. to 60°. Newfoundland is a cluster of islands. The St. Law- rence is a network of small streams. The original is an engraved map in the Ptolemies of 1562 and 1574, called "Tierra Nueva." It is based on the Ramusio map of 1556, and there are sketches of it in Kohl's Disc, of Maine, p. 233 ; Lelewel's Gh^. du Moyen-Age, p. 170; and Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, iv. p. 92. — A.D. 1575. A Portuguese map of about 1575 in the British Museum, showing the coast from Cape Breton to Labrador. 164. A. D. 1597. Nova Francia et Canada, by Wytfliet. It shows the Gulf and River St. Lawrence with Labrador. The original is an engraved map in Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy, and is repro- duced in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, iv. p. 100. Cf. also Wytfliet's maps, showing Labrador and Greenland, and Newfoundland and the adjacent parts. See ante, no. 113. The maps were repeated in the Douay edition of 1605, etc. I 165. A. D. 1609. New France by Lescarbot. It shows the coast from 40° N. Lat. to 54°, with the course of the St. Lawrence. It follows an en- v grayed map in Lescarbot's Nouvclle France. The entire map is reproduced in Faillon's Colonie Fran- faise, i. p. 85, in Tross's reprint of Lescarbot, and in the Popham Memorial. Parts of it are given in ' the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 152, 304, 379- See also the 1612 edition of Lescarbot. — A. D. 1612. Champlain's map, which is reproduced in the Boston and Quebec reprints of Champlain, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 380, 381. — A. D. 1613. Champlain's map, which is reproduced in the Boston and Quebec editions of his works ; and in part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 383. The edition of 1613 had various smaller local maps. 166. A. D. 1613. Canada and Norumbega by J. Oliva. Showing the coast from 42° N. Lat. to 68°, with the course of the St. Lawrence. The original is in a MS. portolano in the British Museum, marked : Joannes Oliva fecit in civitate Alarsilice, anno 1613. Newfoundland, as Kohl remarks, is unusually well drawn ; but the rest of the map is much behind the best knowledge of the time. See ante, no. go. 167. A. D. 1625. New England and New France, from Purchas. The main sources of this map appear to be Les- carbot's map of New France and John Smith's map i of New England. The original appeared in Pur- chas's Pilgrims, following one in Sir William Alex- ander's Encouragement to Colonies (1624). It is given in part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. ch. 9. 168. A. D. 1626. Newfoundland by Mason. The original is an engraved map in The Golden Fleece, by Orpheus, Junior, London, 1626. The map is inscribed : " Newfoundland described by \j Captaine John Mason, an industrious Gent., who spent seven yeares in the Countrey." Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 379. 169. A. D. 1630. New Prance by De Laet. It shows the coast from Cape Cod to Labrador, and as far inland as Lake Champlain. The original is an engraved map in De Laet's Nieuwe Wereldt. The map is apparently based on the maps of Pur- / chas, Lescarbot, and Champlain. It was repeated "^ in the Latin {1633) and the French (1640) editions. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 384, and in Cassell's United States, i. 240. 170. A. D. 1632. New France by Champlain. This follows the engraved map in the edition of 1632. It is reproduced in the Quebec and Boston editions of Champlain, in O'Callaghan's Doc. Hist, of N. v., vol. iii., and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 386, 387. 32 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 171. A. D. 1632. An unfinished sketch of the same map. 172. A. D. circa 1640. Canada. After a rough draft preserved in the Depot de la Marine at Paris. Its chief peculiarity is in making Lakes Superior and Huron flow into the St. Law- I / rence through the Ottawa, with no passage for their ' waters through Erie and Ontario. Lake Michigan is not indicated. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 202. Is this the map noted by Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 197, which he puts sub anno, 1665? — A. D. 1641 (?). Riviire St. Laurent (Montreal to Tadoussac), noted in Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 191. — A. D. 1647. The " Canida " map of Dudley's Arcano del Mare, of which a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 388. — A. D. 1656. Sanson's Le Canada, ou Nouvelle France. It is sketched in the N'ar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 391. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 327. 173. A. D. 1660. New Prance. Inscribed Tabula Novie Francit^ anno 1660, and the language of the map is Latin. It corresponds \j in extent nearly to the Champlain map of 1632. Kohl speaks of it as a map which he found in the great Paris library; but it is really the engraved Du Creux or Creuxius map, which is given (in part) in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 389. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 329. — A. D. 1662. Map in Blaeu's Atlas, of which a sketch is given in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 391. It was repeated by Blaeu in 1685. — A. D. 1663. A map of the course of the St. Lavnrence, of which a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 148. A map in the yesuit Relation of 1662-63, of which a portion is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 311. 174. A. D. 1666. Iiakes Champlain and On- tario. It is called: "Carte des grands lacs Ontario et [Champlain] et des pays traverses par Mrs- de Tracy j et Courcelles pour aller attaquer les Agniez, 1666." . ,j The original is in the Depot de la Marine at Paris. " It gives the Hudson from Orange [Albany] upwards. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit Hist. America, iv. p. 312. Cf. Faillon, La Colonie Franfaise, iii. 125, and Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 332. 175. A. D. 1 665. Lakes Ontario and Cham- plain. Copied from an engraved map in the Jesuit Re- lation of 1664-65. See Nar. atid Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 311, 312, 313. — A. D. 1666. Le Canada ou la Nouvelle France: par Nicolas Sanson, Paris, 1666. The same, by Frederic de Witt. Harrisse {Notes, etc. nos. 334, 335) says he bor- rows these titles from P. Lelong's Bibliothique Historique, i. no. 1452, 1453. — A. D. 1668. Carte dupays des cinq Nations Iroquoises Kentl in Faillon, La Colonie Franfaise, iii. igo. 176. A. D. 1670. Lake Superior. Copied from the map which appeared in the Jesuit Relation of 1670-71. Facsimiles of this map are given in Bancroft's United States, orig. ed., iii. p. . f 152; Whitney's Geol. Rept. of Lake Superior, Mo- y nette's Mississippi, vol. i., and Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 313. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 340. — A. D. 1670. DoUier and Gallinee's map of Lakes Ontario and Huron, sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 203. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, no. 200. An undated MS. map, also sketched in Ibidem, iv. p. 206, shows the upper lakes and the upper Missis- sippi. — A. D. 1670. The Novi Belgii Tabula in Ogilby's America, p. 169 ; reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist America, iv. p. 392. — A. D. 167I. Lac Tracy ou Sicperieur, a MS. in the library of the Dep6t de la Marine, at Paris, noted in Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 201. — A. D. 1673. Carte de la nouvelle decouverte que les plres lesuites ont fait en VannSe 1672, et continuee par le P. Jacques Marquette, — a Ms. map belonging to the National Library in Paris, which Harrisse says (Notes, etc., 202) cannot now be found. — A. D. 1673. Carte des missions des PP. Jesuites sur le lac des Illinois, in the Jesuit Relation, 1673-79, as published in New York in i860. 177. A. D. 1675. The Great Lakes and the Upper Mississippi by Joliet. The original is in the D^p8t de la Marine at Paris, and has on it a letter addressed to Fronteiiac. See Harrisse, Notes, etc-, no. 203-204. In the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. (p. 208), is Joliet's earliest map (1673-74), with indications of places where it can be found in facsimile ; (pp. 212, 213) is what is known as joliet's larger map of / 1674; and (p. 214) his smaller map. In the same ^ book (p. 215) is another early map of the basin of the Great Lakes from the Parkman Collection, and (p. 218) a sketch of Joliet's "Carte Gen^rale." Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., nos. 214, 342, 343. As to the genuine and spurious map of M'arquette see Ibidem (p. 220), and sketch. This last map is also in Andreas's Chicago, i. 47. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 33 — A. D. 1676. Pasca^rte van Terra nova, JVova Francia, Nieuw Engleland en de Groote Revier van Canda in Rogge- veen's Tourbe Ardente, and in the English edition, The Burning Fen. 178. A. D. 1677. . Canada by Du Val. This map is inscribed as follows : " Le Canada, fait par le Sr. de Champlain ou sont la Nouvelle France, Nou Anglet, Nou HoU, Nou Suede, Vir- ginie, et autres terres nouvellement decouvertes suivant les memoiresde T. du Val, Geogr. du Roy, Paris, 1677." Cf. JSTar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 388. Harrisse, Notes, etc. (no. 331), gives an edition of 1664, as well as that of 1677 (no. 348). — A. D. 1679. Map of joliet's route from Tadoussac north, in the Archives of the Marine in Paris. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 207. Various sectional maps, preserved in the library of the Marine at Paris, are noted in Harrisse's Notes, etc., nos. 209-213. — A. D. 1681. A map (27° to 44° N. Lat.) in the library -of the Marine at Paris, made by Franquelin. Cf. Har- risse, Notes, etc., no. 215, and others of Franquelin, in nos. 216, 217, 218. 179. A. D. circa 1683. The Great Lakes and the Upper Mississippi by Raffeiz. It is called: "Parties les plus occidentales du Canada." It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 233. Harrisse (Notes, no. 238) puts it under the year 1688. — A. D. 1683. Hennepin's Carte de la Nouvelle France in his Description de la Louisiane. There are facsimiles in Shea's translation of that book; in Winchell's Geol. Survey of Minnesota, pi. 6; and it is given in part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 249. This may be compared with Hennepin's Carte d'un tris grand pays in the editions of his Nouvelle Dicouverte of 1697, 1698, 1704, 1711, etc., and of which a fac- simile (in part) is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 251. Cf. also Breese's Early Hist, of Illinois, p. 98 Hennepin's Carte d'un tris gratid pais (1697, I704> etc., and with English names in the English edition) is also in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, iv. 252-253. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 219, 352- — A. D. 1684-1686. Franquelin's great map of 1684, see ante, under no. 100, and Harrisse's Notes, nos. 222, 223. The map (1685) which Franquelin made of the St. Law- rence, after material furnished by Joliet. Harrisse, Notes, no. 229. Franquelin's maps (1686), noted in Harrisse, nos. 231, 232, — of one of which there is a copy in the Parliamentary Library (Canada). See its Catalogue, p. 1616. — A. D. 1685. Partie de la Nouvelle France par Hubert Jaillot. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 354. — A. D. 1687. Pierre Allmand's discoveries between Quebec and Hudson's Bay, as given in the map preserved in the Archives of the Marine. Harrisse, Notes, no. 233. 180. A. D. 1688. Ontario and Erie by Raffeiz. It is inscribed : " Le lac Ontario avec les lieux circonvoisins et particulierement Les Cinq Nations Iroquoises, 1688." The original is in the National Library at Paris. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. tlist. America, iv. p. 234. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, no. 237. — A. D. 1688. Franquelin's map of the Upper Lakes and fhe Upper Mississippi as given in Neill's Minnesota (1882) f Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 230, 231 ; and in Winchell's Geol. Survey of Minnesota, Jlnal Report, i. pi. 2. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, nos. 234, 240. Coronelli and Tillemon's printed maps (1688) of Partie occidentale du Canada (sketched in Nar. and Crit. Hist America, iv. p. 232), and Partie orientate. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., nos. 359, 361. — A. D. 169I. Carte generalle de la Nouvelle France, etc. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 364 ; also no. 367. Nuova Francia e Luigiana, in // Genio vagante, Parma, 1691. — A. D. 1692. Franquelin's Nouvelle France. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, no. 248. — A. D. 1696. Le Canada by H. Jaillot, showing the routes be- tween the lakes and Hudson's Bay. Le Cordier's Carte de la Baye de Canada, etc. Cf. Harrisse, Notes, etc., no. 372. — A. D. 1699. Franquelin's Partie de PAmlrique Septentrionale ou est compris la Nouvelle France, preserved in the library of the Marine, and noted in Harrisse, Notes, no. 259. — A. D. 1703. La Hontan's map of the great lakes in his New Voyages, London, 1703; redrawn in his Mimoires de rAmlrique, vol. ii. ; and also in the editioiis of 1709 and 1713. A facsimile of the 1703 map is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. p. 260. — A. D. 1709. The Carte ginirale de Canada in the La Haye ed. (1709) of La Hontan, which was repeated m his Mimoires, (1741), vol. iii. It is given in sections in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. pp. 153, 2i;8, 259. His map of the " Rivike Longue," in the l^ouveaux Voyages, (1709), vol. i. p. 136, is repro- duced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 261. 34 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. VI. EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. *#* The enumeration of this section may be supplemented by those in Sections 11. and 111. — A. D. 1500-1541. The delineations of the east coast begin with La Cosa's map (1500), and may be traced through the maps of Cantino (1502), Ruysch (1508), the Nordens- kiold gores (15 — ?), Stobnicza (1512), the Admi- ral's map (1513), the Schoner globes (1515, 1520), Reisch (1515), the Tross gores (1514-19?), the map of Apian (1520), Ptolemy (1522), MaioUo (1527), Verrazano (1529), Frisius (1525), Monk Franciscus (1526), Thorne (1527), the Spanish official maps (1527-1529), the map of the Sloane MS. (1530), globe of FinjEus (1531), the Lenox woodcut (1534), the map of Agnese (1536), the Charles V. portulano (1539), the Nancy globe (1540?) the map of Miinster in the Ptolemy of 1540, the Mercator gores of 1541, etc. These are but typical specimens to show the con- stancy or variations of types among the cartog- raphers of the time, and they have all been described on earlier pages. A reconstruction of the Chaves map of 1536 (now lost) is attempted by De Costa in the N. E. Hist. Geneal. Reg. April, 1885. 181. A. D. 1542. From Cape Breton to Florida, by Rotz. From Rotz's Boke of Idrography, preserved in the British Museum. The Spanish names on the coast are corrupted. Across the Gulf of Maine is the legend, " The new fonde Londe quhaz men goeth a fisching." Kohl thinks it perhaps the earliest map in which buffaloes are depicted in the inner parts of the Continent. Cf. Catalogue of MSS. in the British Museum (1844), i. p. 23. The present is no. 17 of 'the atlas. Malte Brun, Hist, de la Giog. ed. by Huot, i. 631 ; Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 82, and for outlines of parts of Rotz's maps, p. 83. See ante under no. 55. — A. D. 1542. The Ulpius globe. See ante under no. 55, and in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 42. — A. D. 1543. The map of Baptista Agnese. See under no. 56, ante. — A. D. 1544. The Cabot mappemonde. See under no. 56, ante. The eastern coast is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 22. The sketch maps of the northeastern coasts, by AUefonsce, are delineated in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 74-77. — A.D. 1545. Miinster's map, which was re-engraved in the Ptolemy of 1552. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 84. — A. D.I 545. The map in Medina's Arte de navegar, which is reproduced in the Narrative and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1546. The so-called Henri II. map, of which the east coast is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 195, and the map of Johannes Freire, of which sketclies are given in Ibid. iv. pp. 85, 86. Cf. in this history, iv. pp. 81-102, a section on " The Car- tography of the northeast coast of North America, 1535-1600." — A.D. 1547. The Nicolas Vallard map, of which a portion is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, America, iv. 87. — A. D. 1548. The maps in the Ptolemy of 1548. See ante, under no. 58. The "Carta marina" is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1550. Gastaldi's map in Ramusio, put about this date. There are facsimiles in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 91, and in Weise's Discoveries of Amer- ica, p. 356. See the maps belonging to the Riccardi palace, referred to ante, no. 93. The Studi biog. e bibliog. soc. Ital. geog. ii. 451, 452, mentions Portuguese at- lases of the middle of this century preserved in the Bibliotheca Riccardiana, and in the Royal Library at Florence, which contain charts of the east coast of North America. — A. D. 1 55-. A MS. map which belonged to Jomard, a sketch of which is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 88. 182. A.D. i55-(?) From the Mississippi (?) River to 45° N. A river " Rio de Flores " is apparently the Missis- sippi. The country is called " Terra del licencia dos Aulloh," — thought by Kohl to be a corruption of Ayllon's name, of whose explorations the map is probably a record. It is from a MS. atlas (1556- 1566) in the British Museum. A man, like a China- man, and an elephant are depicted in the interior. 183. A. D. i55-(?). From Nova Scotia to Texas. From a MS. atlas in the Douce collection in the Bodleian library. Texas is called " Topira." The country north of the Gulf of Mexico is called " Gali- guza." The general name of the continent is " Flor- ida." A lion asleep is depicted in the interior. - A. D. i55-(?) A map of Martines in an atlas in the British Museum, ascribed to Martines. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 450. See ante, no. 63. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 35 — A.D. 1554. The Bellero map (see ante, no. 64), of which a facsimile is given in tlie Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, vol. viii. Baptista Agnese's atlas of 1554 also shows the east coast in several maps. — A.D. 1556. The map of the two Americas in Ramusio shows the east coast of North America. It is in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 228. Cf. ante, no. 66. The map of Vopellio mentioned under no. 66, ante. There is a facsimile of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 436. — A.D. 1558. In the atlas of Diego Homem in the British Museum. There is a sketch in the Ahir. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 92, and in H. H. Bancroft's North- west Coast, i. 50. See ante, no. 67. — A. D. 1561. Ruscelli's " Tierra Nueva " in the Ptolemy of 1561. See ante, under no. 69, and a sketch and references in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 92. 184. A.D. 1562. From Cape Breton to Flor- ida, by D. Guitierrez. From an engraved map, Americce sive qttartce orbis partis nova et exactissima descriptio. Auctore Diego Gutierro, Philippi regis Hisp. cosmograpJio. Hieron. Cock excud. 1562. If the "Ba. de S. Maria" is our Chesapeake, the " R. Salado" (Salt river) and "R. de S. Spirito" are relics of early Spanish visits to the Potomac region. The coast further north is as confused in outline and names, as usual, for this period. 185. A. D. 1565. Florida, etc., by Lemoyne. This extends from the South Carolina to the Alabama coast, and the original is an engraved map in the Brevis Narratio, describing Laudonniere's expedition, as published in 1591 by De Bry. The Spanish names on the Carolina coast indicate that Lemoyne used Spanish drafts of that coast. A trace of the sea of Verrazano is seen at the north. The map is reproduced in Gaffarel's Floride Fran- (aise, in Shipp's De Soto and Florida, and in part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 274. — A. D. 1566. The map of Nicholas des Liens in the Bibliothique Nationa'le at Paris. It shows the coast from La- brador to Venezuela. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 79. — A. D. 1566. Zaltieri's map. See ante, under no. 69. There is a facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 451- — A. D. 1568. The map of Diegus in the Royal Library at Dres- den shows the east coast. — A.D. 1569. The great Mercator map. The east coast is shown in the sketch in \.\\e. .Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, jv. 94 (also in ii. p. 452) ; and in a facsimile. Ibid. iv. p. 373, and also in Weise's Discoveries of America, p. 360, and in his Hist, of Albany, p. 4. See ante, under no. 71. — A.D. 1570. Ortelius's map of America. A sketch of the east coast is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 95. Cf. ante, no. 72. The map was repeated in later editions, 1575, 1584; re-engraved, 1587, etc. — A.D. 1572. " Porcacchi's map, of which the east coast is shown in the sketch given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 96. Cf. ante, under no. 72. Repeated in 1576, etc. — A. D.I 573. A Spanish mappemonde, given by Lelewel, J. pi. 7, shows the east coast. — A.D. 1574. Two maps of this date in Theatri Orbis terrarum enchiridion (1585) of Philippus Gallaeus "per Hugo- nem Favolium illustratum," show the east coast. 186. A.D. 1578. From Florida to 45° N., by Martines. From a MS. atlas (no. 15) in the British Museum. Kohl remarks on its inferiority to Ribero's map (1529), and says that the Spanish maps degenerated for a long time after Ribero. The country is called " La Florida." See sketch in Nar. aitd Crit. Hist. America, ii. 229. 187. A. D. 1578. East Coast by Martines. A very inaccurate sketch of the coast from Labra- dor to the Gulf of Mexico, in which the peninsula of Florida and the gulf of St. Lawrence are only recognizable. The original belongs to a MS. atlas by Joan Martines in the British Museum. The main is called " Nova Spagna." The St. Lawrence river and the Hudson seem to unite and form a channel, making New England an island. There is a sketch of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 97. 188. A. D. 1578. The same. A rough sketch. — A. D. 1580. The map of John Dee, in the British Museum. Cf. ante, no. 96. — A. D. 1582. Lok's map, which appeared in Hakluyt's Divers Voyages, and is reproduced in Winter Jones's edition of that book, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 40 and iv. 44, and in Weise's Discoveries of Amer- ica, p. 7. The map of the Mercator type in Popelhmere s Trois mondes shows the east coast. 36 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1585. John White's map of the coast from the Chesa- peake to the gulf of Mexico, preserved among the De Bry drawings in the British Museum, and first engraved for Dr. Edward Eggleston's paper in the Century Magazine, November, 1882. A sketch of it is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 45. — A. D. 1587. The map in Hakluyt's edition of Peter Martyr. Cf . ante, under no. 79. The map ( 1 587 ) in Johannes Myritius' Opusculum Geographicum, Ingolstadt, 1590. 189. A. D. 1590. Old Virginia by John White. This shows Chesapeake bay and the North Caro- lina coast. This is the map by De Bry attached to the Admiranda Narratio, descriptive of the experi- ences of Raleigh's company in 1585. The map is inscribed, " autore Joanne With ; sculptore Theodoro De Bry." Kohl believes With to be the same as Gov. White of that colony. Parts of the map are supposed to have been drawn from Ralph Lane's notes. There is a heliotype of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 124. Other facsimiles are given in the histories of North Carolina by Hawks and by Wheeler, and in Gay's Popular Hist, of the United States, i. 243. The " Quid Virginia," in Smith's General! His- torie closely resembles this map, adding however the entrance to the Chesapeake at the north. 190. A. D. 1590. The same. A rough sketch. 191. A. D. 1590. Roanoke Island and Albe- marle Sound, by White. The original of this is in the engraved series of White's drawings, published by De Bry. It is marked " The arrival of the Englishmen in Virginia " [1584]. See post, no. 202. 192. A. D. 1580. East Coast by P. Simon. From Cape Breton to the Carolina coast. A sketch without annotation by Kohl. 193. A. D. 1592. Bast Coast from Moliueauz's Globe. From Florida to the St. Lawrence. The original globe is in the Middle Temple, London. Kohl calls it a curious mixture of Spanish and English sources. About Nova Scotia there are traces of a Portuguese nomenclature. Cf. sketch in Mir. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 213. — A. D. 1592. Hood's map, reproduced in Kunstmann's Atlas, and the east coast sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 197, with references, p. 1 96. — A.D. 1593. The map in the Speculum OrUs Terrarum of Cornelius de Judseis. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 97. The map of the Mercator type in Maffeius's His- toriarum Indicarum libri XVI. — A. D. 1594. The map (1594) of Plancius in the Amsterdam edition of Linschoten, 1596. It was re-engraved in the Latin Linschoten (Hague, 1599). — A. D. 1596. De Bry's map. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 99. 194. A. D. 1597. East Coast by Wytfliet. From Cape Breton to South Carolina. The original is an engraved map in Wytfliet's Descrip- tionis Ptolemaica Augmentum, published in 1597. Kohl thinks it shows the earliest attempt at tracing the Alleghany Mountains. The parts of the coast above North Carolina are difficult to identify be- yond a question. Wytfliet's map of the coast of New Brunswick and Labrador is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 100, and of Florida and Carolina coasts in Ibid. ii. 281, and his map of America, in Ibid. ii. p. 459. — A. D. 1597. The maps in the Ptolemies of this year (nos. 2, 29, 34, 35), published at Arnheim and Cologne, being the same edition. — A. D. 1398. The maps in the Basle edition of Miinster's Cosmo- graphia, and in the English (Wolfe's) edition of Linschoten. — A. D. 1600. The map of Quadus. See ante, no. 99. The map of Molineaux, which was reproduced by the Hakluyt Society in 1880, and of which a sketch of the east coast can be found in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 216, iv. 377. The map in Metullus's America, based on Wyt- fliet. The map by Jodocus Hondius of about this time, which is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society's edition of Drake's World Encompassed. — A. D. 1601. The map in Herrera's Descripcion de las Indias. — A. D. 1603. A map by Botero in his Rel-aciones, of which a sketch of a part of the east coast is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 378. — A. D. 1606. The map in Cespedes' Regimiento de Navigacion (Madrid, 1606). 195. A. D. 1606. Champlain's Map of Chatham Harbor, Cape Cod. This is taken from the 1613 edition of Champlain ; and is reproduced in the Quebec and Boston editions of Champlain. 196. A. D. 1606. Champlain's Map of Glouces- ter Harbor, Cape Ann. This is taken from the 1613 edition of Champlain ; and is reproduced in the Boston and Quebec editions of Champlain. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 2,7 197. A. D. 1606. Champlain's Map of St. Croix Island. This is talcen from the 1613 edition of Champlain. It is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 137, as well as in the Boston and Quebec editions of Champlain. — A. D, 1606. Champlain's map of the harbor of Plymouth, Mass. It is reproduced from the 1613 edition, in the Quebec and Boston editions of Champlain, in the Ma^. of Amer. History, in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 109, and in W. T. Davis's Anc. Landmarks of Plymouth, 35. — A. D. 1609. Lescarbot's map. Cf. ante, no. 165, and facsimile in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, i v. 152, with another in the Memorial Hist, of Boston, i. p. 49. The same map reappeared in the editions of Lescarbot in l6u and i6i2, and in the English edition, called Nma. Francia, in 1609. There are other facsimiles of the map in Tross's reprint of Lescarbot, in Faillon's Colonic Franfaise, i. 85, and in the Popham- Me- morial. Also his map of Annapolis Basin, Nova Scotia, reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 140, together with Champlain's (p. 141) of the same. — A. D. 1610. A rude map of the coast of New England and Acadia in the Poore Collection of French Docu- ments in the State House, Boston ; sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 143. — A. D. 1612-13. The coasts of Labrador, Acadia, and New Eng- land are shown in Champlain's two general maps of 1612 and 1613, which, beside being reproduced in the Boston and Quebec editions of his Works and CEuvres, are given also in facsimile, with references, in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. pp. 380, 3S1, 382. — A. D. 1613. The map in connection with De Quir's narrative in the Detectionis Freti, etc. Amsterdam, 1613. The map of the new world in the Hondius-Mer- cator Atlas of 1613, and the special maps of Virginia and Florida. The western hemisphere by Michael Mercator in the 'same. The map of Johannes Oliva in the British Museum. 198. A. D. 1614. John Smith's New England. Kohl followed the map in the Generall History, 1632. The map first appeared in his Description of New England (London, 1616). The same plate, successively changed or added to was used in later issues associated with Smith's name, and a collation of the map in all these issues shows that copies of / it exist in at least ten different states of the plate. V These are all indicated in the Memorial Hist, of Boston, i. p. 52, whence the detailed statement in Arber's edition of Smith is copied. The map was copied by Hulsius in 1617, was used several times by him, and one state or another of Smith's plate has been -repeatedly reproduced in later days, as described in the Mem. Hist. Boston, to whose enu- meration may be added the facsimile in the volumes of The English Scholars' Library, edited by Edward Arber (London, 1884), entitled Capt. fohn Smith : Works; and the map called Nouvelle Angleterre exactement dkrite par le Capitaine Jean Smith dans les deux voyages fails en I6I4 et 1615, published at Leyden in 1780. 199. A. D. 1616. New Netherland. This shows the coast from below Chesapeake Bay to beyond the Penobscot, and is the so-called " Fig- urative map," discovered in Holland by Brodhea5. Portions of this map are shown in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iv. 433 ; Cassell's United States, i. 247 ; Mem. Hist. Boston, i. p. 57. The whole map is given in Doc. relative to the Colonial Hist, of N. y. i. 13, and in O'Callaghan's New Nether- land. See the section on early maps of New Eng- land in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. p. 381. 200. A. D. 1618. Lescarbot's Florida. From upper Florida to Port Royal. Taken from the plate in the i6i8 edition of his Nouvelle France. Kohl says some of his errors respecting the region about St. Augustine were copied by De Laet (see t post, no. 203). The "Riviere de May" is made to flow to the sea from a " Grand lac " in the interior. Lescarbot professes to have marked not a thirtieth part of the Indian villages, while he names those which he gives after their chiefs. 201. A. D. 1621. A. Jacobsz' Americse Septen- trionalis pars. This is the engraved facsimile of a printed map in Dr. E. B. O'Callaghan's Documents relating to the Colonial History of New York, given as "from the West-Indische Paskaert, beschreven door A. lacobsz [1621]," published at Amsterdam. It shows the coast from Labrador to the island of Trinidad, with the Central American coast on the Pacific side. There is a sketch of a part of the east coast in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 383, and facsimiles are in Valentine's New York City Mamial, 1858, and in the Penn. Archives, 2d ser. vol. v. 202. A. D. 1622. Roanoke by Strachey. Though thus marked differently, this is the same map as no. 191. — A. D. 1622. The maps of the two Americas in Kasper von Baerle's edition of Herrera. — A. D. 1624. The map of the New England and Nova Scotia coasts, which appeared in Alexander's Encourage- ment to Colonies, was reproduced in Purchas's Pil- grims, iv. p. 1872, and is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 306. 203. A. D. 1625. Florida by De Laet. This is from the original edition of De Laet in 1625, and includes the country from Virginia to the Mississippi. It was repeated in later editions, and < is called " Florida et regiones vicinas." The inland V geography is based on De Soto's journey. The Mississippi is a bay, " Bahia del Spiritu Santo," fed by many streams. For Florida (peninsula) he seems to have depended on the accounts of Menendez, and for South Carolina on Lescarbot (see ante, no. 200). An interior lake (Lacus Magnus) may have grown 38 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. from some rumor, Koh! thinks, of Lake Erie, but it was in the Lescarbot's map in 1618. A facsimile of the North Carolina coast is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. p. 125. — A. D. 1625. Erigg's map in Purchas's Pilgrims, iii. See ante, no. 167. The map of Virginia and Florida in Ibid. iii. 869 (after Hondius). — A. D. 1626. The map of this date in Speed's Prospect, London, 1676. 204. A. D. 1630. From Carolina to Nova Sco- tia by De Laet. This is the " Nova Anglia, Novum Belgium et Virginia" of De Laet's Novus Orbis of 1630. It seems to combine the results of the French, Dutch, and English explorations, and names in the corre- sponding languages appear along the coast. The Delawrare rises in a large lake, which ICohl thinks may have been intended for Lake Ontario. The " Grand Lac " at the north would indicate some knowledge of Champlain's discoveries. Smith's map of Chesapeake bay and White's map of Vir- ginia are followed in part. Portions are given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 125, iv. 436. Cf. sketch of De Laet's " Nova Francia et regiones adjacentes," in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 384. — A. D. 1632. Champlain's great map. See ante, no. 170. 205. A. D. 1634. William Wood's New Eng- land. It shows the coast from York (Me.), to Narragan- sett Bay. This is the " South Part of New England as it is planted this yeare, 1634," belonging to Wood's New England's Prospect, London, 1634. There are facsimiles in the Mem. Hist. Boston, i. p. 524; Palfrey's New England, i. p. 360; Young's Chronicles of Mass. 389, and separately reproduced by Wm. B. Fowle in 1846. — A. D. 1 634. A MS. map of the Massachusetts Bay Colony of about this year, made apparently by Gov. Winthrop, found among the Sloane MSS. in the British Mu- seum in 1884 by Henry F. Waters. A full size photogra|Dhic facsimile was made for the Boston Public Library; a smaller, but less defective one, was made for the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. iii. 206. A. D. 1635. Maryland. This is the " Nova Terras-Marise tabula " which appeared in The Relation of Maryland, London, 1635. Smith's map is followed in the main for Chesapeake bay, with some details omitted, and others added. The names on the Potomac are those given by Lord Baltimore's colony, not by Smith. Cf. reproduction in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 525. It was followed in Ogilby's Amer- ica (London, 1671). Seepost, under 1670-73. — A. D. 1635. The map " Nova Belgica et Anglia Nova" in the Nieuwe Atlas of Blaeu, Amsterdam, 1635, which was largely followed by Dudley. The map " Partie meridionale de la Virginie et de Floride," published by Vander Aa. — A. D. 1636. The maps in the English edition of the Mercator- Hondius Atlas, translated by Henry Hexham, and printed at Amsterdam in 1636. Beside the general maps in vols. i. and ii., there are in vol. ii. special maps of Virginia, apparently following Smith; of the coast from the Chesapeake to Texas ; while the map " Nova Anglia, Novum Belgium et Virginia " shows the coast from Nova Scotia to Calrolina. The New England part is a mixture of Smith's draft and the Dutch maps. The Delaware rises in a large lake, which is connected by another stream with the Hudson. 207. A. D. 1638. New England, New Nether- land, and Virginia by J. Jansson. This closely resembles no. 204, and covers the • same territory. Maps by Petrus Kaerius, dated 1646, in Speed's Prospect, London, 1668. See post, under 1651. — A. D. 1646. Dudley's maps of the east coast in his Arcano del Mare are sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. A7ner- tea, iii. 303, iv. 385. One of them was re-engraved in the Documentary Hist, of N. Y. His Arcano contains the following special charts : 1. Gulf of St. Lawrence and adjacent parts (see ante, under no. 172). 2. The coast from Monhegan to Cape May. 3. The coast from Cape May to Florida. 4. Chesapeake Bay and the North Carolina sounds. — A. D. 1650. A map of the New England coast, of which a drawing is in the Mass. Archives, Docs. Collected in France, ii. 61, and a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, iii. 382. — A. D. 1651. Map of this date in Speed's Prospect, London, 1676. See ante, under 1646. — A. D. 1651. Visscher's map of Delaware Bay, in Campanius, which is reproduced in Egle's Pennsylvania, 43, and in the Nar, and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 467. — A. D. 1651. The curiously distorted Mapp of Virginia, show- ing the coast from New England to North Carolina, by " Domina Virginia Farrer," published in London 1651, and reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 465. Cf. Mass. Hist. Soc. Proc. xx. 102. — A. D. 1651. Map of the Chesapeake based on John Smith's, in Atlas Minor published by Jannson at Amsterdam, vol. ii. p. 389. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 39 / — A. D. 1652. The general maps of America by C. F. Visscher (autore N. I. Piscator), with the special map of New Netherland, which is reproduced by Asher. Cf. maps under no. 100, ante. 208. A. D. 1654. Lindstrom's New Sweden. This is a map of the Delaware River and Bay, made by a Swedish engineer. It is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 481 ; Nouv. Annates des Voyages, Mars, 1843 > Penna. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, iii. ; Gay's Pop. Hist. United States, ii. 154. The MS. map of Lindstrom was on a much larger scale, and this has been engraved in Reynold's edition of Acrelius. — A. D. 1654. A Pascaert published at Amsterdam has these maps of the coast : No. 13. From Labrador to the Chesapeake. No. 14. From Delaware Bay to Trinidad. No. 15. From Nova Scotia to Carolina. 209. A. D. 1656. Vanderdonck's New Nether- land. From the Delaware to beyond the Connecticut, with the valley of the Hudson. It accompanied Adrian Vanderdonck's Beschrijvinge van Nieuw Ne- delant, Amsterdam, 1656, and there is a heliotype of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 438, and facsimiles are in various other places there enumer- ated, as well as in Weise's Hist, of Albany, 47. 210. A. D. 1656. Sanson's Canada. Shows the coast from Labrador to the Chesa- peake. This is a preliminary sketch. Cf. ante, under no. 172. It is partly sketched in the N'ar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 456; iv. 391. — A. D. 1659. Map in Petavius's (Petau's) History of the World. The coast charts in Doncker's Zee-Atlas, repeated in later editions. The " Novi Belgii, novaaque Anglias necnon Partis Virginias tabulae " of N. L. Visscher, published at Amsterdam, 1659. — A. D. 1660. The map in Creuxius's Historia Canadensis shows the east coast. See ante, no. 173. This map is given in facsimile in Shea's Mississippi, p. 50, in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 389, and in Martin's transl. of Bressani's Relation. — A. D. 1661. The " Pascaerte van Nieu Nederland " in Van Loon's Atlas (no. 46), and the coast north of Boston in no. 45. — A. D. 1662. A map of the Carolina coast, as explored by Wil- liam Hilton and drafted by William Shapley. A facsimile of the original in the British Museum is given in the Mass. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, December, 1883, p. 402, and a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. v. — A. D. 1662. Map of the New England and New Netherland coast in the Blaeu Atlas, in the volume called Ame- rica, pars quinta. It was repeated in the edition of 1685. There is a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 391. — A. D. 1663. The map of the new world of this date used in Heyliu's Cosmographie, 1666, 1674, '677. — A. D. 1663. A MS. map of the coast of Acadia, of which a copy is preserved in the Poore collection in the Mass. Archives, and is sketched in the Nar. and Crtt. Hist. America, iv. 148. — A. D. 1666. A map of " De Noord Rivier " published at Mid- dleburgh, and' also in Goos's Zee-Atlas, shows the coast about New York harbor. It is reproduced in the Lenox edition of the Vertoogh and Breeden Raedt and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 440. — A. D. 1666. A map of the Carolina coast appended to A brief Description of the Province of Carolina, London, 1666. The map is reproduced in Hawks's North Carolina, and in Gay's Pop. Hist. United States, ii. 285. — A. D. 1669. The map "Amerique Septentrionale " of G. San- — A. D. 1670. The map of the Carolina region given in John Lederer's Discoveries, London, 1672. There is a sketch of it in Hawks's North Carolina, and a fac- simile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. v. — A. D. 1670-73. The maps in Montanus, Dapper, and Ogilby at this time were mainly from the same plates, but there were exceptions : 1. De nieuwe en onbekende Weereld door Arnold Montanus, Amsterdam, 1671. The map of America is marked "per Gerardum a Schagen," and repre- sents the great lakes beyond Ontario merged into one. Some copies are dated 1670. 2. Die unbekante Neue Welt . . . durch Dr. O. D. (i. e. Olfert Dapper); the name of Montanus, from whom it is a translation, not appearing. It is pub- lished by the same Jacob von Meurs as no. i, but omits the dedication to the Prince of Nassau, and has a different " privilegium " and a " Vorrede an den Leser," not in no. i. It has the same map of America, but it is newly engraved, with different vignettes, and is marked " per Jacobum Meursium." 3. America, being an accurate 'description of the New World, London, 1670. This is mainly a trans- lation of Montanus by John Ogilby, and notwith- standing the date (1676) in the title, there is a reference on p. 2H to the "present year, 167 1." Most of the maps and engravings are from the plates used in nos. i and 2 ; but the map of America is an entirely different one, marked "per Johannera Ogiluium . . . F. Lamb, sculp." A part of this map is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. 40 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. America, iv. 393. There is an extra map of the Chesapeake, of English make, beside the one taken from Monfanus, and also English maps of Jamaica and Barbadoes, not in Montanus. 4. America ; being the latest and most accurate de- scription of the New World. This is made up of the same sheets as no. 3, with a new title and an appen- dix, not in no. 3. The maps of no. 3 are repeated. The map in Richard Blome's English Empire in America, in which he followed Sanson. Of about this date is a chart of the New England coast with soundings (measuringS ft X 2TlFfeet), found in 1884 by H. F. Waters in the British Museum. — A.D.1675. A Dutch atlas of Roggerveen, published in sev- eral languages, known in English as the Burning Fen, contains various coast charts : No. I. Cape Breton to South Carolina. No. 2. Newfoundland to New England. No. 29. North Carolina, with Chesapeake and Del- aware bays. No. 30. The Delaware Bay, mouth of the Hiidson, and Lbng Island. No. 31. Narragansett to New York. There are enumerations of Dutch Zee-Atlassen in the Inventuris der Verzam-eling Kaarten berustende in het Rijks-Archief, (s'Gravenhage, 1867), and in P. A. Tiele's Nederlandsche Bibliographic van Land- en Volkenhmde, (Amsterdam, 1884). See post, no. 218, for Seller's map of New England. — A. D. 1676. The maps of New England and New York, in Speed's Prospect, based largely on the Dutch drafts ; of Virginia and Maryland, based on Smith ; and of the Carolinas. — A. D. 1677. The map in Hubbard's Narrative of the Troubles in New England, Boston, 1677, and London, 1677, — the latter plate being reproduced in Palfrey's New England, iii. p. 155, and in Judge Davis's ed. of Morton's Memorial. — A. D. 1680. A chart of the coasts of Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and New Plymouth (measuring 3]% X zh feet), discovered in the British Museum by H. F. Waters in "" — A. D. 1680. A map of the New England coast in the French Archives, copied by Mr. Poore in the French docu- ments (Mass. Archives), and sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 383. Maps of the. NewNetherland coast, including New England, much resembling one another, are found dating probably about this time, though the year is - usually lacking, respectively assigned to Jannson, Schenck, Visscher, Danckers, Ottens, Allard, Seutter, etc. They are Dutch and German, and were proba- bly occasioned by the temporary success of the Dutch at New Amsterdam in 1673. 211 and 212. A. D. 1682. 'Wilson's Carolina. (Two copies.) Shows the coast from the Chesapeake to St. \' Augustine, with a corner map of the Cooper and Ashley rivers. From a printed map belonging to Samuel Wilson's Account of the Province of Carolina in America, London, 1682. The map is called "A new Description of Carolina, by order of the Lords Proprietors." The book throws no light on the origin of the map, but Kohl suspects White's map may have been the basis of the North Carolina part, and Wm. Sayle's surveys have been used for the more southerly parts. Kohl says that the boundary line here given between Carolina and Virginia is the earliest instance of its being laid down in a map. The fiver May flows from a large "Ashley Lake." ' If is also found in Chas. Deane's copy of Ogilby's America, and perhaps in other copies. ' — A. D. 1683. Hennepin's Carte de la Nouvelle France shows the east coast. See a«^i?, under no. 179. 213. A. D. 1684. Hack's Carolina. This map is very nearly identical with nos. 211 and 212, and is signed "Made by William Hack at the signe of Great Britaine and Ireland, near new stairs in Wapping. Anno Domini 1684." The original is a printed map. — A. D. 1684. Franquelin's great map shows the east coast. It is -sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 228. See ante, under no, loo. — A. D. 1685. The " Nova Belgica et Anglia nova " in Blaeu's Atlas. See ante, under A. D. 1662. Minet's Carte de la Louisiane shows the east coast. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 237. Map of New England in Seller's New England Almanac, of which there is a reproduction in Pal- frey's New England, iii. 489. See the map of New England and New York, given in Cassell's United States, i. 330, as dated 1684, and engraved by Michault. — A. D. 1687. The maps by Morden in Blome's Present State of his Majesty's Isles and Territories in America, London, 1687. The map of New England is reproduced in the Papers concerning the attack on Hatfield and Deer- field, New York (Bradford Club), 1859; that of Carolina is in the Nar. atid Crit. Hist. America, vol. v. The "Canada" of Coronelli, "Corrigee et aug- mentee par Tillemon," " partie orientale," pulilished in Paris in 1688, and on a reduced scale in 1689, shows the east coast, after the Dutch drafts. The map of New England in the Amsterdam editions (1688, 1715) of Blome is diflferent from the one named ante, under A. D. 1687. That of 1688 is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit, Hist. America, vol. v. — A. D. 1689. A MS. map by Raudin in the collection of Mr. S. L. M. Barlow in New York. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 41 — A. D. 1690. A map of New England and New York, published in London by Thomas Basset about 1690. It has the characteristics of the prevailing Dutch cartog- raphy, and twenty-five copies have been reproduced in facsimile for J. Hammond Trumbull. — A. D. i6gi. The map in Leclercq's £tablissement de la Foy, which is reproduced in J. G. Shea's translation of that book. , , 214. A. D. 1696. Cotton Mather's New Eng- land. The "Exact Mapp of New England and New York," contained in Mather's Magnalia, London, 1702, in which he speaks of his map under date of 1696. There has been a facsimile made of it. It is also reproduced in Cassell's United States, i. pp. 492, 516. — A. D. 1697. Hennepin's map in the Nouvelle Dicouverte. AUard's Minor Atlas of about this date contains : " Nova Belgica et Anglia nova," presenting the prevailing Dutch drafts. "Totius Neobelgii nova tabula"- gives the coast from the Chesapeake to the Penobscot, with a picture of New York after its recapture (1673). " Nova Virglnix tabula," following Smith's map. — A. D. 1698. Gabriel Thomas's map of the New Jersey coast and Delaware Bay, which appeared in his Account of Pennsylvania, and is reproduced in Cassell's United States, i. 282, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 501. — A. D. 1700. (?) Courtenay in the Charleston Year Book (1883) places before 1700 " A new map of Carolina," of which he gives a facsimile. A colored chart of about this date, showing the coasts of New France, New Scotland, and New England (measuring lii X i A feet) found by Mr. H. F. Waters in the British Museum in 1884. 215. A. D. 1700. Province of New York. It shows the country as far north as the Mohawk, from a little distance east of the Connecticut to a meridian west of Perth Amboy. It follows a map ' in the State Paper Office, London, marked: "A map of the Province of New Yorke in America by Augustin Graham, Surveyor-General," and is dedi- cated to Lord Bellomorit. The last grant on the map is put down as in 1697, and Kohl conjectures the map must have been made about 1700. The grants distinguished are chiefly on the eastern side of the Hudson, and date from 1684 to 1697. It shows also the grant along both sides of the Mo- hawk River in 1697 to Godfray^Dellius. 216. A. D. 1700. The same. Another copy, less perfect, and without annota- tions. — A. D. 1701-1721. The maps in John Thornton's Atlas Maritimus. I — A. D. 1702. The map in Campanius. See ante, under no. 100, and his more detailed map showing the coast from Maine to the Chesapeake, given also in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 485. 217. A. D. 1709. Lawson's Carolina. Shows the coast from Cape Henry to St. Augus- tine. It is copied from the map in John Lawson's History of Carolina, London, 17 14. The first edition was in 1709, and the map is repeated in the German translation, Hamburg, 1712, 1722. — A. D. 1709. La Hontan's Carte Ghiirale de Canada shows the New England and Acadian coast, and this part is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, iv. 153. 218. A. D. 171-? Seller's New England. Shows the coast from the Kennebec to beyond the Connecticut River. It is called " A mapp of New England by John Seller, hydrographer to the King," and was made not long after 1700, as Kohl thinks. The original, which is more extended, is in Harvard College library, and a text accompanying it seems to be taken from Josselyn's Two Voyages. It is cer- tainly not so late as Kohl puts it, since Josselyn's book was printed in 1674, and the map itself is men- tioned in the London Gazette in 1676, as follows : " There is now extant a map of New England, as is now divided into three great colonies of Plymouth, Massachusetts, and Connecticut, with a printed de- scription by John Seller." — A.D. 1713. The rude delineation of the east coast in Joutel's fournal historique, Paris, 1713. This map is repro- duced in the Mag. of Amer. Hist. 1882, p. 185, and in A. P. C. Griffin's Disccmery of the Mississippi, p. 20. — A. D. 1718. Nicolas de Fer's " Partie meridionale de la riviere de Mississippi" shows the Carolina and Florida coasts. 219. A. D. i72o(?) Carolina. This follows a MS. map preserved in the British State Paper Office, bearing no date, but evidently made after 17 1 5. On it is marked : " 1. The way Coll. Barnwell marched from Charls- town, 17 1 1, with the forces sent from S. Carol, to the relief of N. Carolina. "2. The way Coll. J. Moore marched in the 1712 with the forces sent for the relief of North Carolina. "3. The way Corol. Maurice Moore marched in the year 1713 with recruits from South Carolina. "4. The way Corol. Maurice Moore went in the year 17 15 with the forces sent from North Carolina to the assistance of S. Carolina. This march was farther continued from Fort Moore up Savano river, near a N. W. course, 150 miles to the Charokee Indians, who live among the mountains." There is a sketch of the map in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. v. — A. D. 1722. The map of "Nouvelle France "in La Potherie, repeated in the 1753 edition. 42 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1728. The Atlas maritimus et commercialis (London) has charts of Delaware and Chesapeake bays, the New England coast, the St. Lawrence gulf, and Boston Harbor. 220. A. D. 1730. Indian Map of South Caro- lina. It is marked: "This map describing the situation of the several nations of Indians to the N. W. of South Carolina was coppyed from a draught, drawn and painted on a deer skin by an Indian cacique, and presented to Francis Nicholson, Esqr, Governour of South Carolina, by whom it is most humbly dedi- cated to his Royal High. George, Prince of Wales." This is taken from the original in the British Museum. — A. D. 1730. The map by Herman Moll, attached to Davis Humphrey's Hist. Ace, of the Soc. for propagatitig the gospel in foreign parts, London, 1730. It has a mar- ginal map of the South Carolina coast, which is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. V. ; which may be compared with the map in Moll's New Survey, 1729 (no. 26), which is given in facsimile in Cassell's United States, i. 439. 221. A. D. 1733. Popple's Boston Harbor. See an enumeration of the maps of Boston Harbor in the Memorial Hist. Boston, vol. i. ii. and iii. 222. A. D. 1733. Popple's Town and Harbour of Charlestown, S. C. 223. A. D. 1733. Popple's Harbour of St. Au- gustine. 224. A. D. 1733. Popple's Neiv York and Perth Amboy Harbours. Nos. 221 to 224 are marginal maps annexed to Popple's great map of The British Empire in Amer- ica, which has 14 other charts of harbors, beside 3 views of towns. It was first issued in 1732, and a reproduction appeared in Amsterdam about 1737. The Catalogue of the British Museum MSS., no. 23,615 (fol. 72). shows a draft by Popple of the English and French possessions, dated 1727. — A. D. 1738. The map of America in Keith's Virginia. — A. D. I74I. Moll's maps in Oldmixon's British Empire ; also in edition of 1708. — A. D. 1742. The English Pilot, published at London, has various coast charts : Nos. 2. Newfoundland to Hudson's Bay. 3. Labrador to Cape St. Roque. 4. Another covering the same. 5. Newfoundland to Maryland. 6. Casco Bay by Cyprian Southicke (dated London, 1720). 7. Newfoundland coast by Heniy Southwopd. 13. Cape Breton to New York, with separate plan of Boston Harbor. Cape Cod is pierced at the angle. 14. New York Harbor and vicinity by Mark Tiddeman. 15. Chesapeake and Delaware bays. 16. Lower Chesapeake and the Virginia rivers. 19. Carolina and Charleston Harbor. — A. D. 1746-174S. D'Anville's "AmiJrique Septentrionale " (Paris); but a new draft with improvements was published at Nuremberg in 1756. — A. D. 1747. " America " in Bowen's Complete System of Geog- raphy. — A. D. 1753. Robert de Vaugondy's Carte de Canada. — A. D. 1755. Jeffery's New Map of Ncrva Scotia, etc., showing the coast from Labrador to Boston. Lewis Evans' map of the Middle British Colonies, with improvements by I. Gibson, which is reproduced in Whittlesey's Cleveland. John Huske's Present State of North America, 2d ed., London (1755), has a map showing the English claims and French encroachments. William Douglass' Summary of the British Settle- ments in North America, Boston, reprinted London, has D'Anville's map "improved with the back settle- ments of Virginia." Cf. Sabin, xii. no. 47,552. Various other maps were published at this time, occasioned by the controversy between the French and English governments as to the bounds of their respective possessions in America. — A. D. 1757. Carte de la Nouvelle Angleierre par M. B. — A. D. 1764. Map of North America by M., new ed. by Vau- gondy, 1772, reproduced in the French Encyclopedic, Supplement, 1777. — A. D. 1769. Captain Cluny's map of North America in T%e American Traveller, reproduced in the French Ency- clopedic, Supplement, 1777. 225. A. D. 1787. Franklin's Gulf-Stream. It shows the coast from Labrador to Florida, and is endorsed : " This draft of that Stream was ob- tained from Capt. Folger, one of the Nantucket whalemen, and caused to be engraved on the old chart in London, for the benefit of navigators, b^ B. Franklin." Kohl calls this the first attempt specially to indicate the Gull Stream on a chart. The prefer- able track for sailing from New York to England is pricked on the chart. It is copied from an engraved map in Franklin's Philosophical and Miscellaneous Papers (London, 1787). THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 43 VII. THE MISSISSIPPI VALLEY. *»* See also the maps in Sectiuns II., III., and VIII. — A. D. 1500, etc. The earliest maps show what stands with some for the Gulf of Ganges, and with others for the Gulf of Mexico (as in the Admiral's, ante, no. 32, and Reisch's, ante, no. 33). They also show in the country north of this gulf, the region ultimately to be developed as the Mississippi Valley. We begin to have a rudimentary river, usually called " Rio de Spiritu Santo " as in the map of the gulf published by Navarrete (fast, no. 247) ; and this representa- tion o£ a great river, flowing into the north part of the gulf, can be traced down through various maps, like that of Cortes in 1524 (post, no. 248) ; of Mai- ollo in 1527 {ante, under no. 39) ; those of Ribero, 1529 (ante, no. 41) ; Mercator, 1541 (under no. 54) ; the Ulpius globe, 1542 (under no. 55) ; the Cabot mappemonde, 1544 (under no. 56) ; the Medina map of 1545 (no. 59) ; the map given in the Mar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 292; Bellero's of 1554 (no. 64) ; Vopellio's of 1556 (under no. 66) ; Homera, 1558 (no. 67) ; Zaltiere, 1566 (no. 94) ; Des Liens, 1566 (under no. 69) ; Dr. Dee's, 1580 (no. 96), and De Bry's, 1596 (cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer., iv. 99). Maps of the type of Mercator (no. 71), Ortelius, 1570 (no. 72), and Martines (nos. 75, 77) make the water-ways run across the continent. We find the earliest special treatment of this river, in a kind of parallel network of streams, as shown in Wytfliet's Florida et Apalche (no. 264) ; and Wytfliet's draft is followed in a map of about 1622, America noviter delineata, auct. yitdoco Hondio, Johannes Janssonius excudit, and in another of 1636, called Novissima et accuratissima totius Am.ericie de- scriptio, per N. Visscher. Jefferys, in the map in his Northwest Passage, 1768, shows the course of the lower Mississippi by a dotted line, professing to engrave the map from the " Her- rera of 1608 ; " but the maps in the early editions of Herrera do not have the dotted line. 226. A. D. 1656. Sanson's Mississippi. It represents the mouth of the Mississippi as a bay (" Bahia del Espiritu Santo") into which va- rious rivers empty, having their sources in a semi- circular range of mountains, of which one end extends towards the Florida peninsula, and the other is in Texas. The names within this belt of mountains are derived from the accounts of De Soto's march. Later maps of Sanson follow this draft, as in his Amirique Septentrionale, 1669. 227. A. D. 1673 Marquette's Upper Missis- sippi, showing the portages to Lake Huron. It follows a sketch preserved in St. Maiy's Col- lege, Montreal, and is copied from the engraving of it given in French's Hist. Coll. of Louisiana, iv. Dr. Shea first brought forward this map, in his Discovery of the Mississippi, in 1853 ; and he used the fac- simile which he caused to be made for that book, in his edition of the Jesuit Relations of 1673-79 ; and it has since been reproduced in Douniol's Mission dii Canada (with a sketch of a cabin on it, which does not belong to it), Blanchard's History of the North- west, Hurlbut's Chicago Antiquities, Andreas' Chicago, in the Report of the U. S. Chief of Engineers, 1876, vol. iii., and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv 220. 228. A. D. 1673. Marquette's Mississippi ex- tended to the gulf. This follows the map given in Thevenot's Re- cueil de Voyages, Paris, 1681, as Marquette's, but which was the work of the Jesuits. (Cf. Harrisse, no. 202.) The sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 221, is from the Parkman copy of the original map, which has now disappeared from the Biblioth^que Nationale in Paris. Sparks, in his Life of Marquette, copies the engraving in Thevenot, whose title differs from that of the Parkman copy. The Catal. of the Library of Parliament (Toronto), 1858, shows another copy. It is reproduced in An- dreas' Chicago, i. 47, and in Breese's Early Hist, of Illinois. — A. D. 1673. Pays et peuple dicouverts en 1673 dans la partie septentrionale de VAmiriqite par P. Marquette et Joliet, suivant la description qu'ils en ont faite, recti- fiSe sur diverses observations posterieures de nouveau mis en jour par Pierre Vander Aa d. Leide. — A. D. 1674. Joliet's earliest map, Nouvelle decouverte de plu- sieurs nations dans la Notivelle France en I'annee 1673 ^' 1674, showing the whole length of the Mis- sissippi, and published by Gravier in colored fac- simile, in an £tude sur une carte inconnue, which appeared in the Memoires du Congres des America- nistes, 1879, and in the Revue de Geographic, Feb. 1880. This reduced colored facsimile is given in the Mag. of Amer. Hist. 1883, and in A. P. C. Griffin's Dis- covery of the Mississippi ; and there are sketches of it in Andreas' Chicago, i. p. 49 ; and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 208. Cf. a map in the Parkman Collection, of which there is a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, iv. p. 206. — A. D. 1674. Joliet's larger map is supposed to be lost. There is what is called a copy in the Barlow Collection of Maps, belonging to S. L. M. Barlow, Esq., of ISfew York. A sketch of it is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. A7nerica, iv. pp. 212, 213. Cf. Harrisse, Notes sur la Nouvelle France, no. 203. (See ante, no. I77-) — A. D. 1674. Joliet's smaller map is also in the Barlow Collec- tion, and a sketch from it is given in the Nar. aiid Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 214. Cf. Harrisse, no. 204 ; Parkman's La Salle, p. 453. Cf. for the Ohio valley, no. 3 of the Parkman maps, given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 215. — A. D. 1675. The " Bahia del Spierto Santo " in Rogeveen's Burning Fen, no. 19. 44 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1679-1681. Harrisse (nos. 209, 213-218) cites early maps of Franquelin for these years. Parkman attributes to Franquelin a Carte de V AniMque septentrionale, . . . avec les nouvelles decouvertes de la Riviire Mississipi oil Colbert {cf. Parkman's La Salle, p. 455; Harrisse, no. 219). — A. D. 1682. From a copy of Franquelin's map of this date in the Barlow Collection, a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 227. It shows the mouth of the Mississippi, but there is a blank northward from the mouth till the Ohio is reached. 229. A. D. 1682 (?). Franquelin's Mississippi. After a MS. map in the DepSt de la Marine at '' Paris, called " Carte generale de la France septen- trionale . . . Faite par le Sieur Jolliet." It is dedi- cated to Colbert. On the margin is " Johannes Lu- dovicus Franquelin pinxit." Harrisse (no. 214) puts this under 1681. It is sketched from the Parkman copy in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 218. 230. A. D. 1682. The Mississippi by Hen- nepin. s^ It shows the coast from Maine to Texas, and ex- tends to 600 north. It has no annotations, and is marked " Rejected." 231. A. D. 1683. Hennepin's Mississippi. It shows the coast from Labrador to Texas. This ^<'^ is after the map in the 1683 edition of Hennepin's Description de la Louisiane, in which he combined Marquette's travels with his own, and left the lower Mississippi a dotted line. It is called Carte de la Nouvelle France et de la Louisiane. It is given in part in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 249, with references ; and the whole map is repro- duced in Dr. Shea's edition of Hennepin, and in Winchell's Final Rept. Geol. Survey of Minnesota, p. 6. Cf. Harrisse, no. 352. — A. D. 1684. Franquelin's great Carte de la Louisiane, of which a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 228, from a copy in the Parkman Collection of maps in Harvard College Library. (Cf. Parkman's La Salle, pp. 295, 455 ; Harrisse, no. 222 ; Thomassy, GSologie practique de la Louisiane, p. 227.) Harrisse (no. 223) refers to a Carte de I'Amirique septentrionale of De la Croix, which is assigned also to Franquelin. — A. D. 1685. Carte de la Louisiane, by Minet. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 237, with refer- ences, from a copy in the Barlow Collection (cf. Har- risse, no. 225). 232. A. D. 1688. The Mississippi by Franque- lin. It is called Carte manuscripte de I'Amirique septen- trionale par J. B. Louis Franquelin, Hydrographe du Roy en Canada. Quebec en i688. It gives the Mis- sissippi a wide zigzag course, and makes it debouch on the coast of Texas. Kohl has not annotated it. It has been engraved for E. D. Neill's History of Minnesota, 1882 ; and this engraving is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 230, 231, and in Winchell's Final Report of the Geological Survey of Minnesota, vol. i. pi. 2. 233. A. D. 168S. The Mississippi by CoronellL This is from Father Coronelli's published map, America Settentrionale, 1688. He seems to have been ignorant of Marquette's discoveries. The Mis- souri is not indicated. The " Ouabache " is about where the Ohio should be ; and the " Ohio " runs parallel with it further south. A sketch of the map by Coronelli, as corrected by Tilleman, Paris, 1688, is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 232. It was issued in two parts, — one of the eastern, the other of the western, por- tions of North America. These two were united in 1689 on a smaller scale. Carte des parties les plus occidentales du Canada, par le Pire Pierre Raffeix, S.f., — a M S. map in the Bibliotheque nationale of Paris, from a copy of which in the Kohl Collection a sketch is given with the marginal inscriptions in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 233. There is another copy in the Bar- low Collection. Cf. Harrisse, no. 238. There is in the Barlow Collection a map, which Harrisse (Notes, etc., p. xxv. and no. 241) believes to be the lost original of a map by Raudin, Frontenac's engineer ; and of this a sketch is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 235. 234. A. D. 1689. Lahontan's Long River. This fabulous stream is represented as rising in the Rocky Mountains, and flowing into the Missis- sippi above the Missouri. Kohl thinks the river in question may have been the St. Peter's River. La- hontan professed to copy the western part of the river from an Indian map, made for him in that country. This map appeared in the Nouveaux voyages. La Haye, 1709, vol. i. p. 136, and is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. p. 261. 235. A. D. 1689. Coronelli's Canada ou Nou- velle France. It shows the coast from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Texas, and gives the bounds between New France and the English possessions. Kohl thinks the pres- ent map a French imitation of no. 233. — A. D. 1689-1699. Harrisse (nos. 231, 232, 240, 248, 259) assigns va- rious other maps to these years. — A. D. 1691. The map in Leclercq's £,tablissement de la Foy, which is reproduced in Dr. Shea's translation of that book. — A. D. 1692. Hubert Jaillot, who had inherited the plates of Nicolas Sanson, published in Paris what passes as Sanson's Amirique septentrionale, — the plate of which was long in use in Amsterdam and else- where. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 45 ■y 236. A. D. 169S. Hennepin's Mississippi. This shows the river carried to the gulf. It first appeared in Hennepin's ATouveUe D^coiiverie, Utrecht, 1697, which had two distinct maps, showing the Mis- sissippi extending to the gulf. The first Carte d'un iris grand pais nouvellement dl- couvert, etc., is reproduced in the I^Tar. and Crit. Hist. of America, iv. pp. 252, 253, and was repeated in the editions of the Nouvelle Dicouverte, printed at Ley- den in 1704, and was re-engraved in the English edi- tion. Discovery of a large, rich, and plentiful country (London, 1720), with English names. The second, Carte d'une tris grand pays entre le nouveau Mexique et la mer glaciate, was used in the later editions of 1698, 1704, 1711, etc., with changes in successive issues, and is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. iv. p. 251, and in Breese's Early Hist, of Illinois, p. 98. 237. A. D. 1698. The Mississippi by De Fer. He follows Coronelli in making the " Ouabache " and " Ohio " parallel streams. Published in Paris in 1698. — A. D. 1700. Carte des Environs du Mississipi, envoyie h Paris en 1700. Cf. Thomassy, Geol.pract. de la Louisiane, pl.i. — A. D. 1 701. De Fer's Castes aux Environs de la riviire Missis- sipi. Cf. Thomassy, p. 201. ^ A. D. 1702. Thomassy ( Giol. pratique de la Louisiane, p. 209) refers to an original draft by Guillaume Delisle, Carte de la riviire du Mississipi, dressle sur les m(- moires de M. Le Sueur, 1702, which is preserved in the Archives Scientifiques de la Marine. ^ A. D. 1702. The map in Campanius' Nya Swerfge gives the lower portions of the river rudely. There is a fac- simile in the J^ar, and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 394. — A. D. 1703. Lahontan's Cai^e glnlrale de Canada, which ap- peared in his Nowveaux Voyages, La Haye, 1703, and was repeated in some of the later editions. It was re-engraved in the Memoires, Amsterdam, 1 741, vol. iii. It is reproduced, with references, in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 258. — A. D. 1705. De Fer's Le Canada ou Nbuvelle France. — A. D. 1703. The map of Delisle, showing the route of De Soto, and called Carte de la Louisiane et du Cours du Mis- sissipi, published in Paris, and repeated in Garci- lasso de la Vega's Histoire des Incas, etc., Amster- dam, 1707, and in Delisle's Atlas Nouveau, Amster- dam, 1740. It is reproduced in French's Hist. Col- lections of Louisiana, ii. (dated 1707); in Gravier's La Salle ( 1S70) ; in part, in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 295 ; in Cassell's United States, i. p. 475; in Winchell's Final Sept. of the Geol. of Minne- sota, i. t^. 20. See post, no. 22^. — A. D. I712. Louisiana am Fluss Mississippi in the German translation of John Lawson's Carolina, Hamburg, 1712. — A.D. 1713. Carte Nouvelle de la Louisiane et de la riviire de Mis- sissipi . . . dressle par le sieur Joutel, belonging to J outeV s fournal historique, Paris, 17 13. A part of this map is given in the Mag. of Amer. Hist., 1882, p. 185, and in A. P. C. Griffin's Discovery of the Mis- sissippi, p. 20. Cf. Thomassy, Giologie prac. de la Louisiane, p. 210. The English translation of this, A fournal of the Last Voyage performed by La Salle, etc., Paris, 1714, has a map showing the course of the Mississippi. (Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iv. 240.) — A.D. 1715. Herman Moll's New and Exact Map of the Domin- ions of the King of Great Britain, has a lesser map attached, called Louisiana, with the Indian Settle- ments and Number of Fighting Men, according to the Account of Capt. T. Nearn. — A.D. 1718. Le Cours du Mississipi ou de Saint-Louis, par N. de Fer, embodying previous information, was made by direction " de la compagnie d'occident." Partie meridionale de la riviire de Mississipi, par N. de Fer, extends north to the Illinois country. 238. A. D. [17 1 9.] Delisle's Louisiana. It shows the routes of De Soto and others. It is called Carte de la Louisiane et du Cours du Mississipi. It was followed by H. Moll in 1720, and Popple in 1732. Kohl says it is the earliest map to show the word Texas (Los Teijas), and to show the Cumber- land and Tennessee Rivers. Thomassy (Giol. practique de la Louisiane, p. 2n) refers to the June, 1718, map of Delisle. See ante, under A. D. 1703. — A. D. 1719-20. Thomassy gives a Carte de la CSte de la Louisiane, preserved in the Archives Scientifiques de la Marine in Paris, based on surveys made at this time by M. De Serigny. — A.D. 1720. A new map of Louisiana and the river Mississipi, which appeared in Some Considerations on the Conse- quences of the French settling Colonies on the Missis- sipi. London, 1720. Moll's New Map of the North Parts of America, 1720, follows Delisle's of 1718, for the Louisiana portion. It is reproduced in Lindsey's Unsettled Boundaries of Ontario, Toronto, 1873. Gerard van Keulen published at Amsterdam a large map. Carte de la Nouvelle France, ok se. voit le Cours des gra7ides Riviires Mississippi et St. Laurens, with observations on French fortified posts. De Beauvillier's Carte nouvelle de la partie de fouest de la province de la Louisiane (Thomassy, p. 214). — A. D. 1722. The " map of Carolana and the river Meschacebe " in Daniel Coxe's Description of Carolana, London, 46 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 1727, and repeated in later editions. See J>ost, no. 239- — A. D. 1722. La Potherie's Carte glnSrale de la Nouvelle France in his Hist, de CAntlrique septentrionale, Paris, 1722, vol. ii., gives the misplacement of the mouths of the Mississippi which originated with La Salle. — A. D. 1722. Le Blond de la Tour's Entrie du Mississifi en 1722. (Cf. Thomassy, pi. iii.) — A. D. 1724. The " Carte de I'Amerique " in Lafitau's Mceurs des Sauvages Amiriquains, Paris, 1724, vol. i. 24. — A. D. 1724. Plan fartimlier de remiouchure du fUime Saint- Louis, signed by De Pauger, royal engineer. — A. D. 1726. A " new map of Louisiana and the river Missis- sipi " in the Memoirs of John Ker of Kersland, Lon- don, 1726. — A. D. 1729. A map of New France and Louisiana in Herman Moll's New Survey of the Globe, no. 27. — A. D. about 1730. AmplissimcE regionis Mississipi seu Provincice Lu- doviciauiE a Hennepin detectts anno 1687, edita a Jo. Bapt. Homanno, Norimberga. Has a marginal view of " Catarrhacta ad Niagaram." Homann was a cartographer of easy conscience, who seldom dated his maps, and this one is little better than a re-engraving of the map in Joutel's Journal historiqiie. See ante, under A. D. 1713. It was reproduced by Homann's successors in his busi- ness, and again by William Darby in his Geograph- ical Description of Louisiana (2d ed. 1817), and Thomassy (p. 2) censures Darby for his choice of an early map. — A. D. 1732. D'Anville's Carte de la Louisiane dressSe en 1732; publiie en 1752. The upper part of it is reproduced in Andreas' Chicago, i. 59. — A. D. 1732. Popple's British Empire in America follows De- lisle's map (1718) for Louisiana. It was reissued in 1733, 1740, and reproduced at Amsterdam in 1737. Sabin's Dictionary, xv. no. 64453. — A. D. 1732. Fleiive Saint Louis, ci-devant Mississipi, — a map preserved in the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, based upon observations made by Sieur Diron in 1719. (Cf. Thomassy, p. 212.) — A. D. 1733. The map in Some Account of the Design of the Trustees for establishing the Colony of Georgia in America. It shows the Atlantic Colonies stretch- ing to the Mississippi River. — A. D. 1737. Le Cours du fleuve Mississipi, 1737, in Bernard's Kectieil de Voyages au Nord, Amsterdam, 1737, in connection with Hennepin's narrative. — A. D. 1740. A map by Dumont de Montigny, Carte de la pro- vince de la Louisiane, autrefois le Mississipi, preserved in the Depot de la Marine at Paris, is said by Tho- massy (p. 217) to be more valuable for its historical legends than for its geography. 239. A. D. 1741. Coxe's Carolana. After the map in Daniel Coxe's Carolana, Lon- don, 1741. Kohl calls it the earliest English map of the Mississippi. Kohl thinks possibly Coxe may have had unknown charts of the delta. He accepts Lahontan's Long River. See ante, under A. D. 1722. — A. D. 1743. Nicolas Bellin, in Charlevoix's Nouvelle France, gives a Carte de la Louisiane, cours du Mississipi et pais voisins ; and this, with the other maps, is repro- duced in Shea's translation of Charlevoix. Benin's Carte des embouchures du fleuve Saint Louis is based on a draft by Buache (1732), follow- ing an original MS. (1731 ) preserved in the Archives Scientifiques de la Marine. (See post, under A. D. 1750.) 240. A. D. 1749. . Bonnecamps' Ohio River. After a map in the Ministry of the Marine at Pa- ris, called Carte d^un voyage, fait dans la Belle Kiviire en la Nouvelle France, 1749, par le rlvSrend Pire Bonnecamps, Jesuite Mathimaticien. He has marked eight points where he took observations for the lati- tude, and sundry other places where he buried in- scribed lead plates in token of possession for the king. It also shows the Alleghany River from Lake Chatauqua. — A. D. 1750. Bellin also has a map of this date, called Carte de la Louisiane et des pays voisins. It is said that the maps first published by Bellin were not thought by the French government sufificiently favorable to their claims for boundaries on the English colonies, and he accordingly reissued the maps with changes. When Governor Shirley, speaking with Bellin, referred to , this, Bellin is said to have replied, " We in France must obey the king's commands." His map mark- ing these bounds is reproduced in Bonnechose's Montcalm et le Canada franfais, 5th ed., Paris, 1882. (See ante, under A. D. 1743.) — A. D. 1753. Carte de la Louisiane, in Dumont's Mimoires his- toriques de la Louisiane, vol. i. — A. D. 1755. Benin's Carte de la Louisiane, 1750; sur de nou- velles observations on a corrigi les lacs et leurs environs, 1755- — A. D. 1755. Canada et Louisiane par le Sieur le Rouge, inge- nieur geographe du Rot, with a small map of the Mis- sissippi River. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 47 — A.D. 1755. D'Anville's Canada, Louisiane et les terns an- glaises. — A.D. 1755. Robert de Vaugondy's Partie de VAmhique septen- trionale qui comprend le cours de I' Ohio, etc. — A. D. 1755. A NccU and Accurate Map of North America, con- tained in John Huske's Present State of North Amer- ica, 2d ed., London, 1755. — A. D. 1755. John Mitchell's Map of the British Colonies in North A?nerica, engraved by Kitchen, published in London, in 1755. Re-engraved at Amsterdam as a Map of the British and French Dominions in North America, — A. D. 1757. Carte de la Louisiane par Pauteur, 1757 in Le Page du Pratz's Histoire de la Louisiane, vol. i. 138. — A. D. 1760. Thomas Jefferys included a map of Canada and the northern parts of Louisiana in his Natural and Civil History of the French Dominion in North and South America. This same map, with the date 1762, was used in his Topography of North America and the West Indies. London, 1768. — A. D. 1760. Janvier's VAmerique. It extends from Louisiana to the Pacific. — A. D. 1762. Jefferys' Map of Canada and New France. There is a facsimile in Mills's Boundaries of Ontario. — A. D. 1764. La Louisiane in Bellin's Le Petit Atlas Maritime, vol. i. no. 40, and The Mouths of the Mississippi in nos. 43 and 44. 241. A.D. 1767. Carver's Upper Mississippi. This follows the map in Jonathan Carver's Travels. — A. D. 1768. The mouths of the Mississippi and neighboring coasts by Jefferys, in his General Topography of North America and the West Indies, which, he says, was taken from several Spanish and French draw- ings, compared with D'Anville's map of 1752, and with P. Laval's Voyage h Louisiane. 242. A. D. 1795. The Upper Missouri and Mis- sissippi by Soulard. The original is preserved in the Depot de la Ma- rine in Paris. It was made for Colonel De Bouligny, of the Sixth Regiment of Louisiana, and taken to France in 1804 by M. Laussat. 243. A. D. 1801. An Indian Map of the Upper Missouri and its Affluents. The original of this is preserved in the Archives of the Hudson Bay Company in London. Drawn by a Blaclifoot chief in 1801, and taken to London by Peter Fidler. The range of the Rocky Moun- tains is marked, eleven of their peaks named, and the Pacific seacoast is drawn. 244.' A. D. 1854. The Sources of the Missis- sippi River. This is Schoolcraft's map given in his Narra- tive. VIII. THE GULF OF MEXICO AND 'WEST INDIA ISLANDS, WITH ADJACENT LANDS. *#* There are notices of maps of the mouths of the Missis- sippi in Section VII.; and the gulf appears in the maps of Sections II. and HI. 245. A. D. 1463. Antilia by Benincasa. This represents an early notion of land to the westward, the antetype of the Antilles. The chart is from a portolano, described in Santarem's Hist, de la Cosmographie, i. p. xlii ; iii. p. 177. Cf. ante, under no. 21, where this map might have been en- tered, if it had been found in season. 246. A. D. 1 500. La Cosa's map. The western part of the La Cosa chart. Kohl has copied the drawing of it in Ramon de la Sagra's Cuba (Paris, 1837). See ante, no. 26, and the whole series of maps enumerated in section ii., for the form the gulf took in the earliest cartography, whether as a supposed Gulf of Ganges, as it is con- jectured to be in the Admiral's {ante, no. 32) and other maps : or as undeveloped in the Cantino (1502), Ruysch (1508), Sylvanus (1511), and Waldseemvil- ler (1513) maps ; as vaguely shut in at the north by a land Bimini, shown in the Peter Martyr map of 1 51 1, and in the Weimar map of the Pacific, of 1518 {post, no. 316) ; as an unenclosed archipelago, of which we have instances in the Lenox globe, and in the s6-called Da Vinci mappemonde. It gets something like definite though distorted shape in the Stobnicza and Reisch maps, and in the Tross gores. Then in the Nordensldold gores, in the Schbner globes of 15 15 and 1520, and in the Apian cordiform map of 1520, we have the same distorted shape, but joined with a westerly passage, which detaches South America as an island. 247. A. D. 1520. The Gulf of Mexico. The map published by Navarrete in his Coleccion, iii., is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Htst. Amer- ica, ii. p. 218, and in Weise's Discoveries of America, p. 278. This is the earliest special map of the gulf, and the first to delineate it with approximate accuracy ; and bears the title, Traza de Castas de Tierrafrme y las tierras nuevas. Cf. the map of Ayllon's explorations, sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 285. 248. A. D. 1524, Gulf of Mexico. (Cortes.) The original engraving of this chart appeared in a letter of Cortes, addressed to the emperor, and 48 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. printed at Nuremberg in 1524. Kohl thinks it shows the explorations of Garay, and does not em- body any of those of Cortes himself. He says it is the earliest map to show the name Florida. It may have been made about the time of no. 247. It is re- produced in Stevens' Amer. Bibliographer, p. 86; in his Notes, etc., pi. iv.; and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 404. It has an uncertain passage to the west, by which Yucatan is made an island, of which there is an indication in no. 247, and unmis- takable expression in the MaioUo map of 1527 [ante, under no. 39), and is suggested in a map by Friess (post, no. 371). Later maps, like the Verrazano, 1529 (ante, under no. 42); Ribero, 1529 (ante, no. 41) ; the Lenox wood-cut, 1534 (ante, no. 47, since reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 223) ; the British Museum map of 1536 (post, no. 251), make Yucatan insular, but do not carry the passage to the western sea. 249. A. D. 1528. The Antilles. Six separate maps of Jamaiqua, Cuba, Spagnola, Guadalupe, Dominica, and Matinina, from the Iso- lario of Bordone. Kohl follows a facsimile made for Henry Stevens (see post, no. 372). — A. D. 1529. A section of Ribero's map (ante, no. 41), showing the gulf, etc., is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 221. 250. A. D. 1534. Hispaniola. From the engraved map in the 1534 edition (com- bined) of Peter Martyr and Oviedo. Kohl follows a facsimile given in Stevens' Amer. Bibliographer. See no. 256. 251. A. D. 1536. Gulf of Mexico. From a large MS. map in the British Museum. Kohl says the language of the map is partly French and partly Spanish, the latter much corrupted ; so that he infers it to be a French copy of a Spanish original. He thinks it may have grown out of the expedition of Narvaez, and says that the peninsula of Florida is for the first time drawn with approxi- mate accuracy. Yucatan is an island. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 2-25. 252. A. D. 1542. The Antilles, by Rotz. One of the maps in Rotz's Boke of Idrography, in the British Museum. The map is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii, p. 226. It is called " The Indis of Occident, quhaz the Spaniards doeth occupy." The latitudes are too high by about three degrees in the northern parts, and too low by about two degrees in the southern parts ; making the dis- tance from Trinidad to Florida much in excess of what it should be. (See ante, no. 55.) — A. D. 1540-50. Within this period may be placed the map, Carta de las Antillas, of which a facsimile is given in the Cartas de Indias, published by the Spanish govern- ment in 1877. The map mentioned by Harrisse in his Cabots, p. 185. The so-called Atlas de Philippe II. (cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, ii. 222). See ante, under no. 52- The 1541 Mercator gores (Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 177. — A. D. 1544. The gulf and neighboring portions of the Cabot mappemonde of 1 544, are sketched in the Nar. akd Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 227, 447. 253. A. D. 1547. Spanish America, by Nio Vallard. This shows the coast of both oceans, from 35° N. to 10° S. latitude. It is from the MS. atlas in the Sir Thomas Phillipps Collection. Kohl conjec- tures that the Spanish drafts, apparently used in the making of this map, may have been those brought from the peninsula in 1542 by Don Miguel de Sylva. Cf. the sketch from a MS. atlas in the Bodleian, given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 292. 254. A. D. 1547. The same. An inaccurate draft. 255. A. D. I5SS(?). The Mexican Gulf. This is a French map, and shows the Atlantic coast, from Maine to Honduras. The correspond- ing Pacific coast from about the latitude of Mexico (City), is a mere north-and-south line, with conven- tional river-mouths. Kohl says the original was dis- covered by Jomard in the possession of a French noble family. To judge from the absence of Califor- nia one would place the map before (say) 1535 ; and the absence of traces of De Soto's and other explora- tions on the Atlantic side would indicate as early a date ; but Kohl places it under " about 1555," as that was jomard's opinion. Kohl is in error in supposing that the presence of Bermuda on the map establishes the date after 1 530 ; since Bermuda is on the Peter Martyr map of 1511, a map unknown to Kohl. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 224. 256. A. D. 1556. Hispaniola. (Ramusio.) From the engraved map in Ramusio, iii. (1556), who does not say whence he got it. It is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 188, and seems to follow no. 250. 257. A. D. 1558. Spanish America by Diego Homem. It shows the coasts of both oceans north of the Isthmus of Panama to 33° north latitude. A MS. map in colors in the British Museum. Kohl calls it the earliest general map to embody the California Peninsula. The " Rio del Spirito Santo " (Missis- sippi) has one main channel. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, ii. p. 229. 258. A. D. 1564. Hispaniola by P. Forlano. The engraved original is marked " In Venetia Paulo Forlano Veronese fee. 1564." It is not so accurate in form as the map of 1 534 ; and it is not known whence Forlano drew his notions. (See ante, under no. 69.) 259. A. D. 1564. Cuba by Forlano. Kohl calls this the oldest special map of Cuba which he had found. He finds names here which are- preserved in the Hondius map of Cuba (1607). (See ante, under no. 69. ) THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 49 / — A. D. 1566-72. The maps of Zaltiere [ante, no. 94) and Porcacchi (ante, no. 95) show how distorted a shape the gulf could assume even at so late a day as this. Cf. Nar, and Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 451, 453. 260. A. D. 1578. The Antilles by Martinea. It shows the Atlantic coast from 45° north to 3° south latitude. From the Martines Atlas of 1578 in the British Museum. The latitudes are approx- imately correct ; but the longitudes are much out of the way, being stretched east and west too far. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 229. 261-262. A. D. 1597. Central America by Wytfliet. This is from Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy. See Winsor's Bibliography of Ptolemy. — A.D. 1597. The 'Castilia del Oro of Wytfliet is given in fac- simile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 190. 263. A. D. 1597. Mexico by 'Wytfliet. From Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy. 264. A. D. 1597. Florida et Apalache of Wyt- fliet. From Wytfliet's Continuation of Ptolemy. It is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, ii. p. 2S1. — A. D. 1597. Wytfliet's map of Cuba is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist, of America, ii. p. 230. 265. A. D. 1601. Mexico and Yucatan by Herrera. From Herrera's Descripcio-n de las Indias (Madrid, 1601). The map closely agrees with the text of the same book, except that in the map he calls the City of Mexico 91° west long, [from Ferro?], and in the -text he gives it as 103° from Toledo. A portion of it is reproduced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 392. 266. A. D. 1601. Antilles by Herrera. A map which appeared in Herrera's Descripcion de las Indias, and considered by Kohl to be the best general map of the West Indies produced up to that time. They are called " Yslas de la mar del Norte." / 267. A. D. 1630. Florida by Dudley. Kohl takes this from Dudley's MSS. preserved in the Munich library, and not from Dudley's Arcano del Mare, as published in 1646. — A. D. 1651. Maps of New Spain, Cuba, and Hispaniola, in Jannson's Minor Atlas, ii. 393, 397. 268. A. D. 167 1. Jamaica by Blome. This is from Blome's Present State of his Majesty's Isles and Territories in America, London, 1687- It purports to follow surveys made by order of Sir Thomas Mediford, Bart., late governor of the island. 269. A. D. 1712. Pacific Coast of Mexico. It covers the space 8° to 17° north latitude. The original was engraved by John Senex, and published in London, after a Spanish map said to have been captured by an English rover, Capt. Woodes Rogers. The engraved map appeared in Capt. Rogers's A Cruising Voyage around the World, 1708-11, London, 1712. The Spanish draft may have been made, as Kohl thinks, about 1700. See post, under no. 289. 270. A. D. 1767. Northern Mexico by Alzate. This follows a MS. map in the British Museum, which professed to be drafted by Jose Antonio Al- zate y Ramirez, after the best printed and MS. authorities. It shows the explorations of Father Kino about the Colorado and its affluents, and gives the northern extremity only of the Gulf of Califor- nia. At the top of the map, under 43°, it shows the " Mar o Bahia del Vest," which Juan de Fuca ex- plored. (Sttpost, no. 289.) 271. A. D. 1778. New Mexico by Escalante. A folded sheet, without annotations. 271 a. A. D. 1795. New Mexico by Juan Lopez. From a Spanish printed map. 272. A. D. 1852. Anegada by Sohomburgk. (Virgin Islands.) This follows surveys made by Sir Robert Sohom- burgk, published in the Journal of the Royal Geo- graphical Society, ii. p. 152 (1852). 273. A. D. 1833. The TJsumasinta River in Cen- tral America. An engraved map in the Royal Geographical So- ciety's Journal, iii. 59 (1833), prepared by Col. Galindo. 274. A. D. 1836. Costa Rica by Col. Galindo. From the Journal of the Royal Geog. Society, vol. vi. (1836). 275. A. D. 1844. River Tabasco by Peter Mas- ters. From the Journal ai the Royal Geog. Society, vol. XV. (1845). 276. A. D. 1853. Samana. The Peninsula and Bay of Samana in the Domin- ican Republic, by Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, in the Journal of the Royal Geog. Society, 1853. 50 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. IX. THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. **« See ante, sections ii. and iii., and/^f^, section x. — A. D. 1 513, etc. Dr. Kohl printed an abstract of his studies on the cartography of the west coast of North America in the U. S. Coast Survey Report, 1855, p. 374, etc. ; and there is a MS. on the subject by him in the library of the American Antiquarian Society at Worcester. The fullest information on the subject will be found in H. H. Bancroft's North West Coast, vol. i., and in the Nar. and Grit. Hist. America, ii. p. 431, etc. We find the earliest delineations of this coast in 1513 from two sources, — first, from the Portuguese in their efforts to place the Moluccas in relations with the new continent, as shown in {post) nos. 315 and 316; and, second, from the maps which show the discovery of Balboa, either honestly recorded as in the Verrazano map of 1524 (ante, under no. 42), the MaioUo (1527, under no. 39), the so-called Fer- dinand Columbus (1527, ante, no. 38) and Ribero maps (^1529, ante, no. 41) ; or conjecturally extended as in Schoner's globes of 1515 and 1520 [ante, nos. 34' 35)> the Apian mappemonde of 1520 (no. 36), the Thorne map of 1527 (no. 39), the Miinster map of 1532 (under no. 46) ; or purposely left doubtful as in the map of Reisch's Margarita philosophica, 151 5 [ante, no. 33), the Tross gores (under no. 32), and others. ■^ — A. D. 1526. The map of the monk Franciscus, making South America an island, identifies North America with Asia, and substitutes the southern coast of Asia for the west coast of North America. (Lelewel, Geog. du Moyen Age, pi. xlvi.) — A.D. I530(?) The map in the Sloane MSS. (British Museum), illustrating the Asiatic theory of North America. (Ante, no. 43.) The Turin atlas described in the yahresbericKt des Vereins fUr Rrdkunde in Dresden, 1870, which leaves the northern extension of the coast uncertain. (Ante, no. 51.) — A. D. 1532. The cordiform map of Orontius Finseus, showing the Asiatic theory of North America. (Ante, no. 46.) — A. D. 1 532-40. The map in Kunstmann, which does not go north of the California peninsula. — A. D. 1534. The Lenox wood-cut [ante, no. 47) does not go north beyond the limits of Central America. — A.D. 1534-50. The Italian mappemonde given in the Jahresbe- richtdes Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Leipzig, 187 1, which shows the coast as high as California. — A. D. 1535. Cortes' map of the coasts about the entrance of the Gulf of California, bought by the Rev. E. E. Hale in 1883 from the Spanish Archives, of which there is a heliotype in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 442. — A. D. 1536. The Agnese mappemonde, which shows the Cen- tral America and Mexican coasts. (Ante, no. 52.) A MS. mappemonde in the British Museum, which extends the coast northward to California. (Ante, no. 52.) — A. D. 1538. A map in the Basle edition of Solinus and Pom- ponius Mela, which represents the western coast of America indefinitely as " terra incognita." — A. D. 1539. Plate xiii. in the Portolano of Charles V. (ante, under no. 52), which shows the Central America coast. Plates iv. and xiv. of the same, which extend the coast above the peninsula of California. — A. D. 1540 (?) Homem's mappemonde, which extends the coast northward to the California peninsula. (Ante, no. 60.) — A.D. 1540-50. The Nancy Globe [ante, no. 6i), which follows the Asiatic theory. — A. D. 1540. Miinster's map in the Ptolemy of 1 540, which con- jecturally disjoins North America from Asia. (Ante, under no. 52.) Apian's map in his Cosmographia shows a similar but distorted separation. (See ante, no. 62.) It was repeated in the Antwerp edition of 1 545, and in the Paris edition of 1551. (See ante, no. 62.) — A. D. 1541. Mercator's map in gores, giving a conjectural western limit to North America. (Ajite, under no. 53.) — A. D. 1540-50. An Italian portolano, now in the Carter-Brown collection, and noted in Quaritch's Catal.ofHist. and Geography, 1885, no. 362, under 28,159, which contains five maps showing the west coast of North America, as a part of the western hemisphere, viz. : No. vii., which resembles a map in an Atlas in the Biblioteca Riccardiana (Jahresbericht des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, pi. vi.), shows the Asiatic theory. , No. ix. brings out the California peninsula, but goes no farther north. No. xi. is in gores, adheres to the Asiatic theory, and resembles pi. ix. of the Jahresbericht, etc. No. xxvii. is confined to the Central America coast. No. xxix. goes north to the peninsula of California. 277. A.D. 1541. Castillo's California. The map published by Bishop Lorenzana in his Nueva Espana (iT^o), who found it among the archives of the descendants of Cortes. Domingo del Castillo was a pilot in the fleet of Alarcon, who explored the coast in 1540, and penetrated to the THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 51 head of the gulf of California and discovered the Colorado river. A large part of his coast names are not to be found In the accounts of Alarcon's expe- dition, nor in those of the explorations of Ulloa {1539). Kohl speaks of this map of California as the earliest known ; but he was not informed respecting the map mentioned above under A. D. 1535. Castillo's map is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 444 ; and is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Cent. America, i. 153, and North Mexican States, i. 81. He gives the coast a greater extension beyond the peninsula than it has in the original. — A. p. 1542. The map in Rotz's Idrography shows the Central America coast. (^Ante, no. 55.) See also the Ulpius globe under the same number. — A. D.I 543. The Gotha map of Baptista Agnese shows the Central America and Mexican coasts. (Ante, no. 56.) — A. D. 1544. The Cabot mappemonde carries the coast north only so far as the peninsula of California. (See under no. 56.) Cf. sketches in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 227, 447. — A. D. 1545. A conjectural coast, called " Temistitan," given in the mappemonde of Miinster in his edition of Ptol- emy. (Ante, no. 57.) The map in Medina's Arte de Navegar shows only the Central America coast. It is repeated in the 1549 edition, Libra, etc. (Ante, no. 59.) Cf. the mappenionde, said to be on Mercator's projection (?), put between 1545 and 1558, which is described in F. S. Ellis's Catal. 1884, no. 174. 278. A. D. 1546. Upper California by Juan Freire. Part of a Portuguese portolano, which was in San- tarem's possession when Kohl copied this portion and no. 279, its complement. The language is partly Latin, partly Spanish, but mainly a corrupt Portu- guese. The drafts used by Freire were evidently, as Kohl thinks, those of Ulloa and Alarcon, though he must have had other material. He does not give any names corresponding to the accounts of the ex- plorations of Cabrillo and Ferrero (1542-43). The coast is given a westerly trend, as if to connect it with Asia. Kohl judges that Freire had some drafts of a voyager who sailed westward, and at intervals lost sight of the coast. 279. A. D.I 546. Lower California by Juan Freire. From the same map as no. 278. A legend on the map in two places credits Cortes with the discovery of this coast. Freire seems to have used Castillo's chart and the reports of Ulloa and Alarcon. See Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 448. — A.D. 1548. Gastaldi's map, numbered 59 in the edition of Ptolemy of this year, which follows the Asiatic theory ; and the " Carta Marina " in the same. (See ante, under no. 58 ;. and Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, "• 435) An atlas of about this time in the Biblioteca Ric- cardiana at Florence is described in the Jahresbericht des Vereins fiir Erdkunde in Dresden, 1870, which has several maps showing the west coast of North America. The maps in Tab. vii. and ix. carry the coast north to the peninsula of California, and one of those in Tab. ix. carries it a little farther. Two maps in Tab. vi. illustrate the Asiatic theory. — A. D. 1554. The map of Bellero shows the Central America and Mexican coasts. (Ante, no. 64.) An atlas of Agnese (ante, under no. 64) gives maps showing the coast from the peninsula of California south. — A. 0.1555. A French map brought forward by Jomard shows a purely conventional west coast. (Ante, no. 255.) — A. D. 1556. The map in Ramusio extends north to the penin- sula of California. (Ante, no. 66.) The map of Vopellio in Girava's Cosmographia adheres to the Asiatic theory. (See ante, under no. 66.) There is a facsimile of the American part in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 436. Girava says he used a draft by Vopellio as the basis of the map, which is often wanting in copies of the book, whose value, according as the map is in facsimile or an original, has recently been fixed by Quaritch at ;f 3 10 o and ;^2i. The edition of Girava in 1570 is the same, with the preliminary leaves reprinted. — A. D. 1558. The map of Homem carries the coast north to the California peninsula. (Ante, nos. 67 and 257.) The map of Martines, placed usually somewhere in this decade (ante, no. 63) is one of the earliest to contract the water supposed to separate America from Asia to the dimensions of a strait. It is sketched and described in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 450. — A. D. 1560. The map of Forlani adheres to the Asiatic theory. (Ante, no. 69.) It is sketched in the Nar: and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 438. — A.D. 1561. A map of Honter illustrating the Asiatic theory. In Ruscelli's edition of Ptolemy (see under no. 69, ante), a map of the western hemisphere carries a definite coast line beyond the California peninsula, above which a dotted coast line is marked " littus incognitum." The map of " Nueva Hispania " de- velops the Gulf of California and adjacent coasts. — A. D. 1566. The map of North America by Zaltieri (ante, under nos. 69 and 94) shows the narrow strait as given in the Martines map (ante, under A. D. 1558). It is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. Amer- ica, ii. p. 451. The claim of Kohl that it is the earliest to show the straits of Anian compels the putting of a map of Martines later than here judged. A map of Des Liens (ante, under no. 69) gives only the Central America coast. 52 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1568. The map of Diegus (Homem) turns the coast-line east a little distance above the head of the California peninsula. See ante, no. 70; and Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 449 ; iv. p. 92. — A. D. 1569. The great map of Mercator (ante, under no. 71). It established more effectually the type of the strait of Anian as prefigured by Martines and Zaltieri. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 452. — A. D. 1 570. The Ortelius map follows Mercator's. (Ante, no. 72, and/(?rf, no. 324.) — A. D. 1572. The Porcacchi map also gives a similar strait of Anian. (Ante, under nos. 72 and 95.) It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 453. — A. D. 1574. Forlani's map. (See post, no. 325.) The map in Gallsus' Enchiridion (ante, under no. 72) follows the Mercator type. — A. D. 1576. The map in Humphrey Gilbert's Discourse (ante, no. 74) has a coast little resembling any other map,' but gives the strait of Anian. 280. A. D. 1578. California by Martines. It shows the coast from 10° to 55° north, with "Giapan" and a part of the Asiatic coast. It is from the Martines Atlas in the British Museum, made between 156S and 1578, at Messina, though Martines seems to have been a Spaniard. The out- line of the gulf of California is much less accurate than in earlier maps. This is a different atlas from the one of 155- (.''), mentioned ante under A. D. 1558. A sketch of the Central America coast of the 1578 atlas is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 229. — A. D. 1578. The map in Best's Frobisher is rudely delineated. (Ante, no. 78.) — A. D. 1580. The map of Dr. Dee (ante, no. 96) carries the coast above 40° N. Lat. — A. D. 1582. Lok's map leaves the coast uncertain above the peninsula of California. [Ante, no. 97.) The map of Popelliniere's Trois Mondes is of the Mercator (1569) type. — A. D. 1587. The Myritius map follows the Asiatic theory. (Ante, no. 79.) — A. D. 1587. The Hakluj^t-Martyr map carries the coast well up to the Arctic region. (Ante, under no. 79.) 281. A. D. 1592. California (MoUneaux'a Globe). From the globe in the Middle Temple, London. Sir Francis Drake's track is pricked upon it, and is taken perhaps from Drake's charts, now lost. It shows Drake to have gone as far north as 48°. The general trend of the coast is more northerly than westerly, as on earlier maps. There is a sketch in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 455. 282. A. D. 1593. Northwest Coast by C. de Judaeis. A map from Cornelius de Judaeis's Speculum Orbis Terra, 1593, and called "Quivirae Regnum," which is the name on a protuberance of the coast line in 40° N. lat. ; while a larger protuberance in 60° is called " Anian Regnum." Northwest of this last peninsula, under 70°, is a pinnacle-rock, in the sea, which marks the " Polus Magnetis." An in- scription in the interior notes that oxen and cows, which have the hump of a camel, and the tail and feet of lions, frequent the woody plain. (Ante, no. 98.) A map of the same date in the Libri of Maffeius. (Ante, under no. 83.) — A. D. 1597. De Bry's map, giving the conventional view of the time. See enumeration ante, under no. 84. The Arnheim edition of Ptolemy has the following maps showing the west coast of North America : — No. 2, the western hemisphere, much like the Mercator type. No. 28, the straits of Anian. No. 29, a mappemonde, giving the west coast in the conventional manner of the period. No. 32, the North Pacific, showing an indefinite " Pars AmericiE." Nos. 34 and 35, the western hemisphere, with a Pacific coast of the Mercator type. The map of Porro (ante, no. 85) distinguishes this edition from the Cologne edition of Ptolemy of the same year. Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy contains several maps showing the west coast. No. I. The western hemisphere shows the straits of Anian. This map is given in facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 459. No. 13. " Granata nova et California " develops the region of the California peninsula, and a fac- simile of the map of the gulf is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 458. No. 14. " Quivira et Anian," showing the region firom Cape Blanco north. — A. D. 1598. The mappemondes in Wolfe's Linschoten and in Miinster's Cosmographia of the current type for the west coast of North America. (Cf. ante, under nos. 84 and 86.) The Italian Ortelius, published at Brescia, gives a map of the current type for this coast, and one which clmgs to the Asiatic theory, being about the last in- stance of such views. — A. D. 1600. The map in the America of MetuUus has the Wyt- fliet type. (Ante, under no. 87.) — A. D. i6oi. The maps of Herrera and Quadus. (Ante, nos. 88 and 99.) THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 53 283. A. D. i6o2. The Caiifornia Coast after Viscaino. The coast from Cape Mendocino to Cape St. Lucas. It is composed from the 32 charts of the coast which Viscaino made, and which were depos- ited in the Spanish Archives, when the editors of the voyage of the Spanish vessels, " Sutil " and " Mex- icana," brouglrt the present sketch to light, basing it on those lesser charts. Cf. sketch in Mtr. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. p. 75 ; and reproduction in Atlas para el Viage de las goletas StttU y Mexicana (1802), by Dionysio Alcala- Galiano. 284. A. D. i6o2. The same. A less perfect sketch. — A. D. 1603. The maps in Botero's Relaciones, — one of the world, the other of the western hemisphere, — are of the Mercator type. The Italian edition was in 1595. (See ante, mider no. 84.) - — A. D. 1604. Buache engraved in 1754 a Spanish map of 1604, made at Florence by Mathieu Neron Pecciolen, which shows the gulf of California and adjacent coasts. It is also in the Encydopidie published at Paris in 1777 (supplement). — A. D. 1606. The map in Cespedes' Regimiento de navegacion leaves the northwest coast partially indeterminate. (Ante, no. 89.) — A. D. 1613. The map illustrating the narrative of Ferdinand de Quir in the Detectio Freti of Hudson, edited by H. Geritsz, gives an unusual width to the straits of Anian. The Mercator-Hondius atlas contains a map of the world, another of America, both by Hondius, and one of America by Michael Mercator. They all show the straits of Anian, but the protuberant coast of America has no marked feature except the gulf of California. Similar features mark the map of Hondius, which he based on the results of the voyages of Drake and Cavendish {ante, no. 91), and the map of Oliva (ante, no. 90). — A. D. 1622. The map in Kasper van Baerle's edition of Her- rera is thought to be the earliest to return to the original belief that the peninsula of California was an island. The history of this latter belief is traced in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 461, etc. The same 1622 edition of Herrera at the same time repeats the map from the original edition of 1601, wiiich presents the peninsular form for California. — A. D. 1625. The map accompanying the treatise by Briggs in Purchas's Pilgrimes (ante, no. 100). It is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's North Mexican States, i. l6g. It makes California an island. Cf. H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 103, 104. I — A. D. 1626. The map in John Speed's Prospect makes Cali- fornia an island, and carries the main coast above it by a dotted line. — A. D. 1630. The map in De Laet's Nieuwe Wereldt. (Ante, no. 92.) 285. A. D. 1630. Northwest Coast by Dud- ley. From Dudley's Arcano del Mare, 1630. Kohl judges from the original MS. draft of this map pre- served in Munich, in which the latest date men- tioned is 1621, that Dudley made this map but a few years later. Dudley seems not to have been aware of Viscaino's drafts. His inscriptions credit the discovery of the coast, which he calls " Regno di Quiyira," to Sir Francis Drake in 1579. He shows I' Asia" on the west edge of the map, as " La grand isla di Jezo," and his notes at Munich say that Dud- ley got his knowledge of that region from the Jesuits in Japan. See facsimile in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 465. This is plate no. xxxiiii. Plates xxxi. and xxxii. represent California as a peninsula. In his Liber ii. (p. 19), a map of " Nuova Albione " extends from a vague "golfo profondo " (with an " I. de Cedros " at its entrance) to Cape Mendocino. Kohl gives 1630 as the date of the Arcano, but no earlier edition than 1646 has come under my observation; though the book in a smaller shape and of that earlier date is said to exist. 286. A. D. 1630. Gulf of California by Dudley. This is, as Kohl says, from the MSS. of Dudley at Munich, and not from his Arcano del Mare. The names are mostly Italian, but a few are in Spanish. He represents California as a peninsula. It does not appear whence he got his views. — A. D. 1635. The Salstonstall English edition of the Hondius- Mercator atlas has a map of America, which is a reduction from the map in the 1613 edition of the atlas. — A. D. 1636. The Hexham English edition of the Hondius- Mercator atlas has two maps showing the west coast of North America. In both California is an island ; in one there is, and in the other there is not, a break in the main coast line opposite the head of the island. — A. D. 1637. A map in Le Monde of D'Avity, sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 108. — A. D. 1640. The alleged explorations of Bartolome de Fonte at this time gave rise, after the publication of the story in 1708, to various conjectural maps of the west coast of North America, prominent among which are the renderings of Delisle and Buache, 1752-53, and the map of Jefferys. The indications of this venturesome cartography are noted in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, vol. i., and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 462, 463. See post, under A. D. 1752-53. 54 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1646. Dudley's Arcano del Mare. See mtte, nos. 285, 2S6. The two maps of Petrus Koerius (1646) in Speed s Prospect of the most Famous Parts of the World (Lon- don, 1668), show the geographical confusion of the time In one California is an island, with a fixed coast above, -to the straits of Anian ; in the other, California is a peninsula, and there are alternative coasts north of it, in half-shading. — A. D. 1651. A map in Jansson's Atlas Minor makes California a peninsula, indicates north of it a doubtful passage to the north sea, and further west delineates the " Fretum Anian." A map in Speed's Prospect (edition of 1676) makes Cape Mendocino the northern point of California island, with a break in the coast of the main land opposite, while another Cape Mendocino is drawn still further north. A map of Virginia by Virginia Farrer (facsimile in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, iii. 465) makes the coast of New Albion (Drake's) lie at the base of the western slope of the AUeghanies, narrowing the con- tinent to a few days' journey. — A. D. 1652. Maps of the same cartographer, called in one N. I. Visscher and in the other N. I. Piscator, make California a peninsula, and indicate the straits of Anian. — A. D. 1655. Wright in his Certain Errors in Navigation has an insular California. 287. A. D. 1656. Sanson's California. California is shown as an island, a view, as Kohl thinks, introduced by Purchas {ante, under A. D. 1625 ; but see under A. D. 1622) in the map which he gives as found among some Spanish charts captured by the Hollanders. The country inland is called " Nueva Mexico " in the north, and " Nueva Gra- , , nada " in the south. The " Rio del Norte," on which "^ Santa Fe is placed, runs into the gulf of California ; and this river continued to have this course given to it till Coronelli, as Kohl says, directed it to the gulf of Mexico. The map is reproduced in the supple- ment of the French Encyclopedic for 1777. Sanson repeated his draft in 1657, making the main coast end with " Aguhela de Cato ; " and in his L'Amerique (1657-83) he puts a " Terre de Jesso " northwest of the insular California. — A. D. 1659. The map in the Hist, of the World by Petavius (Petau) gives an insular California and the usual break in the main coast opposite its northern ex- tremity. — A. D. 1661. In Van Loon's sea-atlas the map " Nova Granada en I'Eylandt California " gives a strait of Anian a little higher up than the island, and puts a " Terra incognita " beyond it. — A. D. 1663. The map " Americae nova descriptio " in Heylin's Cosmographie (1669, 1674, 1677) carries above a point opposite the head of the island of Calfornia a dotted line, which, farther above, branches in three con- jectural directions. — A. D. 1670-71. Blome follows Sanson. In Montanus and Ogilby, California is an island {ante, section vi., A. D. 1670- 73). Ogilby's map is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. no. — A. D. 168 3-1704. Hennepin sometimes makes California an island, sometimes a peninsula. Blaeu about this time had the same hesitancy. 288. A. D. 168-? New Mexico by Coronelli. An imperfect draft, without Kohl's annotations. .J It represents California as an island. The " Rio del ' Norte " becomes the " Rio Bravo," and flows to the Mexican gulf. Coronelli's globe of 1683 makes California an island. Franquelin's great map shows only a part of Cali- fornia, but he marks it as an island. (Ante, section iii., A. D. 1681-84.) — A. D. 1694. Jaillot has California an island, with " Terra de Jesso " northwest of it. {Post, no. 328.) — A. D. 1695. A map of Guillaume Delisle represents a " Mer de I'Ouest " lying on the parallel from Cape Mendo- cino to Lake Superior, but he gives it no defined connection with the Pacific, while the straits of Anian are delineated with coast lines extended but a short distance on either side. This map was pub- lished by the younger Delisle in 1752. About the close of the century Covens and Mor- tier of Amsterdam published what are known as the Carolus AUard atlases. One of these represents California as an island, and a " Terra Esonis " north of it, with a strait at either extremity, — that on the west separating it from " Yedso," apparently a part of the Asiatic coast. — A. D. 1698. Edward Wells in his New Sett of Maps gives the island of California with a " supposed straits of Anian " just north of its upper end, but he omits all coast lines above it. — A. D. 1700. Delisle makes California a problematical penin- sula. 289. A. D. 1701. Gulf of California by Father Kino. Shows the results of the explorations of Father Kiihn, — a German, whose name was changed by the Mexicans to Kino, as Kohl says, — instigated by the Jesuit Salvatierra. The map shows the con- victions of Kino, that California was a peninsula, rather than a demonstration from his own explora- tions. He published his map originally in the Let- tres £difiantes, vol. v. (1705), and it is called " Passage par terre a la Californie. Decouvert THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 55 par le Rev. Pere E. F. Kino, Jesuite, depuis 1698 jusqu'^ 1701." See Father Kino's explorations indicated in the map of Alzate. (Ante, no. 270.) Kino's map was re-engraved by Buache in Paris (1754), by Sayer in a map of North America pub- lished in London, in the supplement of the French EncylopSdie (:777), by Marcou in Report of the Chief of Engineers, U. S. A. (1878), and in H. H. Ban- croft's North Mexican States, i. 499. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p, 467. — A. D. 1705. The map in Harris's Collection of Voyages, repro- duced in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 114. California is an island. — A. D. 1707. Vander Aa's map is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 115. — A. D. 1712. A Spanish map of the Pacific coast of Mexico is described, ante, no. 269. — A. D. 1715-1717. Delisle varied in his drafts of California, being undecided on the evidence ; and in the latter year, while he made it a peninsula, he cut the coast line north of it by a great gulf, " Mer de I'Ouest," ex- tending inland indefinitely. — A. D. 1719. Homann of Nuremberg made an insular Cali- fornia, with an entrance to a supposed gulf oppo- site with an island in the middle of the passage. — A. D. 1720. The Atlas geographicus of Seutter, Augsburg, re-: tains the Californian island, separated by a pas- sage, " Fretum Anian hie esse creditur," from "Terra Essonis." — A. D. 1726. The map in Shelvocke's Voyages professed to rep- resent current opinion in making California an island. Similar maps about this time were issued by Vander Aa of Amsterdam. — A. D. 1727. Herman Moll, the English geographer, gives the island and the straits north of it, with no coast line beyond; — A. D. 1728. The map in Herrera, making California a penin- sula, carries the coast up to Cape Mendocino. 290. A. D. 1740. The California Coast. A map of the North Pacific was found by Anson in 1742, on board a Spanish ship captured by him on the China coast. It was engraved on a reduced scale in Anson's Voyage Round the World, London, 1748. It was next embodied by Jefferys in his map of the North Pacific, and of this the present map is a copy. Jefferys, however, made some additions to the original Spanish map. He says of this proto- type, that it is scarcely reconcilable with other charts and journals, as to the names and situations of places. The English cartographer also pricks out the tracks across the Pacific of Gaetan (1542), Men- dana (1568), Francisco de Gualle (1583), Cavendish, Spilbergen (i6i6), Fronolat (1709), and of the track each way of the " Nuestra Senora de Cabodonga" (1743), the ship captured by Anson. Jefferys calls the northern parts of the coast the Chinese " Fou- sang," while Kohl believes that debatable region to have been Japan. — A. D. 1741. Oldmixon's British Empire in America still gave an insular California, with a dotted coast line above, broken by the straits of Anian, — as drafted by Moll. H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 124, gives a Russian chart. 291. A. D. 1743. California. The map mentioned under no. 290, as engraved in Anson's Voyages. — A. D. 1743. Benin's map in Charlevoix makes California a peninsula, with a break in the coast farther north marked " Aguilar." He supposes an interior net- work of waters connecting Hudson's Bay and Lake Superior with the Pacific, at some point still farther north. Cf. the map in Bonnechose's Montcalm et le Canada franfais, Paris, 1882. — A. D. 1744. Map in Arthur Dobb's Account of Countries Ad- joining Hudson's Bay. The Pacific coast above Cape Blanco is marked as unknown, but a passage called Rankin's Inlet is supposed to connect with Hudson's Bay. There is a sketch in H. H. Bancroft's North- west Coast, i. 123. 292. A. D. 1746. The Gulf of California by Consag. The Jesuit father, Fernando Consag, explored the eastern coast of the California peninsula, and mak- ing the circuit of the north end of the gulf, reached the Colorado river, and proved for the first time by actual observation that California was a peninsula. The present is. Consag's map of the gulf, made after his explorations. It is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's North Mexican States, i. 463, and his Northwest Coast, i. 125, 126. — A. D. 1746. A map published by the successors of Homann retains the peninsular California with the entrance above, marked " Aguilar." Another German map published by Covens and Mortier, Introduction h la Geographic, gives an insu- lar California, with a " Detroit d' Anian," supposed to connect, through a " Mer glaciate," with Button's Bay, a part of Hudson's Bay. — A. D. 1747. The maps in Bowen's Geography give a peninsular California with indications of a strait above Cape Mendocino, but the parts above are marked "un- discovered." 56 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1748. Bellin connected Lake Superior with the Pacific by a chain of waters. — A. D. 1750. Robert de Vaugondy in his Amlrique Septenlri- onale makes California a peninsula, and marks a passage above as discovered by iVIartin d'Aguilar. — A. D. 1752-53. Delisle and Buache were making maps of the coast above the peninsula of California, cut up fan- tastically with passages of one kind and another, connecting the Pacific with the Great Lakes and Hudson's Bay, in vain attempts to reconcile with positive knowledge the accounts of Maldonado, De Fuca and De Fonte. Delisle's map is reproduced in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 128. The " Mer de I'ouest," supposed to be an interior sea, reached by passages from the Pacific, figures largely in these maps, and the imaginary draft of it by Buache is reproduced in J. B. Laborde's Mer du Sud, Paris, 1791, and in the supplement of the French Encyclopedie, 1777. Cf. Dobb's Northwest Passage (1754). Other cartographical solutions of this problem will be found in Samuel Engel's Mi- moires sur la situation des pays septentrioimux (Lau- sanne, 1765); in his Extraits raisonnls des Voyages fails dans les parties septentrionales de I'Asie et de I'Atnerique (Lausanne, 1765, 1779); and in William Doyle's Account of the British Dominions beyond the Atlantic (London, 1770). See/wC, nos. 334, 339. 293. A. D. 1753. The Northwest Coast, by T. Jefferys. From Cape St. Lucas to 60° n. lat. An incom- plete sketch. Shows New Albion and the dis- coveries of Drake. A supposed large island to the west in mid ocean is marked as seen or suspected to exist by Behring in 1728, and Tschirikow in 1741. He gives a river supposed to connect the Pacific with lake Winnipeg. 294. A. D. 1758. Alaska. Map of discoveries made by Russian vessels, which was published by the Academy at St. Petersburg in 1759, showing the voyage of Behring and Tschiri- kow. The Aleutian islands are shown as combined to form a supposable broad peninsula. The " Rivi- iere de los Reyes de I'Admiral de Fonte" (1640) is marked " pretendaj " and the inlet held to be found by De Fuca in 1592 is indicated, but not continued inland. The entrance found by d'Aguilar in 1603 is made by dotted lines to connect with the " R. de rOuest.*^" — A. D. 1760. An entrance to an interior passage in the north- west is given in L'Amh-ique par les S". Sanson, rectifiee par le S^. Robert. It is given in Vander Aa's Galerie agr cable du Monde, vol. i. — A. D. 1761. H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 130, gives a Japanese map. — A. D. 1762. Jefferys in delineating the northwest coast puts an entrance supposed to have been found in 1592 by Juan de Fuca to the south of " Fousang." Janvier in the Atlas Moderne indulges in all ^he freaks that Delisle and Buache had made in dealing with the alleged voyages of De Fonte and the others. — A. D. 1763. The " Mer de I'Ouest " and other uncertainties are found in the Carte d' AmSrique pour I'usage du Roi en 1722 par Cuil. Delisle, augmentie par Phil. Buache, Paris, 1763. — A. D. 1767. Map by Alzate (ante, no. 270). A Jesuit map of the peninsula of California in the supplement of the French Encyclopidie, 1777. — A. D. 1768. Jefferys' map of the De Fonte narrative, given also in the supplement of the French Encyclopedic (1777), and in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 131. — A. D. 1772. Vaugondy's Carte de la Californie, reproduced in the supplement of the French Encyclopedic (1777). — A. D. 1774-1790. Copies of maps in the Hydrographic Office, Ma- drid, now in the Department of State, Washington, marked Viages de los Espaholes a la casta norveste de la America en los anos de 1774^1775-1779, 1788 y 1790. 295. A. D. 1775. Upper California by Maurelli. The chart of Antonio Morelli, who accompanied an expedition sent out in 1775 by the Viceroy of Mexico. Bodega, who commanded one of the ves- sels, discovered a harbor just north of San Fran- cisco, and named it after himself. Kohl copies in this a transcript of a chart preserved in the Spanish Archives, which transcript, attested by Navarrete, is in the Department of State at Washington. It pur- ports to be drawn from observations made by Bo- dega, commander of the " Sonora," and by Maurelli. There are no indications of De Fuca's straits on it. — A. D. 1775. A map by Jefferys delineates the coast from New Albion to Mount St. Elias, indicating several open- ings, but not carrying them inland. — A. D. 1776. A map by Jefferys gives a protuberant coast line at the northwest, named "America," the northern part of which he marks "according to the Japan- ese," while south of that he designates it as land " seen by Spangenberg. 1728." " Alashka " is made an island lying west of it, with Behring's straits sep- arating it from Asia. Ste post, no. 336. 296. A. D. 1777. San Francisco and Monterey by Junipero Serra. After a map in the British Museum inscribed : " Piano mappa del viage hecho desde Monterey al gran puerto de S. Francisco . . . P. F. Petrus Font fecit, anno I777-" Supposed, in the pricked track upon the drawing, to represent the journey of Don Jose Moraza, about the bay of San Francisco, and to record his surveys. Kohl supposes the imperfect THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 57 delineation of the Monterey waters to follow earlier surveys. — A. D. 1778. The map in Carver's Travels thrmigh the Interior Parts of North Amerka in 1766-176S, London, 1778. It shows the New Albion coast, with vague indica- tions of the straits of Anian and the Western sea. It is sketched in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, J- 133- Captain James Cook's map of his explorations on the northwest coast, published in his Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, 1776-1780. 297. A. D. 1782. Upper California by Mascaro. The coast is shown from Cape Mendocino to San Diego. From a MS. Spanish map in the British Museum. The tracks of the expedition by land of Juan Baptista de Ansa and others are noted by pricked lines. 298, 299. A. D. 1782. Ne-w Mexico by Mas- caro. A tracing from the original in the British Museum, and an imperfect draft of the same, without annota- tions by Kohl. 300. A. D. 1782. Port of San Diego. Published in 1802, in the accounts of the voyage of the " Sutil y Mexicana." — A. D. 1782. Janvier's map preserves the great Sea of the West, with two entrances, — one passed by Aguilar, the other by De Fuca. It is sketched in H. H. Ban- croft's Northwest Coast, i. 135. — A. D. 1786. The maps of La Perouse in his Voyage autour du Monde. H. H. Bancroft, Northwest Coast, i. 176, sketches one of them. 301. A. D. 1787. Old and New California by Diego Francisco. Shows the gulf of California and the Pacific coast north to San Francisco. Made to show the travels of Junipero Serra, the president of the missions of California. The bounds between New and Old California are laid down as an east and west line from the coast, just south of Sari Diego, to the head of the gulf of California. A road is indicated as connecting all the missions. — A. D. 1787. The map in George Dixon's Voyages Round the World, 1785-1788, part of which is given in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 180. 302. A. D. 1791. Port of Monterey. From the atlas of the " Sutil y Mexicana " voyage. 303. A. D. 1791. The Straits of Juan de Fuca. Part of a MS. chart of Vancouver's Island and surrounding waters, obtained from Mexico, and pre- served at Washington. It shows the Spanish sur- veys of Francisco Elisa, or his deputy, Alferez Quimper. It is given in the Reply of the United States (1872) on the San Juan boundary; and H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 242, gives part of it. Cf. other maps of Elisa, Ibid. i. pp. 245, 247. 304. A. D. 1791. Friendly Cove, Vancouver's Island. From the map published in the account of the voyage of the " Sutil y Mexicana." See post, no. 310. ■ 305. A. D. 1791. Queen Charlotte's Island by Captain Ingraham. From the MS. report of Captain Ingraham, pre- served in the Department of State, Washington, — the same named by Captain Gray in 1790, " Wash- ington Island." — A. D. 1791. Map in Marchand's Voyage autour du Monde, part of which is given in H. H. Bancroft's Northwest Coast, i. 256. — A. D. 1791. Georg Forster's NordwesthUste von America, show- ing the " Grosser Nordlische Archipelagus Lazari," with "Juan de Fuca's Einfahrt." 306. A. D. 1792. Quadra and Vancouver's Island by Ingraham. From the same report as no. 305. Cf. H. H. Ban- croft's Northwest Coast, i. 278. 307. A. D. 1792. California Coast. Shows the coast from 17° to 48° n. lat., following part of a Spanish chart in the archives at Wasning- ton, which came from Mexico. See no. 309, /oj^. 308. A. D. 1792. California Coast. The map in the Atlas para el Viage de las Goletas Sutil y Mexicana en 1792, published in 1802, under the editing of Navarrete, — the ships being com- manded by Valdes and Galiano. The map maker profited by the surveys of Vancouver, who had pub- lished his results meanwhile. 309. A. D. 1792. Northwest Coast. A continuation northward of the chart, no. 307. 310. A. D. 1792. Friendly Cove by Captain Ingraham. From Ingraham's report, already cited. 311. A. D. 1792. Vancouver's Island and the Oregon Coast. From the Atlas of the '' Sutil y Mexicana" expe- dition. — A. D. 1792-93. H. H. Bancroft in his Northwest Coast, vol. i., gives the following maps : , , ^ , 1792. Haswell's map of Nootka (p. 262). 1792. Caamano's map (p. 269). 1792. Galiano's map (p. 272). 1792. Vancouver's maps (pp. 276, 280). 1793. Vancouver's map (p. 292). 58 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. 1793. The map in William Goldson's Observations on the Passage between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, in two Memoirs on the Straits of Anian and Dis- coveries of De Fonte. — A. D. 1812-1813. Carta general ( Pacific ocean ) for fosl de Espinosa. Londres aho 1812 ; Corregida en 181S. 312. A. D. 1854. An engraved Karte des Riissiscken Amerika ge- eeichnet von H. J. Holmberg, 1854, which appeared in the Ethnographische Skizzen iiber die Vblker des Rus- sischen America von H. y. Holmberg, Helsingfors, 1855. THE NORTHERN PACIFIC OCEAN AND ITS COASTS. **# See section ix. 313. A. D. 1457. China and Japan. From a Chinese treatise, Yik-tung-che, in the British Museum. Shows eastern coast of China and the islands of Japan and Lew-Chew. Korea is in the north. 314. A. D. 1490. Eastern India, from the Ptol- emy of 1490. The furthest point to the west is the gulf of Ganges. The Pacific coast is cut off by the right- hand edge of the map, and this is, in Kohl's opinion, the shore Columbus believed that he was skirting in sailing along the gulf-side of Central America. The name Cattigara, here on the land at the right-hand edge of the map, Kohl says he finds in early maps on the west coast of South America. See Winsor's Bibliog. of Ptolemy. 315. A. D. 1513. Pacific Ocean. A Portuguese map. The west coast of America is unindented, and runs nearly northwest from 4° south latitude. The Moluccas and the southeast pe- ninsula of Asia are shown. Follows a chart pre- served in the Military Museum at Munich. Kohl supposes it to embody the explorations of Antonio da Miranda de Azevedo in 1513, who joined at the Moluccas an earlier expedition (1511-1512) by Fran- cisco Serrao to those islands. This map is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist America, ii. p. 440. See section ix., under A. D. 1513. 316. A. D. 1518. (?) Pacific Ocean. On the extreme west are the " Ilhas de Maluqua," on the extreme east the coast discovered by Balboa in 1 513, and beyond the coast of Yucatan, Honduras, Cuba, Florida, etc. In mid-ocean there is nothing. The original is a Portuguese chart in the Military Museum at Munich. Kohl supposes it to have been made about the time Magellan's fleet was fitting out, and that it probably represents that explorer's views of the ocean which he was going to seek. The gulf of Mexico is left open towards the Pacific. The Pacific is made about 100° broad. Sketched in the A^ar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. 217. 317. A. D. 1536. The Moluccas by Baptista Agnese. From the atlas of Agnese in the British Museum. Kohl suspects that Agnese used the maps brought back by Del Cano from Magellan's expedition, be- cause there are traces of Spanish in the names, and none of Portuguese. The names in Pigafetla's nar- rative of Magellan's voyage are found here ; and the islands are placed in relation to each other as to di- rection and distance as in that report. The Moluc- cas seem to be curiously duplicated, the one draft of them being 15° east of the other. 318. A. D. 1536. Eastern Asia by Agnese. From the same Atlas as no. 317. It shows the two great southern peninsulas of Asia, and the coast of China. 319. A. D. 1542. Eastern Asia by Rotz. "The Indies of Orient," from Rotz's Boke of Urography in the British Museum. It shows the two great Asiatic peninsulas, the islands of Java, etc., and what seem to be the northern parts of Aus- tralia; and this, in Kohl's opinion, is the earliest instance of the recognition of that region on a map. (Ante, no. 55.) 320. A. D. 1543. Asia. Shows the whole of Asia. From the Polyhistoria of Solinus. The southeastern part becomes a conti- nental peninsula, as in the ancient maps. The editor of Solinus, Tsingrinus, did not recognize the fact, as Kohl thinks, that the Portuguese had already on their maps broken up this extension into the East Indian Archipelago. In the northeast corner of the map is a coast, •" Terra incognita," which seems to be a recognition of the west coast of America. 321. A. D. 1550. Japan and the China Coast by Preire. From a portolano by Juan Freire, inspected by Kohl while in the hands of Santarem. In his notes, Kohl says that some of the maps in it are dated 1546, though this one is undated; but he believes it to have been made about 1550. It was in 1543 or 1545 that the Portuguese under Ferdinand Mendez Pinto reached Japan; but their commercial inter- course began in 1549, when their missionary Xavier reached the island. . This was a type of the contour of the Japanese coast common in European maps before the Dutch reformed the shape of it about 100 years later. 322. A. D. 1558. China and the Moluccas by Diego Homem. From Homem's MS. atlas in the British Museum. As a Portuguese, Homem's knowledge of the China coast was superior to that of any other existing record, and better than that employed by Ortelius and Mercator much later. 323. A. D. 1568. The East India Islands by Martines. The chief name on the map is "Isoli Maluchi." He gives the upper coast of an Antarctic continent marked " discoperta novamente." The map is less accurate than Homem's. (See ante, no. 322.) THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 59 324. A. D. 1570. Straits of Anian and Neigh- boring Lands by Ortelius. From the Theatntm orbis terrarum, Antwerp, 1570. Kohl says that for all north of 40° (Japan) Ortelius had no authority but Pliny, Ptolemy, Marco Polo, and the geographical traditions of his time. An " Oceanus Scythicus " is given above 58° N. lat., bounded westerly by a northern peninsula of Asia. America lies wholly south of the same ocean. The peninsula of California is drawn, but represented very broad; the gulf is called "Mar Vermeio." Japan is longest east and west, and lies midway between Asia and America. The sea contracts above Japan, in 48° N. lat., forming the straits of Anian (" Stretto di Anian"). He gets "Quinci," "Mangi," "Mare Cin," from Marco Polo. The map is called " Tartariae sive Magni Chami regni typus." The straits of Anian seem to be earliest indicated on the Martines map ififite, in section ix., under A. D. 1558). Various later maps in that section show the changing notions respecting the straits of Anian. 325. A. D. 1574. Anian and Quivira by Forlani. A small, incomplete sketch of Forlani's map (with- out comment by Kohl), showing the straits of Anian separating " Anian Regnum " from " Quivir," with " Isle di Giapan," stretching east and west between the Asiatic and American coasts. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 454. — A. D. 1583-1600. The Japanese map in the Sloane collection, British Museum. 326. A. D. 1592. Northeastern Asia and Japan from Molineaux's Globe. Extract from the globe in the Middle Temple, London. The contour of Japan follows Portuguese sources. — A. D. 1597. No. 28 of the Arnheim edition of Ptolemy, show- ing the straits of Anian. (See ante, section ix., under A. D. 1597) ; no. 32, showing the North Pacific. (See Ibid.) 327. A. D. 1609. China and Japan. From a MS. sketch on vellum in the British Museum, purporting to have been sent from Madrid in 1609. 328. A. D. 1636. Japan. Called " Perfecte Karte van de gelegentheijdt des Landts van lapan." It is taken from a book pub- lished in 1636 (three years before the Portuguese were expelled from Japan by the Dutch), entitled Rechte Beschryvinge van het mactigk Koninghrijk van Japan (Lucas and Caron). The island is repre- sented as connected by a neck with the continental " Landt van Jesso." The explorations of the Dutch gave rise to the belief in a large island lying in the north Pacific, between America and Asia, called the island of " Jesso," with the supposed straits of Anian on the east, and the " Detroit de Vries " on the west. It clung for some time to the maps. Cf. Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. pp. 463, 464, where is a fac- simile of the map of Hennepin, as repeated by Cam- panius. There are other indications of it in maps noted in section ix., after this date. (See post, no. 330-) 329. A. D. 1700. Northeastern Asia by Ysbrand Ydres. Made from explorations of this agent of the Rus- sian government, and published as " Nova Tabula Imperii Russici." " Kamzatza " is a small river of the region, which ought to show the peninsula of Kamtschatka, but instead shows a rectangular cape, with the Pacific shore running north and south, and the Arctic shore east and west. 330. A. D. 1706. Terra de Yesso by Lugtenberg, A curious configuration of North America is bounded on the north by Hudson's bay, connecting by the straits of Anian with the Pacific. North of these straits, and west of Hudson's bay and Baffin's bay, is an elongated (east and west) "Terra de Yesso," separated at the west end by the " Straet de Vries " from Yedso, a part of Asia, of which Japan is a southern peninsula. He supposes " Yesso " to be the country of the Lost Tribes, and the route by which America was peopled from Asia. A chain of smaller lakes connects the Great Lakes of Canada with the Pacific. (See ante, no. 328.) 331. A. D. 172- (?) Kamtschatca by Homann. Published by J. B. Homann in Nuremberg. Evi- dently made before Behring's expedition in 1728. It purports to be based on the reports of Russian caracks and sable hunters. The peninsula 'is ex- tended too far south, and Homann seems to "con- found it with Jesso. The northern end of Niphon or Japan is shown. The mouth of the Amur (Amoor) is shown. 332. A. D. 1721. Northern and Eastern Asia by Lange. Without annotation. 333. A. D. 1728. North Eastern Asia by Behring. Without annotation. 334. A. D. 1750. Northern Pacific by Delisle and Buacbe. "Carte des nouvelles decouvertes au nord de la mer du Sud, dressee sur les memoires de M. de L'Isle par Philippe Buache, et presente i I'acade- mie des Sciences par M. De L'Isle, 1750." Delisle worked up his memoir in St. Petersburg, with the aid of Russian reports and siirveys. The tracks of Behring, Spanberg, and others are laid down. Bu- ache has tried on the American side to reconcile the reports of De Fonte with the later Russian dis- coveries, and gives a large inland " Mer de I'Ouest," the archipelago of St. Lazare and connecting inland waters, and the "lac de Velasco." He also puts down the supposed land seen by De Gama in mid- ocean, as also seen by Tschirikow and Delisle in 1741. See section ix., under A. D. 1752-53. 335. A. D. 1 761. Shores of the Northern Ocean. The map in Coxe's Russian Discoveries, London, 1803, showing the exploration of the Russian Shal- aurof in 1761. Cf. map of the Northern Pacific with Russian discoveries, in London Magazine, 1764. 6o THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 336. A. D. 1768. Russian America. The results of the official Russian expedition under Lt. Sind in 1764-68, as shown in a map made by a Russian geographer, Von Staehlin. " Alaschka " is made a large island, lying off the coast of North America, this point of northwestern America being severed on the map from the main. Burney thinks that in constructing this map the chart of a Russian, Ivan Levow, was used. See ante, section ix., under A. D. 1776. 337. A. D. 1769. Kamtchatka and the Pox (Aleutian) Islands by Krenitzin and Le- vasheif. From Coxe's Russian Discoveries, London, 1803. The northernmost of these islands is called " Alaxa Island," but it has a dotted line for its northern coast, and is really the point of Alaska. 338. A. D. 1775. Russian America by Jefferys. Founded on no. 336, ante ; but Jefferys continues the northern coast of America according to the Japan map given by Kempfer to Hans Sloane. See ante, under A. D. 1583-1600. 339. A. D. 1775. Northern Pacific by Engel, Vaugondy, and Buache. " Carte de comparaison des plans systematiques de Mr. M. Engel et de Vaugondy sur le Nord-Est de I'Asie et le Nord-Ouest de I'Amerique avec des cartes modernes. Par J. N. Buache, 1775." Engel's outlines are given in red, Vaugondy's in black, Buache's in blue. The longitude varies with them as much as 40° in some places. See ante, section ix., under A. D. 1752-53. XI. THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN AND NEIGHBORING WATERS. *#* See sections!., iv., v., and vi. 340. A. D. 1450. The Northern Coast of Europe. From a mappemonde found in the " Museum Borgianum," and supposed to be made by a German. The island " Anglia " and " Scotia" is shown. 341. A. D. 1534. Scandinavia by Bordone. From the Isolario de Benedetto Bordone, Venice, 1534, the earlier edition having appeared in 1528. It shows the Baltic, the Scandinavian peninsula with " Engronelant " (Greenland) lying north of it, and connected by an isthmus with northwestern Europe. {Ante, nos. 48, 103.) 342. A. D. 1540. Northwestern Europe, from the Ptolemy published at Basle. The north Atlantic is confined on the east by Norway, on the north by a neck called " Gronland, i. e. Virens terra," and on the west by " Terra nova sive de Baccalaos, (Bacalhos)," — whose coast is in- terrupted at the northwest by a square or vignette. " Island, Thyle " is a large island in the midst of this ocean. In the extreme north, beyond the land, is the " Oceanus Hyperboreus." An inscription south of the " Gronland " isthmus reads : " Capi- unter hie Stockfish." (Ante, no. 52, A. D. 1540.) 343. A. D. 1548. Northwestern Europe. From the map known as the Dauphin, or Henri II., which Kohl used while in Jomard's possession. It shows the Baltic, and a large vaguely defined country to the north marked " Groolande " (Green- land), and on its northern coast " Vinllapie " (Fin- lapland). Cf. ante, no. 156. 344. A. D. 1546. Scandinavia. Shows the Baltic, " Suecia," and "Islamda" (Ice- land). From a MS. atlas by Juan Freire, in the possession, when Kohl took it, of Santarem. One branch of the Baltic is made to connect with the northern ocean. Kohl suggests from the fact that the names in the north are Portuguese, or at least not Scandinavian, that the Freire did not use north- ern drafts. (Ante, no. 152.) 345. A. D. 1567. Scandinavia by Glaus Magnus. From an engraved map in the history of Scandi- navia by Glaus Magnus, which represents geographi- cal knowledge, as Kohl thinks, of a much earlier date. A peninsula in the northwest part of the map, extending to 82° n. lat., is marked " Grunt- londia," and a legend says : " Hie habitant pigmei vulgo Screlinger dicti," recognizing the Scandinavian name of the Eskimo. (Ante, no. 106, A. D. 1567.) 346. A. D. 1570. North Atlantic by Stephanius. From Torf^us's Grmilandia Antiqua, and marked " Sigurdus Stephanius delineavit, Anno, 1570." The draft was seemingly based on records or traditions of early Scandinavian voyages to the west from Ice- land, which here is placed as " Island " in the centre of the map. On the west the coast of Norway is called " Biarmaland." North of this, a narrow strait is shown as connecting with water known to the Russians, or running towards their country. On the north is " Jotunheimar " and " Riseland " (land of giants) ; on the west a long cape, " Heriolfsness," seems to be Greenland's southern point ; at the southwest a cape stretches northward which is marked " Promontorium Vinlandise," which Kohl thinks may have been Newfoundland. Between this and Greenland lie (going south) " Helleland," (stony land), " Markland " (woody land), and " Skraelingeland " (land of dwarfs). Kohl gives a sketch of this map in his Discovery of Maine. (See ante, no. 106, A. D. 1570.) 347. A. D. 1570. The North Atlantic. Torfaeus, who gives this map, says of it : " Jonas Gudmundi filius delineavit, vir curiosus Islandus." Kohl thinks it follows Scandinavian traditions. The north Atlantic is shown as landlocked, except there is a narrow strait connecting with the Arctic sea, north of the Scandinavian peninsula, and a con- tracted continuation of the ocean at the south, be- tween " Gallia " and a land, the northern part of which is seen, and called " America," " Terra Flor- ida," " Albania," etc. Above this is another chan- nel, running west from the enclosed ocean. The west and north of this ocean is bounded by a land marked (going north) " Wester Bygd," " Oster Bygd," " Kroksfiorderheide," " Risaland," and " Hel- leland." See no. 351, /oi/. 348. A. D. 1595. Nassau Strait by Barentz. From De Bry, third part of the Oriental series, or Minor Voyages, published at Frankfort, 1601. Kohl THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 6i assigns the surveys on which this map is constructed to the second voyage of Barentz in I595. The map V/3.S re-engraved in the Begin ende Voortgange van de Oost-Indische Compagnie, 1646, vol. I., p. 6. The strait is that south o£ Nova Zembla, separating it from the main. 349. A. D. 1595. Northern Europe by Lin- schoten. This is from the engraved map in Part 10 of the same series of De Bry (1613). Linschoten accom- panied Barentz in his expedition of 1 594. It follows the coast from the eastern shore of Norway to be- yond Nova Zembla. 350. A. D. 1597. Kova Zembla by De Veer. From the map in the third part of the same series of De Bry (1601). Gerhard de Veer was with Barentz on his three northern voyages. A facsimile of this map, Caerte van Nova Zembla . . . door Gerrit de Veer, is given in the Three Voyages of Willem Barentz, published by the Hakluyt Society in 1876, as well as in that society's Three Voyages by the North East, published in 1853. 351. A. D. 1606. North Atlantic. From Torfseus's Gronlandia Antiqua, l6o5, where it is called: "Delineatio Gronlandias Gudbrandi Torlacii, Episcopi Holensis." It resembles some- what no. 347, ante ; but the land called "America" in that is here named " Estotilandia." "Gron- landia" is better drawn, of which the east shore is marked : " Latus orientale Groenl. inhabitatum." It is sketched in Kohl's Discovery of Maine, p. 109. 352. A. D. 1613. Northern Russia and Nova Zembla by De Bry. From Part 10 of the same series of De Bry, pub- lished in 1613. It purports to be taken from a Rus- sian map, and the language of that to be translated into Latin. The map by Isaac Massa is reproduced in the Hakluyt Society volumes,— The three Voyages of Wil- lem Barentz (1876) and Three Voyages by the North East (\Zl2>). 353. A. D. 1773. Northwestern Europe, Spitz- bergen and Greenland by Phipps. It shows the ocean north of 50°, and west of the meridian running through Iceland ; a part of Green- land is projected above 71°. From the map given by Constantine John Phipps in his Voyage towards the North Pole, London, 1774. 354. A. D. 1818. North Atlantic by Buchan. It shows Iceland, Norway, Spitzbergen, and the east coast of Greenland. It is taken from the chart in F. W. Beechey's Voyage of Discovery towards the North Pole, performed in his Majesty's Ships Doro- thea and Trent, under the command of Capt. D. Buchan, London, 1843. »jf* Cf. the enumeration of Arctic maps in the British Mu- seum Caial. of Engraved Maps, 1885, column 175. XII. SOUTH AMERICA. *#* See section ii., a7ite, and xiii. to xvi., post, — A. D. 1515. Schoner's early globe, of which there are drawings of the South American parts in Ruge's Zeitalters der ' Entdeckungen (p. 461), and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. Cf. ante, nos. 34 and 35, and the Nordenskiold gores of the early part of the sixteenth century, figured in that author's Globkarta fran Borjan af sexton de selket, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 355. A. D. i54o(?). South America. (French.) Part of a MS. mappemonde in the British Mu- seum, supposed to have been made by order of Francis I. for the Dauphin. Cf. Malte Brun, Hist, de la Giographie (Paris, 1831), vol. i., p. 630. The general name of the continent seems to be La Terre du Brisil, which convinces Kohl that the map-maker used Portuguese sources, which is also apparent from the Portuguese flavor of the French names on the map, where French is used. There are, how- ever, Spanish legends in some parts, as on the east coast of Patagonia. There are no names on the coast of Chili, which leads Kohl to think that the map could not have been made long after 1535, when that coast became well known. The Amazon is not represented except in its mouth ; and as Orellana did not explore it till 1543, intelligence of his voyage had not reached, it would seem, the draughtsman. The La Plata connects with the Ama- zon's mouth, making an island of the most easterly part of the continent. There is a sketch of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1544. Cabot's mappemonde. (See ante, section ii., sub 1544.) A sketch of the South American part is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1545-49. Medina's Arte de navegar (1545) had a map of South America, cut off above the La Plata. This same cut was pieced out to include Magellan's straits in the edition of 1549. A facsimile of this last is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1 548. The " Carta Marina " of the Ptolemy of this year. See ante, under no. 58. A facsimile of this map is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 356. A. D. i5So(?). South America. From a Spanish portolano preserved in the Bod- leian Library, at Oxford. Indications of towns founded after 1 550 would probably put the date of the map about 1560, as Kohl indeed says in his an- notations, but he gives the date "about 1550" in the title of it. The interior of the continent is rather fancifully laid out, and the coasts are not so well made out as on contemporary Portuguese charts. What seem to be the Falkland islands are called " yas de S. anton." 357. A. D. i55o(?). A less perfect draught of the same. 62 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. — A. D. ISS4- The Bellero map. See ante, no. 64. There is a facsimile of it in the N^ar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1556. Map in Ramusio; repeated in the edition of 1565. See ante, no. 66. There is a facsimile in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. ii., p. 228. 358. A. D. i55-(?). South America. (French.) From a MS. map once in the possession of M. Jomard. Kohl thinks it a French map made after a Portuguese original, and that it resembles the Nico- las Vallard map of 1547. The general name of the continent is Amerique. There being no trace of Villegagnon's settlement in Brazil in 1556, Kohl puts its date earlier than that year. , — A. D. 1561. The maps in the Ruscelli edition of Ptolemy. See a7ile, under no. 69. 359. A. D. 1562. South America by Gutierrez. After an engraved map, thought by Kohl to be the earliest on so large a scale, and called, " Ame- ricae sive quartae orbis partis exactissima descriptio. Auctore Diego Gutierro, Philippi regis Hisp. Cos- mographi. H. Coch excud. 1562." It shows neither latitude nor longitude. The serpentine course of the Amazon is like the delineations of Homem, and the river bears the names reported by Orellana. South of the Amazon, and between it and the La Plata, is the Rio de Maraiion, which is made to rise in lake Titicaca, and empty into the Atlantic. The Magdalena River was known after 1538, but it fails of recognition on this map, which is sketched in the JVar. and Crtt. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1569. The great Mercator map. See ante, under no. 71. — A. D. 1570. The Ortelius atlas. See ante, no. 72. — A. D. 1572. : Porcacchi map. See ante, under no. 72. The: 360. A.D. iS7-(?). South America by Forlani. The printed map of Paulo di Forlani in the British Museum, without date. It is called La Descrittione di iutto il Peru. The name of Peru does not other- wise occur on it. The eastern extremitjr is called " Terra del Brasil." The northwest corner is marked, " Castiglia del Oro." The Orinoco country is called " La nova Andalucia." The longitude is reckoned apparently from Pico in the Azores. There is a copv of the original in Harvard College Library, after which a facsimile was made in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 361. A.D. 1574. South America by Forlani. The map has an Italian inscription, which is to this effect : " I met some months since in Venice a certain Don Diego Hermano, a gentleman of noble family, and had with him some talks on geography. He presented to me a sketch, showing voyages of exploration, and this drawing I have engraved. Venice, Dec. 14, 1574. Paolo dei Furlani." Kohl thinks this map precedes no. 360. — A. D. 1574. The Enchiridion of Philippus Gallseus. See ante, under no. 72. — A. D. 1578. The Martines map. See ante, no. 77. 362. A. D. i585{?). South America by Doete- chum. A MS. map in the British Museum, signed " Jo- annes a Doetechum fecit." The legends on the map are in Latin ; but the names on the Brazil coast are in Portuguese, and on the other coasts in Spanish. Cordova, founded in 1573, is put down, and this affords an anterior limit for the date of the map. The name " Rio de buena Sarres " leads Kohl to think that the town Buenos Ayres (1580) had not been founded when the map was made, and he does not know the ground for the date 1585 (?), adopted in the Museum catalogue. The Paraguay (called Parana) runs from Lacus Eupana, which has con- nection also through various channels with the At- lantic, above and below Cape St. Augustine. The map is cut off just north of Patagonia, and is held by Kohl to have been used by Hondius in his map, . made shortly after 1600. The " Rio Grande " (Mag- dalena) is developed more than on any earlier map, as Kohl says. The Orinoco is a mere coast stream. There is a sketch of this map in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1587. The map in Hakluyt's Paris ed. of Peter Martyr. See ante, no. 80. 363, 364. A. D. 1592. South America by De Bry. An imperfect sketch, and a tracing. 365. A.D. 1593. South America by Judseis. From an engraved map by Cornelius Judasis, called Brasilia et Periivia. The Orinoco is a small stream. The La Plata is made to rise in the " La- guna del Dorado." — A.D. 1593. Map of Maffeius. See ante, under no. 83. — A. D.I 597. The maps in Wytfliet's continuation of Ptolemy (see ante, under no. 85), and in the editions of Ptol- emy at Cologne and Arnheim (see ante, under no 84). — A. D. iJgS. The map in Miinster's Cosmographia. See ante, no. 86. 366. A. D. 1599. South America by Linschoten. From an engraved map in Linschoten's Navigatio m Indiam Orientalem. The La Plata rises in the " Laguna del Dorado." THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. (^3 — A. D. 1599. Hulsius's " Nova et exacta delineatio Americas partis australis " in the Fera historia of Schmidel, Amsterdam, 1599, part of which is given in facsimile in the Mar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 367. A. D. i6oo(?). South America. It shows the continent between the northern limits of Brazil and the upper parts of Patagonia. After a MS. map in the Dep6t de la Marine at Paris. Para, near the mouth of the Amazon, founded soon after 1620, is not indicated, and the course of the Amazon is not improved upon the type fashioned after the reports of Orellana in 1542. Near lake Titicaca is a legend about the explorations of Nuflo de Chaves, in 1 557-1 560. The names and inscrip- tions are nearly all Spanish, with an admixture of Portuguese in Brazil. The designations of the oceans and a few other names are French. These features indicate a French draughtsman, working on Spanish and Portuguese models. — A. D. i6oi. Map in Herrera. See ante, no. 88. — A. D. 1603. The map in Botero's Relaciones. See ante, under no. 84. — A. D. 1606. Map in the Regimiento de Navegacion of Cespedes. See ante, no. 89. 368. A. D. i6io(?). America Meridionalis. From the Hotidius-Mercator Atlas, Amsterdam, 1630. The map is without date. The great An- tarctic Continent, " Terra del Fogo," would indicate that it was made before Lemaire's voyage in 1615. No draughtsman's name is attached to the map, but Kohl conjectures that it was made by Hondius. Kohl calls it the most correct map at its date. Lake Titicaca connects with the Amazon. The " Eupana Lacus " connects south with the La Plata, north with the Amazon, and east with the Atlantic. The continent is made 60° broad. See the Hondius map in the Mercator Atlas ai 1613, and in Purchas, iii. p. 882. — A. D. 1613. The map in the Detectionis Freti, etc. The map of Joannes Oliva in the British Museum. See ante, no. 90. — A. D. 1625-30. See De Laet, ante, no. 92. — A. D. 1635. ■ See the Mercator Atlas, ante, under no. 100. — A. D. 1651. Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 401. 369. A. D. 1660. South America by AUard. In the Orinoco he follows Visscher ; in the Ama- zon, Acuna. The river Xanca in Peru is made the source of the Amazon. He records Brouwer's pas- sage between Staten island and Tierra del Fuego, in 1643. — A. D. 1663. Heylin's Cosmograpliia. 370. A. D. 1680-81. South America by Sharp. The map is called " A description of the South sea and Coasts of America, Containing the whole navigation to all those places at which Capt. Sharp and his Companions were in the years 1680 and 1681." Sharp's track of circumnavigation is pricked on the map. The southern point reached by him was 58° 25', where he saw no land. He went much to the southeast of Staten island, called by him Albemarle island. The map is copied from Rin- grose's Biiccaniers of America, 2d ed. London, 1684. XIII. NORTHERN PARTS OF SOUTH AMER- ICA. *#* See sections ii. and xii., ante. 371. A. D. 1525. North Coast of South Amer- ica by Lorenz Friess. One of the twelve sheets of a wood-cut map, made in 1525, but not published till 1530, and based, it is thought, on maps of Waldseemiiller, as he had also used that geographer's maps in the 1522 edition of Ptolemy. The main inscription on the continent is " Das niiv erfunde land." Kohl thinks the informa- tion used was not very recent in 1 525. It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, ii. p. 218. 372. A. D. 1528. Terra de Santa Croce by Bordone. From the first edition of Bordone's Isolario, 1 528. It is called, " Terra de santa croce, over Mondo nuovo." He considers South America an island, having no connection with Asia or with North America. "C. S. X." is the designation put for the present Cape St. Augustine, and Brazil is called "Paria." He had only heard reports of Balboa's and Magellan's discoveries, and he omits the south- ern parts of the continent. The map is supposed to have been made in 1521. There is a sketch of it in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 373. A. D. 1542. Northeast Coast of South America by Rotz. From his Boke of Idrography in the British Mu- seum. Kohl thinks from the names that Rotz de- rived more help from Portuguese than from Spanish sources. The two chief names along the coast are " Coste of Brazil " and " Coste of Caniballis." ^ It extends from Trinidad to below Cape St. Augustine. 374. A. D. i595(?). Amazon and Orinoco. It shows the coast from the mouth of the Amazon to Panama, and the watersheds of the Amazon and Orinoco. The original MS. map was acquired by the British Museum in 1845, and Kohl is inclined to believe it the identical map made when Ralegh was on the Orinoco, or a contemporary copy of his map. The original is on vellum, and Kohl thinks that the manner of execution points to a date earlier than 1600. The extent of the map corresponds to the map which Ralegh tells us he made of the country, and the geographical features correspond with his narrative, including the " Lake of Manoa." 64 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 375. A. D. 1596. Orinoco. A small sketch of the coast from Venezuela to the mouth of the Amazon. 376. A. D. 1619. Guiana from De Bry. Kohl's annotations are erased. 377. A. D. i62-(?). Orinoco by N. Visscher. Sketch of the Orinoco valley, with adjacent coasts, and part of Lacus Parime. — A. D. 1651. Northwest parts of South America, in Jannson's Ailas Minor, ii. 407. 378. A. D. 1656. Guiana by Sanson. From the " Carte de la Guyane et Caribane, aug- mentee et corrigee suivant les dernieres Relations par Sanson dAbbeville, 1656." Kohl thinks Sanson used drafts brought away by the French when they left Cayenne in 1653. It shows in the interior a large " Lac ou Mer, que les Caraibes appelent Parime." This draft remained the best one of the interior of Guiana till D'Anville's map in 1729. 379. A. D. 1669. Guiana by Thelot. Made at Frankfort on the Main by T. P. Thelot, attached to an account of Guiana, published in 1669. The map is called, "Guiana sive Amazonum regio." The usual extensive " Parime Lacus," with its city of " Manoa," appears. 380. A. D. 1694. Surinam by Van Keulen. From the Zee-Atlas of Van Keulen. 381. A. D. 1729. French Guiana by D'Anville. From an engraved map based on reports of M. Milhan. It shows the country for about seven leagues around Cayenne. 382. A. D. 1729. French Guiana by D'Anville. From 1635, when the French first had possession, down to 1676, when their jjossession was assured, and during later jjeriods down to 1729, there were French surveys of the country, of which D'Anville had the use. Up to this date little was known of the interior beyond what the Fathers Grillet and Bechamel learned in explorations in 1674. 383. A. D. 1730. Venezuela by D'Anville. Depending on Spanish reports. The coast is still inaccurate. 384. A. D. 1741. Orinoco Valley by GumUla. The map is called, " Mapa della Provincia y Mis- siones de la Compania de I. H. S. de Nuevo Reyno de Granada." From an engraved map accompany- ing Gumilla's work on the Orinoco Country. Kohl thinks it hardly an improvement on the Ralegh map (ante, no. 374). It shows the " Laguna de Parima." 385. A. D. I75i(?). North Part of South Amer- ica by Brentano and La Torre. This map, without date, was made, in Kohl's opin- ion, not long after 1744, and is entitled, "Provincia Quitensis Societatis Jesu in America cum tribus eadem finitimis, a PP. Carolo Brentano et Nicholas de la Torre. Romse." A legend at the point where the Orinoco and Rio Negro (branch of Amazon) become confluent says that this connection was dis- covered in 1744, by Father Emanuel Roman, Su- perior of the Orinoco missions. The Portuguese had found it out, however, the year before. The course of the Orinoco seems to be copied from Gumilla. 386. A. D. 1775. Sources of the Orinoco by J. de la Cruz Cano. A small imperfect sketch. 387. A. D. 1830. Massaroony River by Hill- house. A branch of the Essequebo river. An engraved map in the Jmirnal of the Royal Geographical So- ciety, iv. (1834). 388. A. D. 1832. British Guiana by Alexander. From an engraved map in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, ii. (1832). The best map, be- fore Schomburgk reformed the geography of the country. 389. A. D. 18 Part of British Guiana. An engraved map by Hillhouse in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, iv. .{1834). 390, 391, 392. a. d. 1836. British Guiana by Schomburgk. Nos. 390 and 391 are engraved maps in the Jour- nal of the Royal Geographical Society, vi. (1836), and as improved in vii. (1837). These maps show the country from 1° to 9° N. lat., and from 56° to 60° W. longitude. No. 392 gives with minuter detail and according to later explorations, the part between 1° and 5° N. lat., and follows an engraved map in Ibid., XV. (1845). XIV. SOUTHERN PARTS OF SOUTH AMER- ICA. *#* Cf. sections ii. and xii. 393. a. d. 1521. Straits of Magellan by Piga- fetta. From the engraved map in Amoretti's edition of Pigafetta's narrative of Magellan's voyage, published at Milan, i8oo. There is a facsimile of this map in the A^ar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. ii., and a sketch in Ibid., vol. viii. — a. d. 1529. Ribero's raappemonde. See ante, no. 41. A sketch of Magellan's straits from it is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1531. Fin^us's mappemonde. The southern hemisphere IS reproduced in Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, p. 66, and in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1533. The southern hemisphere of Schoner is figured in Wieser's Magalhdes-Strasse, and in the I\Iar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 65 394. A. D. 1546. Patagonia and Magellan's Straits by J. Freire. From a portolano which was in Santarem's pos- session when used by Kohl. While the east coast of Patagonia and the straits have a nomenclature traceable to Magellan's voyage, Kohl does not find an)| original source for the names on the west coast, which runs north on the map to 27° S. lat. Kohl is mistaken in supposing Magellan did not run up the west coast before turning westward. Pigafetta's map shows that he did. Kohl quotes Gomara's statement that Camargo, in 1540, was the first to bring to Europe certain news of the Pacific coast between the straits and Peru, and thinks that Freire may have had Camargo's charts. There is a sketch of this map in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D.I 547. A sketch from the Nicolas Vallard map is in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. See ante, no. 154. — A. D. 1578. Hondius's map illustrating Drake's voyage is re- produced in Kohl's Magellan' s-Strasse. 395. A. D. 1579-80. Sarmiento's Discoveries. From a MS. Spanish map in the British Museum, showing the surveys of Pedro Sarmiento among the coast islands on the west coast of Patagonia. It does not show his researches further south within Magellan's straits, which leads Kohl to suspect that the map only indicates the explorations made before his vice-admiral, Villalobos, returned to Peru. 396. A. D. 1587. Magellan's Straits and the Antarctic Continent. From a French MS. in the British Museum. It represents Tierra del Fuego as expanded into a con- tinent, the northerly point of which is made an island by a transverse channel, somewhat hesitat- ingly indicated by some pictures of trees, which con- ceal the reaches of it. — A. D. 1590. The map in Johannes Myritius's Opusculum geo- graphicum. See ante, no. 79. 397. A. D. 1599. Magellan's Straits by F. de "Weert. From De Bry's Greater Voyages, Part IX. (1602), showing the results of De Weert's surveys of the straits. Kohl thinks that Hondius in his Atlas (1607) worked from the same material with more detail, as shown in his better delineation of the great bend in the strait, which is here hardly noted. 398. A. D. 1600. Magellan's Straits by Hon- dius and Mercator. This accompanies the treatise on the straits in the Hondius edition of Mercator, 1607, — which treatise, as it does not record the recent Dutch explorations. Kohl judges to have been written by Mercator him- self before 1594, and to have been used by Hondius to accompany a map, embodying the Dutch surveys of Mahn, Coraes, and De Weert in 1598-99. Just after this, in 1600, Kohl would place this map. Cf. the Hondius map in Purchas, iii. p. 900. 399. A. D. 1600. Southern Part of South America by Olivier van Noort. A combination of two maps which appeared in the Begin ende Voortgang van de vereenigde Needer- landtsche Oost-Indische Compagnie, \(ii,ii. Van Noort tracked these coasts in 1 599-1 600. 400. A. D. 1602. Patagonia by Van Noort. The southern part of no. 399, which Kohl dates in this case 1602. He makes no comments on it. 401. A. D. 1602. Patagonia by Levinus Hul- sius. It gives an excessive breadth to the Patagonian re- gion, as was usual in maps of this time. In the in- terior a Patagonian giant is represented running an arrow a yard and a half long down his throat to the bottom of his stomach. 402. A. D. 1615. Magellan's Straits by SpU- bergen. A map in De Bry, Part XI. (1619), purporting to show the explorations of George Spilbergen ; but there is nothing in the accompanying text to explain its history. 403. A. D. i6ig. Tierra del Fuego by Schouten. Showing Magellan's straits; Tierra del Fuego, which is made a single large island, with a portion of its west coast unknown, and Lemaire's channel separating it from " State landt," the western end of which is shown ; as is also Schouten's track in round- ing Cape Horn. It follows the engraved map in the Dihrimn vel descriptio . . . itineris facti a Guilli- elmo Cornelia Schotenio Hornano. Amsterdami, 1619. The map is called, " Caarte van de nieuwe Passage . . . ontdeckt ... in den jare 1616 door Willem Schouten van Hoorn." Schouten's own charts are lost, says Kohl ; but as Willem Jannson wrote the preface to the book, he probably made this map from Schouten's drafts. Schouten sailed under the patronage of some Dutch merchants, chief among whom was Isaac Lemaire, with the purpose of dis- covering some other passage to the Pacific than Magellan's straits; and he was accompanied by Jacob, son of Isaac Lemaire, and after the latter they named the newly found passage between State landt and the main coast. Cf. the map on the title of the London edition of Schouten (1619), of which a facsimile is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. Kohl in his Magellan' s-Strasse gives the map from the Amster- dam (1619) edition. 404. A. D. 1621. Patagonia by Nodal. Follows an engraved map in Montenegro's Re- lacion del Viaje de los Nodales, Madrid, 1 62 1. 405. A. D. 1621. The Same. A less perfect copy. This map is reproduced in Kohl's Magellan' s-Strasse. 406. A. D. 1624. Cape Horn by Walbeck. An engraved map in the Begin ende Voortgang van de Vereenigde Oost-Indische Compagnie, 1646 {vol. ii.). 66 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 407. A. D. 1630. La Terra del Fuogo by Dudley. One of the MS. maps of Robert Dudley, preserved at Munich, on which his Arcane del Marc, published at Florence in 1646, was based. Kohl assigns all of Dudley's maps to 1630. Tierra del Fuego is made a completed island on the Schouten idea. " Staten land " is a peninsula of a great Antarctic continent. — A. D. 1644. The map in the Amsterdam ed. of Linschoten. — A. D. 1646. The map of Kaerius in Speed's Prospect (London, 166s). — A. D. 165I. Straits of Magellan in Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 427. 408. A. D. 1666. MageUanica by Jannson. From Jannson's Atlas, 1666. For Magellan's straits, he followed mainly Nodal's reports. The general shape of Tierra del Fuego is like Schouten's. " Staten Eylant" has the insular form for the first time, says Kohl, in a printed map. 409. A. D. 1670. Magellan's Straits by Nar- borough. Sir John Narborough was sent out by Charles II. in 1669 to renew e.xplorations, which had been ne- glected for many years. Narborough's map, three feet long, as drawn by himself on parchment, is in the British Museum. From this a reduction was engraved and published in London, and from this engraving — "A new map of Magellan's straits dis- covered {sic'] by Capt. John Narborough, commander of H. M. Ship Sweepstakes made and sold by P. Thornton " — Kohl makes the present draft, which he thinks was largely based on early Dutch surveys. 410. A. D. 1670. Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego by Narborough. This map seems also mainly derived from Dutch sources, and appeared in An Account of several late Voyages and Discoveries to the South and North by Sir John Narborough, London, 1694. 411. A. D. i70o(?). Coast South of Buenos Ayres. The date 1700 is given by Kohl in the title, but it seems to be an error, as in his notes he says the map, which is a MS. one preserved in the British Museum, grew out of the explorations of Juan de la Piedra and of Antonio and Francisco Viedma in 1778 and 1779, under instructions from Spain to form settle- ments on the east coast of Patagonia. The map also shows the inland explorations of Brazilio Vil- larino in 1782, who was sent out by Viedma. Routes of other explorers are also indicated. 412. A. D. 1714. Magellan's Straits and Tierra del Fuego by Frezier. This is- one of the maps explained by Frezier to Louis XIV,, when he returned, in 17 14, from the voyage of exploration on which that monarch had sent him in 1712. Cape Horn is laid down in 55° 45'. The west coast of Tierra del Fuego trends nearly east and west. The eastern parts of the Falkland islands are shown, m\\\\ tracks of vessels from St. Malo from 1700 to 17 13, by whom they are said to have been discovered. 413. A. D. 1717. The Same. This is an incomplete sketch dated differently, and has no annotations. 414. A. D. 1748. The Country South of the Rio Plata by Cardiel. An oblong, incomplete sketch, without comment. — A. D. 1766. Bougainville's map of the straits, of which a fac- simile is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 415. A. D. 1775. Southern Part of South America. From an English map, based on the Atlas of Juan de la Cruz Cano y Olmadilla, published at Madrid in 1769. The English map is called " improved from Byron, Wallis, Carteret and Bougainville, 1775." 416. A. D. 1782. Rio Negro. This shows a section from ocean to ocean of north- ern Patagonia and Chili, and was based by Arrow- smith on data got from the explorations of Basilio Villarino in 1782, and was published in the yourtial of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. vi. (1836). 417. A. D. 1783. East Coast of Patagonia by Viedma. It follows a rough sketch preserved in the British Museum. 418. A. D. 1824. Cape Horn and Vicinity by Capt. WeddeU. A small sketch without notes. 419. A. t>. 1830. Patagonia after Capt. Ejng A sketch without comment. 420. A. D. 1833. The Southern Pole. A map showing the southern hemisphere between the pole and 30° S. lat., with tracks of recent ex- plorers laid down, published in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, iii. (1833). 421. A. D. 1833. East Falkland Island. From the Journal of the Royal Geographical So- ciety, iii. (1833). XV. BRAZIL AND THE AMAZON. *#* Cf. sections ii., xii., and xiii. 422. A. D. 1500. Brazil by La Cosa. A section of the La Cosa chart. See ante, no. 26. Kohl considers that La Cosa, in the water which he represents southwest of South America, anticipated the discovery of the South Sea or Pacific. He con- siders the " Costa plaida " to mark the island which THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 67 divides the Amazon proper from the Para river, and holds that the names along the coast are the results of the voyages of Pinzon and Lepe. 423. A. D. 1525. Brazil by Lorenz Friess. From the Carta Marina (Atlas) of Lorenz Friess, published in 1530, but it represents rather the con- dition of knovfledge of this part of the South Ameri- can coast after the Portuguese explorations of 1501-3. The country is called, " Prisilia sive terra papagalli." Another (German) inscription reads, " In this country, men when they die, are cut up, smoked, roasted and eaten." Another says, " They have sailed all along this coast, but no one has penetrated into the country." It is sketched in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 424. A. D. 1542. Coast of Brazil by Rotz. A sketch without comment. It is from the Idro- grafhy. See ante, no. 55. Brazil is made an island. 425. A. D. 1546. Brazil by J. Preire. It shows the coast from the mouth of the Amazon to La Plata. Copied from a MS. portolano then in the possession of Santarem. It gives latitude with- out longitude, and Kohl calls it the earliest good survey by astronomical helps. La Plata rises in a lake, which Kohl believes the same discovered by Cabe9a de Vaca, and for the first time laid down in this map. 426. A. D. 1547. Brazil by Nic. Vallard. From a MS. atlas. See ante, no. 154. 427. A. D. 1556. Brazil. From Ramusio, Viaggi, vol. iii. (1556). The map appears to be of Frendh origin. There is a facsimile in Paul GafEarel's Brisil Franfais, p. 5l. 428. A. D. 1558. Brazil by Diego Homem. From the MS. atlas in the British Museum. See ante, no. 67. It covers the same extent as no. 425, but the coast is more minutely drawn, and be- sprinkled with names, quite unlike those of Freire. The degrees of latitude are marked, but not num- bered. 429. A. D. 1558. The Amazon and the North- ern Coast by Diego Homem. From the same atlas as no. 428. That part of the ocean which receives the flow of the Amazon is called "Mare aque dulcis." The river itself is called "Rio de S. Juan de las Amazonas." The names given by Orellana are scattered along its course. The name "Omaga" (Omagua) is said by Kohl to be here seen for the first time on a map. There is a sketch of this map in the JVar, and Crit.. Hist. America, viii. 430. A. D. 1558. The Same. A less perfect sketch. 431. A. D. 1 561. Brazil by Ruscelli. Added by Ruscelli to the ed. of Ptolemy, pub- lished 1561, and thought to be made upon the draft published by Ramusio, 1556; but Ruscelli adds lines of longitude and latitude, which Ramusio did not give. Kohl thinks it the earliest map of Brazil on which longitudes are marked. They are nearly right— by a chance. — A. D. 1578. Brazil in the Atlas of Johannes Martines, in the British Museum. See ««&, no. 75. A sketch of the map of Brazil is given in the Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. 432. A. D. 1599. South America by Levinus Hulsius. An engraved map published at Nuremberg, and called, " Nova et exacta Delineatio Americae partis Australis, que est Brasilia," etc. Kohl says that the Orinoco is for the first time drawn inland. It is represented as a broad stream, with a mouth filled with many islands. The usual " Parime Lacus " connects with the Atlantic by the Caiane and Waia- pago rivers. A large " lacus Eupuna " connects north with the Amazon, east with the ocean, and south (apparently) with the La Plata river. See facsimile in Nar. and Crit. Hist. America, vol. viii. — A. D. 1651. Brazil, in Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 417. It re- sembles Ramusio's, no. 427, ante. 433. A. D. 1656. The Amazon by Sanson. A published map, "Le Peru et le Cours de la Riviere Amazon, Paris, 1656." It was made in large part after the reports of Father d'Acunha, who accompanied Pedro Texeira in 1638 on his trip up the Amazon, thence to Quito, and return. An ac- count of the journey was published in Madrid in 1640, but without a map. This map, fashioned by Sanson, on that account continued to be the best, down to the map of Father Fritz in 1717. 434. A. D. 1695. Brazil by CoroneUi. A small sketch, without comment. 435. A. D. 1700. (?) The Amazon by Fritz. After a MS. map in the Depot de la Marine at Paris, without date or author, called " Rio de Ma- rannon de Amazonas." Kohl thinks it either a copy of Father Fritz's map, as he made it, or as it was engraved in Quito in 1707. The names agree with those in Fritz's report. It does not give the upper course of the Ucayale, which is given in no. 438 ^post), but it gives details generally with greater fulness. 436. A. D. 1703. The Amazon by Delisle. It is called, " Carte du Pays des Amazones, par De risle, d'apr^s Herrera, Laet, Acuiia, Rodriguez, etc., 1703." It is incorrect in many important par- ticulars. 437. A. D. 1703. Brazil by Delisle. Called, "Carte du Bresil d'apres Herrera, Laet, Acuiia, Rodriguez et sur plusieurs relations, 1703." Kohl considers Sanson's map of 1656 far more ac- curate. 438. A. D. 1707. The Amazon by Fritz. The German Jesuit missionary, Father Samuel Fritz, was familiar with the river after 1686, and during his journeys he used rude instruments to make observations of latitude, but he had none to determine longitude, though lines of longitude are given in his map. This map was engraved in Quito 68 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. in 1707,. and is tlie earliest map based on any astro- nomical observations. A reduced copy of it was, in 1717, published in the Lcttres Edifiantes, but was unaccompanied by Fritz's reports, which were never published. It remained the best map till that of Condajnine (1744) was published. The present copy follows the reduction of the Leitres Edifiantes (vol. xii., p. 212). 439. A. D. 1744. The Amazon by Condamine. Condamine was on the river in 1743 and 1744, and he was provided with better instruments than Fritz possessed, so that he placed points on the river as- tronomically with more accuracy. Kohl by a dotted line plots in on the same drafts, for comparison, the survey by Fritz. 440. A. D. 1749. The River Madeira from Sou- they's Papers. From a MS. map in the British Museum, which had belonged to Robert Southey, when he was writ- ing his Hist, of Brazil. It is a Portuguese map, and seems to have been made by a trader from Para. 441. A. D. 1751. The Amazon. A corrected sketch without comment. 442. A. D. 1769. The Amazon by Father Amich. After a Spanish MS. map by Fr. Jose Amich, pre- served in the British Museum. Kohl thinks that Amich's advances in the cartography of this region were not well known for some time after 1769. 443. A. D. 1790. The Huallaga and TJcayali Rivers by Sobreviela. This is a map made by Father Francisco Manuel Sobreviela in 1790, as corrected by Amadeo Chau- melle in 1830, and published that year at Lima. 444. A. D. 1814. The Rivers TJcayale and Hual- laga by Father Carballo. Father Paule Monso Carballo belonged to the Franciscan convent of Ocopa in Peru. He used the MS. maps in the archives of his convent which had been deposited from time to time by the mission- aries whom it had sent out. 445. A. D. 1825. The Amazon. A MS. Carta geographica das Provincias do Grao Para e Rio Negro, Para, 1825. 446. A. D. 1852. The Negro and Naupes by A. R. WaUaoe. This map, made by Wallace from observations on the river in 1850-52, was published in the Royal Geographical Society's Jotirnal, xxiii. XVI. LA PLATA. *#* Cf. sections xii. and xiv. — A. D. 1515. Wieser thinks that the map in Kunstmann (pi. iv.) is a Portuguese copy of a map made by Solis of this date. 447. A. D. 1547. La Plata by Nic. Vallard. It extends south to Magellan's straits. From the well-known atlas in the Sir Thomas Phillipp's Col- lection, marked, " Dieu pour espoir. Nicolas Val- lard de Dieppe, 1547." It has been questioned if this was not the name of the owner, rather than of the maker of the atlas, but Kohl says the writing is the same as the inscriptions contained on the maps. The tropic of Capricorn is marked, but the degrees of latitude, though traced, are not numbered. The names are mostly Portuguese, but with an occasional French turn. The bay of Rio de Janeiro is drawn but not named. 448. A. D. 1547. The Same. An imperfect sketch, without annotation. 449. A. D.I 597. La Plata by Wytfliet. A corrected sketch, without annotation. 450. A. D. 1598. Mouth of the La Plata. A Dutch map, which accompanied an account of a voyage made from Holland in 1598 by the Dutch admiral, Lauren Bicker. 451. A. D. 1600. La Plata. A Spanish map published by Jodocus Hondius in his Atlas in 1607. 452. A. D. 1630-35. Parana and Uruguay Rivers. The earliest map constructed by the Jesuit mis- sionaries, and published by Blaeu in his Atlas. It shows the stations which were destroyed and those which were spared in the raids of the slave hunters of St. Paulo, 1630-35. — A. D. 1651. La Plata in Jannson's Minor Atlas, ii. 421. 453. A. D. 1733. La Plata by D'Anville. It shows both coasts of South America between 18° and 37° S. lat., and represents the continent as much narrower than on earlier maps. 454. A. D. 1733. The Same. Without annotation. 455. A. D. 1826. Rio Vermejo by Soria. A branch of the La Plata. This map was made from memory after Francia, the dictator of Para- guay, had seized the papers of Dr. Pablo Soria, who had conducted the exploration for a company in Buenos Ayres. The present copy follows a draft 'made for the Geographical Society of Paris. Cf. Sir Woodbine Parish's Buenos Ayres, London, 1839. XVII. PERU AND CHILI. *#* Cf. sections ii., xii., and xiiL 456. A. D. i532(?). Peru. It extends 10° north and south of the equator. It is French in language, but Kohl conjectures that it follows early Spanish maps sent home by Pizarro. THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. 69 It was in Jomard's possession when Kohl made his copy. The battle of Caxamalca is sketched in the southern part of the map, and Kohl believes the original draft of the map may have been sent to Spain shortly after that event. 457. A. D. iS32(?). The Same. An imperfect sketch, without annotation. 458. A. D.I 597. Peru by Wytfliet. An imperfect sketch, without annotation. 459. A. D. 1601. Peru by Herrera. Follows an engraved map in Herrera's Descripcion de las Indias, Madrid, 1601. 460. A. D. 1630. Chili, Patagonia, and Magel- lan's Straits. After a map in the Depot de la Marine in Paris, made by the Father Procurator of the Jesuits in Chili, who acknowledges his indebtedness to De Laet, Herrera, and De Bry. Kohl engraves it in his Magellan' s-Strasse. 461. A. D. 1631. Peru by Jannson. This map is a published one, drawn probably eclectically from Herrera and other serviceable sources, and also possibly from Dutch reports. The latitudes are fairly accurate, but longitudes are not attempted. 462. A. D. 1646. Chili by Ovalle. It includes Patagonia and the straits of Magellan; and follows Sanson's reproduction (1656) of the map of the Jesuit Ovalle, engraved in Rome in 1646. It resembles no. 460, but is richer in names, and is otherwise an advance upon that draft. — A. D. 1651. Peru in Jannson's Atlas Minor, ii. 411. 463. A. D. i7oo(?). New Spain and Peru. From a Cruising Voyage round the World by Capt. Woodes Sogers, London, 1712, where it was engraved by J. Senex. The book gives no hint of the origin of the map, other than that this and the following no. 464 were captured by Capt. Rogers in the South Seas. 464. A.D. i7oo(?). ChiU. From the same work as no. 463, but it is not so accurate a map for the time. 465. A. D. 1703. Chili by Delisle. Not a very accurate representation of the best knowledge of its time, — as Kohl thinks. 466. A. D. 1712. Peru. This map is from the same sources as nos. 463 and 464, and comes between them, in making a con- tinuous coast line. Kohl gives it the date of Rogers' book, 1712, while he dates the others about 1700. 467. A. D. 1713. Los Mosios. A Jesuit map of the province showing mission stations. A reduction of it is given in the Lettres Mdijiantes, vol. viii. (1781) p. 337. 468. A. D. 1713. The Same. Without annotations. 469. A. D. i767(?). The River Marmore. An undated MS. map of the Bishopric of Santa Cruz de la Sierra in Peru, preserved in the British Museum. It resembles no. 467. 470. A. D. 1781. The Moxos Country. A small sketch of the mission-sites in Moxos. 471. A. D.I 783. The Missions of Ocopa. One of the earliest maps made by the missionaries of Ocopa. It is preserved in the British Museum. 472. A. D. 1796. Peru by A. Baleato. A MS. map attached to an official report (pre- served in the British Museum) rendered on a change of Viceroys in Peru in 1796. 473. A. D. 1835. Excursions about Cusco. Maps of journeys made by General Miller, en- graved in the Royal Geographical Society's Journal, vol. vi. (1836). 474. A. D. 1836. Cancelled. The Same. Final note (Aug. ii, 1886). In adding titles of maps to the enumeration of Dr. Kohl, no attempt has been made to give all maps, not mentioned by Kohl. During the progress of this " Contribution," there has appeared in the Report of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey, ending June, 1884 (Washington, 1885), as Appendix no. ig (pp. 495-617), a History of Discovery and Exploration on the Coasts of the United States, by J. G. Kohl, with this prefatory note : " The historical accounts here given of discovery and exploration on the coasts of the United States were prepared at the instance of Professor A. D. Bache, the superintendent of the coast survey at the time (1854) of Dr. Kohl's visit to this country. But a few years had then elapsed since the beginning of the survey on the Pacific coast, and the want of an authoritative and connected account of early exploration upon that coast was greatly felt. Trustworthy data were needed to establish the origin of geographical names, to decide disputed points of orthography, to identify localities named by early explorers, and to show the condition of discovery and fix the limit of geographical knowledge at various periods. The work undertaken by Dr. ^0 THE KOHL COLLECTION OF EARLY MAPS. Kohl included, in addition to the historical account, a general map illustrating it, a collection of maps show- ing the range and limits appertaining to each discoverer and explorer, a list of names of bays, capes, harbors, etc., with critical remarks and a catalogue of books, maps, manuscripts, etc., relative to discoveries. " In so satisfactory a manner was this work performed for the Pacific coast, that Dr. Kohl was asked to undertake a similar work for the coast of the Atlantic and the Gulf of Mexico. Upon its completion, the entire work was deposited for reference in the archives of the survey. Means for its publication as a whole not having been available, it has now been deemed advisable to publish the historical portion. To each memoir is appended a list of the collection of maps. Some of these maps are copied from originals, others from old manuscripts or rare prints, and those of more modern origin are of interest as links in the chain of historical connection." The paper of Kohl which follows is divided into three parts : I., the Atlantic coast ; II., the Gulf of Mexico ; III., the Pacific coast. If these " historical accounts " had been published at the time, thirty years ago, they would have shown the best results in this line of research then produced. At the present date Kohl's views are in large part antiquated, and his knowledge is in important particulars insufficient or erroneous. The publication of the papers uncorrected and unexplained is, accordingly, an injury to his memory, and of little use to the student, except as indicating the condition of knowledge at that time. Kohl, before he died, and in the light of his increasing knowledge, spoke disparagingly of the work he did at that time. * tihvavv of l^arbat^D Clniiomith Bibliographical Contributions. l^^;^^'-'-%X EDITED BY JUSTIN WINSOR, vtT " 1885 I LIBRARIAN. JSTo. 20. INDEX TO RECENT REFERENCE LISTS, 1884-1885. By WILLIAM COOLIDGE LANE. Republished from the Bulletin of Harvard University; ,'^v CAMBRIDGE, MASS.: Ismeti bg t]&e iLi6rarg of ^wcbaxb Wmibtx^it^. 1885. Already issued or in preparation : A Star prefixed indicates they are not yet ready. 1. Edward S. Holden. Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. 2. Justin Winsor. Shakespeare's Poems: a Bibliography of the Earlier Editions. 3. Charles Eliot Norton. Principal books relating to the Life and Works of Michel- angelo, with Notes. 4. Justin Winsor. Pietas et Gratulatio. An Inquiry into the authorship of the several pieces. 5. List of Apparatus in different Laboratories of the United States, available for Scientific Researches involving Accurate Measurements. 6. The Collection of Books and Autographs, bequeathed to Harvard College Library, by the Honorable Charles Sumner. */. William C. Lane. The Dante Collections in the Harvard College and Boston Public Libraries. ' 8. Calendar of the Arthur Lee Manuscripts in Harvard College Library. 9. George LiNCOtN Goodale. The Floras of different countries. 10. Justin Winsor. Halliwelliana : a Bibliography of the Publications of James Orchard Halliwell-Phillipps. 11. Samuel H. Scudder. The Entomological Libraries of the United States. 12. A List of the Publications of Harvard University and its Officers, 1870-1880. 13. Samuel H. Scudder. A Bibliography of Fossil Insects. 14. William H. Tillinghast. Notes on the Historical Hydrography of the Handkerchief Shoal in the Bahamas. 15. J. D. Whitney. List of American Authors in Geology and Palaeontology. 16. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in Petermann's Geographische Mit- theilungen. 1855-1881. ♦17. Richard Bliss. Classified Index to the Maps in the Royal Geographical Society's Publications. 183 0-1883. 18. Justin Winsor. The Bibliography of Ptolemy's Geography. *i9. Justin Winsor. The Kohl Collection of Early Maps. 20. William C. Lane. Index to Recent Reference Lists, 1884-1885. II^DEX REFERENCE LISTS AND SPECIAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES INCLUDED IN PERIODICAL AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF RECENT DATE. Two lists somewhat similar to the following were published two years ago : — one, by H. J. Carr in the Library Journal of February, 1883, the other, by the Boston public Ubrary in its Bulletin for September, 1883. The first indexed only the reference lists which had^ appeared in the bulletins of several libraries, and In a few English and American literary and bibliographical journals. The second covered the same ground and included in addition references to the valuable notes on many subjects foimdin the printed catalogues of the Boston public library and of some other libraries. The present list is in part a continuation of the latter, as4t Indexes the same serial pubhcations from the point where that left off, but it covers a wider range, is not limited to publications in English, and includes such bibliographies, lists of authori- ties, " quellenverzeichnisse " etc. contained in larger works as have been noted in a tolerably careful examination of all the volumes received in the library since January, 1884. Such lists of authorities are becoming more and more common in books which have involved careful investigation, and are of great use to students working in the same direction. The following index will furnish a ready key to many lists which have appeared recently. But few references are given to pubhcations earlier than 1884, and none to works not in this hbrary. Acaleplis, Bibliograpliy of works on the de- velopment of. By J. W. Fewkes. (Bull. mus. comp. zool. 1884, xi. 209-238.) . Acrostics. Materials for a history of anagrams and acrostics. By W. C. Hazlitt. (Bibliographer, 1884, T. 174-175.) Adam, de la Hale's dramen. Yon Leopold Bahlsen. Marburg. 1885. 8°. (Ausg. u. abhandl. veroffent. v. E. Stengel, 27.) .Bibliographie, pp. 1-8, 211-227. Adams, J. Q. Administration. (Providence ref. lists, Nov. 1883, iii. 11.) Aesthetics. Bibliography of beauty theories. [Chi-onologically, without notes. About 140 au- thors cited.] (Notes and queries, 1883, viii. 183, 243, 302, 382.) Afghanistan, and Anglo-Russian dispute. By T. F. Rodenbough. N. Y. 1885. 8°. List of authorities, pp. 131-133. • Africa. Publications relatives ^ I'Afrique. Par J. Poinssot. [Notices the serial publications de- voted to African antiquities.] (Polybiblion, pt. litt., 1884, xl. 456-461.) Africa, South, Notes on books relating to. By G. M. Theal. (Cape quart, rev. Apr.-Oct. 1882, i. 403, 621; u. 39.) African languages. Bibliographical table df languages, dialects, localities, and authorities. (Cust, R. N. Sketch of the m'odern languages of Africa, 1883, ii. 467-521.) Almanacs. Some New England almanacs, with special mention of the almanacs of Rhode Island. By Amos Perry. (Narragansett hist, reg., July, 1885, iv. 27-39.) . A catalogue of English almanacs of the sixteenth century, with bibliographical notes. By H. R. Plomer. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 221, 262, 301, 382.) - — — French. Les almanachs de la revolution. Par H. Welschinger. P. 1884. 16°. Bibliographie, pp. 219-238. Alsace. Verzeichniss der in den jahren 1870- 82 erschienenen litteratur iiber das Blsass. Von E. Martin und W. Wiegand. (Strassburger stu- dien, 1884, ii. 385-473.) • America. Early English explorations. (Prov. ref. lists, Aug. 1884, iv. 8.) *** Extensive bibliographical notes ai^d jibundant refer- ences to authorities are given in H. H. ^a^^cro^U. History of the Pacific states of North America, INDEX OF REFEEENGE LISTS. • American anti-slavery society. Authorship of its series of tracts, [given on the authority of S. J. May]. (Cornell library, Jan. 1884, i. 231- 232.) American local history. See United States. American revolution. See United States. • Amusements. Summer sports and amuse- ments. (Lit. news, June, 1885, vi. 178-179.) ■ Anagranis. Materials for a history of ana- grams aud acrostics. By W. C. Hazlitt. (Biblio- grapher, 1884, V. 174-175.) • Angling. The first English book on angling [Bemers' Treatise on fishing with an angle]. By W. E. A. Axon. (Libr. chron., 1884, i. 121, 143.) • Anthropology, Bibliography of. By 0. T. Mason. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1880, pp. 403-439.) Continued annually in succeeding reports. Antinoos, sine kunstarchiiologische unter- suchung. Christiania. 1884. 8°. Antinoisclie litteratnr [references and extracts from classi- cal or ancient writers], pp. 333-346. ■ Anti-slavery periodicals in the May collection of the Cornell library. (Cornell library, Jan. 1884, i. 229-231.) Anti-slavery society. See American anti- slavery society. Arabs. La civilisation des Arabes. Par Gust. Le Bon. P. 1884. 4°. Bibliographie mdtliodique [incl. liistory, religion, ethnol- ogy, literature and pliilosopliy, science, geography, ar- chaeology, and fine arts], pp. 679-686. ' Arctic exploration. (Prov. ref. lists. May, 1884, iv. 5.), • Arnold,' Matthew. His writings (with refer- ences to reviews).; — "Works edited or prefaced by him. — General reviews and notices of him. (Bull. Boston publ. libr., 1884, vi. 84.) ■ Art. Books on art and archaeology, industrial and decorative art, &c. published in tJ. S. from Oct. 1882 to Dec. 31, 1888 (Koehler's U. S. art directory. Second year, 1884, pp. 40-47.) Similar list in previous year. Eeal-lexikon der kunstgewerbe. Von B. Bucher. "Wien. 1884. 8°. Literatumachweise [including fcinstlehre, vorbildersamm" lungeu, oniamentik, costiirae, hcraldik, gemmoglyptik, cero- plkstik, schrift u. buchdruck, Hthographie, buchbindungi wanddecorationen, textile kunst, keramik, holzarbeit, glasi glasmalerei, email, metallarbeit, etc., etc.] pp. 462-487. , See also Fine Arts. > Asia, European interests in. (Prov. ref. lists, Sept. 1884, iv. 9.) • Astronomical bibliography, 1882, 1883. By E. S. Holden. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1882, pp. 319-321 ; for 1883, pp. 482-441.) Austria. Grundriss der oesterreichischen ge- schichte. Von Fr. Krones. Wien. 1882. 8°. "With very extensive references for each period and event to sources and literature. Baird, S. F., his published writings, 1843-1882. By G. B. Goode. (Bull. U. S. nat. mus., 1883, no. 20.) Balzac, Honord de. £tude bibliographique de ses editions originales et de ses ouvrages les plus recherch^es. Par Ant. Laporte. (Bibliographie contemporaine, 1884, i. 113-123.) Reprinted separately, 15 pp. ■ Batrachians. Review of the progress of North American batrachology in the years 1880-83. By "W". N. Lockington. (Amer. nat., 18S4, xviii. 149- 154.) • Bayly, Lewis, Bishop. Bayly's Practice of piety. Bibliogr. list of editions. By "W. Cookel (Bibliographer, Dec. 1883, v. 5-8.) Addition in v. 55. Beaumarchais. [Additions to Cordier's Biblio- graphie des oeuvres de B. By B. Picot.] (Revue critigue, Dec. 3, 1883, xvi. 448-457.) • Bemers, Juliana. The first English book on angling. By "W. E. A. Axon. (Library chronicle, 1884, i. 121, 143.) • Bewick bibliography. [Very brief.] (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 305.) • Bible. Some notices on the Genevan Bible. By N. Pocock. (Bibliographer, 1882-84, ii. 40, 97, 160; iii. 28, 103; iv. 84; v. 76; vi. 105.) • " The great Bible," a.d. 1539. By Nicholas Pocock. (Book-lore, June, 1885, ii. 1-5.) . Cranmer's Bible, a.d. 1540. By Nicholas Pocock. (Book-lore, July, 1885, ii. 25-29.) • . Notes on the last edition of the Bishops' New Testament. By J. Read Dore. (Book-lore, March, 1885, i. 113-118.) Biblical criticism. History of the Sacred Scriptures of the New Testament. By Ed. Reuss. 2 vol. B. 1884. 8°. "W"itb abundant bibliographical references at the end of almost every paragraph. Biblical exegesis. *** Bibliogr. lists chiefly of learned works are given in Meyer's Critical and exegetical hand-books [to the books of the New Test.]. A general list is in the volume on Matthew, and special lists in the others. Biblical study. Catalogue of books of refer- ence. (Briggs, C. A. Biblical study, 1883, 12°, pp. 429-488.) Bibliography in Belgium since 1880. (Triib- ner's lit. record, 1884, v. 13.) • Index to the notes about books and reading and to the special book lists found in the catalogues of the Boston public library and other libraries, and also in periodicals. (Hand-book for readers in the Boston public library. New ed. 1883, pp. 31-58.) Also in the Bulletin of the library, 1883, v. 444-450. • An index to some recent reference lists. By H. J. Carr. [Bulletins of the Boston Public, Cornell Univ., Harvard Univ., Philadelphia Mer- cantile, and St. Louis Public School Libraries and of the Hartford Library Assoc, the Library Jour- nal and the Providence Public Library Monthly Reference lists. Literary "World, Literary News,' Publisher's "Weekly, &c. (Library jouru., Feb. 1888, viii. 27-32.) • Report on aids and guides to readers by "W. E. Foster. [Gives list of bibliographical guides in . various publications.] (Library journ., 1883, viii. 233-235.) • Bimetallism, Brief bibliography of. (Mill, J. S. Principles of political economy. [Ed.] by J. L. Laughlin, 1885, pp. 633-635.) Birds, South African, List of essays on, pub- lished in the ' Ibis.' By E. B. Sharpe. (Layard, E. L. The birds of So. Africa. New ed. 1875-84. Pt. vi. pp. xiii.-xv.) Bitumen. See Petroleum. Boohplates, Bibliog. of. By "W. Hamilton. [References to a number of articles in periodicals up to May, 1883.] (Antiq. mag. & bibliog., 1884, V. 78-80.) Bossuet. Bibliogr. des oraisons funebres de Bossuet. Par A. Gaste. (Bossuet. Oraisons fu- nebres, 1883, 12", pp. xxiii.-xxvii.) INDEX O]? REFERENCE LISTS. • Bray, Mrs. Anna Eliza, and her writings. By G. C. Boase. [With a bibliography.] (Libr. chron., 1884, i. 126-129.) CoiTection on p. 160. Broira, Sir Thomas. Religio medici. L. 1883. sm.S" Bibliography, pp. xxix.-xxxi. • Broiiming, Mrs. E. B. Note on the first col- lected edition of ftier poems, published in N. Y. in 1845. (Critic & good lit., Feb. 23, 1884, i. 90.) • Buchanan's administration. (Prov. ref. lists, Nov. 1884, iv. 11.) Bnddha. Ouvrages a consulter pour la vie du Bouddha Q^kya-Mouni. (Le Lalita-vistara traduit par Ed. Foucaux, 1884, 4°, pp. xxi.-xxiii.) • " Bnrton's books." [Works of Nathaniel Crouch.] By W. E. A. Axon. (Book-lore, Apr. 1885, i. 129-137.) ■ Bury, Richard de, and his editors. By E. C. Thomas. [Discusses the value of the various editions of his Philobiblon.] (Libr. chron., 1884, i. 148-153.) - Canada. Early settlement. — The contest of France and England in Canada. — Canada since 1763. -(Prov. ref. lists, June, 1884, iv. 6.) • Catacombs, Reading notes on. (Bull, of the inerc. Ubr. of Phila. 1884, i. 113-114.) Catherinot, Bibliogr. raisonuee des ecrits de. Par J. Flach. (Catherinot. Les axiomes du droit fran9ais, 1883, pp. 37-62.) Central America. See Vucatan. ■ Chambord, Comte de. [Bibliog. of books and pamphlets regarding him from his birth to 1883.] (Polybiblion, nov. 1883, xxxviii. 455-457.) Charity. List of works on charity and kindred subjects. By J. N. Lamed. (Gurteen, S. H. Handbook of charity organization, 1882, pp. 249- 254.) I . Chaucer, Bibliography of. By J. Maskell. [Confessedly imperfect and tentative, but quite extensive.] (Notes and queries, 1884, ix. 141, 361, 422, 462; x. 3, 64, 422.) . Chemical bibUography, 1883. By H. C. Bol- ton. (Annual j-ep. of the Smithsonian inst. for ■ 1883, pp. 652-657.) . periodicals, Catalogue of. By H. C. Bolton. (Annals of the N. Y. aoad. of sci., 1885, iii. 159- 216.) ■ reactions. Speed of. By R. B. Warder. . (Proc. Amer. assoc. adv. science, 1883 meeting, xxxii. 155-158.) Chronograms. By James Hilton. L. 1882. 4°. Bibliogxapliy, pp. 551-558. • Cincinnati, Society of the. A list of some of the official publications, orations before the state societies and other works. (Bull, of the libr. c6. of Phila., July, 1885, 47-58.) • Classical studies and scientific studies. [Goes into considerable detail.] (Prov. ref. lists, Jan. 1884, iv. 1.) . Clough, Arthur Hugh, Collections toward a bibliography of. (Literary world, June 28, 1884, XV. p. 213.) Collier's (John Payne) works and Collier con- troversy. (Shakespeariana, Nov. 1883, i. 22.) ■ and his works. By H. B. Wheatley. [Bib- liographical.] (Bibliographer, 1883-84, iv. 153; V. 13, 39.) • Collins, Mortimer. List of his works. By W. H. K. Wright. (Notes and queries, IffSS, xi. 238-239.) • Communism and socialism. Reference list to books and magazine articles. (Literary news, Jan., Feb. 1885, vi. 20, 60.) Condoroet, Travaux de. Par Ch. Henry. [List of all his works, published and ms.] (Bull, di bibliogr. e di storia delle scienze matemat., 1883, xvi. 288-291.) > Copyright. Catalogue of books and articles relating to literary property. By T. H. Solberg. (Publ. weekly,' Jan. 13, Feb. 3, Apr. 7, 14, June 16, Sept. 1, Dec. 1, 15, 1883; Jan. 19, Dec. 6, 20, 1884; Feb. 14, Mar. 21, 1885.) Coquerel, (Athanase), fils, sa vie et ses oeuvres. Par Jules Devize. P. 1884. 16°. Bibliogi-apliie, pp. 321-332. Corea, the hermit nation. By W. E. Griffis. N. Y. 1882. 8°. Bibliograpliy, pp. xi.-xvii. • Corneille. The rise of the French drama. (Prov. ref. lists, Deo. 1884, iv. 2.) - Cornell univ.. Recent publications by officers of. (Cornell univ. library, 1884-85, i. 245, 261, 281.) • Cotton and Seymour's "Gamesters." [Sketch of a bibliography.] By J. Marshall. (Notes and queries, 1884, ix. 321, 381.) Cremation, Die todtenbestattung. Von Wald. Sonntag. Halle. 1878. 8°. Anhaug die literatur enthaltend, pp. 28&-292. ■ Crinoidea, Report on the, collected by H. M. S. Challenger. By P. H. Carpenter. (Report of results. Zoology, vol. xi. 1884.) Bibliog. of the neocnnoidea, pp. 417-427. ' Crouch, Nathaniel. "Burton's books." ByW. E. A. Axon. (Book-lore, Apr. 1885, i. 129-137.) Cruikshank, List of books illustrated by him. (Dodd, Mead & co.'s Catalogue, 1884.) , Sketch of the principal works of, with eomr plete catalogue, with dates of first editions. By F. A. Wheeler. (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 321 , 362. ) Crustacea, Bibliography of works on the em- bryology of. By Waiter Faxon. (Bull. mus. comp. zool., 1882, ix. 197-250.) ■ Curll, Edmund. Curlliana. By W. Roberts. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 381-382.) Cypriote dialect, fitude du dialecte chy- priote. Par M. Beaudouin. P. 1884. 8°. Index des principaux ouvrages consult^s, 2 pp. ■ Dante collections in the Harvard college and Boston public libraries. By W. C. Lane. Pt. i. (Harv. univ. bull.. May, 1885, iv. 113-128.) Supplementum bibliothecae Danteae ab anno mdccclxv. inchoatae. Accessio 7», 8". (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 93, 377.) A continuation of earlier lists. • Dante's English translators. (Book-lore, July, . 1885, ii. 42-46.) Darivin. A Darwinian bibliography. By F. W. True. (Smithsonian misc. coll., 1883, xxv. 92-101.) • Day, Thomas. The author of Sandford and Merton. [Gives titles of his works.] (Biblio- grapher, 1884, V. 30-34.) Devonshire bibliography. By J. I. Dredge. [Works of Theophilus Gale.] (Western antiq., Mar. 1882. Pt. iv. suppl.) ' Dies irae of Thomas de Celano, Bibliography of. By John Edmands. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., 1884-85, i. 160, 179.) • Earthquakes. (Prov. ref. lists, Aug. 1884, iv. 8.) INDEX OF REFERENCE LISTS. ■ Eastern question. European Interests in Asia. (ProT. ref. lists, Sept. 1884, iv. 9.) Echinodermata, Bibliography of works on the embryology of. By Alex. Agassiz. (Bull. mus. comp. zool., 1882, x. 109-134.) ■ Eddas. A list of the text-editions and transla- tions of the Eddas. By Th. Solberg. (Bull. Boston publ. libr., 1884, vi. 74.) Education. Bibliographie des principaux ouTrages relatifs a la pedagogic. [French works & translations.] (Joly, H. Notions de pedagogie, 1884, pp. 287-296.) Geschichte des gelehrten unterrichts auf den deutschen schulen unduniv. Von Fr. Paulsen. Leipz. 1885. 8°. Vollstandige titel der hiiufiger angefiihrteli schrifteD, pp. ' Beading notes on. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phlla., 1885, i. 194-200.) Educational works. Reference list of text- books and educational works published since July 1, 1884. (American bookseller, July 15, 1885, xviii. 29-32.) • Egypt. Great Britain's interests in Africa. (Prov. ref. lists, Apr. 1884, iv. 4.) • Electricity. Works on electricity and electri- cal measurement. [Brief.] (Dredge, J. Electric Olumination, 1884-85, 4°, ii. 96-98.) Electrolysis and its applications. Index to the literature of, 1784-1880. By W. W. Webb. (An- nals N. Y. acad. of sci., 1882, ii. 313-352.) Eliot (George) ; a critical study. By G. W. Cooke. B. 1883. 12°. Bibliography [compiled from Poole, &c., with additions], pp. 42S-434. Embryology^ Bibliogr. to accompany " Selec- tions from embryological monographs." By Alex. Agassiz and others, i.-iii. (Bull. mus. comp. zool. 1882-84, ix. 197, x. 109, 209.) i. Crustacea, ii. Echinodermata. iii. Acalaphs. English literature, A first sketch of. By H. Morley. L.' 1883. 8°. Students' books, pp. 897-902. , Introduction to the study of. By James Baldwin. 2 vol. Phil. [1882-83.] 12°. Keferences at the end of each chapter. Personal traits of British authors. By E. T. Mason. N. Y. 1885. 8°. List of works quoted on Byron, Shelley, Moore, Rogers, Keats, Southey and LaMor, pp. 307-312. English pronunciation. How should I pro- nounce ? By W. H. P. Phyfe. N. Y. 1885. 12°. Bibliography, pp. 292-294. Essex, England, Bibliography of. ByE. Wal- ford. (Antiq. mag. & bibliogr., Feb. 1882, i. 72.) Etrennes litteraires ; essai bibliographique, par Ant. Fureteur. (Le livre : bibl. anc, janv. 1884, V. 1-20.) European interests in Asia. (Prov. ref. lists, Sept. 1884, IV. 9.) Explosives, Bibliography of works on. (Ber- thelot, P. E. Explosive materials, 1883, 24°. Van Nostrand's science series.) Faust. Neueste beitrage zur Faust-litteratur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 200, 381.) Continued from " 1883 nr. 139." Fencing bibliography, 16th, 17th, and 18th cen- turies. [230 titles.] (Castle, E. Schools and masters of fence, 1884, 4°, pp. xv.-lii.) ■ Fiction. Light literature for the summer. (Lit. news, July, 1885, vi. 210.) Fisheries. List of papers relating to the work of the XJ. S. fish commission from 1871 to July 1, 1883, with topical synopsis of titles. By C. W. Smiley. (Bull. U. S. fish comm., 1883, Iii. 1-84.) List of the published reports of the com- missioners of the various states of the U. S. By C. W. Smiley. (Bull. U. S. fish comm., 1883, iii. 85-114.) ' Fishing, Literature of. (Bibliographer, Feb. 1884, V. 64-66.) Notices various bibliographies. Folh-lore. Almanach des traditions popu- laires, 1882-84. P. 1882-84. 24°. Grives a hst of works each year. publications in English, Bibliography of. By G. L. Gomme. (Folk-lore record, 1882, v. 55- 80; Folk-lore journal, 1883-84, i. 77, 344, 387; ii. 197.) Unfinished. Alsace. Chansons populaires de I'Alsace. Par J. B. Weckerlin. 2 vol. P. 1883. 18°. Select bibliography, ii. 359-367. Italian. Bibliogr. delle traiiuzioni popolari in Italia. Da Gius. Pitre. (Archivio per lo stu- dio delle trad., 1883-84, ii. 3 ; iii. 3, 161.) • Foraminifera, Report on the, dredged by Hv M.S. Challenger. By H. B. Brady (Report of results. Zoology, vol. ix. 1884, 4°.) BibUogr. chronol. arranged, pp. 1-42 d. Fox, George. List of liis principal writings. (Bickley, A. C. Geo. Fox and the early quakers, 1884, pp. 406-412.) Franco-Prussian war, 1870-71. Uebersicht der neueren und neuesten litteratur, von Jul. Petz- holdt. (Neuer anzeiger, 1885, xlvi 82-111.) Contin. from same for 1880, p. 94. • French spoliations. (Bull. Boston publ. lib., 1885, vi. 393-402.) French drama of the 13th century. Adam de la Hale's dramen. Von Leopold Bahlsen. Mar- burg. 188S. 8°. (Ausg. u. abhandl. verofient. V. E. Stengel, 27.) Bibliographie, pp. 1-8, 211-227. ■ Rise of. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv. 12.) French literature. Bibliographie des ou- vrages a vignettes publics pendant la period© ro- mantique. [Circa 1830-40.] (Champfleury.' -Les vignettes romantiques, 1883, 4°, pp. 333-429.)- Friends (Quakers). George Fox and the early quakers. By A. C. Bickley. L. 1884. 8°. List of works consulted, pp. 391-392. Gale, Theophilus. Devonshire bibliography. By J. I. Dredge. [Works of Gale.] (Western antiq., Mar. 1882. Pt. iv. suppl.) ■ Geography. Classified index to the maps con- tained in the publications of the Royal geographi-/ cal society, and in associated serials, 1830-1883. By Richard Bliss. (Harv. univ. bull., 1885, iv. 47, 109.) • The Kohl collection of early maps be- longing to the dept. of state, Washington. By J. Winsor. (Harv. univ. bull., 1883-85, iii. 171, 234, 301, 365; iv. 43, 100, etc.) Georgia, Literature of. (Lit. world, July ^8, 1883, xiv. 241.) German " Volkspoesie." Gesch. d. deutsch. volksp. seit dem ausgange des mittelalters. Von F. H. O. Weddigen. Miinchen. 1884. 16°. QueUenverzeichniss, pp. xi.-xv. INDEX OF EEFEEENCE LISTS. German history. Gesch. d. deutaehen volkes seit dem ausgang des mittelalters. Von J. Jans- sen. Freib. 1885. 8°. Biiclierverzeichniss, IV. xviii.-xxxi. Germans in England. Gesch. d. deutschen in England. Von K. H. Schaible. Strassb. 1885. 8°. Quellenangabe, pp. 470-483. Giraud, Charles. Notice sur sa Tie et ses oeuTres juridiques. Par E. de Eozi^re. (Nouv. rev. hist, de droit fran9. et etranger, 1883, vii. 229- 272.) 221 titles. Glucose. See Starch sugar, • Goethe. Anzeigen aus der Goethe-litteratur. Von W. Biedermann. (Archiv f. litteraturgesch. 1883-85, xii. 154, 455, 612 ; xiii. 378, 390.) EeTiews of ciu-rent Goethe Uterature. Zur Goethe-, Lessing- und Schiller-littera- tur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 63, 91.) Continuatioh of earlier lists. • Goethe-jahrbuch herausg. vonL. Geiger. Ti« bd. Frankf . a. M. 1885. 8°. Bibliogtsphie, pp. 373-447. ■ Reading notes on. [Confined to books in the mere. libr. of Philadelphia.] (Bull, of mere, libr. of Phila., July, 1885, i. 209-212.) ■ Grrant, TJ. S. [Short list.] (Lit. news, Aug. 1885, vi. 243.) ■ Gray, Thomas. [History of the first publica- tion of the Elegy.] By E. Solly. (Bibliographer, Feb, 1884, v. 57-61.) Literary history of his Elegy [translations, sources, etc.]. By J. Maskell. (Antiq. mag. & bibliog., Not., Dec, 1883, iv. 231, 281.) ■ Great Britain, The English reformation. (ProT. ref. lists, July, 1884, iv. 7.) ' • Interests in Africa. (Prov. ref. lists, Apr. 1884, iv. 4.) Greek antiquities. Eechtliche zustande des hauslichen und gesellschaf tlichen lebens [titles of books on]. Von Th. Thalheim. (Hermann, K. F. Lehrb. d. griech. antiq., 1884, ii(l), 1-2.) military antiquities. Les strateges ath6- niena. Par Am. Hauvette-Besnault. P. 1885. 8°. Eibliograpliie, pp. ix.-x. • Harrison's and Tyler's administrations. (Prbv. ref. lists, Apr. 1884, iv. 4.) Hauser, Kaspar. Hauseriana. [Von Jul. Petzholdt.] (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 198-200.) ■ Ha-nres, G. W., List of papers by. Prepared by G. P. Merrill. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1882, pp. 160-164.) Heat. Dictionary of the action of, upon cer- tain metallic salts including an index to the prin- cipal literature. By J. "W. Baird. (Journ. Amer. chem. soc. 1884, . . . .) Eepiinted separately. Hebrew. Bibliographie hebraischer denk- und 'tra,uer-reden. Von Ad. Jellinek. (Jubelschrift zum 90™ geburtstag des Dr. L. Zunz, 1884, pp. ■ 43-90.) . Hepaticae, North American, Descriptive cata- logue -of. By L. M. Underwood. (Bull. IlL state lab. of nat. hist, 1884, ii. 1-133.) Bibliography, including period, lit., ppi 15-19. • Herschel, Sir "W., Synopsis of the scientific writings of. By E. S. Holden and C. S. Hastings. (Annual rep. of Smithsonian inst. for 1880, pp. 509-622.) Hettner, Hermann. Kleine schriften. Braun- schweig. 1883. 8°. Verzeichniss der sainmtlichen schriften H. H.,pp. 553-583. History, mediaeval. AUgemeine weltgeschichte von Georg Weber. 8"'^ bd. Mittelalter. Leipz. 1885. 8°. Keferences to authorities at the beginning of many chapters. Hoohstetter, Ferd. ton. Verzeichniss seiner sammtli'chen publicaliionen, 1852-84. (Mitth. d. k. k. geogr. gesellsch. in Wien, 1884, xxvii. 383- 392.) 154 titles. Holhein, Hans. Essai bibliogr. sur les diff6- rentes editions des Icones Veteris Testamenti. Par G. Duplessis. (Mem. de la soc. nat. des antiq. de France, 1883, xliv. 45-64.) Reprinted separately. ' HoUey, Alex. L. Catalogue of his books, pro- fessional papers, etc. (Memorial of A. L. HoUey. Publ. by Amer. inst. of mining engiheers, 1884, pp. 143-150.) Homer. Militiirmedicinische literatur uber Homer. (Frolich, H. Die militarmedicin Homer's, 1879, pp. 5-9) 40 titles. Hydroidea. Catalogue of the Australian hy- droid zoophytes. Sydney. 1884. 8°. • Literature, pp. 33-38. • Indexes. Finding books. A list of indexes and other indexical works in the Mercantile Library. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., July,- 1884, i. 143-149.) • Indians, Wampanoag, of Massachusetts. By H. E. Chase. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1883, pp. 878-907.) BibHography, pp. 006-907. - Inquisition, List of books on, with references to other bibliographies. By C. A. Ward. (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 470.) • Irish volunteers of the 18th century, Notes of books on. _ (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 355.) • Isopoda, Report on, collected by H.M.S. Challenger. By F. E. Beddard. Pt. i. (Report of results. Zoology, vol. xi. 1884. ■ 4°.) Bibliography, pp. 5-6. / Italy from 1815 to 1878. By J. W. Probyn. L. 1884. 8°. Books read or consulted on the state of Italy, p. ix. ' Jackson's administration. (Prov. ref. lists, Feb. 1884, iv. 3.) James, Henry, Sr. Literary remains. B. 1885. 8°. List of his published -vrorks, pp. 46^-471. Janin, Jules. Bibliographie de ses ceuvres. (Piedagnel, Alex. Jules Janin, 1884, pp. 147-173.) With list of portraits. Jesuitism, Bibliography of. (Lit. -\Yorld, Apr. 21, 1883, xiv. 132.) • Jevons, W. Stanley, Bibliography of the writ- ings of, 1857-1882. By W. E. A. Axon. (Monthly notes of the Ubr. assoc, Dec. 1883, iv. 155-162.) Jeivish education. Bibliographie der jUdischen padagogie. (Strassburger; B. Gesch. d. erziehung u. d. unterrichts bei den israeliten, 1885, pp. 273- 310.) Jewish question, 1875-1883. Bibliogr. hand- list, by Joseph Jacobs. (Triibner's lit. rec, 1883-85; iv. 69, 111; v. 16, 70, 100, 115, 137; vi. 12, 35.) ' Johns Hopkins univ. Bibliographia Hop- kinsiensis. Publications by. members of the uni- versity, 1876-1882. (7th annual report of the president, 1882, pp. 100-119.) INDEX OF REFERENCE LISTS. • Johnson, Samuel. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv. 12.) Bibliogr. list of editions of Easselas (John- son, S. Rasselas. Facsim. reproduction. 1884, 16°, i. pp. xTiii.-xxx.) • Items of Johnsonian bibliography. (Book- lore, 1884, i. 26, 59.) Kant-bibliographie des j. 1882-83. Von R. Eeiche und H. Vaihinger. (Altpreussische monat- schrift, 1883-84, xx. 505-511 ; xxi. 693-700.) • Kentucky histories. List of, and books relating to the subject. (Shaler, N. S. Kentucky, a pio- neer commonwealth, 1885, 8°, pp. 424-427.) ' Kohl collection of maps. By J. Winsor. (Harv. univ. bull., 1883-85, iii. 171, 234, 301, 365 ; iv. 43, 100, etc.) Iiacroiz, Paul. [List of all his published writ- ings and of the publications which he assisted or issued. ByF. Drujon.] (Le lirre : bibliogr. anc, 1884, V. 369-391.) Land grants for education in the Northwest Territory, History and management of. By G. W. Knight. N. Y. 1885. 8°. (Papers Amer. hist, assoc. i. 3.) List of authorities, pp. 173-175. ' Iia Rochefoucauld, Bssai d'une bibliographie raisonnee des traductions en langues etrang^res des Reflexions. Par Granges de Surgeres. (Bul- letin du bibliophile, 1882.) Iia-nr, Lectures on the philosophy of. By W. G. Miller. L. 1884. 8°. Biblio^aphy, borrowed chiefly from Ahrens and diyided into classes, pp. 408-424. Maritime. Handbuch des seerechts. Von R. "Wagner. Leipz. 1884. 8°. Bibliographic, pp. 99-120. Xieuormant, Fran9ois. [List of his works, separate and published in periodicals. By L. N. A. Barthelemy.] (Literaturbl. f. orient, philol. 1884, i. 442-447.) licssing. Zur Goethe-, Lessing- und Schiller- litteratur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlr. 63, 91.) A continuation of earlier lists. Iiongp^rier, A. de. Bibliographie generale de ses publications. (Longperier. Ouvres, 1884, vi. 373-429.) • liouisiana, New Orleans and. (Prov. ref. ists, Oct. 1884, iv. 10.) Luther-drucke. i. 1516-1519. (Mittheil. aus d. stadtbibliothek zu Hamburg, 1885, ii.) • and the Reformation [reading notes]. (Bull, of the merc.-libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 94-98.) • Some recent views of [since 1880]. (Prov. ref. lists, Nov. 1883, iii. 11.) ■ liutheran books. By J. B. MuUinger. (Acad- emy, 1884, XXV. 53-54.) Review of nine recent publications. ■ Magical works. Some. By F. P. Carrel. (Bibliographer, 1884, v. 25, 61, 102.) Malfil4tre, Poesies de. [Ed.] L. Derome. P. 1884. 16°. Bibliographie, pp. l.-lii. - Marlowe's " Tragical history of Dr. Faustus," Essay toward a bibliog. of. By W. Heinemann. (Bibliographer, 1884, vi. 14, 40.) Mather, Cotton. [List of his works, with notes, 456 titles.] (Sibley, J. L. Biogr. sketches of grad. of H. U., 1885, iii. 42-168.) • Mechanics. New mechanical dictionary. By E. H. Knight. B.' 1884. 1. 8°. Full references to matter in scientific periodicals at the end of many articles. . Meteorological bibliography, 1882 and 1883. By C. Abbe. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1883, pp. 556-569.) ^ Meteorology, A bibliography, guide asid index to climate. (Scientific roll [i.] 1880-84.) Includes the general portion and references on aqueous vapor, with abstracts. Unfinished. • Mexico. (Prov. ref. lists, Feb. 1884, iv. 2.) American and English authorities on. (An- derson, A. D. Mexico from the material stand- point, 1884, 8°, pp. 143-156.) ' Mineralogical bibliography, 1883. By E. S. Dana. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1883, pp. 676-678.) Mineralogy. Anleitung zur bestimmung der gesteinbildenden mineralien. Von E. Hussak. Leipz. 1885. 8°. Literatur-verzeichniss [alphabetically by minerals], pp. 172-187. Mining camps ; a study in American frontier government. By C. H. Shinn. N. Y. 1885. 8°. Authorities consulted, pp. 299-307. - Moligre. Rise of the French drama. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv. 12.) Money and prices, Bibliog. of works on. (Jevons, W. S. Investigations in currency and finance, 1884, S^ pp. 363^14.) Music. Bibliographie musicale du xiii. siecle. Par H. Lavoix. (Reynaud, G. ' Receuil de motets fran9ais, 1883, 12°, pp. 467-479.) Histoire de la musique. Par H. Lavoix . P. [1884.] 8°. Keferences to authorities at the end of each chapter. New Guinea, Bibliography of. By E. C. Rye. (Royal geog. soc. Supplem. papers, 1884, i. 287- 837.) ' Newspapers, American. Copies of early news- papers in Boston publ. libr. (Bull. Boston publ. lib., 1879, iv. 106-108.) Gottingen. Gottinger zeitungen. Von Hans EUissen. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xlv. 309-313.) • Kansas. List of bound Kansas newspaper files and periodicals [3035 vol.]. (Fourth bien. rep. of Kansas state hist, soc, 1885, pp. 46-59.) Pennsylvania. Bibliogr. [of newsp. pub- lished in Columbia co.. Pa., with historical notes]. (Freeze, J. G. History of Columbia co., 1883, 8°, pp. 187-194.) • New York, Western, References for the history and settlement of. (Library of Cornell univ., July, ' 1883, i. 181-182.) • Northwest territory. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1883, iii. 12.) Oribatidae, History of literature relative to. (Michael, A. D. British oribatidae, 1884, 8°, pp. 20-26.) Oriental subjects. Index to articles relating to, in current periodical literature. (Triibner's lit. rec, 1885, vi. 16, 38, 55, etc.) To be continued. ' works of imagination. (Lit. world. May 5, 1883, xiv. 149.) • Ossoli, Margaret Fuller. By T. W. Higginson. B. 1884. 8°. Bibliographical appendix, containing works by and about her, pp. 316-318. • Otfried. Chronologisch geordnetes verzeich- niss der schriften iiber Otfried, von 1495-1884. (Piper, Paul. Otfried's Evangelienbuch, mit ein- leitung, 2« ausg., 1882-84, 8°, i. 269-295; ii. 689- 693.) INDEX OF EEPERENCE LISTS. • Ozoue, Index to the literature of, 1785-1883. By A. R. Leeds. (Annals N. Y. acad. of sci. , 1880, i. 373-404; 1885, ill. a50-152.) • Palaeontology. Eeview of the progress of North Amei-ican invertebrate palaeontology for 1883. By J. B. Marcou. (Amer. nat., 1884, xviii. 385-892.) • Palestine. Travels in the Holy Land and countries adjoining, 1788-1884. By W. H. Sewell. (Notes and queries, 1881-84, iii. 243, 385 ; iv. 104, 124, 144, 206; v. 264; vi. 242, 303, 384; vii. 83, 223; X. 444.) ■ Pennsylvania, List of the issues of the press in, from 1685 to 1776. By C. E. Hildeburn. (Bull, of the libr. CO. of Phila., 1882-85, viii. 44-55; x. 75-100; xii. 97-119; xiv. 1-30.) - Peroxide of hydrogen, Index to the literature of, 1818-1883. ByA. R.Leeds. (Annals N. Y. acad. of sci., 1880, i. 416-426; 1885, iii. 153-155.) • Persian literature in 1884. By S. G. W. Ben- jamin. (Lit. world, Apr. 4, 1885, xvi. 117.) • Neupersisehe drucke der k. bibliothek in Berlin. (Centralbl. f. bibliothekswesen, 1884, i. 270, 315.) ■ Petrarch's translators. By W. Fiske. (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 267.) • Petroleum. Bibliography of bitumen and its related subjects. (Peckham, S. F. Report on production, &c. for the 10th census, 1884, 4°, pp. 281-301.) • Philosophy in America. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1883, iii. 12.) ' Physical bibliography, 1883. By G. E. Barker. ^Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1883, pp. 623-628.) ■ Pierce's administration, 1853-57. (Prov. ref. lists, Sept. 1884, iv. 9.) Philology, Romance. Encyklopaedie und me- ' thodologie der romanischen philologie. Von G. Korting. 2 vol. Heilbronn. 1884. 8°. Abundant references at the end of each chapter. • Political Economy, List of selected books on. By W. S. Jevons. (Monthly notes of the L, A. U. K., July, 1882, iii. 105-111.) ' Principles of. By J. S. Mill. [Edited by] J. L. Laughlin. N. Y. 1884. 8°. , Sketch of the history of political economy, pp. 1-42. — Books for consultation, ppj 43-45. • A teacher's library of, selected from Eng- lish, French, and German authors. (Laughlin, J. L. The study of political economy, 1885, pp. 9-12.) • Polk's administration, 1845-49. (Prov. ref. lists. May, 1884, iv. 6.) • Prison literature. Tentative catalogue of, chro- nologically arranged [162 titles.] By W. C. Haz- litt.1 (Bibliographer, 1884, vi. 70-75, 183.) ■ Racine. Rise of the French drama. (Prov. ref. lists, Dec. 1884, iv. 2.) ■ Reformation in England. (Prov. ref. lists, July, 1884, iv. 7.) . Luther and the ; [reading notes]. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 94-98.) • Rhaeto-Romanic. Verzeichniss ratoroma- nische litteratur, 1538-1883. Von Eduard Boh- mer. (Romanische studien, 1883, vi. 109-218.) ' Rhenanus, Beatus, Zur biographie und biblio- graphie des. Von Dr. G. Knod. (Centralbl. f. bibliotheksw., Juli, 1885, ii. 253-276.) Rolleston, George. Scientific papers and ad- dresses. 2 vol. Oxf. 1884. 8°. List of published writings, I. Ixvii.-lxxvi. Roman la-nr. Geschichte des romischen rechts. Von J. Baron. Berlin. 1884. 8°. Quellen und litteratur [short list with notes], i. 8-11. — — Introduction to the study of Justinian's digest. By H. J. Roby. Camb., Eng. 1884. 8°. Books recommended for this study, pp. 248-262. Russian language. Nachweis der besten hiilf s- mittel zum weiterstudium und gebrauch der russi- schen sprache und literatur. (Booch-Arkossy, F. Supplement zum lehr- und lesebuche der russischen sprache, 1884, pp. 92-94.) • Sacheverell, Bibliography of. By E. Solly. (Bibliographer, Feb. 1884, v. 66-72.) • Sand, George [pseudon], Editions of. (Lit. world. May 19, 1883, xiv. 161.) ' Sanskrit, Brief list of books for students of [with notes, prices, publishers, etc.}. (Lanman, C. R. Sanskrit reader, 1884, pp. xvii.-xx.) Kurze notizen iiber Sanskrit-neudrucke in Indien. Von A. Fiihrer. (Literaturbl. f . orient, philol., 1884, i. 219, 386.) ■ Sanxay, Bibliographie des fouilles de. Par J. B. Enth. (Polybibliou, april, 1884, xl. 356-367.) . Scandinavia, Bibliography of. Catalogue of the important books in English; with magazine articles and a few titles relating to languagfe and mythology. By Th. Solberg. (Horn, F. W. His- tory of the literature of the Scandinavian North, 1884, 8°, pp. 413-500.) . Schaff, Philip, Bibliography of. (Lit. world, June 30, 1883, xiv. 208.) • Schiller, Collections toward a bibliography of. (Lit. world, July 12, 1884, xv. 228-230.) Zur Goethe-, Lessing-, und Schiller-littera- tur. (Neuer anzeiger, 1884, xiv. 63, 91.) A continuation of earher lists. ■ Shakespeare in Poland, Russia and other Scla- vonic countries. By Dr. Ziolecki. CTrans. new Shakspere soc, 1880-85, pt. ii. pp. 431-441.) • Shipping, American, Brief bibliograp|iy of. (Mill, J. S. Principles of political economy. [Ed.] by J. L. Laughlin, 1885, pp. 635-636.) • Shorthand, Teaching, practice and literature of. By J. B. Rockwell. (Circulars of informa- tion of the Bureau of educ, 1884, no. 2.) Bibliography, pp. 61-169. *** See also Tiro, M. Tullius, sometimes called the father of stenograpliy. • Siebold, K. T. E. von. Eine biographische skizze, von E. Ehlers. (Zeitschrift f. wissensch. zoologie, 1885, xlii.) Verzeichniss seiner schriften, (197 titles), pp. X3^iv.-xxxiii. ■ Skating, Bibliography of. By F. W. Foster. (Bibliographer, 1883-84, iii. 106, 143; iv. 17, 77; V. 138.) - Slavery. List of anti-slavery periodicals in the " May anti-slavery collection." (Library of Cor- nell Univ., 1884, i. 229-231.) Smith, Capt. John. Bibliography [of the edi- tions of Smith's works, short list of lives of Smith and " a short chronological list of English books coordinate or supplementary to the present text."] (Smith. Works, edited by Ed. Arber, 1884, pp. cxxx.-cxxxiii.) Smith, John Lawrence, List of scientific papers published by. (Silliman, B. Sketch of the life and work of Dr. Smith, 1884, pp. 23-32.) • Socialism and communism ; books and maga- zine articles. (Lit. news, Jan. 1885, vi. 20.) 8 INDEX OP EEPERENCE LISTS. Sonlary, Josephin, et la pUiade lyonnaise. Par P. Marifiton. P. 1884. 12°. Bibliographic, pp. 82-84. ■ Spanish grammars and dictionaries from 1490- 1780, Concise bibliography of. By W. I. Knapp. (Bull. Boston publ. libr., 1884, vi. 240-247.) Spectrnm analysis, Report of committee upon the present state of our knowledge of. (Report of the 54th meeting of the Brit, assoc. adv. sci. in 1884, pp. 295-350.) List of papers in continuation of that published in report for 1881. • Spenoer, Herbert, Reading notes on. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 31-32.) • Sports and amusements, Summer. (Lit. news, June, 1885, vi. 178-179.) • Staffordshire, Few works relating to, not in- cluded in Anderson's Book of British topography. By J. Collier. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 265.) Starch sugar. Bibliography of. By E. J. Hal- lock. (Report of nat. acad. of sciences for 1883, pp. 109-137.) In tabular form. Also ; — -Extracts Irom journal literature ehronolog. an-anged, pp. 94-108. Steam navigation, Chronological history of the origin and development of. By G. H. Preble. Phil. ^ 1883. 8°. Bibliography, pp. 414r-421. • Surplus revenue of 1837, History of. By E. G. Bourne. N, Y. 1885. 8°. (Questions of the day.) Bibliographical index, pp.- 151-161. • Stvift, Jonathan, Notes for a bibliography of. By S. Lane-Poole. (Bibliographer, 1884, vi, 160- 171.) Switzerland. Notice des travaux relatifs a I'historie Suisse au moyen age publics 1877-1882. Par Ed. Eavre. (Revue hist., 1884, xxiv. 143-164.) Tardif, Jules, Liste des travaux de. Par Eu- gene Lelong. (Bibl. de I'ecole de chartes, 1884, xlv. 470-477.) Tariff, History of the present, 1860-83. By P. W. Taussig. N. Y. 1885. 8°. Authorities — public documents —other material, pp. ix.-xi. • Tariffs of the United States, Brief bibliography of. (Mill, J. S. Principles of political economy. [Ed.] by J. L. LaughUn, 1885, pp. 681-633.) ■ Taylor's and Eillmore's administration, 1849-53. (Prov. ref. lists, June, 1884, iv. 6.) ' Temperance and the drink question, Bibliog- raphy of. (Gustafson, Axel. Foundation of death, 1884, pp. 499-562.) - Thames, the river, Works relating to. By A. S. Krausse. (Notes and queries, 1884, x. 242, 262, 302.) Theology. Theological encyclopaedia and methodology. By G. R. Crooks and J. E. Hurst. N. Y. 1884. 8°. Bibliographical lists at the end of each chapter. Tiro, M. TuUius. Zur Tiro-Utteratur. Von Dr. P. Mitzschke. (Neuer anzeiger, 1885, xlvi. 37-43.) Continuation of earlier contributions in the same periodical, 1877, p. 155; and 1879, p. 169. • Titanium, Index to the literature of, 1783- 1876. By E. J. Hallock. (Annals N. Y. acad. of sci., 1877, i. 53-76.) Trichinosis. La trichine et la trichinose. Par ' J. Chatin. P. 1883. 8°. Index bibliographique, pp. 249-257. Turkish. Uebersicht Uber die turkischen druck- werke von Constantinopel wahrend d. j. 1883. (Literaturbl. f. orient, philol., 1884, i. 449-473.) Tyndale, William. The writings of, either published with his name or ascribed to him. (Mombert, J. I. W. Tyndale's Five books of Moses, 1884, pp. lii.-lix.) ' United States. A series of bibliographical lists on American history, 1789-1861. (Prov. ref. lists.) Washington, 1789-97. April, 1883. J. Adams, 1797-1801. May, 1883. Jefferson, 1801-09. June, 1883. Madison, 1809-17. July, 1883. Monroe, 1817-25. October, 1883. J. Q. Adams, 1825-29. November, 1883. Jackson, 1829-37. Febi-uary, 1884. Van Buren, 1837-41. March, 18?4. Harrison and Tyler, 1841-45. April, 1884. Polk, 1845-49. May, 1884. Taylor and ruimore, 1849-53. June, 1884. Pierce, 1853-67. September, 1884. Buchanan, 1857-81. November, 1884. ' . administrations from 1861-1885, inclusive. By W. E. Foster. (Lit. news, March — May, 18857 vi. 82, 114, 146.) • Index of articles upon American local his- tory in historical collections in the Boston public library. (Bull. Boston publ. libr., 1883-85, v. 330, 433; vi. 88, 155, 233, 316, 402.) • United States national museum. Bibliog- raphy of, for 1882, 1883, (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1882, pp. 167-194; for 1883, p. 276-321.) ' Van Buren's administration, 1837-41. (Prov. ref. lists, March, 1884, iv. 3.) ' Vegetarianism, Notes of a few publications on. By W. E. A. Axon. (Notes and queries, 1884, ix. 30.) Verri, Gabriele, Pietro, Alessandro and Carlo. Bibliografia Verriana. Da Ant. Vismara. (Ar- chivio storico lombardo, giugno, 1884, xl. pp. 44.)' ' Webster, Daniel, List of the publications occasioned by the death of. By C. H. Hart. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., 1883, i. 79-82.) • Wheatley, B. R. A. bibliographical career. [List of books and articles published.] (Bibliog- rapher, March, 1884, v. 97-101.) • Whist, Bibliography of. (Linderfelt, K. A. The game of preference, 1885, 16°, pp. 41-48.) • Williamthe Silent, Prince of Orange. (Prov. ref. lists, July, 1884, iv. 7.) • Women, Education of. (Prov. ref. lists, March, 1884, iv. 3.) Worcester, Mass. Bibliography [of books and pamphlets containing historical information in relation to]. (Celebration of the 200th anniv. of the naming of Worcester, 1885, 4°, pp. 167-174.) - Wyclifle notes. (Notes and queries, 1885, xi. 165, 357.) • Reading notes on. (Bull, of the mere. libr. of Phila., April, 1884, i. 127-129.) Wyoming valley, Pa., Bibliography of. By H. E. Hayden. (Proc. and coll. of the Wyoming hist, and geol. soc, 1885, ii. 86-131.) • Zoological bibliography, 1882, 1883. By Theo. Gill. (Annual rep. of the Smithsonian inst. for 1882, pp. 567-632; for 1883, pp. 738-750.)